“

se ee em ns

COR Pen cayed cal

.
.
5
‘
‘
,
2
‘4
os

&

> 1D »>D>
: DDD

RAR ie mY NAIRRINA eal 2) 4 Res el gr AC VERENEN cS NEN
pe pe ; my A fe\ EM ole er t y . f a) My) sf ental CEM aN OMT Or ‘A
BARA aR ANARNRA AA AR nn AARAA at” iss. ‘anata

a ee a ae

| AA ata areal WA ana a
Ae) y x BAAS Ee : AAO yy
fv: sae A AE A AAR ANNAN AR AA AA. < AR aad RaaaAAAAA
aA AAA RANA AAA Pate iy oe vate |, V1 * A Bi ae AR AAAA LARA RO Fe
AAA AAANAAR ARAARA A ae A eae aa SARE Nala
Ane AAA MAN Panna AN N Naan \AAAA ANA Ane) baa, : -ARAAA ae
mmm anannareetane 62.002. ah nay WANNA :

f P ee Q » AEs - ~\/ s Te x 7 € ’ Zr . é Si
An TAN LS AR AAAD OSs 759 (ANAR RAR RAD sRArr RA ARR ea OG A ei
AY" \\ ss ie vn Oi = fh ADAAQRS ; RRAD ea oe WN ~ A

aR Ann anal

ARS 4 Ta wah narRnanRAn™ a L\ ry Anannanh A!

SE AO AANA aar . MirAnn Ban se, oa. ge
AAA AACY ve uaae ie “AAARBRAARAR AN ohare

SS AAAANOANOANAAARAR AAA RA EE ays eS A |

a aa!

>
>
yo
>
>
ee.
22
=>
D>
‘>
ie
:?

rs
Anneke BBhan ARARAOAS

aA A AAA, AA
ABARRAARNIAN Onan aaaaaaANannnnancr-->.
eennnnnnnaaAAnnN nae An Yai A

A Am A
ary ARARAAE RARAC A.AY AAS
AAAS oR RAR AAAN Wa alta AR An at
hi Pips pp ian oN Ay th f ‘ A AA" oo | ia
ys ann. ARRA pAArAR a. Asnrnnniw rete rath
* ent ’ of, ~ im 7

Vat NA ps ~ NAS

>

I Vale AAA
ARBAA

ARTs @ RAAF waae VA Na 7
! anh ARASA ae ie ee mt ar \
AAR hrtny. OANA aa

eo a
AO ARR E BRA RR AR: VARAY. aya! ’ we RaRRA
AnnA RARNAIAA Am nnnannn n Aaa I INAy ae Pe naa REARGs

A

AAANAAAAA : | NAA Tish dat.
PYAR. ante] AA ' ee SANNA

Waal nena ayy Ayer ARAR

ON nates cane cRAnRARAAAASARE

"RAR RR AMOR AAA IV in am aA 5 a AAA

| AA Annan’
Ponca AARAA AAR
AN gaan en ann nnanane Annan AAnnnn

CARB Reno mnnhanaanncanaAandnnanann nn

sD

Dy)
Ie DD

Na AAAABAAA a
Ahan ; Repentance WAR SS panaeeee o208R onan : ; NAL
‘ nan nnnee ean ARAAD AAA ~ AA Mas AA: RANA AR Aa _ SAAN
Wn aAARAN On maRnAAnnnon 2 aAa a. a Aaannnnnnranannn AAApAga pap
Ar M aaann wanna A F ananene
ane A nannnnnnnaneee al ARAaas yur p anar
rey nA apy aE a - “2ANS ahaa of AAA sRARAARAM é a Te
RAAB any A A PAG *AANMAAAWAANARARS AM sada DACRE AAARRAREAR YO
Sa BA A p ; Re Xn" nian! :
casas “ MIO Wn naan arene nee AAA, :
ARAL Sia oY a ee A AA a par” aie AARARS AAARA
NANRAQAAN aA \WARARAARA Sm AARRAA . aN | AAA R AAR S
A anne Ne AR ARAN OmannAaARAsAnan nn an Rea ranaeenaanaa ease aa
an’ a aaarn yi DRA ADNANAA Ns OO ABA AA a AA AAR eee ae RAR eal
aARAR ADACRAARARAY ~ Sm PIAL OOO YARRA ay aaat Ran Pn Nn RANRAGAAS
BAAR CL RAARAAAAI On nana nee ia SARA RA 3 ARRAN NN NE wee A

\ ~s om nr ARA a

BA = RARE TR ARAARANE nm a! ie een Seay

4. AAA. HAMMAN, sai

Ar AA
A. spenannP ABP RAARARAA AEN al ENN Ay

Aahy a rAAABR al 3 Ye Ay
maar SAAAAY oN ik
ARIA! PV NIN
A Aan x SAAARAARS nA RC APRPARC AL
AAARR WARTS AAR Rl AA
In” 2 RANA. AANAAANO
" tv AY

~ AYN a ar ‘ale
eaman-- | aarA a prAna Mner’ ae
aarr Ary at ht ee a AA a

ee ae

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING /Q

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTII’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ }

CON DDeCLE D BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

eee

VOL. XIV.—SIXTH SERIES.

a a a iad

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ;
WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :
HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1894. (,
20844

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientix et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis
humanz :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini:
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renoyatione, potentia majestatis
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper <estimata ;
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
nimica fuit.”—Linna&vs.

“Quel. que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

mire bens - ++. . Lhe sylvan powers
Obey our summons ; cae their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press With nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL, XIV.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER LXXIX.

Page

I. On Lepidosiren paradoxa, Fitzinger, and Lepidosiren articulata,
BD} ;) ;)
Sp, u-, trom Pararuay,. By Prof. EH. HauBRs) i205. 66) se ase nelen's

Il. Scarabeide in the British Museum.—A Sixth Contribution.
Soy. Cr Ars 0s W ANQUEOUBR «64/25 s's'0 Q vie ntrale 1s wosiicig wd aha auapelble’s ps

III. Two new Coccide from the Arid Region of North America.
By T. D. A. CockErrxx, Entomologist to the New Mexico (U.S.A.)
merieulimral Hxperument Staton)... sso) <jg 6 diel etenslelels ans a

IV. On a Small Collection of Odonata (Dragonflies) from Queens-
land, with Descriptions of FivenewSpecies. By W. I. Kirsy, F'.L.8.,
1.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural
Histary), onthe: Kensmrton) liz he eke hisba pale weeds ag 0 sccbrem ee

V. Descriptions of some new Species of Agaristide. By HERBERT
PE EUU TR AER ene ee hata cic mec eet as lascun sa share & «ln ooh ame

VI. Descriptions of Two more new Species of Butterflies from New
Britain, in the Collection of Mr. Grose Smith, captured by Captains
Cayley Webster and Cotton. By H. Grosr SMITH..............

VII. On Parthenogenesis in Spiders. By N. Damin ..........

VIII. On a Medusa observed by Dr. Tautain in the River Meer
at Bamakou (French Soudan). By M. JuLEs DE GUERNE........

IX. On the Development of the Fins of Teleosts. By Ross Gran-
VELLA) EE ATR RUR UNIO PS: sets, viaye doh nip aeRO Pot oa nln cx og owl x wlohe

X. On the Habits of the Amphictentde. By Arnouip T. Watson.

XI. Descriptions of One new Genus and Six new Species of
Hymenoptera Terebrantia from Queensland. By W. F. Kirsy,
F.LS., F.ELS., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum
(Natural History), South Kensington .................. cre te

XII. On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes of Porifera. By
Arrutur TIT. MAstrrMAN, B.A., Assistant-Professor of Natural
Elistory, University Of St, AndHOWee nd. ovat cewek caeeg wecsieals §

34
43

1V CONTENTS.

Page
XIII. A Visit to Damma Island, East Indian Archipelago. By
James WALKER.—With Notes on the Fauna, by R. B. SHarpE,
G. A. Boutencer, KE. A. Smiru, R. I. Pocock, C, 0. WaTERHOUSE,
C. J. Gamay, W. F. Kirsy, and F, A. HRRON........+.+05++55

Descriptions of a new Genus and two new Species of African Fresh-
water Crabs, by Mary J. Rathbun; The Dipterous Parasites
(Sarcophagide) of Locusts.—Apteny and Parasitic Sterilization,
by M. J. Kiinckel d’Herculais ; The Distribution of Coccide, by
TT’. D. A. Cockerell, Las Cruces, New Mexico ........++45 72—76

NUMBER LXXX.

XIV. On the Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac. By
GosAe Bowman ll Rien sare cao sos orsin te o> Be one mitre pce> si 81

XV. Descriptions of Fifteen new Species of South-African Terres-
trial Mollusca. By James Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S., and JoHN
Henry Ponsonby, F.Z.8. (Plate TD.) ....- eee eee eee erences

XVI. Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from Mexico
and Central America. By F. D. Gopman and O.SALVIN ...-.-.- 95

XVII. A Visit to Damma Island, East Indian Archipelago. By
James WALKER.—With Notes on the Fauna, by RB. B. Suarps,
G. A. Boutenerr, E. A. Smits, R. I. Pocock, C. O. WaTER-
Housk, C. J. Gauan, W. F. Kirsy, and if Ay Eirson inte 2 ata 98

XVIII. Notes on a Small Collection of Odonata &c. from Upper
Burma, with the Description of a new Species. By W. F. Kirsy,
F.LS., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Mu-

SeaATad Tet ec eee ee tere un ane os elee nene atotahe = lft ante eee ee Lot
XIX. Description of a new Species of Nemertine. By J. C.
Sumner, Royal College of Science .....+-++eeererteereeress ane Oe |

XX. Descriptions of some new Coleoptera from Costa Rica. By
C. J. Gaan, M.A., Assistant in Zoological Department, British
ee IE ine REO Rn ds cco I a a NA 115

XXI.’ Notes on the Thelyphonide contained in the Collection of
the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum

(Natural History). (Plate WNP engage ccc own emis (62 = ais ein ayeie mete ciao 120
XXIL. New Species of Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia
Hills. By Col. C. Swinnos, M.A, So ieiats i Avs ose miata edeuatanene 185

XXII. Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida. By H. M. Bsr-
NARD, M.A. Cantab. (Huxley Laboratory, Royal College of Science,
South Kensimeton) «005-225. pe ee ce eee lene ale eerie es 149

Proceedings of the Geological Society ......++++++eertrreees 153, 154

The Ornithological Writings of Victor Lopez Seoane, by C. Davies
Sherborn ; On Bees and Honeysuckles, by Thomas Meehan. 154, 155

CONTENTS. ¥.

NUMBER LXXXI.
Page
XXIV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey
Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander C. F. Oldham, R.N.—Series IT.,
No. 10. Report upon some Mollusca dredged in the Bay or Bengal
and the Arabian Sea. By Epaar A, SMITH. (Plates III.-V.).... 157

XXYV. On new Species of Histeride. By G. Lewis, F.LS. .... 174

XXVI. On Micoureus griseus, Desm., with the Description of a
new Genus and Species of Didelphyide. By OtprreLp Tomas .. 184

XXVII. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under
the Fishery Board tor Scotland).—No. XIV. By Prof. M‘Inrosu,
ee eer p Oh: can acc cng os Giese ost ecatiods Cee dedes 189

XXVIII. Description of a new Siluroid Fish from Burma. By
De LENGMH GM Ltt... as okt A alae annonce ss caliMadanis ale skis 196

XXIX. New Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. By Col. C.
SOW LN Bi err AURIS. in. gisacatataoss« <i orai nia Wiel ats ee aia. cleunel eat ak aneela re 197

XXX. Development of the Lungs of Spiders. By Orvitte L.
SPRUE RS ME UL Va )\ cc sasosttsagern ius e Misle(ene elle oy dias die-dl'ale, slSiaiata ined eee 210

XXXI. Descriptions of some new Species of Prionide. By C. J.
Gauan, M.A., of the British Museum (Natural History) 221

XXXII. Description of a new Species of Dragonfly ier
Broadwayi) from Trinidad. By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., 5
Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum ’ (Natural
History), South Kensington ..... nae lc FOSe SOR ee 227

Proceedings of the Geological POIOUY 0.055 0<eaemcnan coveee 228—231

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the
Fossil Reptilia.—Part IX. Section 4. ‘On the Gomphodontia, by
H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.; The Transformation of the Aortic Arches
in the Frog, by M. 8. Jourdain ; Branchiate Pulmonates, by
M. Paul Pelseneer..........0. mii ldcaliovsh '6"Slai hes emia ce 231—286

NUMBER LXXXII.

XXXIII. On the Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archi-
pelago, with Observations on the Fauna of Freshwater in General.
pais MAX. W EERE Se emma tel oes Cece Sa ensee ie ce ks 237

XXXIV. On Recent Contributions to the Classification of the
Lepidoptera by Prof. J. H. Comstock and Dr. T. A. Chapman. By
G. F. HAMPSON ..... as ats ea ass Seer oe aCe eR RE ieee, SOS

vi CONTENTS.

Page
XXXYV. On some Small Collections of Odonata (Dragonflies)
recently received from the West Indies. By W. F. Kirpy, F.L.S.,
F.ES., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum ...... 261

XXXVI. A List of the Bornean Species of the Genus Opistho-
stoma, and Descriptions of Four new Species. By Epear A. Smiru. 269

XXXVII. Notes on the Pedipalpi of the Family Tarantulide con-
tained in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock, of
the British Museum (Natural History). (Plates VII. & VIII.) .... 273

XXXVII. Abnormal Variability in the Antennal Characters of
Cosmophila erosa, Hiibn. By Arnruur G. BurTier, Ph.D. &c. .... 298

XXXIX. Description of a new Species of Vespertilio from China.
Bye OE SRE GD) OMAR 6 Seach eias tcdanct xno auetettsn ji ersig ctaleialtes acs aie ey 300

XL. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By
Wieeeain: POs ROUN 6 oct: Sica tasaecenteccacagsin Aeln Dee ae ig aioiser Rone ewe 302

A new instance of Commensalism: Association of Worms of the
Genus Aspidosiphon with Madreporarian Polyps and a Bivalve
Mollusk, by M. E.-L. Bouvier; The Poison-Gland of Chilopod
Mymapoda,;by- NEO. Daboteg 1p tue miereniaseh oews sai 312, 315

NUMBER LXXXIiII.

XLI. On Luskelesaurus Brown (Huxley). By H. G. Sertry,
A RSet nc state etree ee aT MRIS «lens iaicte 9.0, x c)o's'e ve ee eae 317

XLII. Coccoliths. By Ernest H. L. Scuwanrz, A.R.C.S. (From
the Geological Research Laboratory, Royal College of Science.).... 541

XLII. Descriptions of some new Neotropical Muride. By Oup-
LEONA) 5.2228 la's Wie ool ol stele ORR OEM Ete Mle leony yp nolan tin ates 346

XLIV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey
Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C, F. Oldham, R.N.—Series IL,
No. 10. Report upon some Mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bengal
and the Arabian Sea.—Appendix. By Epaar A. SMITH ........ 366

XLY. Notes on Paleozoic Fishes—No. I. By R. H. Traquair,
ND Pe BOS. a(R pte LX,)).. sche eyyesece tame ate eee 368

XLVII. Description of a new Anolis from Antigua, West Indies.
By G. A. BoULENGER, FBS. oe e eee eeepc eee eees eum Fie 375

CONTENTS. Vil

Page
XLVIII. On Two new Species of Agamoid Lizards from the
Hadramut, South-eastern Arabia. By JoHn ANDERSON, M.D.,
ASIN wish o16 ais, wb:ls/apnis tae Wah gp eke Spel ier apatel ata sipar air ciefaiahal ssh + cud 376

XLIX. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By
Captain THos. Broun

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the
Fossil Reptilia—Part IX. Section 5. On the Cynodontia, by
H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.; The Faunal Regions of Australia, by
C. Hedley, F.L.S.; Note on a Species of Eubolina six times
described by Walker, by A. G. Butler, Ph.D. &c.; Description
of a new Australian Snake, by J. Douglas Ogilby ....., 887—392

NUMBER LXXXIV.,

L, Additions to the Cryptozoic Fauna of New Zealand. By
ArtHur Denpy, D.Sc., Professor of Biology in the Canterbury
College, University of New Zealand .........c...secceee beter 398

LI. Dimorphism in the Milioline and in other Foraminifera, By
rot, 1. AwUP Ber SONS, Tas, Gr. c.0.« cco 0 ots aidlare’bwir bare alse es 401

LILI. On some new Longicorn Coleoptera obtained by Mr. Th.
Sucenheld.in Soma, by On.J. (GAman, MAS ss ceca oben as 407

LIII. On Hortalotarsus skirtopodus, anew Saurischian Fossil from
Barkly East, Cape Colony. By H. G. Srrnny, F.R.S. .......... 41]

LIV. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By
Captain Tos. BRoUN ..... sietE ehastcov Sel «aoa a erent ae ea Ree oe 419

LV. New Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. By Col. C. Swinnor,
ee aa VAL CEOs (a) 5 vials +,0'x » < Mheielp alo Su AMora iets ccd aie Pvie/> « 429

LVI. On some Fish-remains, of the Genera Portheus and Clado-
cyelus, from the Rolling Downs Formation (Lower Cretaceous) of
Queensland. By A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.L.8. (Plate X.)...... 444

LVU. On Two new Species of Tenebrionid Coleoptera from
Namoa Island, By G. C. CHAMPION, F\Zi8.....0...0..00+c000ce 448

LVI. A Preliminary Revision of the Bornean Species of the
Senusieus, By OUDFIELDUEMOMMBE. ycods'gss v osoce ot Picea etic 449

LIX. Descriptions of Two new Bats of the Genus Kerivoula. By
Pa gITD TGOMAS 8, 6s <iajqis cig shes So2.a'sh a vl cie av balate sled .

Vili CONTENTS.

Page
LX. Descriptions of a new Lizard and a new Fish obtained in
Formosa by Mr. Holst. By G. A. Boutenaer, F.R.S. .......... 462
New Book :—¥iléments de Paléontologie, par F&trx BeRNarp, D. és
Sel. BG. e's seg cia a» oe sams om an One ee nS 463

The Dates of Moore’s ‘ Lepidoptera Indica,’ by C. Davies Sherborn ;
Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of
the Fossil Reptilia —Part IX. Section 6. Associated Remains of
two small Specimens from Klipfontein, Fraserburg, by H. G.
Seeley, F.R.S.; Note on the Japanese Species of Cistelide and
MELA APYAE nen as «see ae ee a 0s woe Se re 464—466

PLATES IN VOL. XIV.

PuatE I. New South-African Mollusca.
II. New Thelyphonide.
Ill.
ay | New Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal.
Vs
VI. Development of the Lungs of Spiders.
at. New Tarantulide.
Vit,
IX. New Paleozoic Fishes.
X. Fish-remains of the Genera Portheus and Cladocyclus.

ol. 14.7 SIXTH SERIES. No. 79-

it THE ANNALS |
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

No. LXXIX.

JULY 1894,

; CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT ©. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Px.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.LS.

BEING A Conring Aieew OF bail “ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
"MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’ s “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

oe LONDON:
ee TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE? SERBER) |); 1st tit,
|| Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Whi * Co.: Bailliére,.

Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, ee Hodges, Figgis, & 1.5 NERY and f Apher xe
_ Berlin, See i NU V 39

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.
Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVEIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin andF. D. Gopmay. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i.-xxxv.,
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. If. (Pp. 1-376, pls. xxxvi.lvi.)

Reptilia. By A.Gtnruer. (Pp. 1-128, pls. i.—xli.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martzns. (Pp. 1-248,

ls. i.-xv.) j E
. Arachnida Araneidea. By O. Prcxanp CamBripvGE. (Pp. 1-136, pls. i.-
xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (Psr,tapnHipm &c.). By D. Suarp, A.
Marttruews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-440, pls. i.—xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Serricornia). By C. O. WarEerHousE
and G. H. Horn. (Pp. 1-257, pls. ix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHopHora). By D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-
168, pls. ivi.)

Daisoper: Vol. VI. part 2 (PHyTopuaGa, continued), By J. S. Baty
and G. C. CHAMPION. (Pp. 1-180, pls. i.-vii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (Eroryitipm). By H.S.Goruam. (Pp. 1-192,

Is. i.-x.)
2 Hymenoptera. Vol.I. By P.Cammron. (Pp. 1-466, pls.i-xx.) Vol. Il.
(Pp. 1-304, pls. i-xii.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin,
(Pp. 1-487, pls. i-xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-852, pls. xlviii-
Ixxx.

“3 Apa Heterocera. Vol.I. By H. Druce. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. IT.
(Pp. 1-184.) (Pls. i—-lviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i-v.)

Diptera. Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten Sacxen, (Pp. 1-216, pls. iii.)

Diptera. Vol. Il. By F. M. van per Wouup. (Pp. 1-264, pls. i—vi.)

Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wituisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1, ii.)

Neuroptera. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Orthoptera. By A. pr Bormans, H. DE Saussure, and L. ZEHNTNER.
(Pp. 1-160, pls. ivii.) .

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCH AZOLOGY.
By A. P. Maupstay. (Pp. 1-64, pls. i—xcix.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Portrr, 18 Princes Street,
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s.,
THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND FISHES

OF

ST. ANDREWS.
By W. C. M‘INTOSH, M.D., F.RS.E., F.LS., &.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Demy 8yo, pp. 188, price 3s. 6d.
THE STAPHYLINIDAZ OF JAPAN.
By Dr. D. SHARP. ©
(Being a reprint from the Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. vols. ii, and iii.)

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

a per litora spargite muscum,

No. 79. JULY 1894.

I.—On Lepidosiren paradoxa, Fitzinger, and_Lepidosiren
articulata, sp. n.,,from Paraguay. By KE. Euters*.

In November 1893 Dr. J. Bohls had already reported to me
from Ascension the discovery of Lepidosiren, and it is to his
kindness that I am indebted for the opportunity of being able
to scrutinize a considerable number of this fish, which is rare
in our collections, and to submit some specimens of it to
examination. In the following pages I give a provisional
account of the observations which I have made in so doing,
reserving to myself the right of making a further communi-
cation on the completion of the investigations which have
been commenced f.

* Translated from the ‘Nachrichten der k. Gesellschaft der Wissen-
schaften zu Gottingen, 1894, no. 2: from an advance copy. The paper
was submitted at a meeting of the Society held March 10, 1894.

+ A synopsis of the literature on the subject of Lepidosiren paradoxa,
Fitz., has been given by G. Baur (“Ueber Lepidosiren paradova, Fitz-
inger,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, Bd. ii. 1887, p. 575). I may supplement this
by pointing out that, in the list of papers furnished by this author, the
titles given under the numbers 18 and 19 belong to one and the same
memoir; they are the general and special titles of a paper by Castelnau
which was not accessible to Baur.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 1

2 Prof. E. Ehlers on Lepidosiren paradoxa and

Since Dr. Bohls obtained his specimens from the neighbour-
hood of the River Paraguay, while the few which were
collected by Natterer and Castelnau came from the region
which is watered by the tributaries of the Amazon, it was
impossible to overlook the question whether the fish produced
by Dr. Bohls are identical with those obtained in Brazil. In
order to decide this point, on the one hand I had at my
disposal thirty specimens of the fish from Paraguay, while
on the other I could only fall back upon the papers of Natterer,
Bischoff, Hyrtl, and Castelnau.

That the animals submitted to me belong to the genus
Lepidostren is at once rendered sufficiently clear by their
general outward appearance ; the picture of the entire creature
supplied by the existing figures of Natterer, Bischoff, and
Castelnau proved this beyond doubt. In length alone the
specimens before me fell short of those described by Natterer,
who records this dimension as 3 feet and 9 lines; the largest
of the fish which I measured was 72 centim. long. I was,
however, informed by Dr. Bohls that, owing to the difficulties
which had to be faced in connexion with the preservation and
transport of the specimens, he found it impossible to bring
away the large fish. The largest individuals that he saw
were somewhat over 1 metre in length, and were all females ;
the largest male was 92 centim. long. Dr. Bohls mentioned
that the living fish are much darker than the preserved speci-
mens ; they are almost black, and in consequence of a thick
coating of slime are as slippery as eels.

On going into details it is soon found that the animals
beforé me present individual differences. The larger portion
of them, twenty-seven specimens in all, exhibit peculiarities
which are not mentioned by any one of the describers of
Lepidosiren paradoxa, and which render it probable that the
Jatter fish is not identical with those before me; I consider
these to be representatives of a species hitherto unde-
scribed, and which I designate Lepidostren articulata. Five
other specimens, on the other hand, exhibit a structure
which entirely corresponds with the description of Lepidosiren
paradoxa given by Natterer, Bischoff, and Castelnau, to
which species I consequently refer them. In accordance
with Giinther’s explanation, I regard the species L. dis-
similis, created by Castelnau, as identical with Lepidosiren
paradoxa.

I will next proceed to give the dimensions of two males of
almost equal size belonging to the two species :—

Lepidosiren articulata from Paraguay. 3

L. articulata, L. paradoxa,

centim. centim.

Povaliemgth., vis. satay meee ey 57 57°)
Distance of the anus from the tip of the

SUC UE Mirae Pee AL ho cs oc Kar 40'1 40
Distance of the anterior margin of the

eye from the tip of the snout...... 21 15
Distance of the posterior angle of the

mouth from the tip of the snout 2°5 15
Distance of the branchial aperture from

UATE ae U SU PeeA Re coin Lent be eae ea Be 6:5 5:3
Internal distance between the eyes . 24 2:05
Diameter ol The SYS sen cake ns dos sss 3 ‘3
Height of the branchial aperture ...... 1 8
Length of the anterior extremity ...... 2°6 ol
Height of the base of the anterior ex-

EROTENIR, 05.2 i Sil a eee eee eae “4 2
Thickness of the base of the anterior

GREECUINOY Bat sce) sig adie ev eg atts 2 7
Length of the posterior extremity 38 49
Height of the base of the posterior ex-

PEGE re% chat cin ela. 5; wig 64 <n ocd yas 8 5
Thickness of the base of the posterior

PMO MUS ahi sr ase ae) Haein ct on wala ae ‘9 3
Length of the anal aperture .......... 6 6
Circumference behind the anterior ex-

PURRINVUS SAID ssa! baw ay eed Blcdele leat ataipip 15°5 14
Circumference in front of the posterior

BR PCOTINOY: 5 Saher cas' stele 20g. Walaa soa aye 16 14

In the above figures, which have a merely conditional
value, differences are seen which are distinctly expressed in
the general appearance of the animals. The fact that Z. ar-
ticulata appears somewhat thicker than L. paradoxa may be
due to differences in the state of nourishment or preservation,
and is to be disregarded for the present. he differences in
the head and in the appendages, on the other hand, are inde-
pendent of this. The portion of the head forming the snout
is shorter in Lepidosiren paradoxa, and is more decidedly
conical than in the case of L. articulata; the distance of the
eye and of the posterior angle of the mouth from the tip of
the suout is smaller in the former than in the latter; in
Lepidosiren paradoxa the posterior circumference of the eye
lies almost above the posterior angle of the mouth, while in
L. articulata it lies somewhat in front of it. A line drawn
from the anterior circumference of the eye horizontally
towards the margin of the snout meets this in the case of
L. paradowxa at the sloping lateral portion, and is equal in
length to four times the diameter of the eye, while in Z. ar-
ticulata it impinges upon the broad anterior margin of the
snout and is six times as long as the diameter of the eye.
Owing to the greater distance of the branchial aperture from

1

4 Prof. E. Ehlers on Lepidosiren paradoxa and

the tip of the snout, the entire cephalic portion of L. articulata
appears longer than that of LZ. paradoxa. The occipital
region in the latter is more strongly arched than in ZL. articu-
lata; the profile of L. paradoxa consequently makes a more
marked descent towards the tip of the snout than does that of
L. articulata, whereby the head of Lepidosiren paradoxa
acquires the sharper conical form which is seen in the figures
of Natterer, Bischoff, and Castelnau. This is especially
evident if the heads of the two fishes are compared together
when looked at from above. Lepidosiren paradoxa then
appears to have a pointed snout, since the portion of the head
lying in front of a line connecting the eyes is sharply conical,
while the less narrowed snout of Z. articulata is bluntly
rounded. These differences in the shape of the head, which
are occasioned by the conditions of the skeletal parts, are
accordingly to be regarded as constant.

The measurements quoted above show a difference between
the two species in the size of the extremities, the posterior of
which exhibits a sexual dimorphism in each case. But no
great value is to be attributed to these differences, since the
size of the extremities appears to vary, and is influenced by
injuries which afterwards heal up. ‘The extremities of
Lepidosiren paradoxa are in general longer and more slender
than those of Z. articulata; in both species the posterior
appendage is stronger than the anterior, and in it the difference
between the two species is especially evident, since in L. ar-
ticulata it is generally stouter than in Lepidosiren paradoxa,
in which it is of a slender conical shape. The anterior extre-
mities of Lepédostren a ticulata were generally flattened and
furnished with a slight marginal border. This was not so
strongly marked in those of Lepidosiren paradoxa. The
posterior extremities of the males of L. articulata are longer
and thicker than in the females of the same species, and also
are probably thicker than those of L. paradoxa. What
is more striking than anything else, however, is that while
in the females of Z. articulata the posterior extremities are
perfectly smooth, as they are also represented in the figures
of the female of Lepidosiren paradoxa, in the case of the male
animals these appendages bear upon the median and dorsal
region a thick growth of close-packed pale-coloured papille,
of a flattened leaf-shaped form, which are set in tufts upon a
common base. ‘These papillae were most strongly developed
in the largest specimens, where they formed a thick brush-
like coat, which, with the exception of a short basal area,
extended over the entire length of the appendage. In other
specimens only a median portion of the extremity was

Lepidosiren articulata from Paraguay. 5

covered by the papilla, and in smaller examples I found that
merely a low fringe of them was present. The male Lepido-
stren paradoxa likewise exhibits these structures, which vary
in the extent to which they are developed, just as in Lepido-
stren articulata; the leaf-like form of the papilla, however,
is not so pronounced, and they are more filiform in shape.
Since no mention is made of a similar equipment in the case
of the posterior appendage of the female of Lepidosiren para-
doxa, which was previously examined, we are probably justi-
fied in taking it for granted that in the case of this species
also a sexual character is herein displayed.

The unpaired fin-membranes agree in the two species, and
are disposed in the manner previously recorded for Lepido-
siren paradoxa.

‘The distance of the anus from the tip of the snout is nearly
the same in the examples measured; the position of the anus,
on the contrary, is strikingly variable. Bischoff and Castelnau
figure it as situated upon the left side of the body to the side
of the median plane. In the animals before me the anus
occupies this position in the case of eleven males of Lepido-
siren articulata, while in twelve males and two females it
lies upon the right half of the body. In their figures of
Lepidosiren paradoaa, Natterer, Bischoff, and Castelnau show
the anus upon the left side of the body in the female, while I
met with it lying on the left in three males, and in two
others, on the contrary, on the right. The position of the anal
opening is consequently variable, and is not to be regarded
as of any value for the purposes of specific diagnosis, nor
probably even as a sexual character.

The epidermis of the two species shows a difference which
appears to me to be characteristic. In Lepidosiren paradoxa
the coat of scales is distinctly visible, and upon the head can
be traced right towards the front; it is remarkable that in the
cephalic region the edges of the scales are directed ante-
riorly, as has, moreover, been represented by Natterer; towards
the ventral side the scales diminish in size. In Lepidosiren
articulata the coat of scales is covered, and to an equal degree
in the two sexes, by a very much stouter epidermis than in
Lepidosiren paradoxa; the outlines of the individual scales
are consequently very much less distinct ; corresponding with
the coat of scales the surface of the trunk is covered with
more or less regularly intersecting furrows and wrinkles,
while the head and also the tail, as well as the unpaired fin-
membrane, are perfectly smooth. Specimens were never-
theless met with in which the surface of the body was smooth
almost throughout. I should be inclined to regard this

6 Prof, E. Ehlers on Lepidosiren paradoxa and

difference as not being specific, but as one rather to be
‘ascribed to conditions of preservation, if all five specimens of
Lepidosiren paradoxa had not therein presented a striking
contrast to the remaining examples of Lepidosiren articulata.

The colour of Lepidosiren articulata is for the most part a
uniform slate-grey; in the case of Lepidosiren paradoxa,
especially in the anterior region, and particularly upon the
‘ventral surface, a spotted appearance is noticeable, since
the marginal portions of the scales are darker than their
centres. I have also seen similar markings upon one speci-
men of Lepidosiren articulata which displayed dark spots
arranged in rows upon the ventral surface. ‘The specimen of
Lepidosiren paradoxa dissected by Hyrtl was similarly
marked.

In the examples of Lepidosiren paradoxa before me the
system of the lateral lines is not distinctly recognizable ; it is
so much the better to be seen in a female Lepidositren articu-
lata. Upon the trunk two lateral lines are present, both of
which run from the head to beyond the anus on to the
tail, while the lower one is continued for more than half
the length of the latter. The upper line lies approximately
upon the lower margin of the upper fourth, the lower one
upon the upper margin of the lower fourth of the total height
of the fish ; the upper line is situated in some specimens in a
sunken groove. Hach line is frequently interrupted and
composed of sometimes longer, sometimes shorter, portions.
From each line there arise at right angles and at equal
distances one behind the other, which seem to me to correspond
to the metamerism of the trunk, short lateral branches, which
run towards the dorsal and ventral median lines, while part
of them also exhibit short processes which pass across the
main stem in the opposite direction ; on the right side of the
body I counted nine such lateral branches on the lower line,
and on the upper one only eight; on the left side of the body
they were much less distinctly visible. The system of lines
upon the head corresponds in its general features to what is
represented in the existing figures of Lepidosiren paradoza ;
the description of the details of its arrangement must be
reserved until a future occasion, when it will be accompanied
by illustrations. I distinguish an opercular arch, with which
the lower lateral line inosculates, and the curve of which
extends backwards to the level of the branchial cleft; a
mandibular arch, which runs close beneath the margin of
the lower jaw, embracing the angle of the mouth; and an
orbito-nasal arch, which is in connexion with the superior
lateral line, surrounds the eye with a tortuous line above and

Lepidosiren articulata from Paraguay. Cl

below, and terminates in an anteriorly-directed curve upon
the front end of the nasal sac. All of these lines are more or
less interrupted. In the centre of the occipital region short
transverse lines are seen running at nearly equal distances
one behind the other. In each portion of the lateral lines
there can be seen with the aid of a lens small white flecks
equidistant one from another upon a dark ground ; these are
manifestly the nerve-end-structures. The scales which lie
upon the lateral lines are not perforated; the line runs in the
anterior portion of the integument, from which the free part
of the scale penetrates inwards.

A difference between the two species, which is probably of
importance, is presented by the anterior olfactory apertures.
In the existing figures showing these in Lepidostren paradoxa
they are represented as transversely oval openings lying close
together. This agrees with the condition which I tind in the
fish considered by me to belong to this species. In Lepido-
‘siren articulata, on the contrary, the anterior nasal apertures
are separated by a triangular process, which runs between
them from the margin of the upper lip into the cavity of the
mouth; the nasal aperture is circular, and at its anterior
margin there is situated a conical papilla. However, I also
find a flat papilla in the case of Lepidostren paradoza.

The skull of Lepidosiren articulata exhibits but trifling
deviations from the figures given by Bischoff and Hyrtl. I
shall give a representation of it later on. The five carti-
laginous branchial arches lie freely on each side in the
cesophageal wall, without being connected one with another
by means of a copula or being joined to the skull; this con-
firms the statements of Hyrtl with regard to the branchial
arches of Lepidosiren paradowa.

The vertebral column of Lepidostren articulata possesses
fifty-five pairs of ribs, which agrees with the number given
by Bischoff for Lepidostren paradowa. 'The end of the
vertebral column runs out into a point, with uniform reduction
of all parts to form the monocercal tail. The figure which
Bischoff has given of the termination of the caudal vertebral
column of Lepidosiren paradoxa was very probably derived
from an animal which had lost and incompletely regenerated
the tip of its tail; im this manner the abrupt termination of the
posterior end of the notochord there represented is explained.

The results obtained from the study of the skeleton of the
limbs are of special importance. The arches in both of the
species before me correspond to the figures given of them in
the case of Lepidosiren paradoxa. In the specimens which
I assign to this species the skeleton of the appendages is like-

8 On Lepidosiren articulata and Lepidosiren paradoxa.

wise a simple unsegmented cartilaginous rod. In Lepidosiren
articulata, on the other hand, this portion of the skeleton is
distinctly segmented, and that, too, in the case of the anterior
as well as the posterior limb; the segments are largest in the
basal part, and diminish in size towards the tip. In the case
of the male of this species the basal segment in the posterior
limb is strikingly enlarged and slightly bent; the terminal
joints which succeed it are small, and, taken together, convey
the impression of a jointed ray situated upon a larger basal
segment. This peculiar condition must, however, be tested
by the examination of a larger series of specimens, since in
the individual instance in question the structure may be due
to an injury which has afterwards healed.

With regard to the internal organization, I am at present
only able to state that the faveolate connective tissue figured
by Hyrtl as existing in the anterior portion of the body occurs
at a similar spot in Lepidosiren articulata, but is also found
in the posterior region outside the peritoneum. I am inclined
to suspect that the tissue in question constitutes lymphatic sacs.

The appearance of the organs lying in the body-cavity of
the female of Lepidosiren articulata does not seem to me to
agree with the figure given by Hyrtl. The ovaries, which
are apparently metamerically constricted, are enveloped longi-
‘tudinally in a fold of yellow fat, and thus remind the observer
of the similarly situated testes of the male animal. The
difference between what I have observed and Hyrtl’s repre-
sentation is, however, probably a physiological one. It is to
be presumed that the specimen dissected by the distinguished
Viennese anatomist was a female at the period of complete
sexual maturity, in which the fatty masses had disappeared,
while the animal which I opened possessed ovaries which
were far from being mature, but had stored-up masses of fat
instead.

For the present we arrive at the following diagnoses for
the two species :—

Lepidosiren paradoxa, Fitz.

Coat of scales distinct; snout conical; nasal apertures
transversely oval; limbs with unsegmented cartilaginous axis.

Lepidosiren articulata, sp. n.

Coat of scales more or less concealed by thick epidermis ;
head and snout longer than in LZ. paradozxa, bluntly rounded
off in front; nasal apertures circular, with conical papilla;
limbs with segmented cartilaginous axis.

On Scarabeide in the British Museum. 9

II.—Scarabeeidee in the British Museum.—A Sixth
Contribution. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE.

Onitis inuus, Fabr.

Fabricius described two species by the name Scarabeus
sphinz, and to the earlier of these he afterwards gave the
name znuus. Harold, in the Munich Catalogue, has retained
the name sphinz, placing ¢nuus as a synonym, and has been
followed in this by M. Lansberge, in his “‘ Monograph” (Ann.
Soc. Ent. Belg. xviii. p. 89). The types (¢ ¢) of this earlier
species are in the Banksian collection under the name znuus,
and from the figures given by Olivier I feel sure that these
specimens are those from which the drawings were made.
‘The male is not the species described as sphinx by Lansberge,
as there is no trace of the spine behind the anterior femora.
It has the uniform bronzy-green colour of O. shoénsis, Reiche.
The elytra are moderately strongly crenate-striate,.with no
crenulation within the marginal carina. The clypeal ridge is
very short and is a trifle nearer to the frontal ridge than to
the anterior margin ; the clypeus itself is rather finely punc-
tured, and is not granular as in many allied species. The
thorax is strongly punctured, but has a smooth median line.
The anterior femora have a small tooth (emarginate at its
apex) below on the anterior margin beyond the middle. The
anterior tibiz are quadridentate, and have five tubercles
below. ‘The intermediate femora are unarmed. The poste-
rior femora have a strong, triangular, acute-pointed tooth
beyond the middle. The metasternum is nearly smooth and
is not channelled.

The only specimen in the Museum collection which agrees
well with the type is one from Lake Nyassa ; this differs from
the type only in having some slight crenulations within the
lateral carina of the elytra near the apex; but this is much
less on one side than on the other, and no doubt is a variable
character.

The type female of O. mwus is quite a different species,
and, as will be seen from Olivier’s figure, is pubescent below.
This I have determined from Lansberge’s Monograph to be

O. confusus, Bohem., ?.

Onthophagus crassus, Sharp.

Dr. Sharp describes this species from Laos and Cambodia,
and throws doubt on the habitat “Java” borne by the De-
jeanian example. The British Museum Collection has two
specimens of this species from Java,

10 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Scarabeeidee

Onthophagus quadripustulatus, Fabr.

The Fabrician type of this species is in the Banksian
collection in the British Museum ; it is 4 millim. long, very
shining black, with four red spots on the elytra; the head
has two slight oblique tubercles on the vertex and a fine
transverse scarcely raised frontal line, the space between these
very delicately and obscurely punctured ; the thorax is very
convex, very finely punctured, the punctures separated from
each other by about three diameters of a puncture; the elytra
are very distinctly punctured, the punctures in the striz
rather large and separated from each other by about a diameter
and a half.

A specimen of this species has just been received from
North-west Australia, collected by Mr. J. J. Walker. A
female example, also from North-west Australia, differs from
the male in having the thorax a trifle more distinctly punc-

tured ; the tubercles on the vertex of the head are less raised
and are transverse ; the frontal line is more raised, and there
is a very slight tubercle behind this.

O. rubrimaculatus, M‘L., is a much larger insect, “ 24 lines
long,” from East Australia, and, if the Museum specimens
are correctly named, has rather dull elytra.

Another species closely resembling the true O. quadri-
pustulatus occurs at Port Bowen. It is not quite so short as
that species, the thorax is not quite so broad and has the
punctures more separated, the space between the ridges on
the head is distinctly punctured, and the sides of the thorax
are beset with short hairs. I propose to cali this

Onthophagus Fabricii, sp. n.

Niger, nitidissimus ; capite cupreo-zeneo tincto, clypeo leviter emar-
ginato crebre sat rugoso-punctato, carina antica recta, postica
retrorsum angulata ; thorace subtiliter minus crebre punctulato,
marginibus parce setosis ; elytris distincte striatis, striis evidenter
punctatis, interstitiis leviter convexis levibus, macula humerali,
marginibus, maculaque apicali rufis, femoribus piceo-rufis,

Hab, East Australia, Port Bowen.

Onthophagus declivis, Harold.

Onthophagus declivis, Harold, Col. Hefte, v. p. 85.

This species was described by Harold in 1869. In 1871
Mr. M‘Leay described O. desectus (Tr. Ent. Soc. N. 8. W.
ii. p. 182). In 1872 Harold (Col. Hefte, x. p. 210) refers
O. desectus to O. declivis, but gives no reason for this deter-

tn the British Museum. 11

mination ; and I think this synonymy must be received with
caution. Harold describes declivis as having dull elytra ;
M‘Leay describes desectus as ‘nitid,” the elytra as smooth,
and I think it very possible that his species may be distinct
from. O. declivis; at any rate, there are in the Museum
collection two closely allied species which differ in one having
dull and the other shining elytra, as well as in the sculpture
of the thorax, &c.

Onthophagus rupicapra, sp. n.

Ater, opacus, convexus: thorace granulis nitidis crebre sparsis ;
elytris striatis, striis bene impressis subtilissime discrete punctu-
latis, interstitiis convexis, subtiliter parce punctulatis, punctis
setigeris ; pygidio parce obsolete punctulato.

3. Capite nitido, granuloso, clypeo medio triangulariter inciso,
sub-bidentato, utrinque obtuse angulato ; vertice cornibus duobus
sat gracilibus (ad basin non conjunctis) acuminatis, vix divaricatis,
ad apicem retrorsum curyatis; thorace antice declivi, flavo-
testaceo-piloso, parte elevata medio longitudinaliter leviter
suleata, antice tuberculis duobus parvis obtusis instructa.

Long. 9 lin.

Hab. Swan River.

I place this species near O. adelaide, Hope. It is a
somewhat singular species on account of the rather long
slender horns, which are curved backwards over the thorax.
The thorax has its basal part much raised, and the front
declivous part is clothed with rather long soft pubescence.
The minute shining granules are rather close together in the
front part, but almost disappear on each side of the base.

Onthophagus Duboulay?, sp. n.

Obscure purpureo-cupreus, sat opacus; clypeo medio triangulariter
inciso, sub-bidentato, utrinque obtuse angulato; thorace sat
crebre sat fortiter punctato ; elytris nitido-striatis, striis discrete
subtiliter punctatis, interstitiis parum convexis parce subtiliter

_ punctatis.

¢. Capite nitido, antice crebre subtiliter punctulato, postice sub-
levi, vertice cornibus duobus erectis (ad basin non conjunctis)
linearibus, sat distantibus, paullo divaricatis, ad apicem paullo
introrsum curvatis; thorace postice bene convexo, medio leviter
obtuse suleato, antice declivi subnitido, subtiliter punctulato,
utrinque levissime late impresso.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. West Australia (Du Boulay). |
Allied to O. adelaide. The horns on the head are of:
nearly equal thickness throughout and blunt at the apex;

2 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell on

they are widely separated at their base. The punctures in
the strie of the elytra are small and widely separated from
each other.

Onthophagus nanus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, sat depressus, niger, opacus, subtus purpureo tinctus
nitidus; capite crebre punctato, clypeo sat late triangulariter
emarginato; thorace confertim sat fortiter punctato, equali, sub-
nitido; elytris evidenter striatis, striis nitidis parce subtiliter
punctulatis, interstitiis suturalibus parum convexis obsolete sub-
tilissime punctulatis, lateralibus nitidis punctatis ; tarsis piceis.

¢. Capite nitido, cuprescenti, vertice carina bene elevata apice
arcuatim emarginata, clypeo subtiliter punctulato,

@. Capite minus nitido, vertice carina parum elevata retrorsum
angulata, clypeo carina fere recta, clypeo creberrime sat fortiter
punctato.

Long. 23-23 lin.

Hab. Fast Australia, Sydney.

Somewhat the appearance of the European 0. ovatus, but
with the thorax much more closely and rather more strongly
punctured ; rather more convex, with scarcely any trace of
longitudinal impression. The elytra are dull; the first and
second interstices are nearly flat, with a few indistinct punc-
tures; the third has a slightly raised central line, which is
punctured, and each of the following interstices has this line
more distinct, more shining, and more punctured, until the
lateral interstice is entirely shining, convex, and closely and
rather strongly punctured.

The male has the clypeus rather closely and delicately
punctured, the forehead still more delicately punctured, the
ocular canthus more strongly punctured.

The female has two raised transverse lines, the one on the
vertex angulated; the punctuation is much stronger than in
the male and more uniform.

A single specimen, which is probably an undeveloped male,
has the punctuation of the head as in the female; the carina
on the vertex is also like that of the female, but there is no
anterior raised line.

Ill.—Two new Coccide from the Arid Region of North
America. By T. D. A. COCKERELL, Entomologist to the
New Mexico (U.S. A.) Agricultural Experiment Station.

Tuer arid region of Western North America has not been
well explored for Coccidz, but it is already known to support

Two new Coccide from North America. 13

about a dozen species of these insects found nowhere else.
Moreover, the only genus (Cerococcus, Comstock) considered
peculiar to the Nearctic Region comes from the arid portion
of it; while Yachardia, Prosopophora, and Lecaniodiaspis
are restricted to the arid portion so far as America north of
Mexico is concerned.

Last year I found in the State of Chihuahua, Mexico, a
peculiar Coccid, which I made the type of a new subgenus
(Ceroplastodes) of Fairmairia. It was then questionable
whether Ceroplastodes should not be considered a valid genus,
and I now propose so to regard it, having a new species refer-
able to it to announce. Fairmairia must be regarded as
monotypic and restricted to Europe.

Ceroplastodes dalee, sp. n.

Adult 2.—Scales numerous on the twigs, snow-white,
3 millim. long, 23 wide, 2 (or slightly over) high. Glassy
but opaque, with posterior orifice as in C. niveus. Rough,
with strong prominences, irregularly placed, but running in
an antero-posterior direction. ‘The outline of the scale, as
seen from either end, may present six prominences, but this
is variable ; the two dorsal ones are the largest. After boiling
in caustic soda the female is pale brownish ; the margin with
a few short, rather thick spines.

Tibia very little longer than tarsus; a little shorter than
tarsus+claw. ‘Tibia with three bristles near its distal end—
two on the inner side, one on the outer. Tarsal knobbed
hairs rather stout, but with obscure knobs; extending as far
as end of claw. Claw large, moderately curved; digitules
small and ordinary.

Antenne seven-jointed: joimt 2 shortest, then 6 and 7; 4
almost or quite as long as 3, 5 uearly as long as 4. Formula
3 (41) 5672, but one might almost as correctly write
(3415) 6 (72). Last joint rounded, with many short hairs.

Other specimens indicate some variation in the antenne ;
joint 7 may be a little longer than 6, 4 may be even a little
shorter than 5 and only about as long as broad.

Young elongate, not keeled, shiny, rugose, reddish brown,
longitudinally flattened, but transversely decidedly convex,
somewhat less than 1 millim. long.

These young individuals are observed on the leaves, mostly
stationary, but sometimes crawling.

Larve taken trom under the temale scale are (in soda)
crimson, elongate; with distinct caudal tubercles, each
emitting two short bristles or hairs and the usual caudal seta,

14 On Two new Coccide from North America.

which is not quite so long as half the greatest diameter of the
larva. There are also six short bristles proceeding from the
region of the anus.

Antenne six-jointed: joint 2 shortest, 3 longest; 4, 5, and
6 subequal, but ot these 6 is a little the longer.

Hab. On Daleu formosa; this plant kindly identified for me
by Prof. E. O. Wooton. The scales were discovered on the
Little or Tortugas Mountain, in the Mesilla Valley, New
Mexico, on the occasion of a meeting of the New Mexico
Agricultural College Field Club, May 12th, 1894. Although
the plant is very common all over the mountain, I found the
scales only on two plants, but on these they abounded.

The species is entirely distinct from Ceroplastodes niveus,
though clearly congeneric with it.

Lecanium phoradendrt, sp. n.

Adult 2?.—Length 34 millim., breadth 34, height 1.
Almost exactly circular in outline, flattened, only moderately
convex, shiny, moderately wrinkled and pitted. So dark
brown as to seem black, varying to lighter brown, with a broad
dark brown ring and a dark brown
elongated central patch. Immature
specimens are greenish.

After boiling in soda the female
appears brownish, with a conspicuous
broad pale margin; derm granulose ;
margin with few very small spines ;
lateral incisions with one large blunt
spine and a rudimentary one. Anal
plates broad,. together forming a
square. Lower lip two-jointed.

Coxa with a long hair; trochanter with a long hair.
Tarsal knobbed hairs ordinary, but unequal, one longer and
stouter than the other.

Claw small; digitules ordinary, well-knobbed, extending
beyond claw.

Antennz seven-jointed: joint 3 longest; 4 and 2 about
equal, or 4 perhaps a little the longer; 5, 6, and 7 subequal,
but 7 shortest; a false joint in distal half of 3; 2 and 4
each emitting a long hair on inner side. Last joint with
several hairs.

g scale.—Glassy, ordinary, 2 millim, long, 1 broad.

Hab. On Phoradendron, in Arizona; sent from Tucson,
Arizona, by Prof. J. W. Toumey. The scales are abundant
both on the leaves and stems in the specimen sent.

Lecanium phoradendri
in situ, nat. size.

On Odonata from Queensland. 15

This makes the third Coccid believed to be found on ly on
Loranthacee ; the others are Diaspis vise, Schr., on Viscum,
in Europe, and Pulvinaria dendrophthore, Ckll., on Dendro-
phthora, in Jamaica,

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,
May 1894.

IV.—On a Small Collection of Odonata (Dragonflies) from
Queensland, with Descriptions of Five new Species. By
W. F. Kirpy, F.L.8., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological
Department, British Museum (Natural History), South
Kensington.

THE British Museum has lately received one or two collections
of insects of various orders from Mr. Gilbert Turner, of
Mackay, Queensland, among which were twenty species of
dragonflies ; and as five of these appear to be new and others
interesting from the locality or otherwise, I thought it might
be useful to publish a list of them.

Libellulidz.
LIBELLULINA.

Pantala flavescens.
Libellula flavescens, Faby. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 285 (1798).
An almost cosmopolitan species, found in all parts of the
world except Europe.
Tramea Rosenbergti.
Tramea Rosenbergit, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. p. 564
(1866).
The known localities are Ceram (Brauer), New Caledonia,
and Moreton Bay (Brit. Mus.).

Rhyothemis graphiptera.

Libellula graphiptera, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 45 (1842).
A common Australian species.

Rhyothemis chloé, sp. n.
Long. corp. 30 millim. ; exp. al. 68 millim.; long. pter.

2 millim.
female.—Body pale greenish bronze; head above and

16 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

behind, as well as the rhinarium, rather darker; the face
otherwise testaceous; legs inclining to rufous brown or
blackish.

Wings yellowish hyaline, pterostigma dark reddish brown ;
tips of all the wings beyond light brown, fore wings with
twelve or thirteen antenodal and eleven or twelve postnodal
cross-nervures ; sectors of the arculus just connected at their
base; triangle rather wide, with one or two cross-nervures,
followed by four or five rows of cells, decreasing and then in-
creasing ; two supra-triangular nervures ; subtriangular space
consisting of five to seven cells; the base and more or less of the
supra-triangular space and upper part of the triangle clouded
with brown; a large smoky-brown patch on the costa,
extending from just beyond the nodus over four cells on the
inner side of the nodus, and down to at least the upper sector
of the arculus. Hind wings with two large cupreous-brown
blotches at the base, separated by a narrow yellowish hyaline
band ; the upper one extends much beyond the triangle, and
on the costa is more or less continuous as far as the blotch on
the nodus, which nearly corresponds to that of the fore wings ;
the lower blotch is narrowly or not at all bordered outside
with hyaline, and extends nearly to the lower sector of the
triangle or further. In one specimen there is a dark spot on
the subnodal sector, halfway between the dark blotch on the
nodus and the clouded tip of the wings.

Hab. Mackay, Queensland.

Described from two female specimens.

Allied to R. amaryllés, Selys, but easily distinguished by
the large dark blotch on the nodus of both wings.

Rhyothemis princeps, sp. n.

Long. corp. 28-32 millim.; exp. al. 52-64 miilim.; long.
pter. 23 millim.

Head purplish above, face testaceous, rhinarium black,
labrum yellow; thorax and abdomen black in the male, the
former with a slight greenish-coppery reflexion on the sides ;
in the female reddish, the incisions and last three joints of the
abdomen black; legs black.

Wings rather long and narrow, cupreous brown, iridescent,
darkest in the male, with a large vitreous spot on the costa
beyond the nodus in all the wings, a corresponding one on
the opposite margin, and a third at the tip of the wings; the
apical spot varies much in size and is wanting in the only
male; in some of the specimens there are one or two more
scattered vitreous dots.

Odonata from Queensland. iy

Fore wings with ten to eleven antenodal cross-nervures,
the last not continuous, generally with pale spaces between ;
eight to ten postnodal cross-nervures; pterostigma dark testa-
ceous or black; triangle long, rather narrow, with three cross-
nervures, and followed by five or six cells, increasing ; two
supra-triangular nervures; cells of the subtriangular space
numerous.

flab. Mackay, Queensland.

Described from one male and four female specimens.

Probably allied to R. regi and chalcoptilon, Brauer. Very
like &. cuprina, Kirb., from Sierra Leone, in general
appearance.

Rhyothemis Turnert, sp. n.
Aen resplendens, var., Selys, Mitth. Mus. Dresd. iii. p. 301
(1878).

Long. corp. 12-14 millim.; exp. al. 44-48 millim.; long.
pter. 14 millim.

Four specimens (three males and a female), almost precisely
alike, the opaque colouring in the fore wings extending only
just beyond the nodus on the fore wings, instead of two cells
beyond, but ceasing five to seven cells before the pterostigma
on the hind wings, instead of only two or three, as in typical
resplendens ; the opaque part of the wing is shot with brilliant
blue in the males, more or less bordered with black; in the .
female it is cupreous, with the larger oval vitreous patch in
the hind wings covering rather more than three cells on each
side of the upper sector of the arculus; the smaller patch only
covering part of one on each side of the nodal sector.

Hab. Mackay, Queensland.

De Selys noticed this form as a variety from a single male
in the collection of Mr. M‘Lachlan. IJ have not thought it
necessary to give a detailed description, but think that the
constancy of the characters in the four specimens now received
entitle it to be considered distinct from typical resplendens,
which the British Museum possesses from New Guinea.
There is also a female from Batchian in the Museum agreeing
with &. Zurnert in the opaque part of the wing ceasing just
beyond the nodus; but the opaque part ceases on the hind
wings four cells before the pterostigma, and the hyaline spots
are much larger and more conspicuous. ‘This form was also
regarded by De Selys as a variety of A. resplendens, but may
prove to be distinct when more specimens are obtained.

Neurothemis stigmatizans.
Libellula stigmatizans, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 421. n. 5 (1775).
A considerable number of specimens of both sexes; they
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 2

18 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

exhibit no great amount of variation, and I am inclined to
think that many neuropterists (myself included) have been
too hasty in putting together insects which appear to be con-
stant in their own localities, as mere forms of N. stigmatizans
and fluctuans, Fabr.

Trithemis bipunctata.

. apis (Diplax) bipunctata, Brauer, Reise d. Novara, Neur. p. 86

Two specimens received from Mr. Turner. There is also

a pruinose blue male, which probably belongs to this species,
if it ever assumes that colour.

Trithemis rubra.
Trithemis rubra, Kirby, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p. 8328 (1889).
Two specimens in Mr. Turner’s collection.

Crocothemis servilia.
Libellula servilia, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. i. pl. xlvii. fig. 6 (1773).

A single specimen of this common East-Indian and Aus-
tralian species.

Brachydiplax australis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 27 millim.; exp. al. 47 millim.; long. pter.
2 millim.

Male.—Head black behind, with two confluent yellow spots
behind what Charpentier calls the ‘‘ cuneus,” the small space
filling up the space between the eyes behind; upper part of
the head metallic green, except at the sides; lower part
yellow; mandibles (except at base), lower edge of the rhina-
rium (rising into a spot in the middle), and suture of the
labium black. Thorax black and yellow, as is also the base
of the abdomen, which is yellow beneath and blue above
beyond the base of the third segment; thorax mostly blackish
above, beneath the blue dusting (in young specimens it would
probably be zeneous) ; pleura yellow, with four black, separate,
slightly zneous stripes; legs black ; pectus mostly black and
shining, slightly geneous, and intersected by yellowish sutures ;
anal appendages as long as the last two segments, slightly
hairy, not dentated.

Wings clear hyaline, with black nervures ; fore wings with
six antenodal and five postnodal cross-nervures, the first two

_postnodals not continuous; pterostigma dull yellow, between

Odonata from Queensland. 19

black nervures, triangle not traversed, followed by two rows
of cells, increasing; subtriangular space consisting of one
cell; hind wings with the base of the triangle not quite coin-
ciding with the arculus.

Described from a single male specimen. If this was
completely mature the blue pulverulescence would probably
obliterate all trace of yellow markings; but the female and
newly-emerged male are both probably yellow and neous
black, without any trace of blue.

This is the first species of the genus described from
Australia. Itis probably allied to B. denticauda, Brauer, &c.

Zyxomma petiolatum.
Zyxomma petiolatum, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 30 (1842).

‘A single specimen, perhaps a little darker than Indian
specimens, but otherwise hardly differing from them.

Orthetrum sabina.
Libellula sabina, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. i. pl. xlviii. fig. 4 (1773).
An abundant species from India to Australia,

Orthetrum nigrifrons, sp. n.

Long. corp. 46 millim.; exp. al. 70 millim.; long. pter.
5 millim.

Male.—Head black, sutures of the rhinarium and labrum
yellowish, face smooth and shining, frontal tubercle bifid,
thorax black or blue-black, abdomen blue, legs black. Wings
clear hyaline, very narrowly stained with saffron at the base
of the hind wings; pterostigma long, yellow, between black
nervures, not remarkably thickened, nervures mostly blackish,
except the costal nervure between the nodus and pterostigma,
which is testaceous; it is also. testaceous in front from the
base to the nodus: fore wings with eleven antenodal cross-
nervures, the last not continuous, and with nine or ten post-
nodal nervures, the first two not continuous; triangle mode-
rately long and broad, followed by three rows of cells
increasing; subtriangular space consisting of three cells;
no supra-triangular nervules, nodal and subnodal sectors not
much waved; hind wings with the triangle not traversed.
Anal appendages of moderate length ; the lower one broad,
truncated, nearly as long as the others.

Described from two male specimens. Much resembles

O. triangularts, De Selys, but smaller, and the want of
Q%

20 On Odonata from Queensland.

supra-triangular nervures on the fore wings and the untraversed
triangle of the hind wings will at once distinguish it.

Orthetrum villosovittatum.

Libellula villosovittata, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xviii.
p. 167 (1868).
The collection contained four specimens of a species which
I regard as O. villosovittatum, although it is less yellow at
the base than Brauer’s description appears to indicate. There
is a supra-triangular nervure, and the triangles of all the wings
are traversed, points on which the description says nothing.

Orthetrum bramineum.
Libellula braminea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 284 (1798).

This species is very common throughout Australia, and the
description of Fabricius would apply very fairly to the female
or immature male. I have therefore added a more full
description of the adult male. If I have correctly identified
Fabricius’ insect, it is a true Orthetrum, and not a Nesoxenia.

Long. corp. 43 millim.; exp. al. 68 millim.; long. pter.
5 millim.

Male.—Head yellow, frontal tubercle concave; thorax
lighter or darker olive, with five dark reddish or black stripes
above, one on the central carina and two on each side, of
which the lower one is often hidden by the pruinosity which
covers the sides and under surface of the thorax in adult
examples, and partly extends to the legs, which are black,
striped below with testaceous; abdomen pruinose blue; anal
appendages as long as the ninth segment, lower appendage
two thirds as long as the upper ones. Wings with twelve to
fifteen antenodal cross-nervures, the last continuous, and nine
to ten postnodal cross-nervures ; pterostigma moderately long
and broad, yellow, between black nervures, the uppermost
thick, the apical half of the wings clouded with smoky yellow ;
nodal and subnodal nervures considerably waved; triangle of
moderate size, with one cross-nervure and a supra-triangular
nervure, followed by three rows of cells, increasing ; supra-
triangular space consisting of three cells; triangle of hind
wings not traversed.

The female and immature male are yellow, with five reddish-
brown lines on the thorax, and the sutures of the abdomen
black, with a broad brown band running along each side; the
legs are also streaked with black, and the smoky yellow cloud
on the outer half of the wings is either much reduced or, in a
few cases, entirely obsolete.

Mr, H. Druce on new Species of Agaristide. 21

CorpuLiimwZz.

Hemicordulia australia.
Cordulia australig, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 146 (1842).

A single female specimen, much darker than those pre-
viously in the collection of the British Museum.

Aschnide.
GoMPHIN#.
GOMPHINA.
Ictinus australis.
Ictinus australis, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xxxv. p. 769 (1873).
A single specimen.
AGSCHNINE,
Aischna brevistyla.
4ischna brevistyla, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 205 (1842).
A common species, and the only Australian representative
of typical Aschna.
Agrionide.
C@NnAGRIONINE.
Micronympha aurora.
Agrion (Ischnura) aurora, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xv.

p. 510 (1865).
A single discoloured specimen, apparently belonging to

this species.

V.— Descriptions of some new Species of Agaristida.
By Hersert Drvce, F.L.S.

AGARISTA,
Agarista Goldie, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries black, with a large elongated white band
beyond the middle, which does not reach either margin; the
fringe black : secondaries white, broadly bordered with black,

the base black; the fringe white at the apex. Head, palpi,
antenne, thorax, and abdomen black, the abdomen banded

29 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Agaristide.

with white close to the base ; the collar and anus yellow; legs
black and white-—Female almost identical with the male.
Expanse, g 14, ? 2 inches.
Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby (Goldie, Mus. Druce).

Agarisia rheo, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries deep black; primaries
with two small spots in the cell, one at the end of the cell on
the costal margin, and a large square-shaped one below
nearest the anal angle, all creamy white; the apex and a
small streak on the anal angle creamy white; the fringe
black: secondaries with the fringe at the apex and a rather
large spot near the anal angle creamy white. Underside
very similar to the upperside. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax,
and abdomen black; the underside of the head and thorax
orange; legs orange and black.

Expanse 1,45 inch.

Hab. Madagascar (Mus. Druce).

Agarista darna, sp. n.

Male.—Primariesand secondaries brownish black ; primaries
crossed beyond the middle from the costal margin to the anal
angle by a wide orange-yellow band, between which and the
base a narrow yellow band partly crosses the wing; a faint
metallic bluish streak at the end of the cell; the fringe of
both wings blackish brown. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax,
and abdomen blackish brown; the collar and anus orange-
yellow; legs dark brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Timor (Mus. Druce).

Agarista cynapes, sp. 0.

Male.—Primaries black, crossed about the middle by a
wide white band, which does not extend to either margin; a
narrow bluish-grey line extends from the base along the
costal margin to the end of the cell; the fringe black, white
at the apex: secondaries white, the outer margin broadly
bordered with blue-black, widest at the apex; the base of the
wing blue-black. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
bluish black; the anus dark orange-yellow.—Jemale very
similar to the male. |

Expanse, ¢ 2, 24 inches.

Hab. New Guinea (Mus. Druce).

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Agaristide. 23

Agarista prochyta, sp. n. ’

Female.—Primaries very similar to those of A. cynapes:
secondaries orange-yellow, broadly bordered with bluish
black ; the fringe white from the apex to the middle of the
outer margin. Head, antenna, thorax, and basal third of
the abdomen bluish black ; the anal portion of the abdomen
orange; legs black.

Expanse 2} inches.

flab. New Guinea (Mus. Druce).

This species is closely allied to A. cynapes, but is much
more glossy blue.

Massaca, Walk.

Massaga demena, sp. n.

Primaries black, the veins dark blue; a wide curved white
band crosses the wing about the middle from the costal to the
inner margin: secondaries blue-black, with a wide central
white band extending from the costal to the inner margin;
the fringe of the primaries greyish, of the secondaries white
at the apex and partly round the outer margin, then black.
Head, collar, front of thorax, and anus bright carmine;
thorax, palpi, antennee, abdomen, and legs blue-black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Cameroons (Fuller) ; Old Calabar and
Sierra Leone (Mus. Druce).

EUSEMIA.

Eusemia darocana, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries black, with four greyish-blue spots near
the base and a yellow spot slightly beyond ; two dark yellow
bands cross the wing, but do not reach either margin—the
first (about the middle) is widest on the inner margin, the
second (beyond the cell) is narrow and extends almost to the
anal angle ; below the end of the band, close to the anal angle,
is a small yellowish-white spot ; a submarginal row of white
dots extends from the costal margin near the apex to the anal
angle; the fringe black: secondaries brick-red, slightly paler
at the base and along the inner margin; the outer margin
broadly bordered with black; a wide black band extends
from the inner margin above the anal angle to the end of the
cell; the veins between the black band and the outer margin
black. Head, antenne, collar, and thorax black; head and

24 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Agaristide.

collar spotted with white; abdomen dark chrome-yellow,
broadly banded with black ; anus black.—Female very similar
to the male, but the yellow bands on the primaries are slightly
paler in colour.

Expanse, ¢ 34, 2 34 inches.

Hab. Philippine Islands, Mindanao (Semper, Mus. Druce).

A very distinct species, allied to H. fasciatrix, Westw.

POMPELON.

Pompelon cynosura, sp. n.

Allied to P. ampliatum, Butler, but much browner in colour ;
more blue, of a different shade of colour, on the costal margin
and apex of primaries ; the blue on the apex of the secondaries
is more suffused than in P. ampliatum, Butler, but not nearly
so much so as in P. marginata, Guér. Head, antenna,
thorax, and abdomen blue-black ; the collar, underside of the
abdomen, and anus bright carmine; the front of the thorax
spotted with blue.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. Penang (Biggs); Province Wellesley, Mergui
(Doherty) ; Borneo, Sandakan (Pryer) ; Kina Balu (Hverett,
Mus. Druce).

HYPsa.

Hypsa darsania, sp. n.

Primaries pale dove-colour, bright yellow at the base ; two
black spots close to the base and a row of four black spots
extending from the costal to the inner margin just beyond:
secondaries chrome-yellow ; the fringe dove-colour at the apex
and partly round the outer margin. Head, collar, tegule,
thorax, and abdomen chrome-yellow; palpi, antenne, and
legs black; abdomen with a row of black spots from the
base to the anus; the underside of the abdomen banded with
black.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. North Celebes (Curtis, Mus. Druce).

Mr. H. G. Smith on Two new Butterflies, 25

VI.—Descriptions of Two more new Species of Butterflies
JSrom New Britain, in the Collection of Mr. Grose Smith,
captured by Captains Cayley Webster and Cotton. By
H. Grose SMiru.

Thysonotis hanno.

Male.— Upperside similar to that of 7’. hymetus, Feld., but
both wings more violet-blue, with the outer margins more
narrowly black.

Underside with the costal and outer margins of the ante-
rior wings and the outer margin of the posterior wings
brighter black ; on the anterior wings the black band along
the costa, on its inner margin, has a short black spur at
the end of the cell and a longitudinal excrescence a little
before the apex, and the basal blue streak above the cell
extends further along the wings; on the posterior wings the
subbasal blue streak does not extend along the inner margin,
the metallic blue rings round the submarginal row of black
spots are less clearly defined, and the black area above them
is less irregular on its inner edge.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Hab. New Britain.

One specimen only was in the collection; it is a tailless
species.

Thysonotis hamilcar.

Female.— Upperside closely resembles that of the same sex of
T. cyanea, Cramer, but on the anterior wings the white area is
less sharply angulated at its apex, and the outer margin is rather
more broadly greyish black; on the posterior wings alone
the costal margin is a broad greyish-black band, which
extends from the base two thirds along the wings towards
the apex ; the blue band of lunules across the disk towards
the outer margin is broader and brighter.

On the underside the double white lines, which intersect
the greyish-black outer marginal band on the anterior wings,
are less distinct, especially the outer line, and they do not
extend so far towards the apex. On the posterior wings the
dark band along the costa is, as on the upperside, broader
and longer than in 7. cyanea; the dark outer marginal band
is broader, and the black spots in the row of blue ocelli before
the margin are smaller.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

_ Hab. New Britain.

One specimen only in the collection; it is tailed like

T’. cyanea.

26 Herr N. Damin on Parthenogenesis in- Spiders.

VII.—On Parthenogenesis in Spiders.
By N. Damin*,

For the preservation of the species the union of two separate
sexes of the species is necessary. At the same time, how-
ever, multiplication without a union of the sexes, that is to
say, an asexual reproduction, has been proved to take place
in the vegetable and animal kingdoms.

To the latter class of phenomena belongs the virgin repro-
duction, or parthenogenesis, which occurs also among higher
animals. In such cases the egg-cells are capable of devel-
oping into embryos without previous impregnation.

Parthenogenesis is met with especially in the great phylum
Arthropoda. It has been observed in the case of bees, wasps,
and gall-flies (Cynipide), in the silkworm-moth and in
Psychide, in Tineide, midges, Aphide, and Coccide, as well
as in the Phyllopoda and Ostracoda among the Crustacea.
Considering the frequency of parthenogenesis among Arthro-
pods, the question arises whether the phenomenon does not
also occur among spiders, which belong to the same division
of the animal kingdom. Hitherto, however, no case of
parthenogenesis in these animals has become known f.

After having observed living spiders for many years, I am
now in the happy position of being able to establish an
instance of parthenogenesis among the Araneina also.

In the spring of 1891 I placed two living specimens of
Filistata testacea, Latr.t, in separate glass tubes, in order to
observe them from day to day. One of these spiders, of which
I shall speak, twice underwent ecdysis in the course of the
summer of 1891, and in the spring of 1892 once again—a
proof that when I shut it up it was still immature, 7% e.,
according to the previous state of our knowledge, incapable of
reproduction. On the 8th of July, 1892, this female spun on
the side of the tube an egg-sac shaped like a tobacco-pouch,
similar to that of Micrommata. I was not surprised at this,
since I had frequently noticed that spiders spin a cocoon and
lay eggs without ever having had intercourse with a male.
After a few days, however, the eggs in such envelopes were

* Translated from the ‘ Verhandlungen der k.-k. zoologisch-botanischen
Gesellschaft in Wien, Jahrg. 1893, xliii. Bd., II. Quartal (Wien, 1893),

. 204-206.
ae [An instance of probable parthenogenetic reproduction in the case of
Tegenaria Guyonti, Guér., was recorded by Mr. F. M, Campbell (Journ,
Linn. Soe. xvi. pp. 536-538) in 1882.—Transt. |

{ Filistata bicolor, Luc. (‘Iixploration de l’Algérie’), and Teratodes
attalicus, C. Koch (‘ Die Arachniden,’ y.), are synonyms of this species.

Herr N. Damin on Parthenogenests in Spiders. 27

always already shrivelled and dry, since they were unfer-
tilized. Nineteen days afterwards (consequently on the 27th
of July), during which time, in the case of fertilized ova, the
young are wont to emerge, I opened the cocoon, and saw in
this instance, contrary to all expectation, developed young
ones. ‘The egg-membranes had already burst. I counted
sixty-seven young spiders.

Under the microscope the egg-membrane presented the
appearance of a delicate glassy substance; it was smooth and
destitute of a coating of hairs. ‘The young had arrived at the
stage at which a distinct movement of the little blunt legs is
recognizable. The cephalothorax was glistening white, the
legs were blackish, and the abdomen dark-coloured. ‘'T'o
discover the reason of these shades of hue I placed first one
of these young spiders entire, and afterwards various separated
portions of the body, beneath the microscope, when I saw the
coat of hair in process of origin beneath the integument; the
little hairs stood almost parallel one to another, and closer
together upon the legs than upon the abdomen; the former
consequently appeared darker in colour than the latter. It is
not until the young spider has undergone yet another ecdysis
that it appears capable of leading an independent existence.
I removed these young ones: the old female remained in good
health and lively, and continued to feed and to spin.

Two days later, that is on the 29th of July, I opened the
box in which I had placed them, and found that all the young
ones had emerged. Beside them now lay the second skin,
so that, as I have observed in the case of other spiders also,
they had moulted after a couple of days; by this time they
were also recognizable as specimens of /%listata both in form
and colour. ‘They ran about readily, and, after a few days,
were already able to lie in wait for their prey *.

I likewise examined these skins under the microscope, and
found that I was not deceived on the first occasion; these
membranes had no hairs upon them, while the cuticle of the
young spiders is thickly clothed with hair, which could now
be seen standing up.

These young Jzlistata are still living, and have already
successfully accomplished one ecdysis outside the cocoon.

Are we not entitled to regard this case as a proof that
parthenogenesis occurs in L%listata testacea and, perhaps, in
other spiders also? ‘There can here be no question of any
mistake. Jilistata is very common in the Croatian littoral ;
it lives in holes in old walls, and is recognizable by the star-

* To lie in wait—hbecause. Fvlistata spins a peculiarly sticky web, to
which everything adheres.

28 Herr N. Damin on Parthenogenesis in Spiders.

shaped web which it spins, after the manner of Segestria and
Amaurobius, at the entrance to its abode. It is abundantly
represented in my collection; but what has struck me very
forcibly in this connexion is the fact that there is not a single
male among my specimens, and that I have never yet met
with a male, either alive or dead: I do not know the male at
all. Does not this very absence of the male constitute an
indirect testimony in favour of the parthenogenesis of
Filistata?

It may here be remarked, further, that neither Thorell, in
his two memoirs *, nor C. Koch { says anything about a male
of Filistata testacea. In response to my inquiries I learn
from the well-known arachnologists Dr. C. Chyzer, of Ujhely,
and Prof. W. Kulcynski, of Cracow, that, with the exception
of asingle male received by the latter from Madeira, they, too,
have not met with a male specimen of Filistata. It is, how-
ever, not my intention to imply that males of F%listata never
occur; I would merely remind the reader of the males of
Psyche helix, so long missing, and first discovered by C. Claus.
It is, indeed, well known that among other creatures also,
especially insects, where parthenogenesis is met with, the
males, at least at one period, are rare or entirely wanting.

It is self-evident that further observation is still necessary
in order to prove whether parthenogenesis in Filistata is
accidental, as, for instance, in the case of Bombyx mori and
certain butterflies, or actually a phenomenon of regular
occurrence, as in Psyche, Solenobia, &c. Moreover, it is
reserved for subsequent investigations to decide whether
parthenogenesis does not occur in other spiders also.

Another noteworthy point may be alluded to. We are
aware that it is not until they have undergone their last
ecdysis that spiders are mature or capable of reproduction.
After copulation or the first deposition of eggs, as the case
may be, spiders change their skin no more.

It was quite contrary to my expectation therefore when
the parthenogenetic female that [ have been observing
moulted on the 29th of September of last year, consequently
two months after it had spun its virgin cocoon. This led me
to the following reflection: either a kind of padogenesis
occurs in Filistata—that is, parthenogenesis is here relegated
to a stage in life at which sexual reproduction does not other-
wise take place, as we meet with it in the case of midges,
and in this event it is possible that differences from the fully

* T, Thorell, ‘On European Spiders ;’ ‘Remarks on Synonyms,’
+ C. L. Koch, ‘ Die Arachniden,’ i—xviii, (Niirnberg).

On a Freshwater Medusa from the River Niger. 29

developed form may also be shown to exist,—or spiders,
although it may be only a few species, have the power of
changing their skins in the adult condition, which has not
been observed hitherto.

I therefore examined one or two females from my collec-
tion which, according to external appearances, were mature.
In none of them did I find an epigyne near the pulmonary
opercula. On the 20th of October I again examined a Filistata,
which apparently died during (the last?) ecdysis. This
likewise had no epigyne at the usual place; but I discovered
on the lower half of the ventral side of the abdomen, towards
the spinnerets, a horizontal suture (“ Fuge”), which was
almost entirely covered by close-lying hairs. As I attempted
to introduce a needle beneath the suture, which I had no
difficulty in doing, the spider moved its legs (it was conse-
quently not yet dead), and a drop of clear viscid fluid showed
itself at the suture, receded again, and again issued forth
when I exerted a little pressure. Can this have been a mass
of germ-cells from the ovary? I have not examined the
parthenogenetic female, since it is valuable to me for further
observations, and I was afraid of injuring it; it is still alive
at the present moment (February 1893).

VIIT.—On a Medusa observed by Dr. Tautain in the River
Niger at Bamakou (French Soudan). By M. JULES DE
GUERNE *.

THE Société Zoologique is indebted to M. Gaston Tissandier
for the first intelligence of the interesting circumstance
detailed below.

In consequence of an article, accompanied by three figures
and giving a résumé of R. T. Giinther’s paper on the Medusa
of Lake Tanganyika}, published by me in ‘ La Nature’ f,
the courteous editor of that journal received a letter from
Nouka-Hiva (Marquesas Islands), which he hastened to
communicate to me. The letter bears the signature of

* Translated from the ‘ Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France,’
t. xviii. (séance du 28 novembre, 1893) pp. 225-230: from a separate
impression communicated by the Author.

+ R. T. Gunther, “ Preliminary Account of the Freshwater Medusa of
Lake Tanganyika,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xi. pp. 269-275,
pls. xiii. and xiv.

i J. de Guerne, “La Méduse du lac Tanganyika,” La Nature, June 24,
1893.

30 M. Jules de Guerne on a

Dr. Tautain, a distinguished anthropologist and an excellent
observer, who is well-known on account of his travels in the
French Soudan and in Bélédougou, and who was formerly
medical officer to the Galliéni Expedition, and is now colonial
administrator of one of the most distant archipelagos of the
Pacific.

The following are the principal passages in Dr. Tautain’s
communication, written from ‘l'aiohae (Nouka-Hiva Island),
30th September, 1893 :—

“Tn the issue of ‘ La Nature’ for June 24, 1893, I observe,
under the signature of M. Jules de Guerne, an article on the
subject of freshwater Medusz, with reference to the Medusa
of Lake Tanganyika.

“Tt is stated by M. de Guerne that this species is the
third freshwater Medusa that has been recorded. I believe
that I am acquainted with another.

“Tn the month of January in the year 1888, at low water,
I found in the Niger near Bamakou, in the still water at the
edge of the river above the rocks of Sotuba, a Medusa which
appears to me to be different from that of Lake Tanganyika.
If my memory serves me, the diameter of this Medusa is
from 20 to 25 millim.

“On the day when I noticed it I busied myself in collecting
a certain number of individuals, and in a short time I had
some fifty specimens of it in a bottle.

“On my return to Bamakou I endeavoured to preserve
these Meduse, in order to bring them back to France; but
the various methods which I employed, the only ones that I
had at my disposal, miscarried, and after the lapse of a certain
time, varying according to the different methods, I had
nothing left. It was my fixed intention to return to Sotuba
to make a fresh collection and attempt other systems or
combinations of systems of preservation, but I was unable
to do so.

“The distance between the habitat of the Medusa of the
Niger and the sea is considerable, and it must be remarked
that the number of rapids (besides those of Sotuba) between
Timbuctu and Boussa renders communication with the ocean
very difficult for a creature of the nature of a Medusa.”

It is a matter for regret that Dr. Tautain did not think of
at once making a sketch of the animal in question. Its
dimensions would certainly have enabled him to recognize
with a simple lens, or even to see with the naked eye, certain
details of structure, according to which it would have been
possible to form a correct idea of the organism.

The animal is, in all probability, a Hydromedusa of a

Medusa from the River Niger. 31

somewhat larger size than the three forms already recorded
as existing in fresh water *. As a matter of fact the largest
specimens of Limnocnida tanganyitkai (sic), Bohm t, measure
22 millim., while the diameter of Limnocodium Sowerbyi,
Allman and Ray Lankester, amounts to 8 millim., and that
of Halmomises lacustris, von Kennel, only to 2°5 millim.

The fixed polypes of a creeping Hydrozoon of marine origin
progressively adapted to fresh water may, in the course of
centuries, ascend a river like the Niger, and even surmount
its rapids. Without speaking of the changes which may
have supervened in the configuration of the country, and of
the accidental transport of débris of all kinds to which the
animals with which we are dealing readily attach themselves,
it is necessary to pay particular attention to the peculiar
conditions affecting the river.

This is not the place to enter into lengthy considerations
of geographical questions. 1 may be permitted, however, to
quote a few passages from the great work by Hlisée Reclus f,
which will show, without requiring any comment, how a
freshwater fauna is able to disseminate itself with great
rapidity through a very extensive region, both up and down
a river-system.

“‘ United to each other to the south of Ségou Sikoro two
large rivers flow parallel to the Niger; then, after breaking
up into pools (marzyots), which convert the Jénneh country
into a labyrinth of islands, the common current rejoins the
principal stream above Lake Debo. At this spot the waters,
which are broad and very deep, are almost stagnant: a dam
a few metres in height would transform the confluent into an
inland sea; at the time of the falling of the waters the
lacustrine reservoir spreads out on all sides, even flowing up
stream towards the upper river.

“* Below the region where the liquid volume of the two
Nigers in some places unites into lakes, and in others ramifies
in tortuous arms around low islands, the stream, retarded by

* I purposely omit to recall to mind here all the instances of Craspe-
dote or Acraspedote Medusee (Crambessa, Callirhoé, Laodice, &c.) which
have been recorded as non-marine. I have spoken elsewhere of the
majority of these (J. de Guerne, ‘‘ Méduses d’eau douce et d’eau saumatre,
d’aprés quelques travaux récents,” Bull. scient. du dép. du Nord, 1880).
Neither are the Ceelenterates which live in what is almost fresh water in
numerous localities of the Baltic and of the Gulf of Finland enumerated
here.

+ This is how, according to the rules of nomenclature, the name of the
Medusa of Lake Tanganyika ought to be written.

{ Elisée Reclus, ‘Géographie universelle, XII, Afrique occidentale,’
p. 52.

32 M. Jules de Guerne on a

the obstacles of its banks, spreads out into a labyrinth of
‘ marigots,’ which penetrates south of the major current to a
distance of 150 kilometres into the interior. During seven
months of the year this district of marigots, which extends to
the south of the river, below the meridian of Timbuctu, is cut
off from free communication with the Niger: there is nothing
to be seen but scattered lakes, pools of stagnant water,
obliterated channels, dead water, and damp hollows filled
with reed-beds; but the river-floods, which overflow in a
lateral direction along depressions in the ground, transform
these into a network of flowing streams, and during four or
five months large boats can be navigated freely in an immense
maze of lakes and channels, in which the currents change
without apparent rule, according to the force and the direction
of the winds, the abundance of rain, or the heat of the sun.
In this part of Central Africa nature assumes an aspect which
resembles in certain respects that of Sweden, with its lakes
of every variety of form, its creeks, its firths, and its
Pivers: 2. 4%

Bee ens ec In one channel the water is open and deep,
unimpeded by vegetation; in another it is encumbered with
weeds, through which it is difficult for boats to force a passage,
and which occasionally become detached in the shape of
floating islands, which eventually form barriers at the bends
of the stream which are impassable for boats: every year
traders are compelled to change their route through the
tortuous intricacies of this vast labyrinth. ... .”

But even if we exclude the possibility that the higher
waters above the rapids may be reached at last in an indirect
manner by means of the floods, the rapids themselves might
still be directly surmounted by the Hydroids ; for it has been
found at Hamburg that the water-mains are invaded by
colonies of Cordylophora lacustris, Allman, which develop
there in all directions in spite of the intensity of the current *,
Besides, if the actual rocks in the torrent do not furnish these
animals with a base upon which to grow, they will attach
themselves to dead or living shellst. This is the habit of

* Kraepelin, “ Die Fauna der Hamburger Wasserleitung,” Abhandl. a.
d. Geb. der Naturwissensch., herausg. v. Nat. Verein Hamburg, ix. 1886,
pp. 5,6. Allman had previously recorded the presence of Cordylophora
in the water-mains of London (Allman, ‘A Monograph of the Gymno-
blastic or Tubularian Hydroids,’ Ray Society, London, 1871-72, p. 253).

+ It has long been known that Cordylophora lacustris is frequently met
with upon the shell of Dreissena polymorpha, Pallas. _ In this situation
it was found in Parisitself, in the great reservoir of the Jardin des Plantes
(E. Perrier, “Sur l’existence 4 Paris du Cordylophora lacustris, Allman,”
Arch, zool. expérim. ii. 1873, Notes et Revue, p. xvii).

Medusa from the River Niger. 33

Bryozoa, whose mode of dispersal is not without analogy to
that of Hydroids. Their colonies or their statoblasts are
frequently met with upon the shells of mollusks, not only
upon stationary or slowly-moving bivalves, but upon Gastro-
pods like Paludina, which are very well able to crawl against
the stream *,

A few months ago, when Dr. Meissner was examining the
specimens of therta in the Berlin Museum, he recognized
upon their shells statoblasts of Plumatellat, thus placing
beyond doubt the existence of these Bryozoa in the great
rivers of Africa (Nile, Senegal, and Niger), although they
were for a long time not to be found upon the Dark Con-
tinent, and were so difficult to discover that a naturalist so
able as Stuhlmann declares that he searched for them in vain
for two years and a half f.

Aitheria, masses of which form in great rivers accumula-
tions comparable to oyster-beds, and which, like the latter,
resist the action of the water, furnishes an excellent basis for

* Tappend a few instances of freshwater Bryozoa attached to Mol-
lusca:—Upon the shell of an undetermined species of Unio Leidy
discovered at Philadelphia the curious Urnatella gracilis, while upon
Unio delphinus, Lea, Symphinota bialata, Lea, and Anodonta securiformis,
Say, Jullien found Norodonia from China and Cambodia. The same
naturalist records the occurrence of statoblasts of Pluwmatella upon speci-
mens of Unio collected by M. Chaper in the Madras Presidency. Pect?-
natella Cartert, Hyatt, and Hislopia lacustris, Carter, have been likewise
met with in India upon Paludina bengalensis, Lamk. (J. Jullien, “ Mono-
graphie des Bryozoaires d’eau douce,” Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, x. 1885,
passim), Kraepelin, moreover, has given some extremely interesting
details as to the veritable symbiosis which appears to exist between
Plumatella princeps, Kraep., var. spongiosa, Kraep., and Paludina fasciata,
O. F. Miller. In the Bille and in the Elbe, in the neighbourhood of
Hamburg, thousands upon thousands (“ Tausende und Abertausende ”) of
Paludina are found covered with Plumatella, and resembling in conse-
quence so many potatoes rolled about by the water. It is a remarkable
fact that in these localities scarcely a trace of the Bryozoon in question is
seen upon submerged stones. Moreover the Paludina, in burying them-
selves in the mud to hibernate, ensure the preservation of the statoblasts
with which they are covered, and which they also bring back to the
surface on the return of spring, at the period of development (K. Kraepe-
lin, “ Die Deutschen Siisswasser-Bryozoen,’’ Abhandl. a. d. Geb. der
Naturwissensch., herausg. vy. d. Nat. Verein Hamburg, x. 1887, p. 121 of
the separate impression, pl. iv. figs. 113 and 114).

A number of exotic fluviatile mollusks, and especially the large and
small species of Ampullaria, which are so widely distributed in hot
countries, should be examined from the point of view here considered ; I
am not aware that this has ever been done.

+ Meissner, “ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der geographischen Verbreitung
der Bryozoengattung Plumatella in Afrika,” Zool. Anzeiger, xvi. p. 385.

{ F. Stuhlmann, “ Fauna von Ost Afrika,” Sitzgsber. Gesellsch. natur-
forsch. Freunde zu Berlin, 1890, p. 184.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 3

34 Mr. R. G. Harrison on the

the development of colonies of Hydroids*. Can it be a
matter for surprise that the latter, which are doubtless of very
small size, have never been seen and may still long remain
unnoticed, if we reflect that the statoblasts of which we have
been speaking are quite a recent discovery, and, above all,
that, in spite of continual watching, it has taken nearly jive
years to find in London itself, with all the resources of a
perfectly equipped laboratory, a hydroid phase of Limno-

codium ?

1X.—On the Development of the Fins of Teleosts.
By Ross GRANVILLE Harrison f.

Excepting the Elasmobranch Fishes, we have no complete
knowledge of the development of the extremities of any group
of vertebrates. The skeleton alone has received due atten-
tion. ‘The muscular system of the limbs of the higher verte-
brates has been supposed by recent writers who have touched
upon the subject to take its origin from masses of cells
derived from the myotomes. These myotomic cells are in a
general way to be regarded as homologous with the cells of
the muscle-buds (‘ Muskelknospen”), out of which the

* The oyster-beds at certain points of the coast are justly regarded by
zoologists as exceptionally rich localities. I have mentioned a very
typical example of this lying off Dunkirk. Sponges, Hydroids, various
Annelids, Bryozoa, and Cirrhipedes, to speak of fixed animals alone,
multiply upon the dead or living shells with singular vigour, and this in
spite of the violence of the gyratory currents, which in these parts may
attain a speed of two metres a second (J. de Guerne, “ La rade de Dun-
kerque,” Revue Scientifique, March 11, 1885).

+ A. G. Bourne, ‘On the Occurrence of a Hydroid Phase of Lzmno-
codium Sowerby, Allman and Ray Lankester,” Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond.
xxxviii. p. 9. It will be remarked that the basin in Regent’s Park in
which the Medusze have appeared at intervals, and where the hydroid
phase of Limnocodium has at last been discovered, has been emptied and
left dry for a somewhat long period on several occasions. This appears
to indicate on the part of this freshwater type a singular power of resist-
ance to the most abrupt changes in the condition of the medium, V7de
the plate, p. 12 loc. cit.

While correcting the proofs of the present note I have received no. 1258
of ‘Nature’ (Dec. 7, 1898), containing an article by Prof. Ray Lankester
entitled “Reappearance of the Freshwater Medusa (Limnocodium
Sowerbyi).” This organism, which had not been observed again in
London since July 1890, has unexpectedly come to light at Sheffield in a
tank containing aquatic plants sent from Regent’s Park.

{ From the ‘ Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ No. 111, May 1894,
pp. 59-61: being a preliminary communication.

Development of the Fins of Teleosts. 35

definitive muscles of the elasmobranch fins are known to
develop. The following observations made upon the salmon
(Salmo salar) render a modification of this view necessary.

The Unpaired Fins.—The unpaired fins arise as prolifera-
tions of the mesenchyme cells, which, in the form of a loose
meshwork, fill the median fin-folds. The caudal fin is the
first to appear, and is followed by the dorsal, the anal, and
the adipose, in the order named.

Shortly after the dorsal thickening has appeared muscle-
buds appear at the anterior dorsal angles of the myotomes of
that region, and grow rapidly into the fin-rudiment, as has
been described by Dohrn (“ Studien IX.,” ‘ Mittheilungen
aus der Zool. Stat. zu Neapel,’ Bd. vi.). These processes
converge considerably towards one another, so that, while the
middle ones project at right angles to the long axis of the
body of the fish, those at each end of the fin cut the axis at
an angle of about forty-five degrees. Cross sections show
that the buds are solid; a few cells are enclosed by an
epithelium of similar cells. The nuclei closely resemble
those of the mesenchyme, and the cell boundaries are indistinct.
The buds are continuous with the cells of the lateral layer of
the myotomes (cutis-plate). Similar buds grow out from the
anterior ventral angle of the myotomes in the region of the
anal fin. ‘The tail-fin also receives outgrowths from several
of the terminal myotomes; the adipose fin never contains
muscle-buds or muscle-tissue of any kind. As the buds grow
further into the fin-rudiment their outer ends become enlarged
and somewhat flattened against the epidermis, in which a
considerable bulging is caused. The stalk now disintegrates,
and its component cells can no longer be distinguished from
the mesenchyme. In the meantime the nuclei which lie in
the median half of each bud accumulate considerable cyto-
plasm as a first step towards differentiation into muscle-cells.
‘These masses of embryonic muscle-cells now grow centri-
petally ; they ultimately become the erector muscles of the
fin-rays. The lateral half of the bud now loses its identity
as a cell-mass, having become undistinguishable from mesen-~
chyme; but very soon the cells which lie opposite the peri-
pheral end of each bud accumulate more cytoplasm, and these
masses also grow towards the body, remaining close to the
epidermis. ‘They ultimately become the superficial muscles
ot the rays, which in the adult take origin from the skin.
By this time the mesenchyme has developed to such an
extent that the muscle-masses are not at all clearly defined,
so that it is impossible to draw a sharp dividing ae between

36 - Mr. R. G. Harrison on the

nuclei which will ultimately belong to muscle and those of
the connective tissue.

By this time cartilaginous rods, alternating with the
muscle-pairs, have appeared in the middle plane of the fin.
These become the interspinal bones which support the rays
of the dorsal fin; in the anal fin they are the interhemals.
The chondrification takes place centripetally. I shall call
them ray-supports.

Horizontal sections of this stage show clearly the serial
arrangement of the various structures of the fin. Opposite
the cartilaginous rods the ectoderm is constricted to a marked
degree. At these constrictions mesenchyme cells have aggre-
gated close to the ectoderm, forming loose strands of cells,
one on each side of each ray-support. This is the beginning
of the definitive depressor muscles of the fin-rays.

The dermal rays now begin to develop, in lines which are
distally continuous with each erector muscle rudiment, the
cells of which are not separated from those of the corre-
sponding rays by any sharp dividing line. _ Considerably
later a small nodule of cartilage is formed at the tip of each
cartilaginous ray-support, which has in the meantime become
considerably bent with its convexity forward. Each pair of
dermal rays grasps with its basal end the corresponding
cartilaginous ball, and a strong fibrous tissue binds them
together. Muscles now become inserted into this mass, in
such a manner that each ray receives one pair of each of the
three muscles belonging to each segment of the fin. Anterior
to the pivot on which the cartilaginous ball rests the erector
is attached; posterior to the pivot the depressor and the
muscle which takes origin from the skin. The depressor and
the erector arise from the ray-supports. The fin has now
practically reached its adult condition, except that the carti-
laginous skeleton has not yet ossified.

The above account holds good only for those segments
which do not lie at the ends of the fin. In the first two or
three segments the course of development is considerably
modified, although the same definitive arrangement is reached.

The number of myotomes which produce buds is variable,
but, as a rule, ten or eleven reach the dorsal fin and eight the
anal. Both anterior and posterior to these buds may be
formed, but they do not reach more than rudimentary deve-
lopment. ‘The number of these buds is very variable. When
the cartilage has just begun to appear, and the muscle-masses
are on their way to segregation trom the surrounding mesen-
chyme, these rudimentary buds have disappeared, presumably
having disintegrated into ordinary mesenchyme tissue. Both

Development of the Fins of Teleosts. 37

anterior and posterior to the regularly formed muscles are
paired masses of closely packed mesenchyme cells, which
form a distinct layer under the epidermis. These masses are
undoubtedly derived both from the original mesenchyme of
the fin and from the breaking down of the rudimentary buds.
The posterior mass of each side differentiates into two
muscles, one corresponding to the erectors, the other to the
skin-muscles. These become attached to the posterior ray of
the fin. A depressor muscle is wanting in the case of this
ray.
Anterior to the first of the regularly formed muscles is a
cartilaginous ray-support, and anterior to this are the masses
or lamine of undifferentiated cells described above. In the
middle plane, anterior to the first cartilage, at the regular
distance existing between the other ray-supports, cells aggre-
gate, and, later, chondrify, forming another ray-support.
That portion of the undifferentiated cell-mass lying between
this new cartilage and the one next succeeding it segregates
from the rest, and from it muscles corresponding to those of
the region of the muscle-buds are developed. ‘This process
continues until the usual number of rays and muscles found
in the adult fin is reached. In Salmo salar this is fourteen
in the dorsal and ten in the anal. The anterior ray-support
and its muscles are not so fully developed as the others.

Each fin is innervated by a series of spinal nerves. The
nerves of each fin are connected by a longitudinal commissure,
which is a branch of the ramus lateralis vagi. I am unable
at present to trace the development of this interesting plexus.

In late embryonic and in the adult stages the metamerism
of the fin corresponds to that of the body of the fish. In
earlier stages the fin is more concentrated, as exhibited by
the strong convergence of the muscle-buds which enter into
it. This varies, however, greatly in different species, and is
a matter to which but little importance is to be attached.

The Ventral Fin.—The ventral fin appears considerably
later than the median fins. The first traces of it to be seen
are slight aggregations of cells in the body-wall just below
the ventral edge of the myotomes which lie in the region of
the dorsal fin. About the same time the epidermis covering
these parts becomes considerably thickened through multipli-
cation of its cells. Before the aggregations of mesenchyme
cells become very conspicuous muscle-buds grow out trom
the anterior ventral angle of each myotome in this region:
about six enter the fin-rudiment; those at each end of it
projecting very obliquely to the axis of the body, converge
towards the middle of the fin.

#

38 Mr. R. G. Harrison on the
Dohrn (“‘ Studien TX.,” p. 401) draws a sharp distinction

between the mode of origin of the musculature of the anal
fin and that of the ventral. In this he is followed by Kaestner
(Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abt. 1892, p. 200). Dohrn
remarks that while the anal fin derives its muscles from
muscle-buds the musculature of the ventral originates ‘‘ ohne
Vermittelung von Muskelknospen, direct durch Einwachsen
der Musculatur vom Urwirbel aus, wie sich leicht an Lachs-
und Forellenembryonen nachweisen lisst.”” I am unable to
confirm this statement, as my preparations, both surface views
and sections, show distinctly that the muscle-buds which
grow into the ventral fins are similar to those which enter the
anal, except that the latter are considerably larger.

At this stage nerve-fibres from the spinal nerves of corre-
sponding segments which give off muscle-buds may be
detected in the fin. This is a very much earlier stage than
the earliest at which nerves could be seen in the median fins.

The mesenchyme proliferates rapidly, while the ectoderm
is raised into a fold which projects from the ventro-lateral
surface of the body, parallel to its long axis. The mesen-
chyme forms a compact mass lying under the epidermis ; the
region next to the somatopleure is filled with less densely
packed tissue. ‘The muscle-buds project far into the fin, but,
unlike those in the paired fins, are separated from the epi-
dermis by a layer of mesenchyme. Very soon the buds
disintegrate.

The region in which the first steps towards differentiation
of muscle first appear is the space previously occupied by the
muscle-buds. From the very first there are no traces of
metamerism in this muscle, although it is safe to assume that
the cells from the buds take part in its formation. About
the same time at a corresponding position on the opposite or
inner side of the fin a similar differentiation takes place. It
is not so likely that cells from the muscle-buds take part in
this. Between these two muscle-layers the cartilaginous
skeleton has by this time appeared. The development of the
skeleton has received such thorough treatment at the hands
of Wiedersheim and others as to render further mention of it
here unnecessary.

The tin rotates so that its line of attachment to the body
makes an angle of about forty-five degrees with the long axis
of the body. The inner muscle, of which the beginning
was described above, becomes the protractor or abductor
profundus, and the outer the retractor or adductor profundus.
‘The, superficial muscles develop before the twisting of the
fin takes place. ‘They are formed through differentiation of

Development of the Fins of Teleosts. 39

the mesenchyme cells which lie between the deeper muscles
and the epidermis. It is extremely improbable that cells
from the muscle-buds take any part in their make up. The
muscles and skeleton grow forward in the body-wall between
the ventral ends of the myotomes, so that eventually only a
very small portion of each of the muscles lies in the free
extremity. In embryonic stages these muscle-masses are
continued distally, without sharp dividing line, into the
mother-cells of the dermal rays.

The Pectoral Fin.—The pectoral fin diverges from the
primitive type more than the other fins, both in its definitive
structure and in its course of development. It develops
considerably earlier than the others, and lack of histological
differentiation of the tissues at that time renders its study
more difficult.

The first trace of this fin is to be seen in a thickening of
thé somatopleure; the thickening of the ectoderm and its
fold arise later. This is in accordance with Boyer’s obser-
vations on Fundulus (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél. vol. xxiii.
no. 2). The thickened portion of the somatopleure is not
confined to the ‘ pectoral plate,” but extends to the portions
ot the splanchnopleure, on the same level, and through the
nephrostome to the Wolffian duct. This thickened portion of
the peritoneum is due to the cuboidal or columnar character
of the epithelium composing it. Anteriorly, laterally, and
posteriorly to it the cells flatten out. ‘There is, just anterior
to it, a portion of the body-wall in which are numerous
mesenchyme cells derived from the head mesoderm. Ziegler
(Arch. t. mikr. Anat. Bd. xxx.) has regarded this as the
rudiment of the fin. Study of the later stages shows, how-
ever, that this region lies completely anterior to that in which
the tin develops.

At a somewhat later stage the cells belonging to the pectoral
plate become much more distinctly columnar than the others,
and, multiplying rapidly, soon become several layers thick,
and are much more densely packed than those lying anterior
to them. A thickening of the epidermis now takes place,
which, unlike that of the ventral fin, consists in an increase
in size of the individual cells, and not in a multiplication of
the same. At the crest of the prominence which the prolife-
ration of the mesoderm has caused, the ectoderm is thrown
into a fold parallel to the axis of the body and extending
through three somites. In cross section the structure is
triangular; the somatopleure, which extends out over the
yolk-sac, is its base, and is nearly horizontal. In profile the
crest is semicircular, ‘Through rapid proliferation of the

40 Mr. R. G. Harrison on the

mesoderm-cells the prominence becomes much more pro-
nounced, and soon the height greatly exceeds the breadth.
The cells which lie near the base are not so densely packed
as those lining the ectodermal walls.

In the meantime the myotomes have sent out processes
from their ventral growing edges; but instead of entering
into the fin-rudiment, as given by Kaestner (Arch. f. Anat. u.
Phys., Anat. Abth. Jahrg. 1892, p. 200) for Salmo and Boyer
for Fundulus, they become greatly elongated and, growing
forward, give rise to the coraco-hyoid muscle, as has been
described by van Wijhe (Verh. d. Konink. Akad. van Weten-
schappen, Amsterdam, Deel 22) for Pristiwrus and by van
Bemmelen (Anat. Anzeiger, Bd. iv.) for Lacerta. The first
myotome is at this stage quite rudimentary ; the second and
third lie entirely anterior to the fin, which is on a level with
the fourth, fifth, and sixth. The anterior end of the Wolffian
duct is opposite the middle or posterior portion of the fifth
segment. ‘The first myotome has no ventral process; the
second, third, and fourth send out long strands consisting
entirely of cells from the cutis plate. ‘These grow ventrally
in the somatopleuric wall of the pericardial cavity. After a
certain time the first one atrophies, the second and third bend
forwards and are followed by the fourth (from the fifth
myotome), which grows straight forwards and slightly ven-
trally. The foremost one becomes attached to the base of the
hyoid arch by means of a tendon, the stalks connecting the
buds with the myotomes atrophy, and the three buds unite to
form a muscle which takes origin from the membranous
shoulder-girdle, and is attached to the urohyal. This muscle
is still divided into three segments, at least in young fish, in
which the yolk-sac is entirely absorbed. The last of these
buds extends for one whole segment under the pectoral fin,
with the cells of which it is in close contact. Sections
through this, a little anterior to the point of origin of the
outgrowth, give such a figure as has been drawn by Kaestner
(fig. 32). This outgrowth is less well-defined than the
others, and in cross section it can often scarcely be distin-
guished from the mesoderm of the fin. It is not at all
unlikely that individual cells may detach themselves from it
and remain in the fin; but it is certain that as a mass tt takes
no part in the formation of the fin-muscles.

The sixth myotome has a ventral process, which, however,
does not grow forward as the others do. It ultimately
pinches itself off from the whole length of the myotome, and
becomes an independent longitudinal strand of muscle-fibres
which runs dorsal to the attachment to the fin, but which is

Development of the Fins of Teleosts. Al

afterwards probably incorporated into the lateral muscle-
masses. The seventh and succeeding myotomes grow ven-
trally and are concerned in forming the ventral muscles of the
fish.

The changes that the fin has undergone are now consider-
able. The attachment has constricted considerably, at least
in comparison with the free portion, which has become a fan-
like expansion. With the absorption of the yolk the fin is
brought to the ventro-lateral surface of the body, and, rotating
on its axis, so that the line of attachment instead of being
parallel to the axis of the body now makes an angle of about
forty-five degrees with it, the anterior extremity is thus
brought into a corresponding position with that described in
the posterior. ‘The internal changes that have taken place
during this time are the differentiation of the central core of
cells into cartilage, and of the proximal portions of the super-
ficial mesenchyme layer into muscle. ¢ may be regarded as
certain that the cells which give rise to these muscles originate
Srom the somatopleuric thickening, and, as ts the case with most
of the muscles of the ventral fin, are in no way connected with
the myotomes. At first there are but two muscle-masses, a
primitive abductor or protractor lying on the outer side of the
cartilaginous skeleton and an adductor or retractor on the
inner side. A superficial muscle is developed later from a
mass of cells lying just within the fin between the deeper
abductor and the inner epidermic wall. The superficial pro-
tractor or abductor does not appear till much later, and
probably arises through delamination from the primitive
muscle, though I am not perfectly convinced of this.

The nerves of this fin are distinguished very early in its
development, just as in the ventral, 7. e. before any differen-
tiation of the tissue has taken place. They arise from the
first four spinal roots. ‘The first root corresponds to the
second myotome, and its ramus ventralis unites soon with the
second nerve to form the hypoglossal. This gives off a branch
to the fin-plexus and one to the coraco-hyoid muscle. The
arrangement is completed very early in the life-history of the
individual, and seems to be quite typical for the Teleosts.

Recapitulation.

The mesodermic structures of the median fins are derived
from mesenchyme cells derived from the sklerotome and from
muscle-buds, which are outgrowths of either the dorsal or the
ventral edge of the myotomes. To a certain extent these
fins retain their primitive metamerism, in that each muscle-

42 On the Development of the Fins of Teleosts,

bud may be traced directly into a certain muscle of each
segment of the fin. Other muscles are derived from cells
which are indistinguishable from mesenchyme cells, and
which are in all probability to some extent derived from the
same. ‘The segmentation of the extreme anterior portion of
the fins is secondary, although in the adult no difference can
be seen between the two portions.

The ventral fins show in the early stages of development
traces of a similar metamerism. ‘The buds in this case soon
disintegrate, and in the space occupied by them a single
muscle-mass develops—the adductor or retractor profundus.
The other three muscles of this fin are developed from cells
which have arisen from the somatopleure, and perhaps also
from the sklerotome. ‘This condition in the Teleosts seems
to be a step between the Elasmobranchs and the Amphibia,
In Triton a few isolated cells break off from the ventral edge
of several myotomes and mingle with the cells of the poste-
rior extremity, which are, however, mostly derived from the
somatopleure.

According to Paterson (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxviii.)
the myotomes in the chick take no part in the formation of
the muscles of the limbs. Kaestner has cast doubt upon
this statement, but it is doubtful whether his grounds for so
doing are sufficient.

The pectoral fin is derived entirely from somatopleuric
cells. ‘Lhe muscle-buds of this region are greatly modified
and take part in the formation of the coraco-hyoid muscle.

I wish to postpone the full discussion of the meaning of
this diversity in the origin of the muscles until some obser-
vations on other forms are completed. It is in all probability
to be referred to delay in the differentiation of the component
parts of the fin until they take up their position within it.
In other words, instead ot so much connective and skeletal
tissue and so much muscle being contributed to the fin, it
receives cells which still retain the potentiality to become
any of these, and their position with regard to surrounding
cells rather than their origin determines their ultimate fate.

This work, undertaken at the suggestion of Prof. M.
Nussbaum, was carried on partly in the Anatomical Institute
in Bonn and partly in the Biological Laboratory of the Johns
Hopkins University.

On the Habits of the Amphictenide. 43

X.—On the Habits of the Amphictenide.
By Arnoitp T. Watson.

ALTHOUGH the marine Annelids of this group are well known
as the skilful architects of tapering cylindrical tubes of fine
sand, there appears to be a difference of opinion amongst
naturalists as to their mode of life; and it may therefore be
of interest to record my own observations. Some authorities,
for instance, speak of the smaller end of the tube as found
uppermost, projecting from the sand, which is doubtless, as
we shall see, its normal position. Others, however (Pallas
amongst them), describe this position as reversed, the small
end buried and the wider one, which is occupied by the
animal’s head, exposed, or, at all events, close to the surface.
This at first sight does not seem unnatural; but when we
understand the object of the comb-like head-bristles, whose
function, so far as I am aware, has not previously been
explained, the vertical position, with the wide end exposed,
is seen to be a most disadvantageous one, and, excepting
under accidental or occasional circumstances, must be con-
trary to the habit of the worm.

I have at different times had several specimens of Pecti-
naria or Lagis under observation, and in all cases, when left
undisturbed, the worms buried themselves more or less com-
pletely in the sand, entering it by digging with their combs
(as with a fork), and making a passage through which the
wide portion of the tube first passed, followed by the narrower
part, the extremity of which was frequently left projecting
from the sand—the refuse from the animal being expelled
through the small end of the tube, which is usually inclined
to the surface of the sand, the small end uppermost. As
these worms are great travellers, the position varies some-
what, and the tube may occasionally assume the horizontal
or even the vertical position ; but in all cases the large end
is the advancing one. ‘I'he head-bristles or “ golden combs ”’
are used not only for the purpose of digging, but also probably
for sifting the sand, thus enabling the animal to select tood
and suitable material for building. ‘his is evident from the
eager way in which the tentacles explore the fresh ground
laid open in the cavity formed by each “ toss” of the animal’s
head. ‘The digging is continuous throughout the day, and it
is therefore probable that the worm does not, as at present
supposed, confine its building operations to the night-time,

_ The accompanying sketch shows the creature, natural size,
partially submerged in the sand and working close against

44 On the Habits of the Amphictenide.

the side of a glass vessel ; further off another is ejecting waste
material from the narrow end of its tube.

Whether each tube is the lifework of its tenant, or the tubes
are shed from time to time, as has been suggested, is an open
question; but I am strongly inclined to the former view, for
the following reasons :—

(1) Their construction is, as one would naturally expect

of such beautiful workmanship, very slow, so far as
I have been able to judge.

(2) In many tubes the small end is so minute that it was
evidently formed when the animal was very much
younger.

(3) The tube gradually increases in diameter towards the
mouth or growing edge (as in the tubes of other
annelids and shells of some mollusks), so that there
would appear to be no necessity and but little advan-
tage in shedding the tube; while, on the other hand,
there would be, unless we assume a complicated
method of change, the great disadvantage of a
lengthened exposure of the delicate helpless body of
the worm. The fact mentioned by Prof. M‘Intosh in
a paper recently contributed to the ‘ Annals and
Magazine of Natural History’*, viz. that “the
smaller end of the tube has grains considerably finer
than the wider upper end,” would also appear to
support my view.

Sheffield,

June 8, 1894.
* Vide ser. 6, vol, xiii. p. 14.

~~

On new Hymenoptera from Queensland. 40

XI.—Descriptions of One new Genus and Six new Species
of Hymenoptera Terebrantia from Queensland. By W. F.
Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Depart-
ment, British Museum (Natural History), South Ken-
sington.

TuE following species were received, among others, from
Mr. Gilbert Turner, of Mackay, Queensland, for identification ;
and as they are of considerable interest I hasten to describe
them.

Tenthredinidz.
Hytoromin 2.
Hylotoma apicale, sp. n.

Exp. al. 10 millim.; long. corp. 5 millim.

Male.—Head and thorax black, face below the antenne
testaceous ; antenna ciliated; front tibia and tarsi whitish ;
abdomen luteous, the terminal segment and the hinder half
above, except on the sides in front, black. Wings brownish
hyaline, iridescent.

Female differs as follows :—head rufo-testaccous ; abdomen
luteous, with only the apex black; antennz pubescent, not
ciliated.

Described from three specimens.

This is the first species of the genus described from
Australia. It is a small species, not closely allied to any
other.

PrERYGOPHORINE.
Pterygophorus insignis, sp. n.

Exp. al. 32 millim. ; long. corp. 14 millim.

Female.—Head and thorax blue-black; nearly the basal
third of the antenne, a transverse stripe below the antenne,
the prothorax, a large spot on the pleura, the scutellum and
postscutellum, and the tibiz and tarsi testaceous. Abdomen
black ; segments 2 and 3 testaceous, and 4 sometimes partly so
at the base, in the middle and on the sides above, and a long
equilateral triangle below, testaceous: segment 7 testaceous,
except a triangle at the extremity pointing forward, and a
short line on each side of its base; § testaceous on the sides,
and the curved arch above the saw testaceous.

46 Mr. W. F. Kirby on new

Wings yellowish hyaline; costa dull orange, a smoky bar
extending below its outer two thirds to the tip.

Described from two specimens.

Allied to P. interruptus, Klug.

Pterygophorus uniformis, sp. n.

Exp. al. 17-20 millim.; long. corp. 8-10 millim,

Both sexes with the head and thorax chalybeous green,
shining; abdomen with the middle segments (generally four,
sometimes fewer in male) luteous, edged before and behind
with violet-blue, the rest of the abdomen blue-black ; antennze
black, with very long pectinations in the male, and strongly
dentated in the female; legs testaceous; coxe, trochanters,
femora nearly to the tip, and often the tips of the tibies and the
greater part of the tarsi, except the basal joint, blue-black.

Wings purplish. hyaline; a black dot near the base of
the second submarginal cell.

Described from seven specimens.

A small species, varying little, and with sexes alike. It is
allied to P. analis, Costa, and to a species from Victoria
wanting the black dot, and with a lighter yellow band on the
abdomen, which is too much damaged to be worth describing.

LopuHyripinZ®.

CLARISSA, gen. nov.

Female.—Antenne twelve-jointed, thick, subclavate, first
and second joints globose; third more slender, nearly twice
as long as the first and second together ; fourth rather longer
than these, and thickened to its extremity; fifth rather
shorter than the fourth, thickened at its extremity; the sixth
shorter and less thickened ; the remainder of nearly uniform
thickness, a little longer than wide; the last two joints hardly
separated.

Neuration as in EHurys, Newman.

Clarissa divergens, sp. n.

Exp. al. 14 millim.; long. corp. 7 millim.

Female.—Ruto-testaceous ; head, antenne, hinder part of
pectus, extremity of abdomen, four hind femora, tips of tibie,
middle tarsi above, and hind tarsi wholly black. Wings
iridescent hyaline, with blackish nervures.

Described from a single specimen.

The antenne differ so much from those of Hurys, which

Hymenoptera from Queensland. 47

has nine-jointed antennez, slender, well-separated, and not
remarkably thickened, that I have decided, with some
hesitation, to treat it as a new genus.

Eurys inconspicua, sp. n.

Exp. al. 8 millim.; long. corp. 4 millim.

Female.—Head and thorax eneous black ; antenne short,
not much thickened, third joint longest, the rest of nearly
equal length as well as thickness; prothorax and legs
luteous; meso- and metapectus black, with a slight eneous
lustre ; tips of hind tibize and more or less of four hind tarsi
black; tip of antenne greenish black, most broadly beneath.
Wings yellowish hyaline, with broad nervures.

A single specimen.

Chalcidide.
Eucwarin2Z.
Rhiptpallus (?) Turnert, sp. n.

Long. corp. 6 millim.

Male.—Antennx pubescent, twelve-jointed, scape rather
long; the fourth and following joints throwing off a double
series of long, stout, pubescent rami, the outer row one-third
longer than the inner.

Antenne black, head and thorax deep violet-purple ; vertex
narrow, metallic green; ocelli testaceous, in a straight line ;
thorax rugose-punctate, with a green shade in front, on the
sides, and at the edges ; petiole blue-green ; scape of antennz
beneath, jaws, abdomen, and legs rufous or rufo-testaceous ;
femora more or less blackish in the middle, hind femora some-
what thickened.

In this species and in &. Cameroni, Kirb., the abdomen is
shorter and more elevated than in L. volusus, Walk., the type
of Rhipipallus ; but the rami of the antenne in R. Cameron
are longer and more slender, and the hind femora are not
distinctly thickened. But I do not wish to multiply genera
until the Australian Chalcidide are better known, and there-
fore include the three species provisionally in one genus.

Described from a single specimen.

48 On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes of Porifera.

XII.—On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes of Porifera.
By Artuur T. MAsrerMAN, B.A., Assistant-Professor of
Natural History, University of St. Andrews.

Srnce the publication in the June number of this Magazine
of my short paper upon the above I have, through the
courtesy of Mr. G. Bidder, of the Naples Zoological Station,
been put in possession of a paper of his upon the same subject
(Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. li.). Before arriving at my own
results I had inadvertently overlooked this important work ;
and my conclusions in several points bear out those stated
by him.

Firstly, he finds that “In /Heterocela the collars of the
collar-cells are at first mere fringes, which help to retain the
food and filter the water as it passes from the base of the cell
to the moving tip of the flagellum. When the cell is satiated
the flagellum ceases to move and degenerates; the collar
' unites with the neighbouring collars to prevent the water
that is already filtered and already foul from returning past
the inactive area to pollute the afferent water-supply. When
the food has been digested the cells elongate and become
closely pressed together; the separation of their basal parts
takes place in the manner already described (‘In Leucandra
aspera and Sycon raphanus the collar-cell, after it has accumu-
lated a certain quantity of spherules in its base, splits off
this base by a transverse fission as a non-nucleated mass of
protoplasm, which we may term a “plinth” ’—p. 477), and
the distal parts start on a new cycle with hungry protoplasm,
active flagella, and separated collars.”

This conclusion only differs from that at which I arrived
in the fact that I have reason to believe that in the case [
examined the whole collar-cell degenerates to the amceboid
condition. The process here described by Bidder is obviously
a stage in the differentiation of the endoderm cells into loco-
motory permanently collared cells, and permanently amceboid
(so-called “‘ mesodermic”’) digestive cells which I suggested
as being probable in the higher sponges (p. 495), just as the
separation of any organ performing any two main functions
into two distinct organs, each performing one of these func-
tions, will be preceded by steps in which the primary organ
will be divided into two parts more or less distinct, each
performing mainly one function, the separation of the two
functions taking place by degrees in time and space (cf uro-
genital organs and differentiation of sexes).

The above author also describes and figures “ Metschnikoff

A Visit to Dama Tsland. 49

cells,” which result from the amoeboid degeneration of the
collared cells. These he traces to the ectoderm, and he
suggests that they are excretory in function.

Secondly, he finds that the ectodermal gland-cells (for
which he claims a general occurrence in sponges) are excre-
tory in function, and conduct a process of intracellular
excretion. I can find, however, no evidence in his paper of
the occurrence of diapedic nephrocytes, which are so clear a
feature in the form I studied, unless, indeed, his Metschnikoff
cells be shown later to leave the colony through the ectoderm.

The course of the metabolic circuit through the tissues,
including the identification of the endodermal choanocytes
and the so-called ‘‘ mesoderm,” both morphologically and
physiologically, and the part played by each in ingestion and
digestion, are all points in which Mr. Bidder’s conclusions,
arrived at independently and prior to my own, agree with the
latter, and confirm the doubts which I expressed with regard
to Lendenfeld’s deductions.

The importance of the collar-cell metamorphosis from a
phylogenetic point of view may be expressed in the statement
that further proof than at present exists must be forthcoming
before the presence of a true mesoderm or middle germinal
layer in the sponges can be accepted as an established fact.

XITI.—A Visit to Damma Island, East Indian Archipelago.
By James WALKER.— With Notes on the Fauna, by R. B.
SHarre, G. A. Boutencer, E. A. Saira, R. I. Pocock,
C. O. WaterHousE, C. G. GAHAN, W. F. Kirsy, and

F. A. Heron.

THE volcanic island of Damma, one of the northernmost out-
liers of the Serwatty Group, is situated almost exactly halfway
between the large islands of Timor and 'Timor-Laut, and about
350 miles from the nearest point of the coast of Australia.
It is less than ten miles in length by about five miles wide,
and thus ranks among the smaller members of the great
Eastern Archipelago, while it is certainly one of the most
remote and least known of them all. Though the island has
been for some time in the possession of the Dutch, nothing
was known of its natural history previous to the visit of
H.M. surveying-ship ‘ Penguin,’ so far as I can ascertain,
except that a Dutch collector had landed there for a short
time and had procured a few birds. It was the cause of no
little satisfaction, both to myself and to my energetic fellow-
worker, Dr. P. W. Bassett-Smith, that orders were received

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiv. 4

50 A Visit to Damma Island:

on board the ‘ Penguin’ to call at Damma on the voyage
from Port Darwin to Hong Kong, and to survey the principal
anchorage, Koelewatte Bay—a service which would occupy
several days in its execution, and afforded us a prospect of
work on a spot hitherto almost untouched by a naturalist.

The ‘ Penguin’ sailed from Port Darwin on October 28th,
1891, and a few days were occupied in the survey of the
‘Flinders Bank ” and other shoals on the edge of the region
of comparatively shallow soundings which extends for a long
distance from this part of the north coast of Australia. This
work being completed on November 4th, we shaped our
course for Damma, which was sighted at sunset on the follow-
ing day. This island rises abruptly from profoundly deep
water, a depth of several hundred fathoms being found in the
entrance of Koelewatte Bay itself; and at a distance of about
forty miles to the southward we reached bottom at 2637
fathoms. Although at first sight Koelewatte Bay has the
appearance of a commodious harbour, the available space for
anchorage is very limited, the upper part being greatly en-
cumbered with sand-banks and coral-reefs, while it is fully
open to the easterly monsoon, which sends in a heavy sea.
At the time of our visit the weather was very fine and calm,
and we lay snugly enough in twenty fathoms water close to
the shore, opposite the crumbling remains of what had once
been a very strongly built stone watch-tower, of unknown
origin and antiquity.

Soon after we anchored, at 6.30 A.M. on November 6th,
the ‘ Posthonder,” or representative of the Netherlands
Government, came off to the ship in a dug-out canoe to pay
his official visit. He was a tall, grey-bearded old man, a
Macassar half-caste, and was dressed in the orthodox but
most uncomfortable black cloth coat which is de rigueur on
all occasions of ceremony throughout the Dutch possessions
in this part of the world. His staff of office was a gold-
headed cane surmounted by the Royal arms of Holland. No
European lives here permanently, but the Resident of Am-
boyna, under whose rule Damma is placed, visits the island
annually in a man-of-war, and the mail steamer which makes
the round of the Aru, Kei, and other remote islands of the
Far East, calls here once in three months for a few hours.
This is the sole communication of Damma with the outside
world.

We remained at anchor in Koelewatte Bay until the even-
ing of November 11th, and during our stay the harbour was
surveyed, a full series of observations to determine the
magnetic elements was made, and the Doctor and I were able

Summary of the Visit, by J. Walker. 51

to ramble about on shore to our heart’s content, After the
monotony of the wretchedly sterile and featureless coasts of
North-west Australia, where we had spent the previous six
months, the aspect of this little island was most picturesque
and pleasing. The Bay is enclosed on either hand by hills
of remarkable steepness and bold serrated outline, rising
abruptly from the water’s edge to a height of from 600 to
2000 feet; while from high-water mark (and even from below
this, if the dense growth of mangrove which fringes the shore
in many parts is taken into account) these hills are clothed
with a dense unbroken forest of the most vivid green, but
apparently not consisting of very large trees. On the northern
side of the Bay the fine volcanic peak rises to a height of
more than 4000 feet, emitting a constant stream of white
smoke from a large depression near its somewhat truncated
summit. ‘The upper half of the mountain is bare of forest
growth, and is seamed with huge rents and landslips, while
bright yellow patches of sulphur can be readily made out near
the top. Small quantities of this substance, in a finely erys-
tallized state, are occasionally brought down for export by
the natives. Even they do not appear to ascend the moun-
tain very often, and during the stay of the ‘ Penguin’ none
of our people mustered up sufficient energy to attempt to
reach the summit. ‘The ascent is represented by the inhabi-
tants as being very laborious, and not to be accomplished in a
single day. From the steepness and rugged nature of the
slopes of the mountain, and the dense and tangled nature of
the almost trackless forest which clothed its lower half, I can
readily imagine that this is the case. The volcano appears
to have remained in its present quiescent state for many years
past.

We found it a matter of no small difficulty to penetrate for
any distance into the forest, as there were scarcely any paths
except in the immediate neighbourhood of the villages, and
prickly rattans and thorny bushes rendered the dense under-
growth almost impassable. ‘The shores of the Bay afford
somewhat easier walking, and on its north side, at the junc-
tion of the sandy beach with the rocks just above high-water
mark, are innumerable little springs and trickles of perfectly
fresh and pure, but almost boiling water. Some of the
larger springs are even utilized by the natives to cook their
food, and in none of them can the hand be held even for an
instant. In several places, indeed, the volume of hot water
flowing over the sand is so great that it is by no means
pleasant to walk over, even in thick boots. A beautiful clear

stream falls into the head of the Bay, and flows down a
42

52 A Visit to Damma Island :

picturesque gorge, shaded with fine trees, giving access for
nearly a mile into the interior of the island, beyond which its
rugged and rocky bed, encumbered with huge blocks of
trachyte, becomes quite impassable on foot.

Damma is rather scantily inhabited by two races of Papuan
and Malay type, who live in separate villages scattered round
the shore of the island, and appear scarcely, if at all, to inter-
mix with each other. As Dr. Bassett-Smith has given else-
where a detailed account of the inhabitants of Damma (Trans.
Anthropological Institute, Nov. 1893, p. 135 et seq.), it is
not necessary for me to say much about them here. Solla,
one of the principal Malay villages, is situated near the
head of Koelewatte Bay and consists of about thirty very
neat palm-leaf huts, surrounded by a well-made “ dry-stone ”
wall some eight feet in height, access being obtained to the
interior by means of wooden ladders. The land close to this
village, and about the mouth of the stream, is fairly level,
and is partly cleared, and roughly planted with tobacco,
bananas, a poor kind of bread-fruit tree, the jack-fruit (Arto-
carpus integrifolia), the rose-apple (Hugenia Jambos), and the
mango. ‘The last-mentioned tree attains to a great size, and
produces abundance of delicious fruit, which was just begin-
ning to ripen at the time of our visit. The coco-nut palm
flourishes everywhere near the sea, and is tapped for “ sagueir”’
or palm-wine, which is a slightly effervescent milky-looking
fluid, somewhat like rather “hard” cider, with a slight but
pleasant flavour of the coco-nut, and is very refreshing to
drink in the heat of the day. The sago-palm also grows
profusely in swampy places, and furnishes the principal
sustenance of the natives; the process of preparing the sago
from the pith of the palm, in the curious washing-troughs
made from the tree itself (so admirably described by Dr. Wal-
lace in the ‘ Malay Archipelago’), was to be seen in full
swing on the bank of the stream. Some fine and curious
beetles were obtained by turning over the heaps of halt-
fermented fibrous refuse resulting from this operation.

The natives have a few pigs and fowls, and are expert
fishermen, using a cast-net in the shallows for small fish, and
shooting larger ones in the water with a peculiar arrow
having three barbed prongs of hard wood. Their canoes are
of exceedingly elegant shape and very creditable workman-
ship, and are hewn out, thwarts and all, from solid logs of a
large leguminous tree, which furnishes a soft white timber
very like the wood of the lime-tree. The tools used in the
work are small adzes, axes, and chisels, the finishing touches
being given by a “ parang,” or chopping-knife. Stability is

Summary of the Visit, by J. Walker. 53

imparted to these long narrow boats by means of outriggers
about ten feet distant from either side, and they are prac-
tically unsinkable.

We found these people, without exception, very friendly
and well-disposed ; the women and young girls were some-
what shy at first, but the small boys were inquisitive, as they
are in most other places. In my rambles I was usually
accompanied by three or four little urchins, with clothing
reduced to a minimum, and they proved very useful in
hunting up insects, land-shells, &c. for me. One beetle, a
large bronze-coloured Buprestid (Belionota Walkeri, Water-
house), was very abundant on felled timber, but was so
exceedingly shy and active on the wing as to defy my efforts
for a long time to secure one with a big net. The boys
caught them with their hands without the least trouble,
exactly as a schoolboy at home catches a “ bluebottle,” and
in a very little while they brought me as many specimens as
I wanted. On another occasion I was much amused at the
manner in which a little Papuan boy secured the large fresh-
water prawns (Palemon, sp.) which abounded in the deeper pools
in the bed of the stream. He took two long fibres from the
pinnule of a rattan-palm, one of which he formed into a running
noose, while a morsel of bait was attached to the end of the
other. On presenting this bait to a prawn, the creature at
once laid hold of it with its long chele with an action ludi-
crously like that of a monkey, and, while thus busily engaged,
the noose was gently slipped over its tail and the Crustacean
flicked on to terra firma with a smart jerk. The boy caught
prawn after prawn in much less time than it takes me to
describe the operation; but neither my companions nor [
could secure a single specimen in this way, though we spent
more than half an hour in trying to do so.

A brisk trade was carried on with the natives for weapons,
such as heavy palm-wood bows, bamboo-arrows, and spears
with large lancet-shaped heads of soft iron &c., besides such
personal ornaments as long bamboo combs and neatly carved
bone and tortoiseshell earrings and armlets. Old clothes and
silver coins were readily taken in exchange for these, the
latter being much appreciated for working up into ornaments ;
but the number rather than the value of the coins appeared
to be taken into account when bartering, as a good deal more
could be obtained for four threepenny pieces than for a
shilling. ‘Tobacco was also eagerly accepted.

In the forest the most abundant birds were two very hand-
some large fruit-pigeons (Carpophaga concinna, Wall., and
C. rosacea, Temm.). ‘The deep booming notes of these birds

54 A Visit to Damma Island :

could be heard everywhere, especially in the early morning
and towards sunset, though in the thick jungle they were by
no means easy to see. The crop of nearly every specimen
shot was found to contain one or more entire nutmegs,
evidently from wild trees, as the nutmeg is not cultivated on
Damma. These imparted a peculiarly delicate flavour to the
flesh of the pigeons, which were consequently the objects of
eager pursuit by our sportsmen. A very beautiful little
green fruit-dove (Pédlopus xanthogaster) was not rarely seen,
and flocks of small and very noisy green parrots frequented
the tops of the tall mango-trees, quite out of gunshot. I did
not meet with any white cockatoos, which are said to be
found on the island.

Butterflies were tolerably numerous, especially along the
course of the stream; but I was unfortunately not able to
secure examples of the three finest species seen. ‘These were
a large light-coloured Charaxes and two handsome Papilios—
one a large black-and-white species evidently allied to the
Australian P. erechtheus, the other being, I feel almost sure,
the P. aberrans, Butl., recorded from Timor-Laut. Some
twenty-five species in all were observed, the most noteworthy
being two or three forms of Hupl@a, a red Danais (Salatura
laratensis, Butl.), a very pretty Neptis, a Precis (probably
P. timorensis, Wall.), two or three species of Terias, and
several Lycenide. Nearly all these appear to be closely
allied to or identical with the species collected by Mr. H. O.
Forbes in Timor-Laut, and described by Mr. Butler (P. Z. 8.
1883, pp. 866, 367). Not the least interesting capture was
a large light-coloured female specimen of that wandering
butterfly Anosta plexippus, L., which I shortly afterwards
met with abundantly in the islands of Amboyna and 'ernate,
many thousands of miles away from its original American
home.

The Coleoptera were also well represented both in species
and individuals, and | found two recently made clearings in
which the stumps and such felled trees as had been allowed
to remain yielded a good harvest of small but very interesting
beetles under the loose bark and among decaying leaves and
fungi. ‘Two grand Buprestide, Cyphogastra abdominalis
and Pseudochrysodema Walkert, recently described by
Mr. C. O. Waterhouse (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. x. pp. 410-412), were not rare here, flying in the bright
morning sunshine and settling on logs and stumps. These
beetles appeared to take a great fancy to one particular stump
of a large cus tree near the top of asteep bank, and not
easily reached ; but, unlike another large Buprestid already

Summary of the Visit, by J. Walker. 55

alluded to, they were sluggish and heavy in flight, and were
not very difficult to catch. The bright yellow dorsum of the
Cyphogastra is very conspicuous when the insect is on the
wing. One of the most interesting beetles met with was a
singular form of the Heteromerous genus Platydema (asym-
metricum, Champion, Ent. Month. Mag. ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 274),
the male of which is furnished with a single long erect horn
on the left side of the head. The Longicornes proved, to my
disappointment, to be very poorly represented here, as only
two or three species of this important group of beetles were
captured.

Other insects were fairly abundant, and I must not forget
to mention the mosquitoes, which were sufficiently numerous
and troublesome in the vicinity of water ; nor the ants, which
swarmed everywhere, and on one occasion got into my pith
helmet (used as a collecting-box) in myriads while I was
resting and dozing under a tree, and ate up my entire day’s
catch of butterflies. Fortunately the solitary specimen of
Anosia plexippus, which I valued more than any other, was
evidently not to their taste, as it escaped their devouring
jaws without the slightest damage. On the prickly leaves of
the Pandanus, or screw-pine, growing on the beach, a large
green ‘‘stick-insect”? was frequently met with in pairs,
and was remarkable for emitting when handled a milky-
looking fluid, having a strong odour of peppermint, from the
thoracic spiracles.

I could only hear of one mammal indigenous to Damma,
this being a species of Cuscus, or eastern opposum (C. macu-
latus). One of the men procured a young specimen from the
natives, which, on its decease two or three days afterwards,
was handed over to me and duly put into spirit.

The result of our five days’ collecting was approximately as

follows :—

1 species of Mammalia.
9 species of Birds (skinned and preserved by Dr. Bassett-
Smith).
5 species of Reptiles.
7 species of Land and 3 species of Freshwater Mollusca.
100 species of Coleoptera.
30 species of Lepidoptera.
30 species of other orders of Insects.
1 Freshwater Crustacean.

As well as a large number of specimens of marine zoology,
collected by the doctor on the reefs and by dredging in the

harbour.

56 A Visit to Damma Island :

We finally quitted Damma on the afternoon of November
11th, enjoying a splendid view of the volcano as we steamed
slowly out of Koelewatte Bay; and I think that all on board
regretted that our stay at this interesting little island was
necessarily so brief, even though our next halting-place was
to be one of the most beautiful and famous localities in the
Eastern tropics—the island of Amboyna.

Zoological collections of great scientific interest were made
during the surveying-voyages of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin,’ under the
command of Captain W. U. Moore, by Messrs. J. J. Walker,
Chief-Engineer, and P. W. Bassett-Smith, Surgeon of the
ship. All these collections were presented by the Lords of
the Admiralty to the Trustees of the British Museum, and are
in progress of being worked out by the staff of the Zoological
Department. The following notes refer to the terrestrial
fauna only of the island.—A. G.

BIRDS. By R. B. Suarpe.

The small collection of birds obtained on Damma Island
apparently contains two species new to science. One of these,
Rhipidura Biittikofert, I have already described; and in the
present paper I add another species to the overwhelming
genus Zosterops.

So far as can be judged from this small amount of material,
the birds of Damma Island are almost identical with those
of Timor-Laut on the one hand and Timor on the other,
though some species, such as Rhipidura elegantula, may be
found peculiar to the Damma, Lettie, and Wetter group of
islands,

1. Rhipidura elegantula.
Rhipidura elegantula, Sharpe, Notes Leyden Mus. i. p. 23 (1879).
An adult specimen in rather poor condition. I think,
however, that there can be no doubt about the identity of the

bird with &. elegantula, which I described from a Lettie
specimen in the Leyden Museum.

2. Rhipidura Biittikofert.
Rhipidura Bittikoferi, Sharpe, Bull. Brit. Orn, Club, no. iv. p. xviii
(1892).

An adult bird. This species is closely allied to Rhipidura
setosa, but is much darker brown above, being blackish brown,
not grey, and having much more white on the two outer
tail-teathers. Total length 6°8 inches, wing 3:4.

Birds, by R. B. Sharpe. 57

3. Graucalus melanops.

Graucalus melanops (Lath.), Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 30 (1879) ; Salvad.
Orn. Papuasia, ii. p. 180 (1881).

One adult and two immature birds. This species has
somewhat a wide range in the Moluccas, being found not
only in Australia, but in New Guinea, the Aru and Kei
Islands, Amboina, and Timor.

4, Zosterops Bassetti, sp. n.

Similis Z. albiventri, sed paullo major, loris et gutture aurantiacis
nec sulphureis, et corporis lateribus cinerascenti-brunneis nec
isabellinis distinguenda.

Long. tot. 5:0 poll., culm. 0°6, alee 2°45, caude 1°75, tarsi 0°75.

This species belongs to the section of the genus Zosterops
which contains Z. albiventer and Z. crissalis. It is very like
both these species, but is slightly larger than either of them.
The loral spot and the throat are of a deeper and more orange-
yellow, and the sides of the body are ashy brown, darker
than the same parts in Z. albiventer, but not so dark as in
Z. crissalis,

5. Stigmatops kebirensis.

Stigmatops kebirensis (A. B, Meyer), Salvad. Agg, Orn. Papuasia, ii.
p. 123 (1890).

A single specimen, which seems to be immature. The
scaling on the throat appears not to extend down the breast
as in S. sguamata, but to be more confined to the throat, this
being one of the characters of S. kebirensis.

On looking over the series of these birds in the Museum, I
must say that I fail to see the characters for separating
S. Salvadori of Timor-Laut from the true S. squamata from
Khoor, of which two specimens are in the Museum. It also
seems to me very doubtful if the distinctness of 8. kebirensis
will ultimately be maintainable, for it appears quite probable
that the characters of this species are those of immaturity.

It should be noticed that, according to Count Salvadori,
Stigmatops chloris is tound on Damma; but the specimen
now sent is certainly not of that species.

6. Hirundo gutturalis.

Hirundo gutturalis (Scop.), Salvad. Orn, Papuasia, ii. p. 1 (1881)
Sharpe, Cat. B. x. p. 184 (1885).

A young bird just commencing its moult.

58 A Visit to Damma Island :

7. Psitteuteles euteles.
Psitteuteles euteles (Temm.), Salvad. Cat. B, xx. p. 64 (1891).
An adult male. Apparently a species confined to the

Timor group of islands, and already known from Timor,
Flores, Wetter, Lettie, Babbar, and 'Timor-Laut.

8. Ptilopus xanthogaster.
Ptilopus xanthogaster (Wagl.), Salvad. Orn. Papuasia, iii. pp. 4, 554
(1882); id. Cat. B. xxi. p. 91 (1893).
An adult bird. This species has already been recorded
from Lettie, and it is also found in Banda, ‘imor-Laut, and
the Kei Islands.

9. Carpophaga rosacea.
Carpophaga rosacea (Temm.), Salvad, Orn. Papuasia, iii. p. 89 (1882)
id. Cat. B. xxi. p. 198 (1858).
An adult male. Found in all the Timor group of islands,
and already recorded from Lettie, Kisser, and Wetter ; also
occurs in the Kei Islands, Halmahéra, and Celebes.

10. Carpophaga concinna.
Carpophaga concinna, Wall., Salvad. Orn. Papuasia, iii. p. 81 (1882) ;
id, Cat. B, xxi. p. 186 (1893),

An adult male. ‘This specimen has been recorded by
Count Salvadori in the ‘ Catalogue.’ The species is found
in Timor-Laut and Banda, as well as in Matabello, the Kei,
Aru, and Sanghir groups.

REPTILES. By G. A. BouLenGeEr.

Of the five forms obtained, three are well known and
widely distributed, whilst two (Lygosoma striolatum and
Ablepharus Boutonit, var. furcata) are recent additions to
science, and were previously unrepresented in the British
Museum. ‘They have been described by Prof. Max Weber
in his ‘ Zoologische Ergebnisse emer Reise in Niederl. Ost-
Indien,’ 1890, from specimens obtained on the Island of
Flores.

Gecko veriicillatus, Laur.

Widely distributed species, ranging from Bengal, Burma,
and Southern China to the Moluccas and Tenimber Islands.

Shells, by E. A. Smith. 59

Calotes cristatellus, Kuhl.

The range of this lizard extends from the Malay Penin-
sula to the Moluccas and Tenimber Islands.

Lygosoma striolatum, M. Weber.

Two specimens were obtained by Mr. Walker: one has
40 scales round the body, like the type from Flores, the
other 42. In the specimen with 40 series of scales the
prefrontals are fused, the median suture having entirely
disappeared. In both the first supraocular is considerably
longer than the second.

Lygosoma fuscum, D. & B.

So far as we know at present, Damma Island is on the
western limit of the distribution of this lizard, which
inhabits the Moluccas, New Guinea, and Northern Queens-
land.

Ablepharus Boutonti, var. furcata, M. Weber.

Three specimens of this well-marked variety: two with
24 scales round the body, the third with 26; all three with
four upper labials anterior to the subocular and the charac-
teristic coloration so well described by Prof. Weber; the
stripes, however, instead of being white, are golden. ‘Total
length 77 millim.

LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS.
By Epear A. SMITH.

The collection of land and freshwater shells, although small,
has a special interest, being the first which has been received
from Damma Island. It consists of seven species of land-
shells (one operculate and six non-operculate), a Neritina, a
Septaria, and a Cassidula. Four of the non-operculate terres-
trial species are certainly new, and belong to the genera
Macrochlamys, esta, Chloritis, and Eulota. The species
belonging to these groups are, generally speaking, restricted in
their distribution, although the genera themselves may have a
fairly wider range. On the contrary, the sixth non-operculate
species belongs to the genus Opeas, the species of which, in
some cases at least, are almost cosmopolitan. The opercu-
late form, Leptopoma vitreum, is also very widely distributed.

60 A Visit to Damma Island :

The species of Neritina, Septaria, and Cassidula also belong
to forms which have a great range, as might be expected,
for the species of these genera, in many instances, are notorious
for their wide distribution.

In comparing the terrestrial fauna of Damma Island, we
naturally seek a comparison with that of the most adjacent
localities. The islands of Timor and Timor-Laut are the
largest tracts of land in the vicinity, and Damma lies about
midway between them, but a little more northward. The
terrestrial mollusca of both Timor and Timor-Laut are more
or less perfectly known, and there certainly is a close resem-
blance between the shells of those islands, especially ‘Timor-
Laut, and those occurring at Damma. All the genera found
by Mr. Walker at the latter locality are represented on
Timor-Laut with one exception—the Macrochlamys, and the
Lamprocystis mentioned by Dr. O. von Méllendorff* may be
considered its equivalent. In one instance the species are
extremely closely related, namely, LHulota subcornea with
EL. hemispherica, and in the case of Corasia and Leptopoma
the same species occur in both localities.

1. Macrochlamys pseudosuccinea.

Testa minute perforata, conoideo-depressa, nitida, semipellucida,
flavo-cornea, lineis incrementi tenuissimis striata; spira brevis,
convidalis, ad apicem obtusiuscula; anfractus 5, convexiusculi,
infra suturam concave marginati, ultimus in medio acute rotun-
datus, sed haud angulatus, vix descendens ; apertura oblique
lunata; peristoma tenue, margine columellari leviter incrassato,
superne dilatato et reflexo, umbilicum semiobtegente.

Diam. maj. 12 millim., min. 103, alt. 8; apertura 6 lata, 5 alta.

Four specimens of this species were collected by Mr. Walker.
The largest, the measurements of which are given above, has
half a whorl more than the rest and is probably adult.

In the younger shells the columella is more upright than
in the more mature shell, and forms a more or less distinct
angle with the basal margin of the aperture.

M. succinea, Pfr., from the Philippines, recalls the general
appearance of this species. It is, however, smaller, and yet
has more numerous whorls.

2. Nanina (Xesta) dammaensis.

Testa minute perforata, depresse conoidea, in medio carinata, fusco-
cornea, interdum linea rufa angusta supra carinam pallidam et

* Nachrichtsblatt deutsch, malak. Gesell. 1892, pp. 81-102.

Shells, by E. A. Smith. 61

- suturam cincta, maculis irregularibus opacis luteis plus minus
picta, nitida, lineis incrementi tenuibus, aliis obliquis et spiralibus
decussatis sculpta; anfractus 5, convexiusculi, subceleriter accre-
scentes, supra suturam anguste marginati, ultimus ad peripheriam
subacute angulatus, haud descendens, infra paulo convexior quam
supra; spira breviter conica, vix convexiuscula, ad apicem sub-
obtusa; apertura obliqua, fusco-cornea, in medio linea rufa et
carina albida translucentibus ; peristoma tenue, margine superiore
obliquo, parum arcuato, ventrali late curvato, columellari paulo
incrassato, superne breviter reflexo, rimam semiobtegente.

Diam. maj. 25 millim., min. 22, alt. 15; apertura 13 lata, 114 longa.

Six specimens of this species were collected by Mr. Walker,
three being adult and three about half-grown. In the young
state none of that opaque yellowish or creamy mottling which
sometimes occurs in the adult is visible. It is present in two
out of the three adult examples, the third being of a rich
brown colour above, somewhat paler beneath, and whitish at
the peripherial keel. The oblique sculpture, which is rather
irregular and scratchy, is exactly in the opposite direction to
the lines of growth.

I do not know any species very closely allied to the
present form. It is somewhat like X. glutinosa, Metcalfe,
from Borneo as regards general form and the carinate peri-
phery. NV. Peaseana, Ptr., said to come from Timor, is a
larger species, less acutely keeled, more opaque, and more
strongly obliquely striated. It was considered a form of
N. rareguttata by Tryon, who never saw a specimen of it;
but in my opinion it is sufficiently distinct.

3. Hulota subcornea.

Testa anguste umbilicata, parva, depresse globosa, semipellucida,
cornea, oblique tenuiter et arcuatim striata, lineis spiralibus
microscopicis confertis sculpta; spira mediocriter elata, leviter
convexa, ad apicem subobtusa ; anfractus 43, convexiusculi, regu-
lariter crescentes, ultimus haud descendens, ad peripheriam postice
subacute carinatus, carina labrum versus fere evanida; apertura
obliqua, lunata; peristoma pallidum, leviter incrassatum, superne
vix expansum, inferne reflexum, margine columellari leviter
dilatato.

Diam. maj. 10 millim., min. 83, alt. 7; apertura 4 longa et lata.

This species must be very similar in many respects to FZ.
hemispherica from 'Timor-Laut, judging from MOllendorff’s *
description. It is, however, smaller and the peristome is not
rose-tinted. It appears to be similarly minutely striated, has

* Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. mal. Gesell. 1892, p. 90.

62 A Visit to Damma Island :

the same kind of spire, a sharpish keel at the periphery, and
a smooth nucleus.

4. Chloritis dammaensis.

Testa depressa, suborbicularis, umbilicata, mediocriter tenuis, fusce-
scens, haud nitida, lineis incrementi tenuibus striata, undique
minute punctata; anfractus 4, convexi, sutura profunde sejuncti,
ultimus ad peripheriam acute rotundatus, antice breviter descen-
dens; spira depressa, ad apicem obtusa; apertura late lunata,
obliqua; peristoma tenue, ceruleo-albidum, breviter expansum
et reflexum, margine columellari superne dilatato, reflexo.

Diam. maj. 16 millim., min. 14, alt. 10; apertura 7 alta, 5 lata.

Chloritis Micholitz’, Mollendorff*, from Timor-Laut, is a
similarly depressed species, but otherwise different in form.
Its aperture is much more elongate and the body-whorl
descends more obliquely and is more regularly rounded and
not so shouldered as in the present form. The upperside of
C. ursina, Pfeiffer, from the Admiralty Islands is peculiarly
like that of C. dammaensis, but the form of the aperture and
the sculpture are different. |

5. Cochlostyla (Corasia) tentmberica, Mollendorff.

Cochlostyla (Corasia) tenimberica, Molldff. Nachrichtsbl. deutsch. mal.
Gesell. 1892, p. 97, pl. 1. fig. 2.

A single specimen from Damma is a little larger than the
type, having a major diameter of 264 millim. On comparison
with an example trom Timor-Laut, the columella appears a
little different, being less thickened, and the reflexed white
callus in the umbilical region is wanting. In other respects
the shells are so alike, that I have no doubt of their being
conspecific.

6. Opeas Tuckert, Pfr. ?

Hab. Sir Charles Hardy’s Island, North Australia, &c.

Dr. MOllendorff quotes O. gracile, Hutton, from Timor-Laut,
but that species is more acuminate or tapering than the speci-
mens from Damma. These are hardly so slender as the type
from Hardy’s Island, but are very similar to other examples
of this species from Mabuiag, N. Australia.

7. Leptopoma vitreum, Lesson, var.

The three specimens from Damma appear to agree with var.
intermedia, Martens (Reise Ost-Asien, Zool. vol. 11. p. 144).

* Nachrichtsbl. deutsch. mal. Gesell. 1892, p. 95, pl. i. fig. 5.

Arachnida, by R. 1. Pocock. 63

Two of them are immature, very thin, and of a semitrans-
parent white colour. The remaining specimen is full-grown,
with oblique olive-brown stripes above and a broad zone of
the same tint around the umbilicus. Beside the peripherial
keel, there are three others, somewhat finer, which encircle
the upper part, and the entire surface is finely spirally striated.
In general form they resemble Marten’s figure 5, var. latilabris,
rather more than the figure of var. ¢ntermedia (fig. 4).

8. Cassidula sulculosa, Mousson, var.

The form of this species occurring at Damma differs from
the type from Java and other localities both in colour and the
notch in the upper part of the labrum. These specimens are
of a very dark black-brown colour, with a single yellowish
line at the shoulder of the body-whorl, which is also of a
flesh tint at the base below the keel. The lip is also of a pale
reddish or flesh tint, but the notch at the upper part is very
slight, a mere sinuation and not a decided sharp incision as in
the typical form. ‘This variety also occurs at the Louisiade
Archipelago.

9. Neritina corona, Linn., var.

The specimens from Damma Island agree with the variety
figured by Reeve under the name of 1. subgranosa, Récluz
(Conch. Icon. fig. 24). This form also occurs at the Louisiade
Archipelago and the Philippine Islands.

10. Septaria borbonica, Bory St. Vincent.
The specimens collected by Mr. Walker appear inseparable

from this species, which is common to Mauritius, Madagascar,
and the neighbouring islands. ‘I'he occurrence of specimens
at Damma agreeing precisely with examples from Mauritius
seems very remarkable, but | have already recorded an equally
interesting case of wide distribution in a species of the allied
genus Neritina, namely LV. crepidularia. This species, which
is common in the delta of the Ganges, at Ceylon, the Hastern
Archipelago, &c., also occurs on the Gold Coast, West Atrica.

ARACHNIDA. By R. I. Pocock.
SCORPIONS.
Archisometrus mucronatus (Fabr.).

This species ranges from Burmah, through Sumatra and
Java, to Celebes and Flores,

64 A Visit to Damma Island :

Flormurus australasie (Fabr.).

This species is also widely distributed over the Indo-
Malayan and Austro-Malayan areas.

SPIDERS.
Nephitla, sp.
An immature female example, apparently about half-grown.

Pistius spectabilis (Dol.).

Pistius spectabilis (Dol.), Verh. Nat. Vereen. Nederlandsch Indié, y
p. 56, pl. vi. fig. 7 (1858-1859).

This species was originally described from Amboyna, and
Dr. Thorell (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. xvii. p. 332, 1881) has
subsequently recorded it as P. pustulosus, L. Koch, from New
Guinea, Kei Island, and Aru Island. It also occurs in the
north-eastern parts of Australia.

COLEOPTERA (partim). By C. O. Watrruouse.

CARABID A.
Tachita nana, Gyll. Europe, Siberia, N. America.

ALEOCHARID&.

Homalota, sp.
STAPHYLINIDA.

Philonthus, sp.

Leptacinus flavipennis, Kz, Ceylon.
PaRDERIDH.

Lithocharis curtus, Kz. Ceylon &c.

PrIAstTIpz.

Lispinus, sp. Under bark of Ficus.
——,sp. Under bark of Ficus.
Leptochirus Beccari, Fauy. Common in heaps of sago-refuse.

ScyDMmNID&.
Eumicrus, sp. Under bark.

HisTERIDH.
Platysoma cribropyum, Mars. Philippines &c.
Epierus, sp.
Paromalus, sp.
All these Histeridee were found under bark.

Coleoptera, by C. O. Waterhouse. 65

Niripurip».
Carpophilus flavipes, Er. Singapore &c. Under bark of Ficus.
Genus ? Near Carpophilus.

CotypiIp&.
Ditoma, sp.
Colobicus, sp.
aps
Synchita rugulosa, Guér.? West Indies. Under bark.
Colydium ??, sp.
8p.
Cucusip».
Hectarthrum brevifossum, Newm. Java, Borneo.
Inopeplus trepida, Pascoe. Dorey.
Lamophleus plicatus, Watl. Europe.
, Six other species.
Platycotylus inusitatus, Oliff. Andamans, Australia.
Silvanus unidentatus, F.2 Europe.

CryYPToPHAGID®.
9

Genus

LATHRIDIIDE.
Holoparamecus singularis, Beck, Cosmopolitan. Under bark.

HyprorHInip®.
Cyclonotum dytiscoides, Fabr. Malacca, Java, Celebes, &c. In
decayed stems of banana.
— hydrophiloides, McLeay. China, Java, &c. In wet sago-refuse.
; Bp
FievuLim.
Figulus, sp. (near manillarum, Hope). Under bark.

CrroniiDm.
Cetonia (near intricata, Saund.). Not in good condition.

Burrest1p 2.
Pseudochrysodema? Walkeri, Waterh. Sometimes flying, at other
times in company with the following on stumps of Ficus.

Cyphogastra abdominalis, Waterh.
Belionota Walkeri, sp. n. Everywhere on fallen timber; very

active.
EucnemMip&.
Soleniscus?, sp. Under bark of felled Ficus in a clearing.
DAsclLLip&.
Ptilodactylus ?

CLERIDZ.
Tenerus Moorei, sp.n. Under bark of newly felled Micus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 5

66 A Visit to Damma Island :

Crop.

Minthea rugicollis, Walker. Ceylon, China, Saylee.
Cherostus (gen. nov.) Walkert, sp.n. This and the foregoing were
found in numbers in dry fungus on stumps.

TENEBRIONID&®.

Opatrum dispersum, Champion.
moluccanum, Blanch. Amboyna &c. Under logs.
Bradymerus clathratus, Schaufuss. Sunda Island.
Hoplocephala ?
Platydema asymmetricum, Champion.
sodale, sp. n.
scriptipenne, Chevr. “ Madagascar” *, India, Siam, Java,
Macassar.
plagiatum, sp. 0.
All these species were under loose bark.
Pachycerus, sp., very near domesticus, Montr.
Palorus depressus, Fabr.? Under bark.
minor, sp.n. Under bark.
Toxicum ruficolle, Pascoe. Under bark.
Amarygmus, sp. Under bark.

ANTHRIBIDE,
Plintheria?
Encorynus, sp.
Arwocerus, sp.
BreNTHID&.
Orychodes, sp.
Cyphagogus, sp.
Genus “4

CuRcULIONID.

Celeuthetes cinerascens, Blanch. Australia, Morty, Aru, &c.
Sweeping herbage.

Camptorhinus, sp.

Acalles, sp.

Myctides, sp.

Phenomerus eailis, Pascoe. Australia.

Oxydema, sp.

Stenotrupis ?

Sphenophorus tincturatus, Pascoe. Celebes, Batchian, Mysol. In

decayed banana-stems,

5 Sp.
ScoLyrip 2.

Hylesinus?

Cryphalus ?

Lccoptopterus seaspinosus, Mots.

* Has not this locality been originally misread? a specimen in
Mr. Pascoe’s collection is from Macassar. I think P. bifasciatum, Chevr.
(Dorey), may be a variety.

Coleoptera, by C. O. Waterhouse. 67

Tomicus?
Crossotarsus, sp.

Platypus solidus, Walker. Ceylon, Celebes.

CoccINELLID®.
Epilachna, sp.

CorYLopHip&.
Aphanocephalus, sp.

ERoryiipm.
Episcapha australis, Lac. Australia, Batchian, &. In fungus,
common. .

Aulacochilus cyaneipennis, sp. Nn.
Euxwestus Parki, Woll. Madeira, Island of Rodriguez, &c.

New Species and Notes.

Buprestida.
Pseudochrysodema (?) Walker?, Waterh.

Aureo-viride, nitidum ; thorace subtiliter punctulato, linea mediana
vix elevata levi, lateribus leviter impressis crebrius punctatis, basi
utrinque fovea parva insculpta; elytris nigro-cyaneis, convexis,
punctatis, hand costatis, ad apicem bene acuminatis acute serratis ;
tarsis flavis, unguibus eneis ; antennis articulis 3°-11™ nigris.

Long. 15 lin.

In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. 1892, p. 411, I described
this and the following species from Mr. Walker’s specimens.
P. Walkeri is somewhat intermediate between Pseudochryso-
dema and Paracupta; but I have not thought it desirable to
propose a new genus for its reception.

Cyphogastra abdominals, Waterh.

Viridis, nitida; thoracis disco utrinque cyaneo suffuso ; elytris sat
fortiter punctatis, ad apicem levioribus, fere nigris, ad latera
postice aureo-viridi suffusis, margine ipso cupreo tincto ; corpore
subtus aureo-viridi, lateribus abdomineque lite cupreis, hoc vittis
quatuor sordide albis ornato.

Long. 13-16 lin.

Very like C. nigripennis, Th., but rather broader and more
strongly punctured, with the apex of the elytra formed as in
C. calepyga, Th.

Belionota Walker, sp. n.

It is always with great reluctance that I give a name to
what many would consider a variety, but this is one of the
cases in which I feel obliged to do so. The examples brought
by Mr. Walker are constant in coloration and are very dif-

5

68 A Visit to Damma Island :

ferent from any specimens of B. fallaciosa, with which in
every other respect they agree. The general colour is brassy
brown, a colour common in Sphenoptera (e. g. S. rauca) but
not in Belionota. ‘The hind angles of the pronotum are
obscure violet. ‘The abdomen is obscure steel-blue, with the
sides and a spot in the middle of each segment coppery, the
sides in some examples being reddish coppery.

Cleride.
Tenerus Mooret, sp. n.

Aurantiacus, nitidus; thorace maculis duabus, elytris fasciis duabus
latis, antennis, tibiis tarsisque nigris.

Long. 5 lin.

Var. Elytris nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

This species very much resembles the African 7. variabilis,
but it is more strongly punctured. Thorax very slightly
transversely impressed before the middle, with an elongate
smooth tubercle at the base, on each side of which is a dis-
tinct impression ; in front there are two rather large black
spots. Elytra with a rather broad blue-black fascia at the
base, and a rather broader one just before the apex, both in-
terrupted by the suture, and not quite reaching the margin.
The knees, tibiz, and tarsi are black.

A small specimen, which appears to me to be only a variety
of this species, has the two black spots on the thorax united
into one large spot, but there are traces of a red line in its
middle. The elytra are black, but a little red may be traced
at the extreme apex and in the middle of the lateral margin.

Cioide.
Minthea rugicollis, Walker.

I have just compared the types of Ditoma rugicollis,
Walker (1858), and Minthea similata, Pascoe (1863), and
they appear to me to be the same species. Both these authors
place this insect in the Colydiide. It is, I think, un-
doubtedly allied to Lyctus—in fact, scarcely separable from
that genus.

CHEROSTUS, gen. nov.

Head when at rest concealed from above by the prothorax,
Eyes slightly reniform, coarsely granular. Antenne eleven-
jointed, the basal joint moderately large, the second irregularly
globose, the third narrower; the following joints gradually
becoming wider, the ninth and tenth very transverse, the
eleventh broader than long, rounded at the apex. Mentum

Coleoptera, by C. O. Waterhouse. 69

subquadrate ; ligula broad, narrowed at the base, with its
anterior angles rather prominent; labial palpi acuminate at
the apex. Maxillz small, rather short and broad; the inner
lobe small, fringed with soft hairs; the terminal part of the
outer lobe short and broad, fringed on its inner and apical
margins with long, dense, rather stiff hairs. Mandibles tri-
angular, very acute at the apex, with a small tooth beyond
the middle. Prosternum very short; the intercoxal process
narrow, arched; coxal cavity closed behind. The anterior
cox somewhat transverse, moderately prominent ; tibiz elon=
gate, a little wider at the apex; outer margin serrate, with a
slightly curved hook at the apex at the insertion of the tarsus.
Intermediate coxe very slightly separated, transversely ovate.
Metasternum rather short, its episternum very narrow. Pos-
terior coxe transverse. Posterior tibie elongate, a little
widened at the apex, denticulate at the truncate apex, without
spurs. ‘Tarsi four-jointed *, the claw-joint a little longer than
the three basal joints united. Pronotum separated trom the
prothoracic episterna by an acute margin. Scutellum distinct.
Elytra costate.

This genus is very closely allied to Hutomus, but the struc-
ture of the antenne is quite different; the anterior coxe are
a trifle more prominent; the metasternum shorter. In form
it is even more like Hledona than Hutomus is.

The pubescence on the head of Ch. Walkert is very sug-
gestive of Xylophagous affinities, but the position of the genus
is, I think, certainly with the Cioide.

Cherostus Walkert, sp. n.

Oblongus, bene convexus, fusco- vel rufo-piceus, opacus; antennis
pedibuspue rufo-piceis ; capite confertim punctato, antice leviter
concayo, aureo-pubescenti, antice cristato ; thorace transverso,
convexo, antice parum angustato, confertim fortiter punctato,
rugoso; elytris parallelis, costatis, costis acutis, angustis, nitidis,
interstitiis rugosis.

Long. 13-1? lin. T

* If there be a fifth it is entirely within the tibial cavity.
+ An allied species from Port Bowen, E. Australia, has been for some

years in the British Museum. I propose to call it
Cherostus Simpson.
C. Walkeri valde affinis, ferrugineus, opacus ; capite convexo, confertim
punctato, antice nitido, calvo ; thorace eonfertin fortiter punctato ;
elytris costatis, interstitiis rugosis.

Long. 13 lin.
A trifle smaller than C. Walkert, without pubescence on the head, and

with the costz of the elytra so narrow that they do not appear shining.

70 A Visit to Damma Island :
Tenebrionide.
DIAPERINZ.

Platydema sodale, sp. n.

Ovale, convexum, nitidum, flavum; elytris w-nigra ornatis.
Long. 13 lin.

Head moderately closely and rather strongly punctured.
Eyes separated above by a space equal to rather more than
the width of the eye. ‘Thorax rather closely and moderately
strongly punctured, but the punctures are of unequal size;
a fine smooth median line extends from the base to near the
front margin; there is a slight impression on each side of the
base. Elytra with lightly impressed striz ; the striz closely
and very distinctly punctured; the interstices gently convex,
closely and extremely finely punctured ; yellow, with a narrow
blackish-brown basal band (not extending beyond the humeral
callus), and a broader band across the middle, not quite
reaching the margin, slightly emarginate behind in the third
interstice ; both bands united by black at the suture. Antennze
with the fourth joint scarcely enlarged, the fifth distinctly
broader, the following joints transverse.

Platydema plagiatum, sp. n.

Ovale, convexum, nitidum, piceo- nigrum ; ore, antennis pedibusque
' rufo-piceis; thorace rufo, subtiliter crebre punctulato, basi
apiceque infuscato; elytris evidenter striato-punctatis, fascia sat
lata ante medium (in sutura interrupta) apiceque flavo-rufis.
Long. 23 lin.

Antenne dilated from the fourth joint. Head finely but
distinctly punctured. Lyes large, separated above by a very
narrow space. Thorax red, blackish brown at the base and
behind the head, very finely and rather closely punctured,
the punctuation more distinct at the sides than on the disk,
the extreme lateral margin blackish. LElytra black, with
distinct lines of punctures, the punctures close together, the
dorsal lines fine and not impressed, the lateral ones stronger
and impressed ; interstices closely and extremely finely punc-
tured, the lateral ones very slightly convex. Hach elytron
has near the base a transverse rectilinear yellow spot ex-
tending from the margin to near the suture ; this spot is only
a trifle wider than the black at the base; the apical spot
occupies the greater part of the apex, extending on the
margin itself to the first spot and to the sutural stria at the
apex, leaving the suture black, the black widening out above.

Coleoptera, by C, O. Waterhouse. 71

Uxrominz.
Palorus minor, sp. n.
Statura P. depressi, angustior, nitidus; elytris tenuiter striato-
punctatis.
Long. 13 lin.

Resembles P. depressus in general form, but is much
smaller, much narrower, paler in colour, and more shining.
The thorax is narrower, narrowed at the base in the same
way, very much more finely punctured. Elytra more parallel,
with lines of very fine but distinct punctures, the punctures
appearing slightly irregular in size; the interstices rather
narrow, nearly flat, each with a line of extremely fine and
delicate punctures. The fifth stria is more impressed for a
short distance at the base, and the interstice beyond it is
rather more convex, giving the appearance in certain lights
of a short costa.

Toxicum ruficolle, Pascoe.

This species was described from Matabello by Mr. Pascoe
under the name Anthracias ruficollis (A. M. N. H. 1853, xi.
p- 489), and he placed with it a specimen from Saylee which
he considered a variety of it, having a black line down the
middle of the thorax.

The specimen from Saylee is Toatcwm Chevrolati, Montr.
(1855), described from Woodlark Island; specimens are in
the Museum collection from New Guinea, and were described
by Mr. F. Bates as Toatcum picticolle (1873).

T. ruficolle difters from T. Chevrolati in having the thorax
entirely red, in being a trifle larger, and in having the pro-
sternal process less strongly punctured and less strongly
grooved at the sides.

Erotylide.
Aulacochilus cyanetpennis, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidissimus ; elytris lete cyaneis, striato-
punctatis; ore, antennis, pedibus abdomineque piceis; anten-
narum Clava, femoribus tibiisque plus minusve infuscatis.

Long. 13 lin.

Head moderately finely and moderately closely punctured.
Thorax more finely and moderately closely punctured ; at the
extreme base and at the margins the punctuation almost
vanishes and the surface is slightly dull. Elytra blue, striate
punctate, the dorsal lines fine and scarcely impressed, the
Jateral ones rather more strongly punctured and moderately
deeply impressed, the lateral interstices distinctly convex.

[To be continued. ]

ie Miscellaneous.
MISCELLANEOUS.

Descriptions of a new Genus and two new Species of African
Freshwater Crabs. By Mary J. Rarusun.

TH ectabs described below were found in mud under boards and
timbers by Mr. J. H. Camp at Stanley Pool, Congo, West Central
Africa. .

Family Thelphuside.
Parathelphusa Campi, sp. n.

Carapace subquadrilateral, conspicuously punctate. Depression
between the gastric and cardiac regions deep. Protogastric lobes
prominent, separated by a median groove which extends backward
from the frontal margin. ‘The postfrontal crest begins behind the
base of the eyestalk and is continued to the lateral margin; it is
finely denticulate and is almost straight, sloping backward and
outward. Front a little more than one third the width of the
carapace, deflexed, divided by a very shallow sinus izto two lobes,
with a raised margin, which is continued to the postfrontal crest.
Superior orbital margin sinuous, advanced in its middle portion,
Postorbital tooth acute, prominent. Lateral branchial spines
three. In one of the two specimens there is a spinule between the
first and second spines and a short fourth spine on the left side.
Between the first spine and the postfrontal crest there are two or
three spinules, forming a short ridge in the same line with the
postfrontal crest. From the last spine a raised line extends back-
ward upon the carapace, and is followed by several broken parallel
lines. The inferior margin of the orbit is rather deeply rounded
below the outer angle; from that point the margin is directed
inward and forward ; the inner angle is obtuse; the margin is set
with a row of bead-lke granules. The terminal segment of the
abdomen of the female is subtriangular and the length is nearly
half the width. The merus of the maxillipeds is very transverse,
the antero-external angle rounded, the antero-internal angle not
deeply cut.

Chelipeds of female unequal; merus rugose above, inner margin
tuberculous, with a sharp spine just below the margin; carpus
with two spines on the inner margin. Hand slightly inflated;
upper margin straight, lower slightly convex. Fingers irregularly
toothed and almost touching. Ambulatory legs rather slender,
flattened ; propodal joints indistinctly spinulous on the margins.

Measurements (No. 18065, two females).— Length of larger speci-
men 21°5 millim., width 29:5; length of smaller specimen 19,
width 27.

This species in its three lateral teeth resembles P. pecilei,
A. Milne-Edwards, but differs from that species in its narrower and
more quadrate carapace and interrupted posttrontal crest.

EriMetorus, gen. nov;

Carapace arcuate anteriorly, quadrate posteriorly, moderately
convex. Front advanced beyond the antennular cavities, composed
of two distinct rounded lobes. Orbits narrow; eyestalks tapering

Miscellaneous. 73

to the extremity. Postfrontal crest short and inconspicuous or
wanting. Lateral margins spinous. The merus of the maxillipeds
is transverse, the antero-external angle rounded, the palpus articu-
lating at the internal angle, which is very slightly notched. Cheli-
peds with a row of spines on the anterior margin of the carpus.
Ambulatory legs with margins spinous.

Erimetopus spinosus, sp. 0.

Carapace about four fifths as long as broad, convex longitudinally,
postero-lateral margins long, sloping slightly inward and backward,
antero-lateral margins arcuate. The cardiac region and the poste-
rior portion of the gastric region are outlined by shallow depressions,
Front about one third the width of the carapace, advanced, two-
lobed, lobes separated by a broad Y-shaped sinus. Margin of front
and orbits granulous. Orbits well-defined, the outer angle a sharp
incurved spine. There are two protogastric lobes, little elevated
and often not discernible, except by two transverse lines of a lighter
colour. A very shallow median groove extends backward from the
frontal margin and forks directly behind the protogastric lobes,
The postfrontal crest, when present, is short, arcuate, tuberculous,
and indistinct ; it begins back of the cornea, and fora short distance
is nearly straight, directed outward and slightly forward, then
curves almost parallel to the antero-lateral margin. In most speci-
mens, however, the crest is obsolete, indicated only by the smoothly
rounded elevation behind the orbit. Antero-lateral margin with a
row of from five to eight spines next the orbit, of which the orbital
spine is the largest. The spines are irregular in size and position.
On the anterior branchial region are five or more marginal spines
separated by a space from the hepatic spines; the anterior is by far
the larger and is sometimes bifid. The others decrease in length
posteriorly. The suborbital margin is granulous except at the notch
beneath the postorbital spine. The abdomen of the female covers
the sternum.

Chelipeds in the female unequal. The margins of the merus are
spinulous, the upper margin with a sharp spine near the carpus, the
inner surface tuberculous at its base, the lower surface with a
transverse tuberculous ridge at its distal end. The carpus has two
strong spines on its inner margin and a row of about seven smaller
spines on the anterior margin, two of which are close to the condyle
of the manus and are separated by a wide interval from the
remaining spines. Sometimes one of the spines is bifid, and occa-
sionally additional spinules occur on the upper surface behind the
marginal spines. The manus is slightly swollen, with a convex
lower margin and almost straight upper margin, which sometimes
in the smaller cheliped has a small sharp spine at the distal end; in
a few specimens there are one or two spines at the proximal end.
Fingers irregularly dentate on their prehensile edges and slightly
gaping. The ambulatory legs are rather broad, flattened ; meral
joints with two spines at the distal end; carpal and propodal joints
strongly spined above; carpal joints with distal spines in the first
pair and often in the second and third pairs; propodal joints with
a few spines below ; dactyli with four rows of spines.

74 Miscellaneous.

Measurements (No. 18066, female). — Length 30°5 millim.;
reatest width 38 ; width between postorbital spines 19.

The male is unknown.

This species can be distinguished from other Thelphuside by its
produced round-lobed front, narrow orbits, and numerous spines.—
Proc. Nat, Mus. vol. xvii. no. 980, pp. 25-27. (Communicated by
the Author.)

The Dipterous Parasites (Sarcophagide) of Locusts.—Apteny and
Parasitic Sterilization. By M. J. Kincxen v’Hercorats.

Among Diptera the countless species comprised in the family
Muscide furnish their contingent of enemies of the Locust, some of
which attack their victims in the perfect stage, while others prey
upon the eggs which are deposited in the ground; not content with
playing a beneficent rdle in contributing to a large degree to arrest
the multiplication of the Acridians, they present biological pecu-
liarities and possess physiological attributes which are worthy of
being recorded.

’ We shall devote our attention in the first instance to the Muscide
which prey upon Acridians.

At the time of the great invasion of Northern Africa by migratory
locusts in 1866 it was found at different points in Algeria (military
subdivisions Aumale and Médéah) that Muscid larvee were present
in a certain number of these insects*. In 1889 the considerable
invasion of Stauronotus maroccanus gave an opportunity of making
fresh observations in the Department of Constantine, in civil as well
as in military territory; I myself found around Constantine, which
was besieged by the Acridians, that a quantity of Stawronotus, as
well as of other species, were affected; but it was not until the
year 1890, at Teniet-el-Haad (Department of Algiers), that I was
able to carry out methodical investigations. Just as in the previous
year, I observed everywhere where the bands of locusts, escaping
from destruction, had acquired their wings, that numbers of
individuals crawled along among the herbage without having been
able to follow their companions, the flights of which traversed the
air. 1 had some sacks full of them collected: a few days afterwards
some hundreds of larvee were crawling at the bottom of these sacks.
Tf the return of 1889T showed that 65 per cent. of the locusts
lagging behind were infected with parasites, that which I made in
1890 gives the number thus affected as 75 per cent., and a post-
mortem examination revealed the fact that each Stawronotus con-
tained one, two, or three Muscid larvee.

These larve hid themselves immediately in earth which was
supplied to them in order to undergo the transformation into the

. * Letter of the General of Division commanding the province of
Algiers (General de Wimpffen) to the Marshal the Governor of Algeria
(Marshal MacMahon), 25th July and 5th August, 1866: registered
nos, 2541 and 2776.

+ Return drawn up at my initiative by the exertions of M. L. Tardieu,
administrator of the mixed commune of R’hiras (Department of Con-
stantine). Observations of M. Chartrousse, deputy-administrator.

Miscellaneous. TD

pupal stage; after the lapse of from eight to ten days the pupe
produced specimens of Sarcophaga clathrata, Meigen *,

This Muscid is widely distributed in Algeria: I have bred it
from larve derived from Stauronotus maroccanus as well as from
Acridium cegyptiwm and other indigenous species ; but it is not the
only Sarcopbagid which in that country may be parasitic upon
Acridians ; from specimens of Stauronotus I have observed larvee
emerge which have developed into Sarcophaga atropos, Meigen,
S. cruentata, Meigen, and S. nurus, Rondani; and from migratory
locusts larvae which have produced S. (Agria} affinis, Fallén, and
likewise S. nurus, Rondanit; this latter is, moreover, a common
species.

The larvee of the parasitic species of Sarcophaga are admirably
adapted for passing their existence in the body-cavities of their
hosts, and differ in a remarkable manner from those which live in
the open air in dead bodies—from those of S. carnaria, L., for
example; they have neither the form nor the external aspect of
common maggots{; the posterior stigmata, which are situated
upon the last ring of the abdomen, are placed at the bottom of a
cavity, which can be closed more or less completely by means of an
upper and two lower lips; they are composed, in laryze which have
attained their full size, of three pairs of oblique clefts. The arrange-
ment of the external organs of respiration is in itself alone sufficiently
characteristic to justify the separation of the parasitic Sarcophagids
from their congeners.

The habits of the adult insects are no Jess specialized. The vivi-
parous flies follow the bands of locusts. which they harass unceas-
ingly. If we possess the requisite patience we may sometimes
surprise a female in the act of inserting her curved oviduct between
the anal plates of the victim, which she has selected in order to
deposit thereon a tiny larva, girdled with several rows of spinules,
which will be able to open a passage for itself in order to penetrate
the body of the insect which is destined to harbour it.

This parasitism, owing to its physiological consequences, is of the
first importance, for in the case of the locusts it destroys the power
of aerial locomotion and suppresses the reproductive faculty. By
absorbing for their own respiration the oxygen dissolved in the
sanguineous plasma of their host, and by devouring the adipose
tissue from which the latter has to derive the constructive principles
of the organic elements of new formation, the larvze of the Sarco-
phaga are the cause of a general insufficiency of nutriment for
the tissues ; they smite with impotence the elevator and depressor

* Bull. de la Soc. d’Agr. d’Alger, 34° année: Bull. no. 103, 1891, p. 47
(séance du 15 mai, 1891). Dépéche algérienne, no. 2111, 19 mai, 1891.

+ A preliminary determination of the species was made according to
the types of Meigen and Macquart, preserved in the collections of the
Museum; a second and independent determination, which served to
control the former, was solicited from Dr. R. H. Meade, of Bradford, who
is so widely known for his knowledge of the Muscidee, and to whom I
here convey my best thanks. Cf. J. Kiinckel d’Herculais, ‘ Les invasions
des Acridiens, vulgo Sauterelles, en Algérie,’ pl. i. 8. clathrata, larya and
adult, figs. 20-22; S. nurus, fig. 23; S. affinis, tig. 24,

t Loc. cit. pl. i. fig. 20, a, b, and-e.

76 Miscellaneous.

muscles of the elytra and wings, which remain in a feeble condition
and incapable of continuous action, and they induce atrophy of the
internal organs of generation. The intensity of the arrested deve-
lopment and atrophy is, we may conceive, proportional to the
number of larve that are contained in the body-cavity of the
victim ; but, at any rate, the infected Acridians perish immediately
the Muscid larvee have left them; the exit of the larve, which is
effected at the junction of the head with the thorax, or of the thorax
with the abdomen, from the tympanic cavities or the intervals of
the abdominal rings, is always accompanied by mortal lesions.

The presence of Sarcophagid larvae consequently occasions in
Acridians, by a kind of rachitis, apteny (aarjv, flightless), to use a
neologism which it seems to me useful to create, and parasitic
sterilization (“ castration parasitaire”), to employ the happy expres-
sion of Prof. Giard *.

To the already long list of gonotomous parasites, furnished by this
naturalist, we shall have to add the larve of entomobious Diptera.—
Comptes Rendus, t. exviii. no. 20 (May 15, 1894), pp. 1106-1108.

The Distribution of Coccide. By T. D. A. Cockrrett,
Las Cruces, New Mexico t.

It would be difficult to point to any group of insect pests the ravages
of which have been more seriously increased by human interference
than the Coccide. As a general rule when one finds Coccids under
strictly natural circumstances they are local in their distribution,
and their attacks are confined to one or two species of plants. But
now that we continually carry plants from one country to another,
we take with them Coccide of many kinds; and already some scale-
insects are so cosmopolitan by human introduction, that it is very
difficult to guess where they originally came from.

It is a matter of common knowledge amongst economic ento-
mologists that the evils thus arising are on the increase; and I
would submit that the outlook is a very serious one t. Even in the
temperate zone we have become familiar with the injuries done by
Coccidz in countries where they are not indigenous; but in the
tropics the state of affairs is beyond anything one could easily
imagine without having seen it. Coming to New Mexico from
Jamaica I experienced a kind of surprise at not seeing the leaves of
the roadside trees spotted with Diaspine and Lecaniine, although
I knew quite well that such appearances were not to be looked for

* A. Giard, “ La Castration parasitaire et son influence sur les carac-
teres extérieurs chez les Crustacés décapodes ” (Bull. sc. du Départ. du
Nord, 2° série, 10° année, 1887, nos. 1 and 2, p.1); “La Castration para-
sitaire: nouvelles recherches ” (Bull. sc. de la France et de la Belgique,
3° série, t. xix. vol. i, 1888, pp. 12 et seg.), See also the subsequent
memoirs upon the same subject.

+ Read by the secretary, in the absence of the author, at the Fifth
Annual Meeting of the Association of Economic Entomologists, held at
the University of Wisconsin, Aug. 14, 1893.

{ I here assume that anything which decreases the food-supply of the
human race is disadvantageous. This is not the place to discuss those
artificial conditions whereby abundance is made a cause of scarcity, and
the wealth of some depends upon the want of others.

Miscellaneous. 77
so far north. In Jamaica, if instructing an inexperienced person to
collect Coccidee, it would almost be sufficient to say ‘* gather leaves
of various trees that grow about the town.”

The luxuriance of tropical vegetation is such that the harm done
by Coccide is not so great as one might expect from their abun-
dance ; but still their presence is often the occasion of annoyance
and injury to growers of field and garden crops. On the whole I
see no reason to doubt that Coccide do more injury in the tropics
than elsewhere, although their ravages have not very frequently
been recorded ; and probably there is no tropical country whose
Coccid fauna is not at the present time being increased by intro-
ductions.

Having said so much, I wish to call your attention to a few facts
which have come under my own observation, hoping to illustrate
thereby the more important phases of the subject.

The number and variety of neotropical Coccide have not been
sufficiently realized in the past, owing to the fragmentary nature of
our information concerning them. At the present time those of the
West Indies are better known than the species inhabiting the main-
land; but even here the records are exceedingly imperfect. Jamaica
has 61 recorded species, but Cuba has less than half a dozen; and I
cannot discover a single record from Haiti. The Coccide of the
Bahamas are almost entirely unknown, although the Caicos and
Turks islands have each produced an interesting endemic form. In
the Lesser Antilles, thanks to Mr. C. A. Barber, Antigua has 16
records ; but of the other islands only one has as many as half a
dozen, the figures being Barbados 7 (only 5 actually published),
Montserrat 4, Grenada 3 (records not yet published), and Nevis,
St. Katts, and Dominica 1 each. Trinidad has 14 species (some not
fully identified), but owing to the exertions of Mr. F. W. Urich I
shall shortly be able to add considerably to this figure. The
Mexican list stands at the absurdly low figure of 26, which includes
12 found by the present writer recently while travelling through
that country. It will be understood how insufficient are the
published records when I mention that not one of the species I found
was previously known from Mexico, so far as I have been able to
ascertain. The list from British Guiana exceeds 20, but very few
species are known from other parts of South America. For Brazil
I find mentioned about half a dozen, for Chile 4, for Ecuador 1, and
so forth.

Yet these beginnings of knowledge already indicate some inter-
esting facts in geographical distribution.

Aspidiotus articulatus, Morg., is known from Demerara, Trinidad
(St. Ann’s, on Pandanus, coll. by F. W. Urich), Barbados, Nevis,
Jamaica, and Mexico (Vera Cruz). It has not been detected in
Antigua, where it must be absent or rare, else Mr. Barber would
surely have found it.

Aspidiotus personatus, Comst., is known from Demerara, Bar-
bados, Cuba, and Jamaica. JI did not find it at Vera Cruz ; and, what
is more interesting, Mr. Urich after some search has been unable to
detect it in Trinidad.

78 Miscellaneous.

These two species, where they occur, infest many kinds of culti-
vated trees and shrubs, and are quite noticeable. Up to the present
time neither has been detected in the United States, although if
introduced they might probably manage to exist in the extreme
south. Both probably are spreading through human means. A. ar-
ticulatus probably originated in South America; but A. personatus
is more likely a native of the Greater Antilles, its absence in Trinidad
favouring this supposition.

Aspidiotus ficus, Riley MS., Ashm., abounds in Jamaica, and is
also known from Cuba and Florida. It is likewise common at Vera
Cruz, Mexico. Probably it is a native of the Greater Antilles, but
possibly of Mexico; it has apparently been taken to Japan, whence
it was brought to California, according to Mr. Craw. It does not
appear to occur yet in the Lesser Antilles, Trinidad, or Demerara.
It is against its being of Mexican origin that I could not find it on
oranges sold in that country, except at Vera Cruz, which is a most
likely place for any scale to be imported. Mr. H. Tryon reports it
from Australia.

This, like the two before mentioned, feeds on many plants. It
seems probable that unless means are taken to prevent their intro-
duction into various countries on plants all three are destined to
become universal in the tropics. Any one who has seen them in
Kingston, Jamaica, where they all abound in the same locality, will
appreciate the undesirability of this from an agricultural and horti-
cultural point of view.

Aspidiotus aurantii, Mask., has a very curious distribution:
Australia, Tahiti, California, New Zealand, South Europe, and the
West Indies. Who shall say where it originally came from? But
the curious thing about it is that in Jamaica it is not found on
citrus-trees, but principally on lignum-vitee ( Giuaiacum), occasionally
also on cycas * (at King’s House) and areca. Its place on the citrus-
trees in Jamaica is occupied by A. articulatus.

Aspidiotus punice, Ckll., presents another instance of difference of
food-plant according to locality. In Jamaica it is found principally
on pomegranate, never, so far as I know, on coconut; but in
Dominica Mr. Barber found it infesting the coconut-palm, just in
the way that Awlacaspis Boisduvalii infests it in Jamaica.

A fact that should not be lost sight of is that tropical Coccide
may be taken from one side of the world to the other, vid hothouses
in temperate climates. It is wonderful what a lot of interesting
forms have turned up in hothouses in Europe. Signoret mentions
no less than forty-eight found in such situations, and Douglas and
Newstead have recorded several from greenhouses in England, the
most recent addition being Pseudinglisia rodriqueziae, Newst., which
appears to be referable to my genus Conchaspis. Some time ago I
wrote to Kew, urging that an entomologist should be appointed to
inspect the plants distributed by that institution to all parts of the
world. Mr. D. Morris kindly replied in great detail, stating that at
Kew they took all possible care, and that probably private importers

* (Mr. Cockerell subsequently wrote us that this is not 4. awranti, but
probably A. dictyospermi, Morg.—EKps. of ‘Insect Life.’

Miscellaneous, 79

and exporters were in most cases responsible for the wide distribu-
tion of certain Coccide. Be this as it may, it is clear that the
scale-insects manage to travel, and it is difficult to see how Kew or
any large dealer in exotic plants can avoid transmitting pests unless
the plants are under the strict supervision of an entomologist. This
leads one to think of quarantine regulations, which have not yet
been dreamed of in England; and, so far as present methods go, no
doubt Kew is altogether superior to the average of private firms, as
Mr. Morris states. The consequence of this state of affairs is that
one never knows what will turn up in a given locality. COhzonaspis
minor, Mask., described from New Zealand, now proves to be
common in the West Indies. Ductylopius calceolarie, Mask., from
New Zealand and Fiji, is discovered in Jamaica. Lecanium mangi-
jfere, Green, from Ceylon, is detected in Jamaica and Demerara.
A Ceroplastes from Antigua, which I believe to be the same species
as C. Cassie, Chav., of Brazil, does not appear to differ from
C. Dugesii, Licht. MS., Twns. (of which I have specimens), from
Mexico, and these again seem identical with the Indian C. ceriferus,
Anders. Mr. Maskell pointed out this latter fact to me, and he has
been so good as to forward Indian specimens of C. ceriferus, which
seem to bear out his opinion as to the identity. I have all three
‘now before me, but Mr. Maskell had only compared the Antigua
form with C. ceriferus.

Such instances become more numerous as fresh information comes
to hand. Thus Asterolecanium (vel Planchonia) pustulans, CkIL.,
known from Demerara, the West Indies, and Florida, was lately
detected by myself at Vera Cruz, Mexico; and Mr. Maskell writes
me that he knows it from Brazil and the Sandwich Islands. When
I promised this paper I thought of preparing something more elabo-
rate than these few notes; but the distractions attendant on a
change of residence, and the temporary detention of my books in
Mexico City through the blundering of a transfer company, have
made it impossible to adequately gather together the statistics. Nor
have I tried to discuss the distribution of Coccide within the United
States, as I have nothing fresh of importance to contribute, and
among those present are some doubtless much more competent to
speak on this subject than myself. Yet the principles are the same
throughout, and the evident indications are that we should endeavour
to increase the knowledge of Coccid distribution by all possible
means, and so far as possible to prevent their importation into fresh
countries. If my view is correct, now is the time to insist on the
necessary precautions, as in fifty or a hundred years it will be
altogether too late.

In conclusion I will give a list of the Coccids I found this year in
the Marine Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica. This locality is in the
midst of the town, and it will afford an illustration of the Coccid
fauna of the island as now found on cultivated plants. It may be
seen at a glance that nearly all the species have been found in
distant localities, and it may well be doubted if the scale-insects as
a whole belong any more to the original fauna of Jamaica than the
plants on which they are found do to the flora.

80

Miscellaneous.

Coccide of the Marine Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica, April 1893.

“T

Cs to

. Aspidiotus

10. -

Species.

Dactylopius longifilis,
Comst.
virgatus, Chil...

. Asterolecanium pus-

tulans, Ck/l.

. Lecanium oles, Bern.

terminaliz, Ckil.

. —— hesperidum, Z.

hemispheericum,
Targ.

. Ceroplastes floriden-

sis, Cumst.
articu-
latus, Morg.

ficus, Riley MS.,
Ashm.

sacchari, Chil...
personatus,
Comst.

3. Diaspis lanatus, Chil.
. Aulacaspis

Boisdu-
vali, Sign.

. Pseudoparlatoria os-

treata, Chil.

. Chionaspis minor,
Mask.

. Ischnaspis filiformis,
Dougl.

. Pinnaspis pandani,
Comst.

Plants infested.

On a palm; and 1] juv. on upper-
side of leaf of star-apple.

Several juv. on leaf of coconut.

On pink oleander; ,very abun-
dant and injurious.

On Terminaha; on pink olean-
der, and many on twigs of
star-apple, attended by ants.

On Terminaha.

One on a palm; found by my
wife.

On an orchid ; on a palm.

On oleander; on upperside of,
leaves of star-apple.

On oleander, with newly-hatched
larvee, which are orange; on
Citrus ; on upperside of leaves
of star-apple.

On upperside of leaves of pink
oleander; on underside ot
leaves of rose; on Citrus;
many on upperside of leaves
of an orchid.

On sugar-cane.

On a palm.

On oleander.

Distribution elsewhere.

District of Columbia (under glass).

(Endemic so far as known.)

Montserrat, Demerara, Florida,
Mexico, Brazil, Sandwich Islands.

Antigua, Mexico, California, Flo-
rida, South Carolina, France,
Australia, New Zealand.

Mexico.

Mexico, Sandwich Islands, South

Africa, Europe, Georgia, Utah,
California, Florida, New York,
District of Columbia, Ohio.

Trinidad, Antigua, Montserrat,Ne
Zealand, Pennsylvania, California,
Australia, Europe (under glass),

Florida, Louisiana, Barbados (on
leaf, apparently Chrysophyllum).

Nevis, Barbados, Trinidad, Deme-
rara, Mexico.

Cuba, Florida, Mexico, Japan, Kew
(under glass), Australia.

(Endemic so far as known.)
Barbados, Cuba, Demerara.

Antigua.

On coconut; 2 pale lemon-

yellow.
On Acalypha.
On a palm.

On a palm.

On coconut.

Barbados, ‘Trinidad
Europe (under glass),
(Endemic so far as known.)

(Urich),

Trinidad, Antigua, New Zealand.

Trinidad, Antigua, Grenada, Deme-
rara, District of Columbia (under
glass), London (under glass).

Trinidad, Massachusetts (under
glass).

Thus, of eighteen species all but three are known outside of
Jamaica (and it is very doubtful if these are confined to the island,
although not yet found elsewhere), while eleven have been detected
outside of the neotropical region.—Jnsect Life, vol. vi. no. 2,

pp. 99-103.

Vol. 14. SIXTH SERIES. No, 80.

me

ee : :
3 THE ANNALS
| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

tt

7
Me NAA

= Ay, «

CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT C, L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby’s Paper on new Mollusca
from South Africa, and Mr. R. I. Pocock’s on the Thelyphonide in the
British Museum.

LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, .
Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Whittaker’ & o.: Bailliare,
| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,
Berlin. . NOV J

INDIAN AND INDO-MALAYAN LEPIDOPTERA.

ERNEST SWINHOE,
Avenue House,
Oxford.

Send list of Desiderata for specially low terms.

Catalogue of 59 pages free on application. .

Large discounts for cash.

Pyrales and Geometres at 1s. all round if entire Family is taken.

Second-quality Insects can be supplied at specially low rates.

Identification and locality guaranteed.

On my Catalogue appear hundreds of Insects which are not obtainable
elsewhere. Thousands of identified Insects in paper.

Trade supplied.

Verlag von WILHELM ENGELMANN in Leipzig.

Soeben erschien :

CAROLI LINNAE!
SYSTEMA NATURAE.
REGNUM ANIMALE

Editio decima, 1758.

Cura Socretatis ZooroercAr GeRMANICAE iterum Edita.

Preis: Mark 10; gebunden, Mark 12,25.

Royal 8vo, price 12s.
CATALOGUE
OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE

OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS

IN THE
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

Part 3.—Aves.
By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &c.

Price 2s. each.
Apprnpices 5 and 6 to the Second Edition of the
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE
OF THE

PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

CONTAINED IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.
By J. H. TARGETT.
Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 80. AUGUST 1894.

XIV.— On the Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac.
By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

In his valuable paper, “On the Zoo-geographical Relation-
ships of the Island of Palawan and some adjacent Islands” *,
Mr. A. Everett has shown that Palawan, together with other
islands west of Mindoro Straits, should be regarded as forming
part of that district of the Indo-Malayan subregion to which
Borneo belongs, as its fauna has much more in common with
that of the latter island than with the Philippines proper. His
conclusions were derived from a study of the mammals and
birds. Of the reptiles and batrachians very little was known
at that time. A new snake from Palawan (Callophis bilinea-
tus) had been described by Peters in 1881, a new toad by
myself in 1887 (Bufo philippinensis), and a widely distri-
buted Agamoid lizard ( Calotes cristatellus) had been recorded
in the British Museum ‘Catalogue of Lizards.’ A list of
eight species has since been contributed by Dr. Mocquard
(Nouv. Arch. du Muséum [3] 1: 1890). Thanks to an
important collection made tor the British Museum by
Mr. Everett himself on Palawan and Balabac, we are now
able to draw up the following list of the species of reptiles
and batrachians represented on these islands. Mr. Everett’s
conclusions are entirely confirmed so far as these classes of
animals are concerned.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 220, with map.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiv. 6

82 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

REPTILIA.
CHELONIA.
1. Cyclemys dhor, Gray.
Palawan, Balabac.
: Known from the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and
ava.

LACERTILIA.

2. Hemidactylus platyurus, Schneid.
Balabac.,

From Southern China and the Himalayas to Java, Celebes,
and the Philippines.

3. Gecko verticillatus, Laur.
Palawan, Balabac.

From Southern China and Bengal to the Philippines, the
Moluccas, and Timor-Laut.

4. Gecko monarchus, D. & B.

Recorded from Palawan by Mocquard.
Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Java,
Celebes, Moluccas.

5. Draco volans, L.
Palawan. ~

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.

6. Calotes cristatellus, Kuhl.
Palawan, Balabac.

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Java,
Celebes, Moluccas, Timor, Timor-Laut.

7. Varanus salvator, Laur.
Palawan.

From China and Nepal to Cape York.

8. Mabuia multifasciata, Kuhl.
Balabac.

From Sikkim and Burma to the Philippines, the Mo-
luccas, and Timor-Laut.
OPHIDIA.
9. Polyodontophis bivittatus, sp. n.
Palawan. ‘Two male specimens.

Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac. 83

Rostral twice as broad as deep, just visible from above ;
internasals shorter than the prefrontals; frontal once and
two thirds as long as broad, longer than its distance from the
end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; loreal as deep as
long; one preocular; two postoculars, both in contact with |
the parietal; temporals 2+2, the lower anterior wedged in
between the sixth and seventh labials ; eight upper labials,
third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; four lower labials in
contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are as long as
the posterior, Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 153-155; anal
divided ; subcaudals — ? (tail mutilated). Black above, with
two white streaks commencing on the parietal shields and
running along the sixth series of scales and the adjoining
halves; a white cross bar on the forehead, occupying the
anterior two thirds of the frontal and supraocular shields; a
series of white spots along the upper lip; lower parts white,
with a black dot or spot at the outer end of each shield.

Total length 490 millim.

In the coloration of its upper parts this snake shows a
remarkable similarity to Adeniophis bilineatus, which inhabits
the same island.

10. Tropidonotus spilogaster, Boie.

Palawan.
Only known from the Philippines.

11. Tropidonotus chrysargus, Schleg.

Palawan, Balabac.
From the Eastern Himalayas and Southern China to
Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.

12. Coluber erythrurus, D. & B.

Palawan.
Philippines, Sooloo Islands, Celebes.

13. Coluber oxycephalus, Boie.
Balabac.
Eastern Himalayas, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,

Philippines, Java, Celebes.

14. Dendrophis pictus, Gm.
Balabac.
From the Eastern Himalayas and Bengal to the Philips

pines and Moluccas.
G*

84 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

15. Dendrelaphis caudolineatus, Gray.

Palawan, Balabac.
Southern India, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

16. Calamaria Everetti, Blgr.

Palawan.

Two specimens are referred to this species, recently
described (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 525) from Sarawak.
They differ, however, from the type in the coloration. The
dark nuchal blotch and yellow collar are absent, and in one
of the specimens a series of black dots runs along the middle
of the belly. Ventrals 184 and 175; subcaudals 16 and 18.

17. Dipsas dendrophila, Schleg.
Palawan.
Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Java,

Celebes.

18. Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Boie.

Palawan, Balabac.
From the Eastern Himalayas to the Philippines and
Timor. ;

19. Cerberus rhynchops, Schneid.
Palawan.
From India and Ceylon to New Guinea and the north
coast of Australia. Enters salt water.

20. Nata tripudians, Merr.

Palawan.

From Transcaspia and Southern China to Sumatra,
Borneo, the Philippines, and Java.

The young specimen obtained on Palawan by Mr. Everett
is black, with 11 whitish annuli, the first interrupted on the
nape and confluent with the white of the throat and upper
lip. 23 scales across the neck, 19 across the middle of the
body. Ventrals 185; subcaudals 47, second and third entire.

This form is intermediate between the true N. tripudians
and N. sputatrix.

21. Adeniophis bilineatus.
Callophis bilineatus, Peters, Sitz. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1881, p. 109.

Palawan, Balabac.

The following diagnosis is taken from two specimens
obtained by Mr. Everett, a female from Puerto Princesa and
a male from Balabac :—

Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac. 85

Frontal as long as its distance from the rostral, consider-
ably shorter than the parietals ; one pra- and two postoculars ;
temporals 1+ 2; six upper labials, third and fourth entering
the eye; chin-shields two pairs, subequal, the anterior in
contact with four labials. Scales in 13 rows. Ventrals
245 (g) and 268 (¢) ; anal entire; subcaudals 29( 3) and
25 (¢). Black above, with two white streaks along the
body, commencing on the parietal shields, and running along
the fourth and fifth series of scales; outer row of scales
white, with a black longitudinal streak or a series of black
dots; upper lip and a blotch across the prefrontal shields
white; belly with black cross bars, each involving two or
three ventral shields and separated from each other by two
to four white shields ; tail orange or pink, with two or three
black blotches or rings.

Total length 710 millim., tail 45.

22. Amblycephalus boa, Boie.
Palawan, Balabac.
Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Philippines, Java, Moluccas.
23. Trimeresurus formosus, Schleg.
Palawan.
Sumatra, Borneo.
24. Trimeresurus subannulatus, Gray.

Palawan.
Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Celebes.

BATRACHIA.
ECAUDATA.
1. Oxyglossus levis, Gthr.
Balabac.
Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Philippines.

2. Rana macrodon, D. & B.
Palawan, Balabac.
Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines,
Java.
3. Rana palavanensis, sp. n.
Palawan. ‘Three female specimens.
Allied to R. modesta, Blgr., Dorie, Blgr., Limborgit,
W. Sclater, and Hascheana, Stol. Vomerine teeth in two

86 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

oblique oval groups, commencing on a line with the hinder
edge of the choane. Head moderate, as long as broad ;
snout short, rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit ;
canthus rostralis angular; loreal region slightly concave ;
nostril equidistant from the orbit and the end of the snout;
interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum
distinct, three fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers mode-
rate, the tips dilated into small disks; first finger extending
slightly beyond second; toes moderate, two-thirds webbed,
the tips dilated into small but very distinct disks ; subarti-
cular tubercles moderate; inner metatarsal tubercle elliptic,
blunt, two fifths the length of the inner toe; no outer meta-
tarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold. Tibio-tarsal articulation
reaching beyond the tip of the snout; tibia as long as the
fore limb. Skin nearly smooth; posterior half of upper
eyelids warty; a narrow glandular dorso-lateral fold; a fold
from the eye to the shoulder. Brown above; sides of snout
below the canthi blackish; temporal region light; a dark
cross bar between the eyes; a A-shaped blackish inter-
scapular marking ; dorso-lateral folds edged with blackish on
the outer side; limbs with regular dark cross bands ; lower
parts whitish.
From snout to vent 43 millim.

4, Rana varians, sp. n.

Palawan. Several specimens.

Closely allied to &. temporalis, Gthr. Vomerine teeth in
two oblique series extending beyond the level of the hinder
edge of the choane. Head depressed, longer than broad ;
snout obtusely or acutely pointed, prominent, longer than the
diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis angular; loreal region
nearly vertical, strongly concave; nostril nearer the tip of
the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the
upper eyelid or a little narrower; tympanum very distinct,
as large as the eye ora little smaller. Fingers moderate,
first extending beyond second ; toes nearly entirely webbed ;
tips of fingers and toes dilated into well-developed disks ;
subarticular tubercles well developed; inner metatarsal
tubercle oval, blunt; asmall round outer metatarsal tubercle ;
no tarsal fold. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching beyond the
tip of the snout; tibia as long as the fore limb. Skin finely
granulate, with or without scattered small warts; a narrow
glandular dorso-lateral fold. Brown, pink, or dark grey
above; a black streak below the canthus rostralis and a
black temporal blotch; limbs with dark cross bands ; hinder
side of thighs marbled with brown; some specimens with a

Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac. 87

pale line along the vertebral line and another along the upper
surface of the tibia. Male with internal vocal sacs and
without humeral gland.

From snout to vent, g 43 millim., ? 70.

5. Rana glandulosa, Blgv.
Palawan.
Malay Peninsula, Borneo. —

6. Staurots natator, Gthr.

Palawan.

Numerous specimens of this species first described from
the Philippines, and since recorded from Palawan under the
name of Ixalus nubilus by Mocquard. All lack the vomerine
teeth. All Bornean specimens of Rana guttata, Gthr., have
more or less distinct vomerine teeth. I have recently
examined a number of specimens from Kina Baloo, and it is
therefore probable that the curious larve described by
Mocquard should be referred to that species, and not to
Lvalus nubilus= Staurots natator.

7. Rhacophorus leucomystax, Gravh.

Recorded from Palawan by Mocquard.
From the Himalayas and Southern China to the Philip-
pines, Borneo, Sumatra, Java, and Celebes.

8. Rhacophorus macrotis, Blgr.
Palawan, Balabac.

Recently described (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vu. 1890,
p. 282) from Baram, Borneo.

9. Rhacophorus Everett, sp. n.
ip » Sp

Palawan. Two specimens.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups between the mode-
rately large choane. Head slightly broader than long,
without dermal ossification. Snout rounded, shorter than the
diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis obtuse, curved ;
loreal region concave, very oblique; nostrils near the end of
the snout; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid;
tympanum distinct, two fifths the diameter of the eye.
Fingers with a slight rudiment of web; disks moderate,
nearly as large as the tympanum; toes three-fourths webbed;
inner metatarsal tubercle very small; no tarsal fold. Tibio-
tarsal articulation reaching a little beyond the tip of the
snout. Skin finely granulate above, coarsely beneath; small

88 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

conical tubercles below the vent, at the heel, and along the
outer edge of the forearm and tarsus. Pale yellowish or
reddish brown above, with dark brown markings; the most
conspicuous of these are a cross band between the eyes and a
symmetrical marking on the presacral part of the back,
roughly representing a frog with the four limbs stretched
out; limbs with dark cross bands; lower parts uniform white.
From snout to vent 32 millim.

10. Lvalus longicrus, sp. n.

Palawan. Three specimens.

Closely allied to L. Schmackert, Bttgr., from Mindoro.
Snout pointed, as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus
rostralis angular; loreal region concave; nostril nearer the
end of the snout than the eye; interorbital space broader
than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, about two fifths
the diameter of the eye. Fingers free, disks a little smaller
than the tympanum; toes half-webbed. Tuibio-tarsal articu-
lation reaching far beyond the tip of the snout; femoro-tibial
articulation reaching the shoulder. Above rough with small
warts; two oblique glandular ridges, converging behind,
between the shoulder; throat smooth ; belly and lower surface
of thighs granulate. Grey above, with a large K-shaped
dark marking or a pair of )(-shaped bands on the back, a
dark cross band or triangular blotch between the eyes, and
regular cross bands on the limbs; a black light-edged spot
on the knee; a streak below the canthus rostralis, a bar below
the eye, and the whole temporal region blackish; dirty white
beneath, throat finely speckled with brown ; a series of small
round white spots on the lower lip. Male with internal
vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 21 millim.

11. Bufo philippinicus, Bler.

Palawan, Balabac.

This species was described in 1887 (Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. [5] xix. p. 348, pl. x. fig. 5) from a single female
specimen obtained by Mr. Everett at Puerto Princesa.
Numerous specimens have now been collected. I suspect
that the Palawan toad recorded by Mocquard under the name
of Bufo divergens, Peters, belongs to this species, which is
in some respects intermediate between the latter and B. di-
porcatus, but differs from both in its thicker cranial ridges
and larger parotoids. In some specimens the frontal and
parietal ridges form nearly a straight line, as in B. biporcatus,

Herpetological Fauna of Palawan and Balabac. 89

whilst in others the parietal ridges form an angle with the
frontals and converge posteriorly as in B. divergens. The
parotoid glands are oval or elliptical, and measure two thirds
to three fourths the length of the head. The male possesses
an internal vocal sac.

12. Leptobrachium Hasseltii, Tsch.

Palawan.
Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.

13. Megalophrys montana, Kuhl.

Palawan, Balabac.
Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Java.

The geographical distribution of the species enumerated
above may be thus tabulated :—

1. South-eastern Continental Asia.

2. Malay Peninsula.

3. Sumatra.

4. Borneo.

5. Palawan (and Balabac).

6. Philippines east of Mindoro Straits.
7. Java.

8. Celebes.

9. Islands east of Java and Celebes.

Dee ol ete As 6 8. | 9
le a en Le |e (Ed en |e eed (conse ae eS =
Cyclemys dhor .......... Cede ag eae on al ae ad aS |
Hemidactylus platyurus..) » | » | « | « | « | « | « | x
Gecko verticillatus ...... Be a ae ee Ta ey ace
monarchus ss... ..- i ee ee a ea ae
Dracorvolans)a: 0 sities «3 a bicelles shea Neh Ge
Calotes cristatellus ...... cra ae (Notes Wt eked Wear OuRersunIigrmte Tage |< ye
Varanus salvator ........ ie we ie ee lee ean ee
Mabuia multifasciata ..../ « | « | « | « | « | « | « | x | x
Polyodontophis bivittatus. . secs Heamcital cecal aa
Tropidonotus spilogaster ..| .. rete A eh ae
ehrysargus "i202. ..' e lt eclee foe he lose |.

Coluber erythrurus ...... AS ne 8 aad Mee Nea kd
oxycephalus........ lee cae eer eg ig a Prag
Dendrophis pictus........ eee eee ee we |e | cae ly we

Dendrelaphis caudolineatus! ,» | » | g | » | »
Calamaria Everetti ...... sober alr
Dipsas dendrophila ...... <b lie dee me MANN cattle! eliotn wes |. ge
Psammodynastes pulveru-
TEMG) a etatx ste «aren he leer oe, x fw | le |e

90 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

1 Br | ROE ee eee RB e | FL) Be erD

Cerberus rhynchops ...... x |i | ow | a& ol ec} ox x | « | x
Nata tripudians’.......... Kk * * * * * *
Adeniophis bilineatus ....] .. | .. | .. | -+ | #
Amblycephalus boa ...... eos || Baye. Hl aee || yeh) ae eel eee eae %
Trimeresurus formosus.... : x | x |

subannulatus ...... shes MB Geese eget arige oA] Mie 9H" Shee teal Nore am fae
Oxyglossus levis ........ Se otahes nll tecgel Ub es. oa | eae ea]
Rana macrodon........3. a leak? Sl Rees aloe ul pee ol (ee kal 2

palavanensis........ seesaw sae

VATIANS. cs ctleaa deride: ei error ae eee le ere

elandulosa. acnicane « 4 Bo) Pe ay leer eee *
Staurois natator ........ Peealtecte sie ile *
Rhacophorus leucomystax | x» | « | * | * | # x | «x | *
== —-HIMAClOEIS) \citem oe eee 9 ea ae Sal eae x x

IFiveneutles sprite eles : a
Ixalus longicrus.......... eles] b&
Bufo philippinicus ...... Pa ey os aie eek Cee
Leptobrachium Hasseltii..)| x | « | « | * | # *
Megalophrys montana ....| ». |». | « | *« | # | * | *

XV.—Deseriptions of Fifteen new Species of South-African
Terrestrial Mollusca. By JAMES Cosmo MELvILL, M.A.,
F.L.S., and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.

[Plate I.]

Since our last communication * a fair amount of additional
material has been kindly forwarded by various correspondents,
and one or two more species from the rich stores of Mr. E. L.

Layard.
1. Nanina morrumbalensis, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 1.)

JV. testa olivaceo-cornea, pertenui, planulata, obtecte et angustissime
umbilicata, parum nitente; anfractibus quinque, undique irregu-
lariter longitudinaliter rugoso-striatis, ultimo rapide accres-
cente, spira conico-depressa; apertura ampla, ovato-lunari;
peristomate pertenui, simplici, apud umbilicum paullum reflexo.

Long. °75, lat. 1°30 unc.

Hab. Mount Morrumbala, Central East Africa (#. ZL.
Layard).
A large, somewhat transparent, horny shell, but little
shining, throughout longitudinally striately wrinkled, the
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. pp. 103 e¢ sqg.

new Mollusca from South Africa. 91

spire being conically depressed, mouth large, lip very thin
and fragile.
Three specimens in Mr. Layard’s collection.

2. Natalina coerneyensis, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 2.)

NV. testa anguste umbilicata, conica, cornea, nitente; anfractibus
quatuor (ultimo rapide accrescente), supra fortiter tenuistriatis, .
infra nitidis; apertura rotunda; peristomate tenui, simplici,
apud umbilicum paullum reflexo.

Long. °75, lat. 1 une.

Hab. Coerney, near Port Elizabeth (J. Crawford).

A comparatively large and,handsome species, near N. hnys-
naensis (Pfr.), but the upper whorls are strongly striate,
while the umbilicus in the latter species is much more nar-
rowed by the triangularly reflexed growth of the columella.

We have also seen a good series of this shell in Mr. Layard’s
collection, labelled ‘‘ Natal.”

3. Natalina Chaplini, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 3.)

NV. testa depressiuscula, late et profunde umbilicata, ad apicem
planata; anfractibus quatuor, supra oblique longitudinaliter dense
striatis, ultimo infra nitido ; apertura ovato-lunari; peristomate
tenui, simplici.

Long. 6, lat. 10°50 mill.

Hab. Karnachs, near Port Elizabeth (J. Crawford).

A very pretty species, of the same section as vernicosa &c.,
and of a beautiful golden horny colour, striated above, shining
beneath, widely umbilicated, and much depressed.

Three specimens, which, although perhaps not quite full-
grown, seem to present distinct specific characteristics.

4, Helix (Dorcasia) inhluzana, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 4.)

H. testa profunde sed anguste umbilicata, oblique depressa, cornea,
nitida; anfractibus quatuor, longitudinaliter striatulis, apud
suturas compressis, ultimo subdepresso, antice deflexo ; apertura
oblique ovata; peristomate simplici, ad umbilicum paulium
reflexo.

Long. 15, lat. 23 mill.

Hab. Inhluzan Mountain, Drakensberg Range (Mrs. C.
Shaw, per J. I’. Quekett).

Two specimens of a conspicuous shining horny shell, allied
to H. Kraussii (Pfr.), from which species it differs in being
more compressed laterally and not so much at the base round

92 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

the umbilicus, and also in being smooth, more shining, and of
a warmer chestnut-olive.

5. Buliminus nuptialis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 5.)

B. testa angustissime umbilicata, delicatula, tenui, succineo-brunnea;
anfractibus quatuor, tribus supra parvis, ultimo perlato, rapide
accrescente, effuso, undique longitudinaliter oblique rude liratis ;
apertura oblonga; peristomate simplici, tenui, apud umbilicum
fere clausum, reflexo.

Long. 15, lat. 8°50 mill.

Hab. Craigie Burn, Somerset East (Mrs. Mary Layard
Barber). In coll. E. L. Layard.

A small delicate shell, of succinoid character and nearly
allied to B. Bowker?, Sow., but differing in its fewer whorls,
broader last whorl, coarser longitudinal liration, and in the
absence of any granular sculpture.

6. Achatina cinnamomea, sp. n. (Pl. L. fig. 6.)

A, testa obesa, tumida, semipellucida, tenui, cinnamomeo-ochracea ;
anfractibus sex, ultimo rapide accrescente, tumidis, longitu-
dinaliter irregulariter rugosis, flammis brunneis hic illic deco-
ratis; apertura ovato-oblonga; peristomate tenui, labro intus
lactescente.

Long. (sp. maj.) 2°25, lat. 1-70 une.

Hab. Standerton (Burnup).

A handsome species, obese, of a cinnamon horn-colour, with
darker brown longitudinal flames irregularly disposed.

‘T'wo fresh specimens and two dead; the latter are smaller,
but undoubtedly the same species.

7. Achatina edigyra, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 7.)

A, testa oblonga, compacta, nitida; anfractibus septem, tumidis,
ventricosis, undique levibus, planatis, specimine altero olivacea,
fere unicolore, altero longitudinaliter flammis zebrinis decorato ;
apertura oblonga ; peristomate pertenui, simplici.

Long. (sp. majoris unicoloris) 2:25, lat. 1°30 une.

Hab. Craigie Burn, Somerset East (Mrs. Mary Layard
Barber, née Bowker). In coll. E. L. Layard.

As Mr. Layard observes, this form would appear to be one
of the links in the chain of Achatine which inhabit the tropical
and subtropical African regions. The present species is
meanwhile well characterized by the remarkably ventricose
growth of the whorls.

new Mollusca from South Africa. 93

8. Pupa psichion, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 8.)

P. testa umbilicata, obesula, minuta, pallide brunnea, apice obtuso ;
anfractibus sex, tumidis, planulatis ; apertura rotunda ; peristo-
mate incrassato, simplici.

Long. 2-50, lat. 1°50 mill.

Hab. Pretoria.

A minute species, like haploa (M. & P.), but the whorls
are more tumid and only six in number. Mouth round,
peristome simple, toothless, and without plaits.

9. Pupa custodita, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

P. testa umbilicata, obesa, dolioliformi, minuta, tenui, brunnea ;
anfractibus sex, ventricosis, arctissime longitudinaliter tenui-
striatis; apertura ovata; peristomate albo, reflexo, dentibus
quinque internis munito, altero parietali, altero columellari, tribus
labialibus.

Long. 3, lat. 1:50 mill,

Hab. Pretoria.

Much the same in ventricose tumidity of whorl and super-
ficial appearance to the P. psichion just described, but
entirely differing in the internal armature of the mouth,
which, apparently simple externally, is really guarded
within by no less than five teeth, three of these being labial,
one sutural, and one columellar. It is a highly interesting
species, and seems, though of the fontana group, to bear no
very direct resemblance to hitherto described species.

10. Pupa dota, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 10.)

P, testa minutissima, superficialiter umbilicata, cylindrica, recta,
tenui, apice obtuso ; anfractibus septem, ventricosulis, tenuissime
longitudinaliter striatis, striis obliquis; apertura ovata; peristo-
mate pallido, reflexo, uniplicato, plica interna transversa fere
aperturam ipsam attingente.

Long. (sp. maj.) 1°25, lat. °50 mill.

Hab. Pretoria.
‘Two specimens, one being more curt than that taken as
the type, but the mouth-process, consisting of one median

raised transverse internal plait not quite reaching the
peristome, is the same in each.

11. Pupa omicronaria, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 11.)

P. testa minuta, cylindrica, recta, brunnea ; anfractibus septem (in
uno specimine octo), ventricosis, tenuissime longitudinaliter

94 On new Mollusca from South Africa.

striatis, striis obliquis; apertura ovato-rotunda; peristomate
pallido, simplici.
Long. (sp. maj.) 3, lat. 1°50 mill.

Hab, Pretoria.

This shell comes next to our P. guantula, and may perhaps
eventually turn out to be a variety of that species. ‘The
ae however, is rounder and the form a little less cylin-
drical.

12. Pupa kerea, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 12.)

P. testa minutissima, brunnescente, cylindrica; anfractibus sex,
rectis, longitudinaliter tenuistriatis ; apertura ovata; peristomate
pallido, reflexo, intus uno dente suturali instructo.

Long. 2°15, lat, 1 mill.

Hab. Pretoria.

A small insignificant shell, with one internal sutural or
parietal tooth.

T'wo specimens.

13. Pupa charybdica, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 13.)

P. testa compacta, crassiuscula, cylindriformi, brunnea, apice obtuso ;
anfractibus septem, rectis, longitudinaliter obscure et oblique
tenuistriatis ; apertura rotunda; peristomate incrassato, pallido,
reflexo, intus tribus dentibus mamillaribus munito, altero parietali,
altero columellari, tertio basali.

Long. 3, lat. 1°15 mill.

Hab. Coerney, near Port Elizabeth.

A cylindrical dark brown shell, not shining, stouter in
substance than most of its congeners; whorls seven, straight,
longitudinally, obscurely and obliquely finely striate; aperture
round; peristome incrassate, reflexed, furnished with three
internal teeth—basal, columellar, and sutural.

Three specimens.

14. Pupa frustillum, sp.n. (PL. I. fig. 14.)

P. testa nitida, cylindrica, late brunnea; anfractibus septem, rectis,
oblique tenuissime striatis ; apertura ovata; peristomate pallide
brunneo, intus tribus dentibus munito, dente altero parietali,
altero basali, tertio columellari.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1-25 mill.

Hab. Port Elizabeth.
Near P. fontana, Krauss, but more cylindrical than that
species, and differing, besides, in the tooth-processes.

New Rhopalocera from Mexico and Central America. 99

15. Ennea nonotiensis, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 15.)

E. testa rimata, dolioliformi, straminea, delicatula, apice obtusissimo ;
anfractibus quinque, undique tenuissime longitudinaliter striatis ;
apertura rotunda; peristomate paullum extus crenulato, albo,
plicis vel dentibus quinque instructo, plica parietali magna
intrante, dentibus duobus labialibus, uno basali, plica columellari
valde intrante, magna.

Long. 5, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Nonoti, coast of Natal (Burnup).

A delicate straw-coloured species, apparently distinct from
any of its allies in the small group characterized by the
presence of a double tooth on the outer lip.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig.1. Nanina morrumbalensis. Fig. 9. Pupa custodita.
Fig. 2. Natalina coerneyensis. Fig. 10. tota.

Fig. 3. Chaplini. Fig. 11. -—— omicronaria.
Fig. 4. Dorcasia inhluzana. Fig. 12. —— kerea.
Fig.5. Buliminus nuptialis. Fig. 13. —— charybdica.
Fig. 6. Achatina cinnamomea. Fig. 14. frustillum.
Fig. 7. edigyra. Fug. 15. Ennea nonotiensis.
Fig. 8. Pupa psichion,

XVI.—Descriptions of new Species of Rhopalocera from
Mexico and Central America. By F. D. GODMAN and
O. SALVIN.

SPECIMENS of the following species of Rhopalocera have been
recently received by us from various correspondents. As it
will be some time before we can refer to them in our ‘ Biologia
Centrali-Americana,’ we describe them as follows :—

1. Opsiphanes Staudingeri, sp. n.

Rich reddish brown, apex of the primaries darker ; a curved
tawny band proceeds from the costa across the apex and
thence to the anal angle; the edges of this band are irregular,
and it is bordered by dark brown on both sides ; two rather
widely divided white spots in the apex: secondaries with a
tawny margin, the inner edge of which is irregular and is
bordered with dark brown. Beneath nearly the whole surface
is dark brown, mottled with tawny; dark bands enclosing a
yellowish space cross the cell of the primaries, and other dark
uregular lines occur at the end of the cell; there are two

96 Messrs. F. D. Godman and O. Salvin on new

submarginal lines which recede from the margin itself, a sub-
apical ocellus, and two white spots in the apex: secondaries
with two ocelli—a large one on the middle of the costa and a
smaller one over the first median branch; a distinct plain
tawny border. The cell of the secondaries above is covered
with long hairs, which, however, are not collected into a
distinct tuft, and the region of the submedian nervure is very
hairy over the basal half; there is a glabrous patch at the
base of the first median branch.

Hab. Chiriqui.

Dr. Staudinger has submitted to us specimens of this
distinct species, which has no near allies that we know of.
As will be seen by comparison with what we have written on
the arrangement of the tufts of hair on the secondaries of the
males in this genus (cf. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. pp. 125 et
seq.), O. Staudingert does not fall into any of our sections,
but must stand by itself.

2. Synchloé eumeda, sp. un.

Allied to 8. pacile, Feld. (cf. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. 1.
p- 180, t. xx. figs. 1, 2), but with the yellow spots in the cell
of the primaries and the spot below the first segment of the
median nervure evanescent ; on the other hand, the six spots
extending in a band across the wing beyond the cell to the
middle of the inner margin are larger and more elongated ;
the base of the secondaries is almost wholly black, and the
middle red submarginal spot is nearly of the same size as
those towards the apical angle, instead of being much the
smallest of the series. Beneath, the submarginal spots of the
primaries are all yellow; the black spots at the base of the
secondaries are smaller, and there is a distinct band of black
spots across the wing, which in S. pecile coalesces with the
black margin. The palpi are white laterally, with black
upper and lower edges.

Hab. Mochitlan in the State of Guerrero, Western Mexico
(O. T. Baron).

Mr. Baron collected many specimens of this species during
his residence in Western Mexico.

The sexes are alike in coloration.

3. Synchloé dryope, sp. n.
Closely allied to S. ewmeda, and differing from S. pecele in

the same characters; but from the former it may be distin-
guished by the yellower colour of the transverse band common
to both wings; the dark border to the secondaries is distinctly

Rhopalocera from Mexico and Central America. 97

narrower. Beneath, the submarginal band of spots on the
primaries is nearer the outer border, the dark border of the
secondaries is narrower, and the black spots at the base of
those wings are larger and sometimes confluent.

Hab. State of Jalisco, Western Mexico (W. B. Richard-
son).
The range of this species lies further north than that of
S. eumeda, so far as we know at present.

4, Synchloé hyleus, sp. n.

Allied to S. marina (Geyer) (cf. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i.
p- 181), but with all the spots on the primaries pale yellow
instead of white; the central band of spots is much more
definite, and forms with the band of the secondaries a common
fascia. Beneath the two species are much alike, but the
rufous colour of the primaries is confined to a single spot at
the base of the costa.

flab. Durango city, Mexico (Becker).

Several specimens obtained by Herr Becker near the city
of Durango are alike in their differences from S. marina, a
species of South-western Mexico.

5. Synchloé endeis, sp. n.

Also allied to S. marina, but with all the spots of the
upper surface dingy white both on the primaries and second-
aries ; the central series of spots forms a band common to
both wings. Beneath, the whitish black marginal spots at
the base of both wings are surrounded by rusty red, which
occupies the basal half of the wings; there is a rusty sub-
apical spot on the primaries, and two nearly confluent ones
near the anal angle. The palpi are narrowly white laterally,
and are edged above and below with rusty red instead of

black.
Hab. Sierra Madre de Tepic, Western Mexico (W. B.

Richardson).

Mr. Richardson collected a good series of this distinct
species, which, though allied to S. marina and S. hyleus,
described above, can be very readily recognized.

6. Callicore asteria, sp. n.

Allied to C. astala (Guér.) (cf: Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i.
p- 254), but differs conspicuously by the total absence of the
glittering blue oval spot in the middle of the deep blue of the
upper surface of the primaries. The same wings beneath
have hardly any trace of red in the cell, but an indistinct
irregular whitish band crosses the wing beyond the cell. On
the hind wings beneath the upper of the two figures of eight
touches the inner of the two encircling bands.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 7

Sr A Vistt to Damma Island :
Hab. San Blas, Western Mexico (W. B. Richardson).

A single male specimen captured in March was sent us by

Mr. Richardson.
7. Anca Schausiana, sp. n.

Deep purple-black, the bases of the wings and a subapical
spot on the primaries bluish purple. Beneath rich brown,
irrorated with silvery grey and black; an indistinct dark
band runs from the inner margin towards the apex, a row of
small white spots from the apex parallel to the outer margin ;
the secondaries have indistinct bands more or less parallel to
the outer margin, and a small black spot at the base of the
short tail, and another between it and the anal angle.

@. The bases of the wings and iwo spots in the apex are
paler and bluer than in the male, and the outer portion of
the secondaries is not so dark a purple-black. Beneath
much paler than the male and irrorated with ochraceous
brown ; the dark lines are more clear, and the tail to the
secondaries larger and slightly spatuled at the end.

Hab. Coatepec, Mexico (W. Schaus).

This fine species belongs to the group of Anca in which
the inner margin of the primaries is faleate at the anal angle
and the secondaries have a tail in both sexes (cf. Biol. Centr.-
Am., Rhop. i. p. 840). It has no near allies in the Mexican
fauna.

We are indebted to Mr. Schaus for a pair of this species.
They were taken by himself at Coatepec, near Jalapa, in the
Mexican State of Vera Cruz.

XVII.—A Visit to Damma Island, East Indian Archipelago.
By James WALKER.— With Notes on the Fauna, by R. B.
SHarpe, G. A. BOULENGER, E. A. Smiru, R. I. Pocock,
C. O. WaTeERHOUSE, C. J. GAHAN, W. F. Kiry, and
F. A. HERON.

(Continued from p. 71.}

COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA and PHYTOPHAGA.
By C. J. GAHAN.

LONGICORNIA.
NEOMICRUS, gen. nov.

Male.—Eyes completely divided. Antenne longer than
the body, sparsely ciliate; first joint gradually thickened
into a club in its distal half; fourth joint about equal in
length to the first and perceptibly longer than the third ;

Coleoptera Longicornia and Phytophaga, byC.J. Gahan. 99

the fifth and following joints subequal to one another and
each scarcely longer than the fourth. Prothorax elongated,
unarmed, slightly narrowed from the beginning of the poste-
rior third to the base. Elytra about half as long again as
the prothorax, and not wider across the base than the greatest
width of the prothorax ; apices rounded. Pygidium exposed.
Femora clubbed in their ‘distal portion, pedunculate at the
base. The anterior coxe are closely approximated; the
prosternal process is in the form’ of a very short triangle,
whose backwardly directed apex does not reach as far as the
middle point between the coxe; the cavities of the latter are
distinctly open behind. The mesosternal process is narrow
and triangular in form.

This genus seems best placed in the group of the Graciliides.

Neomicrus Walkert, sp. n.

Piceo-brunneus, capite prothoraceque griseo breviter pubescentibus ;
elytris dense punctatis et griseo-setosis, utrisque plaga vel
macula inter basin mediumque paullo pallidiore ; antennis testa-
ceis, articulorum apicibus leviter infuscatis ; femorum tibiarumque
basibus testaceis.

Long. 4, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Damma Island (J. J. Walker). Under bark.

Almost entirely of a dark reddish-brown colour, with the
antenne, the coxe, the bases of the femora and tibie, and an
obscure patch between the middle and base of the elytra
testaceous. The head and prothorax have a covering of very
short greyish pubescence. ‘The prothorax appears to be very
closely and finely punctured. The elytra are somewhat
densely and more strongly punctured, each of the punctures
bearing a greyish seta. The shoulders of the elytra are very
slightly prominent.

Though slightly suggestive of Gractlia pygmea, Fabr.,
the present species is markedly distinct. The elytra are
proportionally much shorter and also narrower, the middle
and posterior femora are more abruptly clavate, and the joints
of the antennes bear different proportions.

Purpuricenus quadrinotatus, White.

Damma Island (J. J. Walker) ; Australia and New

Guinea.

Coptops auguralis, Pasce.
Damma Island (J. J. Walker) ; Timor (Wallace).

7%

100 A Visit to Damma Island :

Olenecamptus bilobus, Fabr.

Damma Island (J. J. Walker).
This is a widely distributed species.

Prosoplus Bankst, Fabr.

Damma Island (J. J., Walker). -
For the synonymy and distribution of this species see
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 192.

Oopsis Mooret, sp. n.

Subangusta, pube fulvo-grisea sat dense vestita; prothorace fortiter
sat dense punctato; elytris seriatim punctatis, utrisque lineola
basali minima et punctis duobus pone medium albescentibus ;
apicibus paullo divergentibus acutis.

Long. 7, lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Damma Island, Malay Archipelago.

Head almost impunctate, covered with a greyish or fulvous
pubescence. Antenne (¢) a little longer than the body ;
third and fourth joints slightly curved, the fourth barely
longer than thethird. Prothorax distinctly and rather thickly
punctured. Elytra almost quite regularly punctured in
rows; each elytron bears a very minute whitish line or point
at the base, and two almost equally minute white spots,
placed somewhat transversely, a little beyond the middle.
The portion of the elytra which lies behind these spots is
covered with a pubescence of a somewhat paler fulvous tint
than that which covers the part in front.

This species is a little stouter and more convex in form
than most of those which Pascoe included in his genus Sybra ;
but it is distinctly narrow as compared with Oopsis nutator,
Fabr. It seems to be nearly enough allied to Oopsis por-
vellus, Pasc. (Sybra).

PHYTOPHAGA.

Aulacophora tetrasptlota, Baly.

Occurs also in Celebes, Gilolo, Batchian, Amboyna, and
Timor.

Aulacophora flavomarginata, Duviv.
Occurs also in Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Amboyna,
Timor, Flores, and Kei Islands.
Aulacophora, sp.
This species, represented by one female example only,

Lepidoptera, by F. A. Heron. 101

appears to be new. It resembles A. excisa, Baly, in colour
and in most of its other characters, but the emargination of
the last ventral segment is different in form.

Galerucella ficus, Montrouz.

Galerucella thoracica, Baly.

This species occurs, widely distributed, in the Australian
region. In the British Museum there are examples from the
Salomon Islands—Alu (Woodford), Woodlark Island, New
South Wales, Lizard Island, North and North-west Australia,
the islands in Torres Straits, New Guinea, and other islands
of the Malay Archipelago as far as Celebes.

Coptocycla, sp.
One example only.

LEPIDOPTERA. By F. A. Heron.

LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA.

The forty-three butterflies collected upon Damma Island
belong to twenty species, five of which were new to the
British Museum collection. The larger number are Euplceinz
or Lycenide, and it is noteworthy that the collection includes
no Satyrine or Elymniinz.

They are distributed as follows :—

Nymphalidae.
Anonia plexippus, Linn.
A single female of this wide-ranging species was obtained.

Salatura laratensis, Butler.

Three males and one female.

Chanapa sacerdos, Butler.

Six males and two females were taken, which are interesting
as showing the gradual disappearance of the spot between
the first and second branches of the median vein of the
fore wings.

Calliplea darchia, McLeay, var. priapus, Butler.
Two males and one female.

102 A Visit to Damma Island:

Calliplea visenda, Butler.
One male. This is closely allied to the foregoing species.

Hypolimnas alimena, Linn.

One damaged male of this common Oceanian form was
taken, which had the transverse band on the fore wings whiter
than in any other male seen previously by me.

Neptis pampanga, Felder?
A pair.

Lycenide.
Nacaduba aluta, Druce.
Two males and one female.

Lampides elianus, Fabr.
A pair.
Castalius, sp.

One specimen belonging to a species allied to C. rowxus,
Godart.

Cyaniris, sp.

A male belonging to a species nearest to C. puspa, Hors-

field.

Zizera pygmea, Snellen.
One male.

Zizera phoebe, Murray.
Two males.

Catochrysops, sp.
A single female belonging to a species not in the B. M.
Coll.
Spalgis eptus.

A specimen of a curious variety of S. epius, Westwood, ?;
the colour of the upperside very much greener grey than
usual; the strigee upon the underside show through on the
hind wings more strongly than in the common brownish form.

The single male Castal’us, which on the upperside some-
what resembles C. hamatus, Moore, obtained on Damma Island,
is noteworthy for its peculiar markings on the underside, and

Lepidoptera, by F. A. Heron. 103

forms the type of a new species, characterized as follows, and
called after my friend J. M. C. Austin :—

Castalius Austini, sp. n.

Antenne. Shaft black-brown above, semi-ringed with
white below; club below is of much redder brown.

Head. Forehead cream-white scaled. yes rich deep
brown and hairy.

Palpi dark brown-black ; the second joint creamy scaled
below.

Colour.— Thorax and abdomen dark brown-black below, with
occasionally lighter pubescence of greenish iridescence ; below
cream-white, the last joints of the abdomen marked off by
three creamy scalings at the sides as well.

Legs dark brown, with cream-white scalings above; but
only the fore legs were retained in this specimen.

Expanse of wings 28 millim., greatest breadth of fore wing
7 millim.; length of hind wing 9, breadth 63 millim.; length
of thorax 24, abdomen 54 millim.

Wings. Above: brown-black, crossed from the centre of
the disk of the fore wing to the inner margin of the hind
wings, about one third from the base, by a cream-white band
running in the direction of a line from apex of fore wing to
centre of its inner margin; on the fore wing its breadth is
about one fifth of the length of inner margin, but expands at
the end of the discoidal cell to nearly twice that width,
touching vein 6 above, and is slightly cut into by a dark
mark which bounds the discoidal cell; on the hind wings
the inner margin of the band is in a straight line with that of
the fore wings, but the band asa whole is slightly broader,
its width by the discoidal cell being almost half as much as
its breadth elsewhere.

The cilia are of the same colour as the wings.

Below: the same band is apparent; the costa is dusted
with brown, and at its base a patch of almost lemon-coloured
scales extends ford millim. in length and 14 millim. in breadth.
There is a submarginal band of creamy white which follows
on its inner side the contours of the discal band, and on its
outside is parallel to the wing-border; this band reaches from
costa of fore wing to inner margin of hind wing; the resulting
band of dark between the discal and submarginal band
averages a little wider than the discal band.

At the outer margin of the hind wing the dark border
tends to split into lunulate spots and to allow a narrow cream-
white line to separate it into two portions, the outer forming
a mere thread of dark.

104 A Visit to Damma Island :

Cyaniris damme, sp. n.

Expanse 30 millim.

Above somewhat resembling puspa, Horsfield (from Java),
but the black-brown borders are much reduced in breadth,
especially towards the internal angle of the wings; on the
hind-wing-costa, however, the brown-black is more abundant
than in puspa. Where the iridescence on the wings does not
show, the ground-colours show more slaty and with less grey-
white scalings than in puspa ; the iridescence, too, is of a more
brilliant cerulean-blue in damme. Abdomen, thorax, head,
and antenne much as in puspa. Below the general appear-
ance is somewhat like C. ladonides, de V’Orza, from Japan,
the ground-colour being a very bluish white, with silvery-
blue scales at the base; the marginal row of dots is very
slightly marked, and the submarginal lunular line is rather
fainter on the fore wing. The discal row of spots on the
fore wing forms a curve reaching the costa one third from
apex and the inner margin about one fourth from the angle;
from this angle the first, third, fourth, and fifth spots follow
the direction of the curve, but the second inclines towards
the base of the wing; the sixth spot is thrown a little
inwards from the others.

On the hind wings are dark spots at the origin of vein 8
and two others between veins 8 and 7 dividing the costa
roughly into three parts; below the second spot is another in
the cell, and in a line with these a spot on the inner angle
from a row of four small spots curves towards the outer spot
on the costa; there is a dark spot one fourth along the inner
margin from the base of the wing, and a small spot rather
outside the curve between veins 2 and 1 0.

Papilionide.
Terias pumilaris, Butler.
One male.
Terias hebridina, Butler.
Two males.

Terias maroénsis, Butler.
Three females.

Huphina rachel, Boisd.
Two dwarfed males.

Lepidoptera, by F. A. Heron. 105

Hesperiidz.
OcCYBADISTES, gen. nov.

The three small Pamphiline belong to an undescribed
genus nearest to Padraona, from which it differs in possessing
much broader wings and in having vein of the fore wing
further from the end of the cell. The sexual mark on the
fore wings, where present, is a black slightly lunulated
streak crossing the disk from vein 1 to vein 4, instead of the
small streak over the centre of vein 1 of the fore wing which
some species of Padraona possess.

The genus will include marnas, Felder, and Walkert,
sp. n., the latter of which will be the type.

Lascivia, Rosenstock, has a small streak similar to that of
Padraona, though the shape of its wings and its neuration
would otherwise ally it to marnas, as stated by Watson
(P. Z. S. 1893, p. 102).

The genus may be thus characterized :—

Antenne about three fifths the length of the costa of the
fore wings; club of moderate size, elongate, with a slight
terminal crook rather longer than the thickness of the club.

Palpi. Second joint thickly scaled, forming with the third
joint a quarter circle; third joint about half the length of
the second joint, very slender, obtusely conical, and suberect.

Fore wings. Breadth rather more than half the length of
the costa; inner margin rather longer than outer margin;
cell less than two thirds length of costa; vein 8 reaching
costa at apex of wings ; lower discocellulars two thirds length
of middle; vein 5 considerably nearer to vein 4 than to 6;
vein 3 distant from 4 about the length of the middle disco-
cellular, and vein 2 a similar distance from vein 3 and very
slightly nearer end of cell than base of wing.

Hind wings. Outer margin even, slightly excised between
veins 2 and 1; vein 7 well before end of the cell (except in
marnas, &, where it is emitted just before the end) ; disco-
cellulars very inconspicuous ; vein 5 wanting; vein 3 close
to end of cell, twice as far from 2 as from 4; vein 2 much
nearer the end of cell than base of wings.

On the upperside of the costa of the hind wings of both
sexes are stout backwardly-directed hairs arranged in a short
row, and in addition fine long hairs projecting outwards and
forwards, which, inconspicuous in the females, are largely
developed in the males.

The males are usually provided with a discal sexual streak
on the upperside of the fore wing, consisting of the more or
less lunular silky marks between vein 1 and vein 4, which

106 A Visit to Damma Island :

show when magnified a large proportion of fine long scales
among the broader ones.

Two pairs of spines are present on the hind tibie.

The species I dedicate to the enthusiastic collector to whose
efforts the National Collection is indebted for many entomo-
logical treasures.

Ocybadistes Walkert, sp. n.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

The general scheme of marking and coloration is much as
in marnas, Felder, but the orange markings of Walker are
not so red as in Felder’s species, especially on the underside,
where the brownish markings of marnas are represented by
an ashy green shaded to a black-brown on the inner margin
of the fore wings, and the orange markings are of a pale
sienna colour on the fore wing, and on the hind wing inner
margin ochreous, shaded to the orange of the upperside
markings.

Antenne dark black-brown, shaft semi-ringed with ochreous,
club dark black-brown above, ochreous below, crook dark ;
palpi golden yellow towards the top, almost lemon-coloured
below; this pale hue extends below the thorax and the
abdomen; forehead with golden-orange scales; collar,
patagia with scalings of similar colour, especially large on the
latter.

Thorax thickly covered with yellow hairs of greenish
iridescence. Abdomen golden orange.

Fore wings golden orange; costa black-brown, outer margin
with a black-brown border from apex to inner angle, averages
nearly one third the breadth of the inner margin, but reduced
by intrusion of the orange ground between veins 6 and 4 to
about half that width, below and to the side of the discoidal
cell the dark colour stretches to an almost similar width, at the
side and below vein 6 sends out a spur which sometimes
reaches the dark border; dark scalings occur below vein 1,
and from the costa opposite the end of the cell extends a
small spur of dark, which may sometimes anastomose with
the dark bounding the cell, thus leaving a small spot of the
orange ground isolated.

Hind wings of similar coloration, but the orange is slightly
deeper in tone and its borders much more irregular than in
marnas, running out along the veins, especially opposite the
end of the cell, and sending a spur towards the costa along
vein 7; the orange fleck in the cell is more conspicuous than

in marnas. |
Below the markings show more faintly ; the black-brown

Hymenoptera, by W. F. Kirby. 107

represented by an ashy green, except towards the base and
inner margin of the fore wings, and the golden tint paler.

Cilia of the hind wings concolorous with the golden hue,
but much browner on the fore wings except at the anal angle.

The species is represented in the British Museum by
specimens from Port Darwin as well as Damma Island, and
has a close ally of rather greater expanse and darker under-
side colouring ranging from Moreton Bay to Sydney.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA.
Syntomide.
Hydrusa, sp.
Liparide.

Chionophasma paradoxa, Butler.

Pyralide.
Sylepta plagiatalis, Walk.
Noctuidae.

Selepa, sp.

HYMENOPTERA. By W. F. Kirpy.

Nine species were obtained, of which two are here described
as new.

Formicida2.
Odontomachus hematodes.

Formica hematoda, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 582. n. 16 (1758).
A species found in all the warmer parts of the world.

Pheidologeton, sp.

Two large workers of a species allied to P. megacephala,
Smith, but with the head bright chestnut-red and the middle
of the vertex very smooth and shining.

Rhagigaster, sp.

Four female specimens apparently belonging to this genus.
They are from 5 to 7 lines long, rufo-testaceous, with the
abdomen black, more or less distinctly banded with rufo-

108 A Visit to Damma Island :

testaceous. It appears undesirable to describe the species
as new from female specimens only.

Scoliidez.

Dielis cultrata, sp. n.

Long. corp. 14 millim.

Female.—Deep black, very shining, the hair mostly black,
except on the lower part of the face, where it inclines to
cinereous, and some of the hairs on the body and legs are
tipped with cinereous. Face and thorax densely punctured,
but the vertex, the centre of the mesothorax, the sides of the
scutellum and postscutellum, and the hinder part of the meta-
thorax, which is tuberculate in the middle, almost smooth.
Abdomen slightly iridescent, the segments punctured in front
and the first also behind; the following segments mostly only
with a row of bristle-bearing punctures before the extremity.
Legs very bristly, strongly punctured on the upper surface ;
hind femora with a smooth ferruginous knife-like plate at
the extremity beneath (as in other allied species). Wings
subhyaline, with a strong violet reflection ; inner recurrent
nervure of front wings bent at nearly a right angle.

Agrees nearly with the description of D. micans, Guér.,
from Bouru, but smaller and with the costa not ferruginous.

Eumenide.

Humenes arcuata, var.
Vespa arcuata, Faby, Syst. Ent. p. 371. n. 40 (1775).

The thorax in the specimen from Damma Island is black,
with detached yellow spots, and the yellow colouring on the
petiole and abdomen is rather more extended than usnal.

Common in the Indian and Indo-Malayan regions.

Eumenes Walkeri, sp. n.

Long. corp. 25 millim.

Female.—Black, varied with yellow. Head black ; clypeus
rather long and narrow, yellow, emarginate below, the extre-
mities rather pointed; a yellow stripe below the antennae,
extending to the orbits, and produced upwards between the
antenne into a somewhat pear-shaped spot above them; the
orbits beyond the antennze and the emargination of the
eyes filled up with yellow, the black space below the ocelli
connected with the black vertex, but descending in a horse-
shoe form to the black antennal tubercles, strongly punc-

Hymenoptera, by W. ¥. Kirby. 109

tured ; hinder orbits with a narrow yellow line. Antenne
black ; flagellum rather paler and sericeous. Thorax black ;
prothorax yellow in front and on the upper part of the sides,
but with the part adjoining the head black, very smooth and
shining ; mesothorax with two large yellow curved spots on
the sides before the middle, and two short subparallel yellow
lines just behind the middle; pleura with a yellow stripe
extending from just before the wings nearly to the middle
cox; scutellum more strongly punctured than the thorax,
yellow in front, black behind; postscutellum yellow, slightly
edged with black in front; metathorax yellow above and
round the rather obtuse angles of the sides below, deeply
grooved in the middle, the groove black, the black gradually
widening below and more broadly above, below which point
a broad slightly oblique bar is thrown out on each side;
sides of metathorax black, sericeous; petiole shaped as in
EE. flavopicta, Blanch., and allies, basal third black, with a
long oval yellow spot on each side, the remainder yellow on
the sides, black below, with a yellow spot at the extremity,
and connected in the middle with a black lateral spot; the
median line above is mostly black, terminating in a large
spot before the extremity, which is also marked with a black
spot, trifid in front. Abdomen with the first segment: yellow,
with black more or less trifid markings at the base and
extremity, and with a broad black band, ceasing on the sides,
across the middle, with the edges irregularly denticulated ;
the remaining segments with the median line black; the
second segment black at the base and yellow at the extre-
mity; the third, fourth, and fifth yellow, black at the extre-
mity, and the sixth entirely black. Front legs ferruginous,
spotted with yellow, and lined with black; four hind legs
ferruginous, femora mostly blackish, and tibize and tarsi lined
with black and slightly with yellowish; last joint of tarsi
wholly reddish, except the claws. Wings smoky hyaline.

Closely allied to H. flavopicta, Blanch., but differs in the
much longer and narrower clypeus.

Rthynchium brunneum.
Vespa brunnea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 264, n. 41 (1793),
A common East-Indian species.

Vespide.

Polistes extraneus, var.
Polistes extraneus, Kirb. P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 344.
Two females, differing from the typical specimen from

110 A Visit to Damma Island.

Maroe (Timor-Laut Islands) in the rather darker colouring,
especially towards the apex of the abdomen, and in the
narrower yellow edging to the first segment of the abdomen.
Without a better series from both localities it would be
premature to treat the Damma Island insect as distinct.

Apidae.

Megachile ornata.
Megachile ornata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B, M. i. p. 183, n. 114 (1853).

A single specimen in poor condition, apparently belonging
to this species, which is known from India, Borneo, and
Sumatra.

HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA. By W. F. Kirsy.

Only eight or nine species were obtained on Damma
Island, belonging to the genera Dysdercus, Am. & Serv.,
Melamphaus, Stal, Physopelta, Am. & Serv. (?), Capsus, Fabr.,
Brachyrhynchus, Lap., Mezira, Am. & Serv., and Huagoras,
Burm. ‘The species cannot be determined with accuracy at
present, but among them is the widely dispersed Brachy-
rhynchus orientalis, Lap.

ORTHOPTERA. By W. F. Krrsy.

Greeffea coccophaga (2).

Alopus cocophages, Newp. Phil. Trans. 1844, p. 288, pl. xiv. fig. 4.

Lopaphus coccophagus, Westw. Cat. Phasm. p. 99 (1859).

Mr. Walker met with several pairs of a species of
Phasmidz, which he describes as of a delicate green, about
A inches long, and emitting a milky fluid smelling strongly
of peppermint. The male was more slender than the female.
It is not unlikely that it was the present species, which is
very common and destructive to cocoanuts throughout the
South Sea Islands, and which might perhaps also feed on
Pandanus; but the specimens forwarded by Mr. Walker do
not appear to have reached the Museum.

On Odonata kc. from Upper Burma. 111

XVIII.—Notes on a Small Collection of Odonata cc. from
Upper Burma, with the Description of a new Species. By
W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological
Department, British Museum.

Mr. pe NICEVILLE bas just forwarded a box of Odonata from
the Katha District of Upper Burma to the British Museum ;
as it proves to contain several species of considerable interest,
I have given a list of the whole. The dragonflies sent all
belong to the subfamilies Libelluline and Agrionine, and
the box also contained three specimens of one of the Sialide
—Chauliodus maculipennis, Gray—in better condition than
those previously m the Museum collection.

Libellulide.
LIBELLULINZ.
Camacinia gigantea, Brauer.
alld gigantea, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvii. p. 8
1867).
Caan gigantea, Kirb. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p. 267 (1889).
Brauer’s original specimens were from Amboina, and he
described both sexes. The specimen from Mysol in the
British Museum, which I noticed in 1889, is a male,
measuring 100 millim. across the wings. ‘There are two
specimens, male and female, in the Burmese collection, which
appear to belong to the same species. The male measures
111 millim. across the wings, and is very slightly larger than
the female. They exhibit no important differences either
between themselves or from Brauer’s description of the sexes,
except that the number of cross-nervures in the basal cell of
the fore wings and the number of cells in the triangle vary
a little. In the male the hind wings havea greenish cupreous
lustre, not mentioned by Brauer, over the deep reddish brown of
the basal two-thirds. In the female the orange-brown staining
of the fore wings extends to the lower basal cell and the lower
sector of the arculus; but a little beyond the nodus it ceases,
except along the costal and subcostal spaces, but extends
again at the apex, as described by Brauer. On the hind
wing it extends obliquely downwards over the whole basal
half of the wing; but the middle of this part of the wing is
much lighter, while towards the anal angle there is a slight
submarginal band of dark brown, almost confluent spots.
C. Harterti, Karsch, from Sumatra, is certainly a distinct
species, according to the description, owing to the much
smaller number of cross-nervures in the costal and subcostal

112 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

areas. But further information on the range and variation of
C. gigantea would be very useful. Many of the larger
dragonflies from abroad are rare in our collections, partly from
their not having been much collected and partly from their
strong flight, which renders them very difficult to capture.

I am not aware that the genus Camacinia has been pre-
viously recorded from any part of the Asiatic continent.

Neurothemis fulvia.
Libellula fulvia, Drury, Ml. Ex, Ent. ii. pl. xlvi. fig. 2 (1778).

A single male specimen.

Neurothemis tullia.
Libellula tullia, Drury, Tl. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. xlvi. fig. 5 (1773).
A single male specimen.

Trithemis festiva.
Inbellula festiva, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 92 (1842).

A single male specimen.

Trithemis, sp.

A single male specimen, with 13 antenodal and 9 or 10
postnodal cross-nervures on the fore wings. It is one of the
closely related forms allied to 7. aurora, Burm., and cannot
be properly determined without a series.

Orthetrum pruinosum.
Tibellula pruinosa, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 858. n. 63 (1859).
A rather small male.

Orthetrum Delesserti.
Libellula Delesserti, Selys, Mitth. Mus. Dresd. iii. p. 314 (1878).

A very dark female, apparently belonging to this rather
scarce species, with the tips of all the wings clouded as far as
the inner edge of the pterostigma.

Orthetrum Nicevilled, sp. n.

Long. corp., g 43-45 millim., 9 41 millim.; exp. al.
63-72 millim. ; long. pter. 4 millim.

Male.—Head black, shining, the rhinarium, sides of nasus,
mandibles, and lower mouth-parts testaceous; clypeus with
very large punctures, deeply channelled in the middle and
margined in front; frontal tubercle deeply concave; thorax
and abdomen pruinose blue, the thorax much the darkest,

Odonata &e. from Upper Burma. 113

abdomen strongly carinated ; legs black, upper anal append-
ages nearly straight, slender, slightly ‘pointed at the tips,
rather longer than the ninth segment, lower appendage some-
what shorter, spatulate, rather ‘broad, upeurved, and obtusely
rounded at the extremity. Wings hyaline, with black
nervures ; costal nervures inclining to yellowish in front;
fore wings very slightly marked with rufous-brown at the
extreme base, with 14 or 15 antenodal and 9 to 11 postnodal
cross-nervures, the first two or three postnodals not con-
tinuous ;_ pterostigma testaceous yellow, between black
nervures, nodal and subnodal nervures considerably waved,
triangle traversed, followed by three rows of cells increasing,
one supra-triangular nervure ; subtriangular space consisting
of 3 or 4 cells: hind wings rufous brown at the base, nearly
as far as the cross-nervure in the lower basal cell; mem-
branule small, blackish; triangle free, no supra-triangular
nervures.

Female testaceous brown; .thorax slightly eneous on the
sides, with two broad oblique yellowish-white stripes; a
nearly square pale space occupying the front two-thirds of its
surface above, bordered with black at the sides and behind ;
abdomen with most of the segments to the seventh with long
yellowish lateral stripes on the sides beneath ; eighth segment
perfoliate.

Described from three males and one female.

This species belongs to the group of O. glauca and luzonica,
Brauer, in which the triangle of the hind wings is not
traversed by a nervure.

The species of Orthetrum are numerous and closely allied,
and, as a rule, do not vary much. It often happens that
very familiar-looking species of this group from a fresh
locality prove to be new as soon as they are carefully

examined.
Agrionidz.
AGRIONINA.
Neurobasis chinensis.

Libellula chinensis, Linn, Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 545, n. 15 (1758),
Many specimens of this abundant East-Indian species.

Pseudopheea Masont.
Euphea Masoni, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xlvii. p. 877 (1879).

Two male specimens.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 8

114 Mr. J. C. Sumner on a new Nemei tine.

XIX.—Description of a new Species of Nemertine.
By J. C. Sumner, Royal College of Science.

White looking over some Codium in search of Nudibranchs
at Fowey, in Cornwall, I found a small Nemertine, which
has proved, on subsequent examination, to be a species new
to science. ‘lhe specimen belongs to the genus Tetrastemma,
and is like 7. dorsale in the shape and form of the body.
I propose to call it 7. maculatum, on account of the con-
spicuous spots with which the animal is covered. Unlike
T. nigrum (also found on Codium) this animal is easily seen,
owing to its bright coloration showing up well against the
dark green background of the seaweed. For this reason it is
probable that it does not generally live on Codium, but with
other surroundings which would render it less conspicuous.

Tetrastemma maculatum, sp. n.

Diagnosis. Animal about 8 millim. long. Body cylin-
drical and tapering, resembles in shape 7’. dorsale rather
than the elongate forms, such as 7’. favidum and T. vermiculum.
General ground-colour pure white; dorsal surface beset by
large black spots, which become smaller and less numerous
on the sides, and almost disappear on the ventral surface.

Remarks. These spots have a slight tendency to arrange
themselves in transverse bands, which for some reason or
other, for which I am unable to account, become much more
marked after death. ‘The head is not very distinctly marked
off from the body by the cephalic groove, which is only to be
seen by careful scrutiny. ‘The groove dorsally extends in a
posterior direction and ventrally anteriorly. Laterally well-
marked cilia are present. ‘The eyes are situated very deep
in the head, and are almost easier to see from the ventral
surface than from the dorsal; they are pale brown in colour,
and the posterior pair are wider apart than the anterior.

I have been unable to make out much of the internal
anatomy, owing to the fact that the animal has not cleared
very well in oil of cloves. So far as 1 can see, however,
there is no material difference in this respect between this
species and its nearest allies.

Undoubtedly ZY. maculatum is very closely allied to
T. nigrum, and, indeed, is only to be distinguished by the
great difference in colour.

On new Coleoptera from Costa Rica, 115

XX.—Descriptions of some new Coleoptera from Costa Rica.
By C. J. Ganan, M.A., Assistant, Zoological Department,
British Museum.

Monsieur H. Pirtier pe FApreca, Director of the Instituto
Fisico-Geografico Nacional de Costa Rica, has forwarded to
Dr. Giinther two or three small collections of Coleoptera,
which were for the most part made on the little-explored
Pacific slope of that country. With the aid of the splendid
collections of Central-American Coleoptera presented to the
Museum by Messrs. F. D. Godman and O. Salvin it has not
been difficult for me to identify the large majority of the
species sent by M. Pittier ; but there still remain a few forms
which I have been unable to find in those collections and
which do not seem to be referable to any described species.
These I now describe: for one—an interesting species of
Carabidee—I have found it necessary to institute a new genus.

Carabide.

LEPTOTOMUS, gen. nov.

Somewhat ovate or elliptic in outline. Head with two
setigerous punctures above each eye; clypeus with a seta
near each of the antero-lateral angles; labrum emarginate,
sex-setose along margin; scrobe of mandible devoid of sete ;
mentum emarginate, without tooth; ligula ending in a free
median chitinous process, at the sides of and beyond which
project the membranous lateral lobes (paraglosse), which are
rounded at tip; second joint of labial palpi bisetose near its
extremity. Pronotum with a rather long seta near each of
the hind angles. Elytra rounded at apex, their surface
covered with very fine close longitudinal and parallel striae,
almost microscopic in character ; each elytron with a row of
setigerous punctures along the outer margin. Fore tibic
emarginate; first four joints of fore tarsi (¢?) slightly
expanded, subspinose underneath. Antenne rather short,
first three joints glabrous, the rest pubescent; first joint
about equal in length to the second and third united; these
joints subcylindrical ; the joints from the fifth to the tenth
each about as broad as long, the eleventh slightly longer but
scarcely narrower than the tenth.

The short and ovate form of this genus suggest a position
for it near Barysomus and Bradybeus.

g#

116 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

Leptotomus Pittiert, sp. n.

Subovatus, rufo-brunneus ; pronoto nitido, medio longitudinaliter
impresso, lateribus paullo rotundatis. angulis anticis acutis,
posticis subobtusis, margine basali leviter bisinuata; elytris
longitudinaliter tenuissimeque striatis, utrisque serie marginali
punctorum setigerorum.

Long. 6, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, Buenos Aires (H. Pitter).

Short and somewhat ovate in form; reddish brown in
colour. Head and prothorax glossy. Elytra more opaque,
but exhibiting a soft silky lustre in certain lights ; impressed
with very fine and close-set longitudinal stria, running
parallel to one another, and only visible with the aid of a
good lens or low power of the microscope ; each elytron has
a row of rather widely separated setigerous punctures close
to the outer margin.

Menidius vittatus, sp. n.

Capite prothoraceque ferrugineis, elytris flavo-testaceis, vittis nigris
ornatis—una suturali, una submarginali et subsinuata, una ab
suturali ad marginalem oblique transeunte, una per medium
discum a basi ad fasciam obliquam descendente.

Long. 7, lat. 23 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, between Mata de lana and Rodeo, on
the Pacific side.

This species has a close resemblance to JL. circumseptus,
Bates, but the sutural vitta extends right up to the scutellum,
and there stops, instead of bifurcating and circling round the
base of each elytron ; there is, in addition to the submarginal
black line, another which runs along the middle of each
elytron from the base as far as the oblique fascia which
joins the sutural with the submarginal vitta; the latter is
somewhat removed from the margin in its anterior half, but
beyond the middle, where the oblique fascia joins it, bends
downwards and approaches the margin much more closely ;
at the junction of the oblique fascia with the sutural vitta at
about the beginning of its posterior third there is a slightly
expanded rhomboidal black area.

The prothorax is transversely strigose above, and is im-
pressed with a median longitudinal groove.

Scarabzide.
Copris costartcensis, sp. 0.

Oblongus ; clypeo antice leviter emarginato ; thoracis angulis anticis

Coleoptera from Costa Rica, 117

acutis postice sinuatis; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, punctis
approximatis. (d¢) Cornu capitis erecto, vix recurvo; thorace
quadridentato, dentibus mediis suleo usque ad basin prolongato
et dense fortiterque punctato separatis; foveolis lateralibus et
depressionibus inter dentes medios lateralesque fortiter denseque
punctatis. (2) Tuberculo frontali brevi, apice leviter emarginato ;
thorace antice dense punctato.
Long. 14-15 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, San Francisco de Guadalupe, alt.
1200 m. (H. Pittier).

In having an acute, subdentate, antero-lateral angle to the
prothorax, followed by a slight sinuation or obliquity of the
margin, this species resembles C. Sallec, Har., and C. Re-
bouchei, Har.; from both it is distinguished by the more
thickly and distinctly punctured mid-dorsal furrow of the
prothorax, and by having the sides of the prothorax, from
the lateral fovea up to the anterior margin, and the broad
channels between the median and lateral teeth also thickly
and strongly punctured in the male.

Bates has, in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ recorded
only two species of Copris trom as far south as Costa Rica.
These two—C, incertus, Say, and C. armatus, Har.—range
northwards to Mexico. On examining the examples which
Bates has placed together in the latter species, I have noticed
that there is a rather marked difference in the punctuation of
the male prothorax. In the Mexican examples the anterior
part of the prothorax is distinctly punctured, with the punc~
tures rather closely placed, but with evident intervals between |
them; in the other examples the surface of the front part of
the prothorax is just as distinctly asperate. In the examples
from Costa Rica there is a further difference, in that the
elytra are much more feebly punctured along the strie. It
is possible, however, that with much larger series these
differences would become less apparent.

Cerambycide.

Holonotus sternalis, sp. n.

Niger ; elytris brunnescenti-testaceis, postice piceis; pronoto medio
valde denseque punctato, versus latera crebrius rugoso-punctato ;
elytris dense fortiterque punctatis ; mesosterno grosse tuberculato,
ad apicem lateraliter compresso et cariniformi; antennis brevibus,
prothoracis basin paullo superantibus.

9. Long. 25, lat. 95 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, Cerro de la Voltea (H. Pittier).
Black, with the elytra almost entirely of a reddish-brown

118 . Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

colour, a narrow space bordering the posterior margin being
somewhat black. Pronotum (with the exception of a narrow
median space extending for a short distance from a little in
front of the base) strongly and thickly punctured, especially
towards the sides, where the punctures are crowded together
to form a rugose surface; sides subparallel or very slightly
diverging for about one third of their length from the base,
thence rather strongly converging to the anterior border,
Elytra strongly and rather closely punctured; posterior
margin rounded and denticulate, with a slightly larger tooth
on each side where it joins the lateral margins. Mesosternum
projecting as a strong tubercle which is laterally compressed,
and at the tip smooth and keel-like.

This species may be distinguished from H. minor, Bates,
which appears to be the most nearly allied form, by the
shortness of the female antenne, which extend only a very
short distance beyond the hind margin of the pronotum, and
by the prominence of the mesosternum, which, instead of
fitting evenly into the emargination of the prosternum,
projects somewhat below it. The pronotum also is more
angulate at the sides and is more strongly and somewhat less
closely punctured on the middle of its surface.

Callichroma Bates, sp. n.
C. cosmica, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1872, p. 186.

Viridi-metallica, supra atro-viridis; pronoti vitta mediana, elytrorum
sutura et vitta angusta utrinque viridi-nitidis, subglabris ;
prothorace utrinque fortiter acuteque tuberculato ; corpore subtus
viridi-nitido, vix pubescente ; antennis pedibusque nigris, femo-
ribus anticis intermediisque (basi exceptis) testaceis.

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt) ; Costa Rica, Guana-
caste (fH. Pittier).

This species was determined by Bates to be the C. cosmica
of White; but in the latter species the prothorax has a blunt
tubercle on each side, which is feebly developed in comparison
with the strong and spine-like tubercle occupying the same
position in the present species. In C. cosmica the underside
has a distinct, though thin, silvery-grey pubescence, which is
easily seen in certain lights, and the lateral vitta of each
elytron is reduced to a narrow streak near the base. In
C. Batest the underside of the body is almost impubescent,
and the lateral vitta of each elytron extends as a distinct
bright band from the shoulder as far as the apex.

Coleoptera from Costa Rica. 119

Oncideres Pittiert, sp. n.

O. amputatori affinis ; prothorace utrinque pone medium tuberculo
nigro-nitido vix elevato, supra maculis tribus nigro-nitidis in
serie transverso ante medium positis; elytris fulyo-maculatis,
utrinque plaga magna elongata supra dilacerata, alba, basi dense
nigro-nitido-granulatis, disco fere usque medium minus dense sed
evidenter granulatis; corpore subtus, precipue versus latera,
prothoracisque lateribus albescentibus ; segmentis abdominis
postice fulvis. 92.

Long. 23, lat. 8? mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, savannahs and forests of Limon, facing
the Pacific (AZ. Pittier).

From O. amputator, Fabr., O. putator, Thoms., and other
allied forms this species is to be distinguished by the some-
what larger and more closely placed shining granules on the
base of the elytra and by the extension of these granules on
the dorsal region almost up to the middle. The long white
patch on the side of each elytron is also characteristic ; this
reaches the margin of the elytron on its outer side, while its
inner border is very irregular and is broken by one large gap,
which divides the patch into a larger anterior and a smaller
posterior portion ; near its anterior end, which lies a little
behind the shoulder, a few isolated black granules are to be
seen. ‘The pubescence on the underside of the body is greyish
white, distinctly white and rather dense on the sides of the
prothorax and mid and hind breast. The abdominal segments
are fulvous towards their hind borders.

Amphionycha ventralis, sp. n.

Capite testaceo, flavo-pubescente ; prothorace albo-pubescente, supra
prope basin infuscatis; elytris nigris, dense punctatis, griseo
tenuiter pubescentibus, utrinque carinatis ; corpore subtus nigro-
fuscis et testaceis, segmentis duobus ultimis abdominis dense
flavo-pubescentibus, coxis femoribusque pallide testaceis, tibiis
tarsisque fuscis ; antennis subtus sparse ciliatis, articulis quarto,
quinto et sexti basi testaceis.

Long. 11, lat. 33 mm,

Hab. Costa Rica, Pacific side, between Mata de lana and
Rodeo (H. Pittier).

Head testaceous, with a dense yellowish pubescence above.
Prothorax with the basal margin turned slightly outwards,
with a dense whitish pubescence, except near the base on the
upper surface, where it is somewhat blackish. Hlytra black,
with a thinner dark grey pubescence, which does not entirely

120 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

conceal the rather strong and closely placed punctures. An-
tenne rather slender, sparsely ciliate underneath, dark brown,
with the fourth and fifth joints and proximal half of sixth
testaceous ; the third joint, which is also very narrowly testa-
ceous at the base, is about equal in length to the first and
second taken together and is a little longer than the fourth.
The last two abdominal segments are covered with a dense
pale yellow pubescence, the rest of the underside being of a
fuscous or dark reddish colour. The coxe and femora are
pale testaceous, the tibize and tarsi dark brown.

This species has a close superficial resemblance to Isomerida
picticornis, Bates, but may be distinguished, énter alia, by
the slenderer appearance of the antenne, which are only
sparsely ciliated and without the thick fringe which is present
on the basal joints of the latter species.

The resemblances that hold between different species, even
of distinct genera, in this group seem to be accounted for by
their common mimicry of some forms of Lampyride and
other Malacoderms.

XXI.—WNotes on the Thelyphonidee contained in the Collection
of the British Museum. By R. I.. Pocock, of the British
Museum (Natural History). .

[Plate IT.]

Synopsis of the Genera of Thelyphonide.

a. The anal segment without ommatoids; the
carapace angularly pointed in front and
not furnished either with cephalic keels
or with a ridge between the median eyes. T’helyphonellus, g. nov.
Type amazonicus (Butl.).
b, The anal segment bearing one or two om-
matoids on each side; carapace bluntly
rounded in front,
a‘, Carapace not furnished on each side
with a keel running forward from the
lateral eyes; no distinct ridge between
the median eyes.
a*, Coxal apophysis of the chela with a
distinct spine on its inner edge (ef.
also secondary sexual characters of
BTL ON Ws cin pis'e's + ie «ais tees fetes Labochirus, g. nov.
Type proboscideus(Butl.).
b?, Coxal apophysis of chela unarmed
(ef. secondary sexual characters of
MEDME) ies deval aie cha ho ny ‘aun lo aievensiepa ace irs Hypoctonus, Thorell.
Type formosus (Butl.).

Thelyphonide zn the British Museum. 121

b*, Carapace furnished on each side with a
keel running forwards from the lateral
eyes.
a?, Median eyes not separated by an
upstanding ridge ; hand in ¢ flat,
twice as wide as the femur, which
is long, slender, cylindrical, and
about twice as long as the tibia., Mimoscorpius, g. nov.
Type pugnator (Butl.).
6°. Median eyes separated by a distinct
elevated ridge; hand in both sexes
strongly convex, subcylindrical,
and at most only a little wider
than the femur, which is shorter
and thicker.
a‘, The genital operculum in the
with its median area laterally
sulcate and deeply impressed in
the middle, its posterior border
truncate and sinuate ........ Typopeltis, e. nov.
Type P. crucifer, Pocock.
6*. Genital operculum in the 9?
without a deep median impres-
sion ; its posterior border con-
vexly rounded.
a’, Genital operculum in the ¢
large, with a deep narrow
median groove, which ter-
minates behind in a short
transverse impression ; a spine
on the second ventral plate
(tarsi of first leg in 9 (?al-
ways) modified),
a®, With one ommatoid on each
side of the anal segment.. Thelyphonus (Latr.), Thor.
Type caudatus (Linn.), Thor.
6°. With two ommatoidson each
side of the anal segment... Tetrabalius, Thor.
Type seticauda (Dol.).
6°. Genital operculum in ¢ with-
out a fine median groove ; the
second ventral plate without
a spine (tarsi of 2 unmodi-
fied).
a’, Coxal apophysis of chela
longer, thinner, and
armed internally with a
distinct tooth ......., Uroproctus, g. nov.
Type assamensis (Stol.).
". Coxal apophysis of chela
shorter, stouter, and
not armed internally
with a'tooth vi Ree Mastigoproctus, g. nov.
Type giganteus (Lucas).

122 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

THELYPHONUS (Latr.).

The British Museum has examples of the following species
of this genus :—

Thelyphonus caudatus (Linn.). Java, Hong Kong.
linganus, Koch. Sumatra.

lucanoides, Butler. Borneo.

johorensis, Oates. Malacca, Singapore.
Schimkewitschii, Tarn. Siam.

sepiarts, Butler. India, Ceylon.

dorie, Thorell. Sarawak.

manillanus, Koch. Manilla.

insulanus, L. Koch. New Hebrides.

Hoset, sp.n. (Cf. infra.) Borneo.
anthracinus, sp.n. (Of infra.) Borneo.
Tarnanti, sp.n. (Cf. infra.) Billiton Island.

Moreover there is but little doubt that the following species,
which are unknown to me, also belong to this section :—
Th. asperatus, Thorell, Th. papuanus, Thorell, and Th. aus-
tralianus, C. Koch.

aacee

Thelyphonus sepiaris, Butler.

Thelyphonus sepiaris, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 131 (May 1, 1873),

Thelyphonus nigrescens, id. ibid.

Thelyphonus indicus, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xlii. p. 138

(May 28, 1873).

Thelyphonus Beddomet, id. ibid. p. 142.

This species, of which the British Museum has examples
from Ceylon, Madras, and Tenasserim, is closely allied to
Th. caudatus (Linn.). The males of sepiaris, however, may
be readily recognized by the coarse coriaceous texture of the
abdominal sterna and by the approximate equality in size of
the spines upon the trochanter of the chela.

Thelyphonus lucanoides, Butler.

Ea te lucanoides, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872,
p. 205.

The male of this species differs from that of Th. caudatus
(Linn.) in having the tibial apophysis of the chela long and
slender. Itis so long, in fact, that when the “hand” is
closed against the apophysis the tip of the latter reaches
almost as far as the tip of the immovable digit ; moreover
the chele, which are coarsely and closely punctured, are much
less robust distally, the tarsus or hand being narrower than
the tibia. In addition there are six well-developed spines on
the trochanter.

Thelyphonide tn the British Museum. 123

The locality of this species is said to be ‘‘ Corea;”’ but it is
in all probability Borneo, for several of the Arthropoda
forming part of the same collection and also ticketed ‘‘ Corea ”’
are in reality referable to Bornean species.

Thelyphonus Hoset, sp.n. (PI. II. figs. 1-18.)

?. Colour of upperside of trunk and chelze deep black ;
lower surface of trunk deep red; the legs with reddish tint,
which becomes paler distally, the feet being distinctly pale
red.

Carapace densely granular, the granules coarser upon the
area behind and on the inner side of the lateral eyes; the
area just on the inner side of and below the cephalic keels, as
well as that on the middle of the interocular area and behind
the median ocular tubercle, not granular ; the tubercle quite
smooth, high, and projecting some way in front of the eyes.

The abdomen densely covered with low squamiform
granules, the median line visible upon the first three and on
the eighth and ninth; the two anterior annular segments of
the postabdomen smooth below, finely granular above and
at the sides; the anal segment smooth, punctured, the
ommatoids large, transverse, larger than any of the eyes;
flagellum composed of 35 segments.. Genital operculum
mesially produced posteriorly, studded with coarse punctures,
the interstices being smooth, with scarcely a trace of a
median line, but with a pair of conspicuous impressions,
densely punctulate laterally, not quite twice as wide as long,
but as long as the fourth and half the fifth sterna. The second
and third sterna about equally long in the middle line,
sculptured like the first, the second with a median transverse
thickening ; the rest of the sterna smooth and polished, but
sparsely and weakly punctured, the impressions elongate,

Anterior sternum of cephalothorax not keeled and scarcely
granular.

Chele.— Coxe polished, sparsely punctured below, densely
punctured and subgranulate behind, the apophysis densely
punctured, its inner border distinctly shouldered. The tro-
chanter armed with 2 lower teeth, of which the distal is the
largest and the proximal bifid, and above with 6 teeth, the 3
internal of which are well developed and subequal, the angular
(fourth) is the largest, and the two anterior as large as the
lateral ; these are close together, but separated widely from
the angular ; this segment, like the femur, is densely punc-
tured and subgranular above and below. The femur is armed
with a large lower spine and a small but distinct upper one.
Tibia smooth, polished, sparsely punctured, furnished with a

124 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

small inferior anterior spinule ; the apophysis stout, about as
long as the anterior thickness of the tibia, armed with two or
three teeth internally in front of the apex, and three more
posteriorly, the posterior of which is on the inner edge of the
tibia, its external edge coarsely serrate. Tarsus narrower than
tibia, smooth, polished, sparsely punctured, with an anterior
inferior spine, the movable digit normally sulcate and punc-
tured, its inner border sinuate.

Legs.—TYarsus of first pair with the second segment distally
incrassate, considerably longer than the third or fourth; the
fifth and sixth segments short, the latter with its inner surface
internally produced, thickened; the seventh longer than the
fitth and sixth taken together, thickened externally and
presenting the appearance of having been twisted on its own
axis, coarsely punctured; the eighth about as long as the
seventh, its upper surface depressed ; the ninth as long as the
eighth, unmodified.

The rest of the legs with femora finely granular externally.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 52, length of
carapace 18:5, distance between lateral eyes and_ posterior
border 13. Chela: length of femur (below) 8°5, of tibia (above)
6°3, of its apophysis 4+, of tarsus 5, of movable digit 5:2;
width of femur 4°5, of tibia 5, of tarsus 4. First leg, length
of third segment (femur) 12°5, of fourth 17°5, of fitth 16°5,
of tarsus 8°5; fourth leg, length of femur 14, of patella 6-5,
of tibia 15, of tarsus (three segments) 5°d.

A second specimen, an immature male, resembles the
female described above, except that it is smaller, being
44 millim. long, and has the tarsi of the first pair of legs un-
modified, the ninth segment being relatively longer than the
eighth, and the eighth than the seventh. Moreover the
posterior tooth on the lower surface of the trochanter of the
chela is simple.

Loc. Mount Dulit, in Sarawak (N. Borneo). Collected
by C. Hose, Esq.

This appears to be the largest described representative of
the genus, using the term as restricted above, the average
length of which appears to be less than 35 millim. The
two that approach it nearest are Zh. manillanus of C. Koch
and Th. dorie of Thorell, both of which may exceed
AQ millim.

The latter, which was obtained in Sarawak (the neigh-
bourhood of the town), differs from Hosez in having only one
anterior spine on the trochanter of the chela, and this segment
and the femur smoother, and the ocular tubercle much lower
in front.

Thelyphonide in the British Museum. 125

Thelyphonus anthracinus, sp. n.

This species is nearly allied to Th. Hoset. It differs in
the following respects :—

The length of apparently an adult female is only 29 millim.

The lower surface of the abdomen is densely-covered with
minute punctuation, which is particularly thick upon the
first, second, third, and eighth sternal plates; on the inter-
vening plates the punctuation can be perceived with a lens of
low power.

In Hosei there is no perceptible fine punctulation on the
sterna.

In the tarsi of the first pair of legs the third segment is as
long as the second and a trifle longer than the fourth; the
ninth is about as long as the seventh and eighth taken
together, the latter two being unmoditied ; the fifth and sixth
are slightly modified, the former, which is about as long as
the fourth, has its upper surface impressed on its inner side,
while the sixth, which is longer than the seventh or eighth
and about as long as the second, has its inner surface black
and flattened and its lower inflated.

In other respects, such as structure of the chele &c., this
form does not seem to differ from Hose. The smoother
tracts on the interocular area of the carapace in the latter
species are not noticeable in anthracinus.

Loc. Batu Song (Hastern Sarawak). Collected by C.
Hose, Esq.

Thelyphonus Tarnanii, sp.n. (Pl. II. figs. 2-20.)
9. Closely allied to Th. Hosec, but differing in the fol-

lowing features :—

Carapace more finely granular behind, and not granular
but coarsely and finely punctured in front, with the ocular
tubercle much lower on its anterior portion.

The posterior prolongation of the genital operculum more
rounded.

The ommatoids are much less clearly discernible ; but this
is perhaps due to accident or the different method of preser-
vation.

The coxal apophysis of the chela is much less squarely
shouldered on its inner border. The segments of the legs
are relatively shorter (cf measurements as compared with
length of carapace). The tarsi of the first pair are modified
almost exactly as in /osez, but the relative length of the
segments is a little different, the eighth segment being
noticeably shorter than the seventh.

126 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Measurements in millimetres.— Total length about 47, of
carapace 163; distance between lateral eyes and_ posterior
border of carapace 11 ; first pair of legs, femur 9, patella 12-2,
tibia 12, tarsus 7; fourth leg, femur 11, patella 5, tibia 10°5,
tarsus (three segments) 5.

A single (dried) female from Billiton Island (off the S.E.
extremity of Sumatra).

From the above measurements it may be seen that in the
legs of the last pair the tibial segment is shorter than the
distance between the lateral eyes and the posterior border of
the carapace (11:10°5), whereas in Hosed the segment is
longer than the above distance (¢. e. 13:15). Similar com-
parisons will show that the segments of the legs of the first
pair are shorter in Th. Tarnanit.

TYPOPELTIS, gen. nov.

Allied to Thelyphonus {s. s.), but the genital operculum of
the female having its middle third elevated and deeply
mesially impressed, while the posterior border of the median
area is not evenly rounded.

Type Th. crucifer, sp. n.

I also refer to this genus Th. s¢nensis, Butler, and the
species that I identify as Th. St’mpsonii of Wood. I suspect,
too, that Th. amurensis of Tarnani will come in here.

Loc. China, Japan, &e.

Typopeltis Stimpsonit, Wood. (Pl. II. figs. 3, 3 a.)
Thelyphonus Stimpson, Wood, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 312.

Colour black; tarsi, flagellum, and lower surface ferru-
ginous.

Carapace densely punctured in its anterior portion and
lightly transversely wrinkled, covered in its posterior two
thirds with rounded granules, the impressions not deep, the
margin finely serrate, anteriorly studded with sete; a pair of
sete2 on the ocular tubercle behind the eyes, another pair in
front of the tubercle ; the ocular keel complete, ¢. e. running
from the lateral eyes and curving round to the front margin
of the tubercle, which is smooth; the area between the
summit of the tubercle and the middle of the front border
sloping at an angle of about 50°, the area lying below the
ocular keel vertical posteriorly. The median eyes black,
the lateral amber-yellow ; no accessory eyes.

Abdomen densely punctured above and covered thickly with
low rounded granules ; the last segment of the postabdomen
shining, weakly granular; the ommatoids a little smaller

Thelyphonide in the British Museum. 127

than a lateral eye; flagellum bearing short sete. The poste-
rior sterna bearing laterally a few low granules, their median
portion sparsely punctured.

The genital operculum (first sternite) marked with a very
deep transversely oval impression in its anterior half, upon
each side of which, that is posteriorly and laterally, there is a
groove which, rising at a point on a level with the middle of
the lateral side of the depression above mentioned, is directed
obliquely inwards and backwards, but falls considerably short
of the posterior border, which is distinctly emarginate on each
side of the middle line, the external angle of each emargina-
tion marking the place where a horny process projects
upwards on each side of a median membranous portion of the
second ; the second mesially very narrow, with its posterior
border straight ; third also with its posterior border straight.

Chele rather short ; the cova minutely and closely punc-
tured and also coarsely and sparsely; the anterior processes
without secondary teeth, and diverging from each other at an
angle of about 50°. Trochanter (third segment) sharply
granular in front, its inferior edge armed with 2 teeth, its
upper edge with 4 (1 large angular, 2 small lateral, and 1
large anterior, the latter in one case bearing a minute external
basal spinule) ; the upper surface roughened with small smooth
crescentic elevations, which are situated behind setiferous
pores. The femur provided in front above with a small tubercle,
below with a sharp spine, ornamented above, below, and
externally with crescentic impressions, passing into squami-
formgranules. bia somewhat coarsely punctured; its process
stout, pointed apically, and almost as long as the terminal
digital segment; its anterior border convex and serrate, its
posterior border very lightly concave and armed with 1
prominent spine (rarely 2) behind the apex. Tursal segment
coarsely punctured, armed below with a single spine; its
apophysis serrate along both its margins, the serrations on its
anterior or inner margin continued from the corresponding
border of the segment; digit with evenly arched external and
internal edge, the latter longitudinally bisulcate.

Legs with femora ornamented in front with squamiform
granules, behind with large punctures. Fatelle and tibie
similarly but much more finely ornamented ; the tibia (fifth
segment) armed below with a single spine at its distal end,
the segment following it furnished distally on each side with
a single spine; the feet (terminal three segments) armed below
with two parallel series of stout blunt spines, of which the
distal two on each segment are the longest. Tarsus of first
leg with segments 2 to 8 gradually decreasing in length, the

128 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

uinth twice as long as the eighth, fusiform; lower edge of
segments 5 to 8 black and thickened, but not notched or
otherwise modified.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 47, of cara-
pace 17; width of carapace across the angles of the lateral
borders 9:5. Chela: length of segments along upperside,
femur 3°5, tibia 5°5, tibial apophysis 4; tarsus 4-2; tarsal
apophysis (immovable digit) 2°8, movable digit 4:5. First leg,
length of femur 12, patella 15, tibia 14-5, tarsus 10°5; fourth
leg, length of femur 13:6, patella 5-2, tibia 14, tarsus (distal
four segments) 9°5; length of anterior three abdominal sterna
(along middle line) 6:5; length of first sternum 5, width 10°5.

Two female examples from O6-Sima (Lu-Chu Islands),
collected and presented by Commander Alfred Carpenter, R.N.

Th. sinensis of Butler, from Hong Kong, of which
Th. Stimpsonit, Butler, appears to be the young, is very
nearly related to this species of Wood’s; but it seems to
differ in having the posterior border of the genital operculum
much less noticeably biemarginate, and the furrows on each
side of the median impression parallel, longer, and extending
almost to the posterior border of the plate. Moreover the
tarsi of the feet seem to be shorter, the length of those of the
first and fourth pairs of legs being respectively 9 and 8, while
that of the carapace is 16. In the structure of the palpi the
two are very similar, but in sinensis the secondary tooth upon
anterior border of the trochanter is well developed. 1 do not
consider that the absence in the Lu-Chu specimens of the
posterior spine on the inner border of the trochanter is suffi-
cient to constitute a specific distinction between these
examples and Wood’s type from Japan, in which this spine
is said to be present although small. 7. amurenszs of Tarnani
(Zool. Anz. 1889, no. 801, and Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xxiv.
p- 519, pl. iii. fig. 3) is allied to these two species, coming
nearest apparently to s¢nensis; but the depression on the
operculum is much wider and shallower, and the lateral
grooves are curved inwards round the anterior part of the
median elevated area.

Typopeltis crucifer, sp.n. (Pl. II. figs. 4, 4a.)

Nearly related to Stimpsond?, but with the surface of the
genital operculum marked with a deep Y-shaped median
groove, on each side of which there is a shallow longitudinal
impression parallel with its fellow of the opposite side and
extending behind to the posterior angle ot the plate; the
posterior border of the operculum widely emarginate in the

Thelyphonide tn the British Museum. 129

middle, with a short median rounded prominence in the middle
of the emargination. This emargination leaves much more
of the second segment uncovered than is seen in Th. Stimp-
sonit, sinensis, and amurensis.

Palpi like those of my specimens of Stimpsonii, but with
the posterior tooth on the inner edge of the trochanter present,
and with three teeth before the apex on the posterior border
of the tibial apophysis. Tarsus of first leg with the segments
distally decreasing in length almost as in T. Stimpsonit,
distally incrassate, the eighth and ninth segments deeply
notched below.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 38, length of
carapace 14; first leg, femur 9°5, patella 12°5, tibia 12,
tarsus 8; fourth leg, femur 10:7, patella 4°5, tibia 10°7,
tarsus 7.

Three female specimens, without locality.

Uroproctus, gen. nov. (Pl. II. figs. 7, 7 a.)

Carapace like that of Thelyphonus.

The apophysis of the coxa of the chele with its inner edge
straight and armed with a distinct spine, the whole process
gradually narrowed towards the tip.

The genital operculum of the male not large, swollen at the
sides, but without median groove; no spine on the second
abdominal plate ; the genital operculum of the female almost
like that of Thelyphonus.

Tarst of first leg in female unmodified.

Type and only known species is 7h. assamensis, Stoliczka,
of which the following is the synonymy :—

Thelyphonus assamensis, Stol. J. A. S. Bengal, 1869, pl. ii. p. 205 ;
id. op. cit. 1873, pt. ii. p. 133.

Thelyphonus scabrinus, id. loc. cit. p. 130 (teste Oates).

Thelyphonus rufimanus, Lucas, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept.
1872, p. 202 (not rufimanus of Lucas).

Thelyphonus proscorpio, Latr., Butler, ibid. (not proscorpio, Latr.).

Thelyphonus psittacnus, Butler, Cist. Ent. vi. p. 129 (1873).

Loc. Assam, Sikkim.

This species differs from all the species of Thelyphonus
(s. s.) in the different form of the genital operculum in the
male and in the shape of the coxal apophysis of the chela,
this process in Thelyphonus being stout, with its inner edge
unarmed and abruptly narrowed at the apex.

MASTIGOPROCTUS, gen. nov.

Differs from Thelyphonus principally in the characters con-
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 9

130 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

nected with the genital operculum set forth in the above
synopsis.

Loc. Central America and Brazil.

The type of the genus has the following synonymy :—

Mastiqoproctus giganteus (Lucas).

Thelyphonus giganteus, Lucas, Mag. Zool. pt. villi. (1835); Koch,
Arachn., x. p. 21, figs. 767, 768.

Thelyphonus excubitor, Girard, Expl. of Red River, p. 265, fig. xvii.

Thelyphonus ? mexicanus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872,
p. 201.

Thelyphonus rufus, id. ibid. p. 205.

The British Museum has a large number of examples of
this species from various parts of Mexico and a few from
Texas,

I believe that the form named mewicanus by Butler is
merely the male not quite adult; but I have not seen quite
enough examples of this sex to be able to establish the truth
of my belief.

I also refer to this genus the species described by Tarnani
as Thelyphonus maximus, of which the Museum has a single
male example from Matto Grosso, in Brazil. I suspect, how-
ever, that this so-called species is the male of Th. brasilianus
of Koch, and I do not feel satisfied that Th. brasilianus of
Tarnani is identical with the species so-named by the German
arachnologist.

I provisionally refer to this genus Th. proscorpio of
Latreille * (=antillanus of Koch and caudatus of Tarnani), of
which the Museum has a considerable number of females
from Haiti. But my ignorance of the male characters makes
the reference doubtful. The same remarks apply to the
species described below as JZ. Butlert.

Mastigoproctus Butlert, sp.n. (Pl. II. figs. 5, 5 a.)

Thelyphonus brasilianus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872,
p- 201.

Colour blackish red above, paler below.

Carapace thickly and rather coarsely granular throughout,
the ocular keel complete and finely serrate, the area below it
vertical, the anterior extremity of the carapace also almost

* Latreille expressly stated that the species he named proscorpio was
an inhabitant of the West Indies. I consequently adopt this specific
name for the form that Koch subsequently described as antillanus ; but
I cannot see that Tarnani has any grounds for calling this species caudatus
of Linn., the latter being, as Stoliczka and Thorell have pointed out, a
Javan form,

Thelyphonide in the British Museum. 131

vertical; the thoracic fovea rather deep, the median groove
conspicuous and smooth anteriorly.

Terga granular like the carapace, with a conspicuous series
of granules along the posterior border ; the terminal segment
smooth, punctured.

Sterna.—First or genital operculum large, not twice as
wide as long, smooth, polished, strongly impressed just above
the stigma and laterally in front of the pulmonary sac, with
two very faint impressions on each side of the middle line; a
shallow median groove in its posterior half, and behind this
a shallow transverse impression ; second sternal plate finely
granular and slightly elevated just behind the genital aper-
ture, with an oblique ridge on each side of it and a low median
crest behind it; the third sternite very narrow and trans-
versely grooved ; the rest of the sterna nearly entirely
smooth.

The metasternum and cove of the cephalothorax smooth,
sparsely punctured; the prosternum granular but not keeled.

Chelee.— Core (maxilla) smooth below, coarsely but
sparsely punctured, rugose behind, the processes projecting
straight forwards parallel with each other, their external sur-
face forming an obtuse angle with the anterior edge of the
coxa. Trochanter rugose, but scarcely granular above, with
3 blunt tuberculiform teeth on the inner edge and a small
tooth at the base of the larger angular tooth on its outer side,
its lower edge armed with one strong tooth-like spine. Femur
coarsely punctured, rugose above, armed in front with only
one small inferior tubercle. Zvbza coarsely punctured, with a
conspicucus, blunt, cylindrical tooth at the base of the
apophysis, which is slender, bluntly serrate in front, and
smooth behind. Tarsus (manus) coarsely punctured, finely
serrate internally, the serration passing on to the immovable
digit, bearing the usual anterior inferior spine ; the movable
digit normally grooved, its internal edge conspicuously
emarginate.

Legs finely granular ; tarsus of first with the third seement
the longest, the second and ninth about equal in length, fourth
to the eighth becoming gradually shorter, all the sezments
cylindrical ; tars¢ of the rest armed below with two series of
robust spines.

Measurements in millimetres——Total length 39, length of
carapace 16, width across angles of lateral margin 8°5. Chela:
length of upperside of femur 45, of tibia 6°8, of tibial
apophysis 3°5, of tarsus 5, of tarsal apophysis 2°5, of digit 4:7.
First leg, femur 10°5, tarsus 10; fourth leg, femur 10:3,

Q*

132 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

patella 5, last three segments (foot) 5:2; length of genital
operculum 5:5, width 9:3.

A single (probably female) example from Brazil.

This species seems to be most nearly related to Th. pro-
scorpto (Latr.) ; it may be at once recognized, however, by
the spine-armature of the trochanter of the chela, this segment
being peculiar in having only one large inferior spine. More-
over the absence of spines on the femur is peculiar ; and the
spine at the base of the tibial apophysis is unusually promi-
nent. Mention may also be made of the parallelism between
the two maxillary processes of the coxe.

MIMOSCORPIUS, gen. nov. (Pl. IT. fig. 6.)

Carapace like that of Thelyphonus, but there is no distinct
ridge between the median eyes.

Genital operculum of male twice as wide as long, without
trace of a median sulcus, laterally swollen, its posterior border
mesially convex ; the second sternum without a median spine.

Palpt in male peculiar; femur long, nearly cylindrical,
almost four times as long as thick, with a single small inferior
tuberculous spine on its anterior surface ; the ¢/b¢a about half
the length of the femur and of about the same thickness, the
apophysis very long and slender; the tarsus or hand twice
as thick as the femur and flattened, its apophysis stout and
strongly curved at the apex.

This genus is established for the reception of Th. pugnator
of Butler *, from the Philippine Islands. The female of this
species is unfortunately unknown, but the male differs in
well-marked characters, both sexual and asexual, from the
remaining species of the group. I have consequently not
hesitated to regard it as a distinct genus.

LABOCHIRUS, gen. nov.

Carapace without cephalic keels and without an upstanding
ridge between the eyes as in Hypoctonus.

The coxal apophysis of the chela with a distinct internal
spiniform tooth.

Genital operculum of male swollen, not sulcate, a process
on the posterior border of the second. Genital operculum of
adult female with a pair of tubercular elevations, its hinder
border produced,

Type and sole known species L. proboscideus, Butler, from
Ceylon, of which the following is the synonymy :—

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872, p. 204, pl. xiii. fig. 5.

Thelyphonide in the British Museum. 133

Thelyphonus proboscideus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1872,
p. 203, pl. xiii. fig. 3, ¢.
Thelyphonus parvimanus, id, Cist. Ent. i. p. 180, fig. 8 (1873), 2.

This genus is nearly allied to Hypoctonus, Thorell, of
which formosus, Butler, is the type—a genus which, according
to Mr. Oates, is represented by several species in Burma.
But, apart from the presence of the above-mentioned spine
upon the coxal apophysis of the chela, Labochirus may be
recognized by its striking secondary sexual characters. ‘These
are well shown in Mr. Butler’s figure of Th. proboscideus, and
a comparison between this and the same author’s figure of
HHypoctonus formosus will show better than words can explain
the wide difference in the style of the sexual modification
between the two genera.

TTHELYPHONELLUS, gen. nov.

Carapace gradually narrowed in front to a point, not fur-
nished with ocular keels, the sides of the interocular area
being smooth and convex, as in Hypoctonus. The median
eyes lying flat upon the carapace, separated by a distance
which is about equal to a diameter, and not divided by an
upstanding ridge or tubercle.

Genital operculum of the male large, swollen mesially,
polished, neither suleate nor impressed, with its posterior
border almost evenly convex; that of the female less swollen,
but also with evenly convex posterior border, and without
sulci and impressions.

Ommatoids absent.

Type Thelyphonellus amazonicus (Butler);

In addition to the female example from Santarem, which
served as Mr. Butler’s type, the British Museum has five
more specimens which were collected in Demerara by
Mr. W. L. Sclater. Two of these examples are males, and
show that the chele in this sex are much longer than in the
female.

There is a transverse impression behind the median eyes,
and the anterior region of the carapace is furnished with three
shallow longitudinal grooves.

Length up to 25 millim.

Revision of the Species identified or described in
Mr. Butler’s Papers.

3 9. Th. giganteus, Lucas = Mastigoproctus giganteus (Lucas).
©. Th. rufus, Butler = M. giganteus (Lucas).
The colour of this specimen is a sign of immaturity and not of
specific distinction,
?

134

On the Thelyphonide in the British Museum.

3. Th. mexicanus, Butler = M. mevicanus (Butler).

In the British Museum collection there are not enough interme-
diate forms to justify the view that this species isa synonym of
giganteus.

22. Th. brasilianus, Koch

Q. Th. antillanus, Koch
2. Th. rwfimanus, Lucas
©. Th. proscorpio, Latr.
So. Th. psittacinus, Butler
Q. Th. sepiaris, Butler

Th. caudatus (Linn.)

(yg.).

BWtOQWwWAWtOAR GAB Q t10QAR%

Fig. 1.
Fig. la.
Fug. 16.
Eg. +2,
Fig. 2 a.
Fig. 2 6.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 3 a.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 4a.
Fig. 5.

Fig. 5a.
Fug. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fiug.7 a.

. Th. nigrescens, Butler
. Th. rufipes, Lucas
. Th, linganus, Koch

. Th. manillanus, Koch

(yg.). Th. philippensis, Butler
. Th. lucanoides, Butler
. Th. australiunus, C. Koch

. Th, seticauda, Dol.

. Lh, sinensis, Butler

. Th. pugnator, Butler

. Th. formosus, Butler

. Th. proboscideus, Butler
. Th. parvimanus, Butler
. Th. amazonicus, Butler

M, Butleri, sp. n., not M. brasilianus
(Koch).

M. proscorpio (Latr.) (cf. supra).

Uroproctus assamensis (Stoliczka).

U. assamensis (Stol.).

U, assamensis (Stol.).

Th. sepraris, Butler, 2, = indicus 3g,
and Beddomet 2, Stol. (The name
sepiaris has four weeks’ priority
over indicus.) °

Th. sepiaris, Butler, not caudatus
(Linn.), Thorell (cf. supra).

Th. sepiaris, Butler.

Th. caudatus (Linn.), Thorell.

Th. dorie, Thorell (not linganus of
Koch).

Th. manillanus, Koch, 9 ,=Strauchit,
Tarnani, 3.

Th. manillanus, Koch.

Th. lucanoides, Butler.

Th. insulanus, L. Koch (not austra-
hanus, C. Koch).

Tetrabalius seticauda (Dol.).

Young of Zypopeltis sinensis (Butler).

Typopeltis sinensis (Butler).

Mimoscorrus pugnator (Butler).

Hypoctonus formosus (Butler).

Labochirus proboscideus (Butler).

Labochirus proboscideus (Butler).

Thelyphonellus amazonicus (Butler).

Th. Stimpsonit, Wood

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Thelyphonus Hoset, sp. n., nat. size, 2.

Ditto. Tarsus of first leg from below.

Ditto. Anterior end of carapace from the side.

Thelyphonus Tarnani, sp. n. Tarsus of first leg from below.

Ditto. Anterior end of carapace.

Ditto. Coxa of left chela.

Typopeltis Stimpson (Wood), 2. Anterior abdominal sterna.

Ditto. Tarsus of first leg from the side.

Typopeltis crucifer, Anterior abdominal sterna, 9.

Ditto. Tarsus of first leg from the side, 2.

Mastigoproctus Butleri, sp. 0. Basal segments of chela from
below.

Ditto. Chela from above.

Mimoscorpius pugnator (Butl.). Anterior sterna from below.

Uroproctus assamensis, Stol. Anterior abdominal sterna of 3.

Ditto. Coxal process of chela.

New Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills, 135

XXII.—WNew Species of Geometers and Pyrales from the
Khasia Hills. By Col. C. Swinnoer, M.A., F.L.S.

Tribe GEOMETERS.
Family Geometrida.
Genus Maxartes, Moore.

1. Maxates xanthochlora, sp. n.

3. Antenne, palpi, head, and body greenish grey. Wings
above dull green: fore wings with the inner two thirds pale
greenish grey, containing a large green spot at the end of the
cell and an incomplete green subbasal band; hind wings
with the basal fourth grey, including a green spot. Under-
side greyish white, with green cell-spots and marks, and a
broad discal greenish band across both wings, broader on hind
wings, uniform and not reaching the costa on fore wings.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Family Acidalide.
Genus ANISODES, Guen.
2. Anisodes hyperythra, sp. n.

¢. Palpi beneath and shafts of the antenne and top of
head whitish; plumes of the antenne, body, and wings above
of a uniform brick-dust colour, densely irrorated with very
minute brown atoms. Hind wings with a large black spot
with white pupil at the end of the cell, in some examples
the spot is white with merely a black rim; both wings with
indications of several transverse grey bands, very indistinct,
and only visible in certain lights. Underside with the body,
legs, and wings of a uniform pale pinkish grey, unmarked.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Closely resembles Perixera absconditaria, Walker.

3. Anisodes discofera, sp. n.

g. Pale dull straw-colour, sparsely irrorated with brown
atoms. Wings crossed by indistinct grey sinuous lines—first
subbasal, more apparent on hind wings; second medial,
touching a large brown spot in the centre of each wing, the
spot or patch very large on the fore wings; third discal, with
black points on the veins, touching a brown patch above
middle on the fore wings; fourth submarginal, almost obso-
lete on fore wings; the margin with black points in the inter-

136 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

spaces. Underside paler, without irrorations, with a discal
row of brown points on fore wings and some small brown
marks.

Expanse of wings 14%; inch.

Cherra Punji. Three examples.

Allied to Antsodes heydena, Swinh.; patches somewhat
similarly disposed, but the transverse lines are sinuous,
in heydena they are prominent and straight. .

Genus CHRYSOCRASPEDA, Warren.
4. Chrysocraspeda plumbeofusa, sp. n.

dé. Of a uniform ochreous-red colour, the entire fore wing
except the discoidal area and the costal area of hind wings
suffused with a lead-coloured glaze. Fore wings with a large
black lunular spot at the end of the cell, and with afew brown
striations near the outer margin: hind wings with a small
white spot ringed with brown at the end of the cell ; cilia of
both wings ochreous. Underside: fore wings pale black,
with pale red apex and outer marginal space ; hind wings
pale red, with black suffusion at the base.

Expanse of wings 1y’p inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Nearest to C. abhadraca, Walker.

Family Larentiide.
Genus C1pARIA, Treit.
5. Cidaria subapicalis, sp. n.

3. Frons, head, and fore part of thorax ochreous grey ;
the remainder of thorax and abdomen darker. Fore wings
pale ochreous brown, crossed by subbasal, antemedial, and
postmedial sinuous brown bands, each intersected by a black
line and edged by a black line on each side; the outer band
has a pale line outside the black line, followed by another
blackish-brown line, and has two outward dentations in its
centre ; in one example the two outer bands have the space
between them suffused with black, forming one broad central
band; a brown short band on the outer margin below the
costa, angled inwards with two small dentations, which are
edged with black, and two or three indistinct lunulate trans-
verse brown lines in the pale discal space: hind wings pale
ochreous brown, whitish on costal space. Underside with
inner two thirds of fore wings black except the costal space,
broadly brown on outer margin, leaving a broad ochreous-
grey discal band, a small black spot at end of cell; hind

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills, 137

wings ochreous grey, densely irrorated with brown atoms, and
with a prominent black spot at end of cell.

Expanse of wings 1,5; inch.

Cherra Punji. Two examples.

Family Boarmiide.
Subfam. Derrwivz.
Genus Myrrera, Walker.
6. Myrteta fuscolineata, sp. n.

Q?. Pure white, with some grey irrorations, thickest on
costa of fore wings; a grey dot at the end of each cell;
greyish-brown transverse lines very indistinct, first from basal
third of abdominal margin of hind wings, and second from
the middle of the margin, both terminating at the apex of
fore wings; the first double on fore wings, only the second
double throughout; another very indistinct line outside the
second line, also a more distinct grey marginal line. Under-
side pure white and unmarked.

Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Allied to Myrteta brunneiceps, Warren, of which I have
both sexes; the transverse lines (which in that species are
ochreous and very distinct) are somewhat similarly disposed,
but the shape and ground-colour are very distinct, and the
head of brunneiceps in both sexes is bright ochreous.

Subfamily Hwwourwz.
Genus F'ASCELLINA, Walker.
7. Fascellina hypochlora, sp. n.

3g. Antenne, palpi, and frons dark red; thorax olive-green;
abdomen olive-grey. Wings dark olive-green, smeared in parts
with greyish white, fairly uniform in tint of colour, striated
with black near the base and on the basal half of costa of
fore wing, which has an antemedial transverse blackish thin
band, nearly straight and acutely bent inwards on to the
costa, where it is darkest; a broader dark green postmedial
diffuse band, also nearly straight; a discal pale line angled
outwards below the costa near the apex, which has a white
smear, then sinuous downwards to the hinder margin nearly
parallel with the outer margin, and across the hind wing a
little beyond the middle, edged throughout with dark green
on each side, and accompanied on the hind wings by a broad
dark green central band, which narrows towards the costa ;
cilia of both wings dark green. Underside pale green, tinged
with yellow at the base of fore wings and over the whole

138 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

surface of hind wings, and striated throughout with black; fore
wing with the white discal line with its inner side broadly
black from costa halfway down, also black on costa at apex ;
below this apical patch there is a white space on the: margin,
and the inner costal space is also broadly white; hind wing
with the discal line black, and another similar line between
it and the margin.

Expanse of wings 1,85 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

The hinder margin of fore wings is not excavated as in

F. chromataria, Walk., and F. plagiata, Walk.

8. Fascellina hypochrisets, sp. n.
gd. Antenne and paipi reddish brown; head, body, and

wings of a uniform olivaceous ochreous brown. Fore wings
with a brown line from just before middle of costa, forming a
small loop to the costa again before the apex, and then
bending down below the apex ; in the apical bend is a white
streak, and both loops are smeared with white; the basal
portion of the costa up to commencement of first loop is pale
pink with brown irrorations ; a white lunule at the end of the
cell (absent in one example) and indications of two straight
transverse dark thin bands, one before and the other beyond
the middle, almost touching the outside of the lunule. Under-
side with the fore wings bright yellowish grey, smeared with
white and striated with brown, with a white transverse discal
line elbowed outwards below the costa, the elbow filled with
rich chestnut-brown, which runs in a thin band close along
the inner side of the white line; the outer portion of the wing
pale grey at the upper and dark olive-coloured in its lower
parts; hind wings bright ochreous at the base and tinged
with orange on the outer portions, with a curved discal row
of orange spots, ending in two dark orange-red lines on the
costa.

Expanse of wings 1;5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Five examples.

With the hinder margin of fore wings excavated near the
angle.

Subfamily Macarrzwz.
Genus MacartA, Curtis.
9. Macaria octolinearia, sp. n.

3. Grey, thickly irrorated with brownish-grey atoms ;
transverse lines antemedial, medial, discal, and marginal,
greyish brown, all outwardly edged with whitish ; the first
obsolete on hind wings, the first and second nearly straight,
the second crossed by a transverse brown short streak on

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 139

costa of fore wings, which crosses end of cell; the discal line
sinuous and outwardly curved, running through a square
black spot or patch above middle of fore wings, and above it
a smaller black spot through which the line also runs; a
submarginal pale shade or band from costa near apex to the
hinder angle. On the underside the wings are of a whitish
ground-colour, densely striated in parts with blackish brown,
with central and discal blackish shades or bands, and with
submarginal pale spots on the fore wings; a discal black
line runs through the discal shades and the entire surface of
both wings has a pretty marbled look.

Expanse of wings 14% inch.

Cherra Punji. Three examples.

The black discal patch on fore wings gives the insect
somewhat the appearance of MV. oliva, Swinh., but the hind
wings have the centre produced into a tail, as in M. emer-
saria, Walker, and the lines are very distinctively disposed.

Genus KrananpbA, Moore.
10. Krananda oliveomarginata, sp. n.

g. Fore wings more falcate than in K. semthyalina, Moore;
outer margin not toothed, only slightly scalloped between
the veins ; palpi and frons tinged with orange; a few orange
hairs on the collar; thorax and abdomen olive-grey. Wings
grey, semihyaline, but better clothed than in the type species,
striated with olive-grey, forming two or three small patches
on the costa and the base and the hinder margin beyond the
middle; a broad marginal olive-grey band covering the outer
third of fore wings and nearly half of hind wings, with the
inner margin sinuous and accompanied by a pale line formed
by a grey inner line; apex of fore wings pale, with a sub-
apical pale sinuous short streak downwards from costa. Hind
wings with a submarginal pale sinuous streak from the anal
angle, ending in the interspace before vein 7; a small black
dot at the end of each cell in both wings.

Expanse of wings 1;%5 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Subfamily Bosrurrwz.
Genus Boarmia, Treit.
11. Boarmia glaucodisca, sp. n.

g 2. Antenne of male brown, pectinated as in B. admis-
saria, Guen.; in the female they are simple, brown, with pale
joints; head and thorax brown; abdomen grey, tinged with
pale pink. Fore wings glaucous grey, irrorated with brown
atoms, which are fewest in the disk; a black lunular promi-

140 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

nent spot at the end of the cell; indications of an interior
brown transverse line; a median brown line with black
marks on the veins, duplex in the female; a similar inner
line running up and curving inwards on to the costa round
the cell-spot ; a submarginal pale sinuous line, marked with
black along its inner border, marginal black lunules in the
interspaces: hind wings grey, tinged with pale pink, the
tinge being deepest in the outer portions, where there are
some brown striations; the basal portions are pale, and in
some examples nearly white, and limited by a brown median
sinuous band with black markings on the veins; a short
similar subbasal band, also an indistinct submarginal band ;
in one example these bands are prominent, in others they
are more or less obsolete ; a black dot at end of cell and a
black lunular marginal band. On the underside the wings
are nearly pure white, with a broad black marginal band on
fore wings and at apex of hind wings, with the black cell-
spots large and prominent and the transverse lines more or
less visible.
Expanse of wings 1 ;4,—15% inch.
Cherra Punji. Four males, one female.

Tribe PYRALES.
Family Pyralide.
Subfamily Prraziuwz,
Genus OMPHALOMIA, nov.

¢. Fore wing twice as long as broad; costa bulged at
base, with a strong fold beneath, reaching nearly one third of
the length, concave in the middle, and convex again towards
apex; apex blunt, outer margin slightly curved: hind
wings with the angles rounded. Fore wings beneath with a
tuft of hair-like scales along the subcostal, in the cell, and
along the submedian fold. Antenne simple ; forehead hairy
below ; palpi flattened laterally, drooping, hairy.

Type: Omphalomia accersita.

Superficially very much like Omphalocera, but distinguished
at once by the simple antenne of the male and the tufts of
hair-like scales on the under surface of the fore wings.

1. Omphalomia accersita, sp. n.
g~ Palpi brown, ochreous on the inner sides ; head, body,
and wings dark brown. Fore wings with the veins darker
and some darker suffusions in parts; a small ochreous-grey
subcostal streak near the base, a similarly coloured streak or
line commencing at the costa close above the outer end of the
short subbasal streak, and terminating at the lower end of the

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills, 141

cell; a large, similarly coloured, rounded patch at the apex,
with some brownish marks in it, ochreous-grey marginal
points on the veins; cilia ochreous grey, thickly patched
with brown: hind wings brown, paler than fore wings,
uniformly coloured, unmarked except for some slight indica-
tions of a discal band ; cilia concolorous with the wing, with
a pale line at the base. Underside uniform brown; an
ochreous subapical patch on costa and a band across the
disk of both wings composed of ochreous marks on the veins ;
cilia brown, with a pale basal line ; body and legs brown.

Expanse of wings 1,3; inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

A female taken by me some years ago on the Khandalla
Mountains, near Bombay, is in the B. M. collection.

Genus MIcROMANIA, nov.

3. Fore wings twice as long as broad; costa straight,
apex rounded, outer margin bowed. Hind wings with
rounded outer margin. Palpi porrect, rostriform; maxillary
palpi porrect above labial; antennz of male shortly ciliated ;
legs long, hind tibize with four spurs.

Type: Micromania stigmatalis.

2. Micromania stigmatalis, sp. n.

3 ¢. Palpi black; antennez, head, body, and wings dark
brown. Fore wings with a large black reniform stigma at
the end of the cell, with subbasal, interior, and exterior brown
lines, the first and second uniformly curved outwards, the
outer line much waved; it curves inwards and upwards at
vein 3 and round the stigma, then zigzags down to the hinder
margin, and is edged with pale ochreous grey outwardly ; the
two last lines are continued across the hind wings until they
meet above the anal angle; beyond the outer line there is a
dark band on both wings, a submarginal and a marginal row
of ochreous-grey lunules, black marginal line, and interlined
cilia, grey and brown. Underside: body, legs, and wings
grey ; wings with markings as above, with the addition of a
black spot at the end of cell of hind wings.

Expanse of wings 1-1,%y inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Many examples of both sexes.

Subfamily Prravsrrvz.
Genus SprLopes, Guen.
3. Sptlodes pallidulalis, sp. n.

g. Of auniform pale ochreous grey above; legs and body
beneath white; palpi, frons, and pectus darker and more

142 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

ochreous. Hind wings concolorous with fore wings; lines on
fore wings hardly visible ; an interior sinuous line from the
hinder margin at one third to the costa at one fifth ; an outer
dentated outwardly curved line from the hinder margin at
the middle to the costa at one fifth from apex. Hind wing
with very faint indications of a sinuous, outwardly curved,
discal line. Underside: fore wings with the space from and
including the cell upwards suffused with dark grey; a grey
apical band ; a discal grey line or thin band, not corresponding
with the line above, but more inwards, and partly running
across hind wing, and brown marginal lunules on both wings.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Three examples.

Genus PILOPTILA, nov.

gd. Allied to the dark fuscous group of Opsibotys, Warren,
but characterized by a thick fold of hairs, reaching for one
fifth from the base of the costa of fore wings and lying along
the underside, but generally visible fromm above ; palpi shortly
rostriform ; tongue rather strongly developed ; antennz pubes-
cent.

Type: Peloptila nigricornalis.

4, Piloptila nigricornalis, sp. n.

&. Palpi dark red-brown, white beneath ; antenne, head,
body, and wings of a uniform pale fuscous. Wings with a
black comma-shaped mark at the end of each cell: fore
wings with a black dot in the cell and the interior line below
it; both wings with the exterior line blackish, much bent
outwards in the middle, the incurve on fore wings well apart
from the cell-spot, the line ending in a thick blackish mark
on hinder margin at two thirds; cilia of both wings pale
greyish. Underside pale grey, markings as above, but very
distinct ; cilia with a black interline of disconnected marks ;
body and legs white.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. Three examples.

Genus Opsipotys, Warren.
5. Opsibotys benenotata, sp. n.

&d. Palpi dark brown, white beneath ; antennz, head, body,
and wingsolive-brown. Wings glossy, with the spots and lines
black and distinct: fore wings with a lunular mark at the
end of the cell and a small spot within the cell, just in front
of the interior line, which is slightly waved and extends from
costal fifth to the hinder margin more than one third from

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 143

base ; the outer line commences with a black spot on costa
one fifth from apex, bends outward a little, and is dentated to
vein 2, where it runs straight in and down in a short thick
line to the hinder margin at two thirds, and is continued on
the hind wing nearer the middle of the wing, and is curved
outwards in its centre ; on this wing there is also a lunule at
the end of the cell ; marginal line luteous, nearly white, com-
posed of lunules on fore wings, joined together and in one
example entire on hind wings ; cilia luteous white, intersected
by a brown macular band. Underside paler, markings as
above ; body and legs whitish, the latter with some brown
bands.

Expanse of wings 5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Three examples.

The fore wings are unusually square, the hinder margin
being very nearly as long as the costa,

Genus EBULEA, Guen.
6. Ebulea intensalis, sp. n.

3. Chocolate- brown, very variable in colour, some examples
nearly pure brown, and every intermediate between that
colour and bright chocolate. Wings with the lines and spots
brown, the former fairly distinct : fore wings with a spot at the
end of cell, sometimes indistinct ; interior line curving out-
wards from costa one sixth from base to hinder margin at one
third ; exterior line composed of lunules from costa one third
from apex, curving outwards almost from the costa itself,
with an evenly round curve to vein 2, where it bends inwards,
and then straight down to the hinder margin at two thirds :
hind wing with a discal line, with an outward curve in the
middle, generally lighter than the fore wings, but not always ;
marginal line brown, with pale lunules; cilia brown, with
pale tips, in some specimens half brown and half pale.
Underside: body, legs, and wings pale chocolate-grey ; wings
with the outer line distinct, and composed of black spots on
the veins ; fore legs with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. Numerous examples.

Genus Circoportys, Butler.
7. Circobotys acutangulalis, sp. n.

3. Palpi cchreous, with grey tip; antenne, head, body, and
wings pale ochreous. J*ore wings very acute, with the costal
space for two thirds from the base suftused with dark grey; a
band of the same colour on the outer margin, extending for
one third from the apex immediately below the costa, which is

144 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

ochreous, straight down to the hinder angle of fore wings,
including a darker band of grey from the apex running
below the costal yellow line, and then straight down the outer
side of the broad band, and this dark band is continued on
the outer margin of hind wings, narrowing gradually and
terminating before reaching the anal angle; transverse lines
dark bright ochreous and nearly straight—one subbasal on
fore wings, indistinct, continued on hind wings, inclining
towards anal angle ; the second at one third, also continued
on hind wings and inclining towards anal angle; third medial ;
fourth a mere streak from costa a little on the inside of the
marginal band. The hind wings are whitish on the costal
and abdominal marginal spaces, and the two transverse lines
are limited to the yellow portion of the wing; cilia grey,
‘interlined with black, and the outer margin of the wings has
some black points, which are more distinct on hind wings.
Underside: body, legs, and wings white, the marginal band
of the wings faintly visible.
Expanse of wings 75 inch.
Cherra Punji. ‘Two examples.

Genus CrocipopHora, Led.
8. Crocidophora distinctalis, sp. n.

&. Palpi ochreous above, white beneath; antenne, head,
body, and wings above of a uniform warm dark ochreous,
somewhat of the tint of Sylepta caldusalis, Walker, but
clearer and darker. Fore wings with the costa brownish, a
grey spot at end of cell; a sinuous, indistinct, thick grey
discal line or shade from the centre of the hinder margin to
the costa one fifth from apex and close to the upper end of a
broad, submarginal, straight, and fairly uniform grey band,
which is also continued across the hind wing; the costa of
this wing is whitish, and there are indications of the con-
tinuance of the discal line of fore wings crossing its centre ;
cilia concolorous with the wings. Underside much paler,
with the submarginal band distinct and the raised scales near
base of fore wings blackish ; body and legs whitish, fore legs
with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 1,%5 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Three examples.

I have had an imperfect specimen of this species from
Sikkim unnamed in my collection for some years.

9. Crocidophora discolorata, sp. n.

gd. Palpi dark ochreous, white beneath; antenna, head,
body, and wings dull ochreous, the tint of ground-colour of

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 145

the wings being greyer than in C. limbolalis, Moore. Fore
wings with the costal and basal portion suffused with dark
greyish ochreous, and a broad marginal band of the same
colour on both wings, widest on the costa, narrowinz hind-
wards very gradually on both wings, leaving a pale discal
band-like space, limited internally on both wings by the outer
lines, which are nearly straight downwards ; interior line on
fore wings indistinct, from costal third to middle of hinder
margin, on hind wings obsolete; cilia pale dull ochreous; a
grey spot at end of cell of fore wings. Underside pale
ochreous grey, markings as above; bedy and legs white, fore
legs with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 7%5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Several examples.

A smaller insect than C. lémbolalis, Moore; the marginal
band narrower and paler, being merely a darker shade of the
ground-colour of the wings, and not purple as in lémbolalis ;
the transverse lines similarly disposed.

Genus LEUCOCRASPEDA, Warren.

10. Leucocraspeda nissoralis, sp. n.

3d. Palpi chestnut-red, white beneath ; thorax and basal
portion of abdomen white; head, fore part of thorax, and
remainder of abdomen tinged with pale reddish grey; the
lower basal half of fore wings and costal portions (broadly)
of hind wings white, the rest of the wings with the ground-
colour suffused with very pale luteous grey, and over this
colour there is a darker suffusion of clear chestnut-red on the
fore wings, on the basal half of costa, and the outer portions
of the wing, with the exception of a large patch on the costa
at the apex, which is left luteous grey ; these two red spaces
are joined together by a dark brown bar trom the middle of
the costa, which runs to a little below the middle of the outer
margin: the hind wing has also the outer margin broadly
suffused with chestnut-red. A brown lunule at end of cell of
fore wings, a brown point at end of cell of hind wings ; fore
wings with an interior, outwardly curved, thin, and sinuous
brown line, and a similar exterior line across both wings,
dentated in the central outward curves on both wings ; mar-
ginal line brown, lunular ; cilia grey, interlined with brown.
Underside: body, legs, and wings white, the bar on fore
wing and outer lines visible.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. Several examples.

Wings shaped as in L. dllectalis, Walker; transverse lines
similarly disposed.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 10

146 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Genus PALiGca, Moore.
11. Paliga fuscicostalis, sp. n.

3. Palpi reddish ochreous, white beneath; antennex, head,
body, and wings ochreous grey, but darker and more ochreous
than in either P. damastesalis, Walk., or P. suavalis, Walk.
Hind wings with the costal portion whitish: fore wings
with the costal border brownish and with a similarly coloured
broad marginal band, with an irregular inner limitation, and
which does not reach the apex; inner and outer transverse
lines indistinct, the former hardly visible, the latter sinuated,
bent outwardly above, then much bent inwards to the in-
distinct Innule at the end of the cell, then sinuous to the
hinder margin beyond the middle; hind wings with a similar
recurved discal line, very indistinct. Underside: wings,
body, and legs whitish, with the brownish border of the upper-
side and the discai line visible.

Exxpanse of wings 385 inch.

Shillong. Two examples.

Genus Proronoceras, Warren.
12. Protonoceras humilis, sp. n.

6+ Palpi brown, white beneath; head, body, and wings
grey-brown; abdomen with pale segmental lines. Wings not
uniform in colour, being irorated with brown and_ black
atoms, which are thick in parts; lines black: fore wings
with interior line curved outwardly, invisible in most
examples ; exterior line from costa at one fifth from apex,
curves a little outwardly from the costa, then incurved
slightly, then outwardly in the middle (but only slightly),
where it is formed of small lunules, again bent inwards and
then to the hinder margin at two thirds: hind wings with a
recurved discal line, with black suffusion in the middle in
some specimens ; both wings with a marginal lunular black
line, grey cilia, interlined with brown and with brown tips.
Underside whitish: fore wings with a brown spot in the cell,
two at the end; hind wings with a spot at the end of the cell
and the outer and marginal lines of both wings brown ; fore
legs brown.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

13. Protonoceras nictitans, sp. 0.

é&. Palpi brown, white beneath and at the tips, top of head
pure white; body and wings purplish grey, somewhat as in
P. tropicalis, Walker, but paler and glossed. Wings with the
spots and lines brown: fore wings with a spot within the cell
and another at the end, rather close together, and with a square
white space between them ; no interior line visible; exterior

Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 147

line formed of curved lunules, the central part of the line
curving a little outwards, then bent inwards, then another
small outward curve before it reaches the hinder margin at
two thirds: hind wing with a similar discal line, but more
deeply curving outwards in its middle; marginal line of both
wings pale, with brown lunules; cilia concolorous with the
wings; the apex of fore wings is pale, and there is a pale
shade outside the upper portion of the exterior line. Under-
side: body, legs, and wings white, outer portion of wings
and cilia grey ; cell-spots and outer line distinct; a cell-spot
on hind wings.

Expanse of wings 345 inch.

Cherra Punji. Several specimens.

Wings shorter than in either P. tropicalis, Walker, or
P. sericea, Butler.

Genus PRIONOPALTIS, Warren, MS.
14. Prionopaltis subdentalis, sp. n.

3d. Palpi purple-brown ; antenne, head, body, and wings
of auniform greyish-olive colour. Wings with a brown mark
at the end of each cell: fore wings with a small brown spot
within the cell; interior line outwardly curved, but only
indications of it; exterior line commences with two white
lunular marks at the costa one fifth from apex, bulges out a
little, forming an indistinct and rather flattened grey line,
with pale dentations, then inwards on vein 2 and then to the
hinder margin at two thirds, and is continued in the usual
form across the hind wings, with an outward curve in the
centre, and edged outwardly with whitish throughout ; mar-
ginal points black; cilia concolorous with the wings, with
white spots at its base. Underside: body, legs, and wings
whitish, with the markings on the wings visible.

Expanse of wings 7%5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Several examples.

Genus ACHARANA, Moore.

15. Acharana subalbescens, sp. n.

3 @. Palpi dark red-brown, white beneath; antenne,
head, body, and wings pale olive-brown. Wings with the
spots and markings brown, a lunule at the end of each cell :
fore wings with a dot within the cell rather close to the end;
an interior line, slightly sinuous and outwardly curved ; an
exterior more or less lunular line from the costa almost straight
down to vein 4, then it bulges out a little with three denta-
tions to vein 2, where it abruptly runs in, and then straight
to the hinder margin at two thirds, is continued across the
hind wings with an outward curve in the middle; anteciliary
line pale, cilia concolorous with the wing. Underside pale

148 New Geometers and Pyrales from the Khasia Hills.

grey, with the cell-spots and outer lines distinct ; body and
legs white ; fore legs with two brown bands.

Expanse of wings 1;'5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

A much larger insect than A. otreusalis, Walker; the
colour darker, clearer, and smoother, the lines somewhat
similarly disposed.

Genus MarGaroniA, Hiibn.
16. Margaronia warrenalis, sp. n.

$. Antenne white; palpi dark brown-pink, white beneath ;
head, body, and wings silvery white; collar with a brown-
pink band in front. Wings lightly clothed, nearly semi-
hyaline: fore wings with a pale brown-pink costal band; a
brown subcostal dot near base; a yellowish spot ringed with
brown touching the costal band a little beyond ; a pale lunule
ringed with brown at the end of the cell; a pale brown-
ringed spot near hinder margin just before the middle; a
faint grey discal thick line, curving outwards and then
inwards: hind wing with the discal line continued to the
anal angle, and at the end of the cell a grey lunule with a
brown dot at its lower end; marginal black points on both
wings. Underside: wings, body, and legs pure white ; wings
with the markings showing through.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Between MM. celsalis, Walker, and M. nigropunctaiis,
Brem.,=submarginalis, Walker.

Genus GLYPHODES, Guen.
17. Glyphodes ernalis, sp. n.

3. Palpi blackish brown, yellowish grey beneath ; head,
body, and fore wings purplish brown. Fore wings with two
large white spots—the first just before the middle, broad on
the hinder margin, suddenly narrowing into a point within the
cell; the other of a similar size, diseal, diamond-shaped: hind
wings with a little more than the basal half white and semi-:
hyaline, the outer half the same colour as the fore wing,
this band broadest on the costa and gradually narrows down-
wards ; cilia white, brown in the central portion of the fore
wings. Body below and legs white ; tibizee brown above.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Many specimens.

Between G. actorionalis, Walker,=Zellert, Led., and
G. bicolor, Swainson; has more pointed and longer wings
than either, the spots are differently shaped, and the white
line outside the discal spot, which terminates in a small white
spot on the costa in both those species, is absent.

On Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida. 149

Genus AUTOCHARIS, Warren, MS.
18. Autocharis amethystina, sp. n.

3. Palpi pinkish brown; antenne, body, and wings
luteous white ; thorax with a pinkish-brown stripe on each
side. Fore wings with the costal border pinkish brown; a
broad pinkish-brown marginal band: hind wings with a
narrow similar band; the inner edge of both bands dark
brown, sinuous, with a dentation into the band on the fore
wings in its centre; cilia of both wings pinkish white.
Underside: legs, body, and wings white ; the wings are semi-
hyaline, and the marginal band shows through the wing.

Expanse of wings 75-75 inch.

Cherra Punji; one example. North Kanara; two ex-
amples.

Allied to A. fessalis, Swinhoe, which Warren makes the

type of the genus.

XX II.—Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida. By H. M.
BernarD, M.A. Cantab. (Huxley Laboratory, Royal
College of Science, South Kensington).

In a preliminary note published in this Journal *, and later
in a fuller paper published by the Linnean Society t, I called
attention to a row of scar-like markings in certain Chernetidee
which segmentally repeat the functional stigmata. These
markings are, so far as one can see with the best microscopic
appliances, nothing but scars. Hansen f, who has also seen
them, believes them to be lyriform organs. At first, after
reading Hansen’s paper, it seemed to me that they might well
be very large lyriform organs (as to the functions and mor-
phology of which we really know nothing $) and at the same
time the remains of vanished tracheal invaginations. I have
since compared the scars with lyriform organs in the Cher-
netide, Araneide, Solpugide, Thelyphonide, and Phrynide,
and am convinced that they are not lyriform organs at all,
but simply the scars of apertures which have now closed. I
have mapped out the abdominal surface of my original speci-
men (figured in the second paper above referred to), measuring,
by means of an eyepiece micrometer, the relative positions
ot the scars and the bristles, which, as is well known, tend in
this group to be repeated segmentally. Iam quite satisfied

* “ Additional Notes on the Origin of the Tracheze from Setiparous
Glands,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, xi. p. 24.

+ “ Notes on the Chernetide, with Special Reference to the Vestigial
Stigmata andto anew Form of Trachea,” Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xxiv.
. 410.
é { ‘Organs and Characters in different Orders of Arachnids,’ Copenhagen,
1895.

§ These organs are so minute and so scattered that it seems to me that
no trustworthy experiments are possible (cf. Gaubert’s “ Recherches
sur les Arachnides,’ Ann. Sci. Nat. xiii. 1892).

150 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

that these particular scars are the segmental repetitions of
the stigmatic apertures, whether they are now anything more
than scars or not. Hansen, however, points out that similar
scars may be found on the anterior abdominal segments
nearer the middle line concurrently with those that repeat
the stigmata. This interesting fact, which I have since
fully confirmed for two segments (II and III) in my original
specimen, in no way affects the above conclusions. There
must at one time therefore have been apertures here also
which have now closed. It is hardly likely that they were
tracheal invaginations, although there is no impossibility in
there being two pairs to one segment—that is, if tracheal
invaginations can be deduced froin primitive setiparous glands.
It is more probable that they were the openings of spinning-
or cement-glands. Such glands exist in these very segments
in many Chernetide; and in the Araneide, in addition to
the large spinning-mammille, smaller ones may occur in
the same segments nearer the median line. We are, how-
~ ever, here chiefly concerned with the fact that a row of scars
seementally repeats the functional stigmata along the whole
length of the abdomen.

The bearing of this on the origin of the Arachnida I have
already discussed in ‘ Nature’ *. It points to the deduction
of the Arachnida from an ancestral form with a pair of limbs
and a pair of stigmata on every segment.

Further evidence of this has been slowly accumulating.
Reserving for the present that which is specially connected
with the Galeodide, one important item deserves to be sepa-
rately discussed. If any collection of Thelyphonidz be looked
through carefully t+ it is impossible to avoid the conclusion
that these Arachnids once possessed limbs with stigmata
along at least seven abdominal segments. The specimens
require to be dried and then held so that the abdomen reflects

‘the light from the window. Very few indeed showed no
traces at all. The large majority show on segments V, VI,
VII, VIII, just laterally to the muscle-impressions, definite
scar-like markings, or even sharply circumscribed areas, such
as I have shown in figs. 1 and 2.

The posterior margin of this area is, as a rule, seen most
distinctly. In some, however, the strongest mark is the inner
posterior corner of the area; in others, again, the inner
longitudinal side, which, however, then generally slopes
outward posteriorly (e.g. many individuals of Thelyphonus

* “The Stigmata of the Arachnida asa Clue to their Ancestry,” ‘ Nature,’
Noy. 16, 1898.

+ My best thanks are due to my friend Mr. R. I. Pocock for permitting
me to examine many scores of specimens (both alcohol and dry) under his
charge in the South Kensington Museum. I was enabled to examine
specimens of five genera— Thelyphonus, Thelyphonellus, Uroproctus, Masti-
goproctus, and Typopeltis.

Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida. 151

sepiaris). There is great difference in the degree of distinct-
ness even among specimens of one and the same species.
The two figured were chosen at random; others even more
distinct could doubtless be found.

Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3.

9 3 by
==s
Hye

Ye We
AME Fim.

yen

Vil

4 be o af a

Fig. 1.—Abdomen of Thelyphonus manillanus, C. Koch, showing the
stigmatic scars; the functional lung-books are marked by
dotted lines.

Fig. 2.—Typopeltis Stimpsonti, Wood, showing the stigmatic scars along
the posterior edges of definite areas.

Fig. 3.—Prionurus australis, Linn., showing the stigmata along the
posterior edges of sharply defined areas.

While the anterior and outer (lateral) edges of the areas
seem marked off more by change in the character of the
surface of the chitin, the inner and posterior edges, especially
the latter, are scar-like — often very pronounced scars
indeed. It will be seen from fig. 1 that these areas repeat
segmentally the positions (and the scars the apertures) of the
lung-books in the second and third segments. Any doubt as
to this seems to me to be set at rest by a comparison with
Scorpio, in which we have almost exactly similar areas with
stigmatic apertures along their posterior margins. Fig. 3 was
drawn from the scorpion which happened accidentally to be
nearest me on the table. Any scorpion will show similar
areas more or less distinctly.

No one, I believe, doubts the homologies of the lung-books
of Scorpio and Thelyphonus. The areas with these scars on
segments V and VI of T’helyphonus must correspond with the
areas with their stigmata on segments V and VI of Scorpio.
If this reasoning is correct, Thelyphonus originally possessed
at least seven pairs of lung-books, five pairs of which have
now vanished.

Counting the genital opercula, we have therefore in Thely-
phonus vestiges of eight pairs of abdominal limbs on the
first eight segments.

152 On Vestigial Stigmata in the Arachnida.

This comparison of Scorpio with Thelyphonus makes it also
evident that the tails in both these animals are not primitive
structures. The tail is a later specialization, in Scorpio of
five segments, in Thelyphonus of three. This follows from
the fact that segments which in Scorpio form the tail, in
Thelyphonus are typical abdominal segments, unspecialized in
any way.

Further, if it is possible to homologize the anal glands of
Thelyphonus, which open on each side of the soft cireumanal
membrane and which are said to secrete formic acid, with the
poison-glands of Scorpio, and both these with the original
Invaginations of the scar found on each side of the anal
papille in the Chernetide, it follows that all these tail-
segments once possessed limbs with tracheal invaginations or
their homologues. We now know, indeed, from Z’helyphonus
that the first tail-segment of Scorpio (the eighth) did actually
at one time possess a pair of limbs (cf. figs. 2 and 3).

As I have shown in my paper on the Galeodide (still in
manuscript), there is some evidence to justify us in believing
that the areas under discussion in Scorpio and Thelyphonus
represent limbs which have vanished. The primitive position
of the stigmatic aperture was probably just behind the coxa,
perhaps even on its posterior face. ‘This is the position of the
thoracic stigmata of Galeodes with reference to the fourth pair
of limbs. If such a limb with a stigmatic aperture behind it
were to become rudimentary, it might either fold backwards
over the stigma, forming a kind of stigmatic operculum, or it
might simply flatten down, leaving the stigma free on the
sternal surface. Examples of both these processes may be
found in the Arachnida, not only within the same group, but
even in the same animal. For instance, in Thelyphonus the
functional stigmata open under opercula in the squeezed-up
anterior segments, whereas in the long segments their scars
are found along the posterior edges of the areas, which I take
to represent rudimentary limbs flattened down on the sternal
surface. In Scorpio the rudimentary limbs have been simply
flattened down, leaving the stigmata upon them. In the
Galeodide in some genera the stigmata are under opercular
folds, in others the folds have flattened down, leaving the
stigmata exposed on the abdominal surface.

In reference to the origin of these areas in the Arachnida
from rudimentary limbs which have disappeared by simply
becoming flattened down, it is interesting to note that the
stigmatic apertures in Scorpio very generally slope backwards.
In some the slope is very pronounced and is often parallel
with that of the pectines. It looks as if all these abdominal
limbs in Scorpio had once sloped backwards, as the posterior
functional limbs and the pectines still do. In some genera,

Geological Society. 153

again, the pectines slope much more than the stigmata, the
genital aperture having been secondarily (and since the disap-
pearance of the abdominal limbs) further pushed forward,
almost totally obliterating a sternal area usually found in
front of the genital opercula in those genera in which the
pectines have only a moderate slope.

I reter again to my paper in ‘ Nature,’ above cited, for some
of the bearings of these vestigial stigmata on the primitive
morphology of the Arachnida.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
March 7, 1894.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘The Systematic Position of the Trilobites.’” By H. M. Bernard,
Ksq., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

The Author, in his work on ‘The Apodide,’ endeavoured to
show that dApus was the ancestral form of all existing crustacea
except the Ostracoda, and as such might be expected to throw light
upon the trilobites. Since the publication of this work he has
been studying the organization of the trilobites themselves, and the
results are given in the present communication. He discusses the
great variability in the number of segments shown by the tri-
lobites; the formation of the head by the gradual incorporation of
trunk-segments ; the bending round ventrally of the first segment ;
the ‘ wandering’ of the eyes; the existence and modification of the
‘dorsal organ’; and especially the character of the limbs.

As a result of this discussion, he states that the zoological position
of the trilobites can now be fixed with considerable probability.
The features described serve to connect the trilobites with Apus.
Apus must be assumed to lie low in the direct line up from the
original annelidan ancestor towards the modern crustacea, and the
trilobites must have branched off laterally from this line, either
once or more than once, in times anterior to the primitive Apus,
as forms specialized for creeping under the protection of a hard
imbricated carapace, obtained by the repetition on every segment of
the pleure of the head-segments, which together form the head-
shield.

The trilobites may be briefly described as fixed specialized stages
in the evolution of the crustacea from an annelidan ancestor with
its mouth bent round ventrally, so as tu use its parapodia as jaws.

2. ‘On the Discovery of Molluscs in the Upper Keuper at
Shrewley, in Warwickshire.’ By the Rev. P. B. Brodie, M.A., F.G.S.

Mr. R. B. Newton read a paper at the meeting of the British
Association at Nottingham in 1893, on some lamellibranchs found
at Shrewley by the Author of the present paper and Mr. Richards.
In this paper details of the section where the shells were found are
given, and their interest and importance pointed out, no shells
having been previously detected anywhere in the New Red Sand-
stone in this country.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 1

154 Miscellaneous.

April 25, 1894.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On a new Goniatite from the Lower Coal Measures.’ By
Herbert Bolton, Esq., F.R.S.E.

Sowerby in his ‘ Mineral Conchology ’ figures two fossils under
the name of Gonvatites Listeri, of which the left-hand figure is
clearly G. Listert, whilst the right-hand one differs considerably
from it. The Author gives diagnoses of Goniatites Listeri and of a
new species, which agrees with the form represented in Sowerby’s
right-hand figure. This species is limited to the shales forming
the roof of the ‘ Bullion’ or Upper Foot seam of the Lower Coal
Measures, whilst G. Zvstere ranges from the Lower Limestone
Shales to the ‘ Bullion’ seam.

MISCELLANEOUS.
The Ornithological Writings of Victor Lopez Seoane.
To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

GentLEMEN,—The following three pamphlets by this author have
fallen into my hands :—(1) “‘ Sur deux nouvelles formes de Perdrix
d’Espagne,” Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vii. 1894, p. 92 &e. ; (2) ‘ Aves
nuevas de Galicia’ [8vo], La Coruna, 1870, 10 pp.; (3) * Revision
del Catalogo de las Aves de Andalucia’ [8vo], La Coruna, 1870,
18 pp. .The last two bear the imprint—La Coruna (Imprenta y
estereotipia de Vicento Abad (7—Plaza de Maria Pita— 7) 1870.

With the first of these I have no quarrel, but the dates of the
last two are open to grave suspicion. Indeed, when they reached
me the ink in which they were printed was apparently fresh and
easily smeared. The most awkward point, however, is the fact that
M. Seoane refers in one of them to the ‘ Catalogue of the Birds in the
British Museum’ as ‘‘con preciosas [sic] descripciones, completa
sinonimia, y algunas admirables ldminas.” The first volume of this
work did not appear until 1874, or four years after the supposed
date of M. Seoane’s pamphlet.

The point at issue seems to be this: Mr. Howard Saunders
published in 1872 (Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 153) a new species of Green
Woodpecker from Spain (Gecinus Sharpii), and on seeing this
description, presumably for the first time, M. Seoane has published
at least one pre-dated pamphlet, in which he calls the bird G. viridis
galliciensis, in order to gain priority. Curiously enough, the fact
that M. Seoane has decided to describe these as new is noted in the
French pamphlet (1) of 1894, and therein he refers to a Spanish
pamphlet of 1891—‘ Examen critico de las Perdices de Europa y
particularmente de las des Espana’: Coruna, 1891. Is this the
first intended title for ‘Aves nuevas,’ or shall we receive the
‘ Examen critico’ when the ink is dry ?

A similar example of this pre-dating is seen in the case of
Reichenow’s Perdix hispaniensis, a species which Seoane includes in
his 1870 pamphlet ‘ Aves nuevas’ under the name of Perdia cinerea
charrela ; and a still earlier example was pointed out by Boulenger
(Zool. Record, 1885, Rept. p. 2), in which it is shown that Seoane

Miscellaneous. 155

endeavoured to anticipate Bedriaga over the nomenclature of a
reptile by a falsely dated pamphlet.

I have unfortunately had to call attention in the ‘ Annals’ to
more than one case of dishonest methods to obtain priority ; but
this seems to me to be the most glaring example yet brought to light.

C. Davies SHERBORN
(Index gen. et spec. anim.).

On Bees and Honeysuckles. By Tuomas Munnan.

I was interested to-day (June 18th) in noting that while a few
honey-bees persistently collected nectar from the mouths of honey-
suckles, by far the larger number collected from the fallen flowers
only.

The plant was Lonicera japonica, in the two forms known in
gardens as L. brachypoda and L. flexuosa, both intertwining and
flowering together. I have in the past satisfied myself that a bee
which starts from the hive for pollen pays no attenti n to gathering
nectar, while the one looking for nectar collects that only. Whether
this is the course of labour for that trip from the hive only, or
whether these particular tasks occupy the whole day or more, may
be an interesting question. J had never noted bees collecting
nectar from fallen flowers, indeed had not noted that fallen flowers
had nectar; so that the attention of the bees to them gave the
subject a double interest.

The flowers are white when freshly opened, the next day
yellowish, the following they wither slightly and fall. Large
numbers are collected by the leaves, on which they mostly lie till
they turn brown and shrivel completely. Those which were badly
shrivelled seemed preferable to the bees.

On cutting across the tube of a white corolla near the base, and
then gently stripping the flower downwardly, a large globule of
nectar protrudes. The same process executed on the older or yellow
flower gives about the same quantity, as also does the faded flower
of the third day. In the dried flower, taken before much shrivelling
had occurred, nearly as much nectar was fouud. ‘The completely
shrivelled and twisted flower could not be “stripped” of its secre-
tion in this way, but it was certainly present and as abundant. The
bees carefully sought what would have been the mouth of the corolla,
and then extracted the sweets from that point. It soon became
evident that the shrivelling and contracting of the tube of the corolla
acted in the same manner as the thumb-nail and finger in
“stripping,” lessening the diameter of the tube, and forcing the
nectar towards the mouth and within the reach of the visiting insect.

As noted, the bees collecting nectar from these dead flowers never
visited the fresh opening ones, while the few visiting the fresh
flowers never visited the dead or dying ones ; a very careful watch
of half an hour satisfied me on this point. It was noted that the
latter took considerable time and much laboured effort with each
flower. There was an average of fifteen seconds to each flower, a
very long time for the average honey-making bee, Those working on

156 Miscellaneous. ‘

the drying flowers made no more than the ordinary effort of bees
with fresh flowers. It was difficult to understand why in the same
variety of insect each should have its own line of procedure. If
it should be suggested that bees could profit by experience, and
that those which confined themselves to the freshly opened flowers
were young bees that had yet much to learn, there still remains the
fact that they did not profit by the experience of the older bees.
Sometimes almost side by side it might be supposed that any creature
that could profit by experience would want to know what the one
picking at a dried flower had found.

The relation between insects and flowers obtrudes itself here.
Many plants, as I have placed on record, shed their pollen and cover
the stigma before the opening of the corolla. Whether the stigma is
in receptive condition or not, the pollen remains there till it is, and
we may regard all such as “‘ arranged for self-fertilization,” if,
indeed, there is any such special arrangement in the vegetable world
wholly with this view, or with the special view of cross-fertilization.
But in this honeysuckle the anther-saes burst immediately on expan-
sion, and the anthers are in such close position to the stigma that it
ean scarcely do aught but receive its own-pollen. All the flowers
examined seemed to have the stigmas completely covered with
pollen, and, I feel pretty sure, with own-pollen. My plants are,
however, infertile, rarely a few berries mature. J should refer this
to propagation trom an infertile plant, as we frequently find to occur
in all classes of ligneous plants, which fruit neither with own-pollen
nor foreign pollen, rather than to any want of ability in own-pollen
to produce fertilization as an abstract principle, as would be assumed
by some.

There still remains to be discussed why all this large amount of
nectar should be secreted by the flower with no apparent benefit to
itself in any conceivable way. But it is not safe to say that, because
we cannot see that any benefit results in relation to the visits of
insects, it is of no value in some as yet undiscovered operation in the
economy of nature. For aught we know it may be an excretion
rather than a secretion, which it may be as much an advantage to
get rid of when of no further use to the plant, as it is an advantage
to get rid of the corolla itself.

A very curious circumstance in connexion with these observations
was the discovery that each of these two forms of the Lonicera
japonica have different times of the day for the opening of its
blossoms. The expansion, as in so many points of growth, is
rhythmic, and not a continuous effort. In the form known as Lont-
cera fleauosa the lobes of the corolla parted, so as to admit of the
protrusion of the stamens, at 2 p.m. Further efforts at expansion
rested till 4 p.m., when the act was resumed and completed. L. bra-
chypoda commenced opening at 5 p.m., and completed the opening
by 7 P.M.

"Thee is no reason why variation may not occur in the behaviour
of plants as well as in the parts of their structure ; but it is difficult
to conceive of any physiological value in these variations from any
point of view in the economy of plant-life.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sev.
Philad. 1894, pp. 169-171.

Von:
R

SIXTH SERIES. aes

THE ANNALS

— «MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING . |
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No, LXXXTI.

SEPT. 1894,

: CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT C. L, G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH :
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH FOUR PLATES.

Illustrative of Mr. E. A. Smith’s Paper on Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal
and the Arabian Sea, and Mr. O. L. Simm
Lungs of Spiders.

ons’s on the Development of the

x LO NDON: r Fe gneiah is lif ys
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEEL STREET, .
Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo.,; Ld. ; Whittaker! & Oo. 1! Builliske,
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin ; and Asher,
Berlin. | zs aes

ono}

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.
| Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls.i.—xxxv.,
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. If, (Pp. 1-876, pls. xxxvi.—lvii.)

Reptilia. By A. GinrHer. (Pp. 1-136, pls. i—xlyv.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-248,

ls. i.-xv.)

fj Arachnida Araneidea. By O. Prckarnp CampBringz. (Pp. 1-144, pls. i-

Xv.)

Coleoptera, Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLapHipm &c.). By D. Smarr, A,

Matturws, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-440, pls. i—xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Sprricornta), By C. O. Watrruouse
and G. H. Horn. (Pp. 1-257, pls. i—x.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyNcHopHORA). By D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-
168, pls. ivi.)

Coisentans. Vol. VII. (Erotyitipz). By H.8.Goruam. (Pp. 1-208,

ls. i.—x.)

: Hymenoptera. Vol.I. ByP.Cammron. (Pp.1-466,pls.i-xx.) Vol. IT.

(Pp. 1-312, pls. i—xiii,)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D, Gopman and O. Sarvin.
(Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-360, pls. xlvii.—
Ixxxi.

Spee aes Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol, IL.
(Pp. 1-184.) (Pls. i.-Iviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i-v.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowier. (Pp. 1-24,

at)

Z Diptera, Vol. By BaronC. R. Osten Sacken, (Pp. 1-216, pls. i—iii.}
Diptera. Vol. II. By F. M. van per Wop. (Pp. 1-264, pls. ivi.)
Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wixziston. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.)
Neuroptera. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)
Orthoptera. By A. pz— Bormans, H. pr Saussure, and L. ZEHNTNER.

(Pp. 1-200, pls. i.—x.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCH ZOLOGY.
By A. P. Maupsiay. (Pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Portzmr, 18 Princes Street,
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Oo., Soho Sq., W.

Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s.,
THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND FISHES

OF

ST. ANDREWS.
By W. C. M‘INTOSH, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.LS., &c.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Demy 8vo, pp. 138, price 3s. 6d.
THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF JAPAN.
By Dr, D. SHARP.
(Being a reprint from the Ann. § Mag. Nat, Hist, vols. ii. and iii.)

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 81. SEPTEMBER 1894.

XXIV.—WNatural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine
Survey Steamer ‘Investigator, Commander C. F. Oldham,
h.N.—Series II., No. 10. Report upon some Mollusca
dredged in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. By
Ep@ar A. SMITH.

[ Plates ITI.-V. ]

SEVERAL reports by Dr. A. Alcock and the late Professor J.
Wood-Mason upon the Fishes, Crustacea, and other marine
Invertebrates obtained during the surveys of the ‘ Investi-
gator’ have already appeared in the ‘ Annals’ during the last
five years; but only some brief observations have been made
upon the Mollusca. These were published in 1891 in vol. vii.
pp. 15-19, and vol. viii. pp. 443-448.

Previously to these surveys there does not appear to have
been any dredging carried on in this part of the Indian Ocean
at any great depths, and therefore it is not surprising that
most of the species obtained at over a hundred fathoms are
new to science. Up to the present nothing generically new
has been discovered ; but of the species some are especially
interesting as bearing a close resemblance to others which
occur in remote parts of the world. For instance, the Lucina
bengalensis, dredged off the delta of the Godaveri in 410
fathoms, with the exception of a slight difference in form, is
very like L. lamellata from 245 fathoms in the Straits of
Magellan. Turbo (Cantrainea) indicus is possibly only a
variety of 7. peloritanus, a deep-water form occurring in the
Mediterranean and Atlantic. The species of Amussiwm have

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 12

158 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

close West-Indian and Atlantic representatives in A. Dalli
and A. lucidum; and Dentalium profundorum, from 675
fathoms, and Limopsis indica, from 142-400 fathoms, are
respectively only slight modifications of D. capillosum and
L. pelagica, from the depths of the Atlantic.

A few forms of Dentalium are known, the shells of which
are not regularly tubular. In D. ensiculus, Jeffreys, the shell
is much compressed, and in D)). compressum, Sowerby, a hand-
some Japanese species, in section it is oval. D. tnsolitum of
the present collection is also remarkable on account of its
irregularity in this respect; the two sides are a little flat-
tened and slope or converge somewhat towards the excurved
side, which is more convex than the opposite side. The two
Pleurotomids, from 675 and 1043 fathoms, are also worthy of
special attention, as they have quite the appearance of northern
forms or inhabitants of cold regions, having the whitish
chalky surface of some of the boreal Buccinids and
Chrysodomi,

In addition to the species now enumerated and described,
the following, also from dredgings of the ‘ Investigator,’ have
already been characterized as new :—

. Rostellaria delicatula, Nevill, 1881.

. Solariella metalica, Wood-Mason and Alcock, 1891.

. Pleurotoma symbiotes, iid.

. Verticordia (Euctroa) eburnea, iid. (=V. optima,
Sowerby, 1894).

. Nucula (Acila) Fultoni, Smith, 1892.

. Syndesmya maxima, Sowerby, 1894.

. Glauconome sculpta, Sowerby, 1894.

ISD ON H ©2 bo

The types of the species, hereafter described, will be
deposited in the Indian Museum at Calcutta ; but one or more
representatives of each have been retained, by permission,
for the National Collection in the Natural History Museum
at South Kensington.

1. Conus australis, Chemnitz. (Pl. III. fig. 1.)
Conus australis, Chemn., Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. i. pl. iv. fig. 49;
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. iii. pl. eevi. fig. 486; Kiener, Cog. Viv.
pl. xli. fig. 2.

Hab. Swan River (Reeve) ; Australia, Moluccas (Tryon) ;
China (coll. Cuming, and Sowerby for C. laterculatus) ; oft
Malabar coast, lat. 11° 05’ 45” N., long. 75° 04 08” E., in
36 fathoms (‘Investigator’).

Q, gracilis, C. duplicatus, and C. laterculatus, all of
Sowerby, are synonyms of this species. The Malabar

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 159

specimens, although they appear to be adult, are very small,
measuring only about 43 millim. in length. Two out of the
three examples in the present collection exhibit a considerable
amount of nodulation upon the transverse ridges of the body-
whorl, a feature commonly seen in larger forms of the species.
With the exception of the considerable difference in size
these specimens are fairly typical, the general form, the spire,
the colour and disposition of it, and the sculpture being
precisely the same as in normal specimens. Sowerby’s figure
in the ‘ Thesaurus,’ although a trifle slender, gives a very good
idea of the general appearance of the present examples.

2. Conus planiliratus, Sowerby. (PI. ILI. fig. 2.)

Conus planiliratus, Sow. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 255, pl. xxii. fig. 1 ;
Thes. Conch. vol. v. p. 265, pl. dxil. fig. 723; Weinkauff, Conch.-
Cab. ed. 2, p. 352, pl. Ixv. fig. 6; Tryon, Man. Conch, vol. vi. p. 73,
pl. xxiii. fig. 76.

Hab. Off Calicut, west coast of South India, in 45 fathoms

(‘ Investigator’) ; China Sea (Sowerby).

The original specimen described by Sowerby, now in the
British Museum, is not quite adult. The largest example
from Calicut, which appears to be full-grown, is 58 millim. in
length and 27 in diameter at the shoulder.

3. Conus coromandelicus. (Pl. IV. figs. 1, 2.)

Testa breviter fusiformis, albida vel pallide carnea, epidermide dilute
olivacea induta, spiraliter subnodose costulata et sulcata ; spira
conica, acuta; anfractus 10, sutura canaliculata sejuncti, supe-
riores quinque in medio angulati, ceteri fere plani, costulis 3-4
spiralibus, subnodulosis cincti, ultimus paulo infra suturam ad
costam sublevem subangulatus, inter costas lineis incrementi
conspicuis striatus; apertura angusta, intus pallide fuscescens ;
labrum tenuissimum, intus sulcatum, ad marginem crenulatum,
superne profunde sinuatum.

Longit. 37 millim., diam. 14; apertura 25 longa, 32 lata.

Var. Testa levior, costis transversis haud nodosis.

Hab. Off Coromandel coast, lat. 14° 18'15"” N., long. 80°
18’ 30" E., in 80-110 fathoms; and lat. 15° 4! 7" N., long.
80° 25! 7 E., in 128 fathoms.

The epidermis of this species is darker upon the spiral
ridges than in the interstices or grooves between them, and is
particularly dark between the faint nodules, so that the ridges
have a somewhat spotted appearance. They are about
twenty-six in number upon the body-whorl, of which two or
three are above the slight angle or shoulder, which is marked

by a peculiar, somewhat flattened, broad and smooth or
12*

160 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

scarcely nodulous costa. This winds up the spire a little
above the suture, which consequently has a channelled
appearance. The lip is very thin, finely undulated at the
edge, and grooved within, the grooves corresponding to the
external ridges.

It belongs to that section of the genus which includes
C. Orbignyt, C. cancellatus, &c., which have the surface
ornamented with transverse grooves and ridges. It is not
sufficiently similar to any known species to suggest a com-
parison.

The variety differs only in having the ridges plain instead
of nodulous. Some of the upper whorls, however, are
noduled at the angle, as in the type.

4, Conus turriculatus, Sowerby.

Conus turriculatus, Sow. Thes. Conch. vol. iii. p. 528, pl. celxxxviii.
figs. 648, 644; Weinkauff, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 377, pl. Ixix.
figs. 10,11; Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. vi. p. 75, pl. xxiii. fig. 89;
Smith, Report ‘ Alert’ Coll. p. 487.

Hab. Cheduba Island, Bay of Bengal, 20-30 fathoms

(‘Investigator ’).

I have already shown, in the ‘ Alert’ Report, that C. acut-
angulus, Kiener (non Chemnitz), and C. gemmulatus,
Sowerby, are synonymous with this species. It occurs in
the Mascarene Islands, the China Sea, and the Philippines.

Tryon places this species among the synonyms of C. can-
cellatus, from which, however, it is perfectly distinct.

5. Pleurotoma congener. (PI. III. figs. 4, 5.)

Testa fusiformis, robusta, alba, infra suturam pallide rufo-cingulata,
inter tuberculos circa medium anfractuum rufo-punctulata ; an-
fractus 10-12, convexi, infra suturam cingulo duplicato et circa
medium altero planato tuberculato cincti, liris spiralibus paucis
tenuibus incrementique lineis conspicuis ornati, ultimus infra
cingulum liris 5-6 striisque intercalentibus cinctus, inferne
angustatus, in rostrum productus; columella leviter obliqua,
rectiuscula ; labrum tenue, ad cingulum tuberculatum incisum ;
apertura intus lirata.

Longit. 52 millim., diam. 17; apertura cum canali 22 longa, in
medio 7 lata.

Hub. Bay of Bengal, 128 fathoms; west of Colombo,
Ceylon, 142-400 fathoms.

This species might almost be regarded as a short robust
form of P. Kienert, Doumet*, which it resembles in many

* Mag. de Zool. 1840, pl. x.,= Pl. carinata, Reeve (non Gray), Con.

Teon. fig. 56. Pl, speciosa, Reeve, /. c. fig. 9,= P. carinata, Gray, Griffith's
Anim. Kingdom, vol. xii. p. 599, pl. xxiii. fig. 2.

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 161

respects. It differs in having a thicker stouter spire, a shorter
canal, a thicker girdle at the top of the whorls, and a broader
tuberculated zone around the middle.

The specimens obtained off the west of Ceylon are peculiar
for a kind of nodule or swelling on the upper part of the
columella. They are rather smaller, although full-grown,
than the examples from the Bay of Bengal.

Of the two specimens examined one is 45 millim. in length,
the other only 40,

6. Pleurotoma (Surcula) symbiotes, W.-M. & A.
(Pl. III. figs. 7, 8.)
Pleurotoma symbiotes, Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1891, vol. viii. p. 444, figs. 13a, 0d.

Testa fusiformis, sordide albida, epidermide tenuissima pallide
olivacea hic illic induta; anfractus 10, superne concavi, in medio
nodosi, striis spiralibus lineisque incrementi tenuibus flexuosis
sculpti, sutura leviter undulata sejuncti, ultimus antice angus-
tatus ; apertura intus fuscescens, levis, longit. totius 3 paulo
brevior; labrum in medio prominens, valde arcuatum, superne
late sinuatum; columella levis, callo tenui pallide fuscescente
induta, in medio parum arcuata, inferne obliqua; canalis
anterior latus, paulo recurvus.

Longit. 57 millim., diam. 19; apertura cum canali 27 longa,
9 lata.

Hab. Off southern extremity of India, lat. 7° 04’ N., long.
76° 34! 15" E., in 1043 fathoms.

The nodules upon the central portion of the whorls (about
twelve in number on the penultimate) become gradually more
and more acute towards the top of the spire, where the suture
also is more wavy than lower down the shell, becoming quite
even in the last volution. The sinus in the outer lip, although
wide, is not deep, and is situated in the depression or con-
cavity below the suture. Neither the spiral lines nor the
acuteness of the nodules upon the upper whorls are well
shown in the figures referred to.

7. Pleurotoma (Surcula) subcorpulenta.

(Pl. IIL. fig. 6.)

Testa S. symbioti similis, sed major, anfractibus supra minus exca-
vatis, striisque spiralibus paulo prominentioribus, columella in
medio plica obliqua plus minus prominente instructa,

Longit. 80 millim., diam. 29; apertura 42 longa, 16 lata.

Hab. Off Colombo, Ceylon, lat. 6° 32’ N., long. 79° 37’ E.,
in 675 fathoms.

162 Mr, E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

It is probable that an extended series of specimens of this
form and of S. symbiotes might prove that they ought to be
regarded as variations of one and the same species. The
difference of size, however, is considerable, and the relative
length of the apertures is rather different. The colour of the
aperture and columella is the same in both, and the character
of the labral sinus is similar. One of the two specimens
under examination has a distinct oblique fold on the columella,
such as we find in Fasciolaria and Latirus, but placed some-
what higher up; it is only barely indicated in the second
example, and is just traceable, in the form of a very slight
prominence, in both specimens of S. symbzotes.

The operculum is normal, narrow, and pointed at the
terminal nucleus.

8. Murex malabaricus. (Pl. III. fig. 3.)

Testa ventricose fusiformis, antice rostrata, albida, fascia unica rufa
in medio anfractuum superiorum, tribus in anfr. ultimo ornata,
supra rostrum rufo-fusco tincta, varicibus tribus equidistantibus
instructa ; anfractus 9-10, convexiusculi, costis longitudinalibus
parum prominentibus paucis nodosis instructi, lirisque tenuibus
spiralibus numerosis ornati ; varices valde prominentes, breviter
frondosi, serrati, in medio anfractuum spina recurva acuta exca-
vata instructi, in anfr. ultimo spinis 3-4 rectiusculis inferne
muniti; apertura rotunde ovata, alba, indistincte trifasciata ;
labrum porrectum, ad marginem leviter crenulatum, rufo-fusco
punctatum; labium valde prominens, album, leviter reflexum,
superne labro junctum; rostrum rectiusculum, fere clausum,
longit. totius 4 adequans; operculum ovatum, fortiter et sub-
concentrice costatum.

Longit. 114 millim., diam. 37; canalis ab apertura ad extremitatem
rostri 58 longus; apertura 22 longa, 15 lata.

Hab. Off Malabar coast, lat. 11° 05’ 45” N., long.
75° 04’ 08” E., in 36 fathoms.

This handsome species is well characterized by its form,
the style of coloration, and sculpture. ‘The recurved hollow
spine upon the varices about the middle of the upper whorls
is a prominent feature in the ornamentation. The longi-
tudinal slender coste, which are nodulous where certain of
the transverse lire cross them, increase in number with the
growth of the shell. In the last whorl there are about six
in the space between any two varices, five to four on the
penultimate, four to three on the preceding volution, two and
then only one upon the uppermost whorls.

The transverse colour-bands, when examined closely, are
found to consist of groups of coloured lire.

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 163

In some respects this species resembles M. Beau, Fischer
and Bernardi, from the West Indies. It differs, however, in
form, the rostrum being longer, and the spiral lires are more
numerous.

9. Nassaria coromandelica. (PI. IV. fig. 3.)

Testa breviter fusiformis, solida, albida; anfractus 10, primi tres
(nucleus) leevigati, convexi, ceteri convexiusculi, costis longitu-
dinalibus numerosis leviter arcuatis, lirisque spiralibus circiter
tres vel quatuor supra costas nodosis cancellati, inter liras striis
filiformibus cincti, ad suturam quasi canaliculati, ultimus con-
vexus, infra medium contractus; apertura supra pyriformis,
inferne late canaliculata, salmoneo-rufo tincta; labrum ad
marginem acutum, varice validissimo externo incrassatum, intus
liris 7-8 haud ad marginem attingentibus instructum ; columella
superne arcuata, callo tenui induta, transversim lirata et tuber-
culata, lira suprema ceteris majori; canalis latus, profundus,
obliquus, leviter recurvus.

Longit. 35 millim., diam. 15; apertura cum canali 17 longa, 63 lata.

Hab. Off Coromandel coast, lat, 14° 05’ 55” N., long.
80° 25’ 20” E., in 112-138 fathoms.

The spiral lire are alternately larger and smaller, the
former being nodulous on crossing the longitudinal coste.
Of the liree within the aperture, the third from the top is
rather more prominent than the rest. It differs from Nassarda
nivea (Gmelin) in its larger size, more open, less oblique, and
less recurved canal, the very strongly developed post-labral
varix, the colour within the aperture, different tuberculation
on the columella, and fewer lire within the outer lip.

The Triton carduus of Reeve, which is united with N. nivea
by Tryon (Man. Conch. vol. i. p. 221), has no relationship
whatever with that species. It undoubtedly belongs to the
Tritoniide, and may be placed in the group Colubraria. Fine
examples in the Museum collection were received from
M. Robillard from the Mauritius. The type of 7. carduus is
a half-grown shell, the adult form having a length of
22 millim. Reeve’s figure (‘ Triton,’ fig. 95) is twice the
length of the shell delineated. The reference to Gmelin
should be p. 3495, and not 3504, as given by Tryon, the
Buccinum niveum described upon that page being a species
of Terebra.

The generic name Nassaria is rejected by Fischer (Man.
Conch. p. 631) in favour of Hindsza, but upon what grounds
is not evident. Nassaria, as established by Link, included
a variety of species which are at the present time ranged

164 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

under Nassa, Phos, Clionella, and Cantharus ; but the first
species he cites (under the name of Nassaria lyrata) is what
we now call Nassaria nivea. Probably the Messrs. Adams,

regarding this as the type of Nassaria, gave it preference to
that of Hindsva.

10. Latirus andamanicus. (Pl. III. fig. 9.)

Testa fusiformis, albida, epidermide tenui pallide olivacea induta ;
anfractus 11, supremi tres (nucleus) albi politi convexi, ceteri
conyexiusculi, sed infra suturam leyiter concavi, costis longitu-
dinalibus circiter 8 (in anfractibus ult. et penult. plus minus
obsoletis) instructi, liris tribus supra costas nodosis cincti,
striisque filiformibus undique ornati, ultimus inferne longe et
recte rostratus ; apertura alba, cum rostro longit. totius 3 paulo
superans; columella leviter arcuata, plicis duabus obliquis parum
conspicuis instructa; canalis fere rectus, angustus, elongatus, ad
extremitatem vix recurvus.

Longit. 50 millim., diam. 12; apertura cum rostro 27 longa, 53 lata.

Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Islands, in 112 fathoms.

In general aspect this species resembles certain forms of
the genus Fusus, but as two oblique folds, although but very
feebly developed, are present upon the columella, it seems
advisable to locate it in Latirus.

The longitudinal coste are more prominent upon the upper
portion of the spire, and become almost obsolete upon the
body-whorl. The outer lip is very thin in both the shells
examined, but it is likely to become somewhat thickened in
more adult specimens, and probably would develop a few
internal lire. Both examples were more or less invested by
a species of sea-anemone.

11. Pyrula Dussumiert, Kiener.
Pyrula Dussumiert (Valenciennes, MSS.), Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv.
p. 25, pl. xi.; Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. vii. p. 266, pl. v. fig. 30.
Ficula Dussumieri, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. iv. pl. i. fig. 2; Sowerby,
Thesaurus, vol. iv. pl. ececxxili. fig. 5; Kobelt, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2,
p. 10, pl. i. fig. 1.

Hab. China Sea (Kiener, &c.) ; Bay of Bengal, lat. 20° 18!
N., long. 90° 50’ E., in 65 fathoms (‘Jnvestigator ’).

The specimens dredged alive in the Bay of Bengal are very
fragile, being only about half-grown. ‘Their presence in this
locality to some extent confirms Reeve’s assertion that this
species was “collected by M. Rousseau, a zealous naturalist
attached to the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, during a voyage to
Madagascar and the Seychelle Islands.”

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 165

12. Lacuna indica. (PI. IV. fig. 7.)

Testa umbilicata, sordide albida, spiraliter striata; anfractus 3,
celeriter crescentes, perconvexi, ultimus magnus, antice oblique
descendens et subsolutus, circa umbilicum angustum acute cari-
natus, lineis incrementi oblique curvatis sculptus; apertura
magna, alba, patula, late lunata, longit. totius ;/, adquans ;
columella obliqua, recta, incrassata, margine supero infra umbi-
licum paulo incurvato vel excavato; labrum tenue, arcuatum ;
operculum membranaceum, tenuissime striatum.

Longit. 10 millim., diam. maj. 8, min. 5; apertura 7 longa, 5 lata.

Hab. Off Madras coast, lat. 16° 01’ N., long. 81° 25’ E.,
in 410 fathoms.

The striz are somewhat deeply incised, somewhat irre-
gular and ineequidistant, and quite evident to the naked eye.
There are about twenty-two upon the body-whorl.

13. Natica rufa, var. (Pl. IV. figs. 14, 14 a.)

Hab. Off Calicut, Malabar coast, in 45 fathoms.

The specimens from this locality are coloured like the
variety named N. Swainsonit by Philippi, but differ in being
very much smaller and in having the umbilicus much more
closed up by the columellar callosity. ‘These differences may
be merely the result of age, for the operculum of these small
specimens agrees exactly with that of larger shells.

It is shelly, thickened, white above, but stained at the
spiral end with a dirty olive tint; parallel with the outer or
curved margin are two grooves, leaving a flattened ridge
between them. The straight or columellar edge is peculiarly
striated and serrated ; the lower flat surface is covered with a
bright yellow epidermis.

14. Sigaretus (Hunaticina) tener. (Pl. IV. fig. 8.)

Testa anguste rimata, ovata, subconica, tenuis, sordide albida, limo
ferrugineo plus minus induta, striis spiralibus tenuibus lineisque
incrementi cancellata ; anfractus 4, celeriter crescentes, convexi-
usculi, sutura subprofunda sejuncti; apex saturate fuscus; anfr.
ultimus obliquus, elongatus; apertura obliqua, longit. totius 3
adeequans; columella leviter arcuata, tenuis, superne anguste
dilatata et reflexa.

Longit. 21 millim., diam. maj. 14, min. 10; apertura 15 longa,
10 lata.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, 96 fathoms.
This species is remarkable for its peculiar form and the
thinness of the shell. The nuclear whorl is of a deep brown

166 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

colour and hardly raised above the next, which is finely
spirally striated, but looks somewhat smoother than the last
two. The aperture is smooth within and tinted more or less
with light brown. This is occasioned by the red-earthy
deposit on the external surface being partially visible through
the transparency of the shell.

15. Capulus lissus. (Pl. IV. figs. 4-6.)

Testa pileiformis, apice postice valde recurvato, sordide albida vel
dilutissime rufescens, lineis incrementi striata, haud radiatim
sculpta; anfractus 3, apicales duo (nucleus) globosi, leves ; apex
pone sed supra marginem aperture conyolutus ; apertura irregu-
lariter rotunde ovata, pallide fuscescens ; peristoma tenue, mar-
gine infra apicem incrassato.

Diam. maj. 11 millim., min. 8, alt. 53; apertura 83 longa, 7 lata.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, 90-102 fathoms.

The chief characteristic of this species is the absence of
radiating sculpture, a feature common to most species of the
genus Capulus.

16. Turbo (Cantrainea) indicus. (Pl. IV. figs. 13 a-c.)

Testa turbinata, imperforata, solida, alba; anfractus 4, superne de-
clives, concavi, prope medium angulati vel carinati, celeriter
crescentes, ultimus carinis 2-3 circa medium cinctus, striis spirali-
bus tenuibus plus minus conspicuis lineisque incrementi obliquis
sculptus; apertura obliqua, subrotundata, argenteo-margaritacea ;
labrum crassiusculum, antice leviter effusum; columella obliqua,
arcuata, crassa, in medio tuberculo obsoleto munita, callo submar-
garitaceo latissimo labro juncta.

Diam. maj. 28 millim., min. 23, alt. 26; apertura 13 longa et lata.

Operculum subplanum, album, in medio leviter concayum et suboliva-
ceum, infra paulo convexum, corneum, olivaceo-fuscum ; anfractus
circiter septem, primi quinque lente crescentes, penultimus et’
ultimus celeriter ampliati.

Hab. Off Colombo, lat. 6° 29’ N., long. 79° 34’ E., in
597 fathoms.

This species is remarkable for the uniform white colour,
the concavity at the upper part of the whorls, the median
angle or carination, and the two or three keels upon the last
whorl. Of these, the uppermost is continuous up the spire,
the lowermost is at the periphery, and the third, when present,
is intermediate between the other two. It is with some hesi-
tation that I venture to separate these specimens specifically
from the 7. peloritanus, Cantraine, as determined by Jeffreys

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 167
(P.Z.8.1883,p. 108). They agree with the Atlantic examples

in general form and solidity, but are considerably larger, and
the spiral striation is of a different character, being excessively
fine in comparison. The figure given by Cantraine of 7. cari-
natus (Mal. Méditerr. pl. vi. fig. 23), which is considered
synonymous with C. peloritanus, if enlarged, would give a
fair idea of the bicarinate example of the present species,
excepting the aperture being too small. The opercula of both
are identical.

17. Scaphander andamanicus. (PI. IV. fig. 15.)

Testa ovata, tenuis, alba, hic illic ferrugineo tincta, transversim
punctato-striata, superne et circa basin striis paucis haud punc-
tatis cincta; spira immersa, concava; apertura magna, infra lata,
superne angustata; labrum leviter arcuatum, tenuissimum, superne
ad insertionem incrassatum callosum album; columella valde
arcuata, intus convoluta, usque ad apicem perspicua, alba, incras-
sata.

Longit. 18 millim., diam. maj. 12, min. 9; apertura 18 longa,
inferne 9 lata.

Hab. Andaman Sea, in 250 fathoms.
The punctured grooves, about 40 in number, are not always
equidistant, and the punctures are also variable in size.

18. Lepidopleurus similis. (Pl. IV. figs. 9-12.)

Testa elongata, paulo angusta, in medio dorsi acute arcuata, sordide
albida, intus alba, undique regulariter et eleganter granulata ;
are laterales modo leviter definite, lineas incrementi paucas ex-
hibentes ; valve mediane (fig. 11) postice recta, breves ; lamin
suturales parve sinu lato sejuncte; lamin insertantes nulle ;
valva anterior (fig. 10) semicircularis, lamellis et fissuris haud
instructa ; valva posterior (fig. 12) mucrone centrali aliquanto
acuto instructa ; cingulum angustum, griseum, arenaceum, spiculis
albis brevissimis, preesertim supra marginem externum, amictum.

Longit. 16 millim., diam. 7.

Hab. Off Colombo, lat. 6° 32’ N., long. 79° 37' E., in

675 fathoms.

Allied to ZL. alveolus, Sars, but more strongly granulated,

with the lateral areas of the central valves faintly defined by
a slight depression.

19. Dentalium profundorum, (PI. IV. fig. 18.)

Testa magna, solida, leviter arcuata, longitudinaliter tenuissime
striata, lineisque incrementi obliquis sculpta, sordide lutescens,

168 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

postice fissurata ; apertura fere circularis, intus alba, ad marginem
obliquum tenuis, acuta.
Longit. 90 millim., diam. max. 10.

Hab. Off Colombo, lat. 6° 32’ N., long. 79° 37’ E., in 675
fathoms.

This species rather closely resembles the fossil D. grande,
Deshayes, but the style of striation is not quite the same, and
the form is not quite so slender. The fine thread-like slightly
rounded riblets are about eighty in number, and usually
rather broader than the intervening striz. None of the three
specimens examined are perfect posteriorly, so it is impossible
to describe the fissure properly. In the largest example a
mere notch indicates the existence of a slit in the normal
position.

In a second specimen there is a distinct lateral fissure 3
millim. in length, but whether this is an accidental fracture
is not quite certain. The surface of this species appears to
be subject to erosion, for patches are broken away here and
there throughout the entire length of the shell.

D. capillosum, Jeffreys, is a closely allied species from the
Atlantic, but somewhat more slender in form and not quite
similar in sculpture.

20. Dentalium usitatum. (PI. IV. figs. 16, 16 a.)

Testa parva, mediocriter gracilis, alba, parum arcuata, liris longitu-
dinalibus tenuissimis circiter 20-25 equalibus instructa, lineis
incrementi obliquis sculpta, ad apicem haud fissa.

Longit. 31 millim., diam. max. 2°7.

Hab. Off Colombo, lat. 6° 32’ N., long. 79° 37' E., in 675
fathoms, and Bay of Bengal in 597 fathoms.

The two specimens examined do not look as if they are
young shells. ‘The white colour is varied here and there with
narrow oblique somewhat pellucid zones.

21. Dentalium insolitum. (PI. 1V. figs. 17, 17 a.)

Testa gracilis, conspicue arcuata, levis, polita, subpellucida, alba,
haud circulariter tubulata, utrinque leviter plana, lineis incrementi
tenuissimis striata, ad apicem haud fissa,

Longit. 36 millim., diam. max. 25.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, in 597 fathoms.
The peculiarity of this species consists in its being a little
compressed, so that the tube is not circular. It is broadest

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 169

along the concave curve, which is not so round as the opposite
side, and almost defined by lateral angles.

22. Cytherea (Caryatis) pudicissima. (Pl. V. figs. 3, 4.)

Testa parva, inequilateralis, ovata, mediocriter convexa, alba,
concentrice fortiter striata ; margo dorsi posticus leviter obliquus,
rectiusculus, anticus valde declivis, brevior; margo ventralis
regulariter et late curvatus; umbones parvi, haud contigui,
incurvati; lunula elongato-cordata, in medio prominens, in-
crementi lineis striata, linea impressa circumscripta; area nulla ;
cardo normalis, mediocriter fortis; pagina interna alba, levis;
cicatrices haud conspicue, pyriformes; sinus pallii haud pro-
fundus, obtuse cuneatus.

Longit. 13 millim., alt. 10°3, diam. 7.

Hab. Off Ganjam coast, 24 miles south-east of Gopalpur,
in 89-93 fathoms.

This species in colour and sculpture is very like Dione
pura, Deshayes*, from Callao in Peru, but differs from it in
form, being less trigonal, and not narrowed posteriorly. The
umbones also are less prominent and not quite so anterior in
position.

23. Abra maxima, Sowerby. (Pl. V. figs. 5, 6.)

Syndesmya maxima, Sowerby, Proc. Malac. Soc. 1894, vol. i. p. 40,
pl. v. fig. 5.

Testa fere eequilateralis, utrinque hians, oblonga, antice rotundata,
postice acuminata, albida, nitida, lineis incrementi tenuissimis
striata, striisque paucis radiantibus haud conspicuis sculpta;
margo dorsi utrinque rectiusculus, declivis, ventralis late excur-
vatus ; umbones parvi, acuti; lunula lanceolata, leviter excavata,
utrinque carina marginata; valve tenues, dextra carina ab um-
bone usque ad extremitatem posticam instructa, sinistra sulco
minime profundo in eodem loco sculpta; dentes cardinales sub-
eequales, laterales valve dextre tenues, equidistantes ; ligamen-
tum internum perobliquum, externum tenue, angustum; pagina
interna nitida, iridescens, radiatim et transversim substriata ;
cicatrix anterior angusta, elongata, postica latior, pyriformis ;

sinus pallii profundissimus, angustus, ad extremitatem rotun-
datus.

Longit. 33 millim., alt. 20, diam. 10.
Hab. Bay of Bengal, in 128 fathoms, dead shells only ; off

* Cat. Conch, Biv. Mus. Brit., Veneride, p. 68; Riémer, Monogr. Cy-
therea in Novitat. Conch. p, 84, pl. xxiii. figs, 1-1 6°

170 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the
Kistna delta, lat. 15° 43’ 30” N., long. 81° 19’ 30' E., in 678

fathoms, living examples.

In the left valve within the keel which marks off the elon-
gate lunule is a second keel, forming, as it were, an inner
lunule. ‘This feature is wanting in the opposite valve. The
delicate external ligament is supported by thin reflexed
nymphe, that in the left valve jutting out behind like a
lateral tooth. The single cardinal in this valve is triangular,
acute above, and fits in between the two divergent teeth in
the right valve.

The dead specimens from 128 fathoms have a pale pinkish
tint; but this is probably due to staining after death.

24. Cuspidaria (Myonera) caduca. (PI. V. figs. 9, 10.)

Testa fragilis, longe rostrata, alba, epidermide tenuissima induta,
concentrice subfortiter plicata, striisque incrementi minutis sculpta;
margo dorsi anticus leviter arcuatus, vix declivis, posticus valde
incurvatus ; margo anterior rotundatus, ventralis paulum con-
vexus, prope rostrum parum inflexus; umbones mediocriter pro-
minentes, postice inclinati; area dorsalis antica elongata, levis,

. postica lanceolata, usque ad extremitatem rostri extensa, carina
filiforme prope umbones marginata; carina secunda similaris in
utraque valva ab umbone breviter postice producta ; cardo eden-
tulus ; fossa ligamenti parva, postice declivis.

Longit. 32 millim., alt. 14, diam. 10.

Hab. Andaman Sea, in 188-220 fathoms.

The plice are rather acute, somewhat irregular near the
middle of the valves, and are attenuated at the commence-
ment of the rostrum, upon which they become mere striz.

In general external appearance this species considerably
resembles C. chinensis, Gray. It is, however, not so high,
the rostrum is longer, the texture of the shell much thinner,
and the strong posterior tooth of the right valve is wanting.

25. Cuspidaria (Cardiomya) Alcocki. (Pl. V. fig. 8.)

Testa paulo ineequivalvis, tenuissima, subglobosa, mediocriter longe
rostrata, alba, subpellucida, antice oblique truncata, inferne
rotundata, postice infra rostrum haud profunde sinuata; valve.
supra dimidium posticum carinis conspicuis arcuatis acutis quatuor
aliisque paucis minoribus interjectis ornate, ante carinas radiatim
tenuissime liratz, lineisque incrementi subcancellate ; rostrum
supra levissime incurvatum, extremitatem versus angustatum,
liris tenuibus 4-5 radiantibus in utraque valva instructum ;
umbones parvi, contigui, incurvati; dens cardinalis unicus pone

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 171

umbonem valve dextre brevis, prominulus ; valva sinistra eden-
tula; fossa ligamenti minima, triangularis.

Longit. 16 millim., alt. 9:5, diam. 7-3.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, lat. 6° 29’ N., long. 29° 34! E., in
597 fathoms. (The longitude should probably be 92° not 29°.)

The prominent characteristics of this species are its form,
the oblique truncation of the anterior end being peculiar, and
the four prominent keels upon the hinder half of the valves.
The right valve is a trifle smaller than the left, and this is
most noticeable at the posterior end when the valves are
closed. The inner surface exhibits grooves corresponding to
the external coste, which, being produced at the extremities,
give to the ventral margin a festooned appearance.

Named in honour of Dr. A. Alcock of the ‘ Investigator.’

26. Lucina bengalensis. (Pl. V. figs. 1, 2.)

Testa mediocriter tenuis, irregulariter rotundata, paulo inequilate-
ralis, antice brevior ; valve parum convex, cretacex, epidermide
tenui grisea indute, Jamellis concentricis tenuissimis striisque
interjectis ornate, lunula lanceolata instructe ; margo dorsi
posticus leviter arcuatus et declivis, anticus infra umbones paulo
excavatus ; ventris margo valde curvatus; dentes cardinales duo
in utraque valva inzquales, divergentes, lateralis unicus anticus
inconspicuus ; pagina interna alba, minute subasperata ; cicatrix
antica elongata, angustissima, postica ovata.

Longit. 37 millim., alt. 31, diam. 13.

Hab. Off the delta of the Godaveri, lat. 16° 01' N., long.
81° 25’ E., in 410 fathoms.

This species agrees very closely, excepting in form, with
L. lamellata, Smith *, from the Straits of Magellan. The
concentric lamelle, however, are perhaps a trifle finer and
closer together, and the anterior adductor scar is narrower.

27. Limopsis indica. (Pl. V. fig. 7.)

Testa ineequilateralis, crassiuscula, valde oblique ovata, antice
arcuata, postice oblique subtruncata, alba, epidermide olivaceo-
fusca hirsuta amicta, striis numerosis radiantibus aliisque concen-
tricis decussata; umbones parvi, acuti; area ligamenti pro-
funda, excavata, ligamento parvo mediano rhombiformi instructa;
dentes cardinales circiter 14 in utraque valva ; pagina interna alba,
radiatim tenuissime striata, margine externo crasso plano circum-
data.

Longit. 20 millim., alt. 18, diam. 9.

Exemplum alterum 17 longa, 16 alta, 10 crassa.

Hab. Colombo Lighthouse, 8. 64° E. 13} miles, in 142-
400 fathoms.

* Report Lamellibranchiata ‘Challenger,’ p. 173, pl. xiii. figs. 1-1 d.

172 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

Many of the species of the genus Limopsis are very much
alike, and it is chiefly on account of difference of locality and
form that they have been separated. The present species
considerably resembles LZ. pelagica, Smith, but is not of quite
the same form, has thicker, more solid valves, and a coarser,
more hairy epidermis. L. Cumingii, A. Adams, is also
closely allied.

All the specimens are more or less coated with a rust-red
earthy deposit.

28. Amusstum Alcocki. (Pl. V. figs. 15- 16.)

Testa fragilis, subdiaphana, albida, plus minus nitens; valve com-
presse ; valva dextra fere plana, dilutissime subrosacea, concen-
trice striata, marginem versus lamellis tenuissimis ornata, sinistra
profundior, albo-pellucida, fere argentea, similiter striata, radi-
atimque exilissime lirata et striata, radiis tribus paulo prominen-
tibus posterioribus exhibens ; auriculze minime, subeequales, lineis
incrementi, et liris vel striis paucis radiantibus subobsoletis
sculptee ; umbones acuti, ad angulum circa 115° convergentes ;
pagina interna nitida, liris undecim haud ad marginem extensis
(illis valvee dextree paulo crassioribus) instructa.

Longit. 40 millim., alt. 41, diam. 8.

Hab. Laccadive Sea, in 740 fathoms ; also west of Anda-
man Islands, lat. 13° 47' 30" N., long. 92° 36’ E., in 561
fathoms.

The three slightly raised rays down the posterior side of
the left valve are indicated on the inner surface by corre-
sponding shallow depressions.

The largest specimen from the latter of the above localities
exhibits rather more concentric lamellation on the left valve
than the examples from the Laccadive Sea.

This species is very closely allied to A. Watson7, Smith,
but is not so rounded; the right valve has more feeble con-
centric sculpture, and the radiating lines of the left valve are
not so strong.

29. Amussium andamanicum. (PI. V. figs. 13, 14.)

Testa A. Alcocki simillima, sed minus circularis, angulo apicali
acutiore, lamellis valve sinistree magis prominentibus, lineis radi-
antibus fere omnino carentibus, lirisque internis gracilioribus,
precipue illis prope medium valvarum plus minus obsoletis.

Longit. 25 millim., alt. 33, diam. 6-5,

Hab. Andaman Sea, in 688-922 fathoms.

Both in this species and A. Alcock? the straight hinge-line
of the right valve is slightly serrated. The umbonal angle
in this form is scarcely greater than 90°, and the general out-

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 173

line is higher in proportion to the length. The interior to-
wards the outer margin is beautifully pearly.

30. Amussium Jeffreystt, Smith.
Amussium Jeffreysii, Smith, Lamellibr. ‘Challenger’ Exped. p. 310,
pl. xxiii. figs. 2-2. ¢.
Hab. Off Koukan coast, lat. 15° 29! N., long. 72° 41’ E.,
in 559 fathoms.
These specimens agree precisely with those obtained by
the ‘Challenger ’ off the Philippine Islands in 375 fathoms.

31. Amussium caducum, Smith.

Amussium caducum, Smith, Lamellibr. ‘Challenger’ Exped. p. 809,
pl. xxiil. figs. 1-1 ¢.
Hab. Off delta of the Godaveri River, lat. 16° 01’ 00" N.,
long. 81° 25' 00" E., in £10 fathoms.
The specimens from this locality correspond in every par-
ticular with the types from the China Sea obtained by the
‘ Challenger’ in 700 fathoms.

32. Amusstum solitartum. (PI. V. figs. 11, 12.)

Testa subcircularis, pellucido-alba, subnitida ; valva dextra leviter
convexa, concentrice regulariter striata, sinistra sque convexa,
liris tenuibus radiantibus paulo arcuatis instructa, lineisque incre-
menti substriata; auricule parve, haud radiatim sculpte; um-
bones mediocriter acuti, ad angulum circa 130° convergentes ;
“pagina interna nitida, liris undecim in utraque valva instructa.

Longit. 16 millim., alt. 16, diam. 4.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, lat. 12° 20’ N., long. 85° 8’ E., in
1803 fathoms.

Allied to A. Watsonz, but with the radiating lire of the
left valve more remote and without distinct cancellation.
_The internal lire are curved, those of A. Watsont being

nearly straight.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate III.
Fig. 1. Conus australis.
Fig. 2 planihratus.
Fig. 3. Murex malabaricus.
Figs. 4, 5. Plewrotoma congener.
Fig. 6 (Surcula) subcorpulenta.
Figs. 7,8 ( ) symbvotes.

Fig. . 9. Latirus andamanceus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 13

174 Mr. G. Lewis on

Pratt IV.
Figs. 1, 2. Conus coromandelicus.
Fig. 3. Nassaria coromandelica.
Figs. 4,5, 6. Capulus lissus.

Fig. 7. Lacuna indica.

Fig. 8. Sigaretus (Eunaticina) tener.
Figs. 9-12. Lepidopleurus similis.

Figs. 13-13 c. Turbo (Cantrainea) indicus,
Figs. 14, 14a. Natica rufa, var.

Fug. 15. Scaphander andamanicus.
Figs. 16, 16 a.. Dentalium usitatum.
Figs. 17, 17 a. insolitum.
Fig. 18. profundorum.
Puate V.
Figs. 1, 2. Lucina bengalensis.
Frags. 3, 4. Cytherea (Caryatis) pudicissima.
Figs. 5, 6. Abra maxima.
Fig. 7. Limopsis indica.
Fig. 8. Cuspidaria (Cardiomya) Alcock.
Figs. 9,10. (Myonera) caduca.
Figs. 11,12. Amussium solitarium. Exterior of right and left valves.
Figs. 13,14. —— andamanicum. Interior and exterior of left valve.
Figs. 15,16. —— Alcocki. Exterior and interior of left valve.

XXV.—On new Species of Histeride.
By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

THIS notice of new species of Histeride is supplementary to
papers which from time to time have appeared in this Maga-
zine; the last was published in June 18983 (ser. 6, vol. xi.
pp. 417-430).

List of Species and new Synonymy.

Hololepta higoniz, nom. n. Pachycrerus puncticollis.
parallela, Lew. Eretmotus valens.
Anaglymma afra. Sternoceelis acutangulus, Lew.
Platysoma uniforme. punctulatus, Luc.
chinense. —— politus, Sch.
—— quadricolle. cancer, Lew.
Cypturus assamensis. Sedilloti, Lew.
—— Thugi. Notolister Hdwardsii, Mars.
Phelister capensis. Carcinops Blandfordi.
Pachycrerus completus, Gerst. Tryponzeus singularis.
elegans. Byzenia formicicola, King.

Hololepta higonie, nom. n.

I propose this name as a substitute for H. parallela, Lew.
1884, as | find that in 1868 G. v. Koch described a species

new Species of Histeride. 175

under the name of H. parallela, Sturm (see ‘ Abhandlungen
der naturhistorischen Gesellschaft’ (Niirnberg), p. 93, Taf. B.
fig. 2). I suppose Koch’s species, for it is his and not
Sturm’s, is the same as H. colombiana, Mars. 1853; but it
is impossible to say for certain without seeing the type.
Koch’s name does not appear in the Munich Catalogue, nor
is it noticed in any volume of the ‘ Zoological Record.’

ANAGLYMMA, Lewis, 1894.

The discovery of a larger species of this genus from the
Congo River will substantiate the genus as a valid one, as
the African species possesses, even to minute details of sculp-
ture, all the characters noticed in those from India and the

Eastern Archipelago.
Anaglymma afra, sp.n. (Fig. 1.)

Breviter ovalis, depressa, nigra, nitida ; antennis pedibusque diluti-
oribus; pronoto antice strigoso-punctato; elytris striis 1?-4™
integris, 5* apicali, suturali utrinque abbreviata.

L. 3 mill.

Shortly oval, depressed, black and shining, antenne and
legs piceous ; the head concave anteriorly, densely punctured ;
the thorax densely and strigosely punc- Fil
tate at and behind the anterior angles, oie
sparsely punctate at and near the poste-
rior angles, disk before the scutellum
transversely smooth, with a line of irre-
gular punctures along the posterior edge,
marginal stria complete and minutely
crenulate and close to the edge behind
the neck ; the scutellum smooth and trian-
gular; the elytra, strie, subhumeral
strong and complete, 1-4 complete and
well-marked at the bases, 2-4 punctiform at the apices,
9 apical, short, punctiform, and split into two, sutural
discal, similarly double, but punctiform throughout, the
fourth stria is curved near the base; the propygidium and
pygidium are distinctly but not very closely punctured ; the
prosternum smooth, lateral strie divergent from the coxe to
the anterior suture; the mesosternum bisinuous anteriorly,
with a stria in form like the outline of a Moorish arch, which
is common to it and the metasternum.

Hab. Matadi, Congo River. Collected and kindly sent to
me by Mr. J. A. Clark.

13*

176 Mr. G. Lewis on

Platysoma uniforme, sp. n.

Ovatum, subconvexum, niger, nitidum ; fronte impressa stria trans-
versa recta; elytris striis 1*~2* integris, 3* in medio late inter-
rupta, 4" apicali, 5° dimidiata ; prosterno haud striato.

L. 33 mill.

Oval, somewhat convex, black, shining; the head micro-
scopically punctulate, impressed anteriorly with a transverse
stria, well-marked and straight; the thorax arched at the
sides, marginal stria complete, fine behind the neck, strong
at the sides, and bent inwards at the base, interstice narrow,
ante-scutellar fovea very minute; theelytra, strie, subhumeral
wanting, 1-2 complete, 3 short and basal with an apical
appendage of the same length, 4 apical and similar to the
appendage of the third, 6 apical but reaching the middle, with
a wide interspace between it and the suture; the propygidium
with a band of rather large punctures, posterior margin
smooth; the pygidium impressed slightly laterally, with
smaller punctures evenly set over the entire surface; the
prosternum without strie, constricted before the coxe, ante-
rior lobe finely and sparsely punctulate, anterior border
marginate ; the mesosternum somewhat deeply emarginate,
marginal stria fine, entire, and at the emargination close to
the edge.

Somewhat like Platysoma mirandum, Mars., in sculpture,
but more oval and more convex.

Hab. Island of Buru (Doherty).

Platysoma chinense, sp. n.

Oblongum, parallelum, parum convexum, nigrum, nitidum ; pronoto
stria antice interrupta, stria pone oculos breviet curvata; elytris
striis 14~-3™ integris, 4*-6™ brevissimis ; prosterno haud striato.

L. 4 mill. \

Oblong, parallel, somewhat convex, black, shining; the
head very minutely punctulate, frontal transverse stria
straight; the thorax broadly margined with rather large
punctures, lateral stria terminating behind the eye, and behind
either eye is a short bent stria detached from the margin ; the
elytra, striz 1-3 complete, 4 very short and apical, 5 apical,
very short, almost a linear puncture, sutural usually as long
as the fifth, but further from the apex ; the propygidium with
a few large punctures, closest generally near the outer
margin ; the pygidium with similar punctures, but smooth at
the apex; the prosternum is without stria, and the meso-

new Species of Histeride. Lie

sternum with a wide and feeble emargination and complete
well-marked marginal striae.

In facies very similar to P. Dufali, Mars., but broader
and more robust; and it is also like P. sevtulum, Lew., in the
detached, but interrupted in P. chinense, stria behind the
neck.

Hab. Chefoo. Three examples.

Platysoma quadricolle, sp. n.

Oblongum, parallelum, depressum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte im-
pressa ad oculos striata; pronoto quadrato, stria laterali anterius
integra ; elytris striis 1* abbreviata, 2*-4™ integra, 5*—6* dimidiatis ;
pygidio utrinque valde impresso ; prosterno bistriato, striis anticis
divergentibus ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 32? mill.

Oblong, parallel at the sides, depressed, black, and shining,
legs and antenne pitchy red; the head impressed anteriorly,
striate over the eyes only, clypeus markedly distinct, finely,
not very thickly, punctulate ; the thorax as wide anteriorly as
behind, straight at the sides, marginal stria fine and complete
behind the head, and behind the eyes there is an area of fine
punctures, but the disk, base, and lateral margin are smooth ;
the elytra, strie fine and feebly crenulate, 1 shortened
apically, 2-4 complete, 5 apical but reaching beyond the
middle, 6 rather shorter and oblique, interstice between it
and the suture widest behind; the propygidium distinctly
punctured except on the posterior edge; the pygidium simi-
larly punctured, slightly convex in the middle, lateral edges
raised, with a well-marked canaliculation within them; the
prosternum bistriate, strie diverging in front of the coxa, .
joining at the base, but anteriorly scarcely reaching the
suture, anterior lobe immarginate and sparsely punctured; the
mesosternum emarginate almost from angle to angle, marginal
stria feebly interrupted in the middle.

More elongate and relatively narrower than P. oblongum,
Fabr.; the thorax is quadrate and very widely cut out to
receive the head.

Hab. Madagascar. Without precise locality.

Cypturus assamensis, sp. Nn.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, subtiliter punctulatus ; fronte punctata ;
elytris, striis 1*~-4™ integris, 5* dimidiata, suturali utrinque abbre-
viata ; prosterno distincte punctato.

L. 43-5 mill.

Oval, convex, black, shining, with a fine punctuation

178 Mr. G. Lewis on

between the dorsal strie; the head, frontal stria complete,
most visibly punctured on the anterior portion ; the thorax,
stria complete and close to the edge, distinctly punctured
laterally, disk very finely punctulate ; the elytra, strie 1-4
complete, 5 apical but reaching the middle, sutural usually
shortened at both ends; the pygidium and propygidium
rather closely punctured throughout, punctures moderately
large and mixed with some much smaller; the prosternum is
distinctly punctured between the striz (which meet anteriorly),
with the keel wider (especially at the base) than that of
C. enescens, Er., and the acumination of the mesosternum is
more prominent and more robust. In one sex there are
two deep oval fovez longitudinally placed at the apex of the
pygidium.

The elytral striz are variable in this species ; the fourth is
sometimes shortened, and the sutural in one specimen is joined
to the fourth at the base. The punctuation of the elytral
interspaces is sometimes scarcely perceptible.

flab. Assam. Four examples.

Cypturus Thugt, sp. n.
Ovalis, oblongus, convexus, eneo-niger, nitidus; fronte strigosa ;
pronoto lateribus punctatis ; elytris striis 1*-4™ integris, suturali
dimidiata, interstitiis levibus; prosterno striis antice et postice

conjunctis.
L. 4 mill.

Oblong-ovate, rather convex, brassy black; the head
obscurely punctate, strigose between the eyes, stria inter-
rupted anteriorly ; the thorax, strize complete, with a rather
broad band of distinct punctures laterally, disk smooth, with
a few antescutellar punctures placed transversely ; the elytra,
strie 1-4 complete, fourth hamate at the base, fifth wanting,
sutural abbreviated before the middle, with the interstice
gradually widening from the apex of the wing-case, interstices
quite smooth; the propygidium and pygidium punctate,
punctures not thickly set; the prosternum, striae complete
and joining before and behind, keel smooth, anterior lobe with
large punctures; the mesosternum, marginal stria complete.

Hab. Barway, in India (Cardon). One example in the
National Museum of Brussels.

Phelister capensis, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte punctulata, stria late inter-
rupta; thorace punctulato, stria integra; elytris striis 1*-4™ et
suturali integris, 5° basi abbreviata, interstitiis punctulatis,

L. 33 mill.

new Species of Histeride. 179

Oval, convex, black, shining; the head finely punctulate,
lateral stria ceasing in front of the eye; the thorax distinctly
punctulate throughout, punctures larger than those on the
head, impressed before the scutellum with a cluster of some-
what larger punctures, marginal stria fine and complete,
but not visible at the sides when viewed from above; the
elytra, strie 1-4 and sutural complete, fifth punctiform and
evanescent towards the base, interstices punctulate but less
distinctly on the disk than nearer the margins; the propy-
gidium and pygidium distinctly and somewhat closely punc-
tulate; the prosternum bistriate, striz not meeting before or
behind, feebly sinuous at the coxe, keel distinctly but not
closely punctulate; the mesosternum almost straight ante-
riorly, marginal stria fine and complete, transverse stria
equally fine and minutely crenulate, surface punctulate like
the keel of the prosternum.

This species is similar to Phelister truncatus, Sch., but it
is larger and easily distinguished by the punctuation of the
elytra.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Lighéfoot).

The following isolated description is introduced here for
the sake of easy reference, and because it appears to me to
refer to P. Raffrayi, mihi, 1879. The colour of the species
in this genus is, as a rule, remarkably constant, but it cannot
be always relied on as a specific character.

Pachycrerus completus, Gerst.
Pachycrerus completus, Gerst. JB. Hamb. Anst. i. p. 44 (1884).

“Truncato-ovatus, subparallelus, supra nigro-zneus, elytris virides-
centibus ; capite ubique punctulato, fronte marginata, sat pro-
funde impressa ; prothorace elytris dimidio breviore lateribus ad
medium usque fere rectis, apicem versus sensim arcuato-angus-
tatis, superficie ubique sat dense, sed discum versus subtilius
punctata, inter puncta majora subtilissime punctulata, elytrorum
striis septem catenatim punctatis, omnibus completis, basin et
apicem attingentibus, suturali tantum antice paullulum abbre-
viata, interstitiis planis vage punctulatis.”

L. 6 mill.

Hab. Masai-land.

Pachycrerus elegans, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, parum convexus, supra viridi-cyaneus; thorace
subviolaceo, nitente ; pedibus obscure rufis; elytris striis omnibus
completis ; prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno stria marginali integra.

L, 4} mill.

180 Mr. G. Lewis on

Oblong-oval, somewhat convex, elytra greenish blue, the
thorax with a violaceous tint; the head feebly impressed
anteriorly, finely and evenly punctulate, lateral stria not well-
marked and ceasing behind the mandibles, transverse stria
absent ; the thorax somewhat arched at the sides, marginal
stria ceasing behind the eye, punctured at the sides, punctures
gradually becoming microscopic on the disk, scutellar fovea
very small; the elytra—humeral, subhumeral, and dorsal strize
all complete, the fifth alone being evanescent just before the
base, strie crenulate, interspaces evenly and microscopically
punctulate ; the propygidium with rather large shallow punc-
tures, sparsely set, and with two shallow posterior impressions ;
the pygidium, punctures much smaller, with a small fovea on
either side at the base; the legs are obscurely red.

In outline this species resembles P. histeroides, Mars.,
especially in the form of the thorax.

Hab. Natal (Durban). ‘Two examples, one in the South-
African Museum.

Pachycrerus puncticollis, sp. n.

Oblongus, parallelus, convexus, virescens; pronoto undique punc-
tato, stria marginali pone oculos interrupta; elytris striis 1*°-4™
integris, 5* dimidiata, 6* subintegra; prosterno bistriato; meso-
sterno stria integra.

L. 44 mill.

Oblong, parallel at the sides, convex, elytra brassy green,
thorax faintly coppery; the head impressed anteriorly,
sparsely punctured at the base; ocular stria continues along
the epistoma, with a transverse line (which marks the suture)
angulate in the middle, the angle pointing towards the mouth
{the reverse direction to that in P. Ritseme, Sch.) ; the thorax
wholly and evenly punctured throughout, marginal stria
widely interrupted behind the neck; the elytra, strie 1-4
complete, 5 dimidiate, apical, with a fovea at the base, sutural
only shortened before the scutellum, all the strie slightly
crenulate ; the propygidium and pygidium are punctured like
the thorax.

This species is similar in size and facies to P. cyanipennis,
Mars., but differs in the thorax being punctate before the
scutellum, the prosternum being wider between the strie, and
the mesosternal stria is complete anteriorly.

Hab. Central Africa.

Eretmotus vaiens, sp. n.

Orbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus, supra #. Lucasi simillimus,

new Species of Histeride. 181

sed differt pronoto distincte punctulato et elytris lateralibus
leviter punctulatis,
L. 3 mill.

Orbicular, convex, black, shining ; the forehead flat, ob-
scurely punctulate, with the stria well-marked and passing
laterally along the epistoma, which is not depressed like that
of £. Lucas?, Mars. ; the thorax convex on the disk, depressed
at the sides, very finely punctulate; the elytra, strie short,
basal, nearly obsolete, punctulate, except on the disk ; the
propygidium and pygidium finely and evenly punctulate ;
the prosternum, strize and the surface between them some-
what built up from the sides, with the keel or space between
the striz a little convex, the striw are sinuous between the
cox and the punctuation of the keel is stronger than that of
E. cirtensis, Lew. (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1892,
pl. xix. fig. 3) ; the last-named species, moreover, has a flat
keel, with the adjacent lateral parts on a level with it.

Above this species is extremely like EZ. Lucas?, Mars., but
beneath the prosternum corresponds more with LZ. kabylic
and cirtensis.

Hab. Bougie. I found a single example on the 30th April
last in a nest of Aphanogaster testaceopilosa.

Sternocelis acutangulus, Lew.

Sternocelis acutangulus, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. xxiv. p. 164 (1887) ;
Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 146 (1888).

This species and S. punctulatus, Lucas, are peculiar in
having the tibial grooves for the reception of the tarsi

markedly excavated. Figure 2 gives an outline of 9. acut-
angulus and an enlarged drawing of the intermediate tibia.

182 Mr. G. Lewis on

Sternoceelis politus, Schmidt, 1888.

Having now a long series of this species I am able to say
that S. cancer, Lew., is a large and mature form of S. politus,
Sch., and that S. Sedilloti, Lew., is a small and colour
variety also of the same species. I found all the varieties at
Constantine this spring. Herr Schmidt’s name has the
priority of mine by a few months.

NOTOLISTER, gen. nov.

This genus is founded to receive Sternaulaz Hdwardsii,
Mars., Hpterus imitans, Lew., and E. dux, Lew., all from
Madagascar. The essential characters are that the antennal
fossettes are less open than in Sternaulax, the prosternum is
truncate behind, and the mesosternum very feebly sinuous or
straight, not emarginate ; the tarsal grooves are straight and
open on the outer side in the anterior tibie and the inter-
mediate tibie are multispinose. In Sternaulaz the tarsal
grooves are deep and sinuous and the mesosternum emar-
ginate. Notolister may be placed in the catalogue before
Epierus.

Carcinops Blandfordi, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, depressiuscula, nitidissima ; capite thoraceque lete
viridi-eneis ; elytris purpureo-aureis ; antennis piceis, clava flava.
L, 23 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather depressed, brightly metallic; the head
and thorax brilliant brassy green, with the elytra of a rich
golden purple hue; the head punctulate, punctures varying
in size, with a small medial fovea before the neck ; the thorax
punctured like the head, marginal stria complete anteriorly,
with a very distinct antescutellar fovea ; the elytra, strie 1-4
complete, 5 and sutural abbreviated at the base; the pro-
pygidium and pygidium golden green, punctured like the
head; the prosternum, strie sinuous in the middle and
not meeting either before or behind ; the mesosternum feebly
and widely emarginate on the anterior edge, with a bisinuous
stria along it. Beneath golden green; legs piceous, tarsi
flavous.

This pretty species is at present the only brilliant Carcinops
known.

Hab. Jamaica. Taken last year on the Blue Mountains
by Mr. Maurice Blandford, after whom I have much pleasure
in naming it.

new Species of Histeride. 183

Tryponeus singularis, sp. 0.

Oblongus, rufo-piceus, nitidus; (¢) rostro apice reflexo in medio
leviter carinato; thorace antice utrinque explanato; elytris
macula media rufa, sparse punctulatis ; prosterno plano, (@ ) bi-
striato.

L. 43-42 mill.

Oblong, pitchy red, shining, with anterior angles of the
thorax, band before the base of the elytra, legs, and antennee
reddish brown; the male, snout reddish, obtuse, and dis-
tinctly reflexed, with a short median carina, lateral margins
elevated, punctuation between the eyes very sparse; the
thorax sparsely and irregularly punctulate, anterior angles
arched and explanate outside the antennal fossettes, with a
faint median impression behind the neck which reaches to the
middle ; the elytra punctulate like the thorax, with a rather
broad yellowish-red band behind the base, band obscurely
marked at the suture and on the outer margin, the apices
of the elytra are also narrowly reddish ; the propygidium and
pygidium are rather closely and evenly punctured, the latter
obtuse and hairy at the apex; the prosternum, keel flat,
somewhat wide, and without strix ; the mesosternum obtusely
acuminate anteriorly, with a complete marginal stria. The
female: snout sparsely and faintly punctulate, apex emarginate
and faintly impressed in the middle; the thorax much more
distinctly punctulate than in the male, with the thorax scarcely
explanate at the angles, and the apex of the pygidium very
obtuse and feebly emarginate at the tip; the prosternum
bistriate.

I believe the specimens described above are sexes of one
species, which is a very remarkable one owing to the form of
the thorax ; and I do not know of any other species in which
the prosternum is only striate in one sex.

Hab, Rio Janeiro (Fry, no. 4482). Two specimens in
Mr. Fry’s collection.

Chlamydopsis striatella, Westwood.

Byzenia formicicola, King, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, ii. pt. 1, p. 74,
= Chlamydopsis striatella, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 317
(1869) ; Thesaurus Oxon. 1874, p. 68, pl. iii. fig. 8.

Both these names were published in 1869, but Westwood’s
paper was published in August, while King only read his
paper in November. King erroneously assigned the species
to the Byrrhide.

184 Mr. O. Thomas on Micoureus griseus.

Mr. Blandford having now published descriptions of the
Japanese Platypi, I am able to give the names of the Japanese
Histerids I found in their bores :—Tryponeus fag?, Lew., was
feeding on Platypus Severint, Bland., and T. venator, Lew.,
on P. calamus, Bland.

XXVI.—On Micoureus * griseus, Desm., with the Description
ofa new Genus and Species of Didelphyide. By OLDFIELD
THOMAS.

In 1888 |, following the lead of previous writers, and, like
them, without Paraguayan specimens for comparison, I iden-
tified Azara’s ‘ Micouré & queue longue” t, on which
Desmarest’s Didelphys grisea was based §, with the grey
opossum of Minas Geraes and Rio Janeiro. This latter was
named by Lund in 1841 PD. incana||, a designation which,
following the above identification, was naturally placed by
me as a synonym of D. grisea.

In his work on Minas Geraes opossums Dr. Winge {
accepted my identification with a note of warning as to its
having been based merely on Rio Janeiran and not Para-
guayan specimens, and this warning proves to have been fully
justified, for the British Museum has now received the skin
of an opossum from Corrientes which, while obviously
distinct from the Minas Geraes form, agrees far better with
Azara’s description than the latter does.

The specimen was presented by Mr. Thomas Perrens, and
was collected by his brother Richard near Goya, on the
Parana. ‘The following is a description of it :—

* The subgenera of Didelphys admitted in the ‘Catalogue of Mar-
suplials’ having been since used by several writers of eminence as full
genera, it seems better, as they are unquestionably perfectly natural
groups and no principle is involved, to sink my own opinion on the sub-
ject and to accept them as such. This course I have also adopted in the
case of the groups of Cricetinz, of which the majority of the American
members were at one time joined, by American and European naturalists
alike, into one genus ‘‘ Hesperomys.” If so joined, I still think, as
formerly (P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 153), that they should also be joined to
Cricetus ; but, split apart as they now are, they would all equally retain
their own names, while Cricetus would again be used for Old-World
forms only.

+ Cat. Mars. B. M. p. 349.

} Quacr. Parag. 1. p. 290 (1801).

§ Dict. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 393 (1827).

|| Blik. Bras. Dyrev. Dansk. Afh. viii. p. 237.

4] ‘ Jordfundne og nulevende Pungdyr fra Lagoa Santa,’ p. 107; E Mus.
Lundii, 1893.

Mr. O. Thomas on Micoureus griseus. 185

Size rather less than in MZ. murinus. Fur very short,
soft, and fine. General colour of the back soft mouse-grey,
almost exactly similar to ordinary specimens of Mus mus-
culus, a resemblance by which Azara was also struck.
Instead of this colour, however, fading off gradually towards
the flanks and there meeting the white of the belly, as in
most species, it is sharply defined and separated from the
white underside by a broad band of paler grey, which gives
the species a quite unique appearance. The darker grey
commences between the eyes, broadens out to cover the crown
and back of neck, reaches its greatest breadth (about
20 millim.) in the centre of the back, and narrows again
sharply and decidedly as it reaches the tail. ‘The eyes are ©
clearly ringed with black, as stated by Azara, while the
continuance forward on to the frontal region of the pale grey
lateral band causes the appearance of pale outer orbital rings,
separated in the middle line by the darker median colour, an
appearance which, admirably described by Azara, has caused
much trouble and confusion to workers who have tried to fit
his description on to other species. Hars large and leafy,
uniformly grey; their anterior basal prominence little deve-
loped. Under surface from chin to anus pure sharply defined
white. Shoulders slightly darker than the lateral pale band ;
front of forearm paler grey, upper surface of hands white.
Hind limbs similarly coloured, the lower legs grey, the feet
white. Tail long, naked except for its basal quarter inch ;
grey above for three fourths its length, the terminal fourth
and the whole of the under surface white.

Dimensions (approximate) of the skin of a young specimen
with p.* still in place :—

Head and body (apparently stretched) 105 millim. ;
tail 122; hind foot 14.

Skull: basal length (c.) 24; greatest breadth 14; inter-
orbital breadth 4:1; nasals, length 10, greatest breadth 2°2 ;
palate, length 13; combined lengths of ™!2 4:9.

The rediscovery of this pretty little opossum, of which, so
far as I know, no naturalist has seen a specimen since Azara
described it a century ago, is a matter of considerable interest,
as it clears up a question which has puzzled many writers on
the subject. The correspondence of Mr. Perrens’s specimen
with Azara’s description is really remarkably close, as the
dimensions agree exactly, the Mus musculus-like colour and
texture of fur are present, and the puzzling outer pale rings
round the eyes referred to by him are here produced by the
division of the pale facial colour by the anterior extremity of
the darker dorsal area.

186 Mr. O. Thomas on a new

Like Azara’s, Mr. Perrens’s specimen is young, having its
milk-premolars still in position; and it is therefore to be
hoped that he will obtain further and adult examples of this
very beautiful little animal.

As to the affinities of the species, a comparison of its skull
with those of other members of the group shows that it is
really more nearly related to M. elegans, the Chilian opossum,
than to MW. tncanus, as we should now call the Minas Geraes
species, agreeing closely with the former in size and general
form, and sharing with it the unique character of not
having the nasals expanded posteriorly. In fact the only
obvious distinction between the two skulls is the fact that
the supraorbital edges of M/. griseus are sharply square, even
in the young specimen, and those of MV. elegans are more or less
rounded, at least up to an age considerably greater than
that of the MZ. griseus now described. In external characters,
however, the two are of course widely distinct.

DROMICIOPS, gen. nov.

General proportions much as in Micoureus. Ears short,
hairy. ‘Tail thick, incrassated at base, furry throughout
(except just below extreme tip). Proportions of hind toes as
in Philander.

Skull with a large rounded brain-case. Interorbital region
broad, without ridges or postorbital processes. Broadest
point of palate at front edge of ™?. Bulle very large,
perfect, the posterior, petrosal, portion inflated as much as the
anterior. Lower jaw with the anterior part of each ramus
splayed outwards, and with an unusually short symphysis.

Zeeth.—Incisors broad, spatulate ; {1 more separated from
its fellow of the opposite side than from &2. Canines very
short, the upper one not reaching a line drawn from the tip
of B* to that of £4, and the lower one also scarcely higher
than the last premolar. Two anterior upper premolars sub-
equal, rather smaller than the posterior one; below, each
premolar is slightly larger than the one in front of it. Molars
more rounded than in Micoureus, and recalling, both in form
and the curvature of their series, those of Philander.

This genus differs from all other opossums by the short
furry ears, the thick and hairy tail, the perfect and doubly
inflated bulle, the shortened canines, and the peculiar form
and positions of the incisors. In other ways it presents some
points characteristic of Philander and some of Micoureus; and
it is to this latter that I suppose it must be considered most

Genus and Species of Didelphyide. 187

nearly allied, although its differences are so great that, even
were all the opossums still put in one genus, as formerly, its
peculiar characters, and especially its doubly inflated bulle,
would nevertheless demand its generic distinction.

Dromiciops gliroides, sp. n.

Size and superficial appearance strongly recalling those of
Dromicia nana, the Tasmanian Dormouse-Phalanger, a
resemblance which has suggested the genericname. General
colour above fawn-grey, the dorsal area decidedly darker than
the sides. Face coloured as in M. elegans, that is, pale grey,
with distinct black rings round the eyes. ars short, rounded,
their anterior basal prominence little developed ; their backs
covered basally with thick fur like that of the crown, and
terminally with thin yellowish hairs; altogether they present
a great contrast to the large and practically naked ears of
Micoureus. Crown and nape of neck rufous brown or cinna-
mon, lighter on the sides of the neck, where the hairs have
prominent subterminal white rings. Similarly on the sides
of the body there is a large whitish patch just behind the
shoulder, another in front, and a third just behind the hips,
so that the whole animal, when viewed trom the side, presents
an alternation of .light and dark areas, beginning with the
whitish cheeks, followed in succession by a darker colour
below the ears, then lighter on the sides of the neck, darker
on the shoulder, centre of belly, and hips, each of these parts
being separated by the lighter areas already mentioned. The
dark of the shoulder is united above to that of the back, but
that of the hips is separated by a narrow longitudinal light line
passing approximately along the pelvic bones. These varia-
tions in colour are in no case very conspicuous or sharply
defined. Belly dirty yellowish white, the grey of the bases of
the hairs showing through. Outer sides of limbs and backs of
hands brown ; inner sides and backs of feet dull white. Soles
with five very prominent transversely striated pads—a long
one across the base of the hallux, three at the bases of the
other toes, and a rather smaller postero-external pad. Ter-
minal digital pads large, surpassing the claws, longitudinally
striated. ‘Tail very thick at its base and tapering rapidly and
evenly to the tip, its basal third thickly clothed with shining
fawn-coloured fur like that of the body; its terminal two
thirds almost equally well clothed, but the hairs are straighter
and nearly uniformly dark brown. Below, the hairs are
brownish white throughout. The naked part of the tail is

188 Onanew Genus and Species of Didelphyide.

confined to a narrow strip about half an inch long on the
underside of the tip.

Skull in its general form rather smooth and rounded, with
a large rounded brain-case and short muzzle. Nasals ex-
panded behind. Interorbital region broad, convex, scarcely
flattened, its edges without beads or ridges; temporal ridges
obsolete. Palate broad, the line of the incisors more semi-
circular than usual; anterior palatine foramina very short,
only extending to the level of the back of £2; broadest point
of palate at the front of ™-3 instead of at the back. Posterior
nares broad, their mesial septum continued back some way as
a narrow ridge along the base of the skull.

Teeth as described above.

Dimensions of the type (B. M. 92.5.9.3), an aged male,

reserved as a skin :—

Head and body (c.) 126 millim. ; tail (c.) 102; hind foot
(damped and extended) 18 ; ear, from notch, 14.

Skull: basal length 26; greatest breadth 16°8; nasals,
length 11-1, greatest breadth 4:4, least breadth 1:9; inter-
orbital constriction 5:3; palate, length 14, breadth outside
™ 310; palatal foramen 16. ©

Teeth: height of upper canine behind 1°33; horizontal
length of 24 1:0; combined length of ™-*® 4°6, of four lower
molars 58.

Hab. Huite, N.E. Chiloe Island. ‘ Taken in the fork of
a large tree.”

Coll. Dr. Robert O. Cunningham, H.M.S. ‘ Nassau,’
May 20, 1868.

This interesting little opossum is that referred to by
Dr. Cunningham, in his ‘ Notes on the Natural History of the
Straits of Magellan’ *, as Didelphys elegans, te which it has
a certain superficial resemblance. ‘lhe specimen was presented
by him to Prof. Huxley, and in 1892 was given to the
Museum by the latter’s successor, Prof. G. B. Howes. The
‘ Catalogue of Marsupials’ being finished, the skin was, on
Cunningham’s authority, put away as D. elegans, and it was
only during the examination necessary in working out the
first part of this paper that its striking characteristics were
noticed.

* P, 362 (1871).

‘Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 189

XXVIT.—Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory
(under the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. XIV. By
Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c.

1, On the Ova and Young of Mippoglossus vulgaris.

2. On'the Ova and Larvie of Gadus minutus.

3. On the Ova and Larvee of Brosmius brosme,

4, On the Ova and Larvee of Arnoglossus megastoma.
5. On a Hermaphrodite Example of Mytilus modiolus.

1. On the Ova and Young of Hippoglossus vulgaris.

THE ripe eggs of the halibut have hitherto escaped observa-
tion. The spawning-period, indeed, even in the case of
Fishery Officers stationed where hundreds are landed monthly,
is full of uncertainty, so much so that Dr. Fulton, in working
up the returns in regard to reproduction, could come to no
definite conclusion as to the spawning-period of this species.
Parnell was of opinion that the halibut spawned in spring.
J. Couch, again, does not allude to the subject, though
R. Couch, according to Day, gives April as the *spawning-
period. Buckland quotes the statement of Parnell, and adds
that the roe is of a pale red colour and the ova numerous, a
remark, however, that is applicable to many forms. Day
adds nothing to the foregoing. Moébius and Heincke observe
that the spawning-period occurs in spring, and state that
Malm found on the Cattegat a ripe female on the 26th of
April. Fulton, again, procured an advanced specimen,
captured east of the Island of May, with the ovaries of a
pinkish tinge, on the 18th of February, and others less
advanced in June. The eggs in the former case were com-
paratively large, while in June they measured 1:27 millim.
in diameter, but they were far from being ripe, as indeed
were various specimens Dr. Fulton kindly forwarded to
St. Andrews in May and June, 1891. No ripe example was
seen amidst many hundreds from Iceland and Faroé on the
pontoon at Grimsby about the middle of the latter month.
About the beginning of May, 1892, Mr. Holt, who is carrying
out important fishery work at Grimsby, kindly informed me
that he had secured the fresh eggs of this species, and that
they ranged from 3:07 to 3°81 millim. in diameter, were
destitute of an oil-globule, and delicate to handle. The cap-
sule had faint scribbled markings. The eggs collapsed and
burst very readily, and he thought it possible that a large
perivitelline space was formed after fertilization, as in the
long rough dab. ‘They are thus the largest pelagic eggs in
our seas; indeed, Raffaele appears to have found none at

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiv. 14

190 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Naples over 3 millim. in diameter, though Wenckebach sub-
sequently found one of 4 millim.

Immediately afterwards Dr. Fulton procured ripe eggs by
the aid of Mr. R. Mackie, Assistant Fishery Officer, Peter-
head, who removed them on the 27th April, 1892, from a fish
which had been three days in a boat, which had been fishing
on Bergen Bank, about 60 miles off the Fair Isle, and 150
miles E.N.E. from Peterhead. The specimen from which the
ova were obtained weighed about 140 lbs., and the ovaries
from 18 to 20 lbs. In other examples these organs have
reached the weight of 28lbs. The eggs had been preserved
in a strong solution of picric acid, and had shrunk consider-
ably, and the apparently mature were mingled with unripe
eggs. The pertectly ripe eggs appeared to be nearly circular,
and had a diameter of about 3°3 millim. Those less advanced,
though fully 3 millim. in diameter, were more or less ovoid,
as usual in unripe eggs; so far as could be ascertained, the
comparatively thin zona radiata had the same structure as in
other pelagic forms, and the external surface is marked by a
series of fine creases or folds*. Many of the unripe eggs
had a nearly uniform diameter of 1°9050 to 2°0574 millim.
Other specimens were received from Dr. Fulton subsequently,
and these had a diameter ranging from 3°4290 to 3-7619
millim., and before being immersed in sea-water resembled a
slightly milky mass of young Salpz, or boiled sago.

Mr. R. Duthie, Assistant Fishery Officer, Lerwick, whose
zeal in such work deserves commendation, procured a fine
series of perfectly ripe eggs on the 5th May, 1893, from a
specimen 22 lbs. in weight and about 4 feet long, also cap-
tured on Bergen Bank. About half a gallon of ripe eggs
was obtained trom this fish. These fresh examples demon-
strated that the zona radiata is of considerable toughness, as
Capt. Dannevig also found in the Norwegian examples.
Their diameter ranged from 3°0861 to 3:8 millim.

The ripe females of this species, therefore, have chiefl
been met with towards the end of April or beginning of May.
As in other forms the ripe males are often considerably
smaller, some weighing less than 14 lbs., and they arrive at
maturity somewhat earlier in the season than the females,
It is prebable that most of the eggs, which in a given season
are ripened and shed in this and allied forms, grow to a size
more or less uniform, but considerably less than the diameter
of the mature egg; and that the subsequent increase to the

* The usual minute punctures occur all over the surface. The micropyle

formed a simple orifice, of a slightly pinkish hue from refraction. No
special arrangement of lines or pores surrounded it.

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 191

mature condition takes place more rapidly than the previous
growth. Such is the general impression, though no exact
observations have been made.

The halibut has thus one of the largest and most beautiful
of pelagic ova; but since it has never been obtained in a tow-
net, it is possible it may be less buoyant than the smaller
eges.

No fertilized ova having yet been obtained, the larval and
the early postlarval stages are unknown. On the 28th of
June, however, on Smith Bank, a well-known fishing-ground
in the Moray Firth, a closely allied form, if not this species,
was procured in the mid-water net along with young gadoids,
gurnards, and pleuronectids. The total length is 9°5 millim.
and the greatest depth 3°8 millim. It is distinguished by
the thickness of the body (the depth of which, however, is
comparatively moderate), by the character of the head, and the
presence of branchiz projecting behind the opercula. The
thickness and firmness of the body and the condition of the
branchiz would lead to the conclusion that it is not a very
young fish, yet the embryonic tail is still present. Before
the young turbot reaches that length the condition of its tail
is wholly different.

The head is characterized by its massive appearance.
The eyes are lateral and of considerable size. The marginal
fin is considerably injured, but it seems to have been of
moderate depth, traces of true rays appearing both dorsally
and ventrally, and especially in the caudal. The terminal
curve of the notochord is pronounced but does not taper much,
and the embryonic fin apparently forms a shorter lobe than
in the other pleuronectids. The vent is situated a little in
advance of the median line of the body, which, as well as the
head, is speckled with minute blackish-brown points. Those
chromatophores present on the abdomen have undergone
considerable change, after immersion in spirit, viz. a spreading
out of the marginal pigment, while a black speck is left in
the centre. The chromatophores on the lateral region occur
with some regularity. Indications of two pigment-touches
appear in the marginal fin, viz. over the tip of the pectoral,
and another about the centre of the post-abdominal region of
the body. Ventrally a single patch is situated between the
anus and the hypural region. The pigment invades the fin
and thus resembles that in the pleuronectids generally. On
viewing the dorsal edge trom above, the cephalic and the two
marginal touches, which extend on the fin, are best seen.
Ventrally a little pigment over the abdominal surface and the
patch in the anal fin are noticeable, while chromatophores are

14*

192 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

dotted round the anus. A few pigment-specks occur inside
the abdominal cavity, as viewed from the ventral surface.

The thickness and elongation of the body suggest its
relationship with the halibut, and it certamly contrasts
strongly with young turbot, somewhat less in size, which were
kindly sent for examination by Mr. Holt.

Specimens of very small halibut are extremely rare,
apparently because they are found only in deep water near
the great fishing-grounds, and because their mouths are too
small to take the large hook used for the capture of the
species. It is otherwise as soon as it exceeds a foot in length.
The smallest examples hitherto examined at St. Andrews
were obtained by a local trawler, the larger being a foot and
the smaller a little less. On the 31st May, 1892, however,
a specimen measuring 97 millim., or a little more than 33
inches, was procured at a depth of 105 fathoms about 80 miles
from the coast of Norway, and about 220 miles from Aberdeen.
It had been swallowed by a green cod. Its fin-formula is
D. 97, A. 73 (?), caudal 19, pectoral 11, ventral 6, though it
must be stated that digestion had considerably affected the
fins.

The differences between this small example and that a foot
long are the proportionally larger size of the eyes and their
proximity to the anterior border of the snout, the smallness
of the gape (the posterior angle of the mouth being some-
what in front of the eye, whereas in the larger it passes to
the anterior fifth of the eye), and the maxilla is boldly marked.
The arch of the lateral line behind the eye on the right is
much more pronounced in the larger example, for in the
smaller it is gently bent upward, and runs forward with a
very slight declivity. On the left side the arch is more dis-
tinctly curved. Variations, however, are frequent in the larger
examples. The caudal rays proceed from a nearly vertical
line in the smaller, from a semicircle (7. e. a line convex
backward) in the larger specimen. The opercular region also
differs, but the gastric juice has affected the small example.
The thickness and narrowness of the body are more or less
diagnostic at this stage, which, if it pertains to the halibut, is
probably about a year old.

2. On the Ova and Larve of Gadus minutus.

The eggs and larve of this species were briefly alluded to
by Raffaele*, who stated that the arrangement of the pig-
ment differed from that in the cod. Marion f likewise found

* Mitth. zoolog. Stat. Neap. Bd. viii. Heft 1, sep. Abth. p. 36, Taf. 1.
fig. 25, and Taf. 2. figs. 20, 21 (1888).

¥ Ann. du Musée d’Hist. Nat. de Marseille, Zool. iv. p. 178, pl. 2.
fig, 14.

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 193

both eggs and larve in the Gulf of Marseilles; while
Mr. Cunningham * found the adults ripe in April, and the
acini of the eggs 1:02 millim., but he did not hatch
them.

At St. Andrews the ripe ova fertilized at 9 A.M. on the
6th June were in the multicelled condition at 5.45 P.M. with
a perivitelline space. Their diameter varied from *9906 millim.
to 10287 millim. On the 7th the embryo was outlined and
the optic vesicles indicated. The eyes of the advanced
embryos are silvery, their conspicuous condition being one of
the marked features of the egg, and the body, yolk, and head
have touches of yellowish pigment. A few were hatched on
the 11th June, and the larva measured from 2°3 to 2°4 millim.,
and somewhat resemble the whiting. The eyes are silvery
greenish, the entire head and body being dappled with minute
yellow specks. Black chromatophores occur along the ventral
border of the muscle-plates, the tip of the tail alone being
free from them. A less distinct series runs along the dorsal
edge, and a few finely branched specks occur on the head.
The rectum terminates blindly at the posterior and upper
part of the yolk. In the older larve the black pigment had
increased along the dorsal and the ventral margins of the
muscle-plates. The eyes are silvery by reflected, but have a
gorgeous bronzed hue by transmitted light. The yellow
specks, moreover, are less conspicuous ; indeed in the oldest—
that is, in the early post-larval stage (after the disappearance
of the yolk)—this pigment appeared only on the cheeks.

Both eggs and larve are somewhat delicate, especially in
warm weather.

3. On the Ova and Larve of Brosmius brosme.

The ova of the torsk have a diameter of 1°3335 millim.,
and are characterized by a zona furnished with a series of
boldly marked punctures and a series of intercrossing lines or
creases, somewhat like the brill or lemon-dab, and the
presence of a large oil-globule of a pale reddish-brown hue
under a lens, but pale red by transmitted light, and measuring
2286 to *2667 millim. in diameter. The micropyle resembles
that of the haddock. They were fertilized in Shetland on
the 21st May, and transmitted to the Marine Laboratory,
where they were readily hatched. A feature of interest is the
fact that the spermaries are comparatively small, even in a
male of good size—reaching only from 2 to 3 inches in length,
and having the form of small frilled cords. They thus differ

* Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. n. s. vol. i. p. 375.

194 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

from the male organs of most of the gadoids. The ovaries,
on the other hand, are large.

On the fourth day (25th May) the blastopore was closing
or closed, the optic vesicles formed, and a broad alar expan-
sion extending outward on each side. A small perivitelline
space is present. —

Before hatching a greenish-yellow hue by transmitted light
appeared on the head and on the tip of the tail. The larva
measures about 4 millim., and is characterized by the large
pinkish-brown oil-globule which is generally fixed at the
posterior border of the yolk. In some the oil-globule, how-
ever, is freely movable, and by depressing the tail of the
larva it glides forward to the middle of the yolk, while by
elevating the head it mounts to the highest point, viz. the
anterior border of the yolk. Nothing, indeed, could better
illustrate the features formerly pointed out in regard to the
movement of the oil-globule in the gurnard, and the passage
of the brightly coloured globule through the yolk (not merely
at the surface of the yolk as some imagine) was in this
instance easily followed. The free condition of the globule
was probably abnormal, but it is noteworthy.

The larval torsk is characterized by somewhat irregularly
scattered chromatophores on the head, though the front view
of the head zn ovo shows that a more or less symmetrical
series is present over each eye. The first patch or bar of
finely ramose chromatophores on the trunk is placed rather
behind the middle of the yolk, and it is rendered more con-
spicuous by the black pigment of the sub-notochordal region
beneath. The next lies on the muscle-plates behind the vent,
the last is at the tip of the tail, while a less definite one is
intermediate. A slightly yellowish hue (greenish by trans-
mitted light) pervades the head, yolk-sac, and the tip of the
tail. The rectum is near the upper border of the marginal
fin. The notochord is multicolumnar. The reddish oil-
globule is situated at the posterior border of the yolk.

The changes which subsequently occurred may be sum-
marized as follows :—increase of the greenish-yellow hue and
the ramifications of the black chromatophores, increase of
pigment in the eyes, which became greenish silvery, absorp-
tion of the yolk, and the gradual diminution of the reddish
oil-globule, which has been drawn forward and almost con-
cealed under the greatly increased black pigment of the upper
region of the abdomen. The appearance of the embryonic
rays in the tail was coincident with a more distinct
yellowish tint of the marginal fin of that region, and the fan-
like expansion of the black pigment of the tail. The larvae

St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 195

are very hardy, and could readily be reared in suitable
enclosures.

4, On the Ova and Larve of Arnoglossus megastoma.

The ova were procured from the fishing-grounds off
Aberdeen in May, and, as Raffaele pointed out, possess a
single oil-globule. They have a diameter of 1:1430 millim.,
and the oil-globule *3048 millim. All are remarkably
buoyant, and at an early stage of development possess a
perivitelline space. The zona is distinguished by having
elevated lines or ridges with very fine strie between them,
as in the brill and lemon-dab, and these ridges remain after
hatching has taken place. The micropyle is sometimes
situated in the centre of a radiate series of lines in a space
bounded by other ridges. Development is comparatively
rapid, so that on the fourth day the perivitelline space has
considerably increased—from the diminution of the yolk, the
tail of the embryo projects as far as the oil-globule, and its
black chromatophores have commenced to ramify. The
chromatophores under the oil-globule are minutely branched.
The otocysts are formed, and faint pulsations of the heart are
present. Some were hatched on the fifth day.

The larva possesses only black pigment somewhat uniformly
scattered over the body, with a few specks on the head. They
also occur both dorsally and ventrally in the marginal fin,
and are V-shaped in the latter. The large oil-globule lies at
the posterior and inferior part of the yolk, and in lateral views
is somewhat elliptical, The notochord is multicolumnar.
The solid strand of the rectum comes to the edge of the
marginal fin, and a preanal portion of this fin occurs between
it and the yolk. ‘Iwo days afterwards a yellow pigment
appeared amongst the black on the marginal fin and along the
sides of the body posteriorly, but insome specimens, which were
probably more normal in their emergence, yellow pigment
was noticeable on the caudal region. The black pigment in
the eyes was late in developing (fifth to sixth day). The
mouth opens early, but the mandibular cartilages are less
developed than in the gadoids, yet the aperture is proportion-
ally large and the movements extensive. The canary-yellow
pigment was conspicuous in the posterior part of the body in
the oldest examples.

Briefly, then, the larva is recognized by the characteristic
black chromatophores of the marginal fin dorsally and
ventrally, the slightly elliptical outline of the oil-globule in
lateral view, the pre-anal marginal fin, and the shape of the
head. .

196 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Stluroid Fish.
5. On a Hermaphrodite Example of Mytilus modiolus.

In examining a series of ‘horse’-mussels from Stream
Sound, East Burra, Shetland, in February (5th), a specimen
measuring 43 inches was observed to be peculiar. It had a
somewhat small ovarian region chiefly developed in front of
the posterior adductor, as far as the byssus, and of a tint less
bright than usual. In front of the byssus the foot was
enlarged and formed a somewhat crescentic elevation of a
pale yellowish hue, with a free portion of the foot behind.

On section the ovary—extending, as just mentioned, as far
forward as the byssus—presented numerous ova, but also a
large amount of degenerating tissue and cells, with reddish-
brown bodies and débris, as in the ovary of Mytilus edulis
during the period of absorption after spawning.

The enlarged region of the foot showed a uniformly minute
cellular structure, as in the testisof a male. ‘The cells indeed
closely agreed with the sperm-cells, only the mass seemed to
have a larger amount of connective tissue.

The mussel had formerly received an injury to the left
valve posteriorly, but it had been repaired.

XXVIII.—Description of a new Siluroid Fish from Burma.
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Macrones peguensis.

Depth of body 53 times in total length, length of head
34 times. Head 1} as long as_ broad, slightly granulate
above ; snout much depressed; diameter of eye 8 times in
length of head, interorbital width 3 times; maxillary barbel
reaching to middle of pectoral ; mandibular barbels subequal,
2 length of head. Vomerine teeth in a crescentic uninter-
rupted band. No separate interneural shield on the nape.
Dorsal I 7; equally distant from end of snout and base of
caudal; spine 2 length of head, moderately strong, not
serrated ; adipose fin as long as dorsal, a little longer than
anal. Anal 12. Pectoral spine $ length of head, strongly
serrated on the inner edge; veniral reaching anus; caudal
forked. Olive-grey above, white beneath ; a series of blackish
dotted lines cross the lateral line; dorsal and caudal fins
dark, adipose fin blackish.

Total length 20 millim.

Closely allied to Macrones planiceps, C. & V., but distin-
guished by the much shorter barbels.

Two specimens from the Sittang River, near Toungoo;
presented to the British Museum by Mr. E. W. Oates.

On new Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 197

XXIX.—New Pyrales from the Khasia Hills.
By Col. C. Swinnog, M.A., F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 149.]

Genus CHABULA, Moore.

19. Chabula vedonalis, sp. n.
3 ¢. Coloured like C. acamasalis, Walker, and C. telphu-

salis, Walker, =rendferalis, Snellen; smaller but much darker
than either, and the dark purplish-grey colour more uniform
throughout ; the first white spot on fore wings replaced by a
white band across the wing, preceded and also fellowed by a
slightly sinuous white line; the second white spot wedge-
shaped and not reniform, broad on the costa, the point down-
wards, reaching down a little more than a third of the breadth
of the wing, with a white line on each side which extend
across the wing, meet together on the hinder margin one third
from the angle, and are there joined by the second line,
which curves along the hinder margin; cilia concolorous
with the wings. The hind wings have the costal margin
narrowly white, with three white streaks running downwards
from it, all inside the nearly straight discal white line. On
the underside the base of fore wings and all but the outer
margin of hind wings are white; the bands and spots on fore
wings same as they are above, on the hind wings there is a
middle grey line.

Expanse of wings 385 inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Numerous examples.

C. telphusalis, Walker, is very near C. acamasalis, Walker,
but it seems to be a good species, the differences so distinctly
described by Snellen being constant. I have received it in
great numbers from the Khasia Hills. C. vedonalis is very
distinct, and can at once be distinguished from both by its
wedge-shaped outer spot on the costa of fore wings and by
the absence of white on cilia at the angles.

Glyphodes terealis, Walker, from Borneo, also belongs to
the genus Chabula, and is closely allied to the others, but
apparently quite distinct.

Genus Pagypa, Walker.

20. Pagyda discolor, sp. n.

. Palpi ochreous, with the hairs tipped with purplish
brown; antenna, head, body, and wings of a uniform grey

198 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

colour, with a very slight purplish tinge. Wings with the
lines brown, very straight; first line ove fourth from base
of costa of fore wings to the abdominal margin one third
from anal angle ; second commencing immediately below the
lunular mark at the end of cell of fore wings and reaching anal
angle; a straight streak from costa of fore wings one fourth
from apex, and a submarginal line from below the costa near
the apex towards the anal angle, which it does not reach;
this line on the hind wings is slightly curved and corresponds
to the shape of the outer margin, all the three lines crossing
this wing are obsolete on the costal space, which is white ;
marginal line and anteciliary line brown, giving a double
line to the margin; cilia whitish. Underside whitish,
unmarked ; fore legs with dark brown stripes and bands.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Larger than P. salvalis ; lines similarly disposed ; coloration
very different.

Genus BoTyoDEs, Guen.

21. Botyodes maculalis, sp. n.

3g. Palpi dark red-brown, white beneath ; antenne, head,
body, and wings bright clear yellow, without, however, any
gloss; abdomen with anal tuft black. Fore wings with a
red-brown marginal band, narrow at the apex, bulging in-
wards opposite the cell and again on to the hinder margin,
where it is broad, with a corresponding broad patch at the
apex of hind wings; on the inner side of this patch and on
both the curves on the fore wings is a dark brown suffused
spot; both wings are covered with grey spots; a grey ringlet
at the end of each cell; two grey spots within the cell of
fore wings, the first forming with two spots below it the inner
line; the outer line is also formed of similar spots almost
straight across the wing, with a bend inwards before reaching
the hinder margin: the hind wing has a central band com-
posed of large spots joined together on the upper and lower
portions of the wing with an outward curve of lunules; also a
submarginal dentated line with grey points, and brown points
between the veins close to the margin: cilia of fore wings
brown, of hind wings grey, with pale tips. Underside paler,
with the marginal band and some of the spots visible ; legs
white, fore legs with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 145-1; inch.

Cherra Punji. Two examples.

The yellow coloration is clearer and brighter even than in

Pyrales from the Khasta Hills. 199

Meroctena tullalis, Walker, and except that the marginal band
is not carried up broadly to the costa of fore wings, as in that
species, the markings are very similarly disposed.

Genus SYLEPTA, Hiibn.
22. Sylepta nigriflava, sp. n.

3. Dark bright ochreous, body below and legs white.
Wings with the spots and lines deep black ; aspot at the end
of each cell; exterior lines across both wings, interior line
on fore wings only, these lines being composed of spots, the
interior line on fore wings with a spot larger than the others in
the middle, the line nearly straight, outer line curved outwardly
and then bent inwards to a black spot below the cell-spot ;
on the hind wing the outer line runs down to a spot on the
upper disk, from which it curves outwards and then inwards
to another similar spot, and then to the hinder margin at two
thirds. Underside duller ochreous, with some of the markings
visible.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Wings shaped like S. caldusalis, Walker, but a smaller
insect, much more brightly coloured, with ochreous cilia and
deep black markings.

23. Sylepta venustalis, sp. n.

3. Palpi brown; head, body, and wings dull ochreous,
wings with the bands and spots pale black. Fore wings with
an interior line from hinder margin at one third, curving
round on to the costa near the base; a subbasal spot on the
hinder margin (not always present), a spot within the cell, a
larger spot at the end; a discal line of lunular spots joined
together from costa at one third, curving inwards, then out-
wards, then bent inwardly to below the outer cell-spot and
downwards to the hinder margin just beyond the middle:
hind wing with the discal line with a straight, rather thick
band running right through it, leaving the outwardly
curved portion of the line only visible; both wings with
marginal lunular thick line, with the extreme margin ochreous ;
cilia brown, tipped with white. Underside dull ochreous
grey, most of the markings on the wings as above; body and
legs white ; fore legs with black bands,

Expanse ot wings 1; inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Several specimens.

A larger and stouter insect than S. caldusalis, Walk., with
the lines and spots thick and prominent.

200 ~ Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Genus CERATARCHA, nov.

3. Fore wings elongate, narrow ; costa straight till close
before apex; apex prominent, subfaicate, outer margin con-
cave below apex, bulging in the middle, concave below apex,
and oblique towards anal angle. Hind wings with the apex
prominent, the outer margin immediately below it slightly
concave to the middle, thence straight, and at the anal angle
rounded. Antenne simple, three fourths the length of the
fore wings ; palpi broadly triangular, the second joint almost
concealing the third, which is short and blunt and does not
reach as far as the front of the second; tongue present ;
abdomen elongate, extending far beyond the hind wings;
hind tibiee with four spurs.

Type: Ceratarcha umbrosa.

24. Ceratarcha umbrosa, sp. n.

3. Pale olive-grey, irrorated and striated with black
atoms and short striations, which sparsely but evenly cover
both wings. J[*ore wings with a small black spot within the
cell and another below it; a large black spot at the end of
the cell; some black marks on the costa near the base. Hind
wings with a black spot at end of cell; a group of black
irrorations clustered together like a short band alongside of
it against the abdominal margin; both wings with a broad
outer marginal brown band, limited by a recurved and deeply
excavated black line of small spots, which are joined together
and thickened on the hinder margin of both wings; in some
specimens this band is opaque and nearly black, in others it
is brown and studded with black irrorations like the rest of
the wings; marginal line paie; cilia pale brown, interlined
with dark brown. Underside pale olive-grey, with the cell-
spots and irrorations prominent; body and legs olive-grey,
legs with some brown bands.

Expanse of wings 144 inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Many examples.

25. Ceratarcha? clathralis, sp. n.

3 ¢. Palpi brown; antenne, head, body, and wings pale
luteous grey ; antenne with brown joints, thorax with a brown
band in front. Wings sparsely irrorated with dark brown
atoms: fore wings with an indistinct brown ringiet in the
cell, another below it, and a more distinct and larger ringlet
at the end of the cell; the irrorations somewhat clustered
together in the middle of the wing, and a broad blackish

Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 201

marginal band, slightly curved and bulging inwards on the
hinder margin, with a blackish line close to its inner margin:
hind wings with a brown ringlet at end of cell, a blackish
space at the apex, and a black marginal lunular line; cilia of
both wings luteous, with a black macular line in it. Under-
side: body, legs, and wings whitish; wings with the ringlets
at the ends of the cells distinct, and the marginal band grey
with a short sinuous black band on its inner side; fore legs
with brown stripes. The female differs from the male in
having the marginal band only faintly indicated.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Shillong. One male and one female.

This species does not quite correspond in contour of fore
wings with C. umbrosa; it has some affinity to the genus
Mimorista, but at present I prefer leaving it here.

Genus RAvanoa, Moore.

26. Ravanoa strigulosa, sp. n.

3. Palpi white, with a brown patch above towards the
tips; body rubbed, but the abdomen has the anal portion
ochreous, with a white band at the tip and a white and black
band near the tip. Wings luteous white, with transverse
brown bands, five on each wing, besides a thin marginal band ;
the cilia is long and is four-lined—luteous, brown, luteous, and
brown,—making the wings look as if the marginal band was
duplex and the cilia luteous tipped with brown ; the transverse
bands are nearly straight and at even distances, commencing
near the base; on the fore wings the first two are complete, the
third stops short of the costa near the commencement of the
fourth, which only runs halfway down the wing, and also is
connected along the costa with a short streak between the
second and third; the fifth is submarginal and does not quite
touch the hinder margin: the hind wing has a large ochreous
patch at the anal angle, none of the bands touch the costa,
and all run to the ochreous patch inclining towards the anal
angle of the wing. Underside whitish throughout, with the
bands faintly visible ; fore legs with brown bands,

Expanse of wings 7 inch.

Shillong. One example.

Genus CHAREMA, Moore.

27. Charema subalbidalis, sp. n.

Antenne grey-brown ; palpi dark brown, ochreous at the
base on the underside; a small whitish space on the head at

202 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

the base of the antenne ; rest of head, body, and wings above
dark glossy brown, markings on fore wings very indistinct
and only slightly darker than the wing-colour, consisting
apparently of a cell-spot on fore wings, an inner line and a |
discal line, slightly recurved and bent inwards to the discal
spot and then down to the middle of the hinder margin ; cilia
concolorous with the wings. Underside whitish, with cell-
spot and discal line on fore wings distinct, and a cell-spot and
discal recurved line on hind wings, with a spot at the end of
each curve; this line is not visible above; legs and body
white.

Exxpanse of wings 1 inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Many examples.

The wings are broader and rounder than is usual in this
genus.

28. Charema fuscipennis, sp. n.
3. Antenne reddish grey; palpi blackish brown ; head,

abdomen, and wings of a uniform dark dull brown. Fore
wings with a dark brown spot in middle of cell, a lunule at
the end; interior and exterior lines dark brown, indistinct,
the latter bent outwards on the median vein, then curves
inwards to the bottom of the cell-lunule, then downwards to
the middle of the hinder margin. Hind wings with a discal
lunule, a discal line with a similar outward bend in its centre ;
some indistinct black lunular points on the outer margin of
both wings; cilia concolorous with the wings, with a pale
basal line. Underside with the wings as above, but slightly
paler ; legs blackish brown, tarsi and body whitish.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Transverse lines much as in C. analis, Snellen, =albo-
ciliata, Moore; the wings, however, are not so long nor so
pointed, and the cilia brown, and not white as in that species.

29. Charema carbonalis, sp. n.

&. Palpi black, white beneath ; antenne, head, body, and
wings black ; abdomen with a thin white band at the base
and with the segments in fresh specimens marked with white.
Fore wings with a deep black spot at the end of the cell and
a black indistinct smaller spot within the cell; both wings
crossed by a rather broad, nearly straight, and fairly uniform
deep black band, which is discal on fore wings and medial on
hind wings ; the space outside the band with a bronze-like
gloss upon it; anteciliary line pale; cilia black, tipped with
grey. Underside much paler than above, with the cell-spot,

Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 203

transverse band, and outer bronzy gloss distinct; body and
legs white, hind tibia black.

Exxpanse of wings 17/5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Four examples.

30. Charema annubilata, sp. n.

3: Palpi, head, body, and wings dull purplish black ;
abdomen with pale segmental lines ; spots and lines on wings
black ; a spot at end of each cell. Fore wings with a dot
within the cell, an outwardly curved interior line just inside
this spot; an exterior thick line, rounded from the costa to
vein 2, where it bends inwards, and then straight to the
hinder margin at two thirds, and is continued across the hind
wings nearly in the middle, with an outward curve in its
centre ; marginal points black: wings grey, interlined with
black. Underside of a uniform pale grey, brown dots at the
end of each cell and an outer line across both wings composed
of brown dots; body and legs whitish.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

In some specimens the costal margin of the fore wings is
slightly ochreous.

31. Charema pernitescens, sp. n.

3. Palpi, antenne, head, body, and wings above ochreous
grey ; wings with a shining cupreous tinge, with the outer
borders broadly suffused with dark grey. Hind wings with
the basal half of the costal portion whitish ; spots and lines
dark grey, a spot at the end of each cell. Fore wings with
the interior line nearly straight, the exterior line with a small
curve outwards in its centre, then deeply bent inwards below
the cell-spot, then nearly straight to the hinder margin at its
middle. Hind wing with a central line, rather indistinct,
with a small outward curve in its middle; the hind wings
are very slightly paler in colour than the fore wings; cilia
grey, with a whitish basal line, grey towards apex of fore
wings. Underside: wings paler, glossy, with markings as
above; body and legs whitish, fore legs with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 1,3; inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Genus CYCLARCHA, nov.

6. Fore wings elongate, narrowed at base; costa straight
but rounded towards apex, which is blunt; outer margin

204 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

curved, hinder margin somewhat convex; palpi slender,
rather long, upcurved in front of face; tongue long and
slender; antenna pubescent; hind tibia with two pairs of
spurs, the inner one three times as long as the outer, scaling
smooth and glossy, the veins all pale and the intervals dark.
Allied to Denterarcha, Meyrick.
Type: Cyclarcha atristrigalis.

32. Cyclarcha atristrigalis, sp. n.

&. Palpi, antenne, head, body, and fore wings of a
uniform bright ochreous colour. Fore wings with black
streaks in the interspaces, two along the costa, and the rest
forming two broad bands across the wing—the first ante-
medial and straight, the second postmedial and outwardly
curved, Hind wings paler, with a grey shade on the outer
margin; cilia of both wings ochreous, with white tips.
Underside pale ochreous ; fore wings with the bands faintly
visible; fore legs with black stripes.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

33. Cyclarcha flavinervis, sp. n.

&. Palpi ochreous, brown above, thicker and stouter than
in atristrigalis; antenne, head, and thorax dull ochreous ;
abdomen smoky brown, with an ochreous tip. Wings smoky
brown: fore wings with the apex, costal margin, and all the
veins ochreous throughout, and an ochreous mark at the end
of the cell: hind wings with the veins distinct, giving this
wing also a somewhat striped appearance ; cilia of both wings
ochreous. Underside: body, legs, and wings ochreous grey,
fore wing with a smoky suffusion in the interior portions.

Expanse of wings yy inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Genus Nacia, Walker.
34, Nagia flavispila, sp. n.

gd. Antenne grey; palpi dark brown, ochreous grey
beneath ; head, body, and wings of a uniform dark purplish
brown. Both wings with a large subquadrate ochreous-white
spot across the wing; at the end of the cell in the fore wing
there isa small similarly coloured spot near the hinder margin
at its middle, and on the hind wings the spot has an outward
curve in its centre ; cilia concolorous with the wings, with a
pale basal line. Underside much as on upperside, but the

Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 205

spot on hind wings forms a band from the costa to near the
abdominal margin.

Expanse of wings 3%; inch.

Cherra Punji. Two examples.

Allied to Magia quadrimaculalis, Kollar, = desmialis,
Walker ; is much smaller, has the four large spots differently
shaped, and the cell-spots absent.

35. Nagia incomitata, sp. n.

3+ Palpi brown, ochreous grey beneath; top of head
ochreous grey; body and wings of a uniform dark purple-
brown, except on the basal half of the costa of hind wings,
which is whitish. Fore wings with a large central luteous
white spot, deeply excavated on its upper outer side. Hind
wings with a large nearly round similar spot; cilia of both
wings concolorous with the wings, with a pale basal line.
Underside: body and legs whitish ; wings paler coloured than
they are above, the basal portion of the hinder margin of
fore wings whitish ; spots as above.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Shillong. One example.

Between quadrimaculalis and flavispila, but quite different
to either.

Genus PRORODES, nov.

Antenne of male quite simple except at base; basal joint
enlarged, second joint thickenedand swelling in front, leaving a
hollow between the joints, as in Coptobasis : labial palpi large,
three times as long as the head, porrect and smoothly scaled,
third joint nearly as long as second, bluntly oblong, and
slightly inclined upwards; maxillary palpi shortly porrect
above labial; tongue present. ore wings more than twice
as long as broad ; costa straight, curving towards apex ; apex
distinct, outer margin obliquely curved. Hind wings with
outer margin curved and both angles rounded. Abdomen
long, reaching far beyond hind wings; scaling dull.

Type: Prorodes mimica.

Distinguished from Coptobasis by the palpi being quite
differently shaped, and herein somewhat resembling Anthe-
retis eridora of Meyrick.

36. Frorodes mimica, sp. n.

3 ¢. Palpi, antenne, head, body, and wings above brown,
with a slight purplish gloss. Wings with the spots and lines
white: fore wings with a small spot in middle of cell, a larger

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 15

206 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

spot at the end, another of equal size (sometimes larger) below
it; inner line indicated by the spot in middle of cell and an
indistinct spot on the hinder margin at one third; outer line
commences with three largish lunules below the costa at one
third from apex, followed by a few small dots in an outward
curve, and two or three dots down to the hinder margin after
the usual bend inwards, which sometimes can be traced: hind
wing with the outer line as on fore wings, except that the
lowest spot is only left of the three subcostal lunules; a dot
at end of cell; cilia coloured like the wings, with a whitish
basal line and pale tips. Below, wings paler, more glossy,
markings much as above; body and legs whitish ; fore legs
with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 1;%5 inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Many examples.

The female only differs trom the male in having the lines
and spots finer; some of the well-marked males closely
resemble Coptobasis luctuosalis, Guen.

Genus ORPHANOSTIGMA, Warren.
37. Orphanostigma fulvistriga, sp. n.

3g. Palpi brown ; antennz, head, body, and wings ochreous
grey, the wings suffused with darker grey on the outer
portions ; costal portion of hind wings whitish. Wings with
the lines fulvous; a mark of the same colour across the end
of cell of fore wings; both wings with interior and exterior
thick even lines, the former shightly curving outwards from
costa of fore wings, rather close to the base of the hinder
margin at one fourth, then on to the hind wings beyond the
costal white portion almost straight to the anal angle; the
outer line evenly curved outwards from the costa of fore wings
at one fourth from apex, bends inwards abruptly to the cell-
spot, then straight to hinder margin at the middle, and is
continued on the hind wings straight towards the anal anele,
terminating at vein 2; marginal border dark grey; cilia
interlined, being ochreous grey, brown, and then white.
Underside whitish; a dot at the end of each cell and discal
line evenly curved on both wings; body and legs white.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Shillong. Two examples.

Genus AXDIODES, Guen.
38. Aidiodes ciliata, sp. n.

3g. Deep black, very uniform in colour; antenne white

Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 207

at the tips; frons with a white line on each side; abdomen
with a white band near the base and another one third from
the tip. Wings with large white spots: fore wings with one
just before the middle and another, larger, on the upper disk ;
hind wings with one subbasal, touching the abdominal
margin, and another of about the same size on the disk ; cilia
of both wings black, with white tips at the apex of fore wings
and a white spot at the hinder angle. Underside: wings as
above; abdomen white, with two black bands; legs black ;
tarsi white, with black bands.

Expanse of wings 7/5 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Genus TRICHOPTYCHODES, nov.

3. Fore wings narrow, elongate ; costa straight for three
fourths, then convex; apex blunt, outer margin rounded.
Hind wings twice as broad as fore wings; the outer margin
nearly straight, abdominal margin distorted from base to
outer margin, raised above and hollowed below, the’ raised
upper surface being clothed with a bed of dark hairs. An-
tennz lamellate ; palpi upcurved in front of face; hind tibie
with four spurs, the upper inner one five times as long as the
outer one.

Type: Zrichoptychodes delicata.

39. Trichoptychodes delicata, sp. n.

3. Palpi grey, pure white at the tip; head, body, and
wings white. Fore wings with the basal third pale fulvous,
tinged with orange colour, with a short white streak from the
costa near its end, rather more than the outer third of the same
orange colour, intersected by three short white streaks from the
costa, two from the outer margin, and one from the hinder
margin, where there is a blackish space or patch. Hind
wings with a broad blackish suffused marginal band, which
does not quite touch the white outer margin, is irregular on
its inner side, and does not reach the anal angle ; abdominal
margin with a patch of black hairs. Underside white, with
the marginal bands and streaks visible ; body and legs white.

Expanse of wings 7% inch.

Cherra Punji. Four examples.

Genus AGROTERA, Schrank.

40. Agrotera discinotata, sp. n.
3. Palpi brown, antenne grey; head, body, and basal
toe

.208 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

two thirds of abdomen golden yellow, marked with golden
red, the abdomen striped with that colour on the segments ;
the anal third grey, with two red-brown segmental bands.
Fore wings grey, with a yellow lunule at end of cell ringed
with red; the basal fourth of the wing of that colour, marked
with golden red; a black suffused patch in the disk, which
includes the cell-lunule; the exterior line thin and black and
wavy. Hind wings pale grey, with the exterior line indis-
tinct and some black marks in the disk; marginal line of
both wings black; cilia grey, partly interlined with darker
grey and partly tipped with the same colour. Underside
whitish, without any markings.

Exxpanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

A very beautiful little insect.

Genus ANTIGASTRA, Led.
Al. Antigastra longipalpis, sp. n.

3g. Palpi brownish above, white beneath; head, thorax,
and abdomen white, with brownish sides. Wings thinly
clothed, dull sordid grey, nearly white in parts, with some
pure white flecks between the veins, which are brownish, the
vein-lines being thick and entire on fore wings, more or less
obsolete on hind wings (which are nearly white and nearly
semihyaline), especially towards the basal and lower portions
of the wing; in some specimens the hind wings are without
any indications of the brown vein-lines; there are also some
brown and some blackish short streaks between the veins on
the fore wings, and in some specimens the interspace between
veins 5 and 6 is filled with brownish; antenne and legs grey.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Genus PLEoNEcTUSA, Led.
42. Pleonectusa planalis, sp. n.

6. Palpi dark brown, grey beneath and at the tips; an-
tenne, head, body, and wings of a uniform dark lilac-grey ;
thorax with a white mark in front. Fore wings with a brown
lunule at the end of the cell, an outwardly curved inner line
at one fourth, and a uniform outer brown line commencing
at one fifth from costa of fore wings, curving uniformly
almost to the shape of the outer margin to the hinder margin
of the wing at two thirds, and then nearly straight across the
middle of the hind wing; anteciliary line pale, cilia grey.

Pyrales from the Khasia Hills. 209

Underside grey ; spot at end of cell and outer line pale brown,
the latter composed of spots; body and legs whitish.

Expanse of wings 38; inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

The apex of the fore wings is rounded, and not acute, as is
generally the case in this genus; there are indications of a
spot within the cell, but it is nearly obliterated by the inner
line ; the outer line is somewhat as in P. adhesalis, Walker.

Genus AmBIA, Walker.

43. Ambia instrumentalis, sp. n.

3. White; palpi grey at the sides; thorax grey in front.
Fore wings with some grey suffusion on the basal portion,
with pinkish ochreous uniform straight bands—one subcostal,
extending from near the base, connected with the costa by a
short band, to the costa near the apex, where it bends up;
another from near the base runs along the wing below the
median vein to near the outer margin, then straight up sub-
marginally to the costa near the apex, outside the termination
of the other line, and is then joined to the apex by a small
loop; also a third band runs just above the hinder angle,
where it is also curved up for a small space on the outer
margin. Hind wings with a broad suffused brown median
band. Underside as above.

Expanse of wings $ inch.

Shillong. One example.

A very pretty little insect; there are examples of it from
Assam in M. Ragonot’s collection.

Genus NyMPHULA, Schrank.
44, Nymphula nigriplaga, sp. n.

3. Palpi brown, grey beneath, ochreous white at base and
tip of last joint; antenne, head, thorax, and wings black,
with a pinkish tinge; abdomen pinkish ochreous. Fore
wings with the costal space above the subcostal vein paler;
two round white spots of equal size below and touching this
vein, one at the end and one a little beyond it. Hind wings
with a rather large white lunular spot at the end of the cell ;
both wings with an even pinkish ochreous marginal border,
margined inwardly by a black line, on the inner side of which
is an irregular pure white thin band; marginal lunules black ;
cilia grey, interlined with black. Underside: body and legs

210 Mr. O. L. Simmons on the

whitish ; wings pale, whitish in parts, with the marginal
bands and spots on fore wings visible.

Expanse of wings 75-1 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘T'wo examples.

Much resembling Nymphula irisalis, Walker, from Sierra
Leone.

Genus CymorizaA, Guen.

45. Cymoriza albicomma, sp. n.

&. Reddish ochreous, suffused in parts with brownish.
Wings with a small white spot ringed with black at the end
of each cell: fore wings with a white comma-like mark from
costa one third from base; a short white band from costa one
fifth from apex to the middle of the wing; a short thin white
streak inwards from this band near and parallel to the costa ;
another similar streak lower down, which runs into the cell-
spot; a submarginal white line, which curves inwards above
the hinder margin and is here thicker, also a fine marginal
white line; all these white lines, bands, and streaks are
bordered on each side with black, the black line on the inner
side of the marginal white line being composed of black
lunules: the hind wing has the white band from the costa
near the apex and the submarginal and marginal lines similar
to those on the fore wings, except that the submarginal
line stops before reaching the anal angle.

Expanse of wings 35 inch.

Shillong. One example.

ap fore wings are marked somewhat like Ambia locuples,
Butler.

XXX .— Development of the Lungs of Spiders.
By Orvitte L. Simmons *.

[Plate VI.]

ALTHOUGH several persons tT had suggested the close affinity
of the Arachnids and Limulus, it was not until the appear-
ance of Lankester’s paper “ Zémulus an Arachnid” (1881°)
that the view of such a relationship came into prominence.
Since that date it has attracted more and more numerous
advocates, until now the majority of the special students of

* From the ‘American Journal of Science,’ August 1894, pp. 119-128.
+ Straus-Durckheim (teste Lankester), van Beneden (1870).

Development of the Lungs of Spiders. 211

Arachnids and Xiphosures recognize the close relationships of
the two groups. One of the special homologies insisted upon
by Lankester was that existing between the lungs of the
Arachnids and the gills of Limulus. But to explain the
differences between these organs—the one being an internal
air-breathing structure, the other an external apparatus for
aquatic respiration—several hypotheses have been advanced,
all based upon conditions existing in the adult.

At first Lankester evidently shared the common view that
tracheze were homologous structures throughout the Arthro-
poda, and so he sought for traces of them in Limulus. In
his article “On Stigmata in the King-Crab” (1881°) he
announced that he had found traces of stigmata. The position
of insertion of each thoracico-abdominal muscle is marked by
a deep funnel-like depression of the integument, which from
the external surface appears as a stigma.

Later, in his paper “ Limulus an Arachnid’’ (1881) he
formulates an hypothesis to show how the gills of Limulus
and the lungs of Scorpio (taken because more primitive than
Spiders) could have been derived from a common ancestor,
which he describes as being an aquatic form, breathing by
book-like gills. To derive Limulus from such a form would
involve only a few changes in dimensions and other unim-
portant points. ‘To obtain the condition occurring in Scorpio
he assumes that the cup-like depressions behind the append-
ages, as seen in Thelyphonus, became deeper and larger, finally
engulfing the whole appendage. The walls then gradually
extended over the cavity, leaving only a slit for communica-
tion with the exterior. As change of habits went on this slit
was closed up, and another slit, still within the area formed
by the closure of the primitive opening of the cave of invagi-
nation, was formed. Air would enter by this slit, where in
Limulus and the early Scorpion ancestors there was blood-
space. Thus a blood-space has been changed to an air-space.
In the same way an air-space (that of the investing sac) has
been converted into a blood-space. The atrophy of the
muscles which move the gills in Limulus and similar forms
was considered very essential to this theory. ‘The difficulties
involved in the changes of bloed- and air-spaces were so con-
siderable as to prevent the acceptance of this hypothesis.

Later Lankester (1885) put forth a new theory. Because
of discoveries concerning the muscles (veno pericardiac) of
Scorpio, as well as on account of the insuperable difficulties of
his previous view, he gave up his old and advanced a new
hypothesis. In the latter the common ancestor is assumed to
have had six pairs of mesosomatic appendages, of which five

Da bo) Mr. O. L. Simmons on the

were lamelligerous. These latter in Scorpio became smaller
and served only for respiratory organs, soon becoming air-
breathing. The four hinder pairs took a “ trick” of growth,
viz. an invagination of the appendages, beginning at their
distal ends, so that they grew into the scorpion’s body, turning
their outside in, just as a glove may be turned wrongside out,
beginning at the ends of the fingers. Thus the appendages
would be tucked into the blood-sinus instead of growing out
normally. The blood-sinus would become a venous sac
around the appendage. He explains the “trick” of growth
by the least-resistance theory—the pressure being exerted on
the embryo before it leaves the mother.

J. MacLeod (1882 and 1884) sets forth an hypothesis by
which he develops Scorpions and similar forms from a
Limulus-like ancestor. His first proposition is that the
abdomen of Limulus be considerably elongated without other
change. This would cause the imbrication of the members to
cease—each appendage would stand out by itself although
closely following each other. Then suppose that the sternal
plate increase in size and unite with the ventral surface of
the abdomen. Thus the gill-book cavity would be entirely
filled up by the sternal plate except in those cavities on the
ventral side which contain the gills or lungs, now greatly
reduced in size. In this condition the lungs are quadrangular
plates, attached by two edges only. Inserted on each plate
is a number of lamelle which are attached by one side only.
In this condition when removed from the water the lamelle
would cling together and be imperfectly in contact with the
air. '‘l’o be of service the lamella would have to unite their
lateral edges to the plate, leaving only the posterior edge free.
Thus MacLeod developed the lamell and other structures of
the lungs of Arachnida. By a comparison of structures in
the adult form MacLeod came to the conclusion that the
tracheze of Spiders are developed from the lungs.

J. 8. Kingsley (1885 and 1893) advances a much simpler
explanation to account for the transition from a Limulus gill-
book to the lung-book of a spider or scorpion. By a sinking-
in of the whole appendage bearing the gill-leaves and an
increase of the inpushings of the integument and a decrease in
the outgrowths the whole matter is explained. This involves
a diminution of growth on the anterior side of the appendage
and an increase of growth on the posterior side. These
conditions would carry the appendage within the body-wall,
where it would be situated as seen in the adult—the spiracle
at the posterior end of the lung-cavity and the lamelle pro-
jecting toward the posterior end of the body. As Kingsley

Development of the Lungs of Spiders. 213

states, viewed from a histological standpoint, the description
of the pulmonary organ of the spider or scorpion applies,
almost word for word, to the gill-book of Zimulus. He
believes that the lungs of spiders are the primitive and the
trachee the derived structures. The trachez of the Hexapoda
have no relation to the trachee of spiders, having an entirely
different origin.

Malcolm Laurie (1890), in his article on “‘ The Embryology
of a Scorpion,” thinks the lung-books are undoubtedly com-
parable to the abdominal appendages of Limulus, but hesitates
to decide which of two propositions he adyances is the correct
one. He inclines towards the view that the lung-books of
Scorpions are invaginated, 7. e. the edge of each lamella in the
Limulus gill-book corresponds to the interior fold between
the lamelle in the Scorpion lung-book. He imagines that
he sees difficulties in explaining his second proposition, which
states that the whole appendage has sunk without invagina-
tion into a cavity in the abdominal surface. By either propo-
sition the air-space of the primitive condition would be air-
space in the derived condition.

On the other hand, many comparative anatomists, recog-
nizing the homologies pointed out years ago by Leuckart as
existing between the lungs and trachee of spiders, and
believing that these last were the homologues of the structures
known by the same name in the Hexapods, have failed to
recognize the cogency of the reasoning of the advocates of the
Arachnidan affinities of Limulus. Thus Arnold Lang, in his
‘Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie’ (ii. Heft, p. 548,
1890), writes that the respiratory organs of Arachnoidea are
trachee—tubular and book-like tracheew., His view of the
morphological signification of the latter is that they are
modified tracheal tufts which, standing close together, have
been flattened into hollow plates. He believes that the view
of those who would bring the gill-books of Limulus and the
lung-books of Scorpions and similar types into close relation-
ship is artificial and unsupported by comparative anatomy
and ontogeny.

So, too, Bernard (1892), in ‘The Apodide,’ says it is
easiest to believe that the lung-books of the various forms are
only a specially concentrated arrangement of tracheal tubes.
He regards the trachee, including the lungs of all “ Tra-
cheates,” as having their origin in dermal glands which have
gradually been modified for respiratory purposes. He also
states that in considering the relationships of these various
forms the limbs are of so little importance that one might
almost be tempted to leave them out of account. In a later

214 Mr. O. L. Simmons on the

paper on the Chernetide Bernard (1893) repeats in substance
his earlier views.

In a word, these authors, regarding the tracheal form of
respiration as the primitive—a premise which the observations
of Moseley on the trachee of Peripatus seemed to render valid
—have looked upon the air-tubes of the Arachnids as the
primitive and the lungs as the derivative condition.

The question thus brought into prominence can only be
settled by tracing the development of the respiratory organs
of the Arachnida. Several authors have touched upon this
question. Thus Locy (1886) describes the later stages of
Agelena nevia as follows:—The lungs arise as a pair of
extensive invaginations. In sagittal sections they appear
as oblong plates of cells with the nuclei in parallel rows.
These nuclei are flattened on one side and convex on the
other. The cells of two adjoining rows unite by the edges
toward which the convex sides of the nuclei project, and thus
a lamella is formed. Later the nuclei of adjoining cells fuse,
forming protoplasmic pillars, between which are the blood-
lacune. Around each lamella is a chitinous membrane—the
ventral and the dorsal being continuous at the free (posterior)
end of the lamella. The cells of the ventral wall become
arranged into two distinct layers. A part of the development
described takes place after the hatching of the egg.

A. T. Bruce (1886-87) says that a lung-book of a spider
may be regarded as an involuted appendage or appendages.
He noticed that the abdominal appendages become less con-
spicuous and that slight folds appear on their antertor faces.
He did not observe all the stages, and, judging from his text
and figures, it is very evident that he was confused in some
of his interpretations. K. Kishinouye (1890) states that in
the basal part of the first abdominal appendage there is an
ectodermic invagination, not deep or large. The wall of this
pocket which faces the distal end of the appendage is thicker
and its cells become arrranged in paralleirows. ‘T'wo of these
rows, adhering to each other, produce a lamella. He confirms
Locy’s description of the later stages. On the second abdo-
minal appendage is another ectodermic invagination—a deeply
invaginated tube which remains in about the same state of
development until after hatching. The appendage shortens,
but is not invaginated. He believes it is very probable that
the lungs were derived from the respiratory apparatus of some
Limulus-like aquatic form. He thinks that trachee are
modified lungs.

Laurie (1890), beginning with his stage K, describes the
changes in the abdominal segments of the Scorpion. At this

Development of the Lungs of Spiders. 215

stage the pectine and lung-book appendages are about equal
in size and structure. In stage L the pectines have become
folded in a direction transverse to their axes. The other
appendages are pushed in, forming little cavities (directed
forward) on the posterior sides of the appendages. In the
stage M the pectines are separated from the body-wall at their
distal ends. The lung-book inpushings are deeper and the
cavities are divided up by lamelle. In the last stage described
(just before hatching) the pectines and lung-books have much
the same structure as in the adult.

Morin (1888) * states that the lungs of the dipneumonous
spiders arise in form of infoldings at the bases of the two
appendages of the second abdominal segment. At the ante-
rior end of the sac on the dorsal side is an infolding, which
is the beginning of the lung-leaves. The space between two
leaves connects directly with the body-cavity. Two adjoining
leaves unite by the fusing of cells, as described by Locy. He
agrees with Locy as to the later stages. Morphologically the
lungs of Arachnida show great resemblance to the gills of
Limulus and similar forms. He emphasizes the position of
the infoldings on the posterior side of the appendage in both
cases. ‘The lungs of spiders are merely sunken gill-books of
Limulus. As the appendage sinks the stigma is left as an
opening between the posterior wall of the appendage and the
body-wall. ‘This author agrees with those who believe that
trachez are modified lungs.

It must not be forgotten that Elias Metschnikoff (1870)
described some features of the lungs of the Scorpions; but it
is not easy to understand either his text or his figures beyond
the fact that he states that the lungs develop behind the
abdominal limbs.

As will be seen from the foregoing summary, the develop-
ment of the respiratory organs of the Arachnids has not been
followed throughout, and the gaps in our knowledge are at
just the most critical points. ‘To supply these deficiencies the
investigations described below were undertaken.

The work was done in the Biological Laboratory of Tufts
College. The eggs used were those of Agelena nevia and
Theridium tepidariorum. The eggs were killed in water
heated to 80° C. and hardened in alcohol, beginning with
50 per cent. The staining was usually ¢n toto with alum
cochineal. The sections described, unless otherwise specified,
are sagittal.

* As summarized by Korschelt and Heider (1892), pp. 604-607. I
cannot refer to the original text.

216 Mr. O. L. Simmons on the

In the first stage studied, corresponding in general to Locy’s
fig. 6, somite VII is cut off from somite vill. Somites VIII
and 1X are still united (Pl. VI. fig. 1), and the unsegmented
mesoderm extends further back. The ectoderm is 4 single
layer deep, except a portion over somite viI (possibly the
incipient foundation of an appendage) and between vilt and
1x. The infolding of ectoderm shows the first differentiation
of external segmentation.

In the next stage (fig. 2), which is about midway between
Locy’s figures 6. and 7, the second abdominal somite is diffe-
rentiated, and to a less extent the line between somite 1x and
somite x, which has developed, is marked off. The ectoderm
has become thickened from somite VII to somite Ix. It is to
be noticed that the coelomic pouches are flattened in all except
somite VIII. :

The succeeding stage (fig. 3) shows the same features carried
still further. The xIsomite has appeared. This stage corre-
sponds to Locy’s figure 7 or a stage a little earlier. I may
note here that I have found at least as many coelomic pouches
as are described by Kishinouye in his “‘ Note on the Ceelomic
Cavity of the Spider,” 1894.

After the stage just mentioned the appendages begin to be
formed ; no detailed account need be given of the external
appearance of these, as in the main my observations are but
the repetition of those of various authors, from Claparéde to
Kishinouye. They grow out, one on either side of somites
VIII-X, as rounded knobs.

Pulmonary Organs.

In figure 4, which represents somites VII and VIII, the early
appearance of the appendage is seen. In somite vir the
coelome is already greatly reduced, and no trace of an append-
age is to be seen. In the next somite (VIII) the appendage
is plainly visible. It is marked off from somite vi by a
slight groove, while the groove separating it from somite 1x
is deeper and directed forward, giving the limb a markedly
backward direction, a tendency which is even more pronounced
in later stages. Its outer wall is formed of several layers of
cells, while the coelomic pouch sends into the budding
appendage an outgrowth like that described by various
authors.

With further growth the conditions just described become
more strongly emphasized; the anterior demarcation of the
appendage becomes more and more faint, while behind the
inpushing becomes more and more marked, so that eventually

Development of the Lungs of Spiders. 217

a pit is formed, actually extending into the general body
surface, the outer wall of the pit being formed by the appendage
whose growth we are tracing. ‘This pit forms the pulmonary
sac and the opening of the inpushing persists as the
respiratory stigma. At no time do the appendages rise to
any considerable distance above the general abdominal
surface.

The changes described can be seen by a glance at fig. 5,
which, besides the points already mentioned, shows some
other features worthy of notice. The ccelome of somite VII
still persists ; that of vi1t has become divided into two por-
tions, one of which remains in the appendage, while the other
portion, reduced in size, has been pushed backwards by the
ingrowing pulmonary sac. The sac itself is irregular in
outline, its inner wall being slightly undulating, while its
outer wall, 7. e. the morphologically posterior surface of the
appendage, has its ectoderm thrown into folds, the rudiments
of the leaves of the lung-book. The ectoderm lining the
inner wall of this sac is but a single cell in thickness, but that
of the appendicular side is thicker, the nuclei being rather
irregularly arranged, the pulmonary ingrowths forcing their
way between them. In this stage but two lung-leaves are
outlined, as shown in the figure.

In eggs of the same lot as the last a stage apparently a
little older was found, and from it the section figured in 6 was
drawn. In its general features the changes are slight, but
there are some details of importance. From the fact that the
plane of this section is not the same as that of the last, the
appendicular ccelome is not shown, while the ccelomic cavity
of the body is here much larger. So, too, the inner wall of
the pulmonary cavity is shown to be thicker, a fact probably
due to the obliquity of the section. In this stage four gill-
leaves are shown, the most developed ones being the most
distal ones. In these too the nuclei are already arranged with
their major axes parallel to the plane of the leaves. Proxi-
mally the leaves are much shorter and the nuclei are irregu-
larly arranged. These facts place it beyond a doubt that
the growing-point of the organ is at the base of the appendage,
a point of no little importance in comparison with the Xipho-
sures.

Figure 10 shows.the ventral view of the embryo at the stage
which figures 5, 6, and 8 represent in sections. This stage is
about two or three days before the reversion of the embryo.
Changes during this period are very rapid. In four to five
days after this stage the lungs are almost fully developed and
have about the same appearance as in hatched specimens,

218 Mr. O. L. Simmons on the

except in size and number of lamellae. The embryo hatches
in from seven to eight days after the stage figured in 10.

With the reversion of the embryo the changes rapidly
proceed toward the adult condition. In fig. 7 I insert an
illustration which serves to connect my account with the
papers of Locy, Kishinouye, Laurie, and others. Here the
gill-lamelle have slightly increased in number while they
have become greatly increased in length. In the figure the
pulmonary sac is somewhat funnel-shaped, owing to a pulling
open of the spiracle in some process of manipulation.

From this stage the transition to the conditions described
by MacLeod and Locy is but slight; and although I have
studied the later stages up to and even beyond hatching, my
observations are but a confirmation of theirs, and so I do not
repeat them here. The lungs are well developed and appa-
rently ready to function as respiratory organs at the time of
hatching. With the growth of the young spider the principal
changes are an increase in the number of lamelle and a
corresponding increase in the size of the pulmonary organ,
the new lamelle being formed at the inner end of the sac.

Trachee.

The study of these has been a matter of considerable diffi-
culty, and I have been able to follow with certainty only the
earlier stages. The trachee arise behind the appendage on
somite Ix, which, in its earlier stages, has exactly the same
history as appendage vill. ‘There is the same inpushing
behind the limb, which results in its taking a position not
pointing outward, but towards the median line and backward.
In fig. 8 is seen the first differentiation of the trachee. The
inpushing has given rise to the spiracle as before, but the sac
which results does not show so markedly those intoldings of
the appendicular wall which occur in the case of the lungs.
There is at most but a slight undulation of this surface. At
the inner end, however, two ingrowths are seen, the earliest
indications of the formation of the tracheal twigs. It is,
however, easy to see that these inpushings are to be compared
with the intoldings which produce the lamelle, while the
undulations just referred to admit of the interpretation that
they are aborted lung-leaves.

After the reversion of the embryo the same parts can be
recognized (fig. 9). The inpushing has been carried to a
greater extent, and sections in other planes show that this
ingrowth is tubular in character. The cells lining its walls
are elongate and are already taking the character shown in

Development of the Lungs of Spiders. 219

the trachez of the adult. At the inner end of the tracheal
trunk thus formed the nuclei are arranged in a radiating or
bush-like manner, apparently indicating that here is the place
where the trunk is about to divide into the tracheal twigs ;
but T have not been able to trace any tracheal lumina between
these cells. I have not followed the later history of the
tracheal system with any detail, but think that the foregoing
is sufficient to justify my thesis that the trachez and the lungs
are to be regarded as homologous structures.

Conclusions.

From the preceding it will be seen that :—

I. The lungs of the spider arise as infoldings upon the
posterior surface of the appendages of the second abdominal
somite in the same manner as described by Kingsley (1885
and 1893) for the gills of Limulus. They have the same
growing-point at the base of the appendage and form the lung-
leaves in exactly the same way that the gill-leaves arise. In
other words, the lung-book of the Spider (and presumably of
all Arachnids which possess one) arises at first as an external
structure upon the posterior surface of the abdominal append-
ages. These appendages sink in without any inversion or
other complications, in exactly the manner theoretically
deemed probable by Kingsley, so that there can no longer be
any doubt as to the exact homology existing between the
lungs of the spider and the first pair of gills in the horseshoe-
crab.

II. The trachez develop from the next pair (third abdo-
minal somite) of limbs. In their earlier stages these append-
ages show on their posterior surface a folding similar to that
on the preceding members. From this it follows that the
lung-book condition is the primitive, the trachez of the
Arachnids being derived from it. And with these facts there
is left no ground for those who regard the “ Tracheata”’ as a
natural group of the animal kingdom.

Tufts College, Mass.,
May 25, 1894.

Bibliography.

(1892) Bernarp, H. M.—‘ The Apodide.’ London, 1892.

(1893) Bernarp, H. M.—“ Notes on the Chernetidz.” Journ. Linn.
Soce., Zool. vol. xxiv., 1893.

(1872) Berrkau, Pu.— Ueber die Respirationsorgane der Araneen.”
Archiv f, Naturgeschichte, xxxviii., 1872.

(1886-87) Bruce, A. T.—‘ Observations on the Embryology of Insects
and Arachnids.’ Baltimore, 1886-87.

220 On the Development of the Lungs of Spiders.

(1885) Krnastry, J. S.—“ Notes on the Embryology of Limulus.”
Quart. Journ. of Micr. Sci. xxv., 1885.

(1893) Kinastey, J. S.—‘ Embryology of Limulus.” Journal of
Morphology, viii., 1893.

(1890) Kisurnovyen, K.—“Ona the Development of Araneina.” Journal
of College of Science, Imperial Univ. Japan, iv., 1890.

(1890) Lana, AnnoLtp.—‘ Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie,’
ii. Heft, Jena, 1890.

(1881*) LanxerstEr, E. Ray.—“ Note on the Existence in the King
Crab of Stigmata corresponding to the Respiratory Stigmata
of the Pulmonate Arachnida, &c.’ Proceedings of the
Royal Society, xxxii., 1881.

(1881>) Lanxester, E. Ray.—“Zimulus an Arachnid.” Quart. Journ.
Mier. Sci. xxi., 1881.

(1885) Lanxestrer, E. Ray.—“ A new Hypothesis as to the Relation
of the Lung-book of Scorpio to the Gill-book of Limadlus.”
Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. xxv., 1885.

(1890) Laurin, Matcotm.—“ Embryology of a Scorpion.” Quart.
Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxi., 1890.

(1886) Locy, Witi1am.— Observations on the Development of
Agelena.” Bulletin of Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard College, vol. xii., 1886.

(1882) MacLxop, J.—“ Communication Préliminaire.” Bull. Acad.
R. Belge, III., iii., 1882.

(1884) MacLeop, J.—* Recherches sur la structure et la signification
de l’appareil respiratoire des Arachnides.” Archives de
Biologie, v., 1884.

(1870) Mretscunikorr, Exr1as. — “ Embryologie des Scorpions.”
Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxi., 1870.

(1888) Morty, J.—From the summary in “ Lehrbuch der vergleichen-
den Entwicklungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere,” Kor-
schelt and Heider, vol. ii., 1892.

(1893) Pocock, R. I.—‘‘ Morphology of Arachnida.” Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. 1895, xi. p. 1

(1887) ScurmKEwitscu, W.—“ Etude sur la développement des
Araignées.” Archives de Biologie, vi., 1887.

”

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Reference letters.

a'-a'', Appendages. s. Spiracle.

c’—c1!, Ceelomic cavities. so. Somatopleure.

e. Ectoderm. sp. Splanchnopleure.
m. Mesoderm. t. Trachea.

pe. Pulmonary cavity. y. Yolk.

pl. Pulmonary leaves.
All figures except fig. 10 are magnified 125 diameters.

Fig. 1. A sagittal section showing the ccelomic cavities of the vn, vitt,
and 1x somites.

Fig. 2. A sagittal section through the same region as the preceding at
a little later stage. The coelomic pouch of the x somite is seen
as well as the inpushings of ectoderm behind somites viz and vite.

Fig. 3, A section cut under conditions similar to those of the two pre-
ceding sections. The stage is a little later than fig. 2, and shows

On some new Species of Prionide. 221

the ccelomic cavity of somite xt and further inpushings of the
ectoderm. In all of the preceding sections the somatopleuric
wall is the thicker.

Fig. 4. In this figure the ccelome of somite vit is much reduced in size.
The ccelome of virt is beginning to thrust itself into the append-
age, which is marked off by a shallow groove in front and by a
deeper inpushing, which has a forward direction, between
somites VIII and Ix.

Fig. 5. In this section the inpushing seen in fig. 4 has gone much further,
dividing the ccelome of somite vt into two parts. On the inner
wall of the appendage are two inpushings, which are the be-
ginnings of the lamellee of the lung-book.

Fig. 6. A section of the appendage of somite vir cut at a different angle
from the preceding, Here four lamellie are seen.

Fig. 7. A sagittal section from a stage just after the reversion of the
embryo.

Fig. 8. A section of the appendage of the Ix somite, showing at the
inner end of the inpushing the beginning of the tracheal tubes,

Fig. 9. A section of the tracheal region after the reversion of the
embryo.

Fig. 10. This figure is a representation of the ventral surface of an embryo
which is about the same age as those from which sections seen
in figs, 5, 6, and 8 were cut.

XXXI.— Descriptions of some new Species of Prionide. By
C. J. Gawan, M.A., of the British Museum (Natural
History).

Prionocalus Gunteri, sp. n.

6. Niger, subnitidus ; femorum basibus subtus, tibiis, tarsis, palpis
antennisque piceo-castaneis, his basi nigrescentibus ; mandibulis
elongatis, curvatis, sat dense sed non rugose punctatis; capite
prothoraceque fortiter creberrimeque rugoso-punctatis; capite
supra bicarinato, carinis leviter curvatis, sat prominentibus, late-
raliter utrinque pone oculum tuberculo conico magno instructo ;
elytris sat brevibus, subtriangularibus, supra passim creberrime
vermiculato-rugosis; margine laterali ad apicem prominentiz
humeralis acutissime angulato vel dentato; abdomine minutissime
punctulato.

Long. corp. £5 mm., mandib. 15 mm., lat. max. elytrorum 19 mm.

Hab. Zoruma, in Ecuador (7. Ff. Gunter).

This species seems to be on the whole most nearly allied
to P. tphis, White, though it is easily to be distinguished at
first sight by the relatively shorter and broader form of the
elytra. It differs further in having a very sharp angle or
tooth at the apex of the somewhat backwardly-turned promi-
nence placed at the shoulder of each elytron, and by having

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiv. 16

222 Mr. C. J. Gahan on some

the mandibles less closely and less roughly punctured. The
mandibles are also quite different in form from those of the
small male type of P. iphis, being elongated, strongly curved,
rather cylindrical, and unarmed towards the base, and dilated
and compressed to a thin cutting-edge at the extremity, as in
the larger males of P. cacicus, White, and P. Buckleyt,
Waterh. This difference, however, is not greater than might
be expected to occur between forms of major and minor deve-
lopment within the limits of a single species, and must not be
looked upon as a character for distinguishing the species.
The two prominent and very distinct ridges on the upperside
of the head, running back from the antennal tubercles, the
absence of smooth callous areas from the base of the pronotum,
and the feebleness of the punctuation of the abdomen are
characters that readily distinguish the present species from
P. Buckleyi, Waterh., and presumably also from the
P. Whymperi and P. trigonodes of Bates, who has not men-

tioned any of these characters as distinguishing his species
from P. Buckleyt.

Acanthophorus modicus, sp. 1.

3. Piceo-niger, nitidus; prothorace supra medio vix punctato,
versus latera sat dense et subrugose punctato, disco bituberculato,
tuberculis sat remotis, obtusis et paullo elevatis; elytris leviter
coriaceis, minute haud dense punctatis, nitidis, apicibus rotun-
datis, utrisque ad suturam breviter dentatis; antennis medium
elytrorum longe superantibus, articulis 6°-10™ apice intus breviter
angulato-productis.

Long. 45, lat. 15 mm.

Hab. Lahore in the Punjab (Capt. Illingworth).

Resembles in colour and in many points of structure the
South-African species, A. capensis, White, but has the joints
of the antenne from the sixth to the tenth only slightly
produced and less acutely angular at the inner apex ; the eyes
are rather more widely separated above, and behind each
there is a rugose and depressed area, which extends a little
further upwards than does the eye itself; the mid-dorsal
region of the head forms with the front a continuous nitid and
almost impunctate area with an impressed line along the
middle ; the underside of the head and the sides of the breast
have a shorter and thinner pubescence, and this pubescence
is greyish rather than tawny in colour. The mandibles in
the two males of the present species are short, toothed along
the inner edge, and in form quite like those occurring in the
females and smaller males of the species of this genus.

new Species of Prionide. 223

Acanthophorus rugiceps, sp. n.

3. Piceo-niger, subnitidus; capite sat valde irregulariterque
rugoso, area angusta longitudinali levi, oculis supra distantibus ;
pronoto (in medio excepto) sat dense punctato et versus latera
rugoso; elytris subcoriaceis minute punctulatis, area parva
utrinque paullo pone basis medium sat dense fortiusque punc-
tata; mandibulis elongatis, valde punctatis, utrisque intus paullo
ante apicem dentibus tribus vel quatuor armatis; antennarum
articulis 6°-10™ apice intus breviter angulato-productis.

Long. corp. 60, mandib. 16 mm.; lat. ad hum. 20 mm.

Hab. Bombay ?

Blackish brown in colour. Head irregularly and rather
strongly rugose, except along a narrow median longitudinal
area; eyes widely separated above (the interval between
them equals 8 millim. in the male type), each limited at its
inner or upper border by a rather prominent ridge, which is
continued a short way beyond the hind border of the eye.
Mandibles elongated, curved, pointed at the apex, and each
furnished with three or four teeth on its inner side beyond
the middle of its length. Pronotum rather closely and
strongly punctured, except along a narrow mid-dorsal area,
and distinctly rugose towards the sides. lytra slightly
rugulose and somewhat coriaceous in appearance, very feebly
and sparsely punctured except over a small area on each,
which is placed a short way behind the middle of the base.

Orthomegas similis, sp. 0.

O. cinnamomeo persimilis, sed paullo major, mandibulis (¢) spina
dorsali multo altiore armatis ; oculis supra latius separatis.
Long. 62-74 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Mandibles horizontal, each in the male with astrong dorsal
spine directed almost perpendicularly upwards, and, like the
mandibles themselves, fringed with tawny hairs on the inner
side. Head with the eyes separated from one another above
by a rather broad interval (2}-3 millim.). First joint of the
antenne devoid of pubescence. Sides of the prothorax each
with two or three short spines, in addition to the anterior and
the strong posterior spine; two of these spines are generally
distinct and acute, the third (that next the anterior spine) is
very small and sometimes obsolete.

From O. cinnamomeus, Linn., the present species is distin-
guished by the much stronger dorsal spine with which each
of the mandibles is provided, and by the wider interval which

1G*

924 Mr. C. J. Gahan on somé

separates the eyes from one another on the upperside of the
head. As minor points of difference may be noted the com-
plete absence of pubescence from the first joint of the antennz
in both sexes and the presence of two tolerably distinct,
though short, spines between the anterior and posterior on
each side of the prothorax.

Rhaphipodus andamanicus, sp. n.

Badius ; capite, antennis pedibusque plus minusve fuscis; pronoti
lateribus in utroque sexu antice convergentibus, angulis anticis
haud rotundatis; elytris subtilissime granulatis et subopacis,
antice circum scutellum et prope suturam levioribus nitidioribus.

3. Pronoto confertissime punctulato et opaco, plaga angusta trans-
versa ad basin, plaga triangulari disco utrinque et plagis duabus
minoribus exterioribus sparse punctulatis et subnitidis, instructo ;
scutello confertim punctulato, margine levi nitido; corpore subtus
confertissime punctulato et opaco, area triangulari medio meta-
sterni, segmento quinto abdominis et marginibus posticis prece-
dentum, nitidis.

Q. Pronoto sparse punctato, medio nitido; scutello sparse punctu-
lato.

Long. 49-67 mm.

Hab. Andaman Islands (Roepstorf’).

This fine species may be distinguished by the somewhat
trapezoidal form of the prothorax in both sexes. In the male,
asin the female, the outer margins of the pronotum, furnished
with a series of rather strong spines, distinctly converge
anteriorly, and each forms with the front margin a tolerably
acute and slightly projecting angle. In the male the pro-
notum is very closely and rather minutely punctured and
opaque, with a narrow transverse space at the base, a trian-
gular area on each side of the middle, and two smaller areas
external to it, sparsely punctured and more or less glossy.
In the female the pronotum has two slight swellings on each
side of middle of the disk ; it is sparsely punctured and sub-
nitid over the whole central area, but is somewhat more
thickly punctured and less nitid towards the sides. The
elytra are very minutely granular and only slightly glossy
over most of their surface, but are smoother and glossier
alongside the anterior part of the suture.

Basitoxus rugosus, sp. n.

Piceo-fuscus, fortiter subrugoseque punctatus ; tibiis omnibus apice
extus spinosis.

dé. Lateribus pronoti subparallelis, breviter denticulatis ; disco
basi et plaga utrinque prope medium sparse punctatis nitidis.

new Species of Prionide. 225

Q. Lateribus pronoti antice paullo convergentibus, fortius denticu-
latis ; basi anguste et plaga media disci nitidis, sparsissime punc-
tatis.

Long. ¢ 62, 2 68 mm.

Hab, Cayenne (Lacordatre).

Dark brown. Head thickly and coarsely punctured above ;
cheeks prominent, each projecting downwards and forwards
to form a rather sharp and distinct tubercle. Mandibles
strong, sharply curved, pointed at the apex, and each furnished
with two strong cutting-teeth on the inner border, one a little
behind the apex, the other near the base. Antenne of the
male scarcely reaching to the middle of the elytra; third
joint half as long as the first, fourth equal to the third, the
succeeding joints gradually and very slightly increasing in
length. Pronotum of male very closely punctured, except
over a narrow basal area, and over two areas placed one on
each side of the middle; these are sparsely punctured and
nitid. The lateral margins-of the pronotum are nearly
parallel, and are furnished with a series of very short teeth,
of which the hindmost on each side is the strongest ; between
the margin and the nitid area of the disk there is on each side
a rather distinct depression. The elytra are strongly rugose-
punctate. The underside of the prothorax is thickly and
rather strongly punctured, and is strongly convex from side
to side; the flanks of the male prothorax are somewhat
swollen, but are scarcely visible from above ; there is no trace
of the suture which usually separates the episternum from
the prosternum. The tibie of the two posterior pairs are
almost unarmed along the outer border, those of the anterior
pair are distinctly enough spined ; all the tibiz are produced
at the outer distal angle into a tolerably strong spine.

This species, which is the MJallodon rugosum (Dupont) of
Dejean’s Catalogue, might perhaps be regarded as the type
of a new genus, distinguishable from Lasttowus by having the
tibiz all armed with a spine at the outer distal angle.

Eurypoda Batest, sp. n.

3. Fusca, elytris rufo-castaneis, pronoto confertissime minuteque
punctulato, area mediana magna subpentagonali nitida sparseque
punctulata et postice arcuatim foveato-impressa ; elytris dense
distincteque punctatis.

Long. 33 mm.

Hab. Yumaguchiya, in Japan. In the collection of Mr. G.
Lewis.
Head thickly and rather strongly punctured. Mandibles

226 On some new Species of Prionide.

rather large for this genus and provided with a well-marked
dorsal ridge. Pronotum slightly angulate behind the middle
on each side, finely and very closely punctured except over a
large median area somewhat roughly pentagonal in shape, of
which one side is contiguous with the base, one angle with
the anterior margin. This area is somewhat glossy and
sparsely punctured. The elytra, of a reddish chestnut-colour,
are glossy and rather thickly and distinctly punctured. The
underside of the prothorax is very closely and finely punc-
tured, and bears some minute and sparsely scattered granules ;
the sides of the breast are rather thickly, the middle more
sparsely, punctured ; the abdomen is rather sparsely punc-
tured, except along the middle of the last segment, where the
unctures are larger and more thickly placed. The basal
joints of the antenne are rather sparsely punctured, and the
joints from the third to the fifth are slightly flattened above.
This species is distinguished from . antennalis, Saund.,
by its broader form, its larger mandibles, the shape of the
central shining area of the pronotum, and the less closely
punctured antennal joints. -In antennalis the pronotum has,
in addition to the central shining area, two lesser areas cut
off from it, one on each side.

“Hgosoma Bowring?, sp. n.

Fusco-ferrugineum, pube fulvescente sat dense obtectum ; protho-
race lateraliter vix dentato; utroque elytro lineis tribus acute
elevatis—duabus dorsalibus, postice in una conjunctis, tertia prope
marginem externam antice evanescente, apice ad suturam spinoso ;
antennis ( ¢ ) corporis longitudine zqualibus, ferrugineis, tenuiter
asperatis, articulo 3° quam 1° duplo longiore, ( 2 ) quam corpore
paullo brevioribus.

Long. 20-35 mm.

Hab. N. India, Sylhet (Bowring).

This species may be distinguished from 4. sulcipenne,
White (to which it appears most nearly allied), by its close
covering of short fulvous or greyish-fulvous pubescence. In
sulcipenne the pubescence is much sparser, and allows the
colour of the derm to show up distinctly, and on the elytra is
confined to linear tracts along the depressed groove-like
intervals between the costes ; whereas in the present species
it covers the whole upper surface, with the exception of the
raised lines. In the females a reddish callous spot is to be
seen on each side of the prothorax just under the lateral
carina,

Mr. W. F. Kirby on a new Dragonfly. 227
Aigosoma Buckleyt, sp. n.

Nigro-fuscum ; capite supra granuloso-punctato; prothorace utrin-
que trispinoso, spina antica minima, dorso dense punctato, breviter
sparseque villoso; elytris piceo-brunneis dense interrupteque
rugulosis utrisque lineis duabus elevatis sat distinctis, instructis ;
antennis (g¢) quam corpore paullo longioribus, articulis 1°-3™
asperatis, opacis, (Q) quam corpore brevioribus, articulis 1°-3™
vix asperatis,

Long. 3 40, 9 45 mm.

flab. North India (Colonel Buckley).

This species seems most nearly allied to Aigosoma tibiale,
White, from which it may be easily distinguished by its
interruptedly rugulose (or granulated) elytra. It also bears
some affinity to A. cingalense, White; but in the latter there
is no anterior tooth on the side of the prothorax, the disk of
the prothorax has a depression in the middle, and the elytra
of the male are closely covered with a tawny pubescence. In
examples which I believe to be the females of gosoma
cingalense the elytra are naked and finely granulate; and they
were such forms that Bates characterized as a distinct species
under the name of Aigosoma angustatum.

XXXII.—Description of anew Species of Dragonfly (Dy-
themis Broadwayi) from Trinidad. By W. F. Kirsy,
F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British
Museum (Natural History), South Kensington.

THE present species was sent over by Mr. Broadway, of the
Botanic Gardens, Trinidad, some time ago, but has remained
undescribed till now, as I have not been working at South-
American dragonflies till lately.

Dythemis Broadwayt, sp. n.

Long. corp. 35-40 millim.; exp. al. 54-61 millim.; long.
pter. 3 millim.

Head yellow, darker above ; mandibles and suture of labrum
black ; occiput black, shining, with the occipital triangle,
two contiguous spots just below it, and a spot on each side
yellow. Thorax ferruginous, with three short yellow streaks
above, the middle one very slender; a line on the front of
each tegula, and a row of spots on the middle line, between
the wings, yellow; sides of thorax slightly metallic, with six
yellow stripes—the first rather narrow, angulated, and nearly
interrupted, the second broad, very short, the third slender
above and broad below, the fourth broader, rather irregular,

228 Geological Society.

the fifth short and broad, and the sixth broad and long,
followed by a yellow spot; there are also two short trans-
verse yellow bands at the back of the pectus. Legs black ;
coxe red; front trochanters and femora yellow beneath.
Abdomen black ; the basal segments banded and striped with
yellow, varied with red; the others with long yellow dorsal
stripes, as far as the 7th segment, where the stripes, which
are separated by the dorsal carine, are most conspicuous ;
anal appendages of male as long as the 8th segment, the
lower one not much shorter; upper ones black ; lower one
red, black-pointed, nearly as long as the upper ones; append-
ages of the second segment of the abdomen small. Wings
of a slightly yellowish hyaline, stained with saffron at the
extreme base of the hind wings; pterostigma brown, slightly
inclining to yellowish between the nervures: fore wings
with thirteen or fourteen antenodal and nine postnodal ner-
vures, the last nodal and the first two or three postnodals not
continuous, nodal sector slightly waved before the middle ;
triangle traversed, followed by three rows of cells, increasing
towards the hind margin; three post-triangular cells: hind
wings with nine to eleven antenodal and nine or ten post-
nodal nervures ; membranule of moderate size, grey.

Much resembles a species which I have just described from
St. Vincent (and var.? from Grenada), West Indies, under
the name of D. multipunctata; but in that species the mark-
ings differ somewhat, and the frontal tubercle is always
violet-blue, whereas it is concolorous in D. Broadwayi.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 20, 1894.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘The Bargate Beds of Surrey, and their Microscopic Contents.’
By Frederick Chapman, Esq., F.R.M.S. (Communicated by Prof.
T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.8.)

This is an attempt to correlate the Bargate Beds of Guildford and
its vicinity with the members of the Lower Greensand as known
elsewhere in the 8.E. of England.

1. The strata at Littleton quarry, near Guildford, are described
in detail; the remamié fossils, oolitic ironstone, and other material
derived from older rocks are noticed; the abundant occurrence
of Ostracoda and Foraminifera in a particular clay-band is noted,

Geological Society. 229

and the method adopted for getting them free from the matrix is
described. The residuary minerals left from the washed sand of
this clay-band, and comprising zircon, rutile, tourmaline, kyanite,
quartz, felspar, and glauconite, have been carefully studied and
described for the Author by Dr. W. F. Hume, F.G.8., who states
that the minerals present are of the same size as those from the
Bagshot Sands and three times as large as those from the Chalk-marl
of the Isle of Wight. The constitution of the compact Bargate
Stone, with its sponge-spicules and silicified shell-structures, is
described in detail; and a rare corallina and numerous arenaceous
foraminifera are noticed.

2. The Bargate Series is well shown, along the lane crossing the
hill below St. Martha’s Chapel at Chilworth, with its pebbly beds,
clay-seams, limestone, and sponge-beds. Dr. Hinde’s descriptive
notes on the sponge-spicules are given. Some detrital fragments of
fossiliferous Oolitic rock described as of Jurassic age occur in these
Neocomian strata, and are comparable with some of the material ob-
tained from the deep boring at Richmond, Surrey, and probably derived
from the old Jurassic ridge to which Godwin-Austen formerly made
reference. The Author has found evidence in this neighbourhood
of the Folkestone Sands lying unconformably on the Bargate Beds.

The clay-beds noticed by Dr. Fitton at Holloway Hill, Godalming,
the Author refers to the Bargate Series. South of Dorking, also,
Mr. Chapman found sand and clay of this Series on the Horsham
Road.

The Ostracoda and Foraminifera found abundantly in some of the
Bargate Beds in Surrey are then described in detail. Of the former
there are 20 species and varieties, 7 of which are new; 9 have been
previously described from Cretaceous strata, whilst 4 are Jurassic
forms. Of the Foraminifera there are 139 species and varieties.
Of these, 11 are described for the first time. There are besides
107 which have hitherto been unrecorded from beds of Neocomian
age. The following 10 species and varieties have been known pre-
viously only from recent deposits, viz. :—Haplophragmium foliaceum,
Brady ; Virgulina subdepressa, Brady ; Ehrenbergina pupa (d’Orb.) ;
Polymorphina sororia, Reuss, var. cuspidata, Brady; P. oblonga,
Will.; P. regina, Brady, Parker, and Jones; Discorbina Bertheloti
(dOrb.); D. concinna, Brady; D. Vilardeboana (d’Orb.); and
D. araucana (dOrb.). The large number of forms new to the
Neocomian fauna is undoubtedly due to the fact that the deposits of
the Bargate Series belong almost exclusively to the ‘ Laminarian ’
and ‘ Coralline’ zones. ‘Taking into consideration the facts that
23 per cent. of the forms recorded are almost peculiarly Neocomian
types, that these added to known Cretaceous and Tertiary species
amount to 122, or 87 per cent. (the latter additions probably being
due to the circumstance that the Neocomian strata have not been so
extensively examined in regard to their rhizopodal fauna as might
have been desired), it is extremely probable that the microzoic fauna
of the Bargate Series is almost entirely, though not quite (since we
have a few Jurassic species present), indigenous to the deposit.

230 Geological Society.

In conclusion, the Author states his indebtedness to Prof. T. Rupert
Jones, F.R.S., and Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S.; to Dr. W. F. Hume,
F.G.8., Dr. G. J. Hinde, V.P.G.S., Dr. J. W. Gregory, F.G.S., and
Graf Solms-Laubach; and to George Murray, Esq., F.L.S.,—for
valuable aid during the preparation of the present work.

2. ‘On Deposits from Snowdrifts, with Special Reference to the
Origin of the Loess and the Preservation of Mammoth-remains.’
By Charles Davison, Esq., M.A., F.G.S8.

When the temperature is several degrees below freezing-point,
snow recently fallen is fine and powdery, and is easily drifted by
the wind. If a fall of snow has been preceded by dry frosty
weather, the interstitial ice in the frozen ground is evaporated, and
the dust so formed may be drifted with the snow and deposited in
the same places. The snowdrifts as a rule are soon hardened by
the action of the sun or wind, and the dust is thus imprisoned in
the snow. As the snow decays, by melting and evaporation, a
coating of dust is extruded on the surface of the drifts, and, in-
creasing continually in thickness as the snow wastes away, is finally
left upon the ground as a layer of mud, which coalesces with that
of previous years. The deposit so formed is fine in texture,
unstratified, and, as experiments show, mica-flakes included in it are
inclined at all angles to the horizon.

The Author describes several such deposits both in this country
and in the Arctic regions; and suggests (1) that the loess is such a
deposit from snowdrifts, chiefly formed when the climate was much
colder, but still very slowly growing ; (2) that mammoths suffocated
in snowdrifts are subsequently embedded, and their remains pre-
served, in the deposits from them; and (3) that the ground-ice
formation of Alaska, etc., is the remains of heavy snowdrifts when
the coating of earth attained a thickness greater than that which
the summer heat can effectually penetrate.

83. *« Additions to the Fauna of the Olenellus-zone of the North-
west Highlands.’ By B. N. Peach, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S8. (Com-
municated by permission of the Director-General of the Geological

Survey.)

New material obtained by the Officers of the Geological Survey
has been placed in the Author’s hands, and as a result he is enabled
to add information concerning the species of Olenellus previously
described by him (0. Lapworthi); he also describes a new variety
of this species, three new species of the genus, a new subgenus of
Olenellus, and a form provisionally referred to Bathynotus.

He discusses certain theoretical points based upon the study of
the remains described in the paper, and states that these make it
probable that the dispersal of the Olenellids was from the Old World

towards the New.

Miscellaneous. 2a

4. * Questions relating to the Formation of Coal-Seams, including
a New Theory of them: suggested by Field and other Observations
made during the past decade on both sides of the Atlantic.’ By
W.S. Gresley, Esq., F.G.S.

A number of new facts are described, and the bearing of these
and of previously recorded facts upon the origin of coal is discussed,
special reference being made to the Pittsburgh Coal. The Author
lays stress on the stratification of coal, the sharp line of demarca-
tion between coal and underclays, the character of the plants in the
underclays and their asserted root-nature, the existence of partings
in such seams as the Pittsburgh Coal, which partings sometimes
contain Anthracosia, and really separate the coal into distinct seams.
He describes the occurrence of ‘rods’ of vegetable origin whose
exact nature is not known, which, with ferns, he suggests con-
tributed largely to the formation of some coals, He maintains that
the evidence points to the formation of coal on the floor of an ex-
panse of water, by vegetable matter sinking down from floating
‘islands’ of vegetation, which may have been of very large size, and
enumerates cases of such ‘islands’ or ‘rafts’ of vegetation which
have been described as existing in modern times.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the
Fossil Reptilia.—Part IX. Section 4. On the Gomphodontia. By
H. G. Seetey, F.R.S.

Tur Gomphodontia is a group of Anomodont reptiles characterized
by Theriodont dentition, in which the molar teeth are expanded
transversely, more or less tuberculate, and have the crowns worn
down with use, as in ungulate and other mammals. The orbit of
the eye is distinct from the zygomatic vacuity, whicb is conditioned
as in the Cynodontia, there being a long narrow parietal crest
dividing the temporal vacuities. There are two well-defined occipital
condyles united at the base, in a way that is closely paralleled in
some mammals. The occipital plate is triangular, as in mammals,
with no perforation except the foramen magnum. A deep superior
notch defines the occipital plate from the lateral external squamosal
bar. The malar bone, which forms the larger part of the zygoma,
behind the orbit has a slight descending process, which varies in
development. ‘The hard palate terminates transversely in the middle
length of the molar teeth. There is a descending transverse pala-
tine arch situate behind the orbits. The incisor teeth are small and
pointed; the canine teeth may be inconspicuous, but are usually
large, compressed, and serrated; the premolars are small, circular,

232 Miscellaneous

and usually tuberculate ; the molars are usually single-rooted, in
close-set series which diverge as they extend backward, with crowns
which vary in form, but are commonly wider than long, and usually
have the external and internal cusps more prominent than the other
tubercles on the crown.

The group is based chiefly upon the genera Gomphognathus, known
from skulls, a vertebra, and fragments of limb-bones; Tizrachodon,
known from skulls only; and Microgomphodon, in which the canine
teeth are no larger than the incisors. The last genus appears to
make known the more important parts of the skeleton.

These specimens, collected by the author at Lady Frere, by Dr.
Kannemeyer near Burghersdorp, and by Mr. Alfred Brown near
Aliwal North, are all from the Upper Karroo rocks on or about the
horizon of the Coal Beds.

Of Gomphognathus there is a complete skull, with the lower jaw
attached, about 9 inches long, a second skull which displays the
palate, and a separate lower jaw in connexion with part of the back
of the skull. These specimens show four incisor teeth in each pre-
maxillary bone, with sharp lateral serrated borders. The mandibular
canine is covered when the Jaws are closed. The maxillary canine
is a powerful tooth; its extremity is worn obliquely. There appear
to be six premolar teeth, all contained in a length of half an inch.
The maxillary teeth are packed in close succession, as in Rodents.
There are nine molar teeth. In the middle, where they are largest,
four occupy the length of one inch, The contour of the crowns of
these molars is convex from front to back, as in many mammals ;
and in this genus they are all behind the hard palate. The external
cusp is prominent, and a ridge descends inward and backward from
it upon the large flattened ledge of the crown, which is worn almost
level, as though there were a rodent-like horizontal movement of
the lower jaw.

A lumbar vertebra, found in developing the back of the skull,
may possibly belong to this genus.

With the skulls a right humerus was found, which is 54 inches
long. It shows the reptilian transverse elongation of the proximal
articulation, combined with characters which are paralleled in the
marsupial mammals and Carnivora.

The genus Microgomphodon is known in the first place from a skull
24 inches long, shaped much as in Galesaurus, but distinguished by
the comparatively large size of the front pair of mandibular incisors
and the strong, conical, pointed character of the incisor teeth. The
canine teeth are not differentiated from the incisors. The molars
show in lateral aspect small blunt cones, but on their palatal aspect
have flattened crowns with many small cusps. All the teeth have
short roots. There are three incisors on each side in both the man-
dible and skull, one canine, and five molars.

There is ground for associating with this genus an imperfect
skeleton, which, in addition to indicating ten early dorsal ribs and
fourteen lower dorsal vertebre and ribs in advance of the acetabu-

Miscellaneous. 233

lum of the femur, shows the left humerus, portions of right and left
scapulz, portions of the coracoid, clavicle, interclavicle, the pelvic
bones, all the bones of the hind limb, distal ends of ulna and radius,
carpus, metacarpus, and five digits. With these a fragment of a
skull is associated, which has the maxillary and mandibular teeth in
contact, showing the animal to be Gomphodont; while so much as
is preserved closely resembles the skull of Microgomphodon, and
apparently the canine was not larger than the premolar. This
skeleton demonstrates a close general resemblance of plan between
the Gomphodontia and Cynodontia. The lower dorsal ribs have a
transverse lozenge-shaped enlargement, which, however, is less
developed than in Cynognathus. The pelvis is exposed on the
ventral side. As in most, if not all, South-African Therosuchia, it
shows no indication of median division between the pubic bones,
while the ischia retain their individuality.

The pubis articulated to a short tubercle on the ilium. The
blade of the ilium is thin, but imperfectly exposed, and the ischia
are shaped as in Pliosauwrus, vut the pubis does not closely resemble
that of any reptile. The femur has the inferior internal trochanteric
ridge only slightly developed. There is no neck defining the head
of the bone from the shaft. The fibula is slender; no indication of
a patella is preserved. Below the stout tibia the proximal row of
the tarsus appears to consist of two bones—an inner astragalus with

_ hemispherical proximal surface, and a narrow elongated bone which
appears to be the caleaneum. There were three or four bones in
the distal row of the tarsus, but only one is preserved. The digits
are nearly parallel with each other, and the foot has a compact
character like that of Dicynodon.

The scapule have the pre-scapula developed on the same plan as
in Cynognathus, and the anterior margin of the bone reflected
upward, so as to form the spine of the scapula, verminating in the
acromion. ‘The two ends of the humerus are twisted at an augle of
45 degrees, and the bone is expanded as in many Saurischian reptiles.
The carpus shows three bones in the proximal row, a large reniform
carpal below the ulna, regarded as the pisiform bone; a compara-
tively small middle carpal is identified as the cuneiform bone. The
third bone corresponds with the scapho-lunar of Theriodesmus ; it is
beneath the radius. There is no indication of any pre-pollex.
There are four bones in the distal row of the carpus. There are
tive digits.

In the pelvis and the limb-bones this Anomodont type approxi-
mates to the Saurischia and Mammalia, just as the Ornithischia
approximate to birds in the same parts of the skeleton.

Trirachodon is founded on four individuals which have the skull
about 4 inches long. Like the other Gomphodont genera, this type
has the dentary bone developed so as to occupy the length of the
mandible, but the lower jaw is composite, the internal bones filling
the space which in mammals is occupied by the meckelian cartilage.
The postfrontal and prefrontal bones are well developed. The

234 Miscellaneous.

species differ in the character of the teeth, especially in number and
form of the premolars.

In one species from Aliwal North the molar teeth are trans-
versely wide, ornamented with three transverse ridges, which
terminate in a slight cusp both on the external and internal margins.
There are not more than nine molars. The crown of the first pre-
molar in one specimen is elongated from front to back, and shows a
small coronet of rounded marginal cusps. In a species from Lady
Frere the molar teeth are narrower and the premolar teeth more
numerous, small, and circular in the broken sections.

Although these skulls are mammalian in aspect, and in some
respects make new transitions towards mammals, in technical
characters they retain a sufficient number of reptilian structures to
permit no doubt that they are true reptiles, The mammalian
resemblances in the skull being paralleled in the other parts of the
skeleton, it may be affirmed that these fossils demonstrate a closer
affinity between reptiles and mammals than had previously been
evident.—From the Proceedings of the Royal Society. (Communi-
cated by the Author.)

The Transformation of the Aortic Arches in the Frog.
By M. 8. Jourparn.

In the course of investigations which for several years I have
pursued upon frogs I have had occasion to study, by the aid of
injections, the transformations undergone by the large vessels which
spring from the bulb of the aorta at the time of transition from
aquatic to aerial life. The results of my observations differ to such
an extent from those which are recorded in the treatises on zootomy,
that I have decided to present them to the Academy.

We know that in the tadpole of the frog the gills are four in
number. ‘The fourth, which is situated behind the rest, is con-
siderably less developed than the other three.

In order to render my description more intelligible I shall have to
modify the customary terminology in certain respects. I designate
the great vessels, four in number, which carry the venous blood to
the gills, bulbar arches (crosses bulbaires); hypobranchial vessels is
the term that I apply to the portion subdivided from each of these
arches which distributes itself to the gills, and by epibranchial
vessels | mean the portion which brings back the aerated blood to
the origin of the arteries which spring from these epibranchials.
These arteries are, in the case of the first arch, the carotid linguals ;
in that of the second the aorta; in that of the third and fourth the
cutaneous respiratory and the pulmonary.

The epibranchial vessels are united one to another on each side,
at a short distance from the point of their emergence from the gill,
by anastomotic branches, which have a longitudinal direction and
are termed by me connective branches (rameaua connectifs).

Finally, it is important to note the presence of a short and wide
anastomotic plexus, to which I shall apply the term znterbranchial,

Miscellaneous. 235

and which establishes a more and more free communication between
the hypo- and the epibranchials towards the point where these latter
issue from the gill.

In a general way the constitution of the definitive type of the
circulatory system is realized by the direct inosculation of the
bulbar arches with the origin of the arteries arising from the
epibranchials, by the medium of the interbranchials, and the disap-
pearance of the entire branchial circulatory system with the gill
itself.

We will now see what takes place in the case of each of the
branchial arches.

First arch.—The short vascular plexus which represents the inter-
branchial establishes a direct communication between the first
bulbar arch and the carotid lingual, which then constitutes the
termination of the former. ‘I'he interbranchial becomes the carotid
gland. The connective between the first and second arches dis-
appears.

Second arch.—An open anastomosis is formed, by means of the
interbranchial, between the second bulbar arch and the origin of
the aorta. The connective between the second and third arches
atrophies.

Third and fourth arches—In the case of these arches a more
complex transformation takes place.

By means of the third interbranchial and of the connective be-
tween the third and fourth arches, which persists, the third bulbar
arch becomes continuous with the afferent vessel of the lung, or
pulmonary artery, which chiefly arises from the epibranchial of the
fourth arch.

The fourth bulbar arch, which is merely a subdivision of the third,
loses its function and atrophies,

The pulmonary artery of the adult, constituted by the various
sections which I have just enumerated (third bulbar arch, third
interbranchial, and the connective between the third and fourth
arches), gives rise, on a level with the third gill, to a vessel which
may be ascribed to the epibranchial of that gill, and which forms
the extremely interesting branch of the pulmonary artery known as
the cutaneous respiratory.

When the pulmonary sac begins to develop it receives a vessel
fed by the epibranchial of the fourth arch and also by the connec-
tive between the third and fourth. The result of this arrangementi
is that this pulmonary vessel, which is none other than the pul-
monary artery, receives already aerated blood, mingled with a small
quantity of venous blood coming from the interbranchial anasto-
moses. Thus in reality at the outset this artery is a nutritive
vessel like the other arteries.

Towards the close of larval life, when the lung is a functional
respiratory organ, the artery maintains its nutritive réle, but, in
addition to this, the blood that it contains is aerated afresh and the
pulmonary veins bring back pure arterial blood to the heart.

236 Miscellaneous.

Finally, in the adult the pulmonary artery conveys almost pure
venous blood, and thus commences to realize the conditions exhibited
by the circulatory system of vertebrates with separate ventricles.—
Comptes Rendus, t. cxix. no. 1 (July 2, 1894), pp. 98-100.

Branchiate Pulmonates. By M. Paut PEtseneEer.

J. Among the aquatic pulmonate Mollusca of Madagascar there
is found a sinistral form which normally exhibits. below the pul-
monary aperture and to the left of the anus, a well constituted gill.
This gill is plicated, and not pectinated (that is to say, that it is
formed like that of the Opisthobranchs), and is attached merely by
its base. But it is not homologous with the gill or ctenidium of
the rest of the Gastropoda: it is, as a matter of fact, situated entirely
outside the pallial chamber, while in the latter it is contained within
it. It is therefore a new formation. |

Il. The appearance of this organ upon a Pulmonate is explained
by the study of our indigenous forms, certain of which already
possess this gill, but in a less developed condition: Planorbis and
Ancylus may be taken as instances.

Planorbis corneus exhibits, outside the pallial or pulmonary
chamber and to the left of the anus, a flattened, smooth, and exten-
sile tegumentary lobe, the structure of which reveals its respiratory
function ; the same lobe, proportionately smaller, exists in Planorbis
marginatus.

Ancylus also possesses this lobe (on the right side in A. lacustris),
which in this case has for a long time already been designated the
gill, and which performs the functions of such an organ in a con-
tinuous manner, for in this genus there is no longer any trace of a
pallial chamber (or lung). Now we know that Planorbis is of a
much less aerial habit than Limncea, and we are also aware that in
pure water Ancylus remains almost entirely immersed (which
explains the disappearance of its lung).

These Pulmonates, having lost the original molluscan gill (or
ctenidium), but having subsequently reverted to an aquatic life,
there is nothing astonishing in the fact that they have developed a
fresh gill, morphologically different from the former, although in
_the case of the Pulmonate from Madagascar it has a similar con-
formation; we have here merely a remarkable example of homo-
plasy and of the irreversibleness of evolution, that is to say of the
powerlessness of an organ which has been lost to reappear.

III. The mollusk from Madagascar in question is only known
conchologically, and bears the name Physa lamellata. But its whole
organization shows that it does not belong to the genus Physa; I
confine myself here to pointing out the absence in the latter (as in
LIimneea) of the para-anal branchial apparatus.

Physa lamellata constitutes the type of a genus very closely allied
to Planorbis, which I propose to term Pulmobranchia.—Comptes
Rendus, t. exix. no. 5 (July 30, 1894), pp. 354, 355.

Berens SIXTH SERIES. No. ae
THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

7 ay ee St

ae

<

OP et Be). * vaca

No. LXXXII.

OCT. 1894,

CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

x AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

‘ai en BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
‘|| MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,”

WITH TWO PLATES. €

Illustrative of Mr. R. I. Pocock’s Paper.on the Pedipalpi of the Family
Tarantulide in the British Museum.

LONDON: | peas
TAYLOR AND FRANOIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sona HA

Berlin. \

‘

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. -
Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN. |

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin andF. D. Gopmayn. (Pp. 1-512, pls.i,-xxxyv.,
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. IL. (Pp. 1-876, pls, xxxvi.—lvii.)
Reptilia. By A. Ginrner. (Pp. 1-136, pls. i—xlv.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Marrezns. (Pp. 1-248,
1s. i.—Xv. :
: ree: Araneidea. By O. Pickarp CamBringr. (Pp. 1-144, pls. i-
xv.) CaaS
Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLapuipm &c.). By D. Suarp, A.

Matruews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-440, pls. i.—xiii.)
Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Szrricornia). By C, O. Warmrnouse
and G. H. Horn. (Pp. 1-257, pls. i-x.) — .
Coleoptera. Vol. 1V. part 3 (RHyNcHOPHORA). By D.SuHarp, (Pp. 1-
168, pls. i—vi.)
Poleupere. Vol. VIL. (Eroryiips). By H.S. Goruam. (Pp. 1-208,
ls. ix.)
2 Hymenoptera. Vol.I. ByP.Cameron, (Pp. 1-466, pls.i.—xx.) Vol. IL.
(Pp. 1-312, pls. i—xiii.)
Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. J. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin.
(Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-860, pls. xlvii.-
Ixxxi.
Sacer Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Drucz. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. II.
(Pp. 1-184.) (Pls. 1.-lviii.)
Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. iv.)
Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowter. (Pp. 1-24,
1B
NEN: Vol. L By Baron C, R. Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i—iii.)
Diptera. Vol. II. By F. M. van DER Wou.p. (Pp. 1-264, pls. i—vi.)
Diptera. Vol. IIL. By 8S. W. Wixuisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1, ii.)
Neuroptera. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)
Orthoptera. By A. pr Bormans, H. DE Saussure, and L. ZEHNTNER.
(Pp. 1-200, pls. ix.)
The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCHAEOLOGY.
By A. P. Maupszay. (Pp. 1-64, pls. i.—xcix.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrmr, 18 Princes Street,
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

: Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s.,
THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND FISHES

OF

ST. ANDREWS.
By. W. C. M‘INTOSH, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.LS., &e.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

Demy 8yo, pp. 138, price 3s, 6d. —
THE STAPHYLINIDAZ OF JAPAN.
By Dr. D. SHARP.
(Being a reprint from the Ann. § Mag. Nat, Hist, vols, ii. and iii.)

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, EC.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 82. OCTOBER 1894,

XXXIIL.—On the Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archi-
pelago, with Observations on the Fauna of Freshwater in
General. By Max WeprEr*.

IMPORTANT contributions to our knowledge of the Crustacean
fauna of the freshwaters of the Indian Archipelago have
been furnished in the foregoing communications printed in
this second volume.

Five Cladocera, two Copepods, and a Branchiopod were
introduced by Herr J. Richard and six Ostracods by Herr R.
Moniez, all of which were e¢ollected by myself in Sumatra
and Celebes. Beyond doubt this gives us but a first glimpse
of the Entomostracan fauna of the Indian islands, which is,
at any rate, richer than this. It is, however, impossible
sufficiently to emphasize the fact that Entomostraca are
incomparably less numerous than in our European waters.
It is important to observe the number of the individuals of
Daphnella excisa, and especially of Moina Webert and
Diaptomus orientalis, which occurred only in the pelagic
region of the great freshwater lakes of Singkarah and
Manindjau, the altitude, extent, and situation of which were
described at length in the introduction to this work. In these
large basins I captured the species mentioned in thousands,
together with a smaller number of Cyclops simplex; in the
evening they were met with on the top of the water, but

* Translated from “ Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Nieder-
landisch Ost-Indien, herausgegeben von Dr. Max Weber,” Bad. ii. Heft 2,
Leiden, 1892, pp. 528-543.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. Le

238 Dr. Max Weber on the

during the day at a depth of half a metre to a metre beneath

‘the surface. In the present communication I shall be able to
add the description of a new Argulus to the descriptions of
Entomostraca already published.

In opposition to the Entomostraca, Decapod Crustacea play
an important part in the islands of Sumatra, Java, Celebes,
Saleyer, and Flores visited by me. The number of species of
Brachyura which I collected in these localities has been
determined by Herr J. G. de Man to be thirty-four, and of
Macrura thirty-five. When compared with the freshwater
Decapods of Kurope, which only include Astacus, Telphusa
fluviatilis, Pilumnus tridentatus, Maitland, Hemicaridina
Desmarestit, Millet, Leander Edwardsti, Heller, and Palemo-
netes vartans, Leach—the latter four of which are also found
in brackish water—as well as the cave-shrimp, Troglocaris,
the number of Decapods in the Indian Archipelago is very
considerable. Not only the number of species, but also that
of individuals, is very great in all lakes, ponds, rice-swamps
(Sawahpfiitzen), and sluggish and rapid brooks and rivers, so
that they give quite a distinct impress to the fauna. It will
subsequently be shown in greater detail that genuine marine
and also brackish-water forms, especially among the
Brachyura, furnish their contingent not merely in the lower
courses of the rivers, but also further inland.

Our sketch of the freshwater Crustacean fauna would,
however, be left incomplete if we omitted to mention a small
number of Amphipods and Isopods. It is true that these are
by no means conspicuous either on account of their numbers
or the frequency of their occurrence. They are, however, of
interest by reason of biological peculiarities, and throw an
important light on the origin of a portion of the freshwater
fauna of India, whereby perhaps they also afford some
elucidation of the origin of the tropical freshwater fauna in
general.

In spite of extensive investigations of numerous fresh-
waters, I succeeded in discovering none but marine Amphi-
pods and Isopods therein; and the exceedingly scanty
statements of my predecessors, among which, as a matter of
fact, the careful communications of von Martens are alone
deserving of mention, furnish the same result. Again in
opposition to Kurope, to the fauna of which Gammaride and
Asellide belong, both of these families are wanting in the
Malay Archipelago. Here I found only the genus Orchestia
in Java, Celebes, and Flores, but solely in four localities in
spite of diligent searching, and, moreover, under such con-
ditions as proved that one of the species met with had already

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago. 239

entirely abandoned an aquatic life and was existing under
damp wood and stones. In the three other localities, each of
which furnished a new species, the creatures had already
become, at any rate, amphibious, since they also existed under
stones at the edge of the water, similarly to our marine species
of Orchestia, especially O. cavimana. No less a contrast to
European conditions is shown in the complete absence of
Asellidze from the Malayan freshwaters. In their stead we
meet with quite a number of genuine marine Isopods, which,
however, are all parasites belonging to the families Cymo-
thoide and Bopyride. Upon freshwater fishes in the Lake
of Singkarah 1 found Rocinela typus, Milne-Edwards, and
Tachea lacustris, sp. n., the closest allied species to which
was discovered by von Martens upon the coral-reefs off
Singapore. In brooks and rivers far in the interior I met
with the peculiar species /chthyoxenus Jellinghausit, Herklots,
upon Cyprinide, while Palemonide yielded seven species of
Bopyrus.

Can there possibly be a greater difference between the
Kuropean freshwater Crustacean fauna and that of the Indian
Archipelago? ‘To this we shall be obliged to reply in the
negative, and thus we come into conflict with the ever-
increasing inclination to attribute a similar character to the
freshwater faune of the globe.

To account for this inclination, reasons very different in
value can be shown to exist. In the first place we have two
points, which apparently might be left entirely to speak for
themselves : namely, the insufficient and incomplete state of
our knowledge of the local freshwater faune of the earth, and,
further, the very imperfect determinations of the forms
discovered therein, which serve as the basis for reports and
communications in the form of generalizations upon the
freshwaters of foreign countries. While it is precisely in
such questions of animal distribution, which have a statistical
character, that it is impossible to have sufficient accuracy in
the determination of the genus and species, a portion of the
literature dealing with freshwater faune is of a very prelim-
inary kind, and could furnish nothing but altogether isolated
items of evidence in favour of the thesis that the fauna of
fresh water has a uniform character. Herein the one-sided
prominence given to the Invertebrates, and among these
again in the most marked degree to the groups with which
the European investigator is acquainted from the beginning,
plays a conspicuous part.

‘These objections are not intended to obscure the fact that
an important nucleus of truth lies at the pone of the

17

240 Dr. Max Weber on the

assumption that the freshwater fauna of the earth has in part
a similar character, in so far as there are a whole number of
identical species, or at any rate genera, which are widely
distributed over the world. I need but recall to mind many
Protozoa, Spongillide, Hydra, Hirudinea, Naide, Turbel-
laria, and various Bryozoa and Entomostraca. A common
characteristic of these forms, however, is smallness of body
and easy transportability occasioned thereby or by other
qualifications; still more, however, such a constitution of
their germs that these can sustain changes of temperature and
drought, and by means of wind or other mode of conveyance
can be readily transferred from one freshwater station to
another. Pregnant instances of this are already recorded in
numbers in the writings of Darwin, Forel, Semper, and
Zacharias, and in the latest suggestive work of Simroth*,
and are known to everyone. It is enough to remind the
reader of encysted Protozoa which are carried away in the
mud on the feet of birds and also in their droppings; or of
the shell-protected egg of Hydra, which like Hydra itself is
easily transported. Species may also be carried by means of
leaves, which are caught up by the wind from a pool which
is drying up, as I observed in the case of Spongillide in
India. The gemmule of freshwater sponges are, as is well
known, especially fitted for such and similar modes of
transport ; this applies in quite a peculiar degree to those of
Spongilla decipiens, a species described by myself, the
numerous gemmule of which, surrounded by tissue containing
air, float upon the water equally as well as the statoblasts of
Bryozoa, which I likewise met with in abundance in India.
All these germs, precisely like the “ winter” eggs (Dauereier)
of the Cladocera in their ephippia, are driven or wafted to the
shore as they float upon the surface of the water, and are then
an easy sport of the winds or other transporting medium.

It has only recently been shown by de Guerne + how Hiru-
dinea are carried by birds, while Blanchard { and Megnin §
have pointed out that a similar result is also brought about by
mammals.

All the species mentioned hitherto, which in one form or
another are readily transported, and for this reason alone,
apart from any other, may be more generally distributed over
the earth, we will term “ universal” freshwater animals.
Besides these the freshwaters of the different districts contain

* Simroth, ‘ Entstehung der Landthiere.’ Leipzig, 1892.

+ J. de Guerne, Comptes Rendus hebd. d. 1. Soc. de Biologie, 1892,
p. 92; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. x. pp. 117-120.

t Blanchard, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, xvi. 1891, p. 218.

§ Megnin, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, xvi. 1891, p. 222.

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago. 241

local species in varying numbers and variety, or, at least,
such as have a more restricted area of distribution. To these
forms we will apply the designation “ regional” freshwater
animals. The question now arises whence these latter are
derived, and how their more limited distribution is to be
explained.

In connexion with this question various considerations
have to be taken into account, which at present render it
impossible to return a comprehensive answer. For instance,
it is difficult to account for the fact that Apus and Branchipus
are absent from the Indo-Malayan region, although the eggs
of both genera are so exceptionally constituted for being
carried about from place to place.

It is above all among Vertebrates, Mollusks, and Mala-
costracous Crustacea that the forms occur which are not
universally distributed. I need but refer to Urodeles, which
with the exception of the Cecilians are absent from the
tropics and the southern hemisphere; or to the regional
occurrence of Ganoids, Dipnoi, Siluroids, Labyrinthici, and
other freshwater fish. Allusion may also be made to the
Astacide, Palemonide, and freshwater Brachyura, while the
absence of Asellide and Gammaride in the Indo-Malayan
region may likewise be pointed out.

Now Vertebrates, Mollusks, and the Crustaceans mentioned
are all animals of some size, which for this reason alone could
not or could hardly be carried about. The same applies to
their eggs, which are not suited for passive dissemination.
Herein we already have a conspicuous reason for their to a
certain extent emphatically regional distribution.

Here and there we find the idea expressed that the above-
mentioned denizens of fresh water, to which we have applied
the term “universal,” are of especially high geological
antiquity, which may be taken as a partial explanation of
their wide distribution.

In many cases this may certainly be correct. I shall,
moreover, attempt to show directly that as a matter of fact,
as opposed to the more ancient forms, there are also more
recent freshwater animals, which evidently derive their
origin from the sea. But to contrast the whole of the
“universal” freshwater forms, as being geologically the more
ancient, with the “regional” ones, as geologically more
receut, would undoubtedly, in such general terms, be incorrect,
Why among universal forms Spongilla, for instance, and many
Entomostraca or Bryozoa are to be considered historically
more ancient than perhaps Apus, Branchipus, Asellus,
Gammarus, Dipnoi, Ganoidei, and Urodeles, it is certainly
impossible to perceive. Lower organization of a species 1s

242 Dr. Max Weber on the

not in itself a proof of greater antiquity. In the case of more
lowly organized animals the formation of species is no more
limited in time than in that of more highly organized forms.

Now in my opinion it is possible to demonstate the
marine origin .of a considerable fraction of the freshwater
animals which are of regional occurrence. Naturally I am
not speaking here of the hypothesis that in the end all fresh-
water animals are derived from the primeval ocean,

In the first instance I am thinking of the “ relic-animals ”
(Relicten-Thiere), yet only in the sense in which they are so
regarded by Lovén and Credner. Accordingly I consider as
“relics ’’ only such animals as are really of a marine nature
and inhabit freshwater basins, that can be proved by geology
to have been once filled with sea-water and to have been in
connexion with the ocean. The numerous “ relic-lakes,”
with which zoological fancy has covered the earth, for the
most part do not bear geological criticism, any more indeed
than they sustain more precise zoological examination.
Besides 2 number, small it is true, of genuine marine relics,
fresh water is peopled by numerous marine forms; these,
however, have not been “ left behind,” but are zmmigrants,
active or passive, as the case may be.

I would therefore divide the freshwater fauna as follows :—

1. Universal freshwater animals.
2. Regional - -
a. Local genuine freshwater animals, which form
an already ancient stock.
b. Marine forms.
a. Relics.
8. Immigrants.
f,. Active immigrants.

Bz. Passive %

The larger portion of these immigrants wander actively
from the sea into the brackish estuaries and further into the
lower course of the rivers, to gradually ascend until they
penetrate far into the interior. From the nature of the case
the véle played, by passive immigrants is a subordinate one,
since they are carried almost exclusively as parasites from the
sea into the rivers, and in this manner finally also reach the
lakes, like Tacha lacustris and Rocinela typus, which will be
dealt with later on. A certain participation on the part of
the animal that is passively transported is self-evident.

The communications of Giinther, Sauvage, von Kennel,
and Stuhlmann already point to the fact that the marine
immigrants in the tropics at any rate play an important
part, as is even still the case; for I am convinced that

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago, 248

immigration is still taking place at the present time, and that
it shows us the process of the formation of the freshwater
fauna *,

I should like to prove this by means of the Crustacean
fauna of the freshwaters of the Indian Archipelago; for my
material bearing upon this question is already accurately
worked out, and was collected by myself with my own hands,
with the exception of the Crustacea of Timor and Rotti, for
which I am indebted to my fellow-traveller Prof. A.
Wichmann, of Utrecht. Since, however, the latter was well
acquainted with the questions which interested me, I have
before me absolutely precise statements with reference to the
origin of these specimens also. The latter point is of
paramount importance in this question, in which we have to
consider the nature of the water, whether fresh, brackish, or
sea-water, in which the animals were collected.

If the specimens were obtained in the lower course of a
river, it is necessary to notice whether any and what change
takes place in the water in that portion of the stream at flood-
tide. Close attention was paid to all these points.

Now since such observations were not, or not toa sufficient
extent, connected with the Crustacea previously collected in
the Indian Archipelago, I was hardly able to derive further
statements from the literature on the subject. A solitary
exception is constituted by the excellent communications of
EK. von Martens, to whom altogether we owe the most
comprehensive and best information, not merely for the
Indian Archipelago, upon this subject. For the rest I depend
exclusively upon my own experience.

The following list of the freshwater Crustacea of the Indian
Archipelago gives at once statements as to their occurrence
in the different islands:—Sumatra (S8.), Java (J.), Borneo
(B.), Celebes (C.), Saleyer (Sal.), Flores (F.), Timor (T.),
and the Moluccas (M.); as also as to their occurrence in
fresh, brackish, or sea-water, or upon the land in damp
surroundings.

Certain species, which are absent from my collection, and
as to which I have no personal experience, are indicated by
spaced type. The statements in brackets—(), [ ]—as to
occurrence imply that the observations in question do not
emanate from me.

This list will be followed by a few remarks and conclu-
sions, as well as by a description of the Argulide, Isopoda,
and Amphipoda which I collected.

* With regard to these questions, I consider it my duty to remind the
reader of the valuable but largely forgotten paper by Riitimeyer—
‘Ueber die Herkunft unserer Thierwelt,’ 1867, p. 17.

> Or Co bo

15.

244 Dr. Max Weber on the

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago.

BRANCHIOPODA.

. Cyclestheria Hislopi, Baird

CLADOCERA.

. Daphnella excisa, Sars ........
. Moina Weberi, Richard ......
. Macrothrix spinosa, Sars ......
. Llyocryptus longiremis, Sars

. Alona Sarsi, Richard..........

OsTRACODA.

. Cypris Weberi, Montez ......

Richardi, Montez ........

. —— odiosa, Montez ..........

Dron punnntes ie,

. Stenocypris Malcolmsonii, Brady
. Cyprinotus pyxidatus, Moniez .

CopEPopDa,

. Cyclops simplex, Poggenpol ....
. Diaptomus orientalis, Brady

BRANCHIURA.
Argulus indicus, M. Weber ....

Isopopa.

. Ichthyoxenus Jellinghausii,

LEG HAD Rate ee es

. Tachea lacustris, M. Weber
. Rocinela typus, Milne-Edwards
. Palegyge Borrei, Giard §

JEM ocd 46 0 ORE

. —— fluviatilis, M. Weber ....
. — Bonnieri, M. Weber......

a SDs. «) elelsielstslislelaislls! s\icis is) sis 2

eee ae Mani, M. Weber ......
. Probopyrus Giardi, M. Weber...

Fresh Water.

Land.

Brackish

Water.

Sea- Water.

—_—-
end
_—

QQAQLRR

S.
8.
8.

a eC

[J.]

[B., Bay of Bengal. ]

3
4

26.
27.
28.
29,

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago. 245

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago (continued).

AMPHIPODA.

Orchestia floresiana, M. Weber. .
Martensii, M. Weber ...

—— parvispinosa, M. Weber ..
— montana, M. Weber......

DEcAPODA.

. Cardisoma carnifex, Herbst ....
. Geotelphusa Kuhl, de Man

sumatrensis, Miers ....

Telphusa granulata, de Man

Larnaudii, Milne-Edw., var.
brevimarginata, de Man....
celebensis, de Man ......

. Paratelphusa tridentata, Mzlne-

OU Unie) E habe gles A ee
convexa, de Haan........

. ——maculata, de Man ......
. Ocypode cordimana, Latreille . .
. Gelasimus acutus, de Man ....
. — trianguiaris, Milne-Edw.. .

coarctatus, Milne-Edwards

. Varuna literata, Fabricius

44, Utica gracilipes, White ......
45. Pseudograpsus barbatus, Rumph.
46 crassus, Milne-Edwards ..
47, Pyxidognathus granulosus,
Milne-Edwards..........0+
48. Ptychognathus dentatus, de Man
49, —— Riedelii, Milne-Edwards. .
50. —— glaber, Stimpson ........
51. —— pusillus, Heller ..........
52. pilipes, Milne-Edwards
53. Sesarma melissa, de Man
54. bidens;.de Hiaaneen.. 4 ys:
55 impressa, Milne-Edwards
56, —— Edwardsii, de Man ......
57. —— Lafondii, Homb. § Jacq. ..
58. —— Smithii, Milne-Edwards
59. —— Meeschii, de Man........
60. frontalis, Milne-Edwards. .
61. —— trapezoides, Guérin......
62. —— Weberi, de Man ........
63. ——maculata,de Man ......
64, Geosesarma nodulifera, de Man
Be BP as dai ceca ce scinns

Fresh Water.

* *&

*

Eee

Land.

* KK

* KK *

ae:

Brackish
Water

‘wk RK KKK ICI

s A OAs ti
Tey Kk Se ne

Be Ged eaten aoe

Sea- Water,

a ee ee

YD Ta bt

Hk tOm RmkmONmmMHS Oe MNO
°
g
4
eS

es

~~

R

[T., Solor. ]

[T., New Guinea, Solor,

Borneo.
Generally distributed.

oS

Q

5 [Malay Archipelago. ]

OG, \Geosesarma, 6p. os. ws cele:
67, BY LVICOUA «is tote. eee niece
68. Metasesarma Rousseauxi,
Milne-Edwurds .........+
69. Remipes testudinarius, Latreille
70 denticulatifrons, White . .
71. Atya moluccensis, de Haan ..
72, brevirostris, de Man ...
73, —— Gustavi, Ortmaim ...
74, dentirostris, Thallwitz
75, Caridina typus, Milne- Edwards
76. Weberi, de Man........
77. —— parvirostris, de Man .
78. —— levis, Heller ..........
79. multidentata, Stimpson ..
80. —— parepareasis, de Man....
81. serratirostris, de Man....
82. —— Wychii, Hickson ......
83. —— brevicarpalis, de Man
84. —— eyvacilirostris, de Man....
85. Alpheus rapax, Spence Bate ..
86. Palzemon carcinus, Fabricius. .
87. ? —— Rosenbergii, de Man
88. —— Weberi, deMan........
89. —— dispar, von Martens ...
90. —— sundaicus, Heller .-.....
91. —— elegans, de Man........
92 lar, Fabrics os. 35h ish
93. —— equidens, Dana ........
94, javanicus, Heller ......
95. —— Horstii, de Man.......
96. —— scabriculus, Heller ......
97 endehensis, de Man
98. —— modestus,de Man ......
99. pilimanus, de Man......
100. latimanus, von Martens . .
101. —— placidus, de Man ......
102. —— placidulus, de Man
108 lampropus, de Man
104. —— bariensis, de Man ......
105 lepidactyloides, de Man. .
106 latidactylus, Thallwitz ..
107 Uae PCMAIe lhe ces cease aia «
108 esculentus, Thallwitz ..
109, dulcis, Thallwitz ......
110. Miersia compressa, de Haan
111. Leander concinnus, Dana ....|
112. Penseus monoceros, Fabricius. .

246

Dr. Max Weber on the

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago (continued).

_

H

= 53
co] . D
= aS| 3s
Q rd Wis =
2) 2 |2F| 3
oy 4 faa} oD)
* 5°

oe *

* (x)
* #* *
* (x) | Ge)
* oe oe
* oe oe
* oe

* oe

* ae

* ee

* e .

* oe

* oe

* oe

* * ee
P Pigiteee
* aun
* oe
* * oe
* * oe
* oe *
* ee i
* ee ee
* * oe
* ee oe
* * oe
* aie oe
* oe as
* oe oe
* oe 0
* oe oe
* oe Ao
* oe 2.
* . oe
* | (x)

[Malay Archipelago. |

“rd

RQ raid 2.0

enerally distributed.

”?

pC.
| SOis( Ss

a
a

TMM
=a

Vv

wee ew

OO © Fal tel Co Co SF a ed

Generally distributed.
[ New Guinea. ]

Widely distributed.

Q

=3 *,
J.
Generally distributed.
8.
dey Bis 5 Ge
C.

by
boy H

, Rotti, Adonare,
: Amboina.,
al, C.. Baa.

Us

NM

Aegnonme

a

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago. 247

The above list suggests the following remarks and con-
clusions :—

To the relative paucity of Entomostraca allusion has
already been made. Even though they are undoubtedly
more numerous than this list would lead us to suppose, they
are nevertheless of very much less frequent occurrence than
in European waters. Branchipus and Apus too are absent;
for, even if Entomostraca have not been described hitherto
from the region with which we are dealing, still the two
genera in question, had they been present, must by reason of
their size have attracted the attention of previous investigators
also. But neither did von Martens meet with them in the
Indian Archipelago, nor did Semper observe them in the
Philippines.

An important lesson is taught us by the Isopods.

In the first place, Asellide are entirely wanting, as also
Spheromide, certain species of which are likewise known
from fresh water. The whole of the species observed by me are
exclusively stationary or permanent parasites, and belong either
to marine species, to marine genera, or, at least, to marine
families.

Of Cymothoine our list includes Ichthyoxenus Jelling-
hausti, Herklots, Rocinela typus, Milne-Edwards, and Tachea
lacustris, sp. 0.

Ichthyoxenus Jellinghaustt was previously found in Java,
and I met with it myself in rivers in Sumatra upon species
of Puntius. A second species, Ichthyoxenus montanus,
Schiédte and Meinert, is known from rivers in the Himalayas
as parasitic upon Puntius sophore. .

A single specimen of Rocinela typus, Milne-Edwards, was
met with by von Martens in Borneo, in the Kapuas River
near Sintang, upon Notopterus hypselonotus, a freshwater
fish. 1 obtained numerous specimens from Cyprinoids in the
Lake of Singkarah, at an altitude of 362 metres above the
sea. Before this Kocinela typus was collected in the Bay of
Bengal.

It is certainly by no means hazardous to suppose that this
species, which belongs to an entirely marine genus, is also
capable of sojourning upon such marine fishes as visit the
mouths of rivers. It can be proved that Rocinela typus
temporarily leaves the fish in order to live upon the bottom,
for the sake of reproduction and perhaps also of undergoing
ecdysis. In seeking out a new fish our parasite may easily
attach itself to one of the numerous river-fishes which at the
same time also visit the brackish estuary, and thus gradually
for generations adapting itself to fresh water become a fresh-

248 Dr. Max Weber on the

water animal, The freshwater form described by von Martens
and myself perhaps also already differs somewhat from the
marine form. At any rate, it follows that we are acquainted
with this species from the sea (Bay of Bengal), from a river
(Kapuas River), and from an elevated freshwater lake (Lake
of Singkarah). Passive immigration—of course with a certain
amount of assistance on the part of the animal itself—may
therefore probably be assumed in this case also.

The occurrence of Tachea lacustris, sp. n., upon Cyprinoids,
likewise in the Lake of Singkarah, is to be explained in a
similar manner. ‘This new species differs but little from
Tachea crassipes, Schiédte and Meinert, which von Martens

discovered upon the coral-reef of Singapore, consequently
under conditions as marine as possible.

According to the mode of explanation which has prevailed
hitherto the Lake of Singkarah consequently contained two most
excellent examples of genuine relic-animals ; later on we shall
be able to indicateyet other marine forms from the same locality.
An immigration on the part of these animals into this lake 1s,
however, the much more natural explanation of their presence,
and is at the same time in accordance with the geological
facts, which furnish no proofs that the region of the lake,
either during or subsequent to the formation of its basin, was
inundated by the sea, or that the lake was at any time filled
with sea-water.

Moreover other species of Cymothoine are known, which
have become adapted to freshwater life, but occur especially
in the lower courses and at the mouths of rivers—indications
that it is immigration with which we are dealing in this
instance.

Besides my three species mention must be made of Ichthyo-
xzenus montanus, Schiddte and Meinert, already alluded to,
from rivers of the Himalaya; also of two species that appa-
rently are allied to this—Lironeca laticauda, Miers, from
Manchuria, and Lironeca daurica, Miers, from the River
Onon in South-east Siberia—and, further, of Cymothoa amu-
rensis, Gerstf., in Siberian rivers, and Asotana formosa, Sch.
& Mein., from the River Ica in Peru.

The following species were found at the mouths of rivers,
or, at any rate, in the adjoining lower portion of the stream :—
Nerocila fluviatilis, Sch. & Mein., in the Rio Plata near
Monte Video; Lathrena insidiosa, Sch. & Mein., in the
mouth of the River Santos, in Brazil, upon Centengraulis
edentulus; Telotha lunaris, Sch. & Mein., in the Rio das
Velhas, Brazil, upon Sternarchus brasiliensis, Rht.; Telotha
Henselit, v. Mart., in a river near Porto Alegre, Brazil, upon

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago. 249

a species of G'eophagus; Cirolana elongata, H. M.-Edw., in
the mouth of the Ganges; while Olencira pregustator,
Latrobe, lives upon the coast of North America, but is found
besides in rivers in that region. With regard to @lossobius
laticauda, M.-Edw., it is stated by Schiddte and Meinert that
it is found in all warm seas upon species of Hxocetus, and
when we find the River Continguiba (Maroin) included
among the localities, we can only conclude that the authors
are here speaking of the mouth of the river, which is probably
the only portion sufficiently salt to enable Evocetus still to
exist in it *,

Now if we further consider that, besides numerous marine
species which are inexactly described, we have, especially
owing to the work of Schiédte, Meinert, and Hansen, a more
precise knowledge of over one hundred and eighty species of
Cymothoinz, we shall be obliged to regard this family as
genuinely marine, and from the statements and résumés given
above we may conclude that an immigration into fresh water
is partly in progress and partly, as in the case of the three
Indian species Ichthyoxenus Jellinghausii, Rocinela typus,
and Tachea lacustris, already completed.

In our list there also appear two genera nearly allied to the
genus Bopyrus, with at least seven species. Semper was the
first to announce the occurrence of Bopyrus in the fresh water
of the Philippines. Thereupon Giard and Bonnier described
Probopyrus ascendens and Palegyge Borret, two species which
were found living upon freshwater Palemonids in the Indian
Archipelago—the former upon Palemon lar, Fabr., and the
latter upon P. dispar.

To these I am consequently able to add further forms
living upon other species of the genus Palemon.

It is well known that the family Bopyride is thoroughly
marine. Our potamophilous species must therefore be immi-
grants into fresh water, and this at the same time implies the
assertion that the genus Palemon has also penctrated from

* It is true that J. v. Kennel (‘ Arbeiten a, d. Zool. Institut zu Wiirz-
burg,’ 1883, p. 276) mentions “a Crustacean belonging to the genus
Aiga” as having been found by himself in fresh water upon the island of
Trinidad ; but no indication whatever of the species is given, as is much
to be desired in this case, considering the very ambiguous use that is
made of the name A”ya. Von Kennel states that the occurrence of Aga
in the fresh water of the Palau Islands had already been made known by
Semper, and this is also repeated by Simroth. In spite of much search,
I have not been able to find the statement alluded to. In Semper’s
‘ Existenzbedingungen der Thiere’ (p, 102) a blind “ Cymothoon ” from
“slightly brackish water” is certainly figured, but the genus to which it
belongs is not determined,

250 Dr. Max Weber on the

the sea into the rivers and lakes. For since each species of
Bopyrus is attached to a distinct species of Palemon, with a
regularity which, according to Guard, is characteristic of the
Epicaride in general, we cannot suppose that the progeny of
a Bopyrid whose host was a Palemon which perhaps fre-
quented the vicinity of the mouth of a river, made their way
into a genuine river-Palemon. The truth must rather be
that Bopyrus has immigrated with Palemon, and that the
subsequent development of species of the latter has been
accompanied by a parallel development of species among the
Bopyride.

The Isopod freshwater fauna in the Indian Archipelago
consequently differs altogether from that of Hurope, and con-
sists exclusively of marine forms, although the precise method
of their immigration from the sea is not directly obvious.

Of the order Amphipoda our list includes only the genus
Orchestia, with four species. ‘There appears to be a lack of
statements as to the occurrence of Amphipoda in the fresh
water of the Indian Archipelago, which is probably in itself
a proof of their rarity. Moreover it was only in four
localities, widely distant one from another, that I succeeded
in discovering the species which are described below.

To reflect, however, that the fauna of the Indian islands
has been augmented by a few new members is to regard these
four new species of Orchestia from the less interesting point
of view. The following considerations are of greater im-
portance.

Orchestia florestana was taken by me near Maumeri, on the
north coast of Kast Flores, in and under fallen leaves at the
edge of a pool of fresh water, which lay in a small copse at a
distance of about 100 metres from the beach.

On the south coast of the same island I found in the neigh-
bourhood of the village of Lella, in the small stream of the
same name, a few hundred metres distant from its mouth and
in perfectly fresh water, Orchestia Martensii under stones,
some in the stream itself, others on the bank. Both species
have consequently become adapted to fresh water and at the
same time to a mode of life that is to a certain extent amphi-
bious, since they also exist outside the water, beneath damp
leaves and stones.

Similar to this was the mode of life of Orchestia montana,
which I met with near Loka at an altitude of 1150 metres,
in the highlands near Bonthain (Celebes), in direct proximity
to a mountain-stream.

Finally, 1 captured the fourth species, Orchestia parvi-
spinosa, beneath the trunk of a fallen tree and under stones

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago. 251

at the side of a road in the neighbourhood of Tjibeurrem, near
Tjibodas (Java), at an altitude of 1575 metres, and at a
distance from watercourses. The two last-mentioned species
have therefore emancipated themselves from marine conditions
to the utmost possible extent, while the two species from
Flores were, so to speak, only about to become terrestrial
forms, though they had, however, already relinquished
existence in sea-water or on the beach, and had exchanged
it for life in and beside fresh water.

From these points of view my four speciesof Orchestia afford
a not uninteresting contribution to the instances of terrestrial
members of this genus with which we are already acquainted.
These are Orchestia sylvicola, Dana, from the extinct crater
of Taiawai, New Zealand, and from woods in the same
island, together with Orchestia telluris, Bate; Orchestia
tahitensis, Dana, under leaves and similar objects, at an alti-
tude of 1500 metres in Tahiti; and Orchestia cavimana,
Heller, at an altitude of 4000 metres upon Olympus (Cyprus),
which was rediscovered by Hoek at different localities in
Holland, a long way from the sea. Finally, von Martens
found Orchestia humicola beneath fallen leaves in the vicinity
of a wood near Yokohama, while more recently still de Guerne
has described * Orchestia Chevreuxi from Caldeira de Tayal,
in the Azores, at an altitude of 1000 metres above the level
of the sea; and Chevreux himself} was able to report this
same species from Teneriffe, where he found it in a wood
about 500 metres above the sea. De Guerne has already
drawn attention to the fact that all these typical terrestrial
species of Orchestia {, which have entirely emancipated them-
selves from the sea, occur upon islands—as yet with the
solitary exception of Orchestia cavimana, which Hoek also
found in Holland. * This remark on the part of de Guerne
receives material support from my four species from the
Indian Archipelago.

Once more we derive especial interest from the fact that
the Amphipod fauna also of Indian fresh waters ts totally
different from that of Europe. While Gammaride are entirely
absent, Orchestiide are only rarely met with, and these were
without doubt originally immigrants from the sea.

The long list of Decapods furnishes various important
results.

* Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1888, p. 59.

+ Loe. cit. p. 92.

t We here leave out of the question the fact that genuinely marine
species of Orchestia are able in many places to withdraw to a distance
from the sea, e. g. Orchestia littorea.

252 Dr. Max Weber on the

1. In the first place, out of the twenty genera that I met
with in fresh water, only Telphusa, with Geotelphusa and
Paratelphusa, and Atya occur in fresh water exclusively.

2. The genera Caridina and Palemon show only a pre-
ponderance of freshwater forms; they contain species that
also occur in sea- or brackish water. Among ten species of
Caridina I found Caridina Wyckit and C. gracilirostris also
in brackish water. Out of twenty species of Palemon from
fresh water I took P. carcinus also in the sea and in brackish
water. Inthe latter I further obtained Palemon sundaicus,
P. lar, P. endehensis, and P. latimanus.

3. We next come to genera that exist equally as well in
the sea as in rivers, with an intermediate habitat in brackish
water. ‘This has already been recorded by Semper for Varuna
literata; I also found this animal in these three kinds of
water. Besides this species, however, and under similar con-
ditions— Ocypode cordimana, Utica gracilipes, and ten species
of Sesarma. Among the latter is one, Sesarma maculata,
which had already adapted itself to life upon land in moist
surroundings ; while among four species of Geosesarma I met
with one species upon land alone, and two others there and
also in fresh water. Lastly, Metasesarma also belongs to the
same division ; although I met with it, as also certain species
of Sesarma, only in fresh water, they will undoubtedly on
further search all be found also in the brackish or saline
portion of the river-mouths. Sesarma bidens I obtained only
in sea- and brackish water.

4, Finally we have genera, such as are usually reckoned
as being exclusively marine, but which I likewise found in
fresh water. Here are to be mentioned two species of Pseudo-
grapsus, Pyxidognathus granulosus, five species of Ptycho-
gnathus, Leander concinnus, Penceus monoceros, and, as very
noteworthy, Alpheus rapax, Remipes testudinarius, and L. den-
ticulatifrous. The two latter were met with by my friend
A. Wichmann in the River Koinino, in Timor, in fresh
water.

The four groups thus indicated, regarded in reversed order,
emphasize with sufficient clearness the immigration, still in
progress or already complete, of marine Decapods into the
rivers. ‘lhis is obvious at once with respect to groups 3 and
4, but it also applies to Caridina and Palemon. With
reference to Palemon, I have already pointed out that immi-
gration from the sea is demonstrated to a certain extent by
means of the numerous species of Bopyride which are para-
sitic upon these Indian freshwater prawns.

In the list are also included Cardisoma carnifex, three

Freshwater Crustacea of the Indian Archipelago. 253

species of Gelasimus, and Sesarma bidens. These genuine
marine animals I obtained, it is true, not in fresh, but still in
brackish water. They have consequently arrived to some
extent at the first stage of immigration.

Our list thus teaches us that of seventy-six species of Deca-
pods found in fresh water, and therein mentioned, twenty-
nine certainly live both in brackish and salt water, and the
latter total undoubtedly falls a long way short of the truth.
Further, while among Decapods fresh water in Europe con-
tains only Astacus fluviatilis, Telphusa fluviatilis, Latr.,
Pilumnus tridentatus, Maitland, Hemicaridina Desmarestit,
Millet, Leander Hdwardst, Heller, Palemonetes varians,
Leach, and Zroglocaris Schmidtit, in the Indian Archipelago
it yields in all probability considerably more than eighty
species.

Consequently with regard to the Decapods also the fresh-
water fauna of India is as different from that of Europe as it
can possibly be; and as to these Decapods, it may be asserted
that the ma jority y are distinctly immigrants from the sea. On
summing up the results of our discussion the following con-
clusion may well be pronounced :—

The Crustacean fauna of the fresh water in the Indian
Archipelago is composed of two different kinds of elements :

1. Forms of universal occurrence, belonging to the Ento-
mostraca. In comparison with the fauna of Europe this
autochthonous freshwater constituent, which has numerous
means of dissemination, is but scantily developed. Apus and
Branchipus are absent.

2. Regional or local animals, which are destitute of the
aids to dissemination afforded by smallness of body and
special arrangement of the branchie. It is true that, in so
far as they are parasites, they are capable of being trans-
ported.

These regional Isopods, Amphipods, and Decapods derive
their origin directly or indirectly from the sea, and that by
means of immigration, which is also still in progress at the
present time, so that even now fresh elements are still con-
tinually being added to the freshwater fauna.

This portion of the fauna is entirely different from that of
Europe, and the Indian freshwater fauna thus receives an
impress of quite another kind *.

* [The remainder of the part is devoted to the description of new
species.— TRANSL. |

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 18

254 Mr. G. F, Hampson on the

XXXIV.—On Recent Contributions to the Classification of

the Lepidoptera by Prof. J. H. Comstock* and Dr. T. A.
Chapman ft.

Pror. CoMSTOCK’s discovery of the method of uniting the fore
and hind wings in the Hepialide and Micropterygide by
means of what he terms a “jugum,” and that the same
organ exists in the Trichoptera, is of the greatest interest to
entomologists. This jugum consists of a membranous lobe
from near the base of the underside of the fore wing, holding
the base of the costa of hind wing as in a vice, between it
and the inner margin of the fore wing. In most of the other
families of Lepidoptera the wings are united by the frenulum,
a strong bristle, single in the male, usually multiple in the
female, arising from the base of the costa of the hind wing
and articulating with the retinaculum on the underside of the
fore wing, which generally consists, in the male, of a mem-
branous bar or plate from below the costa or a fold of the costa
itself, in the female of a tuft of hair from the median nervure.
In many families and genera, however, the frenulum has
become aborted and an expansion of the costa of the hind
wing prevents the displacement of the wing. The frenulum
originally consisted of a tuft of hair, and retains its primitive
form in some female Cosside and other lowly organized
forms, but in most moths has been developed into three
strong bristles in the female and a compound single bristle in
the male; though in the Noctuid genus Stictoptera and in
the Phycitine it is single in both sexes, in the latter—a sub-
family of the Pyralida—the retinaculum, in both sexes, con-
sisting of a tuft of hair from the median nervure.

That the Hepialide and Micropterygide are widely sepa-
rated from all the other families of Lepidoptera has long been
recognized by reason of their having twelve veins to the hind
wing as in the fore wing, no other family having more than
eight; but that they are closely related to each other has
been constantly denied, owing to the great difference in form
and size and the existence of highly developed biting mouth-
parts in the Micropterygide, whilst in the Hepialide the
proboscis and usually the palpi are wanting; so that the

discovery of a specialized common structure in the jugum is
a fact of great importance.

* J, H. Comstock, “Evolution and Taxonomy,” Wilder Quarter
Century Book, Ithaca, N. Y., 1893, pp. 37-118.

+ T. A. Chapman, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 97, and 1894, p. 335.

Classification of the Lepidoptera. 255

On the other hand, the Micropterygide have often been
compared with the Trichoptera, owing to their resemblance
in form and structure; and the discovery of the jugum being
common to the two groups should go far to prove the deriva-
tion of the Lepidoptera from the Trichoptera, and to disprove
the alternative theory of a Hymenopterous ancestor based on
the resemblance between the larve of Lepidoptera and of
sawflies.

Dr. Chapman’s discovery of the larva of the lower of the
two Micropterygid genera— Er vocephala—with its antennal and
anal appendages, complete set of legs to each somite, spicu-
late tubercles, and abdominal sucker, tends to complete our
knowledge of the group.

After dividing the Lepidoptera into Jugate and Frenate,
Prof. Comstock proceeds to subdivide the latter into families
which retain the frenulum and others that lose it; but this is
certainly not a natural arrangement, as the loss of the frenulum
occurs in scattered genera in many families of Lepidoptera,
such as:—HHimantopterus in the Zygenide; the Arbelide,
closely allied to the Cosside ; Cleostris in the Callidulide ;
many genera of Drepanulide, such as Phalacra, Drapetodes,
Oreta, and Cilix; Ratarda in the Lymantriide; the Ura-
niidz, nearly related to the frenulated Epiplemide; and in
the Geometridz, Hypulia and Genusa in the Boarmiine,
and many genera of Geometrine.

Prof. Comstock again subdivides his groups by the reduc-
tion of the inner area of the fore and hind wings, after
doing which he leaves his other families undefined till he
completes his study of them. But it is not correct to talk,
as he does, of the reduction of the inner area; it is vein Le,
not vein 1 a, that becomes aborted in each wing, and it is only
in such families as the Saturniide, Endromiide, Drepanulide,
and Geometride, where vein la terminates on the inner
margin before the anal angle or is absent altogether, that the
inner area of the hind wing is somewhat reduced. The inner
area of the fore wing, on the other hand, is somewhat
extended by the migration of the subcostals, carrying with
them the cell from its original medial position, towards the
costa in order to strengthen that margin for purposes of flight—
the subcostal nervules becoming crowded close together and
their combinations more complex and liable to vary, and
characters based on them consequently of less value in the
higher than the lower forms.

That the primary division of the Frenatz into “ frenulum
losers” and “ frenulum conservers”’ is faulty is recognized by

b3*

256 MrG. Es. Hampson on the

Mr. H. G. Dyar*, who has worked out Prof. Comstock’s
system in relation to the setiferous tubercles of the larve ;
and it seems to me that a better primary character is to be
found in the migration of vein 5 of the fore wing from its
original position at the middle of the discocellulars towards
either the lower or upper angles of the cell, as used by myself
in my ‘Moths of India’. This, indeed, is practically
admitted by Prof. Comstock himself, for he says, at p. 45 of
his paper :-—

“The loss of the frenulum in certain Frenate renders
necessary the use of some other character or characters by
the systematists as recognition characters.”

And at p. 89 :—“ And in the Drepanidee, where the frenu-
lum is usually wanting, it persists in one sex in certain
genera.” It would be more correct, however, to say that
the frenulum is usually present in both sexes, but wanting in
several genera. Whilst of vein 5 of the fore wing he says at

. 16 :—

PG The union of vein V, [vein 6] with radius [the subcostal
nervure| and of vein V; [vein 4] with cubitus [the median
nervure] after the abortion of the base of the media [the
radials] is what would be expected. But in which direction
would one expect the base of vein V, [vein 5] to migrate ?
Occupying an intermediate position between radius and
cubitus, it may go either way. It is like a stream in the
middle of a level plain, a trifle may change its course. And
thus we find that in some families it migrates towards the
cubitus, making this vein apparently four-branched, whilst in
other families it goes towards the radius, leaving cubitus
apparently three-branched. This difference may be looked
upon as a difference in kind of specialization, and is frequently
of high value as indicating a dichotomous division of the line
of descent. It is obvious that in a family where vein V, has
migrated far towards cubitus, and has thus established its
chief source of air-supply in that direction, it is not probable
that genera will arise in which vein V, is more closely united
to radius than to cubitus. ‘To resume the figure, the plain
through which the stream is flowing is an elevated plateau, a
pebble may determine which of two slopes it shall descend,
but when started down one it cannot traverse the other.”

A more curious instance of the failure to apply his own
principles is to be found on pp. 97, 98, and 108, where the
Zygenide are divided into two sections falling into widely

* Ann, N. Y. Acad. Sci. viii. p. 202.
t+ ‘Moths of India,’ vol. i. p. 9 (1898).

Classification of the Lepidoptera. 257

separated groups of families: the first section, as a matter of
fact, being the Syntomide, erected as a family first by
Herrich-Schiffer in 1845, dominant in America but poorly
represented in the Old World, and closely related in the form
of larvee and pupex, as shown by Dr. Chapman, to the
Arctiide ; whilst the second section, the Zygeenide proper,
hardly represented in America but numerous in the Old
World, is related, as Dr. Chapman has also shown, to the
Limacodide and the lowest families of the Frenate ; these
relationships of the two families being fully borne out by the
structure of the imago.

One of the many points of interest in Prof. Comstock’s
paper is his confirmation of the fact that vein 4 is really a
part of the three-branched radial nervure, its connexion with
the two-branched median nervure being only secondary, as
Spuler * first demonstrated from a study of its development.

The suggestion of the relationship of the Hesperiide to
the Thyrididz is interesting, and is based on the origin of
veins 6 to 11 of the fore wing directly from the cell, which
is a character common in the lowest Frenate, such as the
Zygenide and Sesiida. The small Oriental day-flying
family—the Callidulide—akin to the Thyridid, has some
forms which are so like the Hesperiide in flight and general
appearance as to be indistinguishable on the wing. In the
Callidulide and Thyrididx, however, vein 5 of the fore wing
has migrated to the lower angle of the cell, whilst in the
Hesperiidz it arises near the middle of the discocellulars—
from slightly above or below—so that it would be from some
ancestral form before the migration of vein 5 became fixed,
and not from the Callidulid themselves, that the development
took place. Again, in the Thyridide and Callidulide vein 8
of the hind wing approaches vein 7 after its origin from the
cell, whilst in the Hesperiidae they are widely separate,
though in the Callidulid genus Herimba there is an approach
to the Hesperid form, this genus being also of interest from
the retinaculum of the male consisting of a tuft of hair from
the median nervure of fore wing, which is the usual female
form. In the Hesperiide also this tuft of hair is often deve-
loped, and to a certain extent articulates with rough hair
from the costa of the hind wing, possibly representing the
primitive form of the frenulum. In other Callidulide the
trenulum is entirely absent, whilst the Australian Huschemon
Ltaffesia, Westw., is a typical Hesperid in every point of

* A. Spuler, ‘Zur Phylogenie und Ontogenie des Fliigelgeiders der
Schmetterlinge.’

258 Mr. G. F. Hampson on the

structure except in the possession of a fully developed frenu-
lum and retinaculum.

Dr. Chapman’s contributions to the classification of the
Lepidoptera are entirely derived from a study of the early
stages, more especially the segments of the pupe. He shows
that in most of the families of what are usually termed Macro-
Lepidoptera, and also in the Pyralide and some of the higher
subfamilies of the Tineide, the movable segments of the
pupee are the fifth and sixth abdominal in both sexes, that
they have no power to emerge (as pupz) from the cocoon,
and that dehiscence on the emergence of the imago is by
irregular fracture. On the other hand, in all the lower families
of the Micro-Lepidoptera the pupa is much less solid, the
appendages often partially free, the free segments may extend
to the third abdominal, and the seventh segment is always
free in the male, fixed in the female. Also that dehiscence
is accompanied by freeing of the segments and appendages
previously fixed, and that the pupa has the power of pro-
gression and emerges from the cocoon, except in the Ptero-
phoride. And he proves that the Sestide, Psychidee, Cosside,
Hepialide, Zygenide, and Limacodidz belong to this lower
group of families, in which he is entirely supported by the
structure of the imago.

The following key is intended to summarize our present
knowledge of the relationships of the various families of
Lepidoptera, the minor distinctions which are in general use
being omitted, and the families numbered from the bottom
upwards in what seems to be the most natural order of
arrangement :—

A. Hind wing with 12 veins as in the fore wing and united to the fore
wing by ajugum...... 1. Micropteryyide. 2. Hepialide.

B. Hind wing with not more than 8 veins and retained in position by a
frenulum or an expansion of the base of the costa.

Fore wing with vein 1 c present.

3. Limacodide. 4. Zygenide.

5. Castniide. 6. Megalopygide.
7. Psychide. 8. Heterogynide.
9. Cosside.

Fore wing with vein lc absent *.

Fore wing with vein 5 from the middle of the discocellulars, the
other veins given off from the cell arising at nearly even dis-
tances on each side of it.

13. Sesude. 14. Tineide.
15. Alucitide. 16. Pterophoride.

* Except in some genera of Tineide, such as Methypsu and Tortrico-
morpha.

Classification of the Lepidoptera. 259

Fore wing with vein 5 arising much nearer 4 than 6.

Hind wing with vein 8 curved and nearly or quite touching 7, or
connected with i by a bar after its origin from the cell.
17. Pyralide. 18. Thyridide.
19. Drepanulide. 20. Callidulide.
11. Lastocampide.

Hind wing with vein 8 remote from 7 after its origin from the

eel). jeaid ee ales 10, Arbelide. 12. Endromiide.
21. Syntomide. 22. Arctide.
23. Lymantriide. 24, Pterothysanide.
25, Hypside. 26. Agaristide.

27. Noctuide.

Fore wing with vein 5 from the middle of the discocellulars or nearer
6 than 4*, the veins not arising at even distances round the

|) A a AP 28. Cymatophoride. 29. Sphingide.
30. Notodontide. 31. Dioptide.
52. Geometride. 30, Eptiplenide.
34, Uraniide. 35. Epicopeide.
36, Bombycide. 37. Eupterotide.
38. Ceratocampide. 39. Brahmeide.
40. Saturnide. 41. Rhopalocera.

After the development of the Frenatee we may picture the
ancestor of all this group of families of Lepidoptera to have
been a form with a frenulum, the fore wing with vein le
present, veins 2 to 11 given off at regular intervals round the
cell, the hind wing with eight veins, 1 a, b,c, all present,
vein 8 free from the base, but connected with the cell by an
oblique bar, the remains of one of the lost subcostals, and the
forked stalk of the radial vein still present in the cell of each
wing—a form which almost exactly survives in some of our
present Zygenide and Cosside, and to which families 3 to 9
are all closely allied. From this Zygeno-Cossid form has
arisen :—

I. Through Alavona—the Tineide, Pterophoride, and
Alucitide, by the loss of vein 1 ¢ of the fore wing and of the
oblique bar connecting vein 8 with the cell of hind wing ;
and, as a further development, the Sesiide, by the loss of
vein 8 of the hind wing.

II. The families in which, besides the loss of vein 1 ¢ of
the fore wing, vein 5 has migrated towards the lower angle
of the cell, the bases of some of the subcostals of the fore
wing usually becoming united.

(1) The Arbelide, Endromiide, and Lasiocampide, by
the loss of the frenulum; the bar between vein 8 and the cell

* Except in some genera of Dioptidex.

260 On the Classification of the Lepidoptera.

of hind wing being retained, or vein 8 being united to 7 after
its origin.

(2) The Pyralide, Thyridide, Drepanulide, and Callidu-
lidee, by the loss of the bar, vein 8 bending down and becoming
connected with 7 after its origin ; the frenulum in the last two
families being often lost.

(3) The Hypside and Lymantriide, retaining the frenulum
and the bar between vein 8 and the cell of hind wing.

(4) The Pterothysanide, by the loss of the frenulum and
the freeing of vein 8 of hind wing.

(5) The Syntomide, by the loss of vein 8 of hind wing.

(6) The Arctiide, by the coalescence of ‘vein 8 of hind
wing with the cell to a greater or less degree.

(7) The Noctuide and Agaristide, by vein 8 being con-
nected with the cell at a point near the base only.

III. The forms where vein le of fore wing is lost, but
vein 5 retains its position at the middle of the cell or has
migrated towards the upper angle.

(1) The Dioptide, in which vein 5 of the fore wing has
not become fixed, for whilst it retains its medial position in
most forms, in some it has migrated to the lower angle of the
cell, vein 8 of the hind wing being free.

(2) The Geometride, in which vein 5 often migrates
towards the upper angle of cell; vein 8 of the hind wing
retains the bar in the lowest subfamily, Orthostixine, anasto-
moses strongly with the cell in the Larentiinz, becomes quite
free except near the base in the Acidaliinew and Geometrine,
and entirely free but closely approximate to the cell in the
Boarmiine, the lowest forms of which, however, Abraxas and
its allies, often retain the bar; in many genera the frenulum
becomes aborted.

(3) The Epiplemide and Epicopeide, in which vein 8
becomes quite free and widely separated from the cell, the
latter having the frenulum rudimentary.

(4) The Uraniide, Bombycide, Ceratocampide, Saturnide,
and Brahmeide, in which the frenulum is lost, vein 8 being
entirely free except in a few forms of the Bombycidz, where
the bar is retained, and in Brahmea, where it becomes closely
connected with 7.

(5) The Eupterotide, in which both the bar and the frenu-
lum are retained.

(6) Whilst branching off in another direction from the
ancestor of this group were developed the Notodontidz, which
retain the bar in the lower forms from which arose the Sphin-
gid, retaining the bar and with vein 8 closely connected

On Odonata from the West Indies. 261

with 7, and the Cymatophoride, in which the bar is lost and
vein 8 anastomoses with 7.

(7) The Rhopalocera, which have lost the frenulum, but in
some of the lower forms of which traces of vein 1 ¢ and the
stalk of the radial vein are retained ; vein 5 of the fore wing
is given off either above or below the middle of the disco-
cellulars, and vein 8 of the hind wing has become entirely
free. In the lowest family—the Hesperiidae—the subcostals
of the fore wing are all given off from the cell, the union of
their bases only occurring in the higher families.

G. F. Hampson.

XXXV.—On some Small Collections of Odonata (Dragonflies)
recently received from the West Indies. By W. F. Kirsy,
F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department,
British Museum.

Tue British Museum has recently received some collections
of insects of various orders from the West-Indian E:xplora-
tion Committee. Among these were nineteen species of
Dragonflies which were collected by Mr. H. H. Smith in
St. Vincent and Grenada, an account of which is furnished
in the present paper. Four species have been described as
new, one of which is regarded as the type of a new genus,
while two or three others are new to the collection of the
British Museum; and two specimens, probably new, but
belonging to obscure and imperfectly known groups, are left
undetermined for the present, the material at hand being
insufficient for their elucidation.

The whole of the information which accompanied them is
here published, being placed between inverted commas. About
nineteen species were received, belonging exclusively to the
subfamilies Libellulinee and Ccenagrionine.

The species described as new are as follows :—

Brechmorhoga (g. n.) grenadensis.
Dythemis multipunctata.
Cannacria Smithit.

Micrathyria (?) pruinosa.

All these belong to the Libelluline.

262 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

Libellulide.
L1BELLULIN:.
1. Pantala flavescens.
Libellula flavescens, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 285 (1798).

The most widely ranging dragonfly known, occurring
commonly in most parts of the world, except Europe, where
the sole record respecting it is a reported capture by Spar-
shall at Horning many years ago.

4 St. Vincent (Windward side).

“Rare.”

“The male and female of this species are alike. Hermi-
tage Estate, Cumberland Valley, 1000 feet. Open stagnant
pools.”

2 Grenada.

“‘ Swamp by Leeward coast, 1 mile E. of St. George’s Bay,
Aug. 24.”

2. Tramea abdominalis.
Libellula abdominalis, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 37 (1842).

Not an uncommon species. The British Museum has
specimens from Brazil (Rio ?), Para, and Jamaica.

In the male the dark space on the hind wings extends to
the inner margin and anal angle; in the female it does not
reach either.

3 Grenada.

184,”

*‘ Mount Gay (Leeward), 150 feet, Sept. 6. Open marshy
land, over pools.”

3. Trithemis alyecta.
Libellula abjecta, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 83 (1842).

Originally described from Colombia.

Distinguished from 7. fusca by the much smaller dark spot
at the base of the hind wings. It may be the same as
T. fraterna, Hag. The numerous American species of this
group are very imperfectly worked out at present, and many
of them are still undescribed.

8 St. Vincent.

“ Windward side, no. 190.”

““ Leeward side, 500 feet, May.”

“Hermitage Estate, Cumberland Valley, 1000 feet,
Dec. 20. Open stagnant pools.”

“Great Head Swamp, southern end of island, near sea,
Dec. 24.”

Odonata from the West Indies. 263

4. Trithemis fusca.
Inbellula fusca, Ramb. Ins, Névr. p. 78 (1842).

Originally described from Cayenne. It also occurs in
Colombia.

9 Grenada.

Nos. ‘ 56,” “106,” 205,” and “ 233.”

5. Trithemis pulla.

Libellula pulla, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 855. n. 41 (1839).

Libellula unimaculata, Burm. (nec De Geer, Ramb.), J. ¢. n. 43 (1889).

Diplax ochracea, Hag. (nec Burm.) Neur. N. Amer. p, 181 (1861).

Libellula fervida, Erichs. Schomb. Reisen in Brit,-Guiana, ili. p. 584
(1848).

Libellula justina, Selys, Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Ins. p. 450 (1857).

All these references appear to me to belong to the same
species.

Both unimaculata, De Geer, Ramb., and ochracea, Burm.,
should have only two rows of post-triangular cells, instead of
one or more rows of three, followed by one or more rows of
two increasing, as in typical Trzthemis. The species which
Erichson calls wnimaculata, and of which he describes the
female, may be called 7’. Hrichsonz, and differs from pulla in
the adult male being pruinose, and the vertex steel-blue in
both sexes,

28 Grenada.

Nos. 21, 42, 53, 94, 205, 223, 233, and 235.

“ 3rd coll. no. 75.”

“‘ Swampy forest by seashore, north of Granville, May 9.”

6. Trithemis umbrata.
Libellula umbrata, Linn, Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 545. n. 13 (1768).

An extremely common species throughout tropical America.
It varies a little in size and in the breadth and depth of
colour of the dark band in the male,

7 St. Vincent.

“‘ Great Head Swamp, southern end of island, near sea,
Dec. 24.”

“ Hermitage Estate, Cumberland Valley, 1000 feet, Dec. 20.
Open stagnant pools.”

“Grand Sable (Windward), by pools near sea, Jan. 4.”

47 Grenada.

Nos. 101, 124, 184, 205, 223, 233.

3rd coll. nos. 74, 75.”

“Common on open swamp near seashore, north of Gran-
ville, May 9.”

264 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

“Swamp on Leeward coast, 1 mile N. of St. George’s,
Aue..22."°
“‘ Mustique Island, Grenada, June.”

7. Orthemis ferruginea.
Iibellula ferruginea, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 423. n. 19 (1775).
A common tropical American species.

1 Union Island, October.

7 St. Vincent.

“Windward side, 1500 feet.”

*“‘ Leeward, 500 feet, October, common.”

“ Hermitage Hstate, Cumberland Valley, 1000 feet, Dec.
Open stagnant pools.”

‘Grand Sable, by pools near sea, Jan. 4.”

“Windward side, no. 190, seashore.”

“Cumberland, Leeward, by seashore, Dec. 20.”

3 Grenada.

“No. 106" = 3rdieall: no, ito. ,

“Gay Estate, Leeward, 150 feet, Sept. 6. Open marshy

land, over pools.”

BRECHMORHOGA, gen. nov.

Male.—Frontal tubercle bifid ; abdomen much longer than
the hind wings, moderately slender, inflated at base, and
gradually thickened towards the extremity. Wings mode-
rately long and broad; pterostigma moderately long: fore
wings with 12 or 13 antenodal and 6 or 7 postnodal nervures,
the last antenodal and two first postnodals not continuous ;
triangle slightly oblique, free (or, more rarely, traversed),
followed by two rows of cells, increasing ; the post-triangular
space has a loop-nervure above, enclosing 7 or 8 cells, and is
half as broad again at the hind margin as at the triangle ;
subtriangular space consisting of three cells: hind wings
with 8 or 9 antenodal and 7 to 9 postnodal nervures, the two
first postnodals not continuous ; upper anal appendages longer
than the eighth segment, hairy, not much thickened laterally
before the extremity, which is pointed; lower appendage
nearly as long as the upper: legs long; femora slightly
thickened and denticulated in front, with a double row of
bristles. Other characters as in Macrothemis, Hagen.

In Macrothemis the frontal tubercle is not bifid, the post-
triangular space on the fore wings has no_ loop-nervure,
and the two rows of cells only increase close to the hind
margin, where the space is scarcely, if at all, broader than at
the triangle.

Odonata from the West Indies. 265

8. Brechmorhoga grenadensis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 40-42 millim. ; exp. al. 54 millim.; long. pter.
24 millim.

Male.—Reddish brown or blackish; head with the frontal
tubercle and clypeus (except at the sides below) violet-blue,
mouth-parts sometimes black; thorax with an L-shaped
greenish band on each side above, thicker, and turned towards
each other; pleura with two broad greenish bands and a
narrow one between, which is interrupted in the middle;
there are also sometimes pale spots between the wings above ;
behind the last broad lateral stripe is a pale spot above, and
a pale stripe on the median line below; abdomen inflated at
base, with three pale spots on each side ; the uppermost are
followed by three long spots as far as the front of the fourth
segment ; the last is sometimes followed by a line; on the
seventh segment is a reddish stripe on each side, not extending
to the suture either before or behind. Wings hyaline, more
or less tinged with yellow at the base and sometimes towards
the costa; pterostigma brown or yellow, between black
nervures ; memhbranule dark grey.

Dythemis mendax and precox, Hagen, probably belong
either to this genus or to Macrothemis.

Two male specimens from Grenada, nos. 106 and 119.

9. Dythemis multipunctata, sp. n.

Long. corp. 86-39 millim. ; exp. al. 50-56 millim.; long.
pter. 3 millim.

Reddish brown, abdomen darker; face yellow, shading into
rusty towards the frontal tubercle, which is violet-blue, and
towards the tips of the mandibles and adjacent mouth-parts,
which are black, as well as the centre of the labium ; occiput
black, shining, spotted with yellow on the sides; thorax with
three short yellow stripes in front, the middle one linear; be-
hind each of the lateral stripes is a detached, slightly curved,
yellow stripe; all the parts of the thorax on the median line
are yellow, and there are several yellow dots at the base of
the wings ; the sides of the thorax beneath the wings have
three alternating yellow and black stripes, the latter inclining
to brassy green ; in front of these is the commencement of a
fourth yellow stripe, followed by two small yellow spots; the
middle yellow band is broken into three, the hindermost is
hooked at the top and is followed below by two large irregu-
larly-triangular spots, followed by a broad transverse semi-
circular mark; abdomen with double, nearly continuous,
central lines on the upperside ; there are some yellow markings

266 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

and spots at the base and sides, followed by a double row of
linear markings on segments 2 to 7, that on segment 6
smallest and that on segment 7 largest; legs black, front
trochanters and femora yellow beneath; anal appendages
black, as long as the eighth segment, the lower appendage
yellow, except at the sides, above and below, and nearly as
long as the others. Wings hyaline, slightly tinged with
yellow at the base, but sometimes yellowish or smoky hyaline,
with even the tips clouded; pterostigma brown, sometimes
yellowish in the centre; fore wings with 12 or 13 antenodal
and 7 to 9 postnodal nervures; post-triangular space with 3
cells increasing, subtriangular space consisting of three cells ;
hind wings with 9 or 10 antenodal and 7 to 10 postnodal
nervures.

10 St. Vincent.

‘“‘ Great Head Swamp, southern end of island, near sea,
Beet.

“Pools near Bannonallie, Jan. 12.”

“Richmond (Leeward), near sea-level, Dec. 14. This
species is rather rare about open streams.”

““Hermitage Estate, Cumberland Valley, 1000 feet, Jan. 20.

Open land, rare.”

10. Dythemis multipunctata, var. (?).

These specimens are clouded hyaline, with dusky tips, and
the antenodal and postnodal cross-nervures are rather closer
together; but I cannot find sufficient characters to separate
them specifically at present.

2 Grenada, nos. 213 and 235.

11. Cannacria Smithit, sp. n.
Long. corp. 42—44 millim. ; exp. al. 70-80 millim. ; long.

pter. 3-4 millim.

Differs from Cannacria Batesii, Kirb., the type of the
genus, in having only 9 antenodal and 8 postnodal nervures
on the fore wings, and 6 antenodal and 8 postnodal nervures
on the hind wings, and the abdomen is somewhat shorter and
broader ; but in every other respect this species exhibits all
the characters of my genus Cannacria.

Rufo-testaceous, frontal tubercle darker, shining, and bifid
in front; abdomen with a more or less distinct dark band
above, commencing on the fourth segment, and contracted into
an hour-glass-shape between each two incisions; sometimes
it is brown and hardly visible, at other times it is blackish,
but is always darkest towards the extremity of the abdomen.

Odonata from the West Indies. 267

Wings clear hyaline; pterostigma yellowish, between
dark brown nervures: hind wings stained with yellow
at the base; membranule small, brownish grey, with a paler
line towards the upper end.

2 St. Vincent.

“Grand Sable, Windward. Pools near sea, Jan. 4.”

3 Grenada.

Nos. 106 and 213.

“Near Mount Maitland, Sept. 138. Leeward, 600 feet.
Open hillside.”

12. Micrathyria equalis.
Dythemis equalis, Hag. Neur. N. Amer. p. 167 (1861).

I believe I have correctly identified this species. The
triangle of the fore wings is untraversed, and there are two
rows of subtriangular cells, followed by three increasing.

3 Grenada.

* 3rd coll. no. 74.”

“ One pair taken én cottu.”

13. Micrathyria (?) pruinosa, sp. n.

Exp. al. 50 millim.; long. pter. 3 millim.

Male——Head: frontal tubercle strongly bifid in front,
violet-blue, as are also the upper lobes of the clypeus, except
at the sides; face yellowish white; mandibles, suture of
labrum, and occiput black, the latter with two yellow spots on
each side; prothorax and pleura bronzy green, with two
lateral yellow lines converging behind, on the front two thirds
of the prothorax; median line very slightly marked, but
commencing ata small yellow crescent in front; sides and
hinder edge of prothorax bordered by a pale yellow zigzag
line; pleura with three broad pale yellow stripes, the first
slightly contracted in the middle and broadest below, the
third broader than the second; interalary space above and
base of abdomen, which is inflated, pruinose blue, except the
sutures. Under surface pruinose bluish grey, segments 2 to
4 of abdomen slender, black, with a long pale yellow lateral
spot on the sides of each at the base; those at the base of
the second segment least marked, but divided by the carina ;
the remaining segments missing. Wings clear hyaline;
pterostigma dark reddish brown, between black nervures:
fore wings with 11 antenodal and 9 or 10 postnodal nervures,
the last antenodal and first two postnodals not continuous ;
triangle rather broad, traversed, followed by one row of three
cells and five or six of two, followed again by three ; no loop-

268 On Odonata from the West Indies.

nervures, except below the subnodal sector; subtriangular
space consisting of three cells: hind wings with 9 antenodal
and 10 postnodal nervures; membranule rather small,
blackish.

A slender species, with the frontal tubercle more strongly
bifid than in the more typical species of the genus.

1 Grenada, no. 233.

14. Lepthemis vesiculosa.
Tabellula vesiculosa, Faby, Syst. Ent. p. 421. n. 7 (1775).

1 St. Vincent, ‘ Windward side, May.”

10 Grenada, nos. 136, 223, 205, 184, 233, 101.

‘Swamp on Leeward coast, 1 mile north of St. George’s.
This species is common in Grenada, near sea-level, both sides
of island, Aug. 22.”

2 Union Island, October.

Agrionide.
CawAGRIONINE.
15. Argia insipida.
Argia insipida, De Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xx. p. 387 (1865).

24 St. Vincent.

Nos. 189, 190.

“* Sea-level.”

“St. Vincent, Windward side, 500 feet.”

““Bowwood Valley, near Kingstown, 1000 feet, by
mountain-stream, Dec. 23.”

“‘ Richmond Valley Forest, 1800 feet, by mountain-stream,
Dec. 21, 31. Colours blue and black.”

“ Pools near Bannonallie, Jan. 12.”

“ Forest, Soufritre Volcano, 2000 feet, Jan. 5.”

“Hermitage Estate, Cumberland Valley, 1000 feet,
Dec. 20. Open stagnant pools.”

7 Grenada.

“ Balthazar (Windward), 250 feet, second growth.”

Nos. 56, 64, 164, 219, 229.

16. Argia, sp.

1 St. Vincent, near Kingstown.
A single specimen of avery dark species, probably new,
but which it would be useless to describe without a series.

On the Bornean Species of Opisthostoma. 269

17. Canagrion, sp.
In this case also it is better to wait tor a series than to
describe a probably new species prematurely.
1 Grenada.
“Grand Etang (Mountain Lake), 1700 feet, March 9.
Common along the shore.”’

18. Micronympha senegalensis.
Agrion senegalense, Ramb. Ins, Névr. p. 276 (1842),

17 St. Vincent.

r INGoaboiey,

74 May.”

“500 feet.”

“ Grand Sable (Windward), by pools near sea, Jan. 4.”

“ Hermitage Estate, Cumberland Valley, 1000 feet, Dec. 20.
Open stagnant pools.”

“Great Head Swamp, southern end of island, near sea,
Dec. 24.”

9 Grenada.

Nos. 53, 64 (pair im cottu), 71 (3rd collection), and 229.

“Grand Htang (Mountain Lake), 1700 feet, March 9.
Common along the shore.”

4“ Mustique Island, Grenada, June.”

19. Lestes spumaria.
Lestes spumaria, De Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xiii. p. 809 (1862).
Originally described from Porto Rico.
2 Grenada, nos. 204 and 221.

XXXVI.—A List of the Bornean Species of the Genus Opis-
thostoma, and Descriptions of Four new Species. By
Ep@ar A. SMITH.

A POPULAR account of the species of Opisthostoma from Borneo
was published by the writer in March of this year in the first
number of the new series of ‘ Science Gossip.’ In addition
to the ten different species there referred to, I have now to
mention one described by Dr. Boettger and four new forms,
of which diagnoses are now given.

All the known species, with the exception of O. otostoma,
Boettger, have been figured; and as the present paper is
unillustrated, it is proposed to give figures of the new forms

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 19

270 Mr. E. A. Smith on the

in a future report on some Bornean land-shells, now in course
of preparation. It is a satisfaction to record that the British
Museum possesses examples of all the known forms, and the
types of the nine species described by myself have been most
liberally presented by Mr. A. Everett, to whom the chief
credit is due of having discovered the majority of these very
remarkable shells.

The following is a complete list of the known species,
arranged in order of publication :—

1. Opisthostoma Decrespignyt (H. Adams).
Plectostoma De Crespignit, H. Adams, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1865,
vol. xv. p. 177.

Opisthostoma De Crespignii, W. T. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
1867, vol. xix. p. 305.

Plectostoma Decrespiynyt, Issel, Ann. Mus. civ. Storia nat. 1874, vol. vi.
p. 489, pl. vi. figs. 138-15.

Opisthostoma Decrespignyi, Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889,
p- 350.

Hab. Labuan (H. Ad.), Borneo (Issel).

2. Opisthostoma Wallacet (Ancey).

Plectostoma Wallacet, Ancey, Bull. Soc. Mal. France, 1887, p. 276.
Opisthostoma Wallacei, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc. 1893, Zool. vol. xxiv.
p. 347, pl. xxv. figs. 14, 14a.

Hab. Borneo (Ancey), Busau, West Sarawak (Smith).

3. Opisthostoma grandi-spinosum, Godwin-Austen.
Opisthostoma grandi-spinosum, G.-A., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 350,
pl. xxxviii. figs. 2, 2a.

Geothauma grandispinosum, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1892, p. 283,
pl. iv. figs. 1-1 ¢.

Opisthostoma grandispinosum, Smith, Science Gossip, 1894, vol. i.
p- 6 (cut).

Hab. Niah Hills, Sarawak.

4, Opisthostoma pulchellum, Godwin-Austen.

Opisthostoma pulchella, G.-A., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, vol. vi.
p. 245, pl. vii. fig. 1.

Hab. Baram (G.-A.); Mulu, Tampasang, and Barit
Mountain (A. Everett).

The specimens from Barit Mountain have a thicker and
less conical spire than typical examples; but as they agree
in every detail of sculpture, I think it advisable to regard

them at present in the light of a variety rather than as a
distinct species.

Bornean Species of Opisthostoma. 271

5. Opisthostoma Hoset, Godwin-Austen.

Opisthostoma Hose, G.-A., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, vol. vi.
p. 246, pl. vii. fig. 2.

Hab. Baram district, North Sarawak.

6. Opisthostoma mirabile, Smith.

Opisthostoma mirabile, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. 1893, vol. xxiv.
p. 346, pl. xxv. figs. 11, lla; id. Science Gossip, 1894, Vol. i. p: 6

(cut).
Hab. Gomanton Hill, North Borneo.

7. Opisthostoma Everettt, Smith.

Opisthostoma Everetti, Smith, omy Linn. Soc., Zool. 1898, vol. xxiv.
p- 346, pl. xxv. figs. 12, 12

Hab. Jambusan, ise end of Sarawak.

8. Opisthostoma jucundum, Smith.
Opisthostoma jucundum, Smith, op. cit. p. 347, pl. xxv. figs. 13, 13 a.
Hab, Mantanani Island, off British North Borneo.

9. Opisthostoma baritense, Smith.
Opisthostoma baritense, Smith, op. cit. p. 347, pl. xxv. figs. 15, 15 a.
Hab. Barit Mountain, North-west Borneo.

10. Opisthostoma busanense, Smith.
Opisthostoma busanense, Smith, op. cit. p. 348, pl. xxv. figs. 16, 16 a.
Hab. Busan, south-west end of Sarawak.

11. Opisthostoma otostoma, Boettger.

Opisthostoma otostoma, Boettger, Nachrichtsbl. deutsch. mal. Gesell.
1893, p. 194.

Hab. Brunei, North-west Borneo.

12. Opisthostoma Cooket.

Testa conica, perforata, pallide rufescens ; spira subtiliter concave
conica, ad apicem obtusiuscula; anfractus 6—7, superiores convexi,
leeves, inferiores minus conyexi, oblique et tenuissime lamellati,
ultimus ad peripheriam obtuse angulatus, antice constrictus,
retroversus, ascendens, conspicue solutus, lamellis validioribus
distantioribus bicristatis ornatus; apertura rotundata, intus

19*

272 On new Species of Opisthostoma from Borneo.

rufescens, ad marginem duplicatam expansam pallida, usque ad
suturam tertiam vel quartam sursum porrecta.
Longit. 2 millim.; diam. maj. 23, min. 13.

Hab. Sarawak (C. Hose).

Five specimens of this species were presented to the
British Museum by Mr. Charles Hose, but the particular part
of Sarawak where they were collected is unknown.

O. Hosei and O. Decrespignyt are the nearest allies of this
species. ‘The former is about the same size, but has a more
robust spire, smoother and fewer whorls; but the last is
much more strongly lamellated, and has only a single crest,
whereas in the present species there are two. O. Decres-
pignyt has a less conical spire, more rounded volutions, and
the body-whorl is scarcely crested at all.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after the
Rev. A. H. Cooke, who has kindly undertaken to figure it

in his forthcoming volume on the Mollusca in the ‘ Cambridge
Natural History.’

13. Opisthostoma depauperatum.

Testa O. baritense similis, sed minor, minus elongata, lamellis
distantioribus ornata, anfractu ultimo valde soluto, antice magis
ascendente.

Longit. 13 millim.; diam. maj. 2, min. 1; apertura $ lata.

Hab. Barit Mountain, North-west Borneo.

The smaller size, more distant sculpture, and the more
uncoiled last whorl distinguish this species from O. baritense ;
also in that form the body-whorl is not produced upward so
much anteriorly, the top of the peristome being about on a
level with the second suture, whereas in the present species it
almost reaches the third.

14. Opisthostoma Austent.

Testa dextrorsa, conica, angustissime perforata, pallida vel plus
minus rufescens; anfractus 6, convexi, regulariter crescentes,
sutura profunda sejuncti, liris obliquis tenuissimis curvatis (in
anfr. ultimo sensim crassioribus et distantioribus) instructi; anfr.
ultimus constrictus, ad aperturam valde ascendens et retroversus,
haud solutus; apertura rotunde angulata; peristoma leviter
incrassatum, porrectum, vix expansum, extus lamella tenui angusta
circumdatum.

Longit. 23 millim.; diam. maj. 23, min. 14; apertura cum perist.
1} longa et lata.

Hab. Rumbang, Sarawak.

On the Tarantulide in the British Museum. 273

The upper whorls of this species are sometimes pale and
sometimes reddish ; this, however, may be due to staining
from the animal. The last whorl is invariably reddish, espe-
cially the first half.

It is closely related to O. otostoma, but may be distin-
guished by its less convex whorls, the different form of the
aperture, and the more thickened peristome, which is scarcely
lobed above, and also by the body-whorl being adnate to the
spire, whereas in O. otostoma it is quite free.

15. Opisthostoma pumilio.

Testa O. Austent similis, sed minor, minus conica vel pyramidalis ;
anfractus 5, perconyexi, liris obliquis leviter distantioribus
instructi.

ee 2 millim.; diam. maj. 27, min. 14; apertura 2 longa et
ata.

Hab. Rumbang, Sarawak.

This very small species closely resembles O. Austen? in its
general features. It is, however, quite distinct. It consists
of one whorl less, is of smaller size, has rather more distant
lire or lamelle, and also a more obtuse or less conical spire.
The coloration is the same as in that species.

XXXVII.—Notes on the Pedipalpi of the Family Tarantulide
contained in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. I.
Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History).

[Plates VII. & VIII. |

Family Tarantulide.

Subfam. 74ranrvriwz.
(Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, p. 50.)

Three generic names have been employed for the species of
this subfamily, i. e. Tarantula, Phrynus, and Admetus.
Tarantula was first used by Fabricius in 1793 for the species
called Phalangium reniforme by Linneus. Phrynus, on the
contrary, which was also erected for the reception of the same
reniforme, is not at present known to have appeared in print
before 1801 ; it was then used by Lamarck, who cited the
genus as Olivier’s (Syst. Anim. p. 175). In the following
year Latreille also published the name, and ascribed it to

274 Mr. RB. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

Olivier (Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 48). In the face of
these facts it seems probable that it was Olivier’s intention to
establish the genus Phrynus for rentforme, and that both
Lamarck and Latreille were acquainted with his purpose.
Nevertheless, since Olivier does not seem to have used the
name in print prior to or during 1801, we are compelled to
look upon Lamarck as its parent and upon 1801 as the date
of its birth. Tarantula of Fabricius is consequently its elder
by eight years ; and the right to the inheritance of the name
reniformis belongs beyond dispute to the firstborn.

This is the solution of the first difficulty. The second is
involved in the identity of rentformis of Linneus. Pallas
seems to have been the first to start the confusion on this
point, for he identified as rendformis a species belonging to a
group of which chiracanthus of Gervais may be regarded as
typical. This opinion was adopted without further question
by Dr. Karsch (Arch. Nat. 1879, p. 197), and subsequently
by Mons. Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1892, p. 51); but,
as I have already pointed out (Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiv. p. 406,
1893), Linneus took as the type of reniformis the figure of a
species from Antigua which was published by Browne in his
‘History of Jamaica’; and this figure represents a specimen
which is not congeneric with the chzracanthus group, but with
what may be termed the palmatus group. Moreover, if
further evidence in support of this opinion be needed, it may
be urged that species of the chivacanthus group are unknown
in the West Indies, while those of the other section are
exceedingly abundant *.

It seems therefore to be perfectly clear that the name
Tarantula is to be applied to the Neotropical species of
Amblypygi, of which palmatus, Herbst, seems to be an
unmistakable representative.

There is, however, one more name to be taken into con-
sideration. This is Admetus of Koch (‘ Uebersicht des
Arachnidensystems,’ 1850, p. 81). Four species were in-
cluded in this genus, namely pumilio, fuscimanus, and margine-
maculatus of C. Koch, and palmatus of Herbst, occurring in
the order named. But the last three are admittedly refer-
able to the group which I have shown should be called
Tarantula. Pumilio, however, belongs to the chiracanthus
section, and at first sight it seems reasonable to suppose that
the species pumilio should stand as the type of Admetus, in
which case the latter name would embrace all the species of

* See Supplementary Note on p. 297 on the identity of Tarantula
reniformis (Linn.),

Tarantulide in the British Museum. 275

the chiracanthus group. But the diagnosis of Admetus
evidently applies to species like palmatus, and not to those
like ch’racanthus, and it seems certain that C. Koch would
not have placed a species related to chiracanthus into Admetus
if he had known the adult animal. We may therefore con-
clude that pumzlio was merely included in Admetus owing to
the accident of the immaturity of the type specimen.

On these grounds I consider that one of the other species,
say fuscimanus, should be looked upon as the type of Admetus ;
and in this case Admetus must be regarded, like Phrynus, as
asynonym of Tarantula. It thus appears that no authors
have given a name that can stand to the chzracanthus section
of species. I have therefore proposed to term it Hetero-
phrynus, with chiracanthus as the type (Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zool. xxiv. p. 527, 1894).

To these two genera of Tarantuline I now propose to add
a third, namely Phrynopsis. The three may be diagnosed as
follows :—

a, Without a backwardly directed apophysis
upon the trochanter of the chele. Chel
armed with very many spines, short, stout ;
femur flat in front, the tibia flat in front and
below, nearly straight externally, its upper
inner edge more or less produced internally.
a’, Second tarsal segment of the feet partially
divided by a transverse membranous line ;
frontal border of carapace denticulate or
dentate. Tarsus of chela usually armed
with 6 spines, two of which are much
longer than the others; upper edge of
tibia armed with many long spines .... Tarantula, Fabr.
Type rentformis (Linn.).
b'. Second tarsal seement of feet entire ; fron-
tal border of carapace armed with long
spiniform teeth. Tarsus of chela armed
with but one long spine above and one
below; only two of thespines on the upper
inner edge of the tibia noticeably longer
LEAMTOPPOD ns a elets dager’, «ol es" san ashy Phrynopsis, g. nov.
Type spinifrons, sp. n.
6. With a backwardly directed apophysis on the
trochanter of the chela. Chelee armed with
fewer spines, long and slender; the femur
and tibia nearly cylindrical, the latter dis-
tinctly bowed. (Second tarsal of foot
GDGIVIGCd.) 'ossete eles sicje el oe riers siete Heterophrynus, Pocock.
Type chiracanthus (Gerv.).

To the structural features already mentioned by Simon as
characteristic of this subfamily may be added the entire
absence of the small semicircular appendages which are found

276 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

upon the second abdominal sternite of most of the Old-World
species of the group.

The sexes may be always recognized without difficulty.
Beneath the genital operculum in the male there is a pair of
soft, muscular, weakly chitinized, indistinctly bisegmented,
apically bifid organs, which probably function as penes, and
may be homologous to appendages *. When the operculum
is raised these organs protrude from the aperture. In the
female, on the contrary, there are no protrusible organs like
the penes beneath the operculum, but there is a pair of rounded
membranous eminences affixed to the lower surface of the
operculum, each one bearing a pointed, inwardly directed,
chitinous claw-like rod. ‘That specimens possessing this
structure are females is shown by the fact that they carry egg-
sacs and that no specimens of those with the penes have been
found with young. Moreover, the latter possess as a rule
longer palpi and limbs, characters which by analogy appertain
to the male (vide Pl. VII. figs. 8, 8a).

In some of the Old-World genera of this group these sub-
opercular structures are not so easy to determine.

Genus TARANTULA, Fabr.

Synopsis of the Species contained in the Collection of the
British Museum.

a. Tibia of the chela armed above with 9 spines,
of which the third from the proximal end and
the fourth from the distal end are the longess,
there being two spines between those just
mentioned.

a, The spines on the chele longer, the longest
on the tibia longer than the width of this
segment; the fourth and fifth spines from
the proximal end of the upper edge of the
tibia very unequal in size, owing to the
smallness of the fifth; median ocular tu-
bercle larger, higher than the lateral eye-
clusters ; frontal process less covered.

* The possibility of there being a direct homology between these
organs at the missing pectines of the scorpions should be borne in mind,
I have already suggested (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1893) that the
fact of there being an abdominal sternite missing in the Pedipalpi, the
tergites being numerically one in excess of the sternites, might perhaps
be explained by the enlargement and backward growth of the genital
operculum over the second sternite, which in scorpions bears the pectines,
If this has taken place, remnants of the pectines might be retained
beneath the genital operculum, where, in fact, these penes of Phrynzs are
situated.

bo
-~l
~]

Tarantulides tn the British Museum.

a*, Ocular tubercle strikingly high; spines on

the chela very long, the first on the upper-

side of the tarsus much larger than the
distal one \ichwikiuk SoUSka i wees se macrops, sp. 1.

6°. Ocular tubercle lower, spines on chela

shorter, the first on the upperside of the
tarsus smaller than the distal .......... levifrons, sp. n.

6‘, The spines on the chele shorter, the longest

on the tibia shorter than the width of the

segment; ocular tubercle low, not notice-

ably higher than the lateral eye-clusters ;

frontal process more concealed, fifth spine

from proximal end of upper edge of tibia

only a little shorter than the fourth.
a®, The distal spine on the upper edge of

the tarsus longer than the proximal .... viridiceps, Pocock.
6°, The distal spine on the upper edge of the
tarsus shorter than the proximal........ azteca, sp. i.

b. Tibia of chela armed above with 7 or 8 spines,
of which the third from the proximal end and
the fourth or third from the distal end are the
longest, there being only one spine between
these two. The number of spines sinks to 7
when what is the anterior spine or spinule in
some species disappears in others.

a‘, The second spine on the tibia of the chela very

short, about 4 of the length of the third ard

3, of the fourth; there are thus only 3 long

spines on this segment, and, owing to the

disappearance of the distal spinule, only 7
Epines: altogether . ..,...icbs sisal Sidaters wv obits Whitet (Gerv.) *.

b*, The second spine on the upper edge of the

tibia of the chela long, nearly as long as the

third and almost always longer than the

fourth; there are thus at least 4 long spines

in this series.

a°, Tibia of chela slender, spines longer, the

longest spine exceeding the width of the

segment ; lateral eye-clusters mostly closer

together, the distance between them only

a trifle more than half the median length

of the carapace, the anterior margin of

which is more coarsely dentate laterally
than in the middle; the median eyes not
far from the anterior margin; mandible
with enlarged tubercle.
a®, The 6 spines on the tarsus of the chela
well developed ; frontal process almost
concealed.

a’, Legs exceedingly long; length of femur
of first and tibia of third greater than
twice the width of the carapace ;
second tibial of fourth leg equal to
distance between eyes ............ longipes, Pocock.

* The type of this species is ticketed Burdwan (India), but probably
erroneously. :

278 Mr. BR. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

b’. Legsshorter; length of first femur and
third tibia less than twice the width
of the carapace; second tibial of
fourth leg less than distance between
the eyes.

a>, Femur of chela armed below with 6
spines; the first spine on the upper
edge of femur longer, equal to
about half the second ..........

6°, Femur of chela armed below with
5 spines, first on upper edge of
femur less than half the second ..

4°, The first and third inferior spines on

tarsus of chela nearly obsolete; frontal

ROCESS PROMMNICNIE), Ne(foe ake i!s sieleiee ee

b*. Tibia of chela stouter, spines shorter, none

of them so long as the thickness of the

segment.

a’. The first and third inferior tarsal spines
of chela moderately long.

a, Femora of legs not distinctly spotted,
pattern of abdomen obscure; eyes
more widely separated ............

61°, Femora of legs distinctly spotted with
yellow, a yellow ring round the tergal
impressions ; eyes closer together ..

b’, The first and third inferior tarsal spines
of chela minute.

a'!, Distance between the lateral eyes
equal to about half the median length
of the carapace ; of larger size......

b'!, Distance between the lateral eyes
ereater than half the median length
of the carapace.

a, Distance between the median ocular
tubercle and the anterior edge of
the carapace less than the long
diameter of the tubercle ; first supe-
rior tarsal spine distinct but small.

a, Frontal process invisible from
above ; darker, variegated
b'°, Frontal process completely visible
from above; abdomen pale, of a
uniform colour js siye fae os

b'?, Distance between the median tu-
bercle and the anterior edge equal
to twice the diameter of the tu-
bercle ; first upper tarsal spine
almost GUSOLCEA:\<.sfeisi0cter) es sielsie

spinimana, Pocock.
Thoreliii, sp. n.

tessellata, Pocock.

santarensis, sp. 0.

pulchripes, sp. 0.

reniforme (Linn.) *.

. Gervaisit, sp. n.

barbadensis, Pocock.

latifrons, Pocock +.

* Syn. Pallasii, Blanchard ; see Note, p. 297.

+ The species I described as Keyserlingzt in Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool.
xxiv. p. 539, is referable, I now think, to this species. On p. 540 of the
above paper I compared Keyserlingit to a species named scabra; for
scabra, Pallasii, Blanch., should be substituted, the former being the
name I had applied to the species before discovering that Blanchard had

already given ita name. (See also Note, p. 297.)

Tarantulide in the British Museum. 279

Tarantula levifrons, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Colour blackish brown, with ferruginous spots on the upper
surface and on the borders of the carapace; others marking
the muscle-impressions and the postero-lateral angles on the
terga; two indistinct flavous spots on the femora.

Granulation of the upper surface not coarse.

The frontal portion of the carapace not abruptly sloped
mesially, although more so at the sides ; the distance between
the lateral eyes less than half the median length of the cara-
pace and twice the distance between either tubercle and the
lateral or front border ; median tubercle tolerably high,
scarcely wider than long, separated from the front border by
a space which is less than its longitudinal diameter; the
anterior border, concealing the median frontal spine, straight
and scarcely at all denticulate.

Mandibles almost smooth above, without enlarged terminal
tubercle.

Chele robust, not coarsely granular ; the first inferior spine
on the femur long, as long as the height of the segment, the
length of which is one third greater than the distance between
the eyes; on the upperside of the segment the second and
third spines are much longer than the fourth and fifth, which
are short. Z%bia moderately broad, its upper inner edge
armed with 9 spines, the first small, the second medium, the
third very long, as long as the sixth, the fourth a little
shorter, the fifth of medium size, the seventh a little bigger
than the fifth, the eighth and ninth quite small; the longest
of these spines, 7. e. the third, is equal to the width of the
tibia. Tarsus a little longer than the width between the
lateral eyes, armed with the usual three spines above, but
in addition there is an extra spine just in front of the third,
the first and third of the inferior spines of medium size.

Legs.—Yemur of first nearly twice as long as the width of
the carapace, of the second much longer than the width of the
carapace, slightly shorter than that of the third and as long
as the femur and patella of the fourth ; tibia of the second as
long as the femur, of the third slightly longer, of the fourth
considerably longer; in the fourth the second and third tibials
together are equal to the protarsus and almost three quarters
the length of the first tibial; the second tibial more than half
the length of the third and equal to two thirds of the distance
between the eyes.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 24; carapace,
width 13:5, median length 9, distance between lateral eyes 4.
Chela: length of femur 6, height 3, length of longest spine 3 ;

280 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

tibia, length 9:2, thickness 3°5, length of longest spine 3°5 ;
length of tarsus 4:5, of digit 5. Legs: femur of first 33°5, of
second 17, of third 17, of fourth 15; tibia of second 17, of
third 19, of fourth 18.

Loc. West coast of America (probably Ecuador or Colom-
bia). Collected by the officers of H.M. ships ‘ Herald’ and
‘ Pandora.’

The British Museum has three examples, one adult (the
type) and two young. In the latter the yellow spots on the
legs and trunk are much more conspicuous than they are in
the adult.

Tarantula azteca, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.)

Colour almost entirely blackish brown, without distinct
flavous spots or bands.

Granulation not very coarse.

Carapace with its frontal region gently sloped downwards
and forwards; distance between the lateral eyes less than the
longitudinal length of the carapace and about twice the
distance of either lateral eye-cluster from the anterior or
lateral border of the carapace; median tubercle nearly
spherical, separated from the anterior border by a space which
is about equal to its long diameter. The anterior border
rather narrow, distinctly emarginate, evenly and moderately
coarsely denticulate.

Mandibles smooth or nearly so above, without enlarged
tubercle.

Chele elongate, robust, the spines short; the femu above
nearly twice as long as the distance between the eyes, armed
above with 6 spines, of which the first, the double one, is
noticeably shorter than the second, which is equal to the
third; the fourth minute, the fifth a little larger than the
fourth, the sixth minute, about the size of the fourth ; below,
the first three teeth are long and subequal, the first being
slightly the longest ; the fourth and sixth spines very minute,
the fifth of medium size; the first shorter than the height of
the femur. bia much wider than its longest spine, its upper
edge armed with 9 spines, the eighth and ninth minute, the
first also minute, the second less than half the length of the
third, which is longer than the fourth, which is longer than
the fifth, sixth about equal to the fourth, seventh about equal
to the second; armed below with 5 spines and some inter-
spersed spinules. The first and third inferior spines of the
tarsus very short.

Legs.—Femur of first greater than the length of the cara-
pace by about one third of its length ; femur of second greater

Tarantulide in the British Museum. 281

than the width of the carapace, a little shorter than that of
the third and considerably exceeding that of the fourth; tibie
of second, third, and fourth about equal to the femora; first
and second tibials of the fourth nearly two thirds the length
of the first tibial, but distinctly shorter than the protarsal, the
second tibial about half the length of the third and barely
equal to half the distance between the eyes.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 23; carapace,
width 128, median length 7-8, distance between the eyes 3:5,
Chela: length of femur 6°8, height 3, length of longest spine
2; tibia, length 9°5, thickness 3:5, length of longest spine
2°5; tarsus 4°3, digit 4. Legs: femur of first 19, of second
15, of third 15:5, of fourth 13; tibia of second 13:8, of third
15:2, of fourth 14.

Loc. Mexico (Tuxtla and Oaxaca).

I have seen four examples of this species from Tuxtla
the type, which is the largest, and three others—and one
from Oaxaca, and one ticketed merely Mexico.

The example from Oaxaca presents the curious anomaly,
which may perhaps be termed atavistic, of having the poste-
rior tibia on one side undivided and on the other divided into
only two segments, as in the type of sanéarensis. In other
characters, however, this example agrees with the type.

Tarantula macrops, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Colour of carapace and chelz nearly black, the marginal
spots on the former indistinct ; the principal terga adorned on
each side with a reddish-yellow patch, which embraces the
muscular impression and spreads outwards and backwards
towards the posterior angle. Spots on the femora visible
but indistinct.

Granulation of the upper surface of the trunk not coarse
and somewhat sparse.

Carapace with frontal region convex anteriorly ; area in
front of the lateral eyes nearly vertical; distance between the
eyes less than the median length of the carapace and twice
as great as the distance between the eyes and the anterior or
lateral border; median tubercle very high, shining, with
vertical sides, wider than long, separated from the anterior
border by a space which is distinctly less than its longitu-
dinal diameter; anterior border straight from side to side,
very weakly denticulate, only very slightly overlapping the
median frontal process, the apex of which, being slightly
turned forwards, is just visible from above.

Mandibles very slightly granular, with two terminal
tubercles a little enlarged.

282 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

Chele rather slender ; spines long and arranged upon the
same plan as in J’. azteca, but the spines are much longer,
the first and second on the lower surface of the femur being
subequal and much longer than the third, which is about
equal to the fourth; the first greater than the height of the
segment; spines on the upper edge of the tibia very much
longer than in azteca, the longest being greater than the width
of the segment; the first spine on the upper edge of the tarsus
long, the third minute, the first and third on the lower surface
minute.

Legs long; femur of first more than twice the width of the
carapace, that of the second greater than this width by one
third of its length, shorter than that of the third and about
equal to that of the fourth ; t/bia of the second about equal
to its femur, that of the third greater by about the length
of the patella, that of the fourth still greater as compared
with its femur; the second and third tibials about two thirds
the length of the first, about equal to the protarsus, the second
less than half the length of the third and equal to about
two thirds of the distance between the eyes.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 19; carapace,
median length 7, width 11, distance between eyes 3°2. Chela:
length of femur 5, height 2, length of longest spine 2°8 ; tibia,
length 8, width 2°8, longest spine 3°5, tarsus and digit 4.
Legs: femur of first 24, of second 16, of third 17:5, of fourth
15°5; tibia of second 16, of third 18°5, of fourth 18-2.

Loc. S. America. A single dry male example.

Tarantula Thorellii, sp.n. (PI. VII. fig. 7.)

Colour chestnut; abdomen pale, without distinct pattern ;
femora of legs feebly spotted.

This species is nearly related to 7. tessellata and T’. Pallasit,
but it is much smoother than either. The distance between
the lateral eyes is less than half the median length of the
carapace ; the median tubercle is separated from the anterior
border by a distance which is about equal to its longitudinal
diameter; this border is emarginate and dentate, as in 7. Pal-
lasii and T. tessellata, but the median frontal process does not
project forwards as in J’ tessellata, being considerably over-
lapped by the carapace.

The chele are long and slender, as in 77 tessellata, the
trochanter armed with 4 spines, as in Pallasii and tessellata ;
spine-armature of femur and tibia approximately the same as
in Z’ tessellata and Pallasiz, but the first superior femoral
spine is much shorter, being scarcely more than one third of

Tarantulide in the British Museum. 283

the length of the second. The rest of the spines are on the
whole longer than in ¢esse//ata, and the first and third on the
lower surface of the tarsus are long and acute, these same
spines, especially the third, being short in both Pallasii and
tessellata.

Legs almost as in the male of 7’. tessellata, but with the
femur of the fourth almost as long as that of the second (cf:
measurements), and the second tibial of the fourth leg almost
more than three quarters the length of the third tibial and
about three quarters of the distance between the eyes.

It is also related to longipes, as shown by the presence of
three well-developed spines on the lower edge of the tarsus
of the chela.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 22; median
length of carapace 8°5, width 12-8, distance between eyes 3°6.
Chela: femur, length 6°5, height 2°5, length of longest spine
2°6; tibia, length 9°5, width 3, length of longest spine 4;
length of tarsus 5, of digit 4°5. Legs: femur of first 24:5,
of second 16, of third 16°5, of fourth 15; tibia of second 16,
of third 18, of fourth 17.

Loe.

A single male example.

Tarantula pulchripes, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 6, 6a.)

Colour blackish, with distinct flavous marginal spots on the
carapace ; a flavous ring round the muscular impressions of
the terga, one flavous spot on the upperside of the trochanter,
and three on the femora of the posterior three pairs of legs.

Granulation of the trunk rather fine.

Carapace with its front border lightly emarginate and
conspicuously and evenly dentate, completely overlapping the
median process, which is thus concealed from above; distance
between the lateral eyes about half the median length of the
carapace, twice as great as the distance between a lateral eye
and the anterior border, and more than twice the distance
between the lateral eye and the lateral border; the frontal
region gently sloped downwards and forwards, steeper below
the lateral eye; the median tubercle wider than long, sepa-
rated from the front border by a space which is a little less
than its longitudinal diameter.

Mandibles very slightly granular above, with the external
distal tubercle slightly enlarged.

Chele robust ; femur, which is longer by about one third
of its length than is the distance between the eyes, coarsely
granular above; spine-armature of the appendage as fol-
lows:—femur above 5 and some spinules, below 5 (the

284 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpt of the Family

proximal two very long) and a small sixth; tébia above 8, a
very minute ninth, below 5 and some spinules; tarsus above
4 (the distal minute), below 3; the first and third spinules on
the lower edge of the tarsus long, the longest on the tibia,
z. e. the third from the proximal end, is less than the width
of the segment, and the longest on the femur less than the
height of the segment.

Legs.—Femur of first longer than width of carapace by

one third of its length, that of the second a little longer than
width of carapace, a little shorter than the femur of the third
and as long as the femur and patella of the fourth ; tibia of the
second equal to its femur, of the third a little longer, of the
fourth still longer than its femur; the second and third tibial
of the fourth a little longer than the protarsal and about two
thirds the length of the first tibial ; the second tibial half the
length of the third and half the distance between the lateral
eyes.
a Mecistbentiite in millimetres of largest specimen.—Total
length 17; carapace, median length 7, width 11, distance
between eyes 3°5. Chela: femur, length 5°2, height 2°8,
length of spine 1°8; tibia, length 8, width 3°3, length of
spine 2°5; length of tarsus 3°7. Legs: femur of first 17, of
second 13°8, of third 14:5, of fourth 12; tibia of second 13°5,
of third 15:5, of fourth 13.

Loc. Colombia (Goudot coll.).

I have seen three dried examples of this species, namely
the type (which is probably a male), a female with egg-sac,
and a smaller example, which is probably also a female.
The latter two differ from the type in having shorter chele
and legs; for instance, the upperside of the femur of the
chela is only very slightly longer than the distance between
the eyes, and the femur of the second leg is about as long as
the width of the carapace.

Tarantula santarensis, sp. n.

No detailed description of this species is necessary, on
account of the closeness of its relationship to Z’. pulchripes.
It appears to differ in the following particulars :—

There are no definite yellow spots on the femora of the
legs, these segments being rather describable as ferruginous,
with faint fuscous patches; so, too, with the abdomen—the
upperside of this region, instead of being black, with very
clearly defined yellowish-red rings round the black muscular
impressions, is in this form ferruginous, with three faintly
detined fuscous patches on each tergite, one being median and
the others lateral. |

Tarantulide in the British Museum. 285

The lateral eyes are a little further apart.

The lower surface of the femur and tibia of the chela are
smoother below than in pulchripes, and the third spine on the
upperside of the tarsus more nearly approaches the second in
length; moreover, the second long spine on the upperside of
the femur is longer than the first, and not noticeably shorter
than it as it is in pulchripes.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 20; median
length of carapace 7, width 12, distance between eyes 4.
Chela: length of femur 4°5, of tibia 7°5; tarsus 3°8, digit 3-4.
Legs: femur of first 16, of second 12:5, of third 13:5, of
fourth 10°5; tibia of second 10:5, of third 12, of fourth 10°5.

Loc. Santarem, Brazil (Wickham Coll.).

The type and only known example of this species is a
female. Curiously enough it presents a remarkable abnor-
mality in the development of its posterior tibie, that on the
right side being undivided and that on the left divided into
only two segments.

Tarantula Gervaisi?, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 5, 5a.)

Colour asin T. pulchripes, but with the spots upon tie
legs and trunk much less clearly defined.

Resembling 7. pulchripes in size and general appearance,
but apparently differing in the following features :—The
anterior border of the carapace is wider, straighter, and more
finely and less closely denticulate ; the lateral eyes are equi-
distant from the anterior and lateral edge on each side, and
the distance is distinctly less than half the space between the
eyes, which is noticeably greater than half the median length
of the carapace, and almost equal to the length of the upper-
side of the femur of the chela.

Mandibles smooth above, with no enlarged terminal
tubercle.

Chele in shape and spine-armature resembling those of
T. pulchripes, but the first and third spinules on the lower side
of the tarsus are short, the fourth on the upperside is not
noticeably elongate, and there is no spinule below the eighth
on the upper edge of the tibia.

Legs shorter than in the type of 7. pulchripes, but approxi-
mately the same length as those of the female of that species ;
the femur of the first longer than the width of the carapace by
about one quarter of its length, that of the second about equal
to that of the third, a little greater than, and that of the fourth
a little less than, the width of the carapace ; tibiz of the same
comparative length asin 7’. pulchripes, the second tibial of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 20

286 Mr. R: I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

fourth leg equal to about one third of the distance between
the eyes.

Measurements in millimetres of type-—Total length 11:5 ;
carapace, median length 7, width 11°5, distance between eyes
4-5. Chela: length of femur 5, tibia 7°5, tarsus 3°7, digit
4-3, Legs: femur of first 16, of second 12°5, of third 13°3,
of fourth 10:5.

Loc, Colombia (Magdaleine). Goudot Coll. Type. Also
specimens of apparently the same species from Venezuela,
Trinidad, and British Guiana.

Genus PHRYNOPSIS, nov.

The two known species of this genus may be recognized as
follows :—

a. The spine between the two longer ones on the upper

edge of the tibia of chela as long as the third spine

from the distal end of this segment; the spines

forming the proximal half of this series smaller,

therspunmles laren’ tlc .as tals istays ilies gh wale omits coronatus (Butl.).
b. The spine between the two longest on the upper

edge of the tibia minute, much smaller than the

third from the distal end; the spines forming the

proximal half of this series larger, the spinules

Brelbetien ie tits bein avtehets she se ach ati oadten nel tte spinifrons, Sp. L.

I have seen one example of each of these species. That of
coronatus, contained in the late Count Keyserling’s collection,
is dried and much mutilated and has no locality assigned to
it. It agrees, however, so far as I can judge, with
Mr. Butler’s figure and description of the type, which is in
the hands of the Rev. O. P. Cambridge. ‘The example of
spinifrons from Ciudad, in Mexico, will be figured and more
thoroughly described in a future publication.

Genus HETEROPHRYNUS, Pocock.
Heterophrynus, Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiy. p. 527 (in note).

This genus contains H. pumilio, C. Koch (Die Arachn.
viii. p. 15), from Brazil, and H. gorgo, of Wood (Tr. Am.
Phil. Soc. xiii. p. 440), from Peru.

We have neither of these species, to my knowledge, in the
British Museum. . pumilio, however, will very probably
prove to be the young of one of the four enumerated below.

The species that I have succeeded in identifying are :—

Tarantulide: in the British Museum. 287

H. chiracanthus (Gervais), Journ. Inst. Soc. Phil. Paris,
1842, p. 72; Ins. Apt. iii. p. 4. €

HI, Batesvi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xu.
p- 120.

HI. longicornis, id. t. ¢. p. 123.

The four may be briefly diagnosed as follows :—

a, Spines on femur of chela %, on tibia £; tarsus
externally granularie “Sins. viewecs veto: cervinus, Sp. N.
b, Spines on femur of chela $, on tibia 7; tarsus
externally smooth.
a‘, Chelz in males short, the femur only a
little longer than the width of the cara-
pace ; second spine on lower edge of tibia
much shorter than the first and third,
distal spine on lower edge of tibia longer
and stronger than the one that precedes it. longicornis (Butt. ).
6'. Chelee, at least in the adult males, exceed-
ingly long and slender, about twice the
width of the carapace; distal spine on
lower edge of tibia not longer than the
one that precedes it.
a’, Second spine on the femur of the chela
subequal to the first and third; chelze
stouter, spine-armature stronger ...... chiracanthus (Gervais).
b?, Second spine on femur noticeably shorter
than first and third; chele thinner,
spines shorter and weaker .......... Batesii (Butl.).

Heterophrynus chiracanthus (Gervais).

Of this species we have three adult examples from Deme-
rara (types) and one which has no locality. The specimen
from New Granada which Butler referred to this form belongs,
I think, to his Batesiz. Mons. Simon (loc. cié. p. 51) wrongly
referred this species to the palmatus group.

Heterophrynus Batesti (Butl.).

Very nearly allied to the preceding. We have dry examples
(types) from the Upper Amazons, one (also dry) from New
Granada, and three in spirit ticketed 8. America.

Heterophrynus longicornis (Butl.).

Four (including type), dry, from Para, and one, in spirit,
from Santarem.

Theexample from Para that Mr. Builer identified as ZZ. gorgo
of Wood was one of the specimens of A. chiracanthus which
had exchanged labels with one of the examples of longtcornis.

20%

288 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

Fleterophrynus cervinus, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 1.)

Colour nearly black, legs and lower surface ferruginous.

Carapace of normal form, the cephalic region coarsely
granular, the posterior portion with about three radiating
rows of granules, the rest smooth ; the anterior border straight,
finely denticulate, the median tubercle, which is high and
bears two tubercles on its summit, separated from the anterior
border by a space which equals half a diameter; distance
between the lateral eyes considerably less than half the
median length of the carapace.

Mandibles tinely granular, a small terminal tubercle.

Chele.— Coxe finely granular internally, more coarsely
granular behind, the rest smooth; trochanter smoothish in
front, with a row of fine denticles above and four spines
below, three on the inferior edge, of which the median is
very long, and one at its distal angle ; femur less than twice
the width of the carapace, thickly and coarsely granular,
armed with five spines above, the first two rising from the
same base, the third the longest, the fourth and fifth decreasing
in length, the lower edge armed with four spines, which
gradually decrease in length from the first to the fourth ;
tzbia coarsely granular, longer than the femur, with only one
spine behind the three principal ones on the upper edge, the
last spine much longer and stouter than the penultimate,
lower edge armed with 5 spines, of which the third from the
end is the longest, although the last is longer and stouter than
the one that precedes it; éarsus granular outside and inside,
the first spine long, considerably more than half the length
of the second.

Legs long; femur of first three and a half times the width
of the carapace, that of the second about twice its width, that
of the third a shade longer than that of the second, which is
longer than that of the fourth (for the rest see measurements).

Abdomen.—Terga with a row of granules along posterior
border ; for the rest the terga are nearly smooth, there being
only two or three granules on each side of the middle.
Sterna sparsely granular. Genital operculum coarsely
granular.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 31; width of
carapace 17, median length 11, distance between eyes 4.
Chela: length of femur 30, width 2°5; length of tibia 34°5,
of tarsus 9°5, of digit 6. Legs: femur of first 59, of second

33°5, of fourth 32; tibia of second 35°5, of third 39, of fourth
39, first tibial of latter 5:5.

Tarantulide in the British Museum. 289

A single male example from New Granada, ticketed,
probably by either Gervais or Goudot, Phrynus chiracanthus.

Subfam. Pzrryrenr Zz.
(Simon, doe. cit. p. 49.)

The following three genera of this subfamily are known
to me :-—

a. Tibiz of the fourth pair of legs undivided,
mandibles larger ....5.0ccccee.¢s ..-. Phrynichus, Karsch.
Type dunatus (Pall.).
b. Tibize of fourth pair of legs bisegmented,
mandibles smaller.
a, Second abdominal sternum furnished
with a pair of half-moon-shaped ap-
pendres slGrPOr ssi aasefe cle nade ois Titanodamon, g. nov.
Type Johnstonit, sp. n.

~~

6*. Second abdominal sternum without ap-
pendapes; smaller: 23's sek. oss Nanodamon, g. nov.
Type annulatipes (Wood).

The genus Damon of C. Koch, of which the type is varie-
gatus of Perty, also belongs to this group. According to
Simon it is congeneric with the West-African forms to which
I have given the name Titanodamon. Unfortunately I have
had no opportunity of examining either variegatus or any
allied species from the same geographical area (7. e. South
America) ; and my reasons for proposing the two new generic
names given above are: (1) my ignorance as to whether
vartegatus of Perty possesses the abdominal appendages or
not, and (2) my opinion that the South-American forms, if
indigenous, possess in all probability some hitherto undis-
covered characters by which they may be generically recog-
nized from the two African genera. This & prior? supposition
may of course prove erroneous; but analogy justifies its con-
ception until proof on the matter is forthcoming.

Genus TITANODAMON.

The British Museum has examples of the three following
species :—

a. Frontal process small, vertical, with its apex acute
and turned forwards,
a‘, The posterior of the three long spines on the
tibial segment of the chela short, not half the
length of the median spine; the second tibial
segment of the fourth leg less than, or, at least,
not greater than, the distance between the eyes. tibialis (Sim.).

290 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

6', The above-mentioned spine long, about two thirds
the length of the second spine; the tibial seg-
ment greater than the distance between the eyes. bassamensis(Luc.).
6. Frontal process directed downwards and forwards
and ending in a bluntly rounded apex ; eyes spaced
as in tibialis ; ; the tibial spine as in dassamensis .. Johnstonit, sp. n.

Titanodamon bassamensis (Lucas).
es bassamensis, Lucas, in Thomson’s Archives Ent. ii. p. 484
Pn aah ranulosus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 122,
pl. vii. fig. 10 (1873).
Phrynus Savatieri, Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. viii. p. 28.
Phrynus medius (Herbst), Simon (at least formerly); Butler, Joc, czt.
p. 120 in part.

We have ten examples that I believe to be referable to
this species. Some are without localities; others, however,
are ticketed Sierra Leone and Ashanti. It is on the strength
of these latter two localities that I venture to regard Savatiert
and bassamensis as identical. The former was recorded from
Senegal and the latter from Grand Bassam, which is close to
the locality Dixcove, in Ashanti, whence one of the British
Museum examples came.

The type of granulosus, Butler, ¢. e. the specimen figured,
which is provided with ova and preserved in alcohol, is refer-
able to the same species ; but its locality, which, by the way,
is indicated as doubtfully 8. America, is probably erroneous.
The dried specimen mentioned by Mr. Butler as belonging to
this species is an example of the South-American species
Heterophrynus chiracanthus (Gerv.).

Why this species should be identified as medius of Herbst *
I cannot understand. Herbst’s figure represents an animal
with much stouter and shorter chele, and the tibia has no less
than four large spines upon it, the fourth large spine from
the distal end being approximately equal to the third. In
this character it differs from all the species of the genus
known to me.

Titanodamon Kochii, Butler (loc. cit. p. 120), established
for the specimen probably wrongly identified as T. medius
(Herbst) by Koch, is perhaps identical with bassamensis ; but
Ido not think the union of the two at present justifiable.
The specimen in this Museum identified by Mr. Butler as
T. Kochit may be correctly named; but since it has neither
carapace nor locality, I cannot be sure of the point.

* Nat. ungefliigelt. Ins. pt. i. p. 77, pl. iv. fig. 1.

Tarantulides in the British Museum. 291

Titanodamon tibialis (Simon).
Phrynus tibialis, Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1876, p. 12.

We have two examples that I refer to this species—one
ticketed Congo, the other West Africa. They were identi-
fied by Mr. Butler as bassamensis of Lucas; but, judging
from the locality, it seems to me more probable that they are
to be referred to tbialis, the type of which also came from
the Congo.

Titanodamon Johnstonti, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 2-2 6.)

Colour nearly black, with two whitish patches on the
femora and indications of spots of the same colour upon the
muscular impressions of the terga and upon the posterior
angles of these plates.

Carapace thickly granular, the lateral margin spicular, the
front margin also slightly spicular; distance between the
lateral eyes a little greater than half the median length of
the carapace and three times as great as the distance between
either of the lateral tubercles and the nearest point of the
anterior border. Median tubercle smooth, shining, on the
anterior border, the frontal process conspicuous, directed
downwards and forwards and ending in a bluntly rounded
apex.

Mandibles granular above, with two enlarged distal
tubercles.

Chele.—Coxa granular distally ; trochanter armed with
an upper ridge of spinules, one longer inferior spine, and a
number of shorter spines of varying lengths ; femur granular
throughout, the granules of the anterior surface very fine,
those of the lower surface a little coarser, those of the upper
much coarser and pointed; the upper anterior edge armed
with 6 spines, 1 and 2 close together, the latter longer, 3 and
4 about equal to 1, the space betweeen 2 and 3 equal to the
space between 3 and 4, 5 and 6 a little smaller than 3 and 4,
the space between them about equal to that between 4 and 5
and twice that between 3 and 4; the above described spaces
occupied by larger and smaller spinules, the 6th separated
from the distal end by a space which is greater than a third
of the length of the femur; the lower edge armed with 5
longer spines, which gradually decrease in length distally,
the first being about twice the length of the fifth, which is
not much longer than some of the spinules which lie between
the spines ; between the first and the proximal angle of the
- temur there are three of these spinules, the lower of which is

292 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

the smallest. Tibia with the customary upper and lower
longitudinal crest of granules, the lower and anterior surface
weakly and sparsely granular; in addition to the three normal
long distal spines, the upper edge is furnished with two or
three smaller spines evenly spaced and decreasing in size
posteriorly, the posterior one being always minute and some-
times scarcely recognizable amongst the rest of the spinules ;
the first of the three long spines about two thirds or more of
the length of the second, which, like the third, is serrate
anteriorly ; the inferior distal spine of normal length and
strength, the rest of the lower edge armed with about 4 spines
and many spinules. Tarsus polished, the first spine of the
upper surface about one third the length of the second.

Legs.—Femora spicular above, below, and in front; femur
of first less than twice the width of the carapace, that of the
second a little shorter than that of the third and a little longer
than that of the fourth; tibia of second shorter than its femur,
that of the third a little longer, that of the fourth still longer,
the second tibial about equal to the distance between the
lateral eyes.

Measurements in millimetres of type (g).—Total length
32°5; carapace, width 17-5, median length 10, distance be-
tween eyes 5:2. Chela: length of femur 27°5, of tibia 30.
Legs: femur of first 32°5, of second 21, of third 22, of
fourth 20.

Locality of type-—Rio del Rez, near Old Calabar (H. H.
Johnston) ; of other examples Old Calabar and the Cameroon
Mountains (H. H. Johnston) ; Fernando Po and Gaboon.

The example selected as the type of this species is not the
largest. Thus a male from Old Calabar has the carapace
19 millim. wide, and the femora of the five appendages
measure respectively 35, 41, 23, 24°5, and 22; and the
largest female from the Cameroons has the carapace 21 millim.
wide, and the femora measure respectively 33, 42, 24, 25,
and 23.

The three species of this genus known to me may be
readily recognized by the characters given in the synoptical
table ; but it is not to be supposed that the distinctness of the
species necessarily rests solely upon those characters that are
mentioned in the tabular diagnosis. The above-mentioned
example from Fernando Po was identified by Mr. Butler as
P. medius, Herbst.

Genus NANODAMON, nov.

T am acquainted with three species of this genus :—

Tarantulides in the British Museum. 293

a. External surface of tarsus of chela granular like
the tibia; trochanter with one long inferior
spine ; ocular tubercle granular,
a‘, Granulation of chelee very coarse, the granules
long, conical, the third spine from the extre-
mity of the tibia very short in the adult .. annulatipes (Wood).
6’. Granulation much finer, the granules low and
rounded ; the third spine from the end of
the tibia considerably longer ............ cinetipes, sp. 0.
b. External surface of tarsus of chela normally
smooth ; a second longish spine on the lower
edge of the trochanter; ocular tubercle
smoother........ are TR ere erie diadema (Sim.).

Nanodamon diadema (Simon).
Phrynus diadema, Simon, Bull. Soe. Zool. Fr. 1876, p. 13.

I can find no other description (!) of this species than the
one referred to above ; so that the correctness of my deter-
mination of some specimens in the British Museum as diadema
is a matter of doubt. Whether rightly or wrongly determined,
however, the species seems to be not uncommon in the
region of Lake Nyasa, whence we have received from time
to time from the Universities Mission about seven specimens
of both sexes.

This is a very brightly coloured species, the whole of the
upper surface being prettily striped with yellow and black.

Nanodamon annulatipes (Wood).

Phrynus annulatipes, Wood, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. xiii. (n.s.) p, 441
(1869).

This species is evidently abundant at Natal, whence we
have received ten examples of both sexes, dry and in
spirit, from Gueinzius and H. A. Spencer.

The males of this species present the interesting feature of
having the articles of the tibial segment of the legs of the
first pair very much thicker than in the females.

Nanodamon cinctipes, sp. n.

Colour.—Carapace fuscous in the middle, the anterior
border and lateral portions flavo-ferruginous, the lateral border
with four brighter spots ; abdomen fuscous, with a median
reddish-yellow stripe, and a ring of the same colour sur-
rounding the impression ; chelz fuscous, dactylus and tips of
spines ferruginous; legs flavo-ferruginous, femora banded
with fuscous.

Carapace coarsely granular; distance between the eyes

294 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

much greater than half its median length ; median tubercle
rather coarsely granular upon the anterior border, frontal
process vertical, coarsely granular. —

Mandibles coarsely granular above.

Chele.—Trochanter coarsely granular above, spined in
front, with one inferior long spine; femur armed above with
4 spines, of which the first and second are close together ;
the second, third, and fourth equally spaced and gradually
decreasing in length distally ; armed below with 5 spines, the
first on the proximal angle short, the second to the fifth de-
creasing in length. The tébia armed above with the normal two
long granular distal spines, and behind them there is another
spine about half as long as the others, and posteriorly to this
another spinule; armed below with one long distal spine and
two shorter ones behind it, the rest of the edge being armed
with spinules. Tarsus normally spined, two above, the first
short and vertical, and one below.

Legs less coarsely granular than in N. annulatipes.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 18; carapace,
width 11°5, median length 6°5, distance between eyes 4.
Chel: femur, length 9°5, width 2; tibia, length 11, width
2°5, length of superior distal spine 3°8. Legs: femur of
second 12, of third 12, of fourth 11°5; tibia of second 11°3,
of third 12, of fourth 11°8 ; second tibial of latter 3.

A single female example ticketed South Africa.

This species seems to lie almost midway between annula-
tipes and diadema. It is, on the whole, paler in colour than
annulatipes, in which the legs are fuscous with flavous spots.

Genus PHRYNICHUS, Karsch.

Phrynichus Jayakari, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 3.)

g.—Colour. Carapace ferruginous, head-region darker ;
chelee and mandibles nearly black ; legs ochraceous.

Carapace not coarsely granular, head-region elevated ;
distance between the eyes more than half the median length
of the carapace; anterior border straight, apex of frontal
process just visible from above; a lateral tooth-like process on
each side opposite the outer surface of the mandible.

Mandibles granular above.

Chele immoderately long and slender ; cove granular, with
a series of spiniform hairs on inner edge ; trochanter armed
below with one strong spine and with another at the distal
extremity of its anterior surface ; the superior crest composed
of small, close-set, subequal spinules. Femur armed ahove

Tarantulides in the British Museum. 295

on its proximal third with three evenly spaced spines, of
which the first is the longest and close to the joint ; between
it and the joint, however, there is a shorter spine, and
another one lies amongst the spinules between the first and
second spine; the lower surface is armed with one longish
Spine near the joint, and with another much shorter one
nearer the middle; the rest of this edge furnished with
variously sized minute spines which decrease in size distally.
Tibia cylindrical, granular, armed above distally with three
long spines, the posterior of these more than half the length
of the others; armed below with three spines, two apical
normal, the third small but distinct, lying further back.
Tarsus with a small basal superior spine as well as the
normal long one.

Legs granular.

Measurements in millimetres.—T otal length 22°5 ; carapace,
width 12°5, median length 7-8, distance between eyes 4:2.
Chela: length of femur 40, width 1:2; length of tibia 40, of
its longest spine 6. Legs: femur of first 35, of second 18, of
third 18°5, of fourth 17:5; tibia of second 20, of third 21, of
fourth 22.

@. Like the male, with shorter chele &c. Total length
17 millim., width of carapace 10, length of femur and tibia of
chela 33, femur of first leg 20, of second 11, &e.

Two examples from Muscat (Dr. A. G. Jayakar).

Evidently very nearly allied to P. Deflerst of Simon (Bull.
Soc. Zool. Fr. 1887, p. 454) from Obock and Aden, but
differing in colour and in some particulars of spine-armature,
the posterior of the three spines on the tibia of the chela being
in Deflerst minute, and no mention being made of the third,
the posterior, spine on the lower surface of this segment, and
none of the lateral spine on the anterior border of the cara-

pace, &e.

Phrynichus Phipsont, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 4.)
? Phrynus nigrimanus, C. Koch, Die Arachn. xy. p. 69.
6. Very closely allied to P. Jayakart.

Colour darker ; carapace deep chestnut ; abdomen olivaceo-
flavous; chelz ferruginous; legs olivaceo-flavous, spotted
with pale markings.

Carapace a little smoother, flatter, its anterior border with-
out a lateral tooth on each side.

Chele much shorter ; trochanter with more anterior spines,
its superior crest formed of a few separated spines; spine-
armature of femur and tibia as in Jayakart,

296 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Pedipalpi of the Family

Legs with femora much less coarsely and more sparsely
granular.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 21; carapace,
median length 7, width 12°3, distance between eyes4. Chela:
length of femur 20, of tibia 20°2. Legs: femur of first 23,
of second 14, of third 14°5, of fourth 13°3.

Loc. Bombay (H.M. Phipson), one specimen ; also a dried
example from the same locality (£. Moore).

The species P. Deflersi, P. Jayakari, and P. Phipsont may
be recognized by the following table :—

a. Ridge on upperside of trochanter of chela consisting
of a series of small closely packed spinules.
a. The first spine on the tibia of the chela minute ;
two distinct spines on the lower side of this seg-
PAG ee sth be tds tebiaw toe etal ieee Jiao Deflersi, Sim.
b'. The first spine on the tibia of the chela about two
thirds of the length of the second ; three distinct
spines on the lower edge of the segment ........ Juyakart, sp. 0.
b, Ridge on upper edge of trochanter of chela consisting
of a small number of larger and smaller spines;
chelee dentate, almost as in Jayakart: .....0..004 Phipsoni, sp. n.

Phrynichus pusillus, sp. n.

Colour.—Carapace reddish brown; abdomen paler, without
pattern ; chele reddish brown, the trochanter and the tarsus
fuscous; legs not distinctly variegated.

Belonging to the same group as /wnatus (Pallas), but
differing in having the carapace much more coarsely, and at
the same time less closely, granular. The frontal process
invisible from above.

Chele closely resembling in spine-armature those of
P. lunatus, but there are two strong equal spines at the base
of the upperside of the femur.

The half-moon-shaped appendages on the second abdo-
minal sternite obsolete, being merely represented by slight
folds of the integument.

Measurements in millimetres.— 8. Total length 14; width
of carapace 9°8, median length 5:5, distance between eyes 3°5.
Chela: length of femur 15, of tibia 16. Legs: femur of
first 17°5, of second 11, of third 12, of fourth 11. -

@. Total length 15 ; width of carapace 9; length of femur
and tibia of palp 19; femur of first leg 12, of second 8.

Loc. Punduloya, Ceylon (#. EH. Green); Ceylon (Key-
serling Coll.).

Tarantulide in the British Museum. 297

Supplementary Note on the Identity of

Tarantula reniformis (Lznn.).

Whilst the proof-sheets of this paper were in my hands
for correction I quite unexpectedly received from Mr. C. A.
Barber, the Superintendent of Agriculture of the Leeward
Islands, a couple of specimens of a Tarantula from Antigua.
These specimens prove to belong to the same species as those
which I have spoken of, both in this paper and in Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiv., as 7’. Pallasit (Blanchard).
But the chief point of interest connected with the acquisition
of examples from Antigua in particular lies in the fact, which
I have more than once insisted upon, that Linneeus’s descrip-
tion of Phalangium reniforme, the type species of the genus
Tarantula, was based upon a figure of one of these animals
that came from the island in question, Of course it is not
possible to assert positively that Browne’s figure is certainly a
representation of a specimen belonging to the same species as
those that Mr. Barber has just obtained ; but the probability
that it is so is undeniably great, and is enhanced by the fact
that the available information respecting the size and colour
of the original example agrees with what is known of these
characters in J. Pallasit. It is consequently scarcely an
exaggeration to say that we are now almost as sure of the
identity of 7. renzformis as we are of the identity of any
other species established by Linneus. And since we cannot
reasonably hope ever to get nearer the truth of the matter
than we are at present, every one will, I think, recognize the
expediency of regarding these Antiguan specimens procured
by Mr. Barber as being in reality referable to 7. renzformis.

If this conclusion be accepted, the known synonymy of the
species will stand as follows :— ,

Phalangium reniforme, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 619 (based upon fig. 3,
pl. xli. of Browne’s ‘ History of Jamaica’).
Tarantula reniforme, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 452.
Phrynus Pallasit, Blanchard, Organisation du Régne Animal, Arach-
nides, pl. xv. p. 170, pl. x.
meta Pallasit, Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 533, pl. xl.
o. 3.

The known distribution of the species is Antigua, Mont-
serrat, and Martinique.

In conclusion, I wish to express my great indebtedness to
Mr. C. A. Barber for his spontaneous act of kindness in
sending to the British Museum the specimens of the species,
which he recognized as a desideratum for the National
Collection.

298 Dr. A. G. Butler on Abnormal Variability in the

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Tarantula levifrons, sp. nu. Carapace and chela, X 1}.

Fig.1a. Ditto. External view of upper edge of tarsus.

Fig. 2. Tarantula azteca, sp.n. Carapace and chela, X 15.

Fig. 3. Tarantula macrops, sp.n. Carapace and chela, x 15.

Fig.3a. Ditto. Lateral view of anterior end of carapace.

Fig. 4. Tarantula Whitei (Gerv.). Carapace and chela, x 15.

Fig.4a. Ditto. External aspect of tarsus.

Fig. 5. Tarantula Gervaisii, sp.n. Carapace and chela, x 1}.

Fig.5a. Ditto. External aspect of tarsus.

Fig. 6. Tarantula pulchripes, sp. nu. Carapace and chela, X 13.

Fig.6a. Ditto. External aspect of tarsus.

Fig. 7. Tarantula Thorellii, sp. n. Carapace and chela, x 15.

Fig. 8. Tarantula tessellata, Pocock. Penes of male protruding between
genital operculum and second sternite.

Fig.8a. Ditto. Lower side of genital operculum of female.

Puate VIII.

Fig. 1. Heterophrynus cervinus, sp.n. Right chela, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Titanodamon Johnstonit, sp.n. Nat. size.

Fig.2a. Ditto. Genital operculum and second sternite, to show bud-like
appendages.

Fig. 2b. Ditto. Anterior half of carapace from above, to show frontal
process.

Fig. 3. Phrynichus Jayakari, sp.n. Carapace and chela, x 15.

Fig. 4. Phrynichus Phipsoni, sp.n. Carapace and chela, x 13.

XXX VII.—Abnormal Variability in the Antennal Characters

of Cosmophila erosa, Hiibn. By Artuur G. Burier,
Ph.D. &e.

THE structure of the male antenne in moths has very fre-
quently been used as the sole character for distinguishing
genera. Mr. Hampson, however, has decided to regard all
characters found only in one sex as of secondary importance,
and consequently has degraded all genera which can only be
separated when both sexes are known, or by the male sex
apart from the female, to the rank of sections (or subgenera).
Antennal structure frequently differs widely in species
which unquestionably are very nearly related, as, for instance,
in Bombycia, the males of B. viminalis having the antennez
strongly pectinated, whereas in B. persimilis, which has the
same pattern and coloration, they are serrate-fasciculated,
The genus Cosmophila, according to Guenée, has the

Antennal Characters of Cosmophila erosa, Hiibn. 299

antennz sometimes filiform and slightly pubescent, sometimes
very distinctly furnished with thick hairs, serrate and pubes-
cent. Of C. erosa he says “‘Antennes filiformes,” thus giving
one the impression that in C. xanthindyma, indica, and
auragoides they are not so. Of C. xanthindyma he says,
“‘ Les antennes du male sont nettement et fortement ciliées.”
The four supposed species separated by M. Guenée have pre-
cisely the same variations in form, pattern, and coloration ;
but at one time I believed that C. erosa and C. xanthindyma
could be separated by antennal characters. Mr. Hampson,
however, assured me that these also varied.

In the Museum series we have fifty-seven examples of the
genus, twenty-five of which are males possessing antenne,
the result of an examination of which is as follows :—

1. Antenne finely ciliated.
‘Two specimens from St. Domingo and one from Venezuela.

la. Less finely ciliated.
One from Sao Paulo.

2. Serrate-fasciculated.
Two from Alabama, one from Australia.

3. Pectinated.

One from Alabama, one from Aden, one from Kulu, one
from South India, one from Ceylon, four from Java.

3a. Strongly pectinated.

One from Solun, one from the Nilgiris, one labelled simply
N. India, one from Java, one from Ceylon, one from Moreton
Bay, one from Fiji, and one from the Marquesas Islands.

So far as our specimens show, the ciliated type of antenna
would appear to be confined to South America, but it is con-
nected with the pectinated type of the Old World by the
intermediate serrate-fasciculated type of the United States
and Australia. Indeed there is not the slightest doubt that
the variation in the structural characteristics of the antenne
in this widely distributed and abundant species are individual
and have no significance, so that the supposed four species of
M. Guenée, as well as Walker’s Cirredia variolosa and
OC. edentata, represent nothing more than sports of one
variable species.

300 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Species of

The colour-variations of C. erosa range from light to dark,
from brightly to dull-coloured, the New-World examples, as
a rule, having paler secondaries than those from the Old
World; but even this character is by no means constant, the
hind wings being sometimes almost white, sometimes golden
ochreous, sometimes again smoky grey with white-tipped
fringes; the dark lines on the primaries never seem to vary,
only the ground-colouring, and this varies to an extraordinary
degree ; so that from the same locality and collection one may
receive specimens having these wings of a nearly uniform
golden ochreous tint, or divided into two nearly equal light
and dark areas, always, however, showing the same silvery
spot in the cell and dark (sometimes nearly black) transverse
irregular lines.

Cosmophila erosa is the only species at present known to
me which exhibits this abnormal variability of antennal
structure, unless it should turn out that I was correct in
referring the Indian specimens of Bombycia (since named by
Mr. Hampson B. persimilis) to B. viminalis. This is just
possible, but, judging from the constancy of our Kuropean
examples in this particular, not probable.

The fact nevertheless that any one species of moth is
capable of such marvellous inconstancy in the structure of the
male antenne seems quite to justify Mr. Hampson in re-
garding peculiarities in these organs as of secondary import-
ance when contined to one sex, and should make all lepido-
pterists hesitate to use them alone for distinguishing new
genera.

XXXIX.—Description of anew Species of Vespertilio from
China. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

AMONG a collection of small mammals from Foochow, South
China, presented to the National Museum by Mr. C. B.
Rickett, occur two specimens, one in spirit and the other a
skin, of a very striking new species of bat, which may be
termed

Vespertilio (Leuconoé) Ricketti, sp. n.

General Characters.—Size large. Fur short. Feet and
claws enormously developed.

Detailed Characters.—F ur soft, close and velvety. Muzzle
well-clothed, set with bristly whiskers, very much as in
V. mystacinus. Hind legs, both above and below, clothed to

Vespertilio from China. 301

the ankles, as is the basal half of the interfemoral and the
surface of the calear. Wings quite naked. Ears of medium
length, laid forward in a spirit-specimen they do not reach to
the tip of the muzzle; their inner basal lobe small, square,
but not sharply angular; inner margin at first straight, then
evenly convex to just below the tip, where there is a slight
concavity, tip narrowly rounded off; outer margin slightly
concave in its upper, convex in its lower half; a notch oppo-
site the base of the tragus. Tragus rather short, slightly
curyed outwards; inner margin convex, outer straight, tip
rounded off; outer basal lobe well developed. Thumb with
a very long slender claw. Interfemoral membrane very acute-
angled in the centre, the tail projecting by one vertebra from
it; calcar very long, extending fully four fifths towards the
tail. Hind feet exceedingly large and provided with remark-
ably elongated claws, whose length, measured in a straight
line from base to tip, is greater than the distance from tip to
tip of the upper canines; the length of the whole foot with
the claws is nearly equal to that of the lower leg.

Whole of upper surface drab (Ridgway), the region between
the ear and muzzle somewhat darker. Under surface white,
the bases of the hairs inconspicuously plumbeous.

Upper incisors large, subequal, the inner bi-, the outer
tricuspid. Second premolar in both jaws small, internal to
the tooth-row. Lower incisors transverse, overlapping.

Dimensions of the type (B. M. 94.9.1.22), an adult female
in spirit :—

Head and body 69 millim., tail 48, ear 18, tragus (inner
margin) 62, forearm 58, middle finger 94; lower leg and
foot with claws 38, lower leg only 22; calcar 18; longest
claw 6°3.

The forearm of the skin measures 55 millim.

Hab. Foochow, 8. China. Coll. C. B. Rickett, April and
November 1894.

This bat at first sight, mainly from its size and general colo-
ration, resembles Vespertilio murinus, but is clearly a member
of the subgenus Leuconoé as defined by Dobson, and among
the species of that group there does not appear to be any one
to which it is especially closely allied, while it is considerably
the largest of them ail.

The object of its extraordinarily long and pointed claws it
is difficult to guess; and I hope that Mr. Rickett may follow
up his discovery of the species by finding out something as
to its habits which may afford an explanation of this struc-
tural peculiarity.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 21

302 Capt. T. Broun on new

XL.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New
Zealand. By Captain Tos. Broun.

SincE the publication of my last paper in the Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. for 1893 (vol. xii.) the researches of several gentle-
men, whose names appear in the following pages, have enabled
me to add nine new genera and ninety-five species to the list.
The species now known to exist amount in round numbers to
two thousand seven hundred and sixty.

The numbers (‘ No. 2324,” for instance) refer to species
described in the ‘ Manual of New Zealand Coleoptera.’

List of Species.

Group CNEMACANTHIDZ.

Mecodema scitulum.
lineatum.
Metaglymma modicum.
oregoide.

Group Licrn1pz.
Dichrochile cephalotes.

Group ANCHOMENIDZ.

Ctenognathus actochares.
Tarastethus strenuus.
dubius.

—— simulans.

Group FERonmp2z.

Pterostichus Lewisi.
Sympiestus modestus.

Group Zotipz.
Zolus femoralis,

Group ANISODACTYLID.

Lecanomerus pallipes.

Group HypRopumipz,
Cyloma Stewarti. ©

Group ALEOCHARIDZ.

Ocalea crepera.
Calodera sericophora.
eranifer,

—— diversa.

—— vestita.

—— tumidella.

—— hituberculata.
fungicola.
Aleochara semifusca.
Encephalus latulus.

Group XANTHOLINIDZ,
Othius puncticeps.

Group STaPHYLINID2.

Cafius algophilus,
Quedius sciticollis.
conspicuellus,
— scutellaris,
—— puncticollis.
—— ambiguus.
—— taieriensis.

Group PapERIDz.
Lithocharis ceca.
Hyperomma sanguineum.

Group OMaLupz.
Omalium fusciventre,
— australe.
—— Philpotti.
—— perplexum.

Group Cnemacanthide.
Mecodema scitulum, sp. n.

Shining, black, tarsi and antenn nigro-piceous.

Head constricted immediately behind the eyes, this part

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 303

with fine punctures; it is nearly smooth behind ; the lateral
ruge, as well as those in front, are neither numerous nor deep ;
on the forehead there are six deep longitudinal striz, near
each eye there is a puncture with four or five sete. Labrum
smooth, broadly rounded in front, with six setigerous punc-
tures. Eyes distant from thorax, rather small, very promi-
nent, the gene swollen below them. Mandibles elongate,
wrinkled. Antenne stout, the basal four joints nude, the
others pubescent. Thorax slightly broader than long (7x6
millim.), widest near the front, very gradually narrowed
backwards, a good deal but not abruptly narrowed near the
base, the posterior angles obtusely rectangular, apex slightly
and widely incurved, base subtruncate ; the lateral margins
are entire, somewhat dilated and rounded in front, with eight
or ten setigerous punctures along each ; basal fossee not large,
close to the sides but not reaching the base; there is a slight
impression between them, the central groove hardly extends
beyond the frontal curvate impression, the short longitudinal
strie near the front and base are scarcely discernible, and the
transverse striole on the disk are rather fine and do not reach
the sides. Elytra elongate, a little narrowed towards the
shoulders ; they are punctate-striate, the punctures are rather
close and moderately fine throughout ; the seventh and ninth
interstices are slightly elevated, the former have about four
punctures; the sculpture of the lateral channels is shallow
and indefinite, but several irregularly-placed punctures are
visible ; there are two large punctures behind the scutellum,
the base itself is rather depressed and smooth ; there are very
few sete behind. Legs elongate; front tibie simple, the
middle pair somewhat angulate at the outer extremity.

Underside shining black, nearly smooth. Head with six
setigerous punctures in a transverse series on the raised part
behind the mentum. Last ventral segment with one punc-
ture near each side.

In M. simplex, Castelnau, the outer striz of the elytra have
large square punctures; there are several other differences,
but, on the whole, it is the nearest ally.

9. Length 13, breadth 4 lines.

Northern Wairoa. ‘The Hon. E. Mitchelson was kind

enough to send me a specimen.

Mecodema lineatum, sp. 0.

Elongate, slightly convex, shining; black, legs nigro-
piceous, the palpi and glabrous joints of the antenne rufo-

iceous.
p 21*

304 Capt. T. Broun on new

Head not broad, the back part with rug and punctures
intermingled; the sides and forehead bear longitudinal
wrinkles, the middle is nearly smooth ; near each eye there
is a large puncture, with a cluster of four or five long sete
arising therefrom. Labrum rounded in front, with six seti-
gerous punctures there; there is a central depression at the
base from which several ruge radiate. Mandibles rather
short and thick, wrinkled. Hyes prominent. The antenne
reach to beyond the middle of the thorax, the last six joints
bear fine pubescence. Thoraw almost as long as broad (53 X
6 millim.), abruptly contracted near the base, which is a little
emarginate ; this narrow portion has straight sides and rect-
angular angles; the sides, from the anterior angles back-
wards, are but little rounded for two thirds of their length,
the margins are suberenate, having eight or ten setigerous
punctures along each ; the front and base have short longi-
tudinal rug, the transversal striz on the disk become deeper
near the sides, the median groove does not attain the apex,
the basal fossee are rather small, they are close to the sides
and become sulciform towards the base. Hlytra elongate-
oval, slightly and gradually narrowed towards the shoulders,
with numerous elongate sete behind; on each elytron, near
the suture, there are two nearly regular series of moderate
punctures, connected by very feeble linear marks that can
hardly be termed striz; the punctiform sculpture outside
these is more irregular and a little coarser, the posterior
sculpture is coarse and confused, and is mixed with many fine
wrinkles; on the dorsum there are numerous short, trans-
versal, feebly impressed lines. Legs elongate ; intermediate
tibie moderately asperate; front tarsi with the external
angles of the basal three joints somewhat prolonged.

Underside black. Mentwm with two setigerous punctures,
‘ts central tooth almost bifid. Penultimate articulation of the
labial palpi bisetose. Back of the head covered with short
rugosities. Prosternum medially rounded in front, nearly
smooth along the middle, its flanks with rather shallow
distant punctures. esosternum transversely wrinkled, its
sides with punctiform sculpture. A/etasternum nearly smooth,
there being only a few rugz behind. Terminal ventral seg-
ment with two setigerous punctures at each side of the middle.

I do not think this can be Castelnau’s UM. erenicolle, which
is larger and differently marked. Redtenbacher’s JM. crena-
ticolle is described as being ‘ obscure cupreo-eeneo,” a term
manifestly inapplicable to MZ. lineatum. These seem to be
the nearest allies.

g. Length 11}, breadth 33 lines.

Papakura (Ligar’s Bush). One male.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 305

Metaglymma modicum, sp. n.

Glossy, black ; legs, antennz, and palpi pitchy red.

Head rather large, smooth, constricted behind the eyes, and
with a fine linear transverse impression above, the inter-
antennal furrow deep. yes convex and prominent. Man-
dibles estriate, long and stout. Antenne with fine distinct
pubescence on the six terminal joints, the basal joint quite
red. Thorax about one seventh broader than long, very
much but not abruptly contracted behind; the sides mode-
rately rounded, with rather narrow simple margins; posterior
angles rectangular but blunt, the base and apex only slightly
incurved ; the disk is smooth and slightly convex, the dorsal
groove is not deep and does not reach the apex; the basal
fossee are rather small, deep, and punctiform, they are situated
close to the sides but at some little distance from the base.
Elytra oblong, narrowed towards the shoulders, broadly
rounded behind ; each elytron has eight dorsal, well-marked,
closely and distinctly punctured strie; the two sutural are
not so deep as the outermost; the first, third, and fifth inter-
stices are a little wider than the others; the smooth area
between the eighth and marginal striz is somewhat convex,
the posterior sculpture is coarse and irregular, the base is
smooth. The outer extremity of the front tibia is prolonged
but not dilated externally, the middle pair are but little
asperate and only moderately dilated, and the posterior are
smooth and hardly at all incrassate at the apex.

The fourth (apical) ventral segment has two punctures on
each side of the middle at the apex, and each side of the
thorax bears about six sete, the normal condition in this
genus. The labrum is usually broadly rounded, but in this
species it is widely emarginate in the middle.

This is smaller than No. 2324, its nearest ally ; the thoracic
fossee are not large, nor do they extend inwards as in that
species ; the legs are more slender and the hind tarsi are more
elongate, besides other differences.

Underside smooth and shining.

8. Length 7, breadth 2} lines.

Wellington. Mr. J. H. Lewis caught this on the sea-
beach.

Metaglymma oregoide, sp. n.

Elongate, moderately narrow, slightly convex; brilliant,
pitchy black, the legs, antenne, and palpi piceo-rufous.
Head smooth, with a well-marked transverse linear impres-

306 Capt. T. Broun on new

sion behind the eyes; the inter-antennal furrow is not deep,
and there is no longitudinal groove between the side of the
forehead and the mandible. yes small but prominent.
Labrum rounded. Thorax elongate (32 millim. long by 4
broad), only slightly wider before the middle than it is else-
where, very gradually narrowed posteriorly, its sides but little
curved and only indistinctly marginated, the hind angles
obtuse and indistinct; the surface is smooth, the central
channel is rather fine and does not reach the apex, the basal
fossee are small and punctiform and are about as far from the
sides as they are from the base. lytra oblong-oval, finely
margined, the shoulders rounded ; on each elytron there are
eight rather fine strie, they are only feebly impressed near
the smooth base, the eighth does not extend as tar forwards
as the middle thigh; they are only finely punctured, the
sculpture becomes coarse and irregular behind.

The antenne reach backwards to the middle of the thorax,
their five or six terminal joints bear more fine pubescence
than do those of M. monilifer. The external apical prolon-
gation of the front tibie extends about as far as the apex of
the basal joint of the tarsi, the outer extremity of the middle
pair is angularly produced to the same extent as that of
M. monilifer, the posterior are only slightly incrassate. ‘The
terminal joint of the maxillary palpi is moderately slender.

There is no species of Metaglymma like this ; it looks more
like Castelnau’s Oregus inequalis. The thorax is very
similar, there being no abrupt posterior contraction; the
space beyond the eighth elytral stria and also the marginal
channel are nearly smooth, there being only some shallow
punctures.

Length 74, breadth 23 lines.

Christchurch. Found by Mr. Suter in his garden.

Group Licinide.

Dichrochile cephalotes, sp. n.

Subdepressed ; the head, thorax, and scutellum dull pitchy
black, with dense minute granular sculpture; elytra shining,
violaceo-piceous, the margins paler; the legs and basal joint
of the antenne pale brown, joints 4 to 11 of these latter
darker, opaque, and pubescent.

Head large, as long (mandibles exclusive) but not as
broad as the thorax; the sides but little rounded and only
slightly narrowed behind the eyes; there are four more or
less evident interocular punctures. yes only moderately

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 307

convex. Antenne filiform, attaining the middle thighs, their
second joint obviously shorter than the third. Thorax about
a third broader than long, widest before the middle, more, yet
only very gradually, narrowed behind than in front; poste-
rior angles rounded, the anterior nearly rectangular ; lateral
margins rather fine, the apical and basal still finer; the apex
widely, the base more deeply incurved; its surface rather
flat, with some indistinct transverse ruge, the central channel
not abbreviated ; basal fossee represented by elongate impres-
sions extending about halfway towards the front, they are
hardly broader than the median groove; there are two shallow
curvate impressions near each side in front. lytra oblong-
oval, obliquely, but hardly at all sinuously, narrowed apically ;
their striz are sharply impressed but impunctate; there is a
short scutellar stria on each, 3 to 7 are more or less irregu-
larly interrupted or confused behind ; interstices broad, not
convex, third bipunctate, sixth sometimes punctured.

Underside piceous; the head with a broad smooth line
along the middle, elsewhere finely wrinkled.

This species may be distinguished from D. anthracina, its
nearest ally, by the silky opacity of the anterior half of the
body, the larger head, unusually thick mandibles, more basally
narrowed thorax, and by the peculiar colour of the elytra.

9. Length 43, breadth 13 lines.

Ngatira, near the Rotorua railway. One female.

Group Anchomenida.

Ctenognathus actochares, sp. n.

Black, shining ; the femora and the first and third antennal
joints more or less piceous ; the remaining joints of the latter,
as well as the tarsi and palpi, are rufous; tibiee usually pitchy
red.

Head oviform, the constriction behind the eyes continued
above as a more or less evident impression; the middle is
convex. Thorax large, only about a sixth broader than long,
widest near the middle; its sides rounded, with broad channels
and reflexed margins; they are sinuate-angustate behind, but
there is a very short straight space near the posterior angles ;
these are nearly rectangular, but generally obtuse; the base
is truncate or almost so in the middle, but its sides are slightly
curved forwards; the dorsal furrow is broad, and, as seen
from the sides, does not reach the base or apex; the disk has
some obsolete undulating striz, and the depression or fossa
near each hind angle is more or less curvedly prolonged

308 Capt. T. Broun on new

forwards inside the lateral channel. lytra broad, their sides
slightly rounded and a good deal obliquely narrowed poste-
riorly ; the base is incurved and has distinct raised margins ;
the strie are deep and regular, the interstices are broad and
slightly convex, the subapical puncture on the third is seldom
distinct. The éarsz are grooved along each side of the middle,
the anterior less evidently than the others.

This should be placed near No. 45, which most nearly
resembles it. 'The thorax of C. actochares is more cordiform,
it seems longer, and the basal portion and_ angles are very
different. The eyes are rather longer. The last ventral
segment has five punctures along each side of the middle in
some examples, but only two in others.

g. Length 64, breadth 23 lines.

Wellington. Found inside the harbour and along the
coast outside by Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Tarastethus strenuus, sp. 0.

Shining, rufo-castaneous; palpi fulvescent, legs and an-
tenne chestnut-yellow.

Head with broad frontal impressions, the space between
the antenne distinctly punctured. Thorax about one fifth
broader than long, the apex almost, if not quite, as wide as
the base, this latter feebly emarginate ; its sides moderately
rounded, behind the middle they are narrowed but hardly at
all sinuate, with rectangular posterior angles; the central
channel is not deep and nearly reaches the apex, the basal
fosse are obsolete, the whole basal region is rather closely
punctured. lytra broader than the thorax, ovate-oblong,
the lateral margins broad as far as the apical sinuosities ; they
are only moderately punctate-striate.

Larger than J. punceticollis, the thoracic margins finer ;
the elytra more broadly rounded apically, the striz less deep
and their punctures less coarse and not so close; the outer
strie obsolete near the shoulders; the subapical plice are
well developed. As my specimen is a little immature, the
ordinary colour is probably piceous.

In 7. alpinalis the eyes are less convex, the basal fosse of
the thorax are well marked, but the punctures near the base -
are not nearly so numerous or close, the central space (and
that near each side) is nearly smooth, and the basal region, as
seen from behind, appears depressed.

@. Length 23, breadth quite 1} lines.

Napier (Hastwell). One, found by Mr, H. Suter.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 309

Tarastethus dubius, sp. n.

Nitid, piceous, slightly rufescent; the legs, antenne, and
palpi rufo-testaceous.

Head more or less punctate across the middle. Thorax
about a sixth broader than long, slightly narrower in front
than at the base, the sides only moderately curved, gradually
and not sinuously narrowed behind; basal angles rectan-
gular; the discoidal furrow almost reaches the base and apex,
the whole basal region is rather flat and closely punctate, but
the fossee are shallow, narrow, and indistinct. Hlytra broader
than the thorax, their grooves and punctures rather fine, the
former more distinct behind, but more or less obliterated near
the base ; the posterior carinz normal.

This is closely allied to T. strenuus, and future research
may prove that it is a varietal form only; the elytra, how-
ever, are certainly different in shape, they are gradually nar-
rowed backwards from the middle thighs, and the sides and
margins become narrow before reaching the apical sinuations.

Length 22, breadth 1} lines.

Wellington. A mounted specimen was sent to me by
Mr. G. V. Hudson, numbered 141. The abdomen is not
distinctly punctured.

Tarastethus simulans, sp. n.

Rufo-piceous, shining; legs reddish, the antenna, palpi,
and tarsi rufo-testaceous.

This makes a near approach to T. puneticollis (No. 1799),
but differs therefrom in having rather larger but less convex
eyes. The forehead is more or less distinctly punctured,
The thorax is broader, its posterior narrowing is longer and
more gradual; the basal fosse are large, when seen from the
side they appear well limited, but they extend towards the
middle as broad depressions, which is not the case in No. 1799;
the basal punctuation is not so close, some parts being nearly
smooth ; the lateral rims are finer towards the front, the disk
is quite free from the minute scattered punctures visible in
Sharp’s 7. puncticollis, and there is a curvate impression in
front. The elytra are less narrowed posteriorly ; the apices,
indeed, are rather broadly rounded, and the outer striz are
not so deeply impressed. The anterior tarsi have the fourth
joints somewhat prolonged underneath in the form of mem-
branous lobes.

Underside more or less punctate; the middle of the abdo-

310 Capt. T. Broun on new

men, the epipleure, and the flanks of the prosternum are
smooth.

Length 22, breadth 13 lines.

Capleston, Westland. ‘Two examples found by Mr. Cavell.

Group Feroniida.

Pterostichus Lewist, sp. n.

Elongate, subparallel, only slightly convex, shining ; black,
the tarsi and antenne piceous.

Head rather large, much narrower than the thorax, with a
few fine, sometimes obsolete, transverse striz bebind, and
some oblique or curved ones between the eyes; frontal im-
pressions elongate. Thorax not appreciably broader than
long (6 x 64 millim.), slightly wider near the front than it is
elsewhere, the sides but little rounded, gradually and slightly
narrowed behind the middle; the posterior angles are rectan-
gular, but in one example there is a slight thickening of the
margins that causes the angles to appear prominent; across
the surface there are some fine strize; the deep dorsal channel
is somewhat expanded towards, but does not reach, the front
margin; there is a rounded impression near each anterior
angle; the basal fosse are a little flattened externally and
generally exhibit a smaller outer fovea in each; the middle
of the base is slightly depressed and wrinkied. lytra
slightly narrowed towards the dentiform shoulders, the apices
broadly rounded; each elytron has seven discoidal striz,
these are much interrupted; here and there the elongate
impressions are replaced by punctures, the sculpture becomes
coarser behind.

Scutellum striate. Thorax with four or five sete on each
side. he last ventral segment in the male has two punctures
at each side of the middle, the female has three.

Like No. 1791 (P. trregularis). The surface less glossy ;
the gene more swollen behind the eyes; the inter-antennal
groove shorter, in the transverse direction ; the second joint
of the antenne rather longer; the sculpture of the head and
thorax very much finer; the humeral angles are more denti-
form and the sculpture of the elytra is different, the large
punctiform depressions seen in P. trregularis being almost
absent in this species.

Length 94, breadth 3% lines.

Wellington. Four examples were found in a ravine
behind the city at different times by Mr. J. H. Lewis, whose
name has been given to the species.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 311

Sympiestus modestus, sp. n.
Oblong, subparallel, shining, pitchy black; legs rufo-

piceous, antenne red, tarsi and palpi pale red.

Head evidently narrower than the thorax, with large,
broad, smooth frontal impressions. yes very convex and
prominent. Thorax subquadrate, about one fifth broader
than long, its sides slightly sinuate-angustate behind the
middle, posterior angles exactly rectangular, the anterior
rounded; the dorsal groove scarcely reaches the apex and is
very narrow near the base; the basal fossa are elongate and
sulciform, the space between these is slightly depressed.
Elytra ovate-oblong, the three sutural striz on each are dis-
tinctly punctured, but the punctuation becomes obsolete
behind ; the fourth is interrupted or less distinct at the base,
the outer striz are more or less effaced.

In this genus the species are difficult to separate satisfac-
torily unless they are compared side by side. ‘The following
notes will aid their identification.

No. 1804, the typical species, is larger than S. modestus ;
the basal joint of the antenne is darker than the others, the
elytra are less glossy than the thorax, which latter has slightly
obtuse basal angles. ‘These characters are not applicable to
S. modestus.

No. 1338.— Frontal impressions distinctly sculptured,
almdst quite punctate; eyes less convex than in S. modestus.

No. 1805.—Strie of elytra narrow and finely punctured,
so that the striz are more conspicuous than their punctures,
just the reverse of what is seen in the other species ; its eyes
are like those of No. 1338 but are rather smaller.

No. 2439.—This is a larger insect with very conspicuous
eyes.

6. Length 24, breadth ¢ lines.

Dyer’s Pass, Canterbury. One example, found by
Mr. Suter in June 1893.

Group Zolide.

Zolus femoralis, sp. n.

Subovate, rather elongate, a little convex, shining ; pitchy
black, elytral margins and mandibles red, the antenna, palpi,
tibie, and tarsi yellowish red.

Head rather small, with a groove near each eye, the frontal
impressions elongate and rather shallow. Thorax almost as
long as it is broad, a little wider at the base than in front;
the sides before the middle are moderately rounded, near the

a12 Miscellaneous.

base they extend outwards, only very slightly, however ;
between the base and the middle there is a moderate sinuation ;
the posterior angles are rectangular; the dorsal groove almost
reaches the apex and is quite distinct behind; the basal fosse
are very large, but become shallow near the central groove ;
the punctuation near the base is feeble, the plica near each
side is well marked. lytra oval, much broader than the
thorax, the lateral margins and channels broad; their strie,
though distinct, are not deep nor broad, and they are only
very finely punctured; the fifth is bordered behind by
distinct caring ; interstices broad, not convex, the third tri-
punctate ; at each side near the shoulder there are three or
four setigerous punctures, there are similar ones behind.

There are two setigerous punctures on the forehead and one
near the back part of each eye. The antenne barely attain
the middle thighs ; their second joint is as long as the first, it
is nearly glabrous ; the third is nearly bare at the base. The
jront tarsi are narrow; their basal joint is shorter than the
terminal one, the second is longer than broad; the third and
fourth are cordiform, the latter is shorter than the former.

The nearest species is Z. carinatus (No. 1339). This is a
little narrower, with a shorter thorax; its sides are more
rounded at and before the middle and more sinuated behind ;
the basal impressions are larger, but the: punctures there are
much finer and less numerous; the last puncture on the third
interstice is situated behind the posterior femur, in No. 1339
it is placed in line with the front of the thigh; the scutellar
striole are represented by series of fine punctures ; the apices
of the elytra are more broadly rounded; the hind tarsi are
feebly grooved above.

9. Length 33, breadth 13 lines.

Wellington. I received my specimen from Mr. J. H.
Lewis ; he found it on the 2nd September, 1893.

[To be continued. |

MISCELLANEOUS.

A new instance of Commensalism: Association of Worms of the
Genus Aspidosiphon with Madreporarian Polyps and a Bivalve
Mollusk, By M. E.-L. Bouvier.

In their ‘ Monographie des Turbinolides,’ published in 1848, Milne-
Edwards and Jules Haime mentioned the association of Gastropod
mollusks with Madreporarian polyps, which they subsequently
assigned (‘ Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires,’ t. ii. p. 51, 1857, and

Miscellaneous, ole

t. iii. p. 63, 1860) to the genera Heterocyathus, Heteropsammia, and
Stephanoseris, This phenomenon of commensalism likewise attracted
the attention of Deshayes (‘ Catalogue des Mollusques de Vile de la
Réunion,’ p. 65, 1863), who considered the commensals of the polyps
to be Gastropods with disunited whorls, and formed for them the
genus Cryptobia in the family Vermetide. Deshayes gives a precise
description of the respiratory perforations which traverse the skele-
ton of the polyps, to terminate at the body of their host ; he observes,
moreover, that the shell of the mollusk persists as far as the external
orifice in Heteropsamma, but not in Heterocyathus, that its disunited
whorls have not the smooth and glossy surface possessed by those
which remain in contiguity, and, finally, that there is reason to
attribute this difference to a “‘ progressive dissolution of the skeletal
matter of the coral, the pores of which would have been filled up by
the mollusk.”

Thanks to the rich material which Dr. Jousseaume collected at
Aden, and very kindly handed over to me, I have been able to renew
the study of this question, and have arrived at the following curious
results :—

The polyps belonging to the genera Heterocyathus and Hetero-
psammaa attach themselves, probably on emerging from the embry-
onic stage, to the empty but always very small shells of various
Gastropods ; as soon as they have become fixed they receive as
commensals young Gephyreans of the genus Aspidosiphon, which
take up their abode in the cavity of the shell and coil themselves
into a corresponding spiral. The two commensals then develop
simultaneously—the polyp spreading more and more over the shell,
which it completely covers, and finally extends beyond; the worm
growing on its part in the shape of a spiral with disunited coils,
and producing in the calcareous tissue of the polyp a cavity of the
same shape, which prolongs that of the shell and opens to the exte-
rior by a rounded orifice.

Simultaneously with the growth of the polyp and its host the
latter secretes a tube in prolongation of that of the shell, but differing
from it by being less thick, by its intimate union with the skeleton
of the coral, as also by the aspect of its internal surface, which is
neither smooth nor lustrous like that of the shell: in Heteropsammia
the tube thus formed extends in the majority of cases to the external
orifice; in Heterocyathus, on the other hand, it develops more
slowly, and does not reach this aperture. In order to keep itself in
direct communication with the respirable medium, the worm
dissolves the surrounding calcareous elements, following certain lines
normal to its surface, and thus gives rise to linear perforations
which serve for the entry and exit of the ambient water. The
formation of air-holes of this description is doubtless due to the
solvent action exerted upon the calcareous matter by the secretion
of certain cutaneous glands.

The worms commensal with the polyps are provided with a long
extensile proboscis and two solid shields, formed by the juxtaposition
of corneous pieces. The proboscis terminates in a peribuccal wreath

314 Miscellaneous.

of short tentacles, and exhibits upon its surface a number of trans-
verse rows of pointed hooks; it is a prehensile organ employed by
the animal to capture its prey; but it also serves, thanks to its
hooks, for the locomotion of the two commensals, for M. Jousseaume
has seen it protruded by the worm and applied to the bottom, as if
to find a point of support, and then contracted so as to drag the
polyp along. The shields are two in number, as in all the species
of the genus Aspidosiphon: the first is grooved with transverse
striations in front and longitudinal striations behind, and is situated
at the base of the proboscis, near the anus; the second occupies the
posterior extremity of the worm, and is circular in shape, with
radial grooves. I know not what is the réle of this latter, but the
anal shield closes the orifice of the tube when the animal is retracted,
and consequently acts as a defensive operculum.

These worms belong to two new species, one of which inhabits
Heteropsammia and the other Heterocyathus. The former greatly
resembles Aspidosiphon mirabilis, Théel, from the Swedish seas, but
differs from it by reason of its habitat, in the shape of its nephridia,
and in the number of the coils in its digestive tract ; the latter is allied
to a Malayan species, Aspidosiphon ravus, Sluiter, from which it is
readily distinguished by the grooves in its shields. Since Deshayes
has proposed for the Gastropods which he believed to be commensal
with the two polyps the names Cryptobia heteropsammiarum and
C. Michelini, it will be well to designate the Gephyrean of Hetero-
psammia Aspidosiphon heteropsamnuarum, and that of Heterocyathus
A. Michelini.

The commensalism of the Aspidosiphon is complicated, at least in
the case of A, Michelini, by the presence of the young of a very
small Lamellibranch mollusk (Kellia Deshayesi, Jousseaume, sp. 0.),
which takes up its abode in the cavity inhabited by the worm, and
shelters itself in the depressions in the surface of the latter; when
the commensals are adult the number of these bivalves amounts to
about a dozen. They derive their sustenance from the current of
water which passes into the interior of the spiral cavity through
the linear perforations of the polyps.

We may sum up our results as follows:—(1) The commensal of
Heteropsammia and Heterocyathus is a worm of the genus Aspido-
siphon, and not a Gastropod; (2) each polyp has its particular
species, and develops concurrently with it; (8) the polyps attach
themselves to various shells, and not to those of a distinct genus ;
(4) the rugose tube by which the shells are continued does not
belong to their substance, but is formed by the worm; (5) the
association of the worm and the polyp is complicated, at least in
the case of Heterocyathus, by the presence of a third commensal in
the shape of a bivalve mollusk.

Setting aside this latter animal, the commensalism of Aspido-
siphon with the polyps reminds us in every respect of that of Para-
pagurus pilosimanus with the colonies of Epizoanthus.—Comptes
Rendus, t. cxix. no. 1 (July 2, 1894), pp. 96-98.

Miscellaneous. 315

The Porson-Gland of Chilopod Myriapoda.
By M. O. Dusosce.

In spite of the recent investigations of MacLeod, Souli¢, Zograf,
and Herbst, the poison-gland of Chilopod Myriapods is not well
understood. We know that in all Chilopods the orifice is situated
on the buccal side of the tip of the fang, that this orifice is succeeded
by a tubular chitinous duct which extends as far as the coxa of the
poison-claw, and that around the duct a tissue of a nacreous white
constitutes the gland, which has a cylindrical shape in Scolopendra,
but is piriform in the rest of the Chilopoda. But as to the actual
structure of the glandular tissue authors are entirely at variance.
Some (MacLeod, Herbst) describe around the duct large radiating
cells, which are said to have a nucleus at the base. Their opponents
(Soulié, Zograf) regard these pretended cells as glandular tubes with
multiple secreting cells. As for the muscles of the gland, since no
one has seen any sign of such structures, all suppose that the gland
is compressed by the adductor muscles of the poison-claws, the
result of which, however, would be to cause the poison to issue at
each movement of these foot-jaws.

According to my own researches the structure of the gland in
Scolopendra (Sc. cingulata, Latreille) is as follows :—

The excretory duct, which consists of very thick chitin, is divided
into two portions, an anterior one, which is non-glandular and
presents no peculiarity except more or less parallel thickenings,
giving it a faint resemblance to a trachea ; anda posterior glandular
portion, of the same thickness and the same calibre, but pierced with
olive-shaped foramina. These foramina haye been taken by many
to be little hollow protuberances attached around the excretory
duct ; this is due to the fact that the lining chitin is denser than
the uniting chitin, which is pale, whence the appearance of relief.
They do not occupy the whole of the surface of the posterior portion,
but only three fourths of it. The external region, to which the
groove of the gland corresponds, is destitute of them throughout its
length.

The glandular tissue seems to be disposed all round the excretory
duct, which apparently has a central position. In reality the duct
is superficial, since it is at the bottom of a longitudinal groove in
which ramify the trachee and the arteries of the gland. (The
nerves of the gland, derived from the nerve of the poison-claw,
spread out on the side opposite to the groove.) At the bottom of
the groove the chitin of the duct is not bare, but is clothed with a
columnar epithelium,

Around the duct and perpendicular to it there radiate a number
of glandular tubes, one of which inosculates with each foramen in
the duct. Each tube is conical or pyramidal in shape, with the
foramen in the duct as the apex of the cone. Their walls are con-
stituted by a delicate basal membrane, slightly chitinized, in which
we observe granular oval nuclei at intervals. The base alone is
occupied by little gland-cells, engaged in active proliferation. Each

316 Miscellaneous.

tube accordingly produces and contains a large quantity of poison.
The tubes have their common sides united together, and are, in
short, deep alveoli.

Between the tubes we find attached to their walls a number of
striated muscular fibres, which are readily distinguishable in well-
fixed preparations. These fibres are inserted on the one side by
their branching extremities in the excretory duct, on the other they
lose themselves in the external tunic of the gland, which is a mus-
cular plexus of a similar nature. They exhibit the ordinary trans-
verse striation, with alternating thick and thin disks, and a longi-
tudinal striation, which shows that they are composed of fibrille.
They have a number of oval granular nuclei, which are ordinarily
superficial ; sometimes, however, they occur in the thickness of the
fibre.

The external tunic of the gland is nothing but a muscular plexus,
the meshes of which are united by a chitinized basal substance.
Authors, having seen only the nuclei of the muscles, have described
it as an endothelium. ‘This plexus is thick and composed of several
layers on the face of the gland opposite to the groove. In the
neighbourhood of the groove the fibres are fewer in number and
less stout; they have the same structure as the deep fibres inter-
calated between the tubes.

Thus there is constituted a rich muscular apparatus for the com-
pression of the gland and the expulsion of the poison.

In the other Chilopods the structure is essentially the same.
Thus the poison-gland of Cryptops (C. hortensis, Leach) is fairly
similar; but the tubes are more elongated and not perpendicular.
There is no groove, and the duct is perforated over the whole of its
circumference. The muscles are very greatly developed, especially
in the tunic, and are disposed as in the case of Scolopendra.

The gland of Geophilus (G. longicornis, Leach) resembles that of

Cryptops. But the muscles of the tunic are no longer plexiform ;
they are large fibres as long as the gland, parallel one to another,
in a single layer, and fairly similar to all the muscular fibres of the
body.
In Lithobius (L. forficatus, Linn.) the tunic is a plexus of fibres ;
their muscular nature, however, is no longer evident. They are
fibres which, when treated with acids, prove to be composed of a
number of parallel fibrille, which are devoid of all trace of striation.
On their surface are large elliptical nuclei, with a very small
nucleolus. Since they resist the action of boiling water and acids,
I compare them with the muscular fibres, without believing in their
contractility.

The structure of the gland in Scutigera (S. coleoptrata, Linn.)
from a histological point of view is similar to that of Lithobius.
But the excretory duct remains short, and, since the gland descends
right into the coxa, the elongation of the poison-claw has here
occasioned an extreme elongation of the tubes.

At a future date I shall publish conclusions as to the nature of
the poison and its effects.— Comptes Rendus, t. exix. no. 5 (July 30,
1894), pp. 352-354.

Vol. 14.0 SIXTH SERIES. No, 83.

THE ANNALS |
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING —
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No, LXXXIIT.

NOV. 1894.

ons ait —
x Mae TY"

pe

: CONDUCTED BY ;
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH ONE PLATE,
Illustrative of Dr. R. H. Traquair’s Paper on Paleozoic Fishes.

LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.
Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld. ; Whittaker & Oo. 2B iigte P
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co Dublin: and y ee
Berlin. i 1 :

4 Ue Gieeas Caine Be

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA., —
Edited by F. D, GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i-xxxv.,
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. If. (Pp. 1-376, pls. xxxvi—lvii.)

Reptilia. By A. Ginrner. (Pp. 1-136, pls. i—xlv.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens, (Pp. 1-248,

ls. i.—Xv.
z Poin Araneidea. By O. Prckarp Campriper. (Pp. 1-144, pls. i.-
xv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLarnHipm &c.). By D. SHarp, A.
Marrtuews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-440, pls. i-xiii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Szrricornia). By C, O. WarernousE
and G. H. Horn. (Pp. 1-257, pls. ix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHopHora). By D.SHarp. (Pp. 1l-
168, pls. i.—vi.)

Gulsoptera:. Vol Vil Cinorniva).’ By HS. Gosuau (ep. age

Is. 1.x.

. te A Vol. I. ByP.Camrron. (Pp. 1-466, pls.i-xx.) Vol. IL
(Pp. 1-812, pls. i.—xili.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Satvin,
(Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-360, pls. xlvii.—
lxxxi.

pees Heterocera. Vol.I. By H. Druce. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. II.
(Pp. 1-184.) (Pls. i.-lviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol.I. By W. L. Disranr. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i.-v.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowter. (Pp. 1-24,

eds
: Bea. Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i-iii.)

Diptera. Vol. Il. By F. M. van pER Wo.pP. (Pp. 1-264, pls. i—vi.)

Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Witzisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1,, ii.)

Neuroptera. By A. E. Eaton, (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Orthoptera. By A. px Bormans, H. pr Saussure, and L, Zeunrner.
(Pp. 1-200, pls. i.-x.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCH AOLOGY.
By A. P. Maupsiay. (Pp. 1-64, pls. i—xeix.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrrr, 18 Princes Street,
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W.

Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s.,
THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND FISHES

OF

ST. ANDREWS.
By W. C. M‘INTOSH, M.D., F.RS.E., F.LS., &e.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Demy 8vo, pp. 138, price 3s, 6d.
THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF JAPAN.
By Dr. D. SHARP.
(Being a reprint from the Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. vols, ii. and iii.)

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 83. NOVEMBER 1894.

XLI.—On Euskelesaurus Brownii (Huxley).
By H. G. Szexey, F.R.S.*

Evsxetnsavrus Brownz was discovered by Mr. Alfred Brown,
of Aliwal North, at Barnard’s Spruit, Ward, 15 miles south
of Aliwal North. The remains were collected with some
difficulty at intervals, and three separate collections of bones
of the same animal were sent by Mr. Brown to Europe before
the further specimens in his possession were intrusted to me
in September 1889. Mr. Brown assures me that other por-
tions of the animal are still in the rock. He at first intended
his fossil for the National Museum, but forwarded it to
Sir R. I. Murchison, not knowing that the Geological
Society, Geological Survey, and Geological Department of
the British Museum were distinct institutions. The first
collection was the subject of a memoir by Professor Huxley
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxiii. p. 1, 1867). It gives an
elaborate discussion of the characters of the femora, which in
many ways resembled Megalosaurus. The tibia, fibula, and
tarsus are described. The collection included other bones,
some of which are recorded as fragments of two very large
flat bones, the large metatarsal and metacarpal, and fragments
which were not determined. Unfortunately no figure was
given of any of these specimens, and some of the less im-
portant I have not seen. A second collection was sent to

* Read before the Geological Society as Part 7 of “Contributions to
Knowledge of Saurischia,” June 22, 1894.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 22

318 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.
Sir R. I. Murchison, and acknowledged by him; but no

account of it was published, and I have been unable to trace
the specimens. Mr. Brown, finding that his fossil aroused
less interest in this country than might have been expected
from the interest taken in his discoveries in Cape Colony,
consigned a third box of the remains to the Museum of the
Jardin des Plantes, where the specimens are exhibited. Some
were figured by M. Paul Fischer (Nouv. Archiv. du Muséum,
Mém. tome vi. pls. x., xi.), and give evidence of caudal
vertebrae with chevron bones and the neural arch, distal row
of the tarsus, phalanges, and the nearly entire pubis, which I
found to be similar to the pubis of Massospondylus in
January 1889.

The further specimens entrusted to me by Mr. Brown
comprise the maxillary and premaxillary bone, a chevron-
bone, the expanded proximal part of a rib, three claw-
phalanges (and a fourth imperfect), and six digital phalanges
of the foot.

There are two vertebre in the Albany Museum from
Penhoek which are probably referable to the same species.
One of these gives the characters of the dorsal region, the
other is apparently a late caudal vertebra.

The osteology of the animal is therefore very imperfectly
known, since no part of the fore limb or shoulder-girdle
appears to have been preserved in the three known collections.
The vertebral column is almost untouched, and is apparently
still in the rock. The few specimens now available for study
seem to substantially support Prof. Huxley’s interpretation of
1866 * in indicating resemblances to Megalosaurus; the
resemblances are especially interesting with Massospondylus,
so that the type may be placed in the Saurischia in near asso-
ciation with the latter genus and Zanclodon, though with a
nearer approximation to Megalosaurus. ’

The evidences for these conclusions are given in the follow-
ing account of the several bones.

Premaxillary and Maxillary Bones of Kuskelesaurus
Brownii (Hualey). (Fig. 1.)

The left maxillary and premaxillary bones are exposed on
the internal aspect of the jaw, so as to define its form fairly
well except at the extremities of the premaxillary in front,

* Mr. R. Lydekker (Cat. Foss. Rept. Brit. Mus. pt. 4, 1890, p. 252)
refers this genus to the Stegosauride ; but no evidence has been given in
support of this determination, and I have observed no character common
to it and the Ornithischia.

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii. 319

the termination of the maxillary behind, and the extremity of
the ascending facial process above. The specimen has been
much decomposed by weathering, so that the palatal plate is
lost, as is almost all the internal bone defining the alveoli ;

Maxillary. ~ Pe Premaxillary.

Left maxilla of Euskelesaurus Brownit, showing successional teeth
in three alveoli. 5 nat. size.

so that they are mostly exposed as parallel oblong grooves, in
some of which the successional teeth are preserved. As pre-
served the jaw is 174 inches long and 8 inches deep below
the facial process.

The inferior alveolar border is gently convex in length,
especially beneath the facial process. Its margin appears to
be entire in front. The premaxillary suture is shown ascend-
ing in a straight line, at right angles to the alveolar margin
and oblique to the alveoli. It is within about 24 inches of
the anterior extremity, as indicated by the impression, from
which the bone is broken away below the nasal vacuity.
There are no indications of teeth in the premaxillary bone
exposed, and if the teeth were of the same size as in the
maxillary, there could not have been more than two alveoli
within its limits. In the maxillary bone eleven sockets are
easily traced, and there appear to have been twelve. The
jaw is formed much on the type of Megalosaurus from the
Stonesfield slate, except that there is no indication of a simi-
larly extended posterior attenuation of the maxillary bone,
and the nasal vacuity has a lower lateral position at the side
of the snout, indicating relatively small depth anteriorly for
the tooth-sockets. ‘The measurement below the narial margin
is 2? inches, so that the premaxillary teeth may have been
smaller than the maxillary teeth. ‘The nasal vacuity is longi-
tudinally ovate, 34 inches long and 1? inch deep in the ante-
rior half; its anterior border is well rounded, and a thin plate
of the premaxillary ascends to define its superior border.
There is no certain indication of the nasal bone on its upper
border ; but this may be due to conditions of preservation, for
the strength and breadth and direction of the facial maxillary

22*

320 = Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.

process tend to the conclusion that the head was deep in
front of the orbit. The measurement from the alveolar
border to the summit of the nasal vacuity in its middle length
is 54 inches.

The sockets for the teeth are deepest and widest at the back
of the nasal vacuity and below the facial process, where they
are in the maxillary bone; and they become shorter and
narrower as the jaw extends backward. The palatal contour
may probably be indicated by a line drawn through the bases
of the tooth-sockets, in which case it would be somewhat
concave in length, the middle region being straight and the
extremities descending concavely. The largest sockets are
more than 4 inches deep, while the hindermost can be little
more than 1 inch deep. Anteriorly the width of the sockets
is 1, inch, posteriorly it is barely 78) inch. The sockets are
vertical and parallel, separated by bony interspaces, which are
three or four tenths of an inch wide anteriorly, but narrower
behind. The depth of the jaw below the facial process is
fully 4 inches and its length behind that process is about
8 inches. The superior contour of this region is irregular
and broken.

Two successional teeth are preserved within the alveoli,
so as to give some conception of the form and character of the
crowns, which are compressed from side to side, broad, con-
vex on the anterior border, straight on the hinder border, with
the extremity well rounded; the anterior and_ posterior
margins are sharp and crenulate. The teeth have avery com-
pressed aspect, all the more remarkable from their extreme
width ; indications of these teeth in the maxillary bone are
seen in its third, fifth, and sixth alveoli in different stages of
development. As compared with Megalosaurus they are
much broader and less pointed.

The facial process extends for 34 inches behind the hinder
margin of the nasal vacuity, which appears to indent its base
in front. Its anterior margin inclines backward at an angle
of about 45°, and this surface is flattened as though for con-
tact with the nasal bone. ‘The posterior margin, as preserved,
is somewhat irregular, but nearly vertical, and it shows a
vertically ovate foramen about 4 inch in diameter near to the
border. There is nothing to indicate that it is the lachrymal
foramen. It is obviously situate in the position of the infra-
orbital foramen, which is preorbital.

Without entering now into the general question of the
nomenclature of the similar bones from Stonesfield referred
to Megalosaurus, from the Stonesfield slate, and from the
Inferior Oolite of Sherborne, which may possibly, from their

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownti. 321

different proportions, belong to different species or genera, it
is evident that in general massiveness this South-African
fossil departs perceptibly from those English types, and rather
approximates towards the shorter headed Teratosaurus, which
is provisionally identified with Zanclodon from the Trias, and
the American Ceratosaurus, which is said to be from Jurassic
rocks. In proportion of jaw the form is intermediate between
Ceratosaurus, Megalosaurus, and Zanclodon ; but the teeth in
the relative width and flatness recall Zanclodon rather than
other types.

The only other fragment known to me which may possibly
be referable to this type is a specimen in the Museum of the
Jardin des Plantes, recorded in my notebook as “ small
fragment of a jaw, much broken and not deep, with large
teeth in sockets. ‘The teeth are compressed, of an oval form
in section, with a large pulp-cavity, which is closed at the
base.”

Left Pubis. (Fig. 2.)

M. Paul Fischer gave an excellent discussion of the pubis
of Euskelesaurus. ‘There can remain no uncertainty as to its
osteological determination after comparison with the pubis in
Belodon, Staganolepis, Zanclodon, and Massospondylus, in
which genera all the pelvic bones are known. They have
the pubis more or less distinctly modified from the same plan.
M. Fischer’s figure (Nouv. Arch. Mus., Mém. t. vi. pl. xi.
fig. 15) is reversed, and represents the external aspect of the
lett pubis. The bone is rather more than 24 inches long,
thin and flat, with the anterior margin approximately straight,
but concave in its proximal half and slightly convex in its
distal half. ‘The distal end, as preserved, is fully 8 inches
wide. ‘The posterior border is less perfectly preserved. The
width of the bone steadily diminishes proximally till, at the
obturator notch, the width is 34 inches. Above that notch
the bone expands transversely in a hook-like form, to make
the superior articulation with the ilium, which is transverse
to the shaft, and the ischiac articulation at right angles to it.
The transverse width here is 7 inches. The thickness of the
bone at the acetabular and iliac surfaces is 3 inches. In the
upper fourth of its length the pubis is twisted, so that the
proximal surface makes an angle of about 45° with the flat
plate of the distal end. From this twist the inference may
be drawn that the ischium and pubis receded inward below
the acetabular part of the ilium. The anterior half of the
proximal surface has the aspect of having articulated with

322 ~=Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.

the ilium ; but the posterior half is somewhat concavely exca-
vated, as though it had contributed to the acetabulum.

The surface which appears to be the articulation for the
ischium is remarkably strong and irregularly four-sided, 24
inches deep, and wider above than below. It shows a carti-
laginous surface, and may possibly have been connected with
the ischium by a cartilage.

The pubes appear to have been directed downward and
forward, and, as M. Fischer has stated, to have met in the
median line; for at the transverse distal extremity along the
inner margin an oblique articular surface extends over the
bone, about an inch deep in the middle and rather narrower
towards the inner and outer borders.

~ Obturator notch.

External aspect of proximal end of left pubic bone of Fuskelesaurus
Brownn. 5 nat. size.

The pubis is constructed on the same plan as that of
Massospondylus, but differs in having the obturator foramen
or notch relatively smaller. The formation of the backwardly
directed process above the obturator foramen is very similar
in the pubes of Zanclodon, figured as sternum by Plieninger
(Jahreshefte, Wiirtt. 1857, t. xi. fig. 1), in which the bone
appears to retain the width of the plate from the distal end
upward to the obturator notch. But in the Tiibingen speci-
men, which I have referred to as Teratosaurus Quenstedtt,
there is no such development of a subacetabular process, and
the acetabular notch is much larger. In Staganolepis the bone
is apparently similar at the proximal end so far as the sub-
acetabular process is concerned ; but these are the only genera
known in which the pubis has a similarly expanded blade
and a hook-like proximal end.

I have no knowledge of the ischium or ilium.

Vertebral Column.
The only vertebrae of Huskelesaurus hitherto known are

————e

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii. 323

the early caudals collected by Mr. Alfred Brown, which are in
the museum of the Jardin des Plantes. The further materials
which are known to me are a fine chevron bone in the collec-
tion of Mr. A. Brown and two vertebre in the Albany
Museum, obtained from the top of Penhoek, about 500 feet
above the coal. One of these is a dorsal centrum and the
other a late caudal. There is necessarily no proof that they
belong to the same species; but they are preserved in a
similar yellowish matrix, and, being above the coal, belong
to the Stormberg or Zanclodont horizon, which I regard as
Trias. In osteological character and size they are similar to
the specimens collected by Mr. Brown.

Dorsal Vertebra.

The centrum hasamassive compact aspect, rather suggesting
that of a large Pliosaur. It is somewhat oblique. The
lateral margins are broken in front, and the inferior margin is
fractured behind, and from this circumstance probably the
anterior articular face appears to be narrower and deep, while
the posterior articular face appears to be wider. The centrum
is 43 inches long or a little more, but the measurement
augments slightly under the neural canal, indicative of an
arching of the back. The length corresponds closely with
that of the early caudal vertebra at Paris, which vary from
44 to 5inches. The articular faces are flattened, but slightly
concave. ‘The posterior face, which is best preserved, 1s 64
inches wide, and was originally deeper. The neural canal
excavates a concave channel in the upper part of the centrum;
it is 2 inches wide by 2 inches deep, and the articular face of
the centrum extends above its base both in front and behind.
There is no certain indication of sutural union between the
neural arch and the centrum, and the bone above the summit
of the neural canal is broken away. The base of the centrum
is rounded from side to side and moderately concave from
back to front. Above the middle of the side of the centrum
the vertebra is compressed from side to side and marked on
each side by a longitudinal concavity. The buttresses at the
side of the neural arch (which are usually developed below
the transverse process) diverge downward towards the anterior
and posterior margins of the centrum, so as to leave a well-
defined wedge-shaped notch excavation between them, which
is continuous with the side of the centrum below.

There is no evidence that this vertebra is a portion of
Mr. Alfred Brown’s animal; but it is manifest from the size

324 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.

of the early caudal vertebre that the limbs were very short
relatively to the allied reptiles of Europe.

Right Dorsal Rib.

Only one example of a dorsal rib has been collected by
Mr. Brown; it is numbered 57, a, 6,c. The proximal extre-
mity is not preserved, and it is imperfect distally. The
fragment is 104 inches long ; it shows a convex curve directed
outward and backward, is compressed from side to side
towards the proximal end, where it deepens. ‘The vertical
measurement, as preserved, is 34 inches, but the articular head
attached to the side of the centrum is lost, and the neck is
14 inch deep, convex in front, a little concave behind, narrow
above, and nearly an inch from side to side below. The
facet for attachment to the transverse process, about an inch
from side to side, appears to have been nearly vertical, notching
out the superior border of the rib. External to it the bone
contracts in dimensions; but as the superior surtace, which is
at first narrow, is prolonged outward it becomes widened and
flattened, reaching a width of more than 1 inch at the distal
termination, where the bone is 14 inch deep and subtriangular
in vertical section. The anterior aspect is flattened and the
posterior surface is marked by a groove in its upper third,
which originates behind the transverse process and is produced
parallel to the superior contour down the length of the bone.
This dorsal rib is relatively small, and from the other evidence
may be regarded as not improbably one of the last of the
series. ‘The want of definition of the tubercular surface by a
distinct neck may be in favour of this position in the skeleton.
No affinities are deducible from the characters here shown.

Early Caudal Vertebre.

The tail of Huskelesaurus is shown by the early vertebra
described by M. Fischer to have been both strong and elon-
gated. The centrum is about 44 inches long in most
vertebra. ‘The transverse process, as preserved, only extends
outwards for about 3 inches.

The neural arch is compressed from side to side above the
transverse processes. ‘The zygapophyses are well developed.
The anterior process is directed forward and the facet looks
upward ; the posterior facet looks downward. The posterior
pair were separated by a narrow notch. ‘The neural spine is
broken away. The height of the neural arch, as preserved,
is 4 inches; its transverse width at the base exceeds 3 inches ;

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii. 325

it does not appear to be in close sutural union with the
centrum. The longest centrum is fully 5 inches long on the
base and 43 inches along the neural canal, showing that in
natural sequence the caudal vertebrae were concave on the
superior contour. The posterior face of that centrum is
6 inches high.

The chevron bones in the Jardin des Plantes in some cases
are preserved 7 s¢tu, and in every case the extremity of the
bone is imperfect, the longest specimen being only 8 inches
long. ‘They are inclined obliquely backward, attached chiefly
to the posterior face of the centrum. The bone is compressed
from side to side and cleft at the proximal end for 3 inches.

The transverse width over the fork is 2? inches and the
antero-posterior extent is 12 inch. In front the forked part
of the process is flattened ; as it extends distally it becomes
rounded. At the distal fracture the bone is ¢ inch thick and
14 inch wide.

The Chevron-Bone. (Fig. 3.)

Mr. Brown’s chevron-bone appears to be 14 inches long ;
but it is in two portions, 104 and 44 inches long, and the con-
tinuity between them (fig. 8, A A) is not quite certain, though
they correspond in size and thickness.

The proximal surface is 3} inches wide, Fig. 3.
crescentic, fully 14 inch deep in the middle,
convex on the anterior margin, flattened or
concave on the posterior margin, and con-
cave from side to side. It would appear
to have articulated with the hinder margin
of the centrum, as in the specimens figured A
by Mons. Paul Fischer. There appears to |
have been a transverse connexion of the -
articular facets of the two sides, in the <5
manner described by Professor Huxley in (heyron-bone of cau-
some genera of Dinosaurs; but a fracture dal vertebra of Eu-
having traversed the median line, this selesawrus Brownii.
condition is not absolutely certain. The iy epee
V-shaped excavation beneath the articular ain
surface is small in front, not being more than 24 inches long
and less than $ inch wide. On the posterior surface the
width appears to be greater. Below the articulation the bone
rapidly contracts in width, and in its compressed form, with
the parallel anterior and posterior borders, has much the aspect
of acostal rib. The anterior convexity in length is most
marked towards its lower part. The bone is somewhat flat-
tened in front in its middle portion, though convex from side

326 ~— Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.

to side in its upper part, and compressed from side to side in
what I regard as its distal extremity. The posterior border
is much more compressed than the anterior border. In the
middle length the antero-posterior measurement is 13 inch
and the thickness 1 inch. In the last two inches the anterior
border retreats, so that the extremity becomes smaller, though
it widens a little from side to side, and terminates in an ovate
surface 14 inch from front to back and about $ inch wide.
This surface is rough, as though it were cartilaginous and
somewhat convex. This chevron-bone is probably from an
early caudal vertebra, and helps to give an idea of the great
depth of the-tail; for if the neural spine were developed to
anything approaching a corresponding length, the vertical
depth of the tail would have approached three feet if the spines
and processes had been vertical; but, owing to their oblique
direction, it is probable that the depth of the tail did not
exceed 18 inches. There are no data for even approximately
estimating the length of the tail, since the Pwkilopleuron
Bucklandi is the only example of a carnivorous type which
might be compared. It is, however, probable that the tail
was long.

Late Caudal Vertebra.

This imperfect vertebra has an elongated form, and when
perfect had a length of about 5 inches. It is regarded as
caudal from the small size of the neural canal and apparent
absence of articular processes for ribs, notwithstanding a
certain general resemblance to the early cervical vertebree of
Massospondylus and Zanclodon.

The neural arch is small and is penetrated back and front
by an excavation which has the aspect of a compressed canal
above the neural arch, but of smaller size.

The anterior face of the centrum is lost, together with the
pre- and postzygapophyses and the neural spine. The frac-
ture shows that the neural canal contracts greatly towards
the middle.

The posterior face of the centrum, imperfectly preserved, is
232 inches wide by less than 2 inches deep. ‘The articular
surface is concave and has the aspect of being crushed from
the underside.

The base of the centrum contracts in the middle to a width
of 14 inch. It is flattened and rounds convexly into the
sides ; those surfaces are somewhat vertical, concave in length,
and are margined above by a narrow longitudinal ridge,
beneath the middle of which there appears to be a foramen.
This lateral ridge is on about the line of junction of the

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownil. 327

centrum and the neural arch, and descends a little as it
extends forward; seen from above its longitudinal contour is
slightly concave. Above the ridge the neural arch is strongly
compressed from side to side, with a forward inclination; but
it is too imperfectly preserved to give any idea of the form of
the neural spine, the relation of the supraneural excavation to
the development of the spine, or of the development of the
zygapophyses. The transverse width of the neural arch
is less than 14 inch. The arch does not reach within an
inch of the hinder margin of the centrum, and the neural
canal at its extremities must have been less than | inch
wide. The total height of the fragment, as preserved, is
34 inches.

Femur. (Fig. 4.)

The right femur is 26 inches long as preserved, but it has
lost the proximal and distal articular surfaces, though the
missing extremities would probably not have extended the

Fig. 4.

Proximal end.

Trochanter.

Anterior aspect. External aspect.

Distal end.

Right femur of Luskelesaurus Brownit. 1, nat. size.

length more than about 3 inches. The bone is remarkably
robust relatively to its length; the shaft is rounded. Seen
from above the bone widens a little proximally and curves

328 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.

inward, so that the inner margin is more concave than the
external border is convex; seen laterally the bone has a slight
sigmoid curve, the head being inclined with a somewhat
Megalosauroid curve, which is also seen in the more Croco-
dilian types like Paleosaurus and Belodon.

The head of the bone is fully 7 inches wide as preserved,
and was originally wider. Below the articular surface the
neck of the bone, if it may be so named, is compressed from
front to back, being flattened posteriorly, convex from side to
side in front, and 34 inches thick in the middle, and concave
from above downward ; but there are no lateral concavities or
constrictions to define it from the head or shaft on those
‘borders. The neck may be considered to end at 6 inches
from the proximal extremity as preserved, where the bone
thickens from back to front, and the proximal trochanter is
developed on the anterior external lateral angle.

The great trochanter is not divided from the shaft at its
proximal extremity, but is simply a laterally compressed
elevation on the outer angle of the bone. It is about 4 inches
long, with the base about 13 inch wide; proximally its sides
are compressed to a somewhat sharp angle, and distally it
rounds into the convex surface of the shaft, being only
marked by slight inflation and the rugosities of muscular
attachment.

The circumference of the head of the bone is 18 inches.
The circumference below the proximal trochanter is 16 inches,
and 15 inches in the lower third of the shaft. The great
infero-lateral trochanter—trochanter minor—in the middle of
the shaft is broken away, though its limits are indicated. It
was directed backward, as Prof. Huxley has indicated, in
accordance with the Megalosaurian type. It begins 11 inches
from the proximal end, and may have been 6 or 7 inches
long, with the base 2 inches wide. A strong muscular
attachment is seen proximally on its inferior surface.

The shaft has a slight curve forward; its sides below the
neck are subparallel, widening a little distally towards the
fracture, where the transverse measurement is 6 inches and
the thickness about 4 inches. As usual, the inner surface is
vertical at the distal end, and the postero-lateral surface is
oblique. The principal condyle is broken away, but strongly
indicated at 4 inches from the distal extremity, so that the
bone has probably lost but little of its length.

The proximal end is stouter and wider than in Megalo-
saurus ; the distal end is much less expanded than in Zanclo-
don. Asa whole, the bone is not more slender than in Masso-
spondylus, It is well distinguished from all other genera by

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii. 329

the form of the proximal end and position of the lateral
trochanter. It is closely related to Massospondylus, but
distinguished as a genus. The Zanclodonts are the nearest
European allies.

Tibia and Fibula.

These bones are represented by the distal extremities of
the bones of the right and left limbs and their proximal
extremities on the left side* of the animal. Mr. Brown’s
specimens (20a, 206), referred to (/.c.) as fragments of a
large metatarsal and metacarpal, I have been able to fit
together as portions of one bone, and have fitted this to the
hinder fracture of the left fibula, so as to complete the distal
end of that bone. Some matrix has been removed from the
proximal end of the tibia, to exhibit the contour of the head
of the fibula. It is possible that the anterior margin of the
fibula, as a consequence of injury, may have been anchylosed
to the tibia; but its hinder portion is certainly free, and the
bone is displaced backward, while the surface of the tibia
beneath it in front has a fractured aspect.

The Distal Ends of the Bones.

The distal end of the tibia is of subtrapezoidal form, about
7 inches wide in front, parallel to the posterior surface, which
is narrow, with the external and internal sides of the bones
converging backward, and the margins rounded where the
two pairs of sides meet. The antero-posterior thickness of
the bone is 4 to 5 inches, the difference being due to con-
ditions of fossilization. The posterior and lateral surfaces
are of about the same width (34 inches). The lateral surfaces
of the tibia approximate towards each other as they ascend,
so that the transverse width of the shaft rapidly diminishes ;
and at the superior fracture, 5 inches above the transversely
truncated distal end, the distinction between the several sur-
faces of the bone is almost obliterated, the section being
subtriangular, with the angles well rounded, with a transverse
measurement of 34 inches in the right tibia and 4 inches in
the left.

The distal end of the fibula measures 5 inches from back
to front and about 24 inches from side to side on its rounded

* Professor Huxley (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxiii. p. 4) describes
the distal end of the right tibia and fibula. The fibula is lost from this
specimen. Mr, Lydekker suggests that Prof. Huxley mistook the left
bone for the right; but the right tibia and astragalus referred to are
described by Mr. Lydekker (R. 1625c) as fragmentary undetermined
bones (Cat. Foss. Rept. Brit. Mus. Suppl. pt. iv. p. 258).

830 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownil.

anterior edge, and is narrower posteriorly. The distal articu-
lation appears to descend downward and outward obliquely
below the tibia, and to have a trochlear surface convex from
side to side, concave from front to back. ‘The fibula is only
preserved on the left side, and its distal extension (if not due
to displacement) appears to indicate that the calcaneum, which
is not preserved, must have been distinct from the astragalus
and have been a relatively small bone, longer than wide.

The astragalus shows no indication of an ascending process,
in this respect resembling Scelidosaurus and Cumnoria rather
than any other English types; this implies no affinity,
although the astragalus in Luskelesaurus is completely
separate from the tibia; the resemblance is rather with the
Zanclodontide, which Professor Marsh has characterized as
having the astregalus without an ascending process.

The anterior face of the tibia is flattened, but without any
indication of an impression for the intermedium, which may
have been a small separate bone, as in Hortalotarsus, which
is not preserved in this fossil. ‘The astragalus is transversely
oblong, measuring 54 inches from side to side in front by 3¢
to 4 inches deep. It is preserved in both the night and lett
limbs. Its proximal surface is horizontally truncated and
the distal surface trochlear, having a wide median channel,
which is shallow and convex from front to back. In the
right limb the external margin of the bone takes the form of
an unarticular talon on the posterior side, but of this there is
no trace in the left limb. Its presence may suggest a reduc-
tion in the number of digits in the hind hmb. ‘There is no
evidence that the fibula articulated with the astragalus.

The Proximal Ends of the Tibia and Fibula.

The left tibia and fibula are only preserved for about
7 inches below the proximal articular surface. The contour
of the outline of the proximal surface of the tibia is the usual
subtriangular form, measuring 7 inches from front to back and
54 inches from side to side. The posterior margin is slightly
concave from side to side, and the posterior surface of the
bone is markedly concave from above downward. ‘The
internal border is oblique to the hinder border in the usual
way, and this part of the shaft is convex as it extends forward
to form the cnemial crest, the proximal extremity of which is
broken away. The external surface is short and concave
from front to back, and approximately at right angles to the
posterior surface ; but it 1s obscured, because the fibula lies
in contact with it, displaced backward, with the tibial surface

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brown. 381

imperfectly preserved, as though there had been anchylosis
with the anterior margin of the fibula; six inches below the
proximal end the shaft is ovate in section, 5 inches from
back to front, 34 inches from side to side. Hence the expan-
sion of the proximal end is small, and the cnemial crest is
not much developed ; so that, althongh the proximal surface
is stout and wide, it does not differ materially from Masso-
spondylus, Agrosaurus, &c., and makes no approach to the
expanded tibia in Zanclodon, seen in the skeleton described
by Pheninger.

The fibula has a front to back measurement of 54 inches at
the proximal end; its external surface is convex, being 24
inches thick in the middle and thinning to the lateral margins.
The internal surface is flattened on the posterior aspect, and
the anterior margin is slightly expanded, as though a film
from the tibia might be adhering to it. It rapidly diminishes
in size, for at 3 inches from the proximal end the transverse
measurement is 14 inch and the back to front measurement
is 3 inches. The anterior and posterior margins are concave
in length and convex from side to side.

Considered as a whole these bones are robust and charac-
terized by the fibula being expanded at both ends, so as to
be as deep as the tibial surface, with which it is in contact.

The form of the distal end of the bone separates the tibia
widely from all genera with an ascending astragalus or co-
ossified intermedium. It seems a somewhat more primitive
type than Ornithotarsus.

I regard the cranial and pelvic evidence as supporting the
conclusion that characters in which this region of the skeleton
of Euskelesaurus diverges from Zanclodon are due to persis-
tence rather than modification of those parts of the bones
which are most liable to vary.

The Hind Foot.
M. Fischer figured (/. c. pl. x. fig. 6) a mass of bones

which I regard as the distal row of the tarsus. It shows three
bones in close contact, and there is a broken portion of a
metatarsal in connexion with the mass. Seen from the front
the transverse measurement is 6 inches and the vertical
measurement of the middle bone is 22 inches. This is narrow
in proportion to the width of the tibia, but not quite con-
clusive as to whether four or five digits were developed. The
proximal convex surface corresponds to the concavity below
the astragalus.

Of the digits, M. Fischer described two impertect phalanges
and a more imperfect terminal claw-phalange.

332 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.

Mr. Brown’s additional specimens, which are parts of the
same foot, comprise three nearly perfect claw-phalanges and
a terminal fraginent of a fourth, possibly referable to the
specimen at Paris. There is also a doubtful fragment, im-
perfect at both ends, which has some appearance of being a

Fig. 5.
Claw-phalanges.

Lateral S : = “Sy if ‘ \ Proximal
Ss s i ‘ articulation.

Proximal
articulation.

Phalangeal bones
seen from above.

Claw-phalanges and phalangeal bones of Euskelesaurus Browniw
(Huxley). % nat. size.

claw-phalange. There are also six digital phalanges and
indications of two others, which are subcubical, with well
ossified trochlear extremities. It would thus appear that
there is evidence of four digits if all come from the same
limb, and between these fourteen phalanges are distributed ;
but there is no evidence that the number in each digit was
the same. It may be inferred that the number of bones
followed the formula 5.4.3.2, and that the fifth was
undeveloped, as in Hortalotarsus. The foot appears to have
been short and small, with the claw-phalanges wider from

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii. 333

side to side than in any other carnivorous Saurischian, but
about intermediate between the depressed claw of Iguanodon
and the compressed claws of Megalosaurs.

The digital phalanges are relatively short and all substan-
tially of the same type, only varying a little in dimensions
with the size of the digit. The longest and largest are the
two bones in the Paris collection, the more proximal of which
exceeds 24 inches in length in the middle, which is the least
length, and the second is about 14 inch in the same measure-
ment; but the total length of the two bones as naturally
connected exceeds 44 inches. The bones are characterized
by a well-rounded, distal, pulley-shaped end, with the inferior
surface widening and becoming more inflated and elevated as
it extends backward. A shallow median concavity divides
the distal surface into two nearly equal right and left parts,
and behind and above the channel in front there is usually a
considerable depression. At the sides of the pulley are deep
concavities for ligamentous union. The inner side is the
more nearly vertical, the outer more inclined. The superior
surface is more or less flattened, with a tendency to convexity
from side to side and concavity from behind forward. The
proximal end increases in depth and width, being always
wider than deep, forming the half of a vertical ellipse, the
contour of the base being flattened and the sides and upper
surface being convex. ‘The superior and inferior outlines of
the proximal end are convex from side to side, owing to the
middle part of these surfaces being prolonged as a sort of talon
upon the adjacent trochlear surface of the bone which is
proximal to it in position. This proximal margin is roughly
ligamentous all round.

Although eight digital phalanges are indicated by Mr.
Brown’s specimens, they are all more or less imperfect, and
three are only fragments. One of the smaller specimens,
numbered by him 16, is 12 inch deep atthe proximal end, where
it is rather less than 2 inches wide, this surface being evidently
slightly narrower than the distal end of the bone, which fits
into the proximal surface. ‘lhe distal end is less than 14 inch
deep; its transverse width does not exceed 14 inch. The
length in the middle of the side is on the inner side 12 inch
and on the outer side less than 1 inch. In some specimens
the base is divided into two nearly equal parts by a transverse
groove behind the distal pulley, but in other specimens the
trochlear surface appears to be relatively smaller. What
appears to be the outer side is frequently concave.

The distinctive features of these phalanges are the compa-
ratively flattened base, the superior and inferior median

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 23

*

334 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Browni.

extension backward of the proximal articular surface, the
large amount of vertical motion upon each other indicated by
the forms of the articular ends of the bones, and the strong
development of ligamentous surfaces. The smallest phalange
preserved is 14 inch long and about 12 inch wide at the
distal end.

Claw-Phalanges. (Fig. 5.)

The claw-phalanges are more distinctive of Huskelesaurus
than the other bones of the digits, though perhaps they con-
form most nearly to the type of Dimodosaurus, with which
the other phalanges are also best compared. There are indi-
cations of four which progressively decrease in size, but are
marked by a transverse width at the proximal end which is
almost equal to the vertical depth. The fragment figured by
Fischer (l. ¢. pl. x. fig. 7) gives an imperfect idea of the form
of the claw. In the largest bones, including the Paris frag-
ment and the largest nearly perfect claw belonging to
Mr. Brown, the bone is higher than wide at the proximal end.
In the latter specimen the dimensions are 24 inches high by
24 wide near to the articular surface, but the articular surface
itself is only 12 inch deep and nearly 2 inches wide, owing
to the way in which the superior margin of the bone descends
and indicates a strong ligamentous attachment towards the
point from which the first measurement is taken. The
superior surface of the phalange is strongly inflated, very
convex from side to side, and also convex from behind
forward. The sides of the bones are characterized by deep
grooves, which divide the lateral surfaces by their arched
contour into a smaller inferior and a larger superior portion.

The base is comparatively flat, being only gently convex
from side to side and moderately concave in length. The
form combines the height of the Megalosauroid claw with
almost the width of the Iguanodont claw, and is therefore
mere massive than either. But the extremity of the claw is
not so much recurved as in Megalosauroids. The largest
specimen is imperfect at the extremity and measures 4 inches
long in greatest extent, and was probably half an inch longer ;
so that it is less than twice as long as deep. A smaller
specimen is fully 3? inches long and more than 2 inches deep.
The smallest specimen is much more slender, 3} inches long
and about 13 inch deep. As already indicated, the depth of
the bone at the articular end slightly exceeds its width,
though the depth of the articulation is always rather less
than its breadth. It seems probable that the ungual phalanges
decreased in size, as in Dimodosaurus, in passing from the

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii. Bb ti:

inner to the outer digit. The great width of the superior
surface of the phalange best distinguishes it from the French
type, which in other parts of the skeleton shows differences
from Luskelesaurus, which probably show that the two genera
were not so nearly related as the aspect of the phalanges
might at first suggest. The length of the longest digit,
exclusive of the metatarsus, does not appear to have exceeded
9 inches. The corresponding measurement of the four
phalanges of the third digit in Dimodosaurus appears to be
fully 10 inches.

On the Lower Jaw of Euskelesaurus ; probably referable
to HK. Brownii (Hualey). (Fig. 6.)

On my visit to Aliwal North in September 1889 I ex-
amined, in company with Dr. W. G. Atherstone, F.G.S., and
Mr. Thomas Bain, under the guidance of Mr. Alfred Brown,
a locality on the Kraai River, to the south-east of Aliwal
North, which we anticipated might furnish Euskelesaurian
remains. ‘The only specimens which rewarded us were found
on the waggon-track, lying close to the surface, and very much
broken, owing to their superficial position and exposure.
They were in hard red shale and consisted of important frag-
ments of the jaw and less useful fragments of vertebre. I[
am unable to say that the vertebra and jaw belong to the
same individual, being only found within a foot or so of a
spot which yielded no other vertebrate fossils.

The jaw fragments comprise the posterior articular extre-
mity of a lower jaw and the anterior dentary extremity.
Both are quite unlike anything previously known. The
articular extremity shows the articular bone, hitherto unknown
in any Saurischian, which is massive, lying on the inner side
of the angular bone. This bone appears to develop a large
internal plate which exteids horizontally inwards but is im-
perfectly preserved. ‘There appears also to be a small sub-
angular bone, forming the anterior margin of the articular
surface, though it is possible that this appearance of suture
may only be a fracture. There is no indication of any coro-
noid process, the superior and inferior surfaces being hori-
zontal and parallel, and the depth of the jaw towards the
articulation is extremely small.

The articulation is 4 inches wide, about 13 inch long in the
middle, and somewhat longer at the sides, so that it is trans-
versely reniform, with the concavity on the posterior margin.
The surface is concave from front to back, divided into two

portions by an oblique median ridge separating the inner

336 ~— Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.

part, formed by the articular bone, from the outer and anterior
margin, formed by the angular bone, which rises in front in a
sharp transverse ridge to define the articulation. Posteriorly
the articulation is bounded by an elevated margin of the

Fig. 6.

Articular end of the left ramus of the mandible, seen from above.

z Cas External aspect of the

Anterior extremity of the act are ae

right ramus of the -
mandible.

Ez

Fragment of maxillary
bone.

Mandible of Euskelesaurus from the Kraai River. +1, nat. size.

articular bone, behind which transverse ridge, chiefly deve-
loped on the inner side, is a very slight heel. This massive
articular bone is 82 inches long and about 33 inches wide; it
terminates in front in a cartilaginous surface, which is rounded
and was presumably invested in bone which is now broken
away. It terminates behind in a somewhat vertical truncated
surface. Internally it gives off an obtuse process and exter-
nally there appears to be a similar process embedded in the
angular bone. On the base the internal process is defined by
a longitudinal groove, and there is also a groove in front of
it. ‘The ramus of the jaw is prolonged forward from the outer
margin of the articulation. It is at first 13 inch deep, the
surface, as preserved, is flat, inclined so as to look upward
and outward, slightly convex in length, rounded from side to
side at first on the upper margin, which is about 3 inch thick.
This margin becomes an angular ridge, dividing the inner
from the outer surfaces as it extends forward. The hori-
zontal plate, which extends inward below the anterior end of
the articular bone, appears to be directed downward, and is
given off below the middle of the depth of the side. It
appears to consist of two layers—an upper layer nearly 3 inch
thick, and a thin lower layer ; and these two layers have the
aspect of being connected by a horizontal suture. As the
superior surface is traced forward a deep groove extends above

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii. 337

it, so that it excavates a wide concavity in the angular bone,
and the horizontal plate passes into the inferior margin of the
jaw, which it presumably deepens, though this is not evident
from the condition of preservation. The entire length of the
fragment is 134 inches, of which 10 inches are in advance of
the anterior margin of the articulation.

In close proximity with the articular end of the jaw already
described, and in the same line with it, but without the inter-
vening bone being preserved, was the anterior dentary part
of the lower jaw, almost complete at its extremity. It
measures a foot in length, and presuming that the two pieces
are portions of the same jaw, it would probably have been
fully 80 inches long when perfect; so that it would not be
inferior in size to Megalosaurus, Ceratosaurus, and types
which present a similar dentition. There is no proof that it
is the lower jaw of a species of Huskelesaurus, since the teeth
are more slender than those already described in the maxillary
bone. ‘The number of teeth in the jaw is small, and they do
not appear to have exceeded the number in the maxillary bone
of Euskelesaurus Browniti, The jaw is remarkable for the
evidence it gives of composite character on its inner side. A
bone extends along the inner alveolar border, which is distinct
from the dentary, forms the inner half apparently of the
alveoli, and makes more than half the depth of the jaw, and
appears to extend almost to its anterior extremity ; and poste-
riorly there is a groove between this splenial element above
and the thickened basal ridge of the dentary bone, which
appears to have lodged another bone, presumably the forward
tapering extremity of a large coronoid. Professor Marsh
remarks that in Ceratosaurus the splenial bone is large, ex-
tending forward to the symphysial surface, and forming in
that region a border to the upper margin of the dentary bone.
There is one remarkable character, however, in which this
jaw differs from almost all known Saurischia—in the jaw be-
coming deeper as it extends forward. At the hindermost
tooth-socket preserved the depth is about 3 inches, but within
3 inches of the fractured anterior extremity the depth is
34 inches. The jaw is remarkably straight and compressed
from side to side. The width at the hindermost tooth-socket,
9 inches from the front, is 13 inch; but it becomes a little in-
flated on the outer side anteriorly, though this character may
be partly the result of distortion.

The external surface is vertical, somewhat rugose, with
vascular impressions, and with a row of shallow pits corre-
sponding to the teeth an inch below the alveolar border.
There is a convex rounding of the side on to the alveolar

338 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.

margin, and a more distinct and marked rounding of the side
towards the base, which appears to be slightly curved in
front, but forms a sharp ridge behind, which separates it
from the flat inner side of the bone. ‘There is no indication
of asymphysial surface, unless it be in the slightly rugose
extremity of the inner surface of the dentary bone; but that
surface could only be regarded as symphysial on the hypo-
thesis that the bone has there been distorted by pressure.

The alveolar border, as preserved, is somewhat concave
from front to back. A groove which runs along the splenial
bone, from a quarter to half an inch below the alveolar
margin, is also concave in length, and a number of oblique
impressions, as of blood-vessels, descend from this margin
downward and backward over the splenial. . It is thus evident
that, although the teeth are here contained in sockets, any less
development of the superior border of the splenial bone would
give them the appearance of a Lacertilian mode of implanta-
tion. In Megalosaurus Bucklandi the outer alveolar margin
rises much higher than the inner margin, so that all stages of
intermediate development between the condition now described
and the Pleurodont or Acrodont attachment of the teeth may
be looked for in Saurischia. The contact between the teeth
and their sockets in this specimen is extremely close, and
there is some appearance of the bone of the superior alveolar
surface having grown up around the tooth so as to invest it.
Indications are apparently preserved of eleven teeth, without
any reason for inferring that the hindermost of the series is
present. ‘The eighth tooth is preserved in natural attachment.
It is directed upward, outward, and a little backward; its
root or unenamelled part rises fully an inch above the alveolar
border. On this base the root is transversely ovate in section,
é inch long, 4 inch wide, but becoming somewhat narrower
posteriorly. ‘This upper portion of the root has somewhat
the appearance of having been invested in a sheath of hard
thick skin. The crown in this specimen has only its basal
part preserved ; it is enamelled, rounded in front, and com-
pressed behind to a sharp ridge, which is marked with trans-
verse serrations quite on the pattern of Megalosaurus, but
much finer than those seen in the maxillary teeth of Huskele-
saurus Brownti. ‘The enamel is remarkably smooth and the
extremities of the serrations appear to be rounded. Further
forward a portion of a loose root was found just indicating
the base of the crown, and in what I take to be the fourth
socket on the inner side is a successional tooth not quite
perfectly exposed, but showing the external surface of the
crown tor a depth of about 3 inch. It is about 4 inch wide,

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownil. 339

very convex on the external surface, and the convexity gives
the tooth the aspect of curving a little inward. Both the
anterior and posterior margins are beautifully marked with
denticles, which have almost the appearance of a chain of
small beads extending up each edge ; and when seen from the
side these denticles have their lateral borders converging to a
sharp V-shaped cutting-edge, and they are apparently sepa-
rated from each other to their bases. Therefore this crown
shows that in all details there is a close correspondence be-
tween the teeth of MJegalosaurus and those of this Kuskele-
saurian. ‘The crown of the tooth, like its side, shows delicate
transverse waving of the enamel, but there is no indication of
any vertical waving or fluting.

It is remarkable as a point of difference from Ceratosaurus
that there is no certain indication of a foramen in the
lower jaw; and, presuming that the articular end belongs
to the same specimen, it is noteworthy that the depth of the
jaw in front of the articulation is scarcely more than halt its
depth in the anterior dentary region, which is the exact con-
verse of the condition in Ceratosaurus. Presumably the
horizontal inward plate in connexion with the articular region
is not found in Ceratosaurus or in any other known Saur-
ischian, since it has not been previously recorded.

Cervical Vertebra. (Fig. 7.)

Only one vertebra was collected in sufficient preservation
to give an idea of the character of the neck, and this has lost
the neural arch behind the prezygapophyses and a portion of

a ( Prezygapophysis.

Xe Q
©}/ Lateral articulations for
VY the cervical rib.

Anterior.

Cervical vertebra of Euskelesaurus Brownit. ty nat. size.

the base of the hinder part of the centrum. ‘The vertebra is
distinguished by its short antero-posterior measurement,
which is about 2 inches. From the neural canal to the base
of the centrum in front is 32 inches, and the transverse width
above the middle of the centrum is 44 inches. The anterior
articular face is slightly concave, but becoming convex
towards the external border, and at the base there is an oblique
area about % inch deep, which has the aspect of having given

340 Prof. H. G, Seeley on Euskelesaurus Brownii.

attachment to a subvertebral ossification. The margin of the
posterior surface is broken away ; but it is evident that the
base was deeply concave from front to back and convex from
side to side.

The anterior half of the side of the centrum is occupied by
two large articular facets for the rib. Into the upper facet
the base of the neural arch appears to enter; it is vertically
ovate, about 13 inch deep and # inch wide ; but the articular
surface is broken; it is separated from the inferior facet by an
interval of + inch. This facet is about an inch wide and
nearly 14 inch deep, subtriangular in form; it is margined
by an elevated rim, except in front, and is slightly concave.
These articulations are closer together than in Megalosaurus,
and less elevated from the side of the centrum.

The neural arch is strong and extends the entire width of
the centrum. ‘The neurapophyses have a broad base of nearly
4 inches, and almost meet in the median line. They are
thick and enclose a neural canal about $ inch high and 2 inch
wide, wider above than below, and deeper apparently behind
than in front, where the base of the canal excavates the
centrum. ‘The neurapophyses expand transversely and ante-
riorly in two zygapophyses, which are inclined a little forward.
The articular facets are almost flat, ovate, inclined to each
other at about an angle of 50°, as in Megalosaurus ; separated
by a median interval of about half an inch, without any notch
between them, being scarcely raised above the adjacent bone.
Each measures rather less than 2 inches from within outward
and about 1 inch transversely. Laterally there is a convex
inflation below the outer border of the zygapophysis. The
least transverse measurement over the concave lateral contour
of the neurapophyses at the neural canal is 24 inches, and
the transverse measurement over the zygapophyses exceeds
34 inches. The vertical height from the base of the centrum
to the base of the zygapophysial facet is 5} inches, and to
the summit of the facets 64 inches.

In general character the vertebra most resembles the
cervical of Megalosaurus, but is much shorter in proportion to
its depth, indicating, if correctly referred, that Huskelesaurus
was a short-necked type, different from the long-necked
Massospondylus, which resembles Zanclodon. 'This fact is the
more interesting since the forms of the pubic bones are so
similar in these two South-African genera that, had this
cervical vertebra been unknown, its Megalosauroid shortness
could not have been suspected.

Mr. E. H. L. Schwarz on Coccoliths. 341

XLI.—Coccoliths. By Ernest H. L. Scuwarz, A.R.C.S.
(From the Geological Research Laboratory, Royal College

of Science.)

CoccouiTus were first discovered by Ehrenberg * in chalk,
and described as inorganic bodies like those constituting
“ agaric-mineral”’ (calcium carbonate precipitated from solu-
tion in natural mineral water) or kaolin; according to him
they were flat bodies having concentric rings on their surface,
and later he gave them the name of “ chalk morpholiths ” f.
Huxley { and Wallich § declared these bodies occurring in
the chalk to be the same as those existing in the sea at the
present day; the former called them, ‘for convenience,”
coceoliths —a term which has supplanted Ehrenberg’s
morpholith. Huxley || distinguished two forms, one simple,
the other double, and called them respectively discoliths and
cyatholiths, which Heckel] later rechristened monodiscs
and amphidises. In both the latter papers they were described
as being formed as crystalloids in a giant Amceba—Bathy-
bius—which had all the appearance of protoplasm, fibrillar
network, &e., but which Murray and Buchanan ** proved to
be gelatinous calcium sulphate precipitated by the alcohol in
which the soundings were preserved. Up to this point they
were not considered to be organisms themselves; but Sorby {Tf
put forward this idea, which was stoutly contested by
Barrois {{, who, with many others, e. g. Harting §§, considered
them to be mineral concretions. Gimbel |||) and Carter JJ
considered them to be connected with the reproduction of
calcareous algee—WMelobesia &c.—and the former described

* Monatsber. Berlin Acad. 1836; Poggendorff’s ‘Annalen,’ 1836,
vol. xxxix. pl. i. fig. 2B.

+ ‘ Microgeologie,’ Leipzig, 1854, pl. xxv. fig. B, 16.

{ Appendix to Capt. Dayman’s Report of Soundings taken in H.M.S.
‘ Cyclops,’ 1858.

§ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, ii. p. 317.

|| Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vii. 1868.

| Biol. Studien, Beitrage zur Plastidentheorie, p. 85 (1870).

#& Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. vol. xxxiv. p. 605.

+t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1861, viii. p. 193.

t{ Ann. des Sci. Nat., Zoologie, 6 sér. t. 111. p. 70 (1876) ; ‘Recherches
sur les terrains anciens des Asturies,’ Lille, 1882.

§§ ‘Recherches de Morphologie synthétique,” Haarlem, 1872.

|| ||_ “ Ueber Coce. et Nullipores,” Wien. Verhandl. Geol. 1870, p. 201;
also Neues Jahrbuch, 1870, p. 752, 1873, p. 299.

4/4 I quote this on the authority of Barrois, having looked through most
of Carter’s papers in vain. [ Mr. Carter’s paper here referred to appeared in
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vii. 1871, pp. 184-189, “ On Melobesia
unicellularis, &e.” —Eps. |

342 Mr. E. H. L. Schwarz on Coccoliths.

their occurrence in all the known strata, even the earliest.
Wallich: first noticed that they were joined into spherical
masses, which he called coccospheres * ; in his later papers
he considered these spheres as nothing else than embryonic
foraminifera covered with coccoliths as spicules, and figures a
Nodosaria and Textularta made up of such coccospheres. Sir
Wyville Thomson, according to Wallich, noticed that, if
threads be hung in sea-water overnight, they will be found
to be full of coccoliths in the morning; so that these bodies
are really found on the surface of the ocean, and not only at
great depths, as those who do not believe in their organic
nature have maintained.

I first came to notice coccoliths when systematically
washing the clays from the lias of the Dorset coast, where I
found them in about 60 per cent. of the zonestreated. They
were most abundant, however, in a grey micaceous clay con-
taining Ammonites (Schlotheimia) angulatus, Schloth., and a
foraminifer, Vodosarta, which, according to Mr. F. Chapman,
resembles NV. calomorpha, Reuss. The coccoliths in this clay
are peculiar in their transparency and for the great numbers
of the double cyatholith forms, which nowhere else have I
found in such abundance; and the following details have
been obtained mostly from this material, though I have also
used the chalk of Taplow and the gault of Folkestone.

The adult discoliths are minute oval bodies 3755 inch
(Wallich) in their long diameter (figs. 2, 8, 9). In their
centre is a bright highly refractive body, the ‘‘ Centralkorn”
of Heckel, which is usually slightly, but frequently also
markedly, raised above the surface as a knob when seen from
the side; but I have never seen it forming a projecting rod,
as Sollas t has figured from the Cambridge greensand. In
the flat area surrounding the central point, the “ Markfeld”
of Heckel, there are two or four slightly raised points, similar
to the central one, but not nearly so much differentiated.
Round the ‘ Markfeld” is the ‘ mark-ring,” which is a
refractive ring of calcite forming a thick rounded rim to the
little plate, and in the older examples is slightly beaded.
Heckel then notices that this, which I consider to be the
adult coccolith, surrounds itself with a granular ring (fig. 3),
and finally with another brightly illuminated outer ring (fig. 4).
This I take to be the first stage of the discolith (adult cocco-

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860, vi. p. 457 ; ibid. 1861, viii. p. 52 ; ibid.
1862, ix. p. 30; Royal Institute Proc. 1858, p.299; Franklin Institute
Journal, xlii. 1861, p. 237; Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1869, 1870, 1871,
1877, 1878.

+ Geol. Mag. 1876, pl. xxi. fig. 17.

Mr. E. H. L. Schwarz on Coccoliths. 343

lith) transforming itself into a cyatholith (reproductive stage) ;
the granular ring, which I have not observed in my fossil
forms, being protoplasmic, and the outer ring the commence-
ment of one of the cups. Still following Heckel, we see that
the internal discolith then divides (fig. 5), and traces of the

g

Figs. 1-7.—After Heckel. 1. Incomplete form. 2. Fully formed disco-
lith, 3, One with the granular ring. 4. Commencing cyatho-
lith: a, outer ring; 6, granular ring; c, mark-ring; e, Mark-
feld; d, central point. 5. One with dividing discolith and
portion of the larger cup forming. 6,7. Cyatholiths.

Figs. 8, 9.—Coccolithus oceanicus, the mature form (discolith),

Fig. 10.—Young discoliths just released from the cyatholith (cocco-
sphere).

Figs, 11, 1b ‘Two positions of the fully formed cyatholith.

Figs. 15-15.—Cyatholith with the rim broken off.

Fig. 16.—Diagrammatic section through a cyatholith.

Figs. 17-21.—Successive stages in the division of the discolith.

Figs. 22-26.—A cyatholith containing four discoliths, which was turned
over and then dissolved with acetic acid, setting the contents
free, which were then moved about.

Fig. 27.— Nodosaria calomorpha, Reuss, associated with coccoliths in the
clay containing Schlotheimia angulata (Schl.).

second, larger cup appear ; the two cups are then completed,
and the dividing discolith is shut in between them, the
smaller cup forming a lid to the cavity of the larger (figs. 11,
12,16). In the early stages of division the form is still oval
(figs. 17, 18), but soon the cups become rounded, and the
divisions go on irregularly till there are sixteen or more
embryonic discoliths ; intermediate forms with four, five, six,
seven, &c. are frequent. In the later stages the cups of the
eyatholith become brown and opaque, and finally, failing to
adhere, they set free the baby discoliths in a mass (fig. 10) ;
the empty shells are seen in almost every slide.

344 Mr. E. H. L. Schwarz on Coccoliths.

The discoliths seem to be imbedded in a common mem-
brane, for they cohere in a mass for some time—in fact till they
are mature, or nearly so—and then they constitute what is
known as coccospheres, which have all the appearance of
spheres ; but when they are lifted on to their side they are
seen to be really flat, or, rather, halves of hollow spheres.
At first I took both the cyatholiths and coccospheres to be
actually spheres; but on agitating the water on the slide
containing them I noticed that, while some readily followed
the flow of the water, others remained stolidly fixed and
refused to move even when great masses of débris knocked
against them; but suddenly, when the motion became too
violent, they gently turned on their sides and revealed the
hollowness of their nature. In the first instance they were, of
course, resting on their convex surfaces, but when they refused
to move they were with their concave surfaces downward.
Sollas (doc. cit.) has figured these cyatholiths in the Cam-
bridge greensand as “ coccospheres, covered loosely with the
oval form of the coccolith.”” Some of the cyatholiths seem to
have grown their larger cup too far forward, and the pro-
jecting part has then broken off, and appears surrounding the
cyatholith like a Saturn’s ring (figs. 138, 14, 15) ;_ by carefully
agitating the water the ring may be made to slip on to its
proper place and off again.

The dividing discoliths here described were seen through
the transparent calcite of the cup. To make sure that these
really were discoliths within the cyatholith I ran in a little
weak acetic acid on the slide (working with a }-inch objec-
tive without a cover-glass) ; the cups became dissolved and
the conjoined discoliths set free, when there was absolutely no
mistaking the form. On running in a little magenta the
outline of the cup reappeared, so that they are in all proba-
bility formed of a framework of horny material filled in with
calcium carbonate. A very curious fact is that, while the two
cups of the cyatholith dissolve freely in weak acid, the disco-
liths require fairly strong acid before they will disappear ;
and, comparing the rate of dissolution of both with that of a
Rotalia in a washing containing all three from the gauit, the
cups went at about the same rate as the foraminifer, but the
discoliths remained long after the latter had disappeared.
Hence I am inclined to think that the discoliths are largely
composed of calcium phosphate, a view which | was led to
entertain from the fact that the phosphatic chalk of Taplow
contains the discoliths (with fewcyatholiths) in vast quantities.

Wallich considered the coccospheres to be embryonic fora-

Mr. E. H. L. Schwarz on Coccoliths. 345

minifera, such as Globigerina*, and later he figured them
joining into linear aggregates to form Nodosaria or in alter-
nate lines to form Yeatularia; but I have not been able to
see from his figures whether he is dealing with the conven-
tional coccospheres or really Foraminifera, in the external
sarcode of which the discoliths have become imbedded; for
he says the latter are arranged at regular intervals over the
surface of the former.

When I first worked out the above details, some eighteen
months ago, Prof. Judd, to whom I am indebted for much
help, threw doubt on my results, because they were derived
from fossil forms, while nothing of the kind had been seen
in the recent ones, even when treated with greater skill and
with better instruments than I could command; but I have
gone over all the work again lately, and I can only conclude
that the protoplasm of the recent ones obscured the details
of their internal structure.

To recapitulate my results, then :—

The discolith represents the adult stage of the coccolith,
and is a separate organic individual consisting of a phosphatic
disk surrounded apparently with protoplasm. When they
wish to reproduce themselves the protoplasm surrounds itself
with a calcareous envelope consisting of two cups, one deep
and enclosing the discolith, the other functioning as a lid.
Division of the discolith then proceeds irregularly till some
sixteen or more minute bodies, representing embryonic disco-
liths, are formed ; the cups then separate and set their contents
free in a mass. ‘The latter then continue to grow, retaining
the cup-like form of the cyatholith, and constitute the cocco-
spheres of Wallich, Huxley, and Heckel ; finally the colony
is disbanded, and the discoliths float about freely on the
surface of the ocean.

As to their nature, I think there can be no doubt as to their
being organic, and that they belong to that class of organisms
which the zoologist and botanist have equal right in claiming
to belong to his favourite kingdom; but they seem to have a
preponderance of botanical resemblances, and may be put
provisionally among the Phycochromacee, near to Gleocapsa,
Chroococcus, &c., to which they seem to be allied by their
reproduction.

As to their name, though Ehrenberg’s morpholith undoubt-
edly preceded Huxley’s coccolith, he used the word as descrip-
tive and one which could, with equal propriety, be applied to

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860, vi. p. 457.
+ Ibid. 1862, ix. p. 30.

346 Mr. O. Thomas on some

kaolin crystals &c., while Huxley definitely called these
bodies, and these only, coccoliths. Since the above description
of their reproduction settles them finally to be self-contained
organisms, there arises the necessity for a true generic and
specific name. Here, however, the differentiation of species,
if they exist, is not possible, since they are so minute that
different illuminations make them appear entirely different
in contour and markings. Hence I propose for all the forms
hitherto described, recent and fossil, the one name Coccolithus
oceanicus, mihi.

P.S.—By a strange oversight I missed Carter’s paper above
referred to till my paper was printed. He considers cocco-
liths to be the cells of Melobesta living separately, and calls
the oval and round cyatholiths respectively M. unicellularis
and M. discus; but as the discolith is undoubtedly the adult
form, it does not seem advisable to apply either of these
specific names, clearly defined for a definite thing in one stage,
to the same thing in another stage.

XLIII.—Descriptions of some new Neotropical Muride.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Tue British Museum has recently received two small collec-
tions of rodents from Peru and Venezuela, among which are
several new species; and in working these out the oppor-
tunity has been taken of re-examining and, where necessary,
describing the species contained in the general collection of
South-American Muride. Among others, the two series from
Peru obtained by Messrs. Stolzmann and Jelski, and worked
out by me in 1882 and 1884*, have proved to need a con-
siderable amount of revision in their determinations.

The first to be described represents a new genus, and is
again the discovery of Mr. J. Kalinowski, the finder of the
interesting fish-eating rat described last year f.

NEOTOMYS, gen. nov.

General form much as in Stgmodon; ears broad and
rounded; fur very thick; tail short; thumb with a nail.
Skull with the nasals much expanded anteriorly ; inter-

* P. Z. S. 1882, p. 98, 1884, p. 447.
+ P.Z.S. 1893, p. 337.

new Neotropical Muride. 347

orbital region very narrow, narrower than the muzzle, its
edges square, but not beaded; interparietal bone broad,
ribbon-like, its antero-posterior about one third its trans-
verse diameter; walls of infraorbital foramina as in Sigmodon,
the anterior edge cut back underneath a prominent projecting
point ; palatine foramina very large, but the dividing septum
also very large, nearly filling them up; posterior part of
palate with two deep excavations between ™-? and ™:-3, divided
by a mesial ridge, and strongly recalling the same part in
Microtus ; pterygoid fosse broad and shallow. Lower jaw
very short and high, but the coronoid processes reduced to
low blunt triangular elevations.

Dentition.—Upper incisors extremely broad, smooth, and
slightly concave in front so far as the internal five sixths of
their surface is concerned, but along their outer edge there is
a sharply cut groove or bevel, most visible from the side,
whence it suggests the bevelled grooving of Grerbillus or
Zapus; the inner border of the groove forms an anteriorly
projecting ridge, internal to which the face of the tooth
gradually curves inwards to meet its fellow of the opposite
side. (‘To suppose the inner half of a Zapus incisor flattened
in front and enormously broadened, while the outer half
retains its natural size and position, would give the best idea
of these peculiarly grooved incisors.) Molars more like those
of Sigmodon than of any other Cricetine, but they are even
more antero-posteriorly compressed, with the result that the
grinding-surfaces somewhat recall those of Microtus, with
separated enamel loops and islands. On the whole, how-
ever, the loops appear to correspond to those of Sigmodon,
except that ™? is more lengthened and there are four pro-
jecting angles on its outer side instead of three. Lower
incisors broad and flat in front, and curved very rapidly
upwards, so as to produce a very short diastema.

The above description will show how widely different this
peculiar little animal is from any hitherto described. Both in
external and cranial characters it has a curious resemblance
to Otomys, on which I have based its name. Its long fur,
large round ears, anteriorly expanded nasals, and narrow
interorbital region are all points in the resemblance, although
of course there can be no possible connexion between the two
genera. Its really nearest ally is probably Sigmodon; but
even this is very different in many characters, notably in the
general form of the skull and the structure of the incisors.

The Sigmodon-like Rhithrodon described by me in 1880 *

* P.Z. S, 1880, p. 691.

348 Mr. O. Thomas on some

shows the grooving of the incisors, different as the details of
this are; but the typical and still unique specimen has its
molars too worn to say whether they at all approach those of
Neotomys.

Neotomys ebriosus, sp. n.

Size and general proportions about as in Rhithrodon pictus,
although the feet and tail are rather shorter. Fur long and
straight, the underfur of the back about 13 and the bristle-
hairs about 19 millim. long. Ears large, nearly circular in
outline, laid forwards they reach just to the back of the eye ;
well clothed with brownish-fulvous hairs on both surfaces.

General colour, so far as can be made out in a spirit-
specimen, grizzled greyish brown (not unlike Sigmodon
hispidus), the tip and sides of the muzzle bright cinnamon-
rufous, a colour which is also present on a few hairs at the
base of the ears and on the rump. Belly-hairs plumbeous
basally, white terminally. Upper surfaces of feet dirty
whitish, with a tinge of cinnamon. Palms and soles quite
naked, pads 5-6; fifth hind toe reaching nearly to the end of
the first phalanx of the fourth. Claws small and delicate,
the anterior smaller than the posterior. Tail rather shorter
than the body, bicolor, the upper surface blackish, the sides
and lower surface white. Palate with the usual three undi-
vided ridges, then follow two divided ones at the front end of
m1; but behind these there are no regular ridges, the surface
of the palate being smooth, with several irregular and unsym-
metrical projections upon it.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :-—

Head and body 100 millim. ; tail 61; hind foot 21°5; ear,
from notch, 15°8 by 13°2 broad; forearm and hand 27; heel
to front of last foot-pad 10.

Skull: basal length 23°6, basilar length from henselion
21°3, greatest breadth 15°7; nasals, length 12°8, greatest
breadth 5°5; breadth between anteorbital fossee 4; inter-
orbital breadth 3:4; interparietal, length 3:1, breadth 9-4;
length of outer wall of infraorbital foramen 2-4; palate, length
from henselion 11:9 ;« palatal foramina 5°5; diastema 6:5 ;
length of upper molar series 5:2. Lower jaw: condyle to
incisor-tip 17 ; tip of coronoid to angle 9°8; length of lower
molar series 5'6.

Hab. Valley of Vitoc, East Central Peru. Coll. J. Kali-
nowski.

Type: B.M. 94.10.1.1.

This interesting little animal adds another to the number of
South-American small mammals presenting to a greater or

new Neotropical Muridex. 349

less extent the peculiar and characteristic coloration of a grey
or brown body, with red nose, rump, feet, and tail. See
below under Acodon Jelskit.

Oryzomys Kalinowskit, sp. n.

Size slightly greater than in its ally “ Thomasomys”
cinereus. Fur very long and soft, the hairs of the back some
16 millim. in length. General colour finely grizzled brownish
grey all over, without special markings anywhere ; the hairs
of the back dark slate except at their tips, where there is a
narrow terminal or subterminal band of dull yellow. ‘These
yellowish tips are broader and more prominent on the belly,
to which they impart a general dirty fulvous tone. Whiskers
long, numerous, whitish. Ears very large, laid forwards in
a spirit-specimen they reach in front of the anterior canthus
of the eye; almost circular in outline, their anterior edge
without a basal prominence; their surface well haired and
fringed, with long light-tipped hairs like those of the back
on the anterior half of their outer surfaces, and with shorter
brownish hairs on their posterior halves internally. Dark
colour of body running down on hands and feet to the end of
the metapodials mesially, while the sides and the whole of
the fingers and toes are silvery white. Palate-ridges 3—5.
Fifth hind toe reaching to the end of the first phalanx of the
fourth. Soles naked, pads very high and prominent. Tail
long, very like that of Jus rattus, nearly uniformly black,
not pencilled, but well and finely haired throughout, the under
surface slightly paler in colour than the upper.

If the immature female mentioned below is the same
species as the type, of which I have little doubt, the mammez
may be recorded as 1—2=6.

Skull thin and lightly built, smooth and rounded in its
general outlines, without cranial or supraorbital ridges.
Muzzle long and slender; interorbital region rather narrow,
its edges just marked, not absolutely rounded, but quite
without beading. Palatal foramina a little longer than the
molar series. Pterygoid fosse shallow, with a large circular
foramen in the middle of their posterior half. Lower jaw
elongate, of medium strength ; coronoid process rather light,
hooked backwards.

Incisors smooth, rather narrow. Molars broad, heavy, and
rounded, with opposite cusps, as in true Oryzomys.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :—

Head and body 140 millim.; tail 155; hind foot 32:8 ;
ear 22x17; forearm and hand 38; heel to front of last foot-
pad 15.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 24

350 Mr. O. Thomas on some

Skull: greatest length 36, basal length 30°6, basilar length
28-7, greatest breadth 18°5; length of nasals 147; inter-
orbital breadth 5:2; interparietal, length 3°6, breadth 12;
palate length to henselion 15°5; palatal foramina 7; diastema
10°6 ; length of upper molar series 4°9. Lower jaw: condyle
to incisor-tip 23°65 coronoid to angle 10; height of ramus
below an 4°3.

A second specimen is contained in the collection (an imma-
ture female), which I have little hesitation in referring to the
same species.

Hab, Valley of Vitoc, East Central Peru. Coll. J. Kali-
nowski.

Type: B.M. 94.10.1.2.

As in the case of ‘‘HHesperomys cinereus” *, to which they
are undoubtedly nearly allied, I have had great difficulty in
assigning this and the next species to their proper genus, as,
although Dr. Coues + has attempted to cut the knot by forming
for H. cinereus a special group, I do not feel satisfied that it
is one worthy of retention. Although the addition of the
two species now described to the group would seem to support
its position as a separate genus or subgenus, yet there seems
to be such a gradation from cinereus through Kalinowskii,
albigularis, and meridensis into typical Oryzomys, that I
think it better for the present to use the latter name for
them all.

Oryzomys tncanus, sp. n.

Similar to O. Kalinowskii in all essential respects, in
colour, proportions, and general skull-characters, but distin-
guished by its conspicuously smaller size, slenderer muzzle,
broader interorbital space, much smaller teeth, and also by
the disproportionate slenderness and delicacy of the lower jaw.

Dimensions of a male preserved in spirit :—

Head and body 104 millim.; tail 115; hind foot 25; ear
17x 14; forearm and hand 29°5; heel to front of last foot-
pad 10°7.

Skull: greatest length 30°7, basal length 25, basilar length
23, greatest breadth 14°7; length of nasals 12°6; inter-
orbital breadth 5:2; interparietal, length 3, breadth 9:2;
palate length to henselion 12°1; palatal foramina 6:1;
diastema 8°3; length of upper molar series 4-4. Lower jaw:
condyle to incisor-tip 19; coronoid to angle 7; height of
ramus below yi 2°7.

Hab. Valley of Vitoc, Central Peru. Coll. J. Kalinowski.

Type: B.M. 94.10.1.4.

* P. Z. 8. 1882, p; 108.
+ Am. Nat. xviii. p. 1275 (1884).

new Neotropical Muride. 351

Oryzomys meridensis, sp. n.

Size moderately large. Fur thick, of medium length, the
hairs on the back about 11 millim. long. General colour dark
rufous, heavily lined with blackish, especially along the
median line of the back, while the head is more brown than
rufous. Sides clearer and brighter rufous. Chest pure white,
the hairs white to the base; sides of muzzle, chin, and belly
grey-mixed white; line of demarcation on sides well-marked.
Ears very large, thinly clothed with dark brown hairs; ante-
rior edge without projection. Palate-ridges 3—5. Hands and
feet very thinly haired, whitish; fifth hind toe reaching
nearly to the end of the first phalanx of the fourth. Tail
long, thinly hairy, brown, rather paler below.

Skull strong, with widely expanded zygomata; nasals long,
well-expanded anteriorly ; interorbital region long, flattened
above, but quite rounded and without beads laterally ; ante-
rior palatine foramina rather short, although not so short as
in O. albigularis.

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin) :—

Head and body 139 millim.; tail 143; hind foot (moist-
ened) 30°7; ear (shrunk) 21; heel to front of last foot-pad
14:2.

Skull: tip of nasals to back of interparietal 34:5, greatest
breadth 18°7; nasals, length 18°6, breadth 4; interorbital
breadth 5:4; interparietal, length 3°4, breadth 10; outer wall
of infraorbital foramen, length 4; palate length to henselion
15; diastema 9°5; palatal foramina 5°9; upper molar series
55. Lowerjaw: condyle to incisor-tip 23°5 ; height of ramus
below mm O.

Hab. Merida, Venezuela. Coll. A. Mocquerys, April
1894.

Type: B.M. 94.9.25.13.

This species seems to be allied to O. albigularis, Tomes,
by its general coloration, short palatine foramina, and rounded
supraorbital edges, but it differs conspicuously by its very
much larger ears.

It may also be related to O. velutinus, All. & Chapm., but
is distinguished by its larger size, heavier teeth, and longer
fur.

Oryzomys flavicans, sp. n.

Size rather small, build rather Myoxine. Fur long, straight,
and close, hairs of the back about 13 millim. long. General
colour rich fulvous, lined with brown on the back, clearer and
more yellowish (approximately ochraceous buff of Ridgway)

24*

Bhi Mr. O. Thomas on some

on the sides, along which from cheeks to rump there is a
fairly marked line of this colour. Under surface pale
yellowish buff, whiter on the chest; belly-hairs slaty grey
only at their extreme bases. Ears rather small, their sub-
stance brown, but their thickly set hairs fulvous. Upper
surface of hands and feet dull whitish buff; fifth hind toe,
without claw, reaching to the end of the first phalanx of the
fourth. Tail thinly haired, brown, rather paler beneath,
especially proximally.

Skull broad and rather flattened, strongly made; muzzle
short and broad; interorbital region broad, flattened, with
marked supraorbital ledges overhanging the orbits and running
back as well-marked ridges to the back of the parietals.
Palatine foramina short, of moderate breadth.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in skin) :—

Head and body 116 millim. ; tail 129; hind foot (moistened)
23°8; ear (shrunk) 14:5; heel to front of last foot-pad 10.

Skull: tip of nasals to front of interparietal 26; greatest
breadth (c.) 16°5; nasals, length 11, breadth 3°5; inter-
orbital breadth 5:2; interparietal, length 4:1, breadth 10:2 ;
length of outer wall of infraorbital foramen 371; palate length
from henselion 13; diastema 7°7 ; palatal foramina 4°8 x 2°1 ;
upper molar series 4°8. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor-tip
18°8; height of ramus below 4 4:5.

Hab. Merida, Venezuela. Coll. A. Mocquerys, April
1894.

Type: B.M. 94.9.25.14.

Although this species seems allied to the Trinidad O. speci-
osus and trinitates, All. & Chapm., there are too many
differences in the detailed skull measurements for it to be
assigned to either of them.

Oryzomys ferrugineus, sp. n.

Size rather large. Fur thick and straight, the hairs of the
back about 11 millim. in length. General hue a brilliant
rust-colour (near “ orange-rufous”’ of Ridgway) all over the
head and upper surface, in brilliancy far exceeding any other
species known to me, and even killing the colour of Neotoma
ferruginea. ‘The head and centre of the back are somewhat
lined with black, but the cheeks and sides are quite clear and
bright. Under surface white, with a decided wash of yel-
lowish on the belly ; no slate-colour at the bases of the hairs ;
line of demarcation on sides sharply defined. Upper lip rust-
coloured like the rest. Eyes without a dark ring, the blackness
of the lids reduced toa minimum; but a blackish spot present

La]

new Neotropical Muride. 353

at the roots of the whiskers, just in front of the anterior
canthus of the eye. Ears rather small, well-clothed, wholly
rust-coloured; but there are a few whitish hairs just behind
their posterior bases. Upper surface of hands pale reddish
brown, the rusty of the forearm gradually passing into the
brown ; on the hind limbs the rusty goes down to and covers
the ankles, and passes along the outer side of the foot nearly
to the base of the fourth toe ; inwards of this there is a broad
whitish patch covering the metatarsals of the first three digits,
and beyond this again the basal phalanges of the digits are
dark brown all across the foot, while the terminal ones are
whitish; fifth hind toe long, reaching almost to the middle of
the second phalanx of the fourth. Tail very long, thinly
haired, uniformly dark brown. Mamme 2—2=8.

Skull long, rather narrow, with well-defined beaded but
not overhanging supraorbital edges; interparietal large ;
palatal foramina long and open. Molars broad, rounded,
their cusps unusually high and prominent, not apparently
wearing flat with age.

Dimensions of the type (a well-made skin} :—

Head and body 148 millim. ; tail 187 ; hind foot (moistened)
32°5 ; ear (moistened) 17 x 14.

Skull: lambda (front of interparietal) to nasal tip 32,
greatest breadth 19; nasals 14 x 4°3; interorbital breadth 5 ;
interparietal (in another rather larger specimen), length 5:2,
breadth (c.) 11:5; length of outer wall of infraorbital foramen
3; palate length from henselion 15°1; diastema 9°3 ; palatal
foramina 7°8 x 2°9; length of upper molar series 5°9. Lower
jaw : condyle to incisor-tip 22; height of ramus below a7 3.

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Type: B.M. 76.12.8.3.

Of this very handsome species the Museum possesses three
specimens, and as these came from three different dealers at
different times, there are probably many others in the various
European museums. One of the specimens came with the
alternative names of Mus vulpinus, Brants*, and M. leuco-
gaster, Brandt t, and the next with that of I. cinnamomeus,
Pictet t+. The hind foot of the new species being, with the
claws, 1 inch 3 lines French measure in all three specimens,
it is clear that “Aus vulpinus,” with a hind foot of over
2 inches, and M. leucogaster, with one of 1 in. 7 lin., are both
too large, just as M. cénnamomeus, with one of 1 in. 0 lin., is too
small, AZ. leucogaster is “ e flavo fuscus,” and has its “ cauda

* Het Gesl. der Muizen, p. 137 (1827).

+ Mém. Ac. Pétersb. (6) iii. pt. 2, p. 428 (1835).
¢ Anim. Nouv. Mus. Genév. p. 64 (1841).

354 Mr. O. Thomas on some

in individuo exsiccato albida, in vivo carnea.” JM. cinna-
momeus has a “ teinte générale jaune” and a tail only 121
millim. long.

Of other species the nearest seems to be Hesperomys rus-
satus, Wagn.*, but this has “ cauda corpore paululum breviore,
... pallida” and “ pedibus albidis.” Mus physodes, Licht.t,
which our specimens had been formerly supposed to be,
proved, on a personal examination of the type in the Berlin
Museum, to be quite a different animal, coloured more like
Oryzomys laticeps, Lund. One other species needs mention,
namely Mus vulpinus, Lund f, nec Brants, on which MZ. vul-
pinoides, Schinz §, and Calomys laticeps, Winge ||, nec Lund,
are based ; but this is shown by Winge’s admirable figures
to be again more nearly allied to the true O. laticeps than to
the animal before us.

Oryzomys xantheolus, sp. n.

Size and general characters of O. galapagoensis, Waterh.,
to which I had previously assigned it. Fur harsher and
shorter than in that species, the hairs on the back about 10
or 11 millim. in length. General colour coarsely grizzled
yellow and black, the mixture approximating to tawny olive
of Ridgway. Cheeks and sides clearer yellow, or rather
buff. Under surface white, the slate-coloured bases of the
hairs scarcely showing through ; line of demarcation on sides
well defined. Eyes with a rather lighter ring surrounding
them. Lars large, their substance apparently brown, thinly
clothed with yellowish hairs. Hands and feet very thinly
haired, almost naked, their few scattered hairs white; fifth
hind toe (without claw) reaching to the middle of the first
phalanx of the fourth. Tail very long, thinly haired, brown
above and whitish below.

Skull with a short broad muzzle, sharply edged and beaded
supraorbital margins, and medium palatal foramina, about
equal in length to the upper molar series.

* Abh. Ak. Miinch. v. p. 312 (1850).
» t Darst. Saug. pl. xxxiv. (1827-34).

} Blik Bras. Dyrev. pt. iv. p. 68 (1842).

§ Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 193 (1845).

|| Rodents of Lagoa Santa (E Mus. Lundii), 1887, p. 143. Dr. Winge,
with sublime disregard of the nomenclature rules which other people find
it necessary to obey, has shifted the name Jaticeps from the species to
which Lund gave it (dubbing that sa/tator), and assigned it to the form
which Lund had called eudpinus. The change is, of course, perfectly

invalid, and cannot be recognized by any one who acknowledges the prin-
ciple of priority.

new Neotropical Muride. By,

Dimensions of the type (a skin) :—

Head and body 121 millim.; tail 139 *; hind foot 30; ear
from notch 18°5.

Skull: front of interparietal to nasal tip 28°3, greatest
breadth 16; nasals 12°7 x 4; interorbital breadth 5-1; length
of outer wall of infraorbital foramen 3-4; palate length from
henselion 13°4; diastema 8; palatal foramina 5°5 x 2°5;
length of upper molar series 5. Lower jaw: condyle to
incisor-tip 20; height of ramus below ;4 4°4.

Hab. 'Tumbez, N. Peru. Coll. Dr. J. Stolzmann.

Type: B.M. 85.4.1.47.

This species is undoubtedly very nearly allied to O. gala-
pagoensis, but may be distinguished by its yellowish instead
of brownish colour, its shorter fur, and longer tail. One
would also expect, almost as a matter of course, that the
insular form of the Galapagos Islands would be specifically
distinguishable from that of the mainland.

Oryzomys pheopus, sp. n.

General appearance somewhat of the O. laticeps type, but
size smaller and tail shorter. Fur straight and rather harsh,
about 11 millim. in length on the back. Colour above
coarsely grizzled fulvous and black, the general tone near
Ridgway’s “ vandyke-brown,” scarcely paler or clearer on
sides. Whole of under surface dirty buff, the hairs pale
plumbeous basally, dull buff terminally ; line of demarcation
not sharply defined. It may be noted that the colour above
exactly matches the cheeks, and below, the belly, of a July
example of the English water-vole. ars short, thinly
haired, scarcely darker than the general colour of the head.
Upper surfaces of metacarpals and metatarsals well clothed
with dark brown hairs ; digits more thinly clothed and rather
paler. Tail comparatively short, very finely haired, in fact
almost naked ; brown above, paler below, but the difference
not conspicuous. :

Skull somewhat like that of O. laticeps, but smaller and
with a shorter muzzle. Interorbital region convex, broad, its
edges with a fine supraorbital bead. Palatine foramina just
about the length of the upper molar series. Coronoid pro-
cesses of lower jaw long, well hooked backwards.

Dimensions of the type (a male in skin) :—

Head and body 112 millim. ; tail 98 ; hind foot (moistened)
24; ear (shrunk) 14; heel to front of last foot-pad 11-5.

* Imperfect at tip; the tail of another specimen is of about the same
length as that here given.

356 Mr. O. Thomas on some

Skull: back of interparietal to nasal tip 28°6, greatest
breadth 15; nasals 12x 3°6; interorbital breadth 5:5 ; inter-
parietal 2°7x (c.) 8; length of outer wall of infraorbital
foramen 3; palate length from henselion 13:2; diastema 7°7;
palatine foramina 4°8 x 2:1; upper molar series 46. Lower
jaw: condyle to incisor-tip 18:5; height of ramus below
ieee

Hab. Pallatanga, Ecuador. Coll. L. Fraser.

Type: B.M. 59.11.1.9.

This species is based on a specimen marked in Mr. Tomes’s
handwriting “Hesperomys arvicoloides, Pictet,” and is there-
fore evidently not his own H. caliginosus, with whose descrip-
tion externally it somewhat agrees. There are also, as
Mr. Allen has pointed out*, other reasons for thinking
fH. caliginosus to have been an Acodon, an opinion on which
I based my original determination of the specimens in
Messrs. Stolzmann and Jelski’s collections.

Pictet’s arvicoloides, although withdrawn by its author in
favour of Renggert, Waterh., might have to stand for Bahian
examples of the olivaceus group; but in no case has it any-
thing to do with the present species.

Oryzomys pheopus obscurior, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical variety in most essential respects,
but the feet are shorter and more delicate, and the colour is
much darker throughout, especially on the posterior back,
where the fur is practically black, only relieved by a few
yellow-tipped hairs. Upper surface of hands and feet, and
tail, both above and below, brownish black. Fifth hind toe
only reaching to the base of the first phalanx of the fourth.

The muzzle of the skull is even shorter than in the typical
form; but this may be due to the fact that the type of
pheopus is a very aged specimen, while that of obscurior is
only just adult.

Dimensions of the type (in skin) :—

Head and body 111 millim.; tail (imperfect at tip) 89+?;
hind foot (moistened) 22°4; heel to front of last foot-pad 9°5.

Skull: bregma (back corner of frontals) to nasal tip 19;
greatest breadth (c.) 15; nasals 10°5 x 3°4; interorbital breadth
5°9; palate length from henselion 12:2; diastema 7:4;
palatine foramina 4°5 x 2:1; upper molar series 4°5. Lower
jaw : condyle to incisor-tip 18; height of ramus below a7 3°7.

Hab. Concordia, Medellin, Colombia. Coll. J. K. Salmon.

Type: B.M. 73.11.5.5.

* Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. iii. p. 210 (1891).

new Neotropical Muride. oon

Oryzomys Stolzmanni, sp. n.

Hesperomys longicaudatus, Thos. P. Z. S. 1882, p. 104 (nee Benn.).

In size and proportions clearly belonging to the O. long?-
caudatus group. Fur of medium length, rather elcse and
stiff. General colour dark rufous brown, finely lined with
black, the resulting tone approximately similar to ‘ Prout’s
brown” of Ridgway. Head greyer and less rufous. Ears
rather small, laid forwards in a spirit-specimen they reach
just to the middle of the eye; brown, finely mixed with
rufous, not prominently darker than the general colour.
Palate-ridges 3—5. Chin white; chest and belly dull buffy
yellow, the bases of the hairs slate. Upper surface of hands
and feet white ; fifth hind toe, without claw, reaching to the
end of the first phalanx of the fourth. ‘Tail very long, finely
haired, uniformly dark brown throughout, or the underside
faintly paler. Mammeze 2—2=8.

Skull very much as in O. longicaudatus, but the edges of
the interorbital region seem to be rather more evenly concave
and the palatal foramina are shorter, not reaching to the level
of the front of ™1.

Dimensions of the type (measured as a spirit-specimen in
1882) :—

Head and body 82 millim.; tail (from anus) 137; hind
foot 22°5 ; ear (of a specimen now in spirit) 12 x 10; forearm
and hand 25.

Skull: greatest length 25:5, basilar length 19; nasals 9-2
x 2°8 ; interorbital breadth 3-7; interparietal 3x9; palate
length from henselion 10:1; diastema 6:4; palatal foramina
43x15; length of upper molar series 3°5. Lower jaw:
condyle to incisor-tip 14°3; coronoid to angle 6°43; height
of ramus below z7 3.

Hab. Huambo, N. Peru, 3700 feet. Coll. Dr. J. Stolz-
mann, April 1880.

Type: Specimen 6 of the list given, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 104.
BMe S1.9.7.11.

This species is distinguishable from typical O. longicau-
datus by its darker back, buff-coloured belly, and shorter feet.
‘Tomes’s description of Hesperomys minutus from Pallatanga,
Ecuador, based on a young specimen, would have prevented
my giving a name to this mouse had it not been that the
Museum possesses an adult from the same place which agrees
sufficiently well with that description to be in all probability
the same species. This animal differs from O. Stolzmannt
by its much more rufous coloration, above and below, and by
the almost complete suppression of the projecting plate of the
anterlor zygoma-root.

358 Mr. O. Thomas on some

Oryzomys gracilis, sp. n.

Size small, form very slender and delicate. Fur short and
velvety, the hairs of the back only about 4 millim. in length.
General colour finely grizzled yellowish brown, perhaps
nearest to Ridgway’s “raw umber;” the hair-tips dull
yellow, mixed with the blackish longer hairs. Sides clearer
and more fawn-coloured, especially along the edge of the white
belly-hairs. Whole of under surface white, the bases of the
hairs slate, line of demarcation on sides fairly well defined.
Ears short, thinly haired, except on the anterior half of their
outer surfaces, where they are closely covered with fine shining
black hairs, which contrast markedly with the general hue of
the upper surface. Uppersides of hands and feet thinly
haired, white, probably flesh-coloured in life; fifth hind toe,
without claw, reaching nearly to the middle of the first
phalanx of the fourth. ‘Tail slender, thinly haired, brown
above and white below proximally, the lower surface darken-
ing distally until the terminal fourth of the tail is uniform
brown all round.

Skull with narrow parallel-sided nasals, sharply square
supraorbital edges, with a very faint trace of beading. Palatal
foramina rounded, open, rather longer than the molar series.
Molars narrow, delicate, but distinctly Oryzomys-like in
character.

Dimensions of an adult female skin :—

Head and body 106 millim.; tail 105; hind foot 246;
ear 13.

Skull: tip of nasals to front corner of interparietal 23:6 ;
nasals, length 10°4, breadth 2°5 ; interorbital breadth 5; length
of outer wall of anteorbital foramen 2°5; diastema 6°3; palatal
foramina 4°5; length of upper molar series 3'8. Lower jaw:
condyle to incisor-tip 15°5; height of ramus below 24 3°3.

Hab, Concordia, Medellin, Colombia. Coll. J. K. Salmon,

Type: B.M. No. 73,11.5.4.

This species may be readily distinguished from its allies by
its graceful form, small black ears, slender feet and tail, and
narrow, delicately built nasal region.

Cryzomys microtinus, sp. 0.

Size rather small; form more or less Arvicoline. Fur rather
short, straight and harsh, the hairs of the back about 10 millim.
in length. General colour coarsely grizzled brown, the hairs
dark slate proximally, with dull yellow tips; many black-
tipped hairs intermixed. As a result the colour is not unlike
that of some of the darker voles, say Alicrotus agrestis or

new Neotropical Muride. 359

ripartus, although not so finely grizzled as in the latter.
Below, the yellowish tips to the hairs gradually beco ne dirty
white, the slaty-grey bases of the hairs still showing through.
Palate-ridges 3—5. Ears of medium length, almost naked,
their anterior prominence little developed. Upper surface of
hands and feet dull whitish brown; fifth hind toe, without
claw, reaching just beyond the base of the fourth; pads small,
rounded, distinct. Tail short, tapering, nearly naked ; its
upper surface brown, its lower very slightly paler, Mamme
2—2=8.

Skull thick and strongly built ; nasals long, parallel-sided ;
supraorbital edges strongly diverging, sharply edged, with a
fine bead along them ; interparietal of moderate size ; outer wall
of anteorbital foramen long, convex forwards; palatine foramina
unusually large and open, the breadth across both of them
almost half their length. Molars small, but very much
worn down in the type.

Dimensions of an aged female in spirit :—

Head and body 115 millim.; tail 84; hind foot 24:5; ear
16x13; forearm and hand 28; heel to front of last foot-

ad 11.

: Skull: greatest length 29-7, basal length 24°8, basilar length
23, greatest breadth 16; nasals, length 13, greatest breadth
3°7 ; interorbital breadth 4°7 ; interparietal, length 2°3, breadth
8°5; palatal length from henselion 12°6 ; diastema 81; pala-
tine foramina, length 6°3, breadth 3; length of upper molar
series (c.) 4:1. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor-tip 19°6 ;
height of ramus below 77 4°5.

Hab. Surinam. Coll. E. Bartlett.

Type: B.M. No. 66.8.11.16.

This is one of the species which make the subdivision of
the group into genera so difficult. In all its characters except
the shortness of its tail it is a true Oryzomys; but in this
respect it approaches Acodon, especially through such species
asA. punctulatus, which has beaded supraorbital edges.
However, in view of its general skull-structure, it seems best
for the present to call it an Oryzomys, directing attention at
the same time to its Acodont external proportions.

Oryzomys (?) venustus, sp. n.

Size small, tail short ; ears rather large. Fur very long,
soft and fine; on the back the hairs are about 13 millim. in
length. General colour soft drab (Ridgway) on the back,
lightening to sandy buff on the sides, the tips of the hairs
being buff finely lined with blackish. Face like sides.

360 Mr. O. Thomas on some

Under surface pale buffy white, the hairs slaty blue for three
fourths their length, buffy white at their tips; chin-hairs
without slaty bases ; line of demarcation on sides not sharply
defined. ars rather large, almost approximating to the
species of FPhyllotis, their visible parts when folded thinly
hairy, brown; at their anterior bases a tuft of buff-tipped
hairs. Hands and feet well-haired, white; fifth hind toe
short, not or scarcely reaching to the base of the fourth. Tail
short, about the length of the body without the head, well-
haired, but not tufted; distinctly bicolor, brown above, white
on the sides and below.

Skull, in proportion to its size, strongly built; muzzle
broad ; interorbital region flat, its edges sharply marked and
angular, slightly overhanging the orbits posteriorly. Ante-
rior palatine foramina long, extending backwards to the level
of the middle prominence of @-1,

Dimensions of the type (an aged male in skin) :—

Head and body 94 millim. ; tail 72; hind foot (moistened)
21; ear (shrunk) 16; heel to front of last foot-pad 8°9.

Skull: lambda (front of interparietal) to nasal tip 23°5,
greatest breadth 14°55 nasals 10°5 x 3:1; interorbital breadth
4°53; length of outer wall of infraorbital foramen 3:1; palate
length from henselion 11°6; diastema 6°7 ; anterior palatine
foramina 5°7 x 18; length of upper molar series 4°3. Lower
jaw: condyle to incisor-tip 17; height of ramus below
emma DP

Hab. Cosquin, Cordova, Argentina. Coll. E. W. White,
Sept. 10, 1882.

Type: B.M. 83.4.16.1.

‘Lhis pretty little species, although by its skull apparently
an Oryzomys, much resembles externally a diminutive
Phyllotis both in general coloration, character of fur, and size
of ears; but I know no species of that or any other group
with which it could be confounded.

Acodon* Jelskii, sp. n.

Hesperomys (Habrothria) scalops, Gay, Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 4565,
pl. xhii. fig. 1 (animal), pl. xliv. figs. 1,15, and 16 (palate and skull) ;
nec Gay.

Since the above determination was published the discovery
of several other species with more or less the peculiar colora-
tion of this animal, as shown in the plate quoted, has so much
reduced the relative importance of this by itself as a specific
characteristic, that I feel no longer able to ignore the differ-

* Meyen, 1885—Syn. Habrothriz, Waterh. 1837.

new Neotropical Muride. 361

ences between M. Jelski’s Peruvian specimens and Gay’s
description merely in consideration of their similarity in
colour.

The Peruvian species having been fully described, I need
only now point out that it differs from Gay’s Central Chilian
one by its much longer tail, the body-length being less, and by
its longer palatine foramina, Gay’s figure showing these but
little longer than the molar series, while in A. Jelskid they are
almost twice as long (see body and skull measurements, /. c.).
Besides these differences there may be many others, as Gay’s
description, although not very short, deals chiefly with cha-
racters which are of generic or family rather than specific
value.

flab. Junin, Central Peru. Coll. C. Jelski, 1872.

Type: the figured skin, B.M. No. 85.4.1.44.

Acodon Jelskit pyrrhotis, subsp. n.

Hesperomys (Habrothrix) scalops, Thos, J. c. partim (specimens / and ¢,

from Maraynioc).

While the Junin specimens of A. Jelskii (see above) all
precisely agree with the type specimen figured in the original
paper in having their ears only partly rufous, the outer
surface especially being greyish brown, in having their tails
dark brown above (at least terminally) and pale rufous yellow
laterally and below, and in having their digits whitish as
compared to the rich rufous metapodials, the Maraynioc ones
have the whole of their ears, inside and outside, the whole of
their tails, above and below, and the whole of their feet,
metatarsals and phalanges, uniform rich chestnut-rufous.
These differences appear to be of sufficient importance and
constancy to demand recognition by name, at least sub-
specifically.

Dimensions as given for specimen h (1. ¢.).

Hab, Maraynioc, Central Peru. Coll. C. Jelski.

Type: Specimen 7, which has now been skinned out of
spirit. B.M. 94.10.7.4.

Acodon punctulatus, sp. n.

Size about the same as A. Jelskiv. Fur much shorter and
crisper than is usual in Acodon, that of the back about 7 millim.
in length. General colour finely punctulated grey and yellow,
the resulting tone on the back when viewed from a distance
not far from Ridgway’s ‘‘ raw umber,” greyest on the anterior
back, and lightening on the cheeks, sides of neck, flanks,
and sides of rump to “tawny olive,” or perhaps rather more

362 Mr. O. Thomas on some

rufous than that, especially on the last-named part. Through-
out the colour is made up of a finely grizzled mixture of grey,
black, and yellowish in varying proportions. Head con-
colorous with back. Under surface dirty yellowish white,
the bases of the hairs slate-coloured. Hars small, well-haired,
brown, with a slight admixture of yellowish. Upper surface
of hands and feet brownish white. Fifth hind toe short,
barely reaching to the base of the fourth. Tail short, dark
brown above, dirty fulvous below.

Skull evenly convex above in profile, with a short muzzle
and long narrow brain-case. Supraorbital edges sharply
beaded, even slightly overhanging, and forming slight angular
postorbital processes. Interparietal small. Palatal foramina
long, nearly twice the length of the molar series. Molars
apparently of normal Acodon structure, but too much worn
in the type for accurate description.

Dimensions of the typical skin :—

Head and body (stretched) 132 millim.; tail 71; hind foot
(moistened) 22; ear (dried) 14.

Skull: length from just above foramen magnum to tip of
nasals 29°6; greatest breadth (c.) 15; nasals, length 10°5;
interorbital breadth 4°8; interparietal, length 2, breadth 5:5 ;
outer wall of foramen magnum 3°4; diastema 8°5; length of
palatal foramina 7 ; upper molar series 4:2.

Hab. Ecuador (probably Pallatanga). Coll. L. Fraser.

Type: B.M. No. 59.11.1.8.

This peculiar-looking species is of somewhat doubtful
position, as its comparatively short crisp fur and, especially,
its beaded supraorbital edges separate it widely from any
other Acodon. In fact I think it is nearly certain hereafter
to require generic or subgeneric separation; but this can only
be done when our knowledge of the whole group is much
further advanced than it is at present. It is, however, possible
that, in company with some other beaded species which have
been referred to Acodon on account of their external propor-
tions, such as A. dasiwrus, Lund, A. punctulatus should
properly be placed in Oryzomys, of which it and they would
then form a special group of short-tailed species.

Acodon macronyzx, sp. n.

Similar to A. megalonyz, Waterh., in size, general propor-
tions, and especially in the enormous development of the
claws. It differs, however, by its much more greyish general
colour, which matches Ridgway’s “ hair-brown,’’ more
whitish under surface, and by its shorter, broader, heavier,

new Neotropical Muride. 363

and more rounded skull. Palatal foramina extending back
to the level of the anterior inner notch of ™1.

Ears short, hairy, similar in colour to the rest of the upper
surface.

Hind feet short and broad, the six pads large, rounded, and
prominent ; fifth hind toe reaching, without claw, to the
middle of the short first phalanx of the fourth. In the type
the claws are so much worn down that their present length
does not show their unusual dimensions; but in a second
specimen, somewhat younger, the middle anterior claw
measures 6'2 millim. in a straight line.

Dimensions of the type (an aged female in skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 118 millim.; tail (c.) 47; hind foot
(moistened), without claw 22, with claw 24:5; heel to front
of last foot-pad 10.

Skull: greatest length 30, basal length 25°8, basilar length
24:2, greatest breadth 16:3; nasals 12°5x4; interorbital
breadth 5; interparietal, length 1:4, breadth 4:2; length of
outer wall of infraorbital foramen 2°8; palate length from
henselion 13; diastema 7:8; palatal foramina 6°6 x 1°7;
length of upper molar series 5:1. Lower jaw: condyle to
incisor-tip 20; coronoid to angle 8°5 ; height of ramus below
mi 4°3.

Hab. East side of the Andes, near Fort San Rafael,
Province of Mendoza. Coll. T. Bridges.

Type: B.M. 60.1.5.14.

Of this group of long-clawed Acodons two other species
have been described, both by Philippi, namely “ Oxymycterus”
valdivianus * and O. niger ¢ ; but both are from the Chilian
side of the Andes, and both are said to be darker in colour

than A. megalonyx, while A. macronyz is conspicuously
lighter.

Acodon mollis, sp. n.

Hesperomys olivaceus, Thos. P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 110, and 1884, p. 456
(nec Waterh.).

Closely similar in almost every respect to A. olivaceus,
Waterh. Size and colour identical. ‘T'ail decidedly longer,
but coloured and clothed quite similarly. Fifth hind toe,
without claw, reaching to the middle of the first phalanx of
the fourth. Palate-ridges 3—4.

Skull readily distinguishable by its much broader inter-
orbital space, which, being broader instead of narrower than
the muzzle, gives quite a different appearance to the general

* Arch. f. Nat. 1858, i. p. 303.
t Zeitschr. ges. Naturwiss. (9) vi. p. 445 (1872).

364 Mr. O. Thomas on some

contour of the skull. Supraorbital edges rounded. Palatine
foramina reaching to the middle internal prominence of ™:!.

Dimensions of the type (a skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 110 millim. ; tail 85.

Of an old male in spirit from the same locality :—

Head and body 95; tail 75; hind foot 22; ear from notch
15°3 x 13; heel to front of last foot-pad 9:5.

Skull (of the spirit-specimen): greatest length 27, basal
length 24:2, basilar length 22°5, greatest breadth 14; nasals
9°3 x 3°6; interorbital breadth 5:1; interparietal 1:5x 66;
palate length to henselion 12; diastema 7-6 ; palatal foramina
6x 2°4; length of upper molar series 4:2. Lower jaw:
condyle to incisor-tip 17°6; tip of coronoid to angle 7;
height of ramus below 374 3°6.

Hab. Tumbez, N. Peru. Coll. Dr. J. Stolamann. There
are also specimens in the Museum collection from Maraynioc
(Jelsk¢) and Vitoe (Kalinowskz).

Type: B.M. No. 85.4.1.49.

This species is evidently the northern representative of
A. olivaceus, which ranges over Bolivia, Chili, and Pata-
gonia, and which it replaces in Keuador and Peru. In dis-
tinguishing the two, I have examined six skulls of the
northern and ten of the southern form.

Peromyscus * leucurus, sp. n.

Size large, slightly less than that of P. mexicanus or P. cali-
fornicus. Fur soft and close, the hairs on the back 7 or 8
millim. in length. General colour cinereous grey, finely lined
on the back with blackish, clearer on the sides, where it is
approximately “drab-grey” of Ridgway. Chin white, rest
of under surface “ grey no. 8;”’ the bases of the hairs slate,
the tips white. Eyes without any prominent dark ring round
them, although the extreme edges of the lids are, as usual,
black. Ears large, but not so large as in P. Trwed or
P. californicus, finely hairy, blackish brown. Hands and
feet white ; fifth hind toe, as in most other Peromysci, reaching
to the middle of the second phalanx of the fourth. ‘Tail long,
more thinly haired than usual; brown above and whitish
below for the proximal, wholly white all round for the distal
half ; a few hairs at the extreme tip are, however, brown.

Skull, for a Peromyscus, strong and well built, most similar
in its proportions, of those available for comparison, to that

* Gloger, 1841.—Syn. Sitomys, Fitz. 1867. An analysis of Gloger’s
generic names is now in course of preparation, and will be published
shortly.

new Neotropical Muride. 365

of P. aztecus, De Sauss. It is, however, larger, with more
strongly developed supraorbital edges, narrower posterior nares,
and longer pterygoid processes. Molars strictly as in Pero-
MYSCUS.

Dimensions of the type (a well-made skin, male) :—

Head and body 118 millim. ; tail 142; hind foot 25°5 (with
claws 26°5) ; ear from notch 17°5.

Skull: greatest length 30°3, greatest breadth 15; nasals,
length 11:2, breadth 3°45 interorbital breadth 5:1; inter-
parietal, length 3:9, breadth 10; palate length from hen-
selion 11:9; diastema 7°6 ; palatal foramina 5°8 x 2'-4; length
of upper molar series 4°5. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor-
tip 18:2; coronoid to angle 74; height of ramus below
mio

Hab. Tehuantepec (A. Boucard).

Type: BM. No. 79.1.6.3.

This species is founded on the Tehuantepec specimen re-
ferred by Alston in the ‘ Biologia’ * to ‘‘Hesperomys cali-
Jornicus.” It differs from that species by its smaller size,
smaller ears, much paler colouring, and more thinly haired
tail. It is perhaps most nearly related to the P. Truei-group,
of which it may be said to be a large small-eared member.

Mr. Allen’s Peromyscus nudipest from Costa Rica is
decidedly larger and more darkly coloured than P. leucurus,
while no other described Central-American species attains
its size.

Peromyscus gymnotis, sp. n.

Size medium; ears long, tail short. General colour, so
far as can be made out in a spirit-specimen, very dark, almost
bistre-brown. Under surface dirty buff, the slate-coloured
bases of the hairs showing through. ars long, laid forward
im a spirit-specimen they reach 3 or 4 millim, in front of the
anterior canthus of the eye; perfectly naked, no hairs being
discernible upon them (except at their bases posteriorly) even
with a lens +; their substance plumbeous in colour. Palate-
ridges 3—5. Hands and fect thinly covered with fine silvery-
white hairs; fifth hind toe reaching to the base of the second
phalanx of the fourth; soles practically naked along median
line, a few scattered white hairs being only found on this

* Mamm. p. 146 (1880).

+ Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. iii. p. 213 (1891).

{ A second examination with a more powerful lens shows that there
are a few widely scattered minute whitish hairs on the ears, but they are
so few and so small as practically not to affect the statement in the text,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiv. 25

366 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the
part. Tail slightly shorter than the head and body, slender,

very thinly clothed with minute brown hairs, which are
everywhere of the same colour, while the skin of the tail itself
is also dark brown above and below for its whole length.
Skull, as compared to that of P. aztecus, decidedly more
lightly built and flatter above when viewed in profile; muzzle
longer and narrower; supraorbital edges square but not
beaded; palatal foramina widely open; bulle rather smaller.
Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :—
Head and body 99 millim.; tail 92; hind foot 22 (with
claws 23); ear 17x 13:5; heel to front of last foot-pad 10.
Skull: greatest length 30°5, basal length 25, basilar length
to henselion 23:1, greatest breadth 15:4; nasals 12x 3:3;
interorbital breadth 4°6 ; interparietal 3°7 x10; palate length
from henselion 12°4; diastema 8:2; palatine foramina 58 x
2-3; upper molar series 4°1. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor-
tip 18; coronoid to angle 7-3; vertical height of ramus below

= ah op

Hab. Guatemala. Coll. Bernoulli.

Type: B.M. 86.5.13.4.

The only species that I know of related to this peculiar
dark-coloured short-tailed Peromyscus are two in the Museum
collection from “§. Mexico,” Coll. Sallé. One is, however,
larger and the other smaller than P. gymnotis, and both have
more or less bicolor tails and hairy ears. ‘These two species
are, I believe, both undescribed ; but, in view of the fact that
their exact locality is not known and that there is reason to
hope for a proper American revision of the Mexican Pero-
mysct, based on Mr. Nelson’s magnificent collections, I prefer
to refrain from describing them.

XLIV.—WNatural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine
Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C.F. Oldham,
R.N.— Series II., No. 10. Report upon some Mollusca
dredged in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea.—
Appendix. By Epcaar A. SMITH.

SINCE the publication of the above report in the September
number of the ‘ Annals’ I have received from Mr. Alcock, the
Superintendent of the Indian Museum at Calcutta, two species
of Mollusca which have already been figured and briefly
described in the earlier accounts of the dredgings of the
‘ Investigator ’ by Messrs. Alcock and Wood-Mason. Of one
of the species I have drawn up a detailed description, and of

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 367

the other, which proves to belong to a previously described
species, L append the synonymy.

Pirula investigatoris.

Sycotypus, sp. Wood-Mason & Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1891,
vol. vii. pp. 15, 16 (cut, fig. 2).
Sycotypus investis gator as, Wood-Mason & Alcock, MSS.

Testa ventricose pyriformis, mediocriter tenuis, dilute fucescens, hic
illic longitudinaliter saturatius strigata, undique spiraliter tenuiter
lirata, lineis incrementi arcuatis tenuissimis cancellata; spira
aliquanto elata; anfractus 7, celeriter accrescentes, convexiusculi,
supremi 24 (nucleus) leves, ultimus ventricosus, infra medium
constrictus ; apertura elongata, longit. totius 2 fere 2 gequans, antice
in canalem obliquam latem producta, intus albida, subsuleata ;
labrum tenue, in medio arcuatim prominens, postice ad suturam
subsitiuatum- columella spiraliter convoluta, usque ad apicem
intus visibilis, callo tenuissimo albo supra suturam producto
induta.

Longit. 97 millim., diam. maj. 56, min. 47; apertura cum rostro
81 longa, in medio 27 lata.

flab. Off Ganjam coast, east coast of India, in 98 to 102
fathoms, on a sandy bottom.

The distinguishing features of this interesting species are
its ventricose form, high spire, thin texture, and the smooth-
ness of the sculpture. The spiral or transverse riblets are
very fine and close together, a little flattened, and generally,
but not constantly, alternately more slender. ‘The longitu-
dinal raised lines are thread-like, very much curved, “and
chiefly visible between the riblets. The colour of the shell is
light brown or warm cinnamon,” with longitudinal streaks
of a darker tint in the same curve as the lines of growth.
‘Colour of the animal delicate pink, the edges of the mantle
shading into a lemon-yellow.”

Solariella infundibulum, Watson.

Trochus (Margarita) infundibulum, Watson, Report Gaster. ‘ Chal-
lenger,’ p. 84, pl. v. fig. 8.

Solariella infundibulum, “Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. xi. p. 319, pl. Ixvi.
fig. 97.

Trochus infundibulum, Dall, Nautilus, vol. ili, pp. 2-4 (description of

soft parts).
Solariella metallica, Wood-Mason & Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist

1891, vol. viil. p. 444, figs. 12 a, b.

Hab. Off Bermuda, 1075 fath. ; off Marion Island, in the
Southern Ocean, 1375 fath. (‘Challenger’); 100 miles east-
Zo"

¢

368 Dr. R. H. Traquair on Paleozoic Fishes.

ward of the entrance to Chesapeake Bay, 1685 fath. (Dall) ;
Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon, 738 fath. (‘Investigator’).

This is another remarkable instance of wide distribution
among deep-water mollusks—another link in the chain of
proof (if that were needed). regarding the cosmopolitan cha-
racter of the deep-sea fauna.

The soft parts of this species have been examined and
described by Mr. W. H. Dall, and are remarkable in several
respects.

The shells from the Gulf of Manaar have the acute tubercles
somewhat larger and less numerous than in the ‘ Challenger’
shells or Mr. Dall’s specimen, which he liberally placed in
the British Museum collection.

In other respects they agree. The width and character of
the umbilicus, the general form, colour, and texture are
similar, and the number and relative proximity of the ribs on
the lower half of the body-whorl also correspond, the ridge
bordering the umbilicus being more crenulated than the rest.

On account of the extra size of the nodules on the two upper
ridges the aperture exhibits two corresponding conspicuous
rows of indentations, a feature but feebly developed in the
more finely tuberculated forms.

I have followed Wood-Mason and Alcock in placing this
shell in Solariella, as it agrees conchologically more closely
with that group than with Margarita. It is, however, pro-
bable that the characters of the soft parts are sufficiently
distinctive to warrant the formation of a new genus.

XLV.—Notes on Paleozoic Fishes —No. I.
By R. H. Traquair, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.

[Plate IX.]

DEVONIAN.
Diplacanthide.

PAREXUS.

In the Powrie Collection, now in the Edinburgh Museum,
there is a spine belonging to this genus, from the Old Red
Sandstone of Cradley, Herefordshire. It is 24 inches in
length, slender, tapering, gently curved, and showing, along
the concave side, one of the two rows of denticles, with
distally directed apices, characteristic of the genus. The

Dr. R. H. Traquair on Paleozoic Fishes. 369

surface of the spine is otherwise not well preserved ; but, so
far as one may judge from its condition, it shows no pecu-
liarity distinguishing it from the well-known Parexus recurvus,
Ag., of the Forfarshire beds.

The occurrence of Parexus in the west of England area of
the Old Red Sandstone has not, so far as I am aware, been
hitherto recorded, and is interesting as bringing out still more
strongly the resemblance between the Lower- Devonian fish-
fauna of that region and that of the widely separated central
Scottish area. I may take the opportunity of stating here
that I have never been able to find any actual corroboration
of the alleged occurrence of Parerus in the Old Red of
Caithness.

Coccosteide.
Phlyctenaspis anglica, Traq.

In my original description of this genus * I gave as one of
the marks of distinction between the two known species,
P. acadica and P. anglica, that in the former the external
angle of the cranial shield was divided by a shallow notch
into two, the postero- and antero-external angles, whereas in

the latter these two angles were confluent and formed one
prominent postero-external projection.

Cranial Shield of Phlyctenaspis anglica, restored sketch (ethmoid
and pineal plates omitted).—m.oce., median occipital ; ¢.occ., external
occipital ; ag., angular ; c, central; m., marginal; pt.o., postorbital ;
p.0., preeorbital,

That such a peculiar difference should exist between two
closely allied species seemed strange from the beginning; but
light is thrown on the matter by a specimen of Phlycteen-

* Geol. Mag. (8) vol. vii. 1890, p. 60.

370 Dr. R. H. Traquair on Paleozore Fishes.

aspis anglica in the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn
Street. Here it is clearly shown that the postero-external
extension of the shield in this species is due to the presence
of a small plate (woodcut, ag.), which seems to be absent in
all the specimens of P. acadica which I have hitherto seen.
It will be noticed in the restored sketch (p. 369) of the
arrangement of the cranial shield-elements in P. anglica that
the line of suture which divides this plate, ag., from the rest
of the shield repeats pretty exactly the re-entering angle seen
at the same place on the margin in the Canadian species.
The inference is therefore unavoidable that the plate in
question was also present in P. acadica, but was prone to be
lost through not having been anchylosed. ‘This plate, to
which from its position we may give the name of “ angular,”
is apparently absent in the cranial shield of Coccosteus, the
arrangement of the elements of which otherwise agrees in
general plan with that in Phlyctenaspis.

Acanthaspis priimensis, sp.n. (Pl. IX. fig. 1.)

Among some fossils obtained a few years ago for the
Edinburgh Museum from Mr. B. Stiirtz, of Bonn, are two
specimens, or, rather, impressions of the anterior ventro-
lateral plate, with attached spine, of a species of Acanthaspis
from the Lower Devonian of Priim, in the Hifel. Of these
the smaller and more perfect is here figured.

As indicated by the impression, the plate, somewhat quad-
rate in form, was ornamented externally by a minute, often
vermicularly confluent tuberculation. From the anterior two
thirds of its outer margin a pointed process passes outwards
and backwards, to the antero-external border of which is fixed
a long, tapering, slightly curved hollow spine. ‘The direction
of this spine in the complete animal must have been obliquely
backwards and outwards; that it was hollow is shown by a
small portion of the stony core of the interior, which still
adheres at one point near its middle. ‘The impression also
shows that the spine was ornamented externally by fine
longitudinal ribs, showing a minute sharp tuberculation of the
same character as that in the North-American Acanthaspis
armata of Newberry. The entire length of the spine is rather
more than twice that of its supporting plate; its greatest
width is contained over eight times in its length. Length of
the plate (anterior ventro-lateral) 13%; inch, of the spine 24
inches. ‘The other specimen, which is not so good, is some-
what larger, the spine having a length of 3 inches.

There can be no doubt that the above-described fossil, to

“Dr. R. H. Traquair on Paleozoic Fishes. 371

which the specific name priimensis may be given, belongs to
the genus Acanthaspis of Newberry, which was supposed by
its founder to be related to the Cephalaspide *. Mr. Smith
Woodward, however +, in describing an apparently allied
form from Spitzbergen, A. decipiens, inclined to the belief
that the genus was most nearly related to the Asterolepide,
and that the spine, here fixed and immovable, represented
the articulated pectoral limb of Asterolepis or Pterichthys. But
from the resemblance of the plate and spine to the correspond-
ing parts in Phlyctenaspis, I cannot doubt that, whatever
A. decipiens of Smith Woodward may be, Acanthaspis armata
of Newberry is a Coccostean f.

CARBONIFEROUS.
Cestraciontide.

EUPHYACANTHUS, gen. nov.

Dorsal spines with a few longitudinal ridges on the ante-
rior aspect, which, at the apex, likewise cover the sides.
Two rows of recurved denticles on the posterior area, within
the angulated margins by which the latter is bounded.

This genus resembles Tristychius, Agassiz, save in the
position of the denticles, which are within and not on the
limiting margins of the posterior area.

Euphyacanthus semistriatus, sp. n.

(Pl. IX. figs. 2-6.)

These spines (PI. 1X. figs. 2 and 3) attain sometimes a
length of 5} inches. When the apex is preserved unabraded
it may show four or five ridges extending over its sides, but
as we pass downwards these become limited to the anterior
aspect, leaving a bare space between them and the postero-
lateral margin. ‘Towards the base of the exserted portion of
the spine there may be a variable number of these ridges on
each side of the anterior and median marginal one—two,
three, four, or more—and the number is sometimes increased
by intercalation, The posterior area shows a median groove
(figs. 4 and 6), on each side of which, but within the margin
separating the area from the side of the spine, is a row of
rather small, sharp, and strongly recurved denticles (fig. 5).
‘T'wo forms of this spine are observable—one straight, more
tapering, and with fewer ridges (fig. 2), and a second, stouter,

* Geol. Surv. Ohio, vol. ii. pt. il. (1875) p. 37, pl. lv. figs. 1-6.
t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. viii. pp. 4-6.
t KR. H, Traquair in Geol. Mag. (8) vol. x. 1893, p. 149.

372 Dr. R. H. Traquair on Palwozotc Fishes.

more curved, and having the ridges in greater number (fig. 3).
Though the slender form is more abundant than the stout one,
I am inclined to regard both as belonging to the same
species and as representing respectively the anterior and pos-
terior dorsal spines of the fish to which they belonged.

From the Lower Carboniferous of the Edinburgh district.
Rare in nodules above the ‘‘ Broxburn ”’ oil-shale at Straiton
and in shale in connexion with the “ Blue’”’ coal at Niddrie.
More abundant in the roof-shale of the ‘* South Parrot ” coal-
seam at the last-mentioned locality.

Acanthodide.
Acanthodopsis microdon, sp.n. (PI. IX. fig. 7.)

This is the articular moiety of an Acanthodian mandible
about ? inch in length, and showing on its upper margin
eleven conical, blunt, incurved teeth, apparently to some
extent laterally compressed, and with a slight apical enlarge-
ment. Bases of teeth not so broad in proportion as in
A. Wardi.

As the small size and somewhat different shape of the teeth
strikingly distinguish this mandible from that of the well-
known Acanthodopsis Wardi of Hancock and Atthey, its
claims to specific distinction seem to be clear and undoubted,

From the Upper Carboniferous ; Woodhouse Coal, Cheadle
Coal-field. The specimen, from the Ward collection, is now
in the British Museum, but was previously lent to me by
Mr. Ward for description.

Position uncertain, probably Chimeeroid :—
Harpacanthus major, sp.n. (Pl. IX. fig. 8.)

One specimen only. Spine slender, pretty strongly curved,
and at the base again slightly recurved ; 2? inches in length,
but, being broken off distally, it must originally have been
longer ; rounded in transverse section at the base, but be-
coming laterally flattened further on, and with the convex
margin slightly sharper than the concave one. On the distal
third of the concave margin, presumably the anterior, are seen
three stout recurved denticles, their apices 3 inch apart from
each other; at the broken distal extremity is seen the cross
section of a laterally compressed internal tubular cavity.

This spine obviously belongs to the genus Harpacanthus,
which I proposed some years ago* for the Tristychius fimbri-

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. xviii. 1886, p. 493,

Dr. R. H. Traquair on Paleozoic Fishes. 373

atus of Stock, but differs from that species not only in being
a larger spine, but alsoin the much greater proportional size,
stoutness, and smaller number of the recurved denticles. In
both species these denticles form a single row.

Lower Carboniferous; in shale in connexion with the
“ Blue Coal,” Niddrie Colliery, near Edinburgh.

Prof. Anton Fritsch, of Prague, has thrown out the sugges-
tion that Harpacanthus may be not an HKlasmobranch or
Chimeroid spine, but a ‘ bezahnter Kiemenbogen ’’—a
teleostomous gill-arch with anchylosed gill-rakers, as in his
Trissolepis from the Bohemian gas-coal*. I have, however,
elsewhere shownt that the configuration of these bodies
renders this view untenable, and my belief is that they were,
like the spine of Sgualoraia, median appendages on the heads
of Chimeeroid fishes.

Paleoniscide.
Eurylepis anglica, sp.n. (PI. IX. fig. 9.)

This is the posterior part of a cranial shield, representing
the fused parietals, frontals, and squamosals ; it is } inch in
length and the same in breadth across the parietal region. It
is ornamented with tolerably coarse rounded ridges, which are
comparatively slightly elevated and mainly follow a direction
concentric with the margins of the respective bones, except
at the anterior angle of each frontal, where there is a group
of ridges, which pass obliquely inwards and a little back-
wards, so as in the middle line to meet those of the opposite
side at an obtuse angle.

This little relic is almost identical with the similar cranial
shield of Eurylepis tuberculata, Newberry {, from the Coal-
measures of Linton, Ohio, but differs in the ornament being
more of a ridged than tuberculated character.

Messrs. Hancock and Atthey mention, without description,
the occurrence of a fish in the Northumberland coal-field,
which they suspected might belong to Newberry’s Eurylepis ;
but there cannot be any doubt of the generic position of this,
the first figured English specimen.

From the Ash Coal-shale, Upper Carboniferous, Longton,
Staffordshire. Collected by Mr. J. Ward, F.G.S., by whom
it was lent to me for description ; the specimen is now in the
British Museum.

* ‘Fauna der Gaskohle und der Kalksteine der Permformation
Boéhmens,’ Band iii. Heft 2.

t+ Geol. Mag. (3) vol. x. 1893, p. 178.

{ Geol. Survey Ohio, Paleontology, vol. i. p. 350, pl. xxxviii. fig. 2 ¢.

374 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Genus Phryniscus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fiy. 1. Acanthaspis priimensis, Traq. Natural size.

Fig. 2. Euphyacanthus semistriatus, Traq. Slender form; natural size.
Fig. 3. The same. Stout form. Natural size.

Fig. 4. The same. Portion of the posterior area; magnified.

Fig. 5. The same. Posterior denticles ; magnified.

Fig. 6. The same. Outline of transverse section; magnified.

Fig. 7. Acanthodopsis microdon, Traq. One half larger than natural size.
Fig. 8. Harpacanthus major, Traq. Natural size.

Fig. 9. Eurylepis anglica, Traq. Greater part of cranial roof; magnified
two diameters.

XLVI.—On the Genus Phryniscus of Wiegmann.
By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

THE last number of Hilgendorf’s ‘Archiv fiir Natur-
geschichte’ (Ix. i. Heft 2) contains an article by Dr. R. A.
Philippi, of Santiago, entitled “Phryniscus Bibron ist nicht
Fhryniscus Wiegmann,” a proposition which everyone who
carefully compares the original descriptions will readily
endorse. It has beeu my fault to follow tradition in applying
the name Phryniscus to a genus of frogs for which it was not
originally intended. I am therefore bound to tender an
apology for not having detected before the error into which
all my predecessors had fallen, and to offer some further
remarks on this matter of nomenclature, which it is desirable
to settle with a full knowledge of the literature, which, unfor-
tunately, Dr. Philippi does not appear to possess,

I am all the better able to give an opinion on the matter,
as the British Museum is now in possession of specimens of
the true Phryniscus nigricans of Wiegmann, collected at
‘Tarapacé, Chili, by Mr. Lane, and presented by the late
Mr. H. B. James. This Batrachian bears no relation to the
Kastern form currently named Phryniscus nigricans, D. & B. ;
it is a Bufo, closely allied to B. variegatus, Gthr., which is
the type of Giinther’s genus Nannophryne (1870), a name
which is therefore a strict synonym of Phryniscus (1834).
But as I cannot regard, in this case, the absence of a tym-
panum as acharacter justifying generic separation, Phryniscus
must lapse into the synonymy of Bufo, Laur. (1768), and
Phryniscus nigricans should be called Bufo nigricans.

As to the Engystomatoid genus which has hitherto passed
under the name of Phryniscus, it is clear that it must
receive that of <Atelopus, Duméril and Bibron (1841)*,

* This name has priority over that of the fish-genus Aéeleopus, Schleg.
(1846).

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Anolis from Antigua. 375

which stands next on the list of synonyms. The name
Chaunus, Tschudi (1838), cannot be used, as the genus was
established by Wagler (1828) for a species of Bufo. The
specific name Phryniscus formosus, Tschudi, suggested by
Philippi to replace Phryniscus nigricans, mast be rejected, as
nothing but a nomen nudum, and Phryniscus guttatus, Philippi,
1861, appears to be asynonym of the true P. nigricans. The
only name available is Phryniscus Stelzneri, Weyenbergh,
Period. Arg. i. 1875, p.331; and the species should henceforth
be designated Atelopus Stelzner@,

The other species of the genus Atelopus are :—

Atelopus proboscideus, Bley., A. tgnescens, Cornalia (levis,
Gthr.), A. semintferus, Cope, A. varius, Stann., A. lonyi-
rostris, Cope, A. flavescens, D. & B., A. pulcher, Bler., A.
cruciger, Mart., A. elegans, Blgr., and A. Bibronit, Schmidt.

XLVII.—Description of a new Anolis from Antiyua, West
Indies. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

A SMALL collection of Reptiles from Antigua was presented
to the Natural-History Museum by Mr. Francis Watts, of the
Government Laboratory, Antigua. It contains examples of
four species, viz. :—Typhlops lumbricalis, Thecadactylus rapi-
cauda, Anolis Leach, and a new Anolis, a description of
which is given in this note.

Anolis Wattsii.

Head nearly twice as long as broad, longer than the tibia;
snout rather strongly depressed; forehead concave, with
distinct ridges; upper head-scales smooth; scales of the
supraorbital semicircles strongly enlarged, in contact in the
middle; six or seven enlarged keeled supraocular scales,
separated from the supraorbitals by one row of granules;
occipital smaller than the eye-opening, separated from the
supraorbital semicircles by three or four rows of small granular
scales; canthus rostralis sharp, canthal scales three; loreal
rows five; six or seven labials to below the centre of the eye;
ear-opening moderately large, vertically oval. Gular append-
age moderately large, merely indicated in the female; gular
scales keeled. Body compressed, without dorso-nuchal told.
Dorsal scales minutely granular, enlarged and keeled on the
vertebral line ; ventral scales a little larger than vertebrals,
much smaller than antefemorals, strongly keeled, imbricate.
Limbs moderately long; the adpressed hind limb reaches the

376 ~ Dr. J. Anderson on Two new

anterior border of the orbit; digital expansions well deve-
loped ; 23 lamelle under phalanges IT and III of the fourth
toe. ‘l'ail compressed, with a serrated crest of strongly en-
larged keeled scales. Male with enlarged postanal scales.
Olive above, with the vertebral line lighter; some blackish
longitudinal lines on the throat.

oho

millim. millim,
Total length (tail reproduced) ...........5.. 80 62
Headirns fttcuS iin’ bon cee nee abe bine ea 15 15
Widthuot leads)... 5 ses at oa asuimarinds be tae 8 7
TROUY r Ss utes gaa relees Cee oele 6 eG Seen hi 52 3l
OVO UID 5 i. Gino aS ier ph seas Spates 2's * 08 21 19
Pek urveb dara 4 WIS chee ae naves holo 'eieGe wate aie totale Stee 39 34
DHDIG.S Gpc eh dln s's Gis Kaus darrkbe einem ieraniiey ine 10

Apparently nearest allied to A. Krugi, Peters, from Porto
Rico, but distinguished by the smaller occipital scale.

XLVIII.—On Two new Species of Agamoid Lizards from the

Hadramut, South-eastern Arabia. By JoHN ANDERSON,
M.D., F.R.S.

Aporoscelis Benti, sp. n.

Head moderately large, curved downwards and forwards
from the vertex to the labial margin; cheeks of the male
much swollen, those of the female hardly perceptibly so;
snout very short, moderately pointed; canthus rostralis absent ;
nostrils directed forwards and outwards; ear a high vertical
slit, its anterior border with a dentate margin of four or more
strong triangular scales. The scales on the upper surface of
the head and on the cheeks are smooth, irregular in size, and
tessellated in arrangement, except on the occipital region,
where they are slightly imbricate, and a few tending to be
keeled ; a line of enlarged scales below the eye; labials very
small. The scales on the upper surface of the body are rather
smal], juxtaposed, faintly imbricate, and perfectly smooth; on
the nape and on the sides they are smaller than on the back,
but on the sides they become enlarged as they approach
ihe ventrals; ventrals more or less subquadrangular and
arranged in transverse lines, but less so on the chest; the
scales on the throat are the smallest on the body, and as they
approach the chest become almost granular. On the upper
surfaces of the limbs the scales are enlarged, most so on the
hind limbs, and are smooth, but, on the tibial portion of the

Lizards from South-eastern Arabia. 377

hind limb, there are some very large keeled and spiny or
conical scales. The limbs are of moderate length, but the
hind limb does not quite reach to the axilla. The tail is
much flattened above, and its broadest part is as broad as the
head, while its length equals that of the body and one half of
the head; it has 24 (or may be more or less) well-defined
annuli, each furnished with trom 10 to 12 spines, strongest
and longest on the external border. On the sides of the neck
and on the throat the skin is loose and thrown into folds.

The male is olive-grey above, covered with numerous dark
brown lines, irregular in form and distribution, many tending
to define round spots or ocelli of the general colour. On the
head, but especially on its sides, the lines are more strongly
marked and deep bluish black. The belly and upper surfaces
of the limbs are greenish yellow, but the chin, throat, and
chest are yellowish, broadly marbled with deep bluish black ;
and the greater part of the belly and under surfaces of limbs
are marked with similarly coloured blotches. The tail above
is uniform yellowish brown, and its under surface pale yel-
lowish.

The females are much paler than the males and generally
olive-grey, but the markings of the upper surface, in some, are
reduced to fine dark brown spots, without any trace of lines or
ocelli. The underparts are pale yellowish, with a few dark
spots on the throat. The tail is pale yellowish brown, and
in some the spines are marked with dark brown.

MB GeeD LOMITA, 3 os Graiersrcintaramrn eis date 330 310
PTE reee cov Wi ke oF al 6: 6,6 eta 6 arg as -shetal d's 33 31
Widtiiote Head. iid. cde vada ed Aek cs 37 33
ody amd Bendy a! iscsi ded acts's L47 169

This species is distinguished from the other two members
of the genus by its long tapering tail, by its scales, and also
by its denticulated ear.

Six examples of this handsome lizard, three males and
three females, were captured on Mr. Bent’s expedition to the
Hadramut by my collector, who, owing to the courtesy of
Mr. Bent, was permitted to accompany him throughout his
journey. They were obtained near Makulla, below the
plateau.

Phrynocephalus arabicus, sp. n.

Head flat and rounded; forehead convex. Scales on the
upper surface of the head moderately large, flattened, smooth,
and tessellate, but slightly imbricate on the temporal region.

378 On Two new Lizards from South-eastern Arabia.

Nasals in contact or separate; nostrils directed upwards.
No spiny scales on the sides of the neck. Upper surface of
the body covered with smooth, rather small, imbricate scales,
with a few slightly enlarged ones intermixed. Scales on the
upper surfaces of the limbs perfectly smooth. The scales of
the upper surface and sides of the tail generally, with the
exception of a limited area on the mesial line of the tail at its
root, are carinated and pointed. The scales on the entire
under surface, from the chin to the vent, and also those of the
under surfaces of the limbs, are smooth, but those on the belly
are pointed. Fingers and toes are well fringed, especially the
outer border of the fourth toe. Tibia rather long, equalling
the length of the head and neck; the hind limb, when laid
forwards, extends beyond the snout. Strong gular and lateral
cervical folds and a fold along the sides.

General colour of the upper surface pale yellowish, rather
densely covered with brown, yellowish, and salmon-coloured
round spots. ‘The upper surfaces of the limbs tending to be
barred with brown, and more or less spotted like the trunk ;
hands and feet yellowish. Under surface white. ‘The under
surface of the tail salmon-coloured in its proximal half, with
three or four black bands towards its end.

oe 2s
millim, millim.

Petal deme cles cee aki se pie SE aks: sine a 76 78
uenpth of head 426% eae sh bncveirny 9°6 97
5 ol head and body .....5%5.'s 3 36°5
SSE ZOLNLAILP S505 a Ye in ieto so eipi ns atalere fee 3 415

Bm OLS AS Rnd 58 at 5 12 12

Gl Wine dmb) a's i sipeeiedes es 33 35

?

This species is most closely allied to the P. luteoguttatus,
Boulenger, from northern Baluchistan, with the types of which
it has been compared. It differs from it, however, in its
smaller dorsal scales, and in the scales generally of the head,
and upper and under surfaces of the body and limbs being
smooth. It is further distinguished from P. interscapularis,
Lichtenstein, by the upper surface of the head having large
smooth scales, and by its dorsal region being covered with
much larger, and smooth scales, and by the absence of pro-
jecting spinose scales on the sides of the neck, and of a fringe
on the hinder aspect of the thighs.

This interesting discovery extends the southward distribu-
tion of the genus Phrynocephalus to within 16 degrees of the
equator. ‘Lhe specimens, two in number, were obtained on
the plateau of the Hadramut, on Mr. Bent’s expedition.

LL,

On new Coleoptera from New Zealand. 379

XLIX.—Deseriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand.
By Captain THos. Broun.

{Continued from p. 312.]

Group Anisodactylide.

Lecanomerus pallipes, sp. n.

Subdepressed, oblong-oval, shining; piceo-fuscous, the
palpi, antenne, and the sides and apices of the elytra testa-
ceous ; the sides of the thorax narrowly bordered with fusco-
testaceous ; the labrum, mandibles, and elytral suture
rufescent ; legs very pale yellow.

Thorax one third broader than long, its sides regularly
rounded, so that the base and apex are of about equal width ;
posterior angles curvate and quite obtuse; the slender basal
margin is obsolete near the middle ; the dorsal groove is not
deep and it is abbreviated ; there is hardly any trace of basal
fosse. Llytra oblong-oval, with fine simple striz ; the inter-
stices broad and plane.

This most nearly resembles No. 98; it is a little less con-
vex, the thorax is not straight, or nearly straight, behind the
middle and appreciably wider near the front than it is at the
base, as is the case in L. fuliginosus ; the elytra are more
oblong, less narrowed posteriorly, and a little flatter above ;
the legs are thinner and very much paler, and the hind tibiz
are less curvate.

¢. Length 24, breadth 1 line.

Dyer’s Pass, Canterbury. Mr. Suter sent me a specimen
in June 1893.

Group Hydrophilide.
Cyloma Stewartt, sp. n.

Convex, ovate-oblong, glabrous, shining; fuscous, the
front of the head, sides of thorax, the shoulders, sides, and
apices of elytra, and a large transverse space on the top of
the posterior declivity fusco-testaceous ; the legs and palpi of
nearly similar pale colour ; antenne and tarsi yellowish, club
dull and slightly infuscate.

Head narrowed in front of the eyes, distinctly and rather
closely punctate, much more finely in front ; clypeus trun-
cate. yes prominent, distinctly facetted. Thorax trans-
verse, gradually narrowed towards the anterior angles, which
are rounded, its sides finely margined, the base slightly

380 Capt. T. Broun on new

sinuate ; its sculpture resembles that of the head, but becomes
finer near the sides. lytra oblong, slightly wider than the
base of the thorax, rounded behind; their whole surface is
finely punctured, each has ten series of large closely placed
punctures, those nearest the suture become obsolete towards
the base; there is a well-marked sutural stria behind.

Underside fuscous, closely sculptured, finely pubescent.

This differs much in appearance from C. Lawsonus, which
is more convex and broadly oval. The form is more like that
of Saphydrus. The mentum is depressed in the middle and
emarginate in front. The prosternum has no carina. The
mesosternum is furnished with a similar but rather smaller
process, which is acuminate in front. The metasternum is
obtusely elevated in the middle ; this part is more coarsely
but not so densely punctured as the sides. Posterior femora
finely punctured and pubescent. ‘The basal joint of the hind
tarsus is shorter than the second. The antenne are 8-arti-
culate, the club is laxly jointed.

Length'1#, breadth 1 line.

Tarukenga, near Rotorua. Mr. James Stewart, C.E., the
engineer of the Rotorua railway, found two specimens on the
eround. I have much pleasure in naming the species in bis
honour.

Obs. Var. 24x1}$.— Rather more oviform, eyes more
prominent, sculpture a little coarser, sides of thorax nearly
quite straight instead of being slightly curvate.

Mount Pirongia. One, December 1893.

Group Aleocharide.
Ocalea crepera, sp. n.

Shining, smoky brown; legs fusco-testaceous; the tarsi
and first joint of the antennz testaceous; the fine depressed
pubescence is yellowish, the coarse lateral sete are fuscous.

Heed not quite as wide as the middle of the thorax, rather
finely and not closely punctured. yes oviform, not promi-
nent. Antenne as long as the head and thorax, pubescent,
fuscous; joints 4 to 10 become shorter and broader, tenth
quadrate, eleventh large, subovate. Zhorax rather longer
than broad, slightly rounded near the front, the sides nearly
straight; its surface is finely but not closely punctate.
Elytra subquadrate, much wider than the thorax, their pune-
tuation rather more distinct. Hind body elongate, attenuate
posteriorly. ;

Like Ocalea socialis (No. 165), the clothing more con-

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 381

spicuous, the antennz rather longer and with but one pallid
joint.

Length 13, breadth 4 line.

Tarukenga, near Rotorua. A single individual, taken off
foliage.

Calodera sericophora, sp. n.

Elongate, moderately nitid; elytra red, head and thorax
fusco-rufous, hind body variegated castaneous, legs and
antenne pale reddish, tarsi and palpi yellow; clothed with
slender, decumbent, pale yellow, silky pubescence, the abdo-
men with coarser yellow hairs.

Head subovate, nearly the length of the thorax; its pune-
tuation very fine, not at all close, and rather shallow. yes
prominent. Antenne rather short, gradually incrassate ;
second joint nearly as stout and elongate as the first, third a
little longer than broad, fourth subquadrate, fifth shorter than
fourth, sixth to tenth transverse, eleventh large. Thorax
but little longer than it is broad, slightly and gradually
narrowed behind, much rounded and narrowed in front, the
base slightly curvate ; its surface sculptured like the head,
the broad central depression appears shallow and interrupted
in the middle, but when looked at from the side it appears
continuous. /ytra quadrate, broader than the thorax,
parallel-sided, more distinctly and closely punctured than the
head. Hind body elongate. Legs moderately long and
slender, finely and rather densely pubescent.

This is very different from Nos. 171, 172, 173, 174, and
175. In No. 1693 (C. algophila) the thorax is almost
parallel-sided, and its greyish hairs are disposed trans-
versely ; the elytra are distinctly broader at the base than
they are behind; the head is evidently narrower than it is in
C. sericophora.

Length 12, breadth 3 line.

West Plains, Invercargill. One, sent by Mr. A. Philpott.

Calodera granifer, sp. n.

Elongate; the head, thorax, and elytra rufo-fuscous and
subopaque, each elytron with a large dark space near the
hind angle; hind body glossy castaneous, the last two seg-
ments and the legs chestnut-red; antennez dull red.

Head moderately large and broad, distinctly and closely
punctured, nearly quite smooth in front. Antenne elongate
and stout, gradually incrassate, with erect fuscous sete ;
joints 5 to 10 slightly asperate, third joint elongate, rather

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiv. 26

382 Capt. T. Broun on new

longer than the first, distinctly longer than the second ; fourth
longer than broad, fifth a little shorter and thicker ; joints 8
to 10 transverse, eleventh nearly twice the length of the
tenth. Thorax rather longer than broad, widest before the
middle, its punctuation slightly finer than that of the head,
still finer in front; near the base in the middle there is a
fovea-like depression; when locked at from the side there
appears to be a fine dorsal furrow; the base is broadly
rounded and margined; the pubescence is yellow, but very
scanty and slender; there are also some fine fuscous sete
along the sides. lycra subquadrate, much broader than the
thorax, with rounded shoulders; their sculpture is distinct,
close, rugose or granular, but becomes finer towards the
apices; the yellowish pubescence is most conspicuous across
the middle and near the hinder portion of the suture. Hind
body with more distinct but more scanty clothing; the de-
pressed basal portion of the first four segments with elongate
punctiform impressions arranged in transverse series; the
fifth, behind, with two or three rows of oviform granular
elevations across it; the sixth much rounded, with numerous
rather coarse granules. Legs elongate, with fine pubescence.

This may be placed near C. eraria (No. 173); it has,
however, longer antenne and a broader head. It may be
distinguished from all the previously described species by the
obvious granular sculpture of the terminal abdominal seg-
ments. In No. 171, a very different insect, the granules on
these segments are finer and more distant.

Length 23, breadth 4 line.

Waitakerei Range. One example.

Calodera diversa, sp. n.

Elongate; head and thorax dark red, elytra pale yellowish
red, abdomen rufo-castaneous and more nitid than the thorax,
legs and antenne obscure red.

Closely allied to C. granifer, more brightly coloured ; the
thorax has a more evident dorsal furrow, which is expanded
near the extremities; the sculpture is rather closer and finer,
and it is rather densely clothed with fine silky yellow hairs ;
the elytra are much more finely and distantly sculptured and
not at all rugose, their pubescence is dense and bright yellow ;
the fifth dorsal segment is not granulate: the antenne differ,
they are rather shorter and are without erect fuscous sete ;
their first three joints, though elongate, are shorter, the fourth
and fifth joints are not longer than broad, being just about
quadrate ; joints 6 to 10 are transverse.

Length 13, breadth quite 2 line.

Howick. One individual only.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 383

Calodera vestita, sp. n.

Elongate; abdomen glossy fuscous, head and thorax fusco
rofous and only slightly shining, the legs, antenne, and elytra
red ; pubescence slender, yellow, not so conspicuous on the
head and thorax as on the elytra.

Antenne longer and stouter than in C. sertcophora, their
three basal joints elongate, the third shorter than the first or
second, fourth about as long as broad, fifth to tenth trans-
verse, the terminal conical and large; they bear fine pubes-
cence, and short, erect, slender sete. Head slightly narrowed
behind the eyes, distinctly and closely punctured, more indis-
tinctly behind, smooth in front. Thorax oviform, about as
broad as it is long, its sculpture like that of the head, the
central groove broad and deep near the base and apex.
Elytra subquadrate, rather finely and not closely punctured,
more indistinctly behind. Hind body finely and indistinctly
sculptured, but with coarser punctures across the base of the
four first segments, the fifth distantly and minutely asperate,
the sixth retracted but apparently granulate. Legs long and
slender, with short pubescence.

Somewhat similar to No. 173, the wing-cases and antenne
longer, the punctuation of the head and thorax neither so
close nor distinct. It is larger and less shining than C. seri-
cophora, with much more evident punctures on the head and
thorax.

Length 12, breadth 2 line.

West Plains, Southland. I am indebted to Mr. Alfred
Philpott for my specimen ; it was found in August 1893.

Calodera tumidella, sp. n.

Elongate, subopaque, hind body shining castaneous; the
head, thorax, and elytra obscure red ; femora and three basal
joints of the antenne red; the two hind pairs of tibiz and
joints 4 to 10 of the antenne fuscous; pubescence yellowish
grey, rather dense on elytra.

Head rather large, rounded behind, its punctuation distinct
and close, quite dense near the sides. Antenne rather short
and stout, the basal three joints elongate and nearly equal,
fourth about as long as broad, fifth to tenth transverse, eleventh
conical. Zhorax about as broad as it is long, widest betore
the middle; distinctly and closely punctured, finely and
densely near the front, less distinctly near the base; the
sculpture on some parts appears minutely rugose ; there is a
central basal fovea, but no dorsal channel. L/ytra hardly
longer than broad, closely sculptured, slightly rugose, quite

384 Capt. T. Broun on new

densely and minutely sculptured at each side of the scutellum,
less closely near the apices; on each elytron, nearly as far
from the suture as from the base, there is a small swelling.
Abdomen elongate, finely sculptured, the base of the first four
segments evidently punctured, fifth and sixth simple; it bears
distinct yellow hairs.

In this species the sculpture of the anterior portion of the
body is denser than usual. It may be identified at once by
the small callosity on each elytron. The pubescence in fresh
examples is probably more conspicuous; on the wing-cases
it is nearly grey.

Length 14, breadth 3 line.

Woodhill, near Kaipara railway. One specimen only.

Calodera bituberculata, sp. n.

Shining, chestnut-red; legs and antenne paler; pubes-
cence slender, greyish yellow.

Head oviform, moderately finely and not closely punc-
tured. yes oval, not convex, nearly half the length of the
sides of the head. Antenne stout, joints 6 to 10 transverse.
Thorax rather broader than long, finely margined, the base
and sides a little rounded ;_ posterior angles nearly rectangular,
but not distinct ; the sculpture is nearly similar to that of the
head, there is a small transverse impression before the scu-
tellum but no distinct dorsal groove. lytra quadrate,
slightly wider than the thorax, with coarser sculpture ;
it is, however, rather indefinite, and appears to consist of
punctures or minute granules, according to the light; on
each elytron, close to the suture, before the middle, there is
an evident tubercle or nodosity. Hind body elongate,
narrower than the elytra, parallel, broadly marginated ; its
sculpture is granular, on the pale fifth segment the granules
are most apparent, the fourth is slightly piceous.

The well-developed elytral nodosities and the granular
sculpture of the dorsal segments render its recognition easy.
The head is much narrower than that of C. tumidella, which,

moreover, is a larger insect, with coarser and different
sculpture.

Length 14, breadth + line.
Howick. One, found under a log.

Calodera fungicola, sp. n.

Robust, not parallel, glossy ; variegate rufo-fuscous, more
or less bronzed; the legs and the basal two joints of the

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 385

antenne reddish, tarsi paler; pubescence conspicuous, yel-
lowish.

Head oviform, rather narrow, distantly punctured. Labrum
large, transverse, truncate in front. yes moderately large,
oval. Antenne stout, reaching backwards beyond the base
of the thorax, the basal three joints nearly equally elongate ;
4 to 10 become shorter and broader, dull piceous, and densely
pubescent, eleventh large. Thorax quite as long as broad,
the base subtruncate in the middle, apex rounded ; the poste-
rior angles obtuse, but nearly rectangular; the anterior
rounded and much depressed, so that the front appears much
narrowed ; at each side there is a slight sinuation behind the
middle ; the fine central longitudinal groove terminates in a
transverse fovea near the base; the surface is distinctly but
not closely punctured. lytra ample, quadrate ; the suture
is a little depressed near the base and slightly raised behind ;
they are moderately closely but not very coarsely punctured,
Hind body elongate, not quite the breadth of the elytra, finely
and remotely punctate.

This may be located near C. vulcanica, Fauvel; the head
of that species is broader behind the eyes, the thorax is ovi-
form and densely sculptured, the elytra appear slightly
asperate, and the dorsal segments of the abdomen are finely
granulate near the base.

Length 13-13, breadth quite 3 line.

Negatira, near the railway to Rotorua. Five specimens,
taken out of fungi.

Aleochara semifusca, sp. n.

Elongate, moderately nitid ; pubescence flavescent, dense,
slender and depressed; head fuscous, thorax and elytra pale
rufo-fuscous, hind body eneo-castaneous, legs red, tarsi
yellowish.

Head not broader than the front of the thorax, moderately
closely and rather finely punctured, the narrow inter-antennal
portion smooth and shining. yes longitudinally oval and
a little convex. Antenne pubescent, about the length of the
head and thorax; joints 4 to 10 each shorter and broader
than its predecessor, 8 to 10 strongly transverse; the elon-
gate basal three and the terminal one are reddish, the others
tuscous. Thorax nearly one half broader than long, the sides
and base finely margined and curvate, posterior angles nearly
rectangular; its punctuation moderately fine, rather closer
than that of the head. lytra about a third shorter than
broad ; apices very obtusely rounded individually ; there is a

386 On new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

notch near the sides, so that the hind angles are directed
backwards; their sculpture is like that of the thorax, but
ently deeper. Hind body elongate, more distantly punc-
tured.

No. 166 (Aleochara puber) is very much like this species.

Length 12, breadth 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. Three examples, on the ground amongst
decaying leaves.

Encephalus latulus, sp. n.

Broad, oblong-oval, shining, obscure fusco-rufous ; thorax
darker, abdomen glossy, with a brassy tinge, the apical seg-
ments nearly testaceous ; the four or five terminal joints of
the antenne are fuscous, the remainder are paler but not testa-
ceous ; tarsi testaceous.

Hlead narrowed anteriorly, nearly smooth. Eyes mode-
rately large. Antenne elongate, joints 5 to 10 with dark
outstanding hairs; the basal two joints nearly equally stout
and elongate, third about the same length as the second, but
much more slender; fourth distinctly longer than broad,
diJated towards the extremity ; fifth rather thicker than the
preceding one, sixth to tenth gradually incrassate, ninth and
tenth transverse, eleventh longer. Thorax transverse, its
angles nearly rectangular; the anterior are depressed, thus
causing the sides to appear more narrowed in front than is
really the case ; the base is subtruncate ; its surface is closely
but minutely and indistinctly punctured. lytra about
thrice as broad as they are long, of the same width as the
base of the thorax; the sides are ridged towards the outer
extremity, so that the hind angles appear to project back-
wards; the suture is smooth, the rest of their surface is
closely and finely but not distinctly punctured. Hind body
as broad as the elytra, curvedly narrowed from the fourth
segment backwards, indistinctly sculptured and pubescent ;
on the fourth and fifth segments there are two minute
tubercles near each side and two widely distant ones nearer
the middle close to the apical margins; the third has two
near each side, but none on the middle.

Length 3, breadth 2 line.

Wairoa North. One from Mr. G. Campbell Munro.

[To he continued. ]

Miscellaneous. 387

MISCELLANEOUS.

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the
Fossil Reptilia.—Part IX. Section 5. On the Cynodontia. By
H. G. Srecey, F.R.S.

Tue Cynodontia is a division of the Theriodontia in which there
are long and large temporal vacuities in the skull, formed chiefly by
the squamosal and malar bones; in which there is no descending
pedicle to the squamosal bone; in which the occipital condyle is
crescentic and imperfectly divided into two lateral parts; and in
which the hinder molar teeth, larger than the incisor teeth, develop
anterior and posterior cusps, are compressed from side to side, and
overlap with shear-like action the teeth of the mandible. The prin-
cipal new genera included in this group are Cynognathus, which is
known from several skulls and one fairly complete skeleton, and
the genus V’ribolodon, which does not differ in a striking way from
the small Cynodonts previously known, referred to the genera
Galesaurus, Nythosaurus, and Thrinaxodon.

The skeleton of Cynognathus crateronotus was found at Lady Frere,
near Queenstown. A single tooth of this genus had already been
obtained by Mr. Alfred Brown at Aliwal North. The skull is be-
tween 15 and 16 inches long, 8 inches high at the orbits, and
higher at the occiput, where it was about 9 inches wide. The
lateral aspect is remarkably mammalian, owing to the great deve-
lopment of the dentary bone, which forms a new type of lower jaw,
and has a greatly developed coronoid process, and to the form of the
zygoma. On the palate the palatine and transverse bones form a
descending arch between the rami of the mandible, as in crocodiles,
Sphenodon, and Lizards. The composite structure of the lower jaw
is seen on its inner side. The prefrontal and postfrontal bones
remain distinct. There is a small quadrate bone embedded in the
large squamosal bone. The latter resembles that of mammals, both
in its extension along the zygoma and its expansion as a squamous
plate on the side of the brain-case.

There are four incisors in each premaxillary ; their margins are
serrated. ‘There appear to be but three mandibular incisors on each
side, so that the type resembles Cynochampsa; but there is no
evidence of close affinity with that genus. The canine teeth are
large, worn on the anterior border, and serrated on the hinder
margin. Remnants of canine teeth are indicated which have been
replaced by those which persist. There are nine molar teeth, of
which the first five are smaller than the posterior teeth. Those
teeth are more than half as wide again from front to back as the
anterior teeth. The hinder teeth have the principal cusp directed
backward, with one subordinate pointed cusp on the front margin
and two subordinate cusps on the hinder margin. The crowns of
the teeth stand high above the alveolar margin in this species.
They are intermediate in form of crown between Canis and
Zeuglodon.

385 ‘ Miscellaneous.

The nares are terminal, divided, lateral, and arch forward in
front of the alveolar margin. ‘The orbit of the eye is 8 inches behind
the extremity of the snout, nearly circular, and separated from the
temporal vacuity by the postfrontal bone. The postfrontal bones
converge backward along the parietal crest. The malar bone
develops a slight descending process on its inferior margin. There
is no interorbital septum ossified. The type species of Cynognathus
shows on the one side preserved a small postorbital foramen, com-
parable to that of Procolophon, and the author considers that the
enlargement of this foramen makes an essential difference in plan
between the skulls of Teleosaurs and Theriodonts, and regards the
mammalian zygoma as resulting from the obliteration of the post-
orbital vacuity which defines the superior and inferior temporal
arcades in Saurischia and other Reptilia.

In general structure of palate Cynognathus resembles Lycosaurus.
There is no transverse boundary to the hard palate, but the palato-
nares are lanceolate. The author finds that the downward develop-
ment of the bones of the palate at the posterior borders of the nares,
while thoroughly reptilian, approximates to the condition in
mammals,

The form of the lower jaw approximates to that of the older
mammals and lower mammalian types, leading to the conclusion
that the mammalian lower jaw consists essentially of the dentary
bone. The dentary bone is compared to that of Micronodon in form
and development of the angle of the jaw.

The shoulder-girdle consists of a large scapula, small coracoid, and
compressed pre-coracoid. The scapula demonstrates the origin of a
spine like that of the scapula in mammals by outward development
of the anterior border of the scapula in reptiles. This spine is
defined by a prescapular development anteriorly. The spine may
have been originally a separate ossification, such as in Pareiasaurus
has been named epiclavicle. It terminates in an acromion which
is reflected forward.

The humerus is imperfectly preserved, but has the distal con-
dyles well developed; and the proximal crest has a form which is
seen in marsupials, but the articular head is transverse.

The vertebral column measures 37 inches from the body of the
atlas to the last lumbar vertebra, and its total length is 45 inches ;
but the extremity of the tail is lost. There appear to be only six
cervicals defined by the form and direction of the transverse processes
for the tubercles of the ribs. The head of the rib is attached to
the intercentral suture, and in the first vertebra reaches the inter-
centrum. ‘There are 29 presacral vertebree, of which 18 may be
counted as dorsal and 5 as lumbar. The most distinctive feature
of the vertebral column is the interlocking of the ribs in the lower
dorsal and lumbar region, where the ribs become transversely
expanded and anchylosed to the side of the centrum. The neural
arch in the lumbar region also interlocks by an arrangement
resembling the zygosphene and zygantrum of serpents. No dorsal
rib is completely preserved.

Miscellaneous. | 389

The sacrum is small and the sacral ribs are smaller than the
lumbar ribs. They are four in number. The middle two vertebra
are anchylosed. The caudal vertebre are short, only four are
preserved ; they indicate a considerable movement. There is no
evidence of dermal armour. The characters of the vertebral column
described by Professor Cope in Dimetrodon and allied genera closely
resemble Cynognathus.

The pelvis consists of three bones; the ilium forms an expanded
plate more resembling Megalosaurus than Dicynodon. There is a
large longitudinal obturator foramen between the pubis and the
ischium. The anterior transverse border of the pubis is cartila-
ginous, and there is no evidence of pre-pubic bones. The ischium
is larger than the pubis. The author compares the anomodont pelvis
with that of Plesiosauria, although Pliosaurus in the form of the
ilium more closely approaches Disynodon than Cynognathus.

The femur is imperfectly preserved. It was characterized, as in
all Theriodonts known to the author, by the development of an
immense inferior plate or ridge at the proximal end, which distin-
guishes it from allied animals. In this specimen the ridge is broken
away. The head of the bone is greatly expanded transversely, and
the distal end is not preserved.

Under the name Cynegnathus Berryi the author describes im-
perfect evidence of a smaller skull of Cynognathus, which is distin-
guished from C. crateronotus with some doubt; but, if distinct, it is
defined by the relatively large size of the middle mandibular incisor,
the apparent presence of ten molars, in all of which the crowns
overlap each other, and the roots are barely shown at the alveolar
border. In the small species the cutting-margin and the cusps
of the posterior teeth are better defined.

If the species are identical, the teeth have probably yet to be
replaced by a successional series; but no known specimen of any
genus shows such replacement.

The skull of Cynoynathus platyceps was obtained by Dr. Kanne-
meyr at Wonderboom. It is a small species distinct from Cyno-
gnathus crateronotus. The skull has lost the extremity of the snout.
It is remarkable for its depression. ‘The teeth, however, are similar
to those of the larger species ; they have five denticles. The com-
posite structure of the lower jaw is well shown, and the dentary
bone behind the angle of the jaw retreats, so as to expose the
elements which form the articulation.

The occipital plate of a large Theriodont skull from Lady Frere
is described, which shows a circular foramen magnum and the per-
fectly preserved occipital condyles, which are not quite so completely
separated as in mammals, having only a median groove between
them on the ventral surface.

Another fragment of a skull preserved in the Albany Museum
has only the preorbital portion preserved, and is remarkable for the
small size of its incisor teeth, widely separated from each other, and
for having two canine teeth parallel to each other. On both sides
the crowns are imperfectly preserved. The molar teeth are on the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 27

390 Miscellaneous.

type of Cynognithus, with a principal cusp flanked back and front
by a small cusp, with a smaller accessory posterior cusp in the four
hindermost teeth. As in all species of the genus the mandibular
symphysis is long, oblique, and completely obliterated. There is a
large pit with sharp margin in the median line in front of the
orbits, which may be a generic difference from Cynognathus, since
it occurs in the area in which other specimens show indications of a
thin supra-nasal ossification flanked by a pair of small hemispherical
concavities. It is indicated as C. leptorhinus.

Tribolodon frerensis is the name given to a dentary bone with
few three-pronged teeth widely separated from each other standing
high above the jaw. With this jaw is associated a femur which
shows the transverse development of the great trochanter as strongly
developed at the proximal end of the bone as in Ichthyosaurus, so
that the trochanter minor of mammals only represents that of
Theriodonts in miniature, the trochanter being more developed than
in Saurischia or any other reptiles. With it is associated a right
tibia, which is somewhat curved and nearly as long as the femur.

These Cynodont remains have given no certain evidence of the
extremities of the limbs; but, with this exception, they make known
the entire skeleton for the first time in an Afriean 'Theriodont,
furnishing data for comparison with mammals and reptiles in every
part of the skeleton preserved.—From the Proceedings of the Royal
Society. (Communicated by the Author.)

The Faunal Regions of Australia. By C. Heprey, F.LS.

The discrimination of the various provinces into which the
Australian fauna and flora group themselves has been frequently
attempted. To the earlier naturalists, from a study of scanty
material and with little or no personal knowledge of the continent,
four divisions of east and west, temperate and tropical, seemed
natural and sufficient. Hooker’s ‘ Essay on the Australian Flora’
paved the way for a better understanding of the relations which
various localities bore to each other. Owing to fundamental errors
of his interpretation of Australian geology, Wallace’s treatment of
the subject in ‘Island Life’ is of but slight value. To the writer,
the most successful arrangement of the various biological regions
yet proposed is that sketched by Professor Tate, in his address
to the first meeting of this Association. This author accepts two
main biological divisions—the Autochthonian, developed in west
Australia, and the Huronotian, seated in eastern Australia and
Tasmania; a subsidiary division, less in value and derivable from
both the above, is the Hremian, or desert fauna and flora.

Taking this disposition as the basis of my remarks, I would
observe that eastern Australia contains two distinct biological popu-
lations, where Professor Tate has located one—the LZuronotian.
This title, I propose, should be reserved for that fauna and flora
characteristic of Tasmania, Victoria, and southern New South Wales ;
while the second and very distinct fauna and flora developed on the

Miscellaneous. 391

coasts of Queensland and northern New South Wales would best be
described as Papuan. Indeed, so distinct is this latter, that a sepa-
ration of Australian life into Papuan and non-Papuan seems to the
writer to be the primary divisions into which fall the Australian
fauna and flora.

The types encountered by a traveller in tropical Queensland, or
rather in that narrow belt of tropical Queensland hemmed in
between the Cordillera and the Pacific, all wear a foreign aspect.
Among mammals may be instanced the cuscus and tree-kangaroo ;
among reptiles, the crocodile, the Rana or true frog, and the tree-
snakes ; among birds, the cassowary and rifle-birds; among butter-
flies, the Ornithoptera; among plants, the wild banana, orange and
mangosteen, the rhododendron, the epiphytic orchids, and the palms ;
so that, in the heart of a great Queensland “scrub,” a naturalist
could scarcely answer, from his surroundings, whether he were in
New Guinea or Australia. It may be supposed that late in the
Tertiary epoch Torres Straits, now only a few fathoms deep, was
upheaved, and that a stream of Papuan life poured into Australia
across the bridge so made.

Sharply defined from the tropical jungle above mentioned are
areas occupied by strictly Australian vegetation, which are left
invariably in possession of the poorest tracts of land. From the
rich lands, formerly no doubt possessed by them, everywhere have
they been ousted by the invading flora.

Regarding the origin of the Huronotian fauna and flora, sundry
facts collected by Mr. H. O. Forbes, in his paper on the Chatham
Islands, would suggest a South American source. Assuming that,
in or before the Miocene, continuous land extended from Tierra del
Fuego to Tasmania, the derivation of the Australian marsupials
appearing in the Pliocene from their South American allies
Prothylacinus and Amphiproviverra of the Eocene would be clear.
Mr. Forbes adduces strong confirmatory evidence from Professor
Parker, who, on embryological grounds, does not hesitate to. assume
as ancestors of certain Australian crows a form allied to the
American Dendrocalaptine birds. The distribution of the parrots
and the cystignathous frogs appear also to sustain the theory.
The extinct alligator, Pallimnarchus, found in Queensland and New
South Wales, associated with Diprotodon, strengthens the chain of
evidence, as does the occurrence in Tasmania and South Australia
of Gundlachia, otherwise exclusively an American mollusk.

As the name implies, the Awtochthonian is the oldest member
of the Australian faunas and floras. The date of its arrival in
Australia and the route which it traversed are lost in antiquity.
Seeing that many resemblances exist between our vegetation and
that of Timor and the south-east Austro-Malayan islands, perhaps
these lands afforded the passage to Australia.

Summary.—Superimposed one above another may be distin-
guished three divisions of Australian life. The earliest is the
Autochthonian. Possibly this arrived from the Austro-Malayan
islands in or before the Cretaceous era, and spread over the whole

392 Miscellaneous.

of Australia. The next is the Huronotian. Probably this reached
Tasmania from South America not later than the Miocene epoch ;
many of the original inhabitants, particularly on the east coast,
probably disappeared before the invaders. Thirdly, a contingent of
Papuan forms seized on the Queensland coast late in the Tertiary,
and likewise largely exterminated their predecessors.—From an
advance proof of unpublished vol. from the writer, having been read
at the Adelaide Meeting of the Australasian Association for the
Advancement of Science, held September 1893.

Note ona Species of Kubolina six times described by Walker.
By A. G. Burimr, Ph.D. &e.

In his ‘ Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera,’ vol. xv. p. 1688,
Walker described a small moth from Venezuela under the name of
Celena diffundens.

The genus Celena belongs to the first group of Noctus distin-
guished by the trifid character of the median branches of the second-
aries; but C. diffundens clearly belongs to the quadrifid group, in
which the radial vein is given off close to the third median branch.

In volume xxxiil. of his Catalogue Walker described the same
species as Homoptera excavata, from St. Domingo, at page 879; as
H. minuscula, from St. Domingo, and ZH. scitior, from Honduras, at
p. 880; as H. perpusilla, from Honduras, at p. 881.

Lastly, in volume xxxiv. he again described the same species as
Pyralis? noctualis, from Venezuela, at p. 1231.

This kind of work needs no comment—it sufficiently condemns
itself; but it is important that the facts should be recorded. The
following, then, will be the synonymy :—

Eubolina diffundens.

Celena diffundens, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1688.
Homoptera excavata, Walker, 1. c. xxiii. p. 879.
Homoptera minuscula, Walker, J. c. p. 880.
Homoptera scitior, Walker, J. ¢.

Homoptera perpusilla, Walker, J. c. p. 881.
Pyralis? noctualis, Walker, l. c. xxxiv. p. 1281.

Venezuela, Honduras, and St. Domingo,

Description of a new Australian Snake. By J. Dovatas Oarzpy.

The habitat of the new species (Hoplocephalus Waits), which
differs mainly from H. pallidiceps, Giinth., in having 21 series of
scales round the body instead of only 15, appears to be the central
district of New South Wales, whereas H. pallidiceps is a North
Queensland form.—From the Abstract of Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales, May 30, 1894, p. i.

Vol. 14. SIXTH SERIES. No, 84.

Ra

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

| INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

THE ANNALS
|

| Saif =No, LXXXIV.

SMe 2h (DEC. 1894.

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

{

|

{

|

|
CONDUCTED BY
!

WITH ONE PLATE.

Illustrative of Mr. A. 8S. Woodward’s Paper on some Fish-remains
from Queensland.

LONDON: |
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

| Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Whittakor Gos olan last;
‘Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, teaneagy pera Figgis, & Co. isi and Asher,

Berlin.

(eh —s

Nay /Ona| Mus 73%

THE ENTOMOLOGIST’S MONTHLY MAGAZINE,

A limited number of sets of the First Series of this Magazine, Vols. X.
to XXV. inclusive (1873-1889), are offered at the reduced price of
£2 15s. per set net in parts, or five consecutive vols. for £1 net. (If
bound in cloth 1s. per vol. extra.)

Certain volumes prior to Vol, X. can be had at the inereased price of
10s. each,

Subscriptions for the Second Series 6s, per annum, postage free.

London: Gurnry and Jackson, 1 Paternoster Row
(Mr. Van Voorst’s successors),

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.
Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY. .

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman, (Pp, 1-512, pls. i.-xxxy.,
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. If, (Pp. 1-400, pls. xxxvi.—lviii.)

Reptilia. By A.Ginrumr, (Pp. 1-144, pls, i.—xlviii.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-248,

Is, i.—XvV.
. eine Araneidea. By 0. Pickarp Cambpringr. (Pp, 1-144, pls. i.-
xvi.
2 OO Vol. I. part 1 (PsruapHmpm &e.). By D. SHarp, A,
Martruews, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-488, pls. i.-xiv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Serricornia). By C. O. Warernousn,
G. H. Horn, and G, C, Cuampton. (Pp. 1-296, pls. ix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncenopHora). By D.Smarp, (Pp. 1-
168, pls. i.-vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (Eroryiipm). By H.8.Goruam. (Pp. 1-208,

1s. i—xi.)
; Hymenoptera. Vol.I. ByP.Cameron. (Pp.1-466, pls.i-xx.) Vol. II.
(Pp. 1-828, pls. i—xiii.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin.
(Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-384, pls. xlvii—
Ixxxiil.

erinoctets Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. IT.
(Pp. 1-184.) (Pls. i—lviii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. lL. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i-v.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowzer. (Pp. 1-56,

1. i-—ili. .

ipiania: Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osrzen Sacren. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i-iii.)

Diptera. Vol. II. F, M. vAN per Wop. (Pp. 1-264, pls. ivi.)

Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wirtisron. (Pp. 89, pls. 1, il.)

Neuroptera. By A. E. Haron. Fp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Orthoptera. By A. px Bormans, H. pr Saussure, and L, ZEANTNER.
(Pp. 1-200, pls. i.-x.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s,

ARCH AOLOGY.
By A. P. Maupszay. (Pp. 1-64, pls. i—xcix.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrer, 18 Princes Street, -
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 84. DECEMBER 1894.

L.—Additions to the Cryptozoiec Fuuna of New Zealand.
By Artuur Denpy, D.Sc., Professor of Biology in the
Canterbury College, University of New Zealand.

HAvina for the last six years devoted a considerable amount
of time to the study of the cryptozoic * fauna of Australia,
and especially of the Land-Planarians, the Nemertine Geone-
mertes, and Peripatus, which are so frequently found beneath
logs and stones in the Australian bush, [ have naturally turned
my attention to the same groups of animals since my arrival
in New Zealand at the beginning of this year.

The cryptozoic animals of New Zealand have certainly not
received the attention which they deserve, and they still offer
an almost untouched and very promising field for investiga-
tion to local naturalists.

The New Zealand Peripatus, indeed (P. nove-zealandia,
Hutton), has escaped the general neglect, having been the
~ subject of an important memoir by Captain F. W. Hutton,
F.R.S., published in the Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. for
November 1876; while Miss Sheldon has since published
various observations on its anatomy and development in the
Qu. Jour. of Mier. Sci.

None but the ordinary thirty-legged form has, however, as
yet been recorded, In the present paper I shall have to note

* I proposed this term some years ago for the curious assemblage of
animals, commonly found beneath logs and stones and in similar situa-
tions (vide ‘ Victorian Naturalist,’ December 1889).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 28

394 Prof. A. Dendy on the

the occurrence of a form with sixteen pairs of legs instead of
fifteen.

Of Land-Planarians only three species have as yet been
described from New Zealand! The first was Moseley’s
Geoplana Traversit, received from Mr. Travers when H.M.S.
‘Challenger’ was at Wellington, and described by Professor
Moseley in the Qu. Jour. of Mier. Sci.

In the Trans. New Zeal. Inst. for 1880 Captain Hutton
described two more species from Dunedin and Wellington,
which he named Geoplana Moseleyi and Rhynchodemus
testaceus respectively. ‘The latter, however, proves to be also
a Geoplana.

The Land-Planarian fauna of New Zealand promises to be
exceedingly rich, and I am already able to add thirteen species
to the above list, four of which were found in my own
garden at Christchurch, while for others I am indebted to
the kindness of many friends who have interested themselves
in the matter on my behalf. The additions include a Rhyn-
chodemus and a Bipalium. 'The latter, however, is almost
certainly introduced, and possibly also the former, the speci-
mens of which appear to be identical with an Australian
species. The majority of the species of Land-Planarians seem
to be very closely related to Australian forms, but distin-
guishable by some slight difference in colour or pattern.

The most interesting addition to the cryptozoic fauna which
I have to record, however, is an indigenous Land-Nemertine,
quite distinct not only from the Australian species ((reo-
nemertes australiensis, Dendy *) but also from any other
previously described form. This will be described in the
sequel under the name of Geonemertes nove-zealandic, and
its discovery brings the total number of known terrestrial
Nemertines up to six.

I will now give a list of the cryptozoic animals above
referred to, together with information sufficient for identi-
fication of the new forms. Fuller details will, I hope, be

published in the Ԥ Transactions of the New Zealand
Institute.’

List of the Land-Planarians.
1. Geoplana Traversii, Moseley.

Geoplana Traversii, Moseley, Qu. Jour. Micr. Sci. vol. xvii. n. s.
p- 284.

* A detailed account of Geonemertes australiensis is given in the
‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria’ for 1891.

Cryptozoic Fauna of New Zealand. 395

2. Geoplana Moseleyt, Hutton.
Geoplana Moseleyi, Hutton, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xii. 1880, p. 277.

3. Geoplana testacea, Hutton, sp.

ee perrs testaceus, Hutton, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xii. 1880,
p. 277.

It appears to me almost certain that this species is identical
with Moseley’s Geoplana sanguinea from Australia, and that
Fletcher and Hamilton’s G. rubicunda and my own G. alba,
from New South Wales and Victoria respectively, are also
identical, I have received specimens from Auckland, and
have collected it myself at Tarawera township in the centre
of the North Island; while Captain Hutton records it from
Dunedin and Wellington.

I have not seen any specimens without eyes, as in the
original description, and I believe that they are always present,
though not so evident as in other members of the genus. It
must, however, be remembered that in the closely related
Tasmanian G. typhlops* the eyes appear to be certainly

wanting.
4, Geoplana triangulata, sp. n.

This is a large species, commonly about 5 inches long when
crawling and rather broad. In general form and _ habits it
resembles G. testacea, to which it appears to be nearly related.
It is, however, distinguished from that species by the presence
of characteristic markings. There is a very broad band of a
dark purplish-brown tint, occupying the middle two thirds or
thereabouts of the dorsal surface. Outside this band the
margins of the body are thin and translucent, and of a pale
yellowish colour peppered with numerous minute specks of
dark grey. The ventral surface is pale yellowish, thickly
peppered with minute grey specks.

The name ériangulata is given on account of the presence,
under certain conditions, of a strongly-marked median dorsal
ridge, a character also found in the Victorian G. alba.

This worm is very common in gardens about Christchurch.
It feeds upon earthworms and is frequently dug up with the
spade. It is also found under old wood &c. as usual.

A variety of this species occurs at Dunedin, characterized
by the absence of the grey specks from the margins and
ventral surface. A specimen of this variety in the Dunedin

* Dendy, Proc. R. 8. Victoria, 1893, p. 184.
207

396 Prof. A. Dendy on the

Museum measures 8 inches in length and 4 inch in breadth,
even after preservation in spirit. I propose for it the varietal
name australis, but it comes very near to G. testacea,

5. Geoplana splendens, sp. n.

When at rest very broad and flat, when crawling convex
above and flat beneath. Dorsal surface with three emerald-
green stripes alternating with four rather broader dark brown
stripes, and with narrow pale grey margins. Ventral surface
pale purplish grey without stripes. Peripharyngeal aperture
near the middle of the body, and the genital one about
halfway between it and the posterior end.

This very handsome species was found at Jackson’s, west of
the Otira Gorge, in the South Island.

6. Geoplana gelatinosa, sp. n.

When at rest the body is very broad, flat, and extremely
thin, with crinkled edges. The dorsal surface is dark olive-
brown, with irregular rounded splotches of a lighter colour,
like the knots in wood, and also with small whitish specks.

The colour and markings of the worm formed a close
imitation of the piece of wet rotten bark on which it lay, and
on which it appeared like a mere slimy patch. ‘The ventral
surface is light yellowish brown, finely speckled with dark
brown. ‘The peripharyngeal aperture in spirit is well behind
the middle (but in the middle third) and the genital one about
halfway between it and the posterior end.

The thin translucent character of the body in this species is
very remarkable for a terrestrial Planarian.

Locality same as last.

7. Geoplana Marie, sp. n.

This species closely resembles the Australian G‘. Fletchert
and the Tasmanian G. Mortont, The characteristic shape of
the body is the same in all, and in all the ground-colour is. yel-
low, with more or less well-developed brown speckles. In the
present species there are no continuous longitudinal stripes of
brown, but the dark specks are closely aggregated on either
side of a narrow mid-dorsal band to form a pair of ill-defined
dark bands. The pale yellow ventral surface is also speckled
with brown. ‘The position of the apertures is much the same
as in G. Fletcheri.

Locality same as last.

Cryptozote Fauna of New Zealand. 397

8. Geoplana Laingii, sp. n.

When crawling about 3 inches long and } inch broad ;
much flattened below and ridged on the dorsal surface, so as
to be triangular in cross section ; tapering gradually in front
and behind. Slimy and sticky as usual, but with the dorsal
surface minutely rugose or warty (granulated). When at rest
short and thick, slug-like. External apertures very far back.
Dorsal surface yellowish brown, finely mottled with a darker
tint of the same. In the mid-dorsal region is a narrow band
of dull orange, divided into two by a very fine median line of
darker brown, and edged on each side by a fine black line.
Anterior tip pinkish. Ventral surface pale yellow, finely
mottled with pale brown.

This species was found under stones at the foot of Lake

Taupo in the North Island by Mr. R. M. Laing.

9. Geoplana Graffi, sp. n.

Body when at rest very broad and flat and rather abruptly
pointed at both ends. Under surface very flat ; upper surtace
sloping up on each side to a median longitudinal ridge, so
that the body is obtusely triangular in section. When
crawling long and narrow and more oval in section, narrower
in front than behind. Attains a length of about 2 inches
when crawling. The greater part of the dorsal surface is
very dark purplish brown, sometimes nearly black in colour.
Along the median ridge is a narrow band of much paler tint,
in which fine irregular longitudinal stripes or marblings ot
greenish, bluish, or brownish tint may appear. Usually the
lateral margins of the dorsal surface are occupied each by a
narrow band of paler brown. The whole dorsal surface is
flecked with small specks and dashes of pale greenish blue,
clearly visible to the naked eye, and giving the animal a very
handsome appearance. ‘The ventral surface is of a somewhat
paler brown than the dorsal, with a still paler median band
and margins. It is flecked all over with very minute specks
of whitish or very pale blue, and may have a finely marbled
appearance. In spirit the dorsal surface is strongly convex
and the ventral flattened, and the anterior end abruptly nar-
rowed. The peripharyngeal aperture is about central, and the
genital about halfway between it and the posterior extremity.

This species is very common in gardens about Christchurch,
and I have also received it from Dunedin and Ashburton.

398 Prof. A. Dendy on the

10. Geoplana subquadrangulata, sp. n.

In shape, size, and general coloration this little Planarian
closely resembles the Victorian G. quadrangulata and
G. ventropunctata. In some respects it appears to connect
these two species ; and I am very doubtful whether all these
three should not be considered as mere varieties of the same.
The chief distinguishing feature of the New Zealand form is
the presence of three well-marked stripes of dark brown on
the dorsal surface, one very narrow median stripe and a pair
of much broader ones.

The lateral and ventral surfaces may or may not be mottled
with dark brown, and thus we have two varieties of the New
Zealand form corresponding to the Victorian ventropunctata
and quadrangulata respectively ; but these two varieties are
in New Zealand connected by intermediate forms, and occur
mixed up together in the same localities.

The species is very common at Christchurch, Ashburton,
and Dunedin, while at the Bluff, in the extreme south, I
found what seems to be another variety of the same with
three dark stripes on each side of the mid-dorsal stripe.

11. Geoplana inequalistriata, sp. n.

The body in life is flat ventrally and convex dorsally.
When fully extended (about 24 inches in length) it is long
and narrow and tapers gradually to each end. The dorsal
surface is dark brownish grey, with streaks of pale dull
yellow arranged as follows :—a narrow median stripe con-
tinuous from end to end; on each side of this comes an
uninterrupted band of the dark grey, occupying about one
quarter of the total width of the dorsal surface. The outer
quarter of the width on each side is also of dark grey ground-
colour, but is interrupted by long, narrow, discontinuous,
overlapping stripes of pale yellow. ‘Towards the lateral
margins the yellow comes to preponderate over the grey, and
thus appears to form the ground-colour. ‘The anterior extre-
mity is pink. On the ventral surface the yellow colour pre-
dominates, and thus forms the ground-colour, which is
streaked with irregular, discontinuous, narrow, close-set stripes
of dark brown. A very narrow band on each side of the
ventral surface is free from the dark streaks. The peri-
pharyngeal aperture in spirit is a little behind the middle, and
the genital much nearer to it than to the posterior end.

I found this worm on the asphalt path in my garden near
Christchurch.

Cryptozoic Fauna of New Zealand. 399

12. Geoplana sulphurea, Fletcher and Hamilton, var.

Two specimens collected by Mr. Thomas Steel at Albert
Park, Auckland, differ from the common New South Wales
form only in the presence of minute specks of brown scattered
over the yellow ground-colour, between the inner and outer
dark brown stripes on the dorsal surface.

13. Geoplana cerulea, Moseley, var.

Mr. Steel also collected at Albert Park, Auckland, three
specimens of the blue-tipped variety of this species, indistin-
guishable from those found in gardens near Melbourne, and
probably introduced. Messrs. Fletcher and Hamilton origi-
nally recorded this blue-tipped variety from Sydney. It has
never been found in the native bush, so far as | am aware, and
appears to have been widely distributed by man’s agency.

14. Geoplana purpurea, sp. n.

It is perhaps doubtful whether this species ought to be
separated from the Australian G. cerulea, from which it
differs only in colour. The body when crawling is long and
slender, tapering very gradually at each end, with strongly
convex dorsal and not very much flattened ventral surface.
The ground-colour of the dorsal surface is rather dark reddish
purple, interrupted only by a very narrow median band of
nearly white. The anterior tip is paler, pinkish. The ventral
surface is paler purple, under a lens appearing very finely
mottled in two shades. In spirit the peripharyngeal aperture
is about central, and the genital at about one third of the
distance from it to the posterior extremity.

I have received three specimens of this worm from Ash-
burton, in the South Island, obtained for me by Mr. Fooks
and Mr. Mayne.

15. Rhynchodemus Moseley?, Fletcher and Hamilton.

Rhynchodemus Moseley, Fletcher and Hamilton, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. W. vol. ii. 1887, p. 371.

With this species I identify a number of small specimens
of Rhynchodemus collected by Mr. T. Steel at Albert Park,
Auckland. It is quite possible that the species has been
introduced with plants, and we cannot yet say with certainty
that the genus Lhynchodemus is indigenous in New Zealand.

400 On the Cryptozotc Fauna of New Zealand.

16. Bipalium kewense, Moseley.

Bipalium kewense, Moseley, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i,
p- 238.
This widely distributed Land-Planarian was also found at
Albert Park, Auckland, by Mr. Steel.

[Captain Hutton informs me that the record of Bipalium
in his essay on the New Zealand fauna* was based upon a
mistake for which he is not responsible. |

Observations on a new Land-Nemertine.

Geonemertes nove-zealandie is at present known only
from two spirit-specimens which J found among collections of
Land-Planarians given to me for investigation by Captain
Hutton and Mr. Suter. One of the two specimens was
collected at Toi-Toi, Southland, by Miss Rich; the exact
locality of the other is unknown, but it is very likely that it
came from the same place. Both specimens exhibited a
characteristic and identical arrangement of alternate dark and
light longitudinal bands on the dorsal surface, although the
colour of one was much faded. In the fresher-looking
specimen the light bands were very pale yellow and the dark
bands deep chocolate-brown. The arrangement of the bands
is as follows:—(1) A broad median light band; (2) a dark
band of about the same width on each side of the median
band; (3) a narrower light band outside the last; (4) avery
narrow band of dark brown at the junction of the dorsal and
ventral surfaces. The ventral surtace is pale yellow.

In shape and size the specimens closely resemble the
Australian Geonemertes australiensis. ‘Uhe larger of the two
specimens measures nearly an inch in length in spirit, without
the proboscis.

The mouth opens into the rhynchodeeum, as in G. austra-
liensis.

Lateral organs, with cephalic pits, are present in the usual
position.

A cephalic gland is present, as in G, australiensis.

I could find only four eyes, situated on the rounded ante-
rior extremity of the body. Two of these are much larger
than the other two, and le more ventrally and a little more
anteriorly. In the number of eyes the New Zealand species

* Trans. N. Z. Institute, vol. v. 1872, p. 23. Quoted by Moseley in the
Qu. Jour. Micr. Sci. vol. xvii. n. s. p. 275.

On Dimorphism in the Milioline. 401

differs markedly from the Australian one, and conforms to
the more usual type amongst Land-Nemertines.

The stylets and their arrangement closely resemble those
of G. australiensis ; in the specimen examined I have detected
four reserve-sacs.

The sexes are probably distinct, for in the specimen of
which I cut sections I can find only eggs.

Observations on a Variety of Peripatus novee-zealandiz
with Sixteen Pairs of Legs.

Having received from Mr. Suter three specimens of sup-
posed Peripatus nove-zealandie from Stratford, in the North
Island, I was greatly surprised to find on examination that all
of them had sixteen pairs of claw-bearing legs. I have care-
fully compared the specimens with the usual form (with
fifteen pairs of legs) obtained from both the North and South
Islands, and can find no other points of difference, the colo-
ration and the structure of the feet and jaws agreeing closely.

It is well known that the number of legs in the Australa-
sian species of Pertpatus is usually constant, although in some
other species it varies. I therefore think the three specimens
under consideration should be regarded as belonging to a
distinct local variety, for which I propose the name Peripatus
novee-zealandie, var. Sutert.

It is interesting to note that the genital aperture in the new
variety is still between the legs of the last pair (the sixteenth)
and that the special nephridial apertures are on the legs of
the fourth and fifth pairs as usual.

Christchurch, New Zealand,
September 1894.

LI.—Dimorphism in the Milioline and in other Forami-

nifera. By Prof. 'T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S.

In 1826, when revising the work of previous authors, Alcide
D. d’Orbigny (Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vu. pp. 297-304) placed
various forms which had been included by earlier observers in
the generic terms Mihiola, Miliolites, Serpula, Vermiculum,
and Lagena into six genera, which he called Biloculina,
Sprroloculina, Triloculina, Articulina, Quinqueloculina, and
Adelosina, concluding that the definite external segmentation
of the test was of real generic importance.

In 1858 W. C. Williamson, in his ‘ Recent Foraminifera
of Great Britain’ (Ray Society), united three of these

402 Prof. T. R. Jones on Dimorphism in the

genera, namely Triloculina, Quinqueloculina, and Adelosina,
under the one (new) name Miliolina. His chief ground for
this amalgamation may be given in his own words :—“ This
genus differs from Biloculina and Spiroloculina in the circum-
stance that the convolutions, instead of being wound in one
plane, continually alter their direction.” At the same time
he pointed out that the chambers, whatever their convolutions,
always retain a parallelism with the polar axis of the test;
also “ that all the characteristic features of these genera fre-
quently occur in one and the same species ;”’ nor did he con-
sider a definite number of segments to be an essential feature
in this consolidated genus (Miliolina).

In 1860 “Meliola” was used by Parker and Jones as a
comprehensive generic term (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,
vol. v. p. 469); but, as Dr. H. B. Brady has explained
(‘ Challenger’ Report, 1884, pp. 137, 156, &c.), it is advis-
able to retain Beloculina, Fabularia, and Spiroloculina as
separate genera, and to keep Triloculina, Quinqueloculina,
and Adelosina grouped together under the name Mzliolina
given by Williamson. These four genera constitute the sub-
family Miliolinine; the other subfamilies Nubecularinz,
Hauerinine, Peneroplidine, Alveolinine, and Keramo-
spherine completing the family Miliolide.

MM. Munier-Chalmas and C. Schlumberger, in their
researches on the existence of two conditions of growth in
many species of Foraminifera, as first indicated for Num-
mulites and Orbitoides by Parker and Jones (Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. viii. 1861, p. 233; Geol. Mag.
1864, p. 103; Catal. Foss. Foram. Brit. Mus. 1882, p. 93),
and more fully studied by Ph. De la Harpe (see letter
dated Oct. 1, 1879, Catal. Foss. Foram. Brit. Mus. 1882,
pp. 91-93 ; Mém. Soc. Paléont. Suisse, vol. vii, 1880-81,
pp. 68 &c.), discovered that such “ twin forms,” “ couples,”
or ‘dimorphs,” termed by them “A” and “ B,” occur in
other genera besides Nummulites (Bull. Soc. géol. France,
ser. 3, vol. viii. 1880, p. 300; Compt. Rend. vol. xcvi. 1883,
pp. 862-866, and pp. 1598-1601 ; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 5, vol. xi. 1883, pp. 340, 341). Among the “ Miliolide ”
they separated and defined, by means of carefully prepared
internal sections, showing the relative size of the primordial
chamber and the arrangement and character of the segments
of the test, the following forms :—Biloculina, Dillina, Fabu-
laria, Lacazina, Triloculina, Trillina, Quinqueloculina, Pen-
tellina, and Heterillina. Subsequently * Jdalina, Adelosina,

* Assoc, Franc., Congrés Rochelle, 1883, pp. 280-232 ; Congrés Rouen,
1884, pp. 520-527 ; Bullet. Soc. géol. France, sér, 3, vol. xii. 1884, pp. 629,
630, vol. xiii, 1885, pp. 273-328, vol. xv, 1887, pp. 573-584; Bull. Soc.

Miliolinee and in other Foraminifera. 403

Pertloculina, Massilina, Spiroloculina, and Sigmoilina ; be-
sides others, as—Nodosaria, Dentalina, Cristellaria, Sipho-
generina, Orbulina, Rotalina, and Amphistegina (see KE. Van
den Broeck, Bull. Soc. Belge Géol. Paléont. et Hydrolog.
vol. vil. 1893, pp. 6-41).

In 1884 H. B. Brady (in the Report ‘ Challenger,’ pp. viii
and ix) gave a succinct account of dimorphism in the two
different senses in which it had been applied by rhizopodists
from the time of d’Orbigny to that of Munier-Chalmas and
Schlumberger.

Signor C. Fornasini has noted the existence of the two
forms above-mentioned, “A” and “B,” in Biloculina *,
Nodosaria t, and Frondicularia tf.

In his ‘ Eléments de Paléontologie,’ part i. 1893, pp. 83-
86, M. Félix Bernard gives a résumé of the views on
“ Dimorphism” published by MM. Munier-Chalmas and
Schlumberger, with a page of figures wrongly numbered for
the most part.

Dr. A. Goés notices § that there are intermediate forms
between those with large and those with small initial
chambers, which are varying conditions of evolution ; and he
regards the successive embryonal, larval, and adult stages,
such as are visible in Hrondicularia, as constituting poly-
morphism rather than dimorphism in Foraminifera,

The persistence of the original or initial style of growth in
adults may be normal in evolution; but the recurrence of
embryonal after an advanced style of growth in adult forms
appears to be deterioration by reversion to early conditions,
and the features arising from the latter process can scarcely
be regarded as really specific characters; and yet sometimes
they have been taken as of even generic value (as Amphi-
coryne). Where, however, one type of growth is succeeded
by that of another type, as Cristedlaria by Polymorphina (see
Gods, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. xix. no. 4, pl. ili. fig. 40;
and Brady, Report ‘ Challenger,’ pl. lxxi. fig. 10), there may

appear to be some reason for recognizing a specific status.

zool. France, vol. xi. 1886, pp. 544-557 ; Mém. Soe. zool, France, vol. iv.
1891, pp. 542-578, vol. vi. 1893, pp. 57-80.

* Boll. Soc. geol. Ital. vol. v. fase. ii. 1886, p. 261, pls. iv. and v.

+ Op. cit. vol. vi. fase. i. 1887, p. 29, footnote (with M. Schlumberger’s
remarks) ; op. cit. vol. ix. fase. il. 1890, pp. 345-347, pl. viii.

{ Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Istit. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. i. 1891, pp. 480-483,
and plate ; Signor D. E. Dervieux has also remarked A and B Frondicu-
larie, Bull. Soc. geol. Ital. vol. xi. fase. i. 1893, pp. 241 &c., pl. iv.

§ Bihang Vet.-Akad. Hand]. (Stockholm), vol. xv. part 4, no. 2 (14
pages and 1 plate), 1889; and in the Annuaire géol, &c. vol. viii. fase, 4,
1893, pp. 844-846, and vol. ix. 1894, pp. 911-913.

404 Prof. T. R. Jones on Dimorphism in the

To return to “ dimorphism ”’ as treated by Munier-Chalmas
and Schlumberger—P. Fischer and G. Dollfus think that the
megalospheres * (A) indicate oviparous individuals, and the
microspheres (B) those that reproduce by gemmules or by
fissiparity. Some think that the two forms should be sepa-
rately indicated by a modified specific name, or by a sign, or
otherwise. <A. Tellini affixes “ sub” for the megalospherie
form of a species; but G. Dollfus prefers a contrary arrange-
ment.

The researches of MM. Munier-Chalmas and C. Schlum-
berger have gone far to show that the Miliolines can be
divided, with a certain amount of exactitude, into various
“‘ genera”? if their internal structure be examined by means
of microscopic sections, and if the differentiation be of suffi-
cient zoological value. Not only does the ‘ dimorphism ”
occur in the many forms examined, but the arrangement and
disposition of the chambers follow definite laws and are con-
stant.

The structural differences among the Miliolide and others
discovered and illustrated by MM. Munier-Chalmas and
Schlumberger are of very great interest, adding much to our
knowledge of Foraminifera. They are often associated with
external features sufficiently recognizable for the use of the
trivial names already in vogue, and the zoological standing
of the members of the group is not interfered with. Indeed
their mutual relationships have strong evidence in the new
observations. Thus the structure of biloculina depressa, form
B, shows that this form passes through (1) a biloculine, (2)
a triloculine, (3) a quinqueloculine, and (4) a biloculine stage
in reaching completion ; whilst B. comata has (1) a biloculine,
(2) a quinqueloculine, (3) a quadriloculine, (4) a triloculine,
and ultimately (5) a biloculine stage. -Adelosina, after its
unilocular form, has biloculine, triloculine, quadriloculine, and
quinqueloculine stages. The early changes constitute what
is termed “ Initial Polymorphism ”’ by MM. Munier-Chalmas
and Schlumberger. It is apparent that by these and the
later changes, all within the agathistegian cycle, not only is
the real generic value of Miliolina more firmly established,
but that it has a right to include Biloculina and Spiroloculina
(as applied by Dr. A. Goés).

M. Schlumberger states that in the Biloculine and Tri-
loculine having a small initial chamber (the form B) the first
chambers are as in Quinqueloculina; subsequent chambers

* The word “ megasphere,” thus shortened by ellipsis, is preferred by
the authors mentioned.

Milioline and in other Foraminifera. 405

take the arrangement that they have in the other form (A,
with a large initial chamber) of each of the two genera,
namely on two planes or surfaces of symmetry for Biloculina,
and on three for T’riloculina. He observes (Bullet. Soc. zool.
France, vol. xi. 1886, p. 557):—‘‘In the three species of
Adelosina under notice and in the three groups of Biloculine
already mentioned the form B presents a special character
common to all the individuals of each of the groups. In the
Adelosine this is a megasphere, completely enveloped by
the first chamber, which becomes lenticular. In the Bilocu-
line it is the megasphere with two series.of chambers on
two planes of symmetry. I could cite also the Triloculine
and the Quinqueloculine, in which the megasphere is
encircled with three, or with five series of chambers.

“In the form B of these four genera, on the contrary, the
microsphere is always encircled with a cycle of five chambers ;
and this grouping is sometimes regularly or irregularly per-
sistent, and sometimes it is differently arranged.

“T conclude, then, that, in the classification of the Milio-
lide, a megaspheric form (A) will determine the genus and
the microspheric (B) the species.” He also mentions that
many of the Quinqueloculine are of the genus Adelosina,

Signor Fornasini observes that the form B in general is
larger than the A form, and has the microsphere succeeded
by more numerous chambers than in the corresponding A
form of the species. Also that Bdloculina has the first set
of chambers, in B, arranged on the quinqueloculine, the
second on the triloculine, and the last on the biloculine planes
of symmetry, and that in Biloculina bulloides the microsphere
is succeeded by numerous chambers, arranged at first as 5,
then as 4, next as 3, and lastly as 2.

The thickening of the shell-walls in various degrees, forming
labyrinthic interiors and cribriform apertures, already noticed
in Miliolide, as in Lituolide and other Foraminifera, has
been further illustrated by MM. Munier-Chalmas and Schlum-
berger, whether it be formed by the outside of the chamber
last invested or by a subsidiary and intermediate shell-growth.

As the recognition of the separate species and varieties
for general purposes can, for the most part, be based on the
external features of the test, and these are liable to a wide
range of variability in individual growths, there is little need
of altering the names as given in most of the current litera-
ture on Foraminifera, and as used in the ‘ Monograph of the
Foraminifera of the Crag’ (1866), of which Part ii. is now in
preparation, except with regard to Trdloculina and Quinque-
loculina (pp. 7-14), the necessity for which change the

406 On Dimorphism in the Miliolinx.
synonymy of Miliolina oblonga (pp. 7 and 8) sufficiently

supports in the direction of the views above referred to.

The special biological value of the presence of either a large
or a small initial chamber in any Foraminifer was at first a chief
subject of study by De la Harpe and other observers above-
mentioned; but completely definite results have not yet been
arrived at*. Specimens having a large primordial segment
or chamber (megasphere—for megalosphere) are classed as
“A.” and the others (with a microsphere) are the “B”
forms. The late Ph. De la Harpe had noticed eleven such
pairs or couples of Nummulites in 1880-81; and since then
numerous other such twin forms among the Foraminifera
have been described. It has been thought by some that the
A forms are the young and B the adults; others have re-
garded A and B as distinct species; others have looked on
them as individual modifications of the same species; and
hypothetical views have been held as to one sort and not the
other being capable of producing germs, that the central por-
tion may have been absorbed and reconstructed, and so on,
At all events those Nummulites grouped under A are generally
“‘ free-growing individuals, soon arriving at the limit of
growth” (P. & J., 1861), whereas the others (B) attain a
larger relative size. This variation in the individuals of one
species M. Munier-Chalmas at first (1880) termed * dimor-

hism,” with a different application to that of Dimorphina
(d’Orbigny, 1846), and “ dimorphous” (P. & J., 1860) and
“trimorphism” (P. & J., 1863), which have reference to
successive stages from one style of growth to another. The
later expositions, however, by Munier-Chalmas and_ his
colleague of the growth of the Miliolide (as noticed above)
may be said to give the term its full meaning as to the
passage-forms in individuals altering their plan of growth,
with or without reference to the primordial chamber. As
the dimorphous forms of Miliolina, Peneroplis, Lituola, Tex-

* From Mr. J. J. Lister’s ‘‘ Contributions to the Life-History of the
Foraminifera” (Proceed. Roy. Soc. vol. lvi. no. 337, September 1894,
pp. 55-160), and a recent letter, we gather that in Polystomella the micro-
spheric form contains many comparatively small nuclei, while the mega-
lospheric form has a single large nucleus. Also that the megalospheric
form of a species is much more numerous than the microspheric. While
in some instances the parent of megalospheric young has been found to
be microspheric, in others it was megalospheric; and in one species
(Orbitolites complanata) both the megalospheric and microspheric forms
have been found producing megalospheric young. In Polystomelia, after
certain nuclear changes, the protoplasm of a megalospheric shell produced
flagellate swarm-cells (isospores); and similar bodies were seen escaping
from a whole shell. Mr. Lister suggests that the two forms of Foramini-
fera represent recurring generations.

On new Longicorn Coleoptera from Somali. 407

tilaria, Valvulina, Polymorphina, and some of the Nodosa-
rine &c., though severally grouped under “ generic” names*,
are plainly referable to their zoological type-forms, so the
Miliolide and allied groups still hold their suzerainty over the
more or less differentiated forms, whether species, subspecies,
or varieties, elucidated of late by the careful diagnoses
elaborated by our esteemed fellow-workers in France.

There is, of course, great difficulty in deciding the relative
value of differences among individuals (of all the groups)
showing often inconsiderable modifications or deviations
from the zoological type, whether due to idiosyncrasy of the
individual or to evolution among the many—for they may
have been caused by accidents of growth, or they may show
ontogenetic variation, due to progression, or even to deterio-
ration, of the special form.

Although Foraminifera, like other organisms, should be
classified on true morphological characters, we all know it is
good that the differences of individual forms, and of limited
groups of such varieties, should be carefully noted and made
serviceable to collectors and systematists; and the only
acceptable plan for the purpose is (as has often been said) to
apply the usual nomenclatorial terms, without regarding them
as of the same value as when applied to members of the groups
of higher animals. Keeping this in mind, we are glad to
use the results of the judicious and discriminative labours of
MM. Munier-Chalmas and C. Schlumberger, as in the case
of earlier rhizopodal workers, and to give full references to
their descriptions and figures whenever fit opportunities occur.

LIT.— On some new Longicorn Coleoptera obtained by Mr. Th.
Greenfield in Somali. By C. J. GAHAN, M.A.

A SMALL collection of Coleoptera made by Mr. Th. Greenfield
in Somali, and recently presented by him to the Trustees of
the British Museum, contains a good proportion of species
which had not previously been represented in the National
Collection. Amongst the Longicornia I find four species
which do not seem to have been yet described. The charac-
ters of these and of a new genus are given in the following
paper.

* Such as Articulina, Spirolina, Haplophragmium, Bigenerina, Spiro-
plecta, Gaudryina, Clavulina, Amphicoryne, Flabellina, Marginulina,
Dimorphina, Sagrina, &e.

408 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new

Cantharoctenus somalius, sp. 0.

3. Rufo-piceus; mandibulis falcatis, apice obliquiter truncatis et
bidentatis; capite fronte dense punctato, supra sparsius minu-
tiusque punctato; prothorace disco nitido haud dense punctato,
versus latera crebre fortiterque punctato ; elytris dense punctatis ;
antennis 19-articulatis, articulis 3°-18™ infra ad apicem processu
lamelliformi vix emarginato instructis, articulis 4°-18™ infra ad
basin bidentatis.

Long. 23-24, lat. 9 mm.

Hab. Somali.

This species so closely resembles C. Burchelli, Westw.,
that I was at first sight inclined to consider it the same. It
differs, however, in two important characters. The antenne
are 19-jointed, and not 18-jointed, as described by Westwood
for the male of C. Burchelli. The lamelliform process with
which each of the joints from the third to the eighteenth is
provided on the underside at the distal extremity is only very
slightly emarginate at its lower free border (the emargination
on some of these processes is, in fact, scarcely observable).
The corresponding processes in C. Burchelli are rather deeply
incised, while in C. insignis, Gerst., the incision is carried
down to the base. In the latter species the antenne are
described as having twenty joints. I question whether
Gerstaecker was right in regarding his type as a male, inas-
much as the mandibles are of a different form to those of the
males of C. Burchelli and of the species now described, and
quite resemble the mandibles of a female C. Burchelli from
Damaraland, in the British Museum collection. At the same
time it is quite possible that the males of this, as of other
Prionid genera (e. g. Cacosceles and Priotyrannus), may exhibit
dimorphism in the structure of the mandibles.

The chief differences between the three species of Cantharo-
ctenus may be briefly recapitulated as follows: —

Antenne 20-jointed. Distal process of antennal

joints very deeply divided .........0055+000 C. insignis, Gerst.
Endara.

Antenne 18-jointed. Distal process of antennal

Homie deeply inGlsed Lei Nghe GG ws aids atk C. Burchelli, Westw.
Damaraland.
Antenne 19-jointed. Distal process of antennal
joints feebly emarginate...........0.00005 C. somalius, Gahan.
Somali.

Taurotagus CGreenfieldi, sp. n.

Rufo-piceus, pube griseo-sericea sat dense obtectus; prothorace

Longicorn Coleoptera from Somali. 409

lateraliter obtuse tuberculato, supra inequali, haud_ plicato ;
antennis ( 3) quam corpore vix brevioribus.
Long. 38, lat. 11 mm.

Hab. Somali.

Closely resembles T, Klugii, Lac., especially in the charac-
ter of the elytral pubescence, which exhibits a much ruffled
or somewhat wavy appearance, It is distinguished from
Klugii by its shorter antenne, those of the male scarcely
reaching to the apex of the elytra, and by the character of the
prothorax, the disk of which is not transversely wrinkled, but
owes its unevenness to a number of slightly raised areas, of
which one is submedian in position, the others placed more
laterally ; the prothorax is somewhat swollen on each side,
where it presents two minor protuberances, one nearly median
in position, the other lying between the middle and the ante-
rior margin.

The prosternum is strongly arched, and bears near the
middle of its posterior face a small somewhat laterally com-
pressed tubercle.

Idactus maculicornis, Gahan.

A male example of this species was taken by Mr. Green-
field. It differs from the described female type as follows :—
Antennz more than half as long again as the body. Last
ventral segment of abdomen much shorter and without a
median impressed line. Besides this difference in structure
there is aslight disagreement in the markings. In the Somali
specimen there is a pale brown patch, partly surrounded by
a distinct white line, placed obliquely near the middle of each
elytron. In the female type there is a dark brown patch
under each shoulder not present in the second example. This
specimen may therefore belong to a distinct local variety.

Prosopocera lutulenta, sp. n.

. Picea; pube cinerea sat dense obtecta; prothorace lateraliter
inermi, supra antice posticeque recte sulcato; elytris griseis,
cinereo minute maculatis, utrisque plaga obliqua albo-cinerea,
fusco-bipunctata ante medium instructis ; antennis quam corpore
fere sesquilongioribus.

Long. 17, lat. 53 mm.

Hab. Somali. ;
Prothorax unarmed at the sides, crossed above by two

almost straight transverse grooves, one anteriorly, the other
posteriorly. ‘Two marginal grooves are also present, but are

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 29

410 On new Longicorn Coleoptera from Somali.

very indistinct, except towards the sides. The elytra are
moderately thickly punctured, with the punctures near the
base slightly asperate in character; the pubescence is grey,
speckled with minute ashy-white spots, aud each elytron has
an indistinct ashy-white band placed obliquely between the
base and middle, and on which may be seen two small
rounded brown spots, one towards the outer and anterior end
of the band, the other towards its inner extremity. The
mesosternum is very feebly tubercled. The antenne of the
female are nearly half as long again as the body, and the
third joint is about half as long again as the first.

In a small male specimen from Senegal (the Prosopocera
lutulenta, Buq., of Dejean’s collection) I can find no characters
which would lead me to believe it specifically distinct from
the female described above. In this male the antennal joints
from the third to the fifth are somewhat thickened ; the front
of the head is not armed with tubercles or other processes.

Pterolophia albocincta, sp. n.

Elongata ; pube fulvo-brunnescente cinereo-sparsuta obtecta ; capitis
fronte fere omnino cinerea; prothorace fere regulariter cylin-
drico, quam longitudine paullo latiore, lateribus discique maculis
nonnullis minutis cinereis; scutello fusco; elytris area parva
circum scutellum et fascia arcuata sat lata pone medium albes-
centibus, utrisque fasciculis duobus pilorum—unus paullo pone
basin, alter prope suturam pone fasciam submediam—instructis ;
antennis medium elytrorum vix superantibus.

Long. 10, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Somali.

In this species the prothorax is rather smaller and the
elytra somewhat longer than is usual in the genus Pterolophia
(=Praonetha). The pubescence is of a brownish tawny
colour, with some small scattered spots of an ashy-white
colour. The front of the head, the sides of the thorax, and a
small elytral area around the scutellum are almost wholly
ashy white, while a very distinct curved band of the same
colour is placed a little behind the middle of the elytra. 'The
legs exhibit a number of scattered black points; similar
points are to be seen along the sutural margin and on the
posterior part of the elytra. Each elytron, narrowly truncate
and feebly emarginate at the apex, has two small tufts of
fulvous hairs, one placed on a very small tubercle a little
behind the base, the other standing near the top of the poste-
rior slope at a little distance behind the hind margin of the
white band, ‘The pubescence on the abdomen is dense and of

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Hortalotarsus skirtopodus. 411

a pale fulvous-white tint ; but at the extreme apex there is
a tuscous patch. The antenne, which have a spotted appear-
ance, extend very little beyond the middle of the elytra.

Very few African forms of this genus have yet been
described. I do not know of any near ally to the present
species, which in general shape seems to resemble most one
or two of the Japanese species (P. angusta and zonata)
described by Bates.

Amongst other fine species which are new to the British
Museum collection there is an example of one described by
M. Fairmaire under the name of Zographus alboguttatus (Ann.
Soc. Ent. de France, 1887, p. 336). This species presents
very distinct structural characters which ought to exclude it
from the genus Zographus, and I therefore propose for it
he name

BALIESTHES, gen. nov.

It is to be distinguished from Zographus by the following
characters :—Scape of antenne smooth, without cicatrice at
the apex. LElytra without trace of longitudinal grooves or
coste. Intercoxal process of prosternum much narrower and
simply arched, instead of being vertical and bituberculate in
front. Mesosternal process also somewhat narrower, declivous
instead of being vertical in front, and having a small median
cariniform tubercle near the middle of its length.

I should prefer to place this new genus near Phymasterna
rather than near Zographus. Phymasterna pictor, Fahy.
(? Solymus pictor, Lac.), a South-African species of much
smaller size, differs little in structural detail.

LIW.—On Hortalotarsus skirtopodus, a new Saurischian
Fossil from Barkly East, Cape Colony. By H. G.
SEELEY, F.R.S.*

In the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, are a few remains of
a skeleton, known locally as the Bushman Fossil, discovered
by Mr. William Horner Wallace at “ Hagle’s Crag,” Barkly
East, Cape of Good Hope, 11th June 1888. A sketch of the
specimen (fig. 1) was made by Mr. D. Rudlin, of Kelvin Grove,
Barkly East, which shows what appear to be the superior

* Read before the Geological Society of London, June 22, 1892, as
Part 8 of “Contribution to Knowledge of the Saurischia of Europe and
Africa.”

29*

412 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Hortalotarsus skirtopodus.

margins of the ilia, which are thin and diverge as they extend
forward. At the left side, somewhat displaced, is the tibia,
curved and wide at the proximal end, and at its distal end a
part of the proximal end of the metatarsus is exposed, flexed
forwards. On the right side the proximal end of the right
tibia or femur is seen. Some distance in front of the pelvis
ten or eleven dorsal vertebra are shown in sequence. They
appear to be more slender in front than behind, have the
centrum somewhat elongated, concave at the sides, and cupped
at the articularends. At the sides are seen transverse sections
of the ribs, from which it would appear that the neural arches
had perished, together with the parts of the ribs between the

Fig. 1.
J ?Humerus
i Scapula
?
®
se &
B in a
a 6
3a Ki re) Ne
Ribs 4
=) @ ibs
=) Y eS
aia Vi Femur
| J 1 f., tum

Skeleton of Hortalotarsus before it was destroyed by blasting.

centrums and the sections exposed in the rock. Anteriorly
are two bones placed laterally, probably the scapule, and on
the right side may be an indication of the humerus. An
attempt made to remove the block of slate by a charge of
gunpowder scattered the pieces so that they were never found,
with the exception of a few small fragments. Two of these
were entrusted to me; they promised to show characters of
the tibia and fibula. Everything which skill could achieve
in removing the matrix has been done for me by Mr. Richard
Hall, with the result that, although the specimen is impertect,
it makes an important addition to knowledge of the structure
of the tarsus * in animals which have been grouped as Dino-

* In Ornithischia the tarsus shows two family types. In Iguano-
dontia the ascending intermedium impresses the tibia in front. In the

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Hortalotarsus skirtopodus. 413

sauria, indicating a new type, which I propose to call Hortalo-
tarsus skirtopodus.

At the proximal end of the tibia is the distal inner condyle
of the right femur, probably in natural flexed position, for its

Fig. 2.

- Fibula.

Astragalus. Os calcis.
Posterior aspect of fore leg of Hortalotarsus.

flattened inner side appears to have been flush with the inner
side of the head of the tibia. Its distal articular surface is

Scelidosauria there is no ascending process impressing the tibia. In the
Saurischia the Megalosauria have the distal end of the tibia impressed
obliquely or laterally. The condition is the same in the Cetiosauria ; but
in the Euskelesauria the distal end of the tibia is no more modified than
in the Scelidosauria.

414 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Hortalotarsus skirtopodus.

well ossified and well rounded from back to front, and concave
on the hinder margin in the usual way between the condyles,
though the right condyle is not preserved.

The tibia and fibula are in natural association, but the
proximal articular end of the fibula is lost, and the proximal
end of the tibia is slightly broken. Both bones have large
central cavities, like Palceosaurus and the allied ‘Triassic
reptiles of Hurope.

The tibia (fig. 2) is 7745 inches long. The transverse width
of its distalend is 14 inch. The width at the proximal end is
175 inch as preserved, but may have been slightly more. The
antero-posterior measurement at the proximal end is 275 inches
and at the distal end is 3% inch. Thus the two ends of the
bone have the aspect of being twisted nearly at right angles
to each other, as in many other Dinosaurs. In general form
and size the bone resembles Agrosaurus, and, ina less degree,
Paleosaurus.

The proximal articular surface is flat, truncate, slightly
inclined backward and slightly inclined outward. It appears
to have been subtriangular, wide behind, with a slight notch
between the condyloid eminences on the posterior surface.
The internal contour of the articulation was rounded from
behind forward to the cnemial crest, which is small, rounded
in front, and defined by a slight shallow fibular groove placed
anteriorly, posterior to which was the large condyle on the
external or fibular side.

Seen from the internal aspect the anterior vertical contour
of the bone is nearly straight, being very slightly concave ;
but the posterior contour is concave in its proximal third,
owing to the backward extension of the condyles, and then
straight almost to the distal end; the bone has an aspect of
being compressed from front to back in the lower part of the
shaft. If there is an appearance of slight distal expansion, it
is due to the way in which the metatarsal bones are crushed
upon the tibia in front. On the posterior aspect the shaft
contracts above the middle length to about 7% inch. It is
well rounded from side to side in the middle, but flatter
towards the distal end. Both inner and outer contours are
concave in length, but the concavity at the distal end is only
marked on the fibular side. This is due partly to crushing
and partly to extension of the bone towards the fibula.
If there is any notch on the distal fibular border of the tibia
it is not exposed. There does not appear to be any notch or
groove on the anterior side at the distal end, the condition of
the bone in this respect resembling the tibia of Huskelesaurus.
The absence of the distal notch on the tibia is a distinction
from all known allies in the Trias of Europe.

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Hortalotarsus skirtopodus. 415

The fibula is parallel to the tibia, and is exposed on its
external side. It is well preserved on the posterior aspect.
It shows no indication of close contact with the tibia at the
distal end. It appears to be slightly curved in length, being
bowed outward, so that, although the extremities of the two
bones came near together, there is a fusiform interspace
between them which is eight or nine tenths of an inch wide
in the middle. About 14 inch of the proximal end of the
fibula is lost. The fracture shows the bone to be compressed
from side to side, flat on the tibial side, convex externally,
fy inch from front to back and } inch from within outward.
As the bone extends distally it probably becomes subcylin-
drical in the middle, and then makes an oblique twist as it
widens to 75 of an inch at the distal end, where the antero-
external face is flattened, with the external margin inclined
backward, so that the end of the bone is somewhat oblique to
the tibia and its inner angle extends above the astragalus.
The posterior distal end of the fibula is more convex from
side to side. ‘The transverse measurements over the distal
ends of tibia and fibula is 2; inches, which is probably more
than the corresponding measurement over their proximal ends,
since both bones are compressed in form from side to side
proximally and expanded from side to side distally.

The tarsus consists of two rows of bones (fig. 3). The distal
row is imperfectly preserved, but the proximal row consists of
astragalus, calcaneum, and a small intermedium. I am not
aware that the intermedium has previously been observed as
a separate ossification in any Saurischian, though Professor
EK. 8. Morse has identified the ascending process of the astra-
galus with that bone in both Ornithischia and Aves *.

The astragalus is a transversely oblong bone which fits on
to the distal end of the tibia, and closely corresponds to it in
form, except that it is wider, extending a little beyond its
external margin. Its transverse measurement is 17/5 inch;
it is 4 inch deep in front, but posteriorly the depth is very
small, though it thickens a little towards the internal side.
The inner side has an antero-posterior measurement of 35
inch ; the external border is about two thirds as wide. The
anterior margin is slightly concave, the posterior margin
slightly convex, and the short sides incline a little backward.

The articular surface is convexly rounded from front to

* E.S. Morse, “On the Identity of the Ascending Process of the
Astragalus in Birds with the Intermedium,” Anniversary Memoirs of the
Boston Society of Natural History, 1880. In that memoir the inter-
medium is found and figured in embryos of tern, petrel, sea-pigeon,
herring-gull, eider-duck, southern black-backed duck, penguin.

416 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Hortalotarsus skirtopodus.

back and slightly concave from side to side. There is no
anterior ascending process to the astragalus. The bone is not
in very close union with the tibia.

Fig. 3.

Femur.

| i Peete eee Tibia.

Os calcis. Astrag galus.

Anterior aspect of bones of the fore leg and inferior aspect of
metatarsal bones_2~5 and phalanges.

The calcaneum is relatively small and fits on to the distal
end of the fibula. It is not intimately united to the astra-
galus, but simply articulated. It is about 75 inch wide and
3's inch deep ; it is convexly rounded, especially in front, but
the external lateral border is occupied by a ligamentous pit,
which contributes to make the transverse measurement on the
anterior side less than that on the posterior side.

Prof. H. G. Seeley on Hortalotarsus skirtopodus. 417

The intermedium (or naviculare) is a small ossification
which lies upon the anterior and superior external margin of
the astragalus, appearing in front as a small ovate ossicle
beneath the inner angle of the fibula, which may be produced
upward as a thin film in the outer part of the suture between
the astragalus and tibia.

The separate condition of the astragalus and calcaneum is
paralleled in Ornithotarsus and many American types. The
intermedium is so small that it might be easily overlooked or
lost in removing the matrix. It may hereafter be found in
Saurischia, in which the tarsal elements remain separate.
It is not recognized in Huskelesaurus.

While the proximal row of the tarsus is in close contact
with the tibia and fibula, the distal tarsal row is in associa-
tion with the extremities of the metatarsus, upon which the
bones of the fore leg are pressed down in close contact.
There were probably four bones in the distal tarsal row, the
three cuneiform and cuboid ; but, if so, the first two cuneiform
bones are lost with the metatarsals. The third cuneiform is
imperfect and gives attachment to the third metatarsal; and
the cuboid, which lies below the calcaneum and part of the
astragalus, articulates with the fourth and fifth metatarsals.
A vertical division like a suture passes through the middle of
the cuboid; but there is no conclusive evidence that it is not
a fracture.

In transverse measurement the cuboid is 1,5 inch; it is
wedge-shaped, narrower on the outer proximal margin (,°5
inch) than on the inner side, which is less than $ inch wide
on the proximal surface, which is convex from front to back,
concave on the anterior and posterior borders, and rounded at
the two extremities. It is fully ,3; inch deep; but the distal
surface, which is smaller than the proximal, is not exposed.

No trace is preserved of the first digit.

Of the second digit only an impression remains of the
proximal half of the metatarsal, with a small portion of its
proximal articular surface indicating 275 inches of the length
of the bone, which was flattened on the superior surface.

The third metatarsal is 4 inches long, with the bone pre-
served at the two extremities. It obliquely underlaps the
second metatarsal at the proximal end, is flat on the upper
surface, expanded at the distal end, and convex from above
downward on the distal articular surface; but the convexity
does not extend on to the inferior distal surface. A large
ligamentous pit is excavated on the external margin. Only
a small part of the proximal phalange of this digit is pre-
served, which shows its articular surface to be concave from

418 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Hortalotarsus skirtopodus.

above downward and somewhat deeper than the distal end
of the metatarsal.

The fourth metatarsal is perfect, 3;’5 inches long, 17/5 inch
wide at the proximal end, which is compressed from above
downward and apparently only half as thick as the corre-
sponding parts of the second and third metatarsals. The bone
is flattened on the underside; its sides are concave, so that
the width in the lower third diminishes to 7‘; inch, but widens
again at the distal articulation to 7 inch. The distal end
also thickens, especially on the inner side. Three entire
phalanges are preserved in this digit and a fragment of a
fourth. They steadily decrease in length and width. The
first is 1}; inch long, transversely truncate proximally, 3$
inch wide at both extremities, with the sides concave and the
under surface concave and flattened, with the inferior margins
of the distal articulation prominent on the under surface.
The second phalange is 35 inch long and 7% inch wide, of
similar broad depressed aspect to the first phalange, but differ-
ing in having the inferior proximal articular margin convex
from side to side; a character also seen in the proximal end of
the third phalange, which is 3§ inch long, 3} inch wide proxi-
mally, and narrower distally. On the inner side at the distal
ends there are large ligament-pits on the lateral border of
these three bones ; but the pit is absent on the metatarsal bone.
Similar pits probably exist on the more compressed external
margins of the phalanges, but are not exposed.

The fifth digit is rudimentary. The fifth metatarsal has
its proximal end entirely beneath the fourth metatarsal,
except at the inclined external border. It is 3 inch wide,
much depressed, 13% inch long, with the sides concave and
converging distally to a width of less than 7 inch. The
external border is about 35 inch thick, and obliquely flattened
at the proximal end. One phalange was developed, which
is an oblong rudiment 3 inch long and 3% inch wide, which
has lost its extremity in removing the matrix.

In so far as this foot can be compared it approximates
nearest to Dimodosaurus*; but the metatarsals are less
robust and the phalanges more compressed from above down-
ward; and although the forms of the distal tarsals, especially
the cuboid, appear to have something in common, the proximal
row of the tarsus is dissimilar. In the preservation of the
intermedium as a separate ossification not yet blended with

* Gaudry, ‘ Fossiles Secondaires,’ 1890, p. 219. It may also be com-
pared with the foot of Anchisawrus polyzelus (Hitche), figured by O. C.
Marsh (Am. Journ. Sci. vol. xliii. pl. xvi., June 1892). See also Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlviii., Proc. p. 191, and Proceedings for June 1892.

On new Coleoptera from New Zealand. 419

the astragalus there is a more embryonic condition than in any
known Dinosaur, which is a well-marked generic separation
of this type from all known Saurischia, with which the hollow
bones and their conformation probably associate it. The
embryonic condition of the intermedium may account for the
absence of the distal notch in the articular surface of the
tibia, which otherwise characterizes the Saurischia. It makes
a good distinctive character by which the Euskelesauride, to
which I refer this fossil, may be distinguished from Megalo-
saurian allies found in Europe.

I express my thanks to the Committee of the Albany
Museum for the opportunity of describing this fossil.

LIV.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand.
By Capt. THos. Broun.

[Continued from p. 386.]

Group Xantholinide.

Othius puncticeps, sp. n.

Elongate, subparallel, slightly shining; head and thorax
piceo-fuscous, elytra and hind body fusco-castaneous; the
legs, antenne, palpi, and mandibles reddish; pubescence
yellowish, conspicuous, but on the head and thorax there are
only a few dark elongate sete.

Head gradually and slightly narrowed anteriorly, longer
than broad, with numerous scattered punctures ; the central
portion, however, is impunctate. Thorax about a fourth
longer than broad, its sides subparallel, with rounded angles ;
there are two punctures near the middle and some smaller
ones near the margins. ytra subquadrate, apex obliquely
incurved or emarginate, their surface rather closely and
coarsely punctured, the interstices minutely sculptured. Hind
body elongate, finely and irregularly punctate.

Much smaller than O. adustus; the eyes much smaller,
palpi shorter, head and thorax relatively longer and narrower,
the sculpture different. O. angustus is larger and differently
marked.

Length 5-54, breadth ? line.

Mount Pirongia. ‘I'wo examples, December 1894,

Group Staphylinide.
Cafius algophilus, sp. n.
Black, head and thorax shining; elytra and hind body

fc)

420 Capt. T. Broun on new

dull, densely covered with cinereous pubescence; legs and
antenne rufo-fuscous, tarsi paler.

Head oblong, a little narrowed anteriorly ; the broad space
along the middle is almost quite smooth, the rest of the
surface is distinctly and rather closely punctured, behind the
eyes the punctures are more shallow; it bears many slender
flavescent sete. Labrum deeply notched in the middle.
Eyes oviform, rather small. Mandibles elongate, dark red.
Antenne somewhat variegate, basal joint piceous, nearly the
length of the next two; fourth evidently longer than br oad ;
joints 5 to 10 become a ‘little shorter, the tenth, however, is
not transverse, eleventh longer than the preceding ; pubes-
cence short. Thorax longer than broad, widest near the
front, rounded there, its sides gradually narrowed backwards
but nearly straight, base subtruncate, with rounded angles ;
along each side of the smooth dorsal space there is a series of
moderately small, closely placed punctures, sometimes dupli-
cated ; outside these (except on an elongate spot before the
middle and a smaller one near each hind angle) the punctua-
tion is close and distinct; its whole surface, though appa-
rently smooth, is densely and minutely sculptured, it is more
scantily clothed than the head. Scutellum large, triangular,
finely asperate and pubescent. lytra oblong, closely and
finely punctate, slightly asperate near the base. Hind body
narrower than the elytra, strongly marginated laterally,
closely and finely punctate. Legs finely pilose ; Jront tarsi
with the basal four joints moderately expanded, the first joint
of the other two pairs hardly as long as the following three
taken together.

Though similar to Cafius maritimus (No. 202) in its general
aspect, this species may be easily separated therefrom by the
denser sculpture of the head and thorax.

Length 24, breadth nearly } line.

Mokohinou Island. Found by Mr. Sandager amongst
gravel under sea-weeds.

Quedius sciticollis, sp. n.

Robust, elongate, shining; head and thorax piceous, the
former with violaceous, the latter with iridescent reflexions ;
elytra, tarsi, and palpi rufo-castaneous ; hind body and legs
of a rather darker chestnut colour, more or less iridescent.

Head oviform, narrower than the thorax, distantly, finely,
and irregularly punctured; there are three large punctures
along the inside of each eye, two distant ones near the base,
and one or two at each side behind the eyes. Labrum deeply

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 421

notched in the middle, with coarse, erect, fuscous sete, and
with a pale frontal appendage. Clypeus pallid and membran-
ous. yes half the length of the side of the head. <An-
tenne fuscous, joints 4 to 11 opaque and densely pubescent,
first shining, piceous, nearly double the length of the next
one, which is rather shorter than the third; this and the
second are pale castaneous. Zhoraz rather broader than long,
gradually narrowed anteriorly, front angles rounded; its
punctuation like that of the head, but becoming even finer
and more distant behind ; there are two large punctures near
the apical margin, two before and two behind the middle, the
last pair widely distant, and a few others along the basal and
lateral margins; there is a feeble discoidal stria along the
middle. E/ytra quadrate, densely transversely sculptured,
with depressed greyish hairs. Hind body elongate, its sculp-
ture longitudinal, pubescence greyish ; terminal styles long,
rufescent. Scutellum large, punctate. The front tarsi with
the basal four joints dilated.

The beautifully iridescent head and thorax and their sculp-
ture show that this is distinct from the other New Zealand
species. Its proper position is near No. 1844.

3. Length 42, breadth 1 line.

Waiorongamai, near Mount Te Aroha. One, November

1893.
Quedius conspicuellus, sp. n.

Glossy, black; hind body violaceous, with more or less
conspicuous patches of yellow hairs; basal joint of antenne
piceous, its apex and all the second joint castaneous, 4 to 10
dull.

Head broadly oval, wider than the thorax, with three large
punctures along the inner margin of the eye, two close to the
base ; a shallow transverse impression on the forehead can
hardly be said to consist of two confluent punctures ; imme-
diately behind this there is another feebly marked transverse
impression. Clypeus membranous, dark. Labrum deeply
emarginate in the middle. yes moderately prominent,
occupying half the side of the head. Antenne long, reaching
the thoracic base, second joint shorter and thicker than the
third, tenth slightly longer than broad. Thorax a little
broader than long, with two large punctures before the middle
and a few marginal ones. Scutellum large, punctate. Hlytra
not longer than broad, closely and finely sculptured, with
slender cinereous and yellowish hairs. Hind body finely
sculptured, apical styles castaneous. ast variegated pitchy
red, the anterior only moderately expanded.

422 Capt. T. Broun on new

@. Head narrower, frontal impressions obsolete, tenth
antennal joint hardly longer than broad; there is one round
impression between the eyes in front.

This, without doubt, comes near Sharp’s Q. latifrons, but
there are no flavescent spots on the wing-cases, and the
labrum is not rounded in the middle.

Length 43, breadth quite 4 line.

Te Aroha. The pair I have were sent by Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Quedius scutellaris, sp. n.

Glossy, black, the legs and antenne piceo-rufous, tarsi red ;
pubescence ash-coloured.

Head broadly oviform ; there is a shallow angulate mark in
front; twopuncturesalong inside of each eye, two behind theeye,
and two or three close to the base. Clypeus membranous,
rather pale. Zabrum reddish, short, with a deep central emar-
gination, and bearing long, coarse, dark sete. Hyes rather
small, not extending halfway along the side of the head. An-
tenne stout, not attaining the base of the thorax, the basal
three joints reddish, second shorter than the first or third ;
joints 5 to 10 subquadrate and dull. Thorax rather broader
than long, rounded and depressed anteriorly ; base rounded,
posterior angles obsolete ; there are small punctures before the
middle of the disk, two close to the apex, and three or four
near the sides. Scutellum large, triangular, impunctate.
Elytra quadrate, only moderately and not very closely punc-
tured. Hind body elongate, finely sculptured, styles piceous.
Front tarst dilated.

The perfectly smooth scutellum is an exceptional feature,
and the reduction in number of the interocular punctures is
unusual. It is quite distinct from Sharp’s Q. antipodum.

&. Length 54, breadth nearly 1 line. ,

Ashburton. Mr. W. W. Smith presented me with his
specimen, which is still unique I believe.

Quedius puncticollis, sp. n.

Shining, black, the legs testaceo-fuscous, tarsi pale infus-
cate red, mandibles rufescent.

Head nearly as broad as the thorax, with four large punc-
tures in a transverse series between the eyes, two oblique
longitudinal rows (three or four in each) further back near
the sides; the lateral space behind the eye is more finely
punctured ; it bears some dark elongate sete. yes half the
length of the head. Labrum very short, but with a large

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 423

frontal membrane. The antenne reach the base of the thorax,

.the basal three joints are shining piceous, the slender stalk-
like basal portions of the fourth and fifth are quite red, joints
4 to 11 opaque and, except the eleventh, obconical. Thorax
almost as long as broad, anterior angles depressed, sides
nearly straight, base rounded; on each side of the middle
there is a longitudinal series of three very distinct punctures,
one nearer the head is not in line with either of these series,
being situated more towards the side; there are a few other
punctures near the sides and basal margin. Scutellum large,
closely punctate. lytra subquadrate, finely and closely
punctured, densely covered with fine cinereous pubescence.
Hind body elongate, finely sculptured, its clothing greyish
yellow, styles moderate.

This can hardly be confounded with Sharp’s Q. cnsolitus ;
the shape of the thorax is different, the head is differently
marked, and the posterior tarsi of Q. insolitus have short
basal articulations.

Length 34, breadth ? line.

West Plains, Invercargill. Mr. Alfred Philpott kindly

forwarded one of each sex.

Var, 9 .—Antenne shorter, first joint pale castaneous ;
head nearly smooth behind the eyes; thorax with four punc-
tures in each longitudinal series, exclusive of the supple-
mentary frontal one, the punctures near the basal margin
indistinct or absent ; the pubescence on elytra yellow.

Quedius ambiguus, sp. n.

Elongate, black; head and thorax brilliant, hind body
iridescent. -

Head almost as broad as the thorax, with a row of four
punctures along the inner margin of each eye and two larger
ones between the series in front. Labrum not deeply notched ;
the membranous space behind it is short and dark. LHyes
slightly prominent, large, occupying two thirds of the side
of the head. Antenne as long as the head and thorax, the
basal two joints dark red, 4 to 11 opaque, tenth longer than
broad. Thorax rather broader than loug, with a pair of punc-
tures before the middle. Hlytra slightly broader than long,
closely and finely punctate, with slender ash-coloured pubes-
cence. Liind body more or less eneo-violaceous, its clothing
a little more flavescent than that of the elytra. Legs varie-
gated castaneous or piceous.

424 Capt. T. Broun on new
This closely resembles Q. enodis (No. 207), but may be

separated therefrom by the two frontal interocular punctures.
Length 3, breadth 2 line. .
Tarukenga, about 8 miles from Rotorua.

Quedius taieriensis, sp. n.

Black, hind body hardly at all iridescent ; elytra elongate,
densely covered with depressed flavescent pubescence ; legs
and antenne variegated rufo-fuscous.

Head oviform, the centre and the forehead smooth, the
rest of its surface moderately finely punctured. yes not
extending halfway along the sides of the head. Clypeus
membranous, pale. Labrum short, slightly emarginated.
Antenne longer than the head and thorax, all the joints
evidently longer than broad. Thorax longer than broad,
base subtruncate, very smooth, with two deep punctures
before the middle; behind this the sides are almost straight.
Scutellum triangular, punctate and pubescent. /ytra oblong,
a third longer than broad, a little narrowed towards the base,
their close punctuation rendered indistinct by the clothing.
find body elongate, finely sculptured, styles dark. Anterior
tarsi only moderately expanded.

In general outline this resembles Q. agathis (No. 2453),
but the latter has a narrower head and more rounded thorax.
It is also somewhat similar to Q. ¢nsolitus, but the thorax is
less narrowed anteriorly and the basal joint of the hind tarsi
is not so short.

Length 34, breadth ? line.

Taieri, Otago. My specimen was given to me by Mr.S. U.
Fulton.

Obs. When computing the size of the eyes in all the fore-
going species the side of the head has been reckoned from
the point of the antennal insertion backwards.

Group Pederide.

Lithocharis ceca, sp. n.

Slender, elongate, subparallel, shining; pale ferruginous,
sometimes flavescent, the legs, antennz, and palpi testaceous.

Head longer than broad, gradually narrowed anteriorly,
moderately finely and distinctly punctured, more densely near
the sides than on the crown; the forehead truncate. Hyes
exceedingly minute, hardly visible. Antenne minutely
pubescent, first joint as long as the next two, both of which
are longer than broad and about equal ; joints 4 to 10 decrease

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 425

in length, tenth transversely quadrate, eleventh conical.
Peduncle well developed. Thorax longer than broad, widest
near the front, gradually narrowed backwards, with obtuse
angles ; the punctuation is like that on the front of the head,
there is an indistinct discoidal line. lytra very short, sub-
quadrate, a little narrowed near the shoulders ; their sculpture
is moderately close but indefinite, appearing punctate or
granulate; they bear fine, short, pale pubescence. Hind
body elongate, finely sculptured, rather thickly covered with
fine pallid pubescence, the fifth segment much longer than
the preceding ones. emora thick, especially the anterior.
Tarsi short, the basal four joints of the front pair transverse.

The abortive eyes, short wing-cases, and slender build are
distinguishing characters.

Length 13, breadth nearly } line.

Mount Pirongia and Te Aroha. Two found at each
locality on the ground.

HHyperomma sanguineum, sp. n.

Nitid, elongate, dark vinous red, the antenne, palpi, and
tarsi fulvescent; sparingly clothed with ash-coloured hairs.

Head rather longer than broad, the gene slightly rounded ;
it has some large almost serial punctures, which, however, do
not extend to the middle; there are also many minute
irregularly distributed punctures. Thorax about one third
longer than broad, almost as wide at the base as it is in
front; all its angles are rounded; along each side of the
middle there is a not very regular series of about fifteen
punctures; several similar punctures are distributed near the
sides, and numerous minute ones are visible over the whole
surface. lytra short, hardly longer than broad, the shoulders
rounded, with distinct sutural striz; their sculpture consists
of large punctiform impressions and small punctures. Hind
body elongate, finely sculptured, with conspicuous styles.

Rather larger than No. 2454, the head and thorax longer
and differently sculptured; the mandibles are shorter and
stouter and each has a large median tooth on the inside; the
antenne are more elongate and slender ; the mawillary palpi
differ, the penultimate joint being rather longer and less
dilated towards the extremity, whilst the terminal one, instead
of being short and conical, is about two thirds the length of
the preceding one.

Length 42, breadth 2 line.

Mount Pirongia. One (minus a leg), found in December
1892.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 30

426 Capt. T. Broun on new

Group Omaliide.

Omalium fusciventre, sp. n.

Elongate, subparallel, shining, sparingly clothed with short,
rather fine, yellowish hairs; those on the hind body are,
however, rather longer and more easily seen ; head, thorax,
and antenne red; elytra brighter and paler red, but with the
suture near the base and the hind part of each side fuscous ;
abdomen fuscous, its extremity paler; legs testaceous.

Head finely and not very closely punctured, the frontal
impressions rather shallow. Hyes moderate, but little convex.
Antenne pubescent, first joint stout and finely sculptured,
second little more than half the size of the basal one, longer
than broad, oviform ; third longer than broad, rather slender ;
fourth and fifth small and bead-like; 6 to 10 evidently
broader than the preceding ones, 8 to 10 transverse, eleventh
large. Thorawx rather broader than long, its sides distinctly
margined and well rounded in front; behind the middle they
are gradually narrowed and nearly straight; the posterior
angles are rectangular but not acute; its surface is rather
more distinctly punctured than the head, the two dorsal
impressions are well marked, and there is a fovea-like depres-
sion at each side. Hlytra oblong, wider than the thorax,
slightly narrowed towards the base, their hind angles rounded ;
the suture is well defined and rather more elevated behind
than in front; their punctuation is regular and almost serial,
but becomes a little less distinct behind. Hind body of the
same width, but rather longer than the elytra, finely sculp-
tured, fifth segment longest. Legs simple. Tarst with the
basal joints, taken together, much shorter than the terminal
one.

This most resembles No. 1861; the head is more distinctly
punctured, the eyes are less convex, and the enlarged joints
of the antenne are more transverse. No. 1854 also is some-
what similar.

Length 1, breadth ¢ line.

West Plains, Invercargill. My specimen was found by
Mr. Alfred Philpott.

Omalium australe, sp. n.

Body rather broad, narrowed anteriorly; pubescence
yellowish, moderately elongate, conspicuous behind; on the
sides of the thorax there are some long, slender, erect sete ;
head and thorax red, darker than the elytra and antennae;
hind body rufo-castaneous ; legs testaceous.

Head nearly as large as the thorax, finely but not closely

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 427

punctured ; the frontal impressions large and rather deep, so
that the margins over the antennal insertion appear raised.
Eyes prominent. Antenne with fine outstanding sete ; first
joint stout; second rather small, not much longer than broad,
oviform ; third longer than the second; fourth and fifth
oviform, slightly longer than broad; 6 to 10 incrassate, sixth
and seventh subrotundate, 8 to 10 transverse, eleventh larger
than tenth. Thorax subcordate, about as long as it is broad,
much narrowed behind, basal angles not prominent; it is
rather more distinctly punctured than the head; the two
dorsal impressions are deep, especially behind, and are rather
distant from the base; there is a distinct impression at each
side. Hlytra less than twice the length of the thorax,
gradually narrowed towards the base; their punctuation
rather fine, not close nor serial, and becoming more indistinct
near the apices ; behind the base there is a slight transverse
impression and there is another alongside the suture on each.
find body quite as long and broad as the elytra, finely sculp-
tured, with conspicuous pubescence. The basal joints of the
tarst are half the entire length.

O. sagoloide, Sharp, is undoubtedly the nearest ally, but
this species has no basal callosities on the elytra, and the
suture, owing to the longitudinal impressions, appears
elevated.

Length 14, breadth 3 line.

West Plains, Invercargill. One example from Mr. Philpott.

Omalium Philpotti, sp. n.

Subparallel, elongate, moderately shining; fusco-castaneous,
the hind portion of the elytra darker than the basal; legs
testaceous ; the basal five joints of the antenne red, remaining
joints fuscous and opaque.

Head rather finely and not at all closely punctured, inter-
ocular fovew small, frontal impressions shallow. Thorar
rather small, transverse, its sides moderately rounded, nar-
rowed behind, posterior angles rectangular ; discoidal impres-
sions broad, shallow in front; the lateral fosse indistinct ; its
punctuation more distinct than that of the head, but not
closer. Hlytra about a third longer than broad, closely and
rather finely punctate. Mind body as long as the wing-
covers, finely sculptured ; apical segment testaceous.

Underside reddish chestnut, finely punctured and pubescent.

O. australe has the thorax much more contracted behind
and the elytra distinctly narrowed towards the base. O. fusci-
ventre has a cordiform thorax with well-marked lateral tovez,
which this species has not. O. perplexum is larger and alto-
gether different.

30”

428 On new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

Var.—Body more rufescent, apical half of antenne not
infuscate.

Length 13, breadth quite } line.

West Plains, Invercargill. This species bears the name
of its discoverer, Mr. Alfred Philpott.

Omalium perplexum, sp. n.

Subparallel, rather flat, shining, piceous; the thorax and
shoulders (sometimes the whole base of the elytra) chestnut-
red ; legs paler, tarsi testaceous.

Head much narrowed in front of the eyes, with two broad
longitudinal impressions, its punctuation moderately coarse
and close, but nearly quite wanting in front. yes large and
prominent. Antenne as long as the head and thorax, the
basal five joints shining red ; second joint thicker but hardly
as long as the third, the following small and bead-like, 6 to 10
about twice the width of the preceding one, densely pubescent
and opaque, eleventh larger than tenth, also dark. Thorax
broader than long, front angles rounded, its sides finely mar-
gined and nearly straight behind; basal angles rectangular,
but not acute; its sculpture is a little coarser than that of the
head, but the narrow space along the middle is smooth; at
each side of this smooth space there is a large but not very
deep impression, which approaches the base more than it does
the apex; there is another impression at each side. Elytra
evidently longer than broad,- parallel-sided ; their sculpture
consists of almost regular series of distinct punctures, inter-
stices very slightly raised ; near the apices the punctuation
becomes irregular ; they bear only a few short, slender, scarcely
noticeable hairs. Hind body not larger than the elytra, finely
punctate, with fine but quite distinct pubescence; the basal
three segments broadly margined, the fourth more finely
margined and a good deal longer than the third; its apex
and the terminal segment are castaneous. Zvbie with fine,
short, erect setee. Sexual characters normal.

?. Slightly larger, darker; the pubescence on the head and
thorax, though fine, can be easily seen.

O. Helmsi, Fauvel, in. litt., is very much like this species,
but it has the sides of the thorax more rounded before the
middle, and its punctures are almost disposed in longitudinal
rows ; the sete on the tibiz are more numerous and the colo-
ration is different.

Length 14, breadth 2 line.

Invercargill. My. Philpott, one pair.

[''o be continued. |

On new Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 429

LV.—New Species of Eustern Lepidoptera.
By Col. C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., V.P.E.S.

RHOPALOCERA.
NyYmMpHALIN2.
Genus CynTuHia, Fabr.
Cynthia pura, sp. n.

3. Ferruginous ochreous, much paler antl brighter than
even the Andaman form of C. erota; markings similar.
Hind wings with a slight angle in place of the usual tail;
palpi and frons crimson. Underside brightly coloured, the
basal third tinged with crimson and with the sinuous lines
crimson.

2. Tail less like that of the male, with a broad white band
across both wings, limited by the interior and submarginal
lines on fore wings and the interior line and transverse dark
shade, which extends from costa near apex to anal angle on
hind wings ; the basal portion of this wing is also more or less
suffused with white, and the basal and outer portions of both
wings suffused with ochreous, the suffusion bright and clear
on the outer portion of the hind wings ; palpi and frons tinged
with crimson. Underside paler and more yellow than in the
male, the basal third tinged and marked with crimson as in
the male.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢ 2, 43 inches.

Cherra Punji. Three males, one female.

Genus PARTHENOS, Hiibner.

Parthenos nella, sp. n.

6. Markings much as in P. virens, Moore, both above and
below, the black macular inner bands on the upperside of
the hind wings of vivens being replaced by broad complete
bands, becoming conical towards the costa, as in P. gambrisius,
Fabr.; but the colour is quite different, being dark green-
black above, with no blue whatever in it. Underside pale
blue-green on the basal half, almost exactly with the tint of
the underside of P. Lilacinus, Butler.

-Expanse of wings 4 inches.

Sandakan, Borneo. A fine series, all males.

With a tint of coloration quite different to any species of
the genus Parthenos known to me.

~ 430 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Genus CrREsTIS, Boisd.

Cyrestis neela, sp. n.

g. Upperside with the coloration of Chersonesia risa,
Doubl., shghtly darker, transverse lines somewhat similar,
but not so uniform; the second and third meet on costa of
fore wings, the fourth and fifth become wider above the median
vein and bend inwards, the two lines in the cell also bend in
a corresponding manner, and there is a third black line below
them ; on the hjnd wings also the double line in the cell is
well separated from the third line, and the fifth, sixth, and
seventh lines bend outwards on the costa; the tail is also
longer. On the underside the colour is similar to the colora-
tion of the underside of C. risa, the disposition of the lines
differing as they do on the upperside.

Eixpanse of wings 2 inches.

Sandakan, Borneo. Five examples.

Very like Chersonesia risa, but does not belong to that
subgenus, being a true Cyrestis, having the second subcostal
nervure emitted before the end of the cell.

Lycenide.
Genus Horaca, Moore.

Horaga holothura, sp. n.

3. Upperside: both wings azure blue; fore wings with the
costa and outer borders broadly black, the band broadest at
the apex and touching the large white discal patch, which is
of the same size as in H. onyx 9, but not pointed upwards
as in that species: hind wings with costa broadly black, a
submarginal row of black spots, divided from the black outer
margin by a thin blue line; tails black, tipped with white ;
cilia white. Underside: both wings olivaceous brownish-
ochreous, as in H. onyx; the white band in the same position,
but rounded above on the fore wings, not produced beyond
the upper end of the cell; the markings at the anal angle of
hind wings similar.

Expanse of wings 15 inch.

Malang, Java. Four examples.

Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 431

HETEROCERA.
Cymatophoridez.
Genus PoLypioca, Hiibn.

Polyploca galema, sp. n.

g. Olive-brown; head black: fore wings covered with
grey scales; a black spot at lower end of cell; antemedial
and postmedial transverse lines black, double, sinuous, each
with an even outward curve; a black marginal line with
dentations into the cilia opposite the veins ; a brown suffusion
on the antemedial lines, which widens downwards on to the
hinder margin ; a deep black short streak at the apex, which
is bent in its middle: hind wings dark brown; cilia inter-
lined grey and brown, with pale tips.

Expanse of wings 1,%) inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Allied to P. orbicularis, Moore, but is a much larger
insect, with the bands on fore wings wider apart, more
regular, and with a pointed apex.

Genus GAURENA, Walker.

Gaurena solena, sp. n.

3. Grey, tinged with yellow, and irrorated in parts with
brown atoms; a broad, central, transverse, dark band, broadly
suffused on each side with dark pink, and traversed by a
number of black sinuous lines ; the outer portion of the wing
clear grey, with some black markings on the upper part; a
submarginal black crenulated band, a black marginal line
with dentations opposite the veins into the white cilia. Hind
wings dark grey, with broad brown borders, and a brown
central band, not much darker than the ground-colour of the
wing ; cilia white, containing black marks opposite the veins.

Expanse of wings 15%; inch.

Cherra Punji. Two examples.

Micronidz.

Genus PseupomicrontA, Moore.

Pseudomicronia simpletfascia, sp. n.

g. White: fore wings with the costa with brown thin
transverse marks ; transverse bands ochreous grey, first rather
thick, from costa of fore wings a little before the middle to the

432 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

anal angle of hind wings; second from costa of fore wings
one third before apex to the submarginal line in the hind
wings one third before the anal angle; submarginal line
double, well separated on fore wings, meeting together on
hind wings, where it is joined by the second line; below this
there are a number of thin grey lines; the marginal line of
fore wings is grey and thin, on the hind wings it is brown
and thicker, with blackish spots in the interspaces, the largest
being at the base of the tail.

Expanse of wings 1;'; inch.

Aberdeen, Andaman Islands. One example.

Geometride.
LARENTUNZ.
Genus LARENTIA, Treit.
Larentia combusta, sp. n.

3. Upperside: fore wings dull red, thickly irrorated with
brown atoms and smeared with white on lower outer por-
tions ; the wings crossed by many indistinct brown bands,
and with two white patches on the costa, one before and the
other beyond the middle: hind wings greyish white, with a
pale brown medial line; grey suffusion close to outer margin,
on which there is a black line. Underside of a uniform pale
grey ; a black spot at end of each cell and an indistinct discal
transverse line of brown dots on each wing.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Genus Crparia, Treit.

Cidaria fulvidorsata, sp. n.
3. Head and palpi ochreous; body brown, with dorsal

ochreous spots on abdomen : fore wings brown, the basal two
thirds tinged with chocolate-colour, limited by a white discal
line, which curves inwards on all the veins below the median ;
the outer third tinged with green; a brown triangular sub-
costal patch on the outer margin lined with white; a red
patch below near the hinder angle; a transverse white line
one third from base, elbowed outwardly in its centre: hind
wings greyish white, with a brown spot at end of cell, with
two darker grey indistinct discal bands, most distinct towards
the abdominal margin. Underside grey, a brown dot at end
of each cell; fore wings with a discal brown transverse line,

Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 433

hind wings with two discal lines; marginal line on both
wings dark brown.

Expanse of wings 1,2; inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Genus GANDARITIS, Moore.

Gandaritis maculata, sp. n.

3 ¢. Head and body yellow, with pale black bands ; wings
white, with transverse bands of large elongated pale black
spots in the interspaces; the fore wing with three at equal
distances from the base, the third double above the median
vein; a narrow white space, followed by two bands close
together, the outer one on the margin: hind wings with a
band a little before the middle and two on the outer border ;
small black patches on the cilia of both wings at the extre-
mities of the white veins. Below, the wings are marked as
above, the legs yellow.

Expanse ot wings, ¢ 145, 2 14% inch.

Asama Yama, Japan. ‘Two males and three females.

AcIDALIINa:.
Genus ERITHROLOPHUS, Swinh,

Erithrolophus semiustus, sp. n.

3. Head and abdomen pinkish ochreous ; thorax and fore
wings purplish brown ; a large pinkish-ochreous apical patch,
crossed by a red line and some whitish dots, the costa above
the patch brown. Hind wings pinkish ochreous, with the
costa broadly purplish brown, the ochreous portion sparsely
irrorated with red atoms and crossed by two red sinuous lines,
medial and discal; marginal line brown; cilia grey. Under-
side grey, tinged with pink ; the basal and lower portions of
fore wings suffused with brown ; lines as above.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Drepanulide.
Genus ALBARA, Walker.
Albara erpina, sp. n.

3. Lilacine grey, of the same tint of colour as A. lilacina,
Moore; fore wings with a transverse straight antemedial
brown line, another curving slightly inwards from hinder

434 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

margin one third from angle to the costa near apex; costal
and outer marginal lines brown ; a white straight submarginal
line ; four pure white speckles at end of cell. Hind wings
paler, with two short brown lines, ante- and postmedial, from
the abdominal margin; a brownish shade containing a short
white line near the anal angle.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Three examples.

The fore wings are not so faleate as in A. lilacina; the
outer line in fore wings is single, and there are no submar-
ginal brown spots as in that species. A. lilacina has also no
white speckles, which are distinctive in this species.

Genus DREPANA, Schrank.
Drepana mecasa, sp. n.

6. Brown: fore wings with two black spots at the end of
the cell, one being at upper end and the other in the middle ;
a dark brown diffuse band from apex of fore wings to abdo-
minal margin of hind wings one fourth from base, the band
in places appearing duplex: hind wing with a straight discal
band of three thick brown lines, but not very distinct ; sub-
marginal black dots on both wings. Underside grey, with
two black dots at the end of each cell anda band of three
indistinct pale brown discal lines on both wings.

Expanse of wings 1; inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Two examples.

Genus Oreta, Walker.

Oreta olga, sp. n.

3 9. Antenne of male bipectinated, of the female ciliated,
the outer margin of the hind wing in both sexes excised above
the anal angle. Upperside brown, tinged with yellow, sparsely
striated with brown: fore wings with a slight white smear
below the apex; both wings crossed by a brown medial
curved line, outwardly marked with ochreous grey, this line is
sharply bent inwards below the costa of fore wings, and is
angled outwards above the middle in the hind wings ; cilia
dark brown. Underside paler, tinged with pink, the striations
prominent, the line indistinct.

_ Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Shillong. One pair.

The female is paler and more yellow than the male.

Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 435

Genus PHaLacra, Walker.

Phalacra nudobia, sp. n.

3 2. Olive-brown; two black spots at the end of each
cell: fore wings with two brown indistinct bands, one from
the base subcostal, the other from middle of hinder margin to
the apex: hind wings with a central brown band, limited
inwardly by a brown line, above which is a broad ochreous
band. Underside grey, with three transverse grey discal
lines.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢ 17%, 2 1; inch.

Cherra Punji. One pair.

This species has the hind wings not angled at vein 6.

Lymantriide.
Genus Oray1A, Ochs.
Orgyta nucula, sp. n.

g. Antenne, thorax, and fore wings chestnut-brown, the
latter with a subbasal brown band, with a pale line on each
side of it and a white mark adjoining its outer lower portion ;
a discal brown band rather close to the margin, also with a
pale line on each side; a small whitish patch at the apex and
some whitish marks along the margin below it. Hind wings
deep black ; cilia of both wings ochreous. Underside: both
wings uniform deep black, with ochreous cilia.

Expanse of wings 1-1;% inch.

Fort Stedman, Shan States, one example; Cherra Punji,
one example.

Genus OLENE, Hiibner.

Olene orimba, sp. n.

6 ¢. Antenne, thorax, and fore wings brown, the last
with a discal double band of acutely angled black marks,
larger and more distinct in the female ; a submarginal line
of black lunular marks. Hind wings grey; cilia grey, with
a whitish line at its base. Underside grey, with traces of a
brown outwardly curved discal line on each wing.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1y, 9 11%5 inch.

Shillong. One pair.

Genus ADLULLIA, Walker.

Adlullia oreosaura, sp. n.

?. Antenne, head, thorax below, and legs bright yellow ;

436 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

thorax above dark chocolate-colour. Fore wings bright
yellow, with a large chocolate-coloured band which covers
nearly the whole surface of the wing, leaving only the outer
margin, the costa, and an inwardly excavated rounded space,
including the outer half of the cell, yellow ; a large prominent
black spot at the end of the cell in the yellow space: hind
wings blackish brown, with a yellow outer border, and the
costa more or less suffused with yellow; abdomen black, with
a yellow anal tuft. Underside yellow, with the interior por-
tion of both wings suffused with black.

Expanse of wings 274 inches.

Cherra Punji. One example of this very handsome moth.

Arctiide.
Genus RHopoGastria, Hiibner.

Rhodogastria negrita, sp. n. |

Creatonotus negritus, Swinh. MS. ; Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind., Moths,

ii. p. 28 (1804).

3 2. Palpi and antenne black; frons and thorax pure
white ; top of head and collar crimson ; abdomen black, with
yellow bands. Wings black: fore wings with costal line
towards apex crimson; a white streak from base to end of
cell, another along the entire length of the interno-median
interspace, and a short basal white streak on the hinder
margin: hind wings with the base and abdominal margin
suffused with white ; cilia of both wings white. Underside
same as upperside, but wings blacker; thorax white; legs
white, with crimson stripes; tarsi black; abdomen black,
with white bands.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, 9 275 inches.

Cherra Punji. ‘Two males and five females.

The colour of the wings varies much in tint, some
examples being deep black and some much paler.

Lithosiide.
Genus Baro, Moore.

Baroa vatala, sp. n.

& ¢. Of a uniform dark ochreous grey, thorax with black
spots. Fore wings with two black spots at the base, one at
the end of the cell, and two outwardly curved transverse rows
of black spots, the first before the middle ; in the male there
are only two spots, in the female there are four ; tlie second

Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 437

row is discal, consisting of a spot in each interspace in both
sexes: hind wing with a discal band on the underside
showing through the wing. Underside coloured as above,
with a discal black band, divided by the veins across both
wings; anal tuft on abdomen ochreous in both sexes.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 15%, 2 1; inch.

Shillong. Four males and three females.

Allied to Baroa punctivaga, Walker, from Java.

Genus ScapresyLe, Walker.
Scaptesyle integra, sp. n.

& ?. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep black; collar,
tecule, and wings bright golden yellow ; abdomen with some
greyish-yellow hairs at the end. Fore wings with a deep
black narrow basal space, and both wings with deep black
borders, occupying the outer third of fore wings, narrow in
the hind wings, and gradually fining hindwards to a thick
line towards the anal angle.

Expanse of wings 17%) inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. A fine series.

Allied to, but perfectly distinct from, S. bicolor, Walker,
which is uniformly more ochreous and has broad black borders
covering nearly half the wings.

Genus AiMENE, Walker.
Eimene amnea, sp. n.

6. Head, thorax, and fore wings white; thorax with black
spots in front and two longitudinal black stripes. Fore
wings—a spot at the base, a transverse subbasal band of three
spots, followed by a similar band before the middle, a spot in
the cell, an irregular broad band beyond the middle, which
includes a deep black spot at the end of the cell, is dentated
on both sides, and dislocated below the centre ; a submarginal
band of large lunular black spots ; black spots on the margin
including two much larger than the others, and running into
the white cilia, one at the apex and the other a little below
it: hind wing blackish brown, without markings. Under-
side: both wings suffused with brown.

Expanse of wings 7% inch.

Shillong. One example.

Looks like a Yarache of the Noctuid family Acontiide.

438 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Genus BarsInE, Walker.

Barsine fuscifera, sp. 0.

3g. Of a uniform orange ochreous: fore wings with a
black spot at the end of cell, and slightly suffused with brown,
except on the outer portions: hind wings with a similar but
darker suffusion. Underside with the coloration brighter,
the whole of the fore wings with the exception of the borders
covered with black: hind wings with a black subcostal
streak towards the apex; the interior of the wing very
slightly suffused with brown: abdomen brown, with small
ochreous tuft; legs ochreous and brown.

Expanse of wings 1,’p inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Barsine eschara, sp. n.

3g. Yellow: fore wings with a brown thick line on the
outer margin and two transverse similar lines, the first from
the middle of the costa to the base below the median vein,
where it runs into a longitudinal line, which extends from
the base to the outer margin; second from the costa near
apex, where it is joined by the marginal line to the hinder
margin one third from the angle; this line throws out two
others above its centre to the outer margin, and from its centre
an inner line which curves upwards, passing across the first
transverse line, and runs to the base of the costa. Hind
wings paler and without markings.

Expanse of wings 7/5 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Three examples.

Allied to B. distributa, Walker, from Borneo.

Genus SETINA, Schr.

Setina leacrita, sp. n.

g ?. Bright ochreous: fore wings with three transverse
rows of small black spots, and one spot at the base ; first row
a little before the middle consisting of three, second discal,
outwardly curved, a spot on each vein; third submarginal,
irregular, a spot in each interspace: hind wings slightly
paler than fore wings and without markings. Underside :
both wings coloured like the hind wings above, with some
indistinct submarginal dots on both wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1j5, 2 1)% inch.

Yokohama and Asama Yama, Japan. Three males and
one female.

Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 439

Genus CacypParis, Walker.
Cacyparis pruntfera, sp. n.
Cacyparis prunifera, Swinh. MS.; Hampson, ¢. c. p. 127.

2. Fore wings white, closely striated with dark purple-
brown; ashort antemedial band composed of three chocolate-
brown lunular marks from hinder margin; a very large, out-
wardly pale-edged chocolate-brown spot in the upper disk,
which is variegated with orange and purple; some purple
patches on lower half of outer margin. Hind wings greyish
brown ; cilia whitish. Head and thorax brown, mottled with
white; tegule with tufts of long whitish hairs; abdomen
greyish brown.

Exxpanse of wings 14 inch.

Ceylon; one example, in Mus. Oxon. Sikkim; one ex-
ample, in coll. Swinhoe.

Lasiocampidez.
Genus ODONTOCRASPIS, nov.

Antenne short, stout; the pectinations very stout, short, and
gradually decreasing to the tips. Fore wings with the costa
arched, outer margin excised above the middle; a falcated
production below the apex at the end of vein 6; hinder mar-
gin long and straight; wing narrow ; veins 6 and 7 branched
nearly halfway beyond the end of the cell. Hind wings with
the costa straight and very short; outer margin round, regu-
larly excised and very long; the abdominal margin long ;
the anal angle narrow ; veins 4 and 5 stalked, 8 curved up-
wards and then down to 7, which it joins a little before the
base.

Odontocraspis hasora, sp. n.

3. Rich chestnut-brown: fore wings with some orange
speckles in the cell and a group of them at the end of the cell,
with two small white spots on the outside; a hyaline out-
wardly excavated spot near the margin above vein 6, and a
similar smaller one in the next interspace above it; two
transverse, sinuous, brown discal bands: hind wings with the
costal space paler than the rest of the wing. Underside
duller brown; a whitish lunule at the end of the cell ; a broad
bluish-white central band not extending to either margin;
marginal space cupreous tinged.

I:xpanse of wings 14/5 inch.

Shillong. Eleven examples.

A very curious-looking insect.

440 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Cosside.
Genus AzZYGOPHLEPS, Hampson.
Azygophleps nurella, sp. n.

3. Palpi and frons black; top of head, thorax, abdomen,
and both wings grey, tinged with ochreous; a brown band
behind the head; abdomen with grey bands. Fore wings
with a grey costal border, the inner portion of the wing
suffused with darker ochreous ; both wings without markings,
Below, of the same uniform colour, without markings, except
the legs, which have black bands on the tarsi.

Expanse of wings 2;'5 inches.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Genus ARBELA, Moore.
Arbela phaga, sp. n.

?. Brownish grey, thorax speckled with olive-brown.
Fore wings with a discal band of large round olive-brown
spots from apex to hinder margin beyond the middle, the
whole wing between this band and the base covered with
bands of similar spots packed closely together; interno-
median interspace filled with white hairs, making a whitish
streak from base to outer band; some smaller olive-brown
spots on the outer margin: hind wings dark grey, without
markings; cilia of both wings ochreous grey, interlined with
brown. Underside: both wings dark brownish grey, without
markings ; cilia as above; legs with white and brown hairs.

Expanse of wings 1; inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Hepialidez.
Genus PALPIFER, Hampson.

Palpifer ceerulescens, sp. 1.

8. Dark chocolate-brown: fore wings with a prominent
subbasal white spot; two indistinct brown transverse discal
bands, white dots on the outer, and an indistinct discal row of
similar dots, which are continued to the base above the hinder
margin: hind wings darker than the fore wings, with a
whitish patch on the middle of the cilia, extending a little on
to the wing. Underside dark dull brown, without any
markings ; legs with grey hairs.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 441

Syntomide.
Genus SynroMorpDES, Hampson.
Syntomoides quisqualis, sp. n.

$6 ¢. Antenne simple, black, with white tips; frons
white; thorax and abdomen black, the former with a large
ochreous spot in front and another behind, abdomen with five
broad ochreous bands. Wings deep black: fore wings with a
large hyaline patch filling the outer two thirds of the cell, a
hyaline space occupying the whole interno-median area up to
vein 2 (this space is in some specimens cut in two by a black
bar), a band of three large hyaline discal dots; hind wings
hyaline, with black margins, broadest on costa and at apex.

Expanse of wings 174-175 inch.

Shillong. Five males and one female.

Much like Syntomis thelebus, Fabr., from China and Japan ;
the body similar, but the frons is white, and not ochreous as
in that species; the hyaline spots are similarly disposed but
larger. WS. thelebus is, however, a true Syntomis, and this
species is a Syntomoides—the fore wing with vein 3 from
before end of cell, 4 and 5 from the end ; hind wing with vein 3
absent.

Genus Eressa, Walker.
Hressa ginorea, sp. n.

6. Deep black; abdomen with a broad golden band in
front, black hairs at the tip: fore wings with two bands of
hyaline spots—first in the middle, consisting of three, two long
and the centre one round, occupying the outer line of the cell
and the interspaces below it; the second discal, of four spots
in pairs: hind wings with a small round hyaline spot near
the middle of the abdominal margin.

Expanse of wings 385 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Allied to 4. apertens, Walker.

Zygenide.
Genus Puacusa, Walker.

Phacusa sizala, sp. n.

3 2. Black; frons metallic green, tongue crimson ; head,
collar, and fore part of thorax powdered with metallic green.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiv. 31

442 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Wings hyaline, with black veins and black borders, thinnest
on the costa of fore wings and on abdominal border of hind
wings; a small white anal tuft to the male; tip of antenne
white on one side in both sexes.

Expanse of wings 1;’p inch.

Shillong. One pair.

Chalcosiide.
Genus Hereropan, Walker.
Heteropan leis, sp. n.

3 ?. Antenne black, the branches of the male with pale
ends. Body and wings dark blackish green: hind wings
black, with a dull ochreous band, broad, short, and rounded
at each end, in the upper disk of the male, but extending over
two thirds of the wing in the female, leaving the costa thinly
and the outer border and abdominal margin broadly black ;
a small space in the cilia below the apex white on each wing.
Underside black, paler in the male than in the female, with
a dull ochreous upper discal patch more or less connected with
the base in the male, very large in the female, and on the
hind wings of the same size and shape as it is above; in the
female also the outer border of the hind wing is metallic
green; cilia as above.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 17s, 2 14% inch.

Shillong. A fine series of both sexes.

Genus CHALCOSIOPSIS, nov.

?. Palpi short and porrect ; antenne simple. Fore wing
with the costa slightly excised before the apex, which is pro-
duced to a lobe; the outer margin much excurved; vein la
forming a large fork with 16; 1c present and running close
along the median vein to middle of cell, 3 from before angle
of cell, 4 from the angle, 5 from below centre of discocellulars,
6, 7, and 8 stalked; 12 short, to middle of costa; a forked
veinlet in cell. Hind wing with vein 1a short, 1 ¢ present, 3
from before angle of cell, 4 from the angle, 5 from above
centre of discocellulars, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 curved and nearly
touching the subcostal vein at middle of cell; a veinlet in
middle of cell; frenulum fully developed; apex somewhat
produced, outer margin excurved at centre; legs with the
tibial spurs long.

Chalcosiopsis variata, sp. n.

9. Upperside: body and fore wings black; fore wings
with a broad white band trom the costa a little before the

Species of Eastern Lepidoptera. 443

middle to near the outer margin, terminating on vein 3; a
short costal, subapical, broad white streak : hind wings white,
with a black basal subcostal streak and broad black borders,

a
Ae

Chalcosiopsis variata.

in some examples occupying half the wing-space ; cilia of
both wings black, with a white basal line, pure white at apex
Be hind wings. Underside: wings as above; body and legs
white. .

Expanse of wings 1,3; inch.

Shillong. Four examples.

Genus HAMPSONIA, nov.

. Branches of antenne short; frons produced. Wings
long and narrow: fore wings with the costa arched; apex
round ; outer margin curving inwards in its middle; venation
much as in the genus Amesza: hind wings with the apex and
outer margin rounded; veins 4 and 5 stalked beyond lower
end of cell; 6 and 7 emitted together from upper end.

Hampsonia pulcherrima, sp. nu.

3. Antenne, body, and legs metallic green-black: fore
wings black, with two large ochreous subbasal spots joined
together, another inside the cell, two joined together below
it, one discal between veins 3 and 4, another near the margin
in the interspace above, the cell-spot being the largest: hind
wings black, with broad crimson streaks; subcostal com-
mencing from the base with a yellow streak, then crimson to
the apex, and four large crimson streaks almost filling up
each interspace along the margin; abdominal border yellow.

Eixpanse of wings 235 inches.

Cherra Punji. One example.

A very brightly coloured beautiful insect.

[To be continued. |
31*

444 Mr. A. 8S. Woodward on some

LVI.—On some Fish-remains, of the Genera Portheus and

Cladocyclus, from the Rolling Downs Formation (Lower
Cretaceous) of Queensland. By A. Smita Woopwarp,
E.L.S.

[Plate X.]

‘THrouGH the kindness of Mr. R. L. Jack, Government
Geologist of Queensland, and Mr. George Sweet, of Bruns-
wick, Melbourne, the writer has been favoured with the
opportunity of examining some further remains of fishes from
the Lower Cretaceous of Queensland. With the exception
of a few Selachian teeth and vertebree* and a fine species of
Belonostomus T no cretaceous ichthyolites of importance have
hitherto been described from this colony; and the discovery
of the two additional species now to be placed on record is
thus one of considerable interest. The genera represented
have been found in the Cretaceous both of Europe and
America, and the second, like Belonostomus, also occurs in
Brazil. The species, however, appear to be distinct from
any already described, and sufficiently charactétistic portions
of the first are preserved to admit of a precise diagnosis.

Portheus australis, sp. n. (Pl. X. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Type.—Anterior two thirds of the jaws with part of the
base of the cranium exposed on both sides, but more or less
abraded and fractured; Museum of Queensland Geological
Survey.

Sp. Chars.—A species of medium size, about two thirds as
large as the type species. Premaxilla with four relatively .
large closely arranged teeth. Maxilla not much deepened in
front, the dentigerous border nearly straight, the teeth well
spaced and those anteriorly not much enlarged.

Description The left side of the type and only known
specimen is shown of two thirds the natural size in Pl. X.
fig. 1, and an abraded horizontal section of the right pre-
maxilla, with the four teeth, is given in fig. la. There is
nothing worthy of remark in the fragmentary cranium, and
the comparatively delicate, toothless, pterygoid arcade (pt.)
is only imperfectly shown. The robuster portion of the
palatine (pl.), however, interposed between the maxilla

* Lamna appendiculata and L. Daviesi, R. Etheridge, Jun., Proc. Linn.
Soc, N. 8. Wales, [2] vol. iii, (1888) p. 156, pl. iv.

f Belonostomus Sweet’, R, Etheridge, Jun., and A, 8. Woodward,
Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 1891, p. 1, pli.

Fish-remains from Queensland. 445

and prefrontal (pf.), and articulating with each of these
bones, is conspicuous on both sides of the fossil. The maxilla
(ma.) exhibits the usual broad laminar process (pr.) ex-
tending inwards at its anterior extremity, to be covered by
the premaxilla; and the bone is not much less deep behind
than in front. The hinder portion of the upper margin of
this element exhibits the slight longitudinal groove noted in
other species, and the inferior or dentigerous margin is nearly
straight. The maxillary teeth are much broken even on the
left side, but all are shown to be stout and hollow, separated
by irregular intervals wider than the teeth themselves, while
those in the anterior third of the bone are not much longer
than those behind. Both premaxille are displaced and much
abraded, but they appear to have been comparatively robust,
and the bases of four teeth are indicated in the bone of the
right side, these teeth being much larger than any of those of
the maxilla. An imperfect section of the premaxilla is given
in fig. 1 a, and it will be observed that the teeth are closely
pressed together, their extero-internal diameter being the
greatest. Of the cheek-plates there are no satisfactory
remains, and of the ossified sclerotics only part of that on the
right side is preserved.

Comparison.—The fossil thus described is readily distin-
guished from all the known species of Portheus by the cha-
racters noted*. ‘To mention only a few points: the Australian
species differs from P. molossus and P. thaumas in the greater
development of its premaxillary dentition; from P. lestrio,
arcuatus, Mantelli, and Daviest in the straightness of the
dentigerous border of the maxilla; from P. Mudgei and
P. gaultinus both in the form of the maxilla and the regu-
larity of its dentition. The new fossil may therefore be
regarded as representing a hitherto unknown species, appro-
priately named P. australis, in allusion to its being the first
evidence of the fish from the Southern Hemisphere.

Formation and Locality.— Rolling Downs Formation
(Lower Cretaceous) ; Clutha Station, near Hughenden,
Gidgery Creek, Queensland.

Cladocyclus Sweeti, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 2-6.)

Type.—Detached scale ; collection of George Sweet, Esq.,
F.G.8., The Close, Brunswick, Melbourne.

* Descriptions of the known species of Portheus are given by E. D,
Cope, “ Vertebrata of the Cretaceous Formations of the West” (Rep.
U.S. Geol. Surv. Territ. vol. ii. 1875), and by E. T. Newton, “On the
Remains of Hypsodon, Portheus, and Ichthyodectes from British Creta-
ceous Strata,” Quart. Journ. Geoi. Soc. vol. xxxiii. (1877) pp. 509-520,

446 Mr, A. 8. Woodward on some

Description—A_ series of scales, of which five examples
are shown of the natural size in figs. 2-6, belong to the
provisionally-named genus Cladocyclus, already known by
similar fossils from the Cretaceous of Europe, North America,
and Brazil. Though exhibiting much diversity in form and
characters, they probably all represent one species, the differ-
ences not being greater than such as are commonly explained
by differences in state of preservation and original position on
the body of the fish.

The type scale (fig. 2) is nearly as broad as deep, but the
state of preservation does not allow the limits of the exposed
sector to be determined. Only the fine concentric lines of
growth are shown, and remains of the exposed surface exhibit
a few large, rounded, flat-bottomed pits, irregularly arranged
and mostly well within the marginal area. An equally
broad scale (fig. 3), still more imperfect, belongs to the lateral
line. Three much smaller scales are relatively narrow and
deep, and all show the limits of the exposed sector. The
specimen represented in fig. 4 is a curious impression, with
minute points of calcareous matter indicating the position of
the original pits; and there are traces of a few well-spaced
short transverse grooves at the hinder margin of the scale,
imparting the aspect of an extremely coarse crimping. Fig. 5
also represents an impression in which the radiating lines on
the covered area are conspicuous, while the pittings on the
exposed sector distinctly appear. ‘The small imperfect scale
shown in fig. 6 has the tissue itself preserved, and is marked
on the exposed sector with grooves and pittings and on the
covered area with radiating lines.

Specific Determination.—Such fossils are, of course, worth-
less for specific determination, and it may even be doubted
whether “ Cladocyclus ” is not a refuge for the detached scales
of more than one fish already known ‘under another name.
Four “species,” however, have already been described,
namely: C. lewestensis from the English Chalk *, C. Gardnera
from the Brazilian Cretaceous, C. occidentalis from the
Cretaceous of Nebraska, and C. strehlenensis from the Chalk
Marl of Saxony §. From all these the Queensland scales now
made known appear to differ in their larger more sparsely
arranged pittings; and they may thus, for convenience of

* " cam Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. i. (1844) p. 103, pl. xxv.a,
figs. 5, 6.
; - L. Agassiz, Edinb. New Phil. Journal, vol. xxx. (1841) p. 83.

¢ J. Leidy, “ Extinct Vert. Fauna W. Territ.” (Rep. U.S. Geol, Surv.
1873), p. 288, pl. xvii. figs. 21, 22, pl. xxx. fig. 5.

§ H. B. Geinitz, Denkschr. Ges. f. Naturk. etc., Dresden, 1868, p. 43,
with figs.

Fish-remains from Queensland. 447

reference, receive the provisional name of C. Sweeti, in honour
of their discoverer. Most of the scales of C. lewestensis,
including those of the lateral line, are much deeper than
broad, and both these and the scales named C. occidentalis
are marked externally with very closely arranged small pits,
while the radiating lines on the covered portion are always
very conspicuous. The scales of C. Gardneri sometimes
exhibit the slight approach to crimping of the hinder margin
noted in C. Sweet’, and some of the scales of C. strehlenensis
are remarkably smooth.

Teleostean Vertebre. (Pl. X. fig. 7.)

A chain of five caudal vertebree from the same horizon as
the scales described above so closely resemble the corre-
sponding bones of C. Gardnert, as shown by a specimen in
the British Museum (no. 28901 a), that they quite possibly
belong to the same genus. ‘T'wo are represented of the natural
size in Pl. X. fig. 7. The inner cone of the centrum
appears as a sharply defined rim at each end of the vertebra.
The slender neural and hemal arches are not fused with the
centrum, but loosely inserted in elongated pits. There are
also two very deep pits on each side of the centrum extending
almost from end to end.

Vertebree of this form, however, are also met with in
Portheus, Ichthyodectes, and other Cretaceous fishes. There
can thus be no certainty in their determination until they are
found actually in position in the skeleton.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X,

Fig. 1. Portheus australis, sp.n. Anterior portion of skull, left lateral
aspect, two thirds nat. size.—Lower Cretaceous; Clutha, Queens-
land. [Museum of Queensland Geological Survey.] d., dentary;
mzx., maxilla; pf., prefrontal; pl., palatine; pr., anterior pro-
cess of maxilla; pt., portion of pterygoid arcade.

Fig. 1a. Ditto. Abraded horizontal section of premaxilla of same speci-
men, showing four teeth.

Figs. 2-6. Cladocyclus Sweett, sp. nu. Type scale and four others pro-
visionally ascribed to the same species.—Lower Cretaceous,
Queensland. [Collection of George Sweet, Esq., F.G.S., Mel-
bourne. |

Fig. 7. Teleostean caudal vertebra, possibly referable to Cladocyclus
Sweett.—Lower Cretaceous; Station Creek, Afton Downs,
Queensland. [Queensland Museum, |

[Unless otherwise stated, the figures are of the natural size. |

448 On Two new Species of Tenebrionid Coleoptera.

LVII.—On Two new Species of Tenebrionid Coleoptera from
Namoa Island. By G. C. Cuampron, F.Z.8.

In the current volume of this Magazine, pp. 49-71, 98-110,
an account is given of the zoological collections made at
Damma Island by two of the officers of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin.’
The two species of Tenebrionide described below were ob-
tained by Mr. J. J. Walker at Namoa Island, South-east
China, during the same voyage.

Specimens of Leichenum seriehispidum, Mayrs., hitherto
known only from Japan, were also captured at the same
locality.

TRACHYSCELIS, Latr.

Trachyscelis chinensis, sp. n.

Short ovate, ferrugineo-testaceous, shining, the apices of
the tibie, the femora beneath, and the ventral segments,
except at the sides, more or less pitchy brown; the marginal
cilia sparse. Head and prothorax impunctate, the latter
nearly three times as broad as long; elytra widest a little
behind the middle, very finely punctate-striate, the sixth,
seventh, and eighth strie faint but distinct, the others sharply
defined, the marginal stria deep and impunctate, the outer
interstices perfectly flat, the inner ones feebly convex;
beneath sparsely punctured, the middle of the metasternum
and the propleure almost smooth ; metasternum convex in
front, depressed in the middle behind, deeply canaliculate.

Length 24-3, breadth 14-13 millim.

Numerous examples. Closely allied to the Australian
T. levis, Champ.*, and differing from it as follows :—The
sixth to the eighth elytral strie are more distinct and the
inner ones deeper, the inner interstices slightly convex ; the
tibies are infuscate at the tip; and the under surface is more
sparsely punctured, the metasternum almost impunctate and
shining in the middle, and also more convex anteriorly.
T. pallens, Champ., from Ceylon, and 7. sabuleti, Lewis,
from Japan, are less closely allied forms.

AmMOPHTHORUS, Lacord.

Ammophthorus asperatus, sp. n.

Oval, very convex, subopaque, black or piceous ; the elytra
sometimes reddish brown; the antenne and legs ferruginous,

* Ent. Month, Mag. xxix. p. 254 (1893).

On the Bornean Species of the Genus Mus. 449

the femora piceous beneath; the prothorax and elytra sparsely
ciliate at the sides, and also with scattered, shorter, semierect,
yellowish-cinereous hairs, which are serially arranged on the
elytra. Head coarsely granulate ; prothorax nearly twice as
broad as long, feebly rounded at the sides, slightly narrowed
in front, the surface densely covered with small, flattened,
subtriangular elevations, these being sometimes absent from
a smooth narrow line on the anterior half of the disc; elytra
short-oval, widest about the middle, obliquely narrowed
behind, densely covered with small flattened triangular eleva-
tions, which are more raised and granular towards the apex ;
beneath densely granulate and sparsely pubescent.

Length 23-34, breadth 13-13 millim.

Many specimens. Closely allied to the European A. rufus,
Luc. (=rugosus, Rosenh.), but duller, the elytra more
obliquely narrowed behind, and with the flattened subtrian-
gular elevations much more crowded, becoming tuberculiform
towards the apex.

The other described species of the genus are A. insularis,
Reitt., from Corsica, and A. dvilatatus, Reitt., from
Astrachan.

LVIII.—A Preliminary Revision of the Bornean Species of
the Genus Mus. By OLprieLp THOMAS.

CONSIDERING the great richness in rats and mice which
Mr. John Whitehead’s exploration of Mount Kina Balu in
1888 showed Borneo to possess, no part of the world has
until yecently been so badly represented by specimens in
scientific collections as that island. UHappily, however, in
1893 and 1894, the British Museum acquired from Mr. A.
Everett two large collections of Muride from Kina Balu and
other localities, and it is to these collections that the possibility
of making even the present rough revision of the members of
this group is due. Mr. Whitehead was the first discoverer,
as it turns out, of the majority of the peculiar Bornean species ;
but the absence at the time of lowland specimens for com-
parison prevented my recognizing all the new forms when the
paper on his collections was written *. Now, however, that
Mr. Everett has obtained examples both from high up and
low down on Kina Balu, besides sending good series from
Labuan, the Penrisen Hills, Palawan, and elsewhere, while

* P, Z, 8, 1889, p. 228.

450 Mr. O. Thomas on the

Mr. Hose has contributed some from Mounts Dulit and Mulu
and the lowlands of Baram, I am enabled to work out the
whole series somewhat more satisfactorily.

But even now it has been found impossible to do more than
give a rough synopsis of the species as yet recognized to
occur in Borneo, without making any observations on the
Murine fauna of the other great Hast-Indian Islands, where
no doubt many of the same species also occur.

Similar or better series will be needed from those islands
before anything of the sort can be attempted.

The characters given in this synopsis are such as may be
observed by any one on the spot, with good skins for exam-
ination, and do not need any technical knowledge for their
recognition beyond the power of distinguishing adult from
young specimens. Detailed technical descriptions of the
new species are, of course, appended.

Although it is hoped that the present paper marks an
advance on our previous limited knowledge of these animals,
yet there is clearly an enormous amount more to be learnt as
regards their ranges, vertical and horizontal, their sexual and
seasonal differences, and many other points, on most of which
weare entirely ignorant. For this purpose we want infinitely
more material and that better collected, especially in the
form of skins, with perfect skulls, and with the exact localities,
altitudes, and flesh-measurements carefully marked on the
labels. These remarks, if true of Borneo, are much more
so as regards the other great islands of the Hast Indies, from
all of which good material is urgently needed.

Rough Synopsis of the Species of Mus known to occur

an Borneo. ‘

1. Mus infraluteus, Thos.

Size very large, form thick and heavy; hind foot about
50 millim.* ‘Tail about equal to head and body, black, short-
haired. Fur soft, but with longer harsher bristles inter-
mixed. Colour hoary blackish grey; belly dirty greyish buff,
not sharply defined. Hands and feet blackish.

Mount Kina Balu (Whitehead, Everett).

“Tankulom ” of Dusuns (Everett).

2. Mus Muelleri, Jent.

Size large, form normal; hind foot about 42 millim. Tail
rather longer than head and body, brown, short-haired. Fur

* Measured from heel to tip of longest toe, without claw.

Bornean Species of the Genus Mus. 451

coarse, without spines or longer bristles. Colour coarsely
lined black and yellowish. Belly whitish buff, almost or
quite without slaty bases to hairs; not sharply defined.
Metapodials brown, digits naked. Mamme 2—2=8.,

Batang Singalan *, Sumatra (Miller, Leyden Mus.) ; Sa-
dong, Sarawak ( Wallace) ; Kina Balu, Paitan, and Gomanton
Cave, N. Borneo (Hverett) ; Mount Dulit, 2000 feet (Hose) ;
Claudetown (Hose) ; Labuan (Everett).

8. Mus sabanus, Thos.

Size large; hind foot about 41 millim. Tail much longer
than head and body, rather more hairy than in the previous
species, its colour variable, more or less bicolor. Fur thinly
spinous. Colour coarsely lined rufous, clearing to bright
rufous on sides. Belly pure sharply defined white or pale
yellow. Centre of metapodials dark brown, their sides and
whole of digits white. Mamma 2—2=8.

Mount Kina Balu (Whitehead, Everett); Mount Dulit,
5000 feet (Hose) ; Niah Caves, Sarawak (Hose); Bunguran
Island, Natunas (Hvereit).

4, Mus rajah, sp. n.

Size medium, but feet proportionately very long, so as to
be nearly as long as in the last species (circa 39 millim.).
Tail about as long as the head and body, thinly haired, bicolor.
Fur thickly spinous. Colour varying from isabelline to
rufous, in all more rufous on sides. Under surface white,
generally sharply defined; a rufous collar in some specimens.
Hands and feet white. Mamme 2—2=8,

Mount Batu Song (Hverett); Paitan, N. Borneo (Hverett) ;
Kina Balu (Zveredt) ; Labuan (Low, Everett) ; Penrisen Hills,
W. Sarawak (Hverett) ; Bunguran Island, Natunas (Everett) ;
Palawan (Whitehead, Hverett).

5. Mus alticola, 'Thos.

Size medium ; hind foot about 32 millim. Tail about equal
to head and body, practically naked, bicolor. Fur long,
spiny. Colour uniformly bluish grey above, pale yellowish
white below; line of demarcation not sharply marked. Feet
whitish.

Mount Kina Balu, 8600 feet (Whitehead).

6. Mus ochraceiventer, sp. n.

Proportions and other characters as in last, but fur
* The type locality is always put first,

452 Mr. O. Thomas on the

shorter and more spiny, and colour different. Back coarsely
grizzled brown and fulvous rufous; belly brilliant fulvous
yellow (‘ ochraceous ’’).

Mount Kina Balu, below 3000 feet (Zverett).

7. Mus Whiteheadi, sp. n.

Size small; hind foot about 27 millim. Tail about length
of head and body, nearly naked, bicolor. Furspiny. Colour
rufous above, but the tips of the spines wholly brown or
black, ochraceous, with slaty bases, below not sharply defined.
Hands and feet white; soles slate-coloured. Mamme
2—2=8. Bulle small; palatal foramina short. Teeth of
normal size.

Kina Balu (Whitehead, Everett) ; Poeh Mountain (Everett) ;
Penrisen Hills (Zverett) ; Banguey Island (Hverett).

“ Ahun-Ahun ” of Kian Dusuns (Zverett).

8. Mus beodon, sp. n.

Hind foot 25 or 26 millim. Proportions and characters of
feet and tail much as in the last species. Fur very spiny.
Colour rufous, faintly speckled with yellow; the spines, at
least on flanks, with yellow terminal or subterminal rings ;
belly-hairs wholly whitish buff, not sharply defined. Mamme
2—2=8. Bulle and palatal foramina as in Whitehead.
Teeth very small.

Mount Kina Balu (Zverett).

9. Mus Jerdont, Bly.

Size very variable, some specimens almost as large as
M. rajah and others as small as WM. ephippium; hind foot
ranging from 25 to 80 millim. ‘Tail very long, considerably
longer than the head and body; more hairy than in other
species, and finely tufted at the end; uniformly brown in
some, partly or wholly bicolor in others. Fur spiny. Colour
rich rufous, strongly lined with black along the centre of the
back. Belly pure sharply defined white or pale yellow.
Upper surfaces of hands and feet with a brown patch on the
metapodials, the remainder pure white. Mamma 2—2=8.

Sikim and other continental localities. Mount Kina Bala
(Whitehead, Everett); Mount Dulit (Hose); Niah Coast
(Hose); Penrisen Hills (Everett).

“ Rapit ” of Kian Dusuns (Everett).

[The difference in size between the various specimens re-

Bornean Species of the Genus Mus. 453

ferred to M. Jerdoni, even among series from single localities,
is so great that it would at first sight appear impossible that
they should all belong to one species; but the intergradation
seems to be so complete that I have for the present no alter-
native but to include them all under one name. Larger series
will, however, be necessary before a thoroughly sound con-
clusion can be arrived at.]

10. Mus Margarette, Thos.

Size very small; hind foot about 19 millim. (16 in subsp.
pusillus). ‘Tail very long, nearly twice the length of the
head and body, naked, unicolor brown. Fur soft, spineless.
Colour rich rufous, brighter on sides; belly pure white.
Hands and feet whitish, but with brown metapodial patches ;
claws very small; thumb and great toe opposable. Mamme
1—2=6.

Penrisen Hills (Hverett). Subspecies puszl/us, Mount

Kina Balu (Zverett).

11. Mus ephippium, Jent.

Size as in M. Whitehead. ‘Tail rather longer than head
and body, unicolor brown. Fur coarse, rather spiny. Colour
dull grey, varying to rufous, especially in very old specimens.
Spines white, tipped with dark brown. Belly dirty greyish
white, the bases of the hairs grey. Hands and feet white.
Mamme 2—2=8. Bulle large, palatal foramina long.
Teeth normal.

Sumatra (Leyden Museum); Kina Balu (Whitehead,
Everett) ; Labuan (Hverett); Kayan Country, Upper Baram
River (Hose) ; Penrisen Hills (Hverett) ; Palawan (Everett).

[Lastly, there remains to be considered the group to which
the European house-rats belong, a group which has been the
bane of workers on Oriental Muride, and which at present,
owing to want of material, it is quite impossible to bring into
any sort of order. Fortunately, so far as the present paper
is concerned, there-is a Bornean name available, and this I
propose to use for the lowland rats of the group, without
expressing any opinion as to their relationship with extra-
Bornean species. |

12. Mus neglectus, Jent.

3
Size of Mus raitus; hind foot about 35-38 millim. Tail
ranging from a little shorter to a little longer than the head
and body, unicolor dark brown, fairly well haired, but, not

454 Mr. O. Thomas on the

tufted. Fur short and harsh, almost or quite spineless.
Colour above dark grizzled black and rufous; belly dirty
grey, varying to brown, especially on the middle line of the
chest. Hands and feet whitish, but their metapodials often
dark brown along the centre; sometimes wholly brown.
Mammez 2—3=10 (rarely 3—3=12).

Banjer-massing, 8. Borneo (S. Miller); Mount Kina
Balu, about 3000 feet (Whitehead, Everett) ; Labuan (Eve-
rett); Mantanani Island (Hverett) ; Baram (Hose) ; Simang-
gang, Batam Lupar, Sarawak (Hverett); Balabac (Everett).

[In spite of the apparent differences involved in the wording
of the above diagnosis, these specimens are all fairly uniform
in appearance, and are readily distinguishable from every
species hitherto referred to except M. Muelleri, to which they
have a certain superficial resemblance. Their smaller size
and possession of three inguinal pairs of mamme will, how-
ever, always separate them from that animal.

But within the group there is a second Bornean form which
I now think it necessary to describe, namely the represen-
tative of MZ. neglectus from the heights of Kina Balu. ]

13. Mus baluensis, sp. n.

Very similar to J/. neglectus in size, proportions, and colour,
but the fur quite long and soft, and the belly of a uniform
dirty buffy hue.

Mount Kina Balu, 8000 feet (Whitehead), 7000-10,000
feet (Averett).

Detailed Diagnoses of the New Species.

Mus rajah.

Size medium, but the feet proportionately long. Fur
thickly intermixed with spines. No longer bristle-hairs.
Colour a dull rufous clay-colour, darker along the back, where
the spines are tipped with brown, paler on the sides, where
they are white throughout. Belly white, the hairs white to
their roots; line of demarcation on sides fairly well defined.
Centre of belly in old specimens with a large discoloured
patch, apparently due to some glandular exudation. Ears
medium, rounded, naked; laid forwards in a spirit-specimen
they reach about to the middle of the eye. Upper surface of
hands*and feet white; the digits almost naked; soles grey,
smooth, with the usual six prominent pads; fifth hind toe
reaching barely to the base of the fourth. Tail about the

Bornean Species of the Genus Mus. 455

leneth of the head and body, thinly haired, the scales large
and prominent, about eight to the centimetre; bicolor slaty
grey above, white below, and commonly at the end all round
for an inch or two; no terminal tuft of hairs.

Skull strongly built, with a broad heavy muzzle. Frontal
region remarkably flattened, even concave in old specimens ;
supraorbital ledges very strongly developed, overhanging the
orbits, and forming marked postorbital angles, behind which
they run back to the antero-external angles of the inter-
parietals. Anterior edge of interparietal approximately
transverse. Plate of zygoma but little developed, its anterior
edge vertical. Palatal foramina short, widely open, their
posterior limit two or three millim. in front of ™.

Teeth rather small in proportion to the size of the skull.

Hind foot of the typical skin (¢) 39 millim.

Dimensions of an adult male in spirit (from Paitan, N.
Borneo) :—

Head and body 196 millim.; tail 196; hind foot * 37:5;
ear 22x16; heel to front of last foot-pad 19°5.

Hab. (of type). Mount Batu Song, Baram district, Sara-
wak. Coll. A. H. Everett, Oct. 1891.

Type: B.M. 92.9.6.15.

M. rajah is the species which I have hitherto looked upon
as M. Hellwaldi, Jent., and it is mentioned under this name
both in my own papers and in Hose’s ‘ Mammals of Borneo.’
I still regard it as closely allied to MW. Hellwaldi, which was
described from Celebes ; but, in view of the entire spineless-
ness of the three Celebean specimens I have seen, and the
uniform spininess of the sixteen Bornean ones before me, of
all ages and seasons, I am compelled to consider this character
of sufficient constancy to demand the specific distinction of
the latter from the former.

Some specimens of this species have a rufous or greyish
collar dividing the white of the chin from that of the chest,
and this is especially noticeable in immature individuals.
Kina Balu examples have this collar at a maximum, but
further skins are needed before the local constancy of the
character can be proved. An immature specimen trom the
Penrisen Hills and another from Bunguran both have collars,
while other examples from the same localities are without
them.

* Although a good typical representative of the ordinary lowland form
of M. rajah, this specimen has unnaturally swollen and probably shortened
feet. The hind foot of another spirit-specimen, from Palawan, is
40 millim. ; heel to front of last foot-pad 20,

456 Mr. O. Thomas on the

Mus ochracetventer.

Proportions and essential characters as in M. alticola,
Thos., of which it may be looked upon as the representative
at the base of Kina Balu. Fur more spiny and shorter than
in alticola, a dorsal spine about 10 as against 16 or 17 millim.
in length. The colour above instead of being uniform dark
bluish grey is a coarsely speckled fulvous and black, the tips
of the spines being black or brown, while those of the hairs
are fulvous. Nape and sides of neck more markedly fulvous.
Whole of under surface a brilliant and most unusual ochraceous
colour, almost exactly matching Ridgway’s “ tawny ochra-
ceous,’’and wholly different from the yellowish white of WZ. alti-
cola. Bothspinesand hairs aretipped with ochraceous, although
their extreme bases are grey, which latter colour is predomi-
nant in young specimens. Hands and feet thinly covered on
the metapodials with fine white or pale brown hairs; the
digits naked. ‘Tail as in alticola, practically naked, slaty
grey above, white or yellowish below, the contrast specially
marked terminally. Palate-ridges 3—4. Mamme 2—2=8.

Skull apparently as in alticola, except that the palatal
foramina are shorter and broader behind, and the anterior edge
of the zygomatic plate is nearly vertical, instead of slanting
backwards.

Hind foot of the typical skin (¢) 31°8 millim.

Dimensions of an adult male in spirit :-—

Head and body 146 millim.; tail 153; hind foot 31°5;
ear 16 x 13°5; heel to front of last foot-pad 15.

Skull: see p. 459.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, below 3000 feet. Coll. A. Everett,
Jan. 1894.

Type: BM. 94.7.2.27.

A considerable number of this remarkable-looking, species
were obtained by Mr. Everett’s native collectors in January
1894, and although (as in the case of the other Kina Balu
specimens brought in by the same men) no trustworthy record
of the altitude has been preserved, Mr. Everett informs me
that it is practically certain that none of them were collected
above 3500 feet.

Considering their close alliance in essential characters it is
just possible that specimens intermediate between J. altecola
and MM. ochraceiventer will be found at intervening altitudes,
in which case the latter will have to be reduced to a sub-
species of the former; but until such specimens are obtained
it would be impossible to allow such different-looking animals
to pass under the same name.

Bornean Species of the Genus Mus. 457

Mus Whiteheadi.

Size small. Fur of medium length, thickly mixed with
spines. General colour above tawny rufous, lined with black ;
the spines slaty white, with black tips. Under surface
ochraceous, more or less pure according to the degree to
which the slaty bases of the hair are visible. Ventral spines
white-tipped. Sides paler, no sharp line of demarcation be-
tween the upper and lower colours, which are, indeed, except
for the black tipping of the dorsal spines, very like each
other. Ears of medium length, laid forward in a spirit-
specimen they reach about to the middle of the eye; naked.
Upper surfaces of hands and feet white or pale buff; palms
white, soles slaty blue; fifth hind toe reaching nearly to the
middle of the first phalanx of the fourth; sole-pads usually
only five in number, the postero-external being suppressed in
all but two of the specimens examined. ‘Tail scarcely longer
than head and body; very finely haired, practically naked,
not pencilled at tip; bicolor, slate-coloured above, white
below. Palate-ridges 3—5; mamme 2—2=8.

Skull: interorbital region broad, with strong supraorbital
ledges, which, after forming a sharp postorbital angle, run
back along the parietals. Anterior margin of interpariectal
nearly directly transverse. Projecting plate of anterior
zygoma-root well developed, convex above. Anterior palatine
foramina just about the length of the upper molar series, but
sometimes rather shorter, not quite reaching to the level of
the front side of 1; their combined outlines forming a long
even oval.

Hind foot of the typical skin (¢), moistened, 27 millim.

Dimensions of a specimen in spirit (¢) :—

Head and body 102 millim.; tail 110; hind foot 27;
ear 15°5x 13; heel to front of last foot-pad 13.

Skull: see p. 459.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu.

Type obtained by J. B. Whitehead at 3000 feet, March 18,
1888.

This species is that referred to in my own previous papers
and in Hose’s ‘Mammals of Borneo’ as Mus Musschenbroeki,
Jent.; but a renewed comparison of it with my notes on
Dr. Jentink’s type in the Leyden Museum shows that the
Celebean species is a larger animal with, among other differ-
ences, a molar length of 6:1 millim. and a hind foot of
30 millim. The palatal foramina are also markedly longer.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiv. 32

458 Mr. O. Thomas on the

Mus beodon.

Size small, about as in VM. Whitehead’. Fur nearly
wholly spinous, with less wool-hairs intermixed than in any
of the allied species ; the spines of the back about 9 millim.
long. General colour rufous brown (browner on the head,
more fufous on the rump), finely speckled with yellowish.
Each spine is whitish basally, gradually darkening to brown
terminally, but with a narrow terminal or subterminal band
of yellow. Throat and chest dull rufous; belly pale buffy
yellow, the hairs and spines of this colour throughout; line
of demarcation on sides not sharply defined. Hands and feet
white; fifth hind toe reaching nearly to the end of the first
phalanx of the fourth; soles smooth, with the usual six high
and prominent pads. ‘Tail rather shorter than the head and
body, practically naked; bicolor; scales about twelve to the
centimetre. Palate-ridges 3—4; mamma 2—2=8.

Skull with the usual supraorbito-parietal ridges normally
developed. Anterior edge of zygomatic plate slanting back-
wards; palatal foramina small, well open, their posterior
boundary nearly 2 millim. in front of ™!. Molars remarkably
small and delicate (see measurements), the total molar length
only just equal to the least distance between the first molars
of the two sides.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female in spirit :—

Head and body 119 millim.; tail 111; hind foot 26; (ears
destroyed) ; heel to front of last foot-pad 11:7.

Skull: see p. 459.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu. Coll. A. H. Everett.

Type. B.M. 94.7.2.81.

This peculiar little species may be readily recognized from
all its allies by its diminutive teeth, which are smaller in
proportion to the size of the skull than in any other species
of Mus known to me.

An immature skin, also from Kina Balu, agrees with the
adult in most respects, but has a larger proportion of wool-
hairs mixed with the spines, and the spines of the back are
broadly brown-tipped, without yellowish rings.

Mus baluensis.

Size about as in J. neglectus. Fur quite spineless, long
and soft, the dorsal wool-hairs about 17 millim. in length,
and the longer bristle-hairs, which are numerous, attaining
about 80 or 35 millim. General colour coarsely grizzled
orange and black, the resulting tone not unlike Ridgway’s
“raw umber.” Whole of under surface, including the chin,

Bornean Species of the Genus Mus. 459

dirty buff, the hairs slaty grey basally, buff terminally; line
of demarcation on sides not sharply defined. Ears of medium
size, laid forward in a spirit-specimen they almost reach the
anterior canthus ; thinly haired, brown or black. Metapodials
brown mesially, whitish laterally and on the digits ; fifth hind
toe reaching to the end of the first phalanx of the fourth.
Tail rather longer than head and body, unicolor, dark brown,
fairly well haired, but not tufted. Palate-ridges 3—5, the
three anterior interdental, as usual in this and the ephippium
group, with a sharp backwardly-directed projection in the
centre. Mammeze 2—3=10.

Skull distinguished from that of MW. neglectus by its much
broader and rounder brain-case, on which the parietal ridges
are more widely bowed outwards, by its broader and shorter
interparietal, and by its less widely open anteorbital foramina,
of which the outer walls are less projected forwards.

Hind foot of the typical skin 33°5 millim.

Dimensions of a spirit-specimen { ¢ ) :—

Head and body 171 millim.; tail 194; hind foot 32; ear
20 x 17.

Skull: see below.

Hab, Mount Kina Balu, 8000 feet. Coll. J. Whitehead,
Feb. 4, 1888.

The specimens referred to as being soft-haired examples of
Mus rattus in my original paper on Mr. Whitehead’s mammals,
together with two spirit-specimens sent by Mr. Everett, are
those on which Jus baluensis is now founded. What its
ultimate position will be, when all the group is worked out
with proper material, I am unable to say ; but I am convinced
that, as a local form, whether species or subspecies, it is
quite distinct from anything hitherto described.

Skull-measurements of the New Species above described.

ochracei- White- balu-
rajah. venter. headi. beodon. ensis.
G. oir dG. oo ’

Greatest length ........ (c.) 51 40 33'6 32 432
Basilar length to henselion (c.) 41 30°5 25°4 25 35

Greatest breadth ........ 22 18 16 15 20:4

Nasala, length oy. 25 a) 19 15 11:4 12 155

Interorbital breadth .... 75 76 6:1 6 6:8

Interparietal, length .... 58 58 50 6 59

ae breadth .... 10 10°4 9:0 92 12:5

Length of zygomatic plate 4:2 29 o'2 2'3 45

Palate length from hen-
BOON So c:5 eng s yeni 22 16:2 13°6 12 21:3
Diastema ....scccossces 145 8112 89 SO 912-6

460 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new

Skull-measurements (continued) .

ochracet- White- balu-

rajah. venter. headi. beodon. ensis.

3: 3 3. 2. 3.

Palatal foramina, length. . 76 51 4:8 4:6 8
4; 5 combined

breadth s,. i. U2 ssn. 4:2 2'8 2°6 25 3
Length of upper molar

SOMOS) s's viswis epioaeiere & 6:8 51 51 + 7
Lower jaw, condyle to

INGISOL=UP) wise <)g >< 32 24°5 20°2 20 28
Lower jaw, coronoid to

SLED Fayette ciate aca is 136 10:2 8:6 871 18

Except in the case of Mus beodon, the above measure-
ments are not taken from the skulls of the actual types, as
skins have been whenever possible selected as types, and the
native skinners have unfortunately always cut off the backs
of the skulls during the process. These measured skulls have
been extracted from spirit-specimens which have been care-
fully compared and found to agree with the typical skins.

LIX.— Descriptions of Two new Bats of the Genus Kerivoula.
By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

Mr. JOHN WHITEHEAD’S expedition to the Northern Philip-
pines has resulted in the discovery of one, and Mr. Charles
Hose’s explorations in Eastern Sarawak in that of the other,
of the two following new species, which, belonging to the
group comprising K. Hardwickei, K. pellucida, and K. papil-
losa, are clearly distinct from any of them. Of these three
old species the last-named is at once distinguishable from
either of the new ones by its much greater size, and K. pel-
lucida by its longer ears, so that K. Hardwicked is the only
one with which it is necessary to compare them.

Kerivoula Whiteheadt, sp. n.

Size and proportions about as in K. Hardwicke, but the
ears are slightly longer and the lower legs shorter. Upper
surface of. wing-membranes to a line drawn from the elbow
to the foot, whole of interfemoral membrane except the ter-
minal half-inch, and surface of lower limbs to feet thinly but
distinctly clothed with long orange-coloured hairs, these parts
in K. Hardwicket being practically naked. Forearm, carpus,
and index also thinly clothed. Hinder edge of interfemoral
with a few short hairs along it, scarcely forming a fringe.

Colour above rufous-orange, the slaty bases to the hairs

Bats of the Genus Kerivoula. 461

showing through ; below dark slaty, the lighter tips scarcely
affecting the general dark tone.

Upper inner incisors slender, with a distinct posterior
secondary cusp, to the tip of which the unicuspid outer incisor
just reaches. Other teeth apparently as in K. Hardwicket.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in alcohol) :—

Forearm 32 millim. (=1'25 inch).

Head and body 39; tail 39; head 16; ear from notch 13°5;
tip to tip of ears across head 28°5; length of index 31°5,
third finger (exclusive of cartilaginous tip) 61, fifth finger 47 ;
lower leg 16:2; hind foot without claws 8.
ae Isabella, N.E. Luzon. Coll. J. Whitehead, May

Type: B.M. 94.10.9.2. Presented by the subscribers to
the Whitehead fund.

This species is undoubtedly very close to K. Hardwicket,
but may be distinguished by its hairy intertemoral and by
the different structure of its upper incisors. It may be noted
that a Mindanao specimen of the older known species shows
no approximation to K. Whiteheadt.

Kerivoula pusilla, sp. n.

Size decidedly smaller than in K. Hardwicke?, and, indeed,
than in any other known species except K. africana. Lars
short, laid forward they do not reach to the tip of the muzzle,
their anterior edge even more convex forward than usual, their
outer upper notch very close to the tip, and their outer basal
lobe much developed. ‘Tragus as usual in this group.
Hairiness of limbs and membranes almost exactly as in
K. Whiteheadi, although rather thinner, and the proximal
half of the interfemoral only hairy.

Colour pale rufous above, the extreme bases of the hairs
slaty ; under surface greyish, decidedly paler than the upper.

Skull with a remarkably slender and delicate muzzle and
small narrow brain-case, differmg markedly in these respects
from K. Hardwickez, in which (for a Kerivoula) the muzzle
is stout and strong and the brain-case large and well-rounded.

Dentition very light and delicate, the teeth, as a rule, both
shorter and thinner than those of the allied form. Upper
inner incisor with one distinct and a second indistinct secon-
dary posterior cusp, to the former of which the unicuspid
outer incisor reaches. Two anterior premolars subequal in
all dimensions, decidedly smaller than the last one, their
transverse less than their longitudinal diameters, the converse
being the case in K. Hardwickei and other species. Lower

462 Ona new Lizard and a new Fish from Formosa.

incisors in the direction of the jaws, not overlapping, the
outer ones tricuspid and longer (horizontally) than either of
the two middle ones. Lower premolars, as in the upper jaw,
very narrow and delicate.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in spirit) :-—

Forearm 28 millim. (=1:12 inch).

Head and body 33; tail39; head14; ear from notch 11°6;
tip to tip of ears 25; length of index 28°5, third finger 56,
fitth finger 42 ; lower leg 14; hind foot without claws 6°2.

Skull: greatest length 12°7; interorbital breadth 2:8 ;
breadth of brain-case 6.

Hab. Mount Mulu, Eastern Sarawak. Coll. C. Hose.

Type: B.M. 94.9.29.17.

This interesting little species differs so markedly from all
others by its small size and far more delicate skull and den-
tition that no detailed comparison of it with its allies is
necessary.

Besides two specimens in spirit from Mount Mulu, Mr. Hose
has also sent a skin of K. pusilla from Lake Ansok, River
Baram, collected in October 1893, which only differs by
having its throat nearly pure white.

LX.—Descriptions of a new Lizard and a new Fish obtained
in Formosa by Mr. Holst. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Tachydromus formosanus.

Head moderately elongate. Nasals in contact behind the
rostral; a series of granules between the supraoculars and the
supraciliaries; a small shield separates the large anterior
supraocular from the loreal ; temporal scales very small and
keeled ; three pairs of chin-shields. Six longitudinal series
of large strongly keeled shields, separated on the vertebral
line by one or two series of smaller shields; eight or ten
series of strongly keeled ventral shields, with two or three
series of smaller shields on each side. ‘Two inguinal pores
on each side. Olive-brown above; a dark brown or blackish
lateral band from the end of the snout to the base of the tail,
passing through the eye, edged below, and usually also above,
by a whitish streak ; the upper light streak, if present, origi~
nates above the tympanum and runs along the outer series of
dorsal shields ;; the lower extends from the end of the snout
to the thigh, passing through the tympanum and following
the upper series of ventro-lateral shields; a whitish, black-
edged streak along the hinder side of the hind limb; lower
parts whitish.

Bibliographical Notice. 463

millim
Total Laney 57 ties da cictesl dss ease pitts sas 186
Hendiait ss cdswac ween hoes Meee aaa ahs 10
Widths of hand a9 ee ie roe Aiea eas 6
BOG, Sepa xe cae: Wfesnce sve ecapeielssabe wah ova 44
Fore hin.) 03. s, wistls shake avast teterayenered 15
igi ara en te eee. 21
Pail Ss eC tor siek Ae neater 122

Several specimens, from Taiwanfoo and Central Formosa.

Homaloptera formosana.

Body much depressed, nearly twice as broad as deep;
depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 5 times.
Snout broad and rounded, strongly depressed, sharp-edged ;
distance of eye from end of snout 3 times its diameter, from
opercular border 2 times ; interorbital width 21 times in length
ot head ; upper lip fringed, barbels small, simple, subequal.
Dorsal with 8 rays, originating above anterior third of base
of ventrals, and slightly nearer end of snout than base of
caudal. Anal very small, with 6 rays. Pectorals extending
to origin of ventrals. Lower caudal lobe a little longer than
upper. Scales very small; breast and belly naked ; lat. 1.70.
Dark olive above, pale-dotted; lemon-yellow beneath ;
vertical fins barred.

Total length 90 millim.

A single specimen, from Central Formosa.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Eléments de Paléontologie, par Féurx Brrnarp, D. és Sci. &e.
Seconde Partie (pages 529-1168). Titlepage, Preface, and Index.
With 251 figures in the text. 8vo. Bailliére, Paris, 1895 (sic).

Tux First Part of this useful work was duly noticed by us in June
1893. In this Second Part we have (1) the Mollusks, continuing
the Lamellibranchs, and treating of the Scaphopods and Cephalopods ;
(2) the Vertebrates, divided into Fishes, Batrachians, Reptiles, Birds,
and Mammals. Further, it contains nearly 90 pages devoted to
the paleontology of Plants, which are grouped as: 1. Thallophytes,
2. Mosses, 3. Vascular Cryptogams, and 4. Phanerogams,—the last
being the Gymnosperms and Angiosperms. Their phylogeny and
geological distribution are carefully explained, as is also the case
with the several great groups of fossil animals. Their range in
time, as proved by their occurrence in geological formations and in
existing habitats, is shown in numerous successive tabular diagrams
of the usual kind with improved details.

This manual or text-book of paleontology has been, of course,
prepared more especially for the use of French students. Conti-

464 Miscellaneous.

nental authors have supplied much new matter of late years in the
various branches of paleontology; and M. Bernard has largely
availed himself of these additions to science. English works have
also been used to some extent ; but some improved views have been
neglected—such as A. 8. Woodward’s determination of Ptychodus as
a Batoid or Ray, W. Hind’s elucidation of Anthracomya and Anthraco-
pterd, &e.; and the division of the Batrachians from Reptiles as
Amphibia is ignored.

On the other hand, great pains have been bestowed on various
important subjects, such as the character, development, and classifi-
cation of the Ammonites (pages 639-677, with upwards of thirty
illustrations, in many instances composed of several figures).

The Author has more especially kept in view the relationship of
Paleontology with Biology, and has thus dealt with generic rather
than with specific forms, except in the case of unique or very rare
fossils, such as Archwopteryx and Triceratops. The comparison of
the fossil with recent animals and plants has been carried out, as far
as practicable, with respect to their morphology, intimate structure,
and embryological development, thus aiming at the improvement of
their classification.

The Author gratefully acknowledges the kind help received from
Munier-Chalmas, Boule, Filhol, Haug, Géhlert, Renault, Steinmann,
Gaudry, Remy Perrier, and the late Dr. Fischer; as well as the
advantages he has had from the information found in the several
large manuals of Paleontology by Steinmann and Doderlein, by
Nicholson and Lydekker, and especially the treatise by Zittel. To
the last he refers students for bibliographic references previous to
its publication ; while those of later date are mostly to be found in
the text and footnotes of the book before us.

The Index for the whole volume fills twenty pages, with three
columns of small print in each, indicating by different printer’s
types the names of genera separately from those of families and
orders, and from those of classes and divisions.

In whatever respects M. Bernard’s book and teaching may differ
here and there from the views of other paleontologists, and what-
ever the shortcomings in printer’s and author’s errata, he has done
good service in producing a comprehensive and philosophical elabo-
ration of what is known about fossil animals and plants, clearly
expressed, excellently well illustrated, and enriched with refer-
ences to many original workers and thinkers,

MISCELLANEOUS.
The Dates of Moore's ‘ Lepidoptera Indica,’
To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

GrnTLEMEN,—In the ‘ Annals’ (ser. 6, vol. xi. 1893, p. 260) a list
of the correct dates of publication of F. Moore’s ‘ Lepidoptera
Indica’ was given. As the strictures there passed on the method

Miscellaneous. 465

of deceptive dating employed by this author were apparently not
observed by him, it will be useful to call attention to the dating of
parts that have subsequently appeared :—

Pt. XIV. pp. 33-64, April 1893. Not Aug. and Oct. 1892, as stated
in the signatures !
XY. ,, 65-88, July 1893. Not Nov. 1892, as stated in the
signatures !
XVI. ,, 89-112, Oct. 1893. Not February 1893, as stated in
the signatures !
XVII. ,, 113-136, April 1894. Not February 1898, as stated in
the signatures !
XVIII. ,, 187-160, June 1894. Not April 1893, as stated in the
signatures !
XIX. ,, 161-176, Oct. 1894. Not July and Oct. 1893, as
stated in the signatures !

I notice that Mr. Moore is a Fellow of the Zoological Society, as
well as an Honorary Associate of the Linnean Society ; and it might
be well if the Councils of these Societies took cognizance of authors
who misdate their works, as the question of nomenclature is already
one of extreme difficulty.

If Mr. Moore wishes to date his signatures, let him by all means
do so, but it must be done with the rigid honesty of Godman and
Salvin, who, in their ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ also give a
strict account on the outer wrapper of the contents and date of
each part.

C. Davies SHERBORN
(Index gen. et spec. anim.).

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the
Fossil Reptiia.— Part IX. Section 6. Associated Remains of two
small Specimens from Klipfontein, Fraserburg. By H. G.
Seeey, F.R.S.

The author obtained parts of two skeletons from the summit of
the Karroo rocks which form the Nieuwveldt range. They resemble
Theriodonts in their general marsupial characters. The fragments
of skulls are not in the same slabs with the other bones.

Theromus leptonotus shows the fore limb and some vertebrae. The
humerus is determined to be Theriodont by the transverse extension
of the proximal articulation, The bone is 1,4, inch long, resembling
in form that of the Phalangers. The entepicondylar foramen is
more vertical than in the marsupials, and, as among marsupials,
the radial crest, if prolonged distally, would be continuous with the
bridge over that foramen. The vertebrex are each Zo mech long;
they show a transverse suture between the neural arch and the
centrum.

The anterior part of the skull, very imperfectly preserved, indi-

466 } Miscellaneous.

cates three incisor teeth with the root of a relatively large maxillary
canine; but the region of the molar teeth is lost. There is also a
posterior fragment of a skull, which makes known the bones of the
palate and the base of the brain-case seen from above. Enough is
shown to indicate Theriodont characters, but the animal appears to
diverge from the Theriodonts towards the Dicynodont type. If the
base of the skull belongs to the same individual as tie snout, it
indicates a head nearly 44 inches long.

The second specimen shows fourteen dorsal vertebrae, which occupy
a length of 53 inches ; each slightly exceeds ;*, inch in length, so
that this animal, named Herpetocheirus brachycnemus, is similar in
size to the fossil previously described.

The centrum is deeply biconcave. There is no indication of a
capitular articulation for the ribs. The ribs are slender, and the
longest are 24 inches in length. There is no trace of the trans-
verse expansion seen in Cynognathus, although the ribs preserved
indicate twenty dorsal vertebra. The humerus is 15% inch long
and is exposed on the superior aspect. It is distinguished from the
type already described by wanting the tuberosity on its inner distal
border, which has a convexly rounded contour. The radius is
stronger than the ulna, but there is no indication of an olecranon
process exposed. The ulna is no stouter than a rib. These bones
are an inch long. The carpus shows one large bone below the
radius ; there is a smaller bone on its outer side which corresponds
to the distal end of the ulna; but there is no trace of a third bone
preserved, and there is only one central bone preserved. ‘There are
three phalanges in a digit. The femur is 1,% inch long ; its arti-
cular head appears to be small and hemispherical. There is a large
internal trochanter extending down the shaft, which corresponds
with the similarly placed ridge in the femur of Megalosaurs and
other Saurischia.

The slender character of the ribs, which are different from those
in known Theriodonts, suggests the possibility that these remains
belong to a group distinct from both the Cynodontia and Gompho-
dontia.

A small badly preserved fragment of a skull found near to this
fossil is described ; but there appears to be no sufficient evidence
for associating it with the other remains.—From the Proceedings of
the Royal Society. (Communicated by the Author.)

Note on the Japanese Species of Cistelidee and Melandryida.

The publication of the paper mentioned Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 483, with a plate of twelve figures, is unavoidably
postponed until 1895,

467

INDEX to VOL. XIV.

ABRA MAXIMA, note on, 169.

Acanthaspis, new species of, 370,

Acanthodopsis, new species of, 372.

Acanthophorus, new species of,
298.

Acharana, new species of, 147.

Achatina, new species of, 92.

Acodon, new species of, 560.

Adlullia, new species of, 435.

/Midiodes, new species of, 206.

/Egosoma, new species of, 226,

/Amene, new species of, 437.

Agarista, new species of, 21.

Agrotera, new species of, 207.

Albara, new species of, 433.

Aleochara, new species of, 385,

Ambia, new species of, 209.

Ammophthorus, new species of,
448,

Amphictenidz, on the habits of the,
45.

Amphionycha, new species of, 119.

Amussium, new species of, 172.

Anzea, new species of, 98.

Anaglymma, new species of, 175,

’ Anderson, Dr. J., on two new
lizards, 376.

Anisodes, new species of, 135,

Anolis, new species of, 575,

Antigastra, new species of, 208.

Aporoscelis, new species of, 576.

Arachnida, new, 120, 273; on vesti-
gial stigmata in the, 149,

Arbela, new species of, 440,

Arnoglossus megastoma, on the ova
and larvee of, 195.

Aspidosiphon, on commensalism of
worms of the genus, with Madre-
porarian polyps and a bivalve
mollusk, 312.

Aulacochilus, new species of, 71.

Aulacophora, new species of, 100,

Autocharis, new species of, 149.

Azygophleps, new species of, 440.

Baliesthes, characters of the new
genus, 411.

Baroa, new species of, 436.

Barsine, new species of, 488.

Barsitoxus, new species of, 224.

Batrachians, new, 89.

Bats, new, 460. _

Bees and honeysuckles, on, 155,

Belionota, new species of, 67.

Bernard, H. M., on vestigial stig-
mata in the Arachnida, 149; on
the systematic position of the
Trilobites, 153.

Birds, new, 57.

Boarmia, new species of, 139.

Bolton, H., on a new Goniatite,
154,

Books, Bernard’s Eléments de Pa-
léontologie, 463.

Botyodes, new species of, 198.

Boulenger, G. A., on the reptiles of
Damma Island, 59; on the herpe-
tological fauna of Palawan and
Balabac, 81; on a new Siluroid
fish, 196; on the genus Phry-
niscus, 874; on a new Anolis,
375; on anew Lizard and a new
Fish from Formosa, 462.

Bouvier, M. E.-L., on commensalism
of worms of the genus Aspido-
siphon with Madreporavian polyps
and a bivalve mollusk, 312.

Brachydiplax, new species of, 18.

Brechmorhoga, characters of the new
genus, 264.

Brodie, Rev. P. B., on the discovery
of mollusks in the Upper Keuper
at Shrewley, 153.

Brosmius brosme, on the ova and
larvee of, 193,

468

Broun, Capt. T., on new Coleoptera
ae New Zealand, 302, 379,
Bryozoa, on freshwater, attached to
Mollusca, 33.
Buliminus, new species of, 92.
Butler, Dr. A. G., on abnormal
variability in the antennal cha-
racters of Cosmophila erosa, 298 ;
on a species of Eubolina, 392.
Cacyparis, new species of, 439.
Cafius, new species of, 419.
Callichroma, new species of, 118,
Callicore, new species of, 97.
Calodera, new species of, 381.
eee: gigantea, remarks on,

Cannacria, new species of, 266.

Cantharoctenus, new species of,
408.

Capulus, new species of, 166.

Carcinops, new species of, 182.

Castalius, new species of, 103.

Ceratarcha, characters of the new
genus, 200,

Ceroplastodes, new species of, 13.

Chabula, new species of, 197.

Chalcosiopsis, characters of the new
genus, 442.

Champion, G. C., on two new species
of Tenebrionide, 448.

Chapman, F., on the Bargate beds of
Surrey, 228.

Chapman, Dr., on the classification
of the Lepidoptera, 258.

Charema, new species of, 201.

Cherostus, characters of the new

genus, 68.
Chloritis, new species of, 62.
Chrysocraspeda, new species of,
136.

Cidaria, new species of, 136, 432.

Circobotys, new species of, 143.

Cladocyclus, new species of, 445.

Clarissa, characters of the new
genus, 46,

Coal-seams, on the formation of,
231.

Coccidee, new, 12; on the distribu-
tion of, 76.

Coccoliths, on the nature and struc-
ture of, 341.

Coccolithus, on the new genus, 341.

Cockerell, T. D. A., on two new
Coccidze, 12; on the distribution
of Coccide, 76.

INDEX.

Coleoptera, new, 9, 67, 98, 115, 174,
221, 302, 879, 407, 419, 448.

Commensalism, on a new instance of,
312.

Comstock, Prof. J. H., on the classi-
fication of the Lepidoptera, 254.

Conus, new species of, 159.

Copris, new species of, 116.

Cosmophila erosa, on abnormal
variability in the antennal cha-
racters of, 298.

Crocidophora, new species of, 144,

Crustacea, new, 72; on the fresh-
water, of the Indian Archipelago,
237.

Cryptozoic fauna of New Zealand,
additions to the, 393.

Ctenognathus, new species of, 307.

Cuspidaria, new species of, 130.

Cyaniris, new species of, 104.

Cyclarcha, characters of the new
genus, 203.

Cyloma, new species of, 379.

Cymoriza, new species of, 210.

Cynodontia, remarks on the, 387.

Cynthia, new species of, 429,

Cyphogastra, new species of, 67.

Cypturus, new species of, 177.

Cyrestis, new species of, 430,

Cytherea, new species of, 169.

Damin, N., on parthenogenesis in
spiders, 26.

Davison, C., on deposits from snow-
drifts, 230.

Dendy, Prof. A., on the eryptozoic
fauna of New Zealand, 393.

Dentalium, new species of, 167.

Dichrochile, new species of, 306,

Didelphyidz, on a new genus and
species of, 184.

Dielis, new species of, 108.

Drepana, new species of, 434,

Dromiciops, characters of the new
genus, 186.

Druce, H., on new Agaristide, 21.

Duboscq, M. O., on the poison-gland
of Chilopod Myriapoda, 315.

Dythemis, new species of, 227,
265.

Ebulea, new species of, 145.

Ehlers, Prof. E., on Lepidosiren
paradoxa and L., articulata, 1.

Encephalus, new species of, 586.

Ennea, new species of, 95.

Eressa, new species of, 441.

Eretmotus, new species of, 180.

INDEX.

Erimetopus, characters of the new
genus, 72.

Erithrolophus, new species of, 433.

Kubolina, note on a species of, 392.

Eulota, new species of, 61.

Eumenes, new species of, 108.

Kuphyacanthus, characters of the
new genus, 371, .

Eurylepis, new species of, 373.

Eurypoda, new species of, 225,

Eurys, new species of, 47.

EKusemia, new species of, 23.

Kuskelesaurus Brownii, on the osteo-
logy of, 317.

Fascellina, new species of, 137.

Fauna of freshwater, on the, 237.

Faunal regions of Australia, on the,
390.

Filistata testacea, on
genesis in, 26.

Fishes, new, 196, 370, 444, 463; on
palzozoic, 368.

Foraminifera, on dimorphism in the,
401.

Frog, on the transformation of the
aortic arches in the, 234.

Gadus minutus, on the ova and larvee
of, 192.

Gahan, C. J., on the Longicornia
and Phytophaga of Damma Island,
98; on new Coleoptera, 115; on
new Prionide, 221; on new Longi-
corn Coleoptera, 407.

Gandaritis, new species of, 453.

Gaurena, new species of, 431.

Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 153, 228.

Geonemertes, new species of, 400.

Geoplana, new species of, 395.

Glyphodes, new species of, 148,

Godman, F. D., on new Rhopalocera,
95

partheno-

Gomphodontia, on the, 231.

Gresley, W.S., on the formation of
coal-seams, 231.

Guerne, J. de, on a freshwater Me-
dusa from the Niger, 29.

Hampson, G. F., on recent contri-
butions to the classification of the
Lepidoptera, 254.

Hampsonia, characters of the new
genus, 445.
Harpacanthus,

S12. 5
Harrison, R. G., on the development
of the fins of Teleosts, 34.

new species of,

469

Hedley, C., on the faunal regions of
Australia, 390.

Helix, new species of, 91.

Herculais, J. K. d’, on the Dipterous
parasites of locusts, 74.

Heron, F, A., on the Lepidoptera of
Damma Island, 101.

Herpetological fauna of Palawan and
Balabac, on the, 81.

Heterocyathus, on commensalism of
worms of the genus Aspidosiphon
with species of, 312.

Heteropan, new species of, 442.

Heterophrynus, new species of, 288.

Heteropsammia, on commensalism
of worms of the genus Aspido-
siphon with species of, 312.

Hippoglossus vulgaris, on the ova
and young of, 189.

Histeridee, new, 174.

Hololepta parallela, new name for,
174.

Holonotus, new species of, 117.

Homaloptera, new species of, 463.

Honeysuckles, on bees and, 155,

Hoplocephalus, new species of, 392.

Horaga, new species of, 430,

Hortalotarsus, characters of the new
genus, 411.

Hylotoma, new species of, 45.

Hymenoptera, new, 45.

Hyperomma, new species of, 425.

Hypsa, new species of, 24.

Ixalus, new species of, 88.

Jones, Prof. T. R., on dimorphism
in the Miliolinz and other Forami-
nifera, 401.

Jourdain, M. 8., on the transforma-
tion of the aortic arches in the
frog, 234.

Kerivoula, new species of, 460.

Kirby, W. F., on new Hymenoptera,
45; on new Odonata, 15, 111, 227,
261; on the Hymenoptera, Hete-
roptera, and Orthoptera of Damma
Island, 107; on Odonata from the
‘West Indies, 261.

Krananda, new species of, 139.

Labochirus, characters of the new
genus, 152.

Lacuna, new species of, 165.

Larentia, new species of, 432.

Latirus, new species of, 164.

Lecanium, new species of, 14.

Lecanomerus, new species of, 379.

Lepidopleurus, new species of, 167.

470

Lepidoptera, new, 21, 25, 95, 102,
107, 135, 197, 429; on recent con-
tributions to the classification of
the, 254.

Lepidosiren, new species of, 1.

Leptotomus, characters of the new
genus, 115.

Leucocraspeda, new species of, 145.

Lewis, G., on new Histeride, 174.

Limopsis, new species of, 171.

Lithocharis, new species of, 424.

Locusts, on the Dipterous parasites
of, 74.

Lucina, new species of, 171.

Macaria, new species of, 158.

McIntosh, Prof., on the ova and
young of Hippoglossus vulgaris,
189; of Gadus minutus, 192; of
Brosmius brosme, 193; of Arno-
glossus megastoma, 195; on a
hermaphrodite example of Mytilus
modiolus, 196.

Macrochlamys, new species of, 60.

Macrones, new species of, 192.

Mammals, new, 184, 300, 346, 449,
460.

Margaronia, new species of, 148.

Massaga, new species of, 23.

Masterman, A. T., on the nutritive
and excretory processes of Porifera,
48,

Mastigoproctus, characters of the new

genus, 129.

Maxates, new species of, 185.

Mecodema, new species of, 302.

Medusa, on a freshwater, from the

Niger, 29.

Meehan, T., on bees and honey-
suckles, 155,

Melvill, J. C., on new S.-African
Mollusca, 90.

Menidius, new species of, 116.

Metaglymma, new species of, 305.

Micoureus griseus, remarks on, 184,

Micrathyria, new species of, 267.

Micromania, characters of the new
genus, 141.

Milioline, on dimorphism in the,
401.

Mimoscorpius, characters of the new
genus, 132.

Mollusca, on freshwater Bryozoa
found on, 33; new, 59, 90, 157,
236, 269; on some from the Bay
of Bengal and the Arabian Sea,
157, 366.

INDEX,

mai Lepidoptera Indica, dates of,

464,

Murex, new species of, 162.

Muridz, new, 346, 449,

Mus, on the Bornean species of, 449.

Myriapoda, on the poison-gland of
Chilopod, 315.

Myrteta, new species of, 137.

Mytilus modiolus, on a hermaphro-
dite example of, 196.

Nagia, new species of, 204.

Nanina, new species of, 60, 90.

Nanodamon, characters of the new
genus, 289,

Nassaria, new species of, 163.

Natalina, new species of, 91.

Natica rufa, new variety of, 165.

Nemertine, on a new, 114.

Neomicrus, characters of the new
genus, 98.

Neotomys, characters of the new
genus, 346.

Notolister, characters of the new
genus, 182.

Nymphula, new species of, 209,

Ocalea, new species of, 380.

Ocybadistes, characters of the new
genus, 105.

Odonata, new, 15, 112, 227, 261.

Odontocraspis, characters of the new
genus, 459,

Ogilby, J. D., on a new Australian
snake, 392.

Olene, new species of, 435, :

Omalium, new species of, 426,

Omphalomia, characters of the new
genus, 140.

Oncideres, new species of, 119,

Onthophagus, new species of, 10,

Oopsis, new species of, 100,

Opisthostoma, on the Bornean spe-
cies of, 269; new species of, 271.

Opsibotys, new species of, 142.

Opsiphanes, new species of, 95,

Oreta, new species of, 434.

Orgyia, new species of, 435,

Orphanostigma, new species of, 206,

Orthetrum, new species of, 19, 112.

Orthomegas, new species of, 223,

Oryzomys, new species of, 349,

Othius, new species of, 419.

Pachycreerus, new species of, 179.

Pagyda, new species of, 197.

Paliga, new species of, 146.

Palorus, new species of, 71.

Palpifer, new species of, 440.

INDEX.

Parathelphusa, new species of, 72.
Parthenogenesis in Spiders, on, 26.
Parthenos, new species of, 429.
Peach, B. N., on the Olenellus-zone
of the N.E. Highlands, 230.
Pelseneer, P., on Branchiate Pul-
monates, 236.
Peripatus novee-zealandiz, on a va-
riety of, 401.
Peromyscus, new species of, 364.
Phacusa, new species of, 441.
Phalacra, new species of, 435.
Phelister, new species of, 178.
Phrynichus, new species of, 294.
Phryniscus, note on the genus, 374.
Phrynocephalus, new species of, 377.
Phrynopsis, characters of the new
genus, 278.
Piloptila, characters of the new
genus, 142.
Pirula investigatoris, remarks on, 367.
Platydema, new species of, 70.
Platysoma, new species of, 176.
Pleonectusa, new species of, 203.
Pleurotoma, new species of, 160.
Pocock, R. I., on the Arachnida of
Damma Island, 63; on the Thely-
phonide in the British Museum,
120; on the Tarantulide in the
British Museum, 273.
Polyodontophis, new species of, 82.
Polyploca, new species of, 451.
Pompelon, new species of, 24.
Ponsonby, J. H., on new 8.-African
Mollusca, 90.
Porifera,-on the nutritive and ex-
cretory processes of, 48.
Portheus, new species of, 444.
Prionocalus, new species of, 221.
Prionopaltis, new species of, 147.
Prorodes, characters of the new
genus, 205.
Prosopocera, new species of, 409.
Protonoceras, new species of, 146.
Pseudochrysodema, new species of,
67.
Pseudomicronia, new species of, 431,
Pterolophia, new species of, 410.
Pterostichus, new species of, 310.
Pterygophorus, new species of, 45.
Pulmobranchia, characters of the
new genus, 236,
Pulmonates, on Branchiate, 236.
Pupa, new species of, 94.
Quedius, new species of, 420.
Kiana, new species of, 85.

471

Rathbun, M. J., on two new fresh-
water crabs, 72.

Ravanoa, new species of, 201.

Reptiles, new, 82, 375, 376, 392, 411,
462; on the structure, organization,
and classification of the fossil, 231,
387, 465.
hacophoras, new species of, 87.

Rhagigaster, new species of, 107.

Rhaphipodus, new species of, 224.

Rhipipallus, new species of, 47.

Rhodogastria, new species of, 436.

Rhyothemis, new species of, 15.

Salvin, O., on new Rhopalocera, 95.

Sarcophagide, on some parasitic, 74.

Saurischian fossil, on a new, 411.

Scaphander, new species of, 167.

Scaptesyle, new species of, 437.

Scarabzeidze in the British Museum,
on, 9.

Schwarz, E. H. L., on Coccoliths,
541,

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on the Gom-
phodontia, 231; on Euskelesaurus
Brownii, 317 ; on the Cynodontia,
387 ; on Hortalotarsus skirtopodus,
411; on the remains of two small
specimens of Fossil Reptilia from
Klipfontein, 465.

Seoane, V. L., dates of the ornitho-
logical writings of, 154.

Setina, new species of, 438.

Sharpe, R. B., on the birds of Damma
Island, 56.

Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of the
ornithological writings of Victor
L. Seoane, 154; on the dates of
Moore’s Lepidoptera Indica, 464.

Sigaretus, new species of, 165.

Siluroid fish, on a new, 196.

Simmons, O. L., on the development
of the lungs of spiders, 211.

Smith, E. A., on the shells of Damma
Island, 59; on some Mollusca
dredged in the Bay of Bengal and
the Arabian Sea, 157,366; on the
a species of Opisthostoma,

9.
per, H. G., on new Rhopalocera,

Spiders, on parthenogenesis in, 26;
on the development of the lungs
of, 211.

Spilodes, new species of, 141,

Sumner, J. C., on a new species of
Nemertine, 114,

472

Surcula, new species of, 161.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Lepido-
ptera, 155, 197, 429.

Sylepta, new species of, 199.

Sympiestus, new species of, 311.

Synchloé, new species of, 96.

Syntomoides, new species of, 441.

Tachydromus, new species of, 462.

Tarantula, new species of, 279.

reniformis, on the identity of,
297.

Tarantulide, on the, in the British
Museum, 273.

Tarastethus, new species of, 308.

Taurotagus, new species of, 408.

Teleosts, on the development of the
fins of, 34.

Tenerus, new species of, 68.

Tetrastemma, new species of, 114.

Thelyphonellus, characters of the
new genus, 135,

Thelyphonide, new genera and spe-
cies of, 120.

Thomas, O., on Micoureus griseus,
and on a new genus and species of
Didelphyidee, 184; on a new spe-
cies of Vespertilio, 300; on new
Muride, 346; on the Bornean
species of the genus Mus, 449 ; on
two new Bats, 460.

Thysonotis, new species of, 25,

INDEX.

Titanodamon, characters of the new
genus, 289,

Trachyscelis, new species of, 448.

Traquair, Dr. R. H., on Paleeozoic
fishes, 368.

Trichoptychodes, characters of the
new genus, 207.

Trilobites, on the systematic position
of the, 155.

Tryponzeus, new species of, 183.

Turbo, new species of, 166.

Typopeltis, characters of the new
genus, 126.

Uroproctus, characters of the new
genus, 129,

Vespertilio, new species of, 300.

Walker, J., on a visit to Damma
Tsland, 49.

Waterhouse, C. O., on new Scara-
beidee, 9; on the Coleoptera of
Damma Island, 64.

Watson, A. T., on the habits of the
Amphictenidee, 45.

Weber, Dr. M., on the freshwater
Crustacea of the Indian Archipe-
lago, 237.

Woodward, A. §., on some fish-
remains of the genera Portheus
and Cladocyclus, 444.

Zolus, new species of, 311.

Zosterops, new species of, 57.

END OF THE FOURTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

R.Mintern del. et lith.

Mintern. Bros. imp.

imD.

Mintern Bros.

Anu. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 56. Vol. XLV. POLE

J.Green del et Ith.

Anin.k& Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 6. Vol. XV. PU. Il.

SSSA

—«

5. 7.

J. Geeen del.et lith. Minterm Bros .imp.

ona
bedbloaee tee

na Waa had

tS. 6. Vol. XV. PLIV.
Mintern Bros. imp.

“Ls

iy. Nat Hh

Ann. & Mc

J.Green del. et lith.

PAB bes

SO Te te ge hie

Ani. & Mag. Nat. list. 8.6, Vol. XV. PU.

J. Green del,et hth.

IG.
Mintern Bros. imp,

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.6.Vol. XIV. @LVI.

s

ZT GS :
MeOH G OA

Anw.& May. Nat. Hist. 8. 6.Vol XV. PL. VIL

Mintern Bros, delet lith.,

REP TPT

4

S am a 7
ue ee OP

i a al x a

A nik Mag. Nat. Hust. 3. 6. Vol_XV. PU. VIL

\y een aes

44s owe
pe uer
Pe

Mintern Bros, del.et lith.

SAN se!

S002. Dic *

Hops)

.
s@z s

;
ie

,

et

cas nae
Rae She
i<

sak iG t=. 4
a, § NS
‘ ote
: ~
me) 82

- » 4
Cis it
Pal ‘
e
ee a
‘,
we r
A Des

Vase

sae

int
or ees a See:

ote oe ed aa Sh ddesbeGe 4-5 a
T. 7 + c
‘er
i A
* y -$ ee 3 4 ‘
nao ~ i
. a
CS ee ey. P i
m. . A x al , «
z at a : ‘ 4
WP DIitsy: «me tO, Sor
<
Hg POCER TE: hae,
oe! ~ _
ne .
‘ ae) ’ A Pins 3
. ‘ on: OP She P
wei ose mS ee

oy Oh Bee se +
: | Saeeiei aee
EOI GS AS lator ae sh Z

2k Je 7 , f Ls

hes

§ a
3 apa: 3 5
= 5 SSeS se

oh eed et Or

? Seaainteg sr Mio aint -) SA

i . F é i

n
oe

Anw.& Mag. Nat Mist. 5.6, Vol XIV. PL IX.

Mintern. Bros. lith.

R.H.T. del.

*

Pe ica

iI a Ao)

7, 77

here

Ani.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6.Vot_XIV. PUX .

FH Michael del et hth. Mintern Bros. imp.
CAs TANCE O US EUSINsS IROM (NOTE INGSiT/AINID)

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
Monthly. 2s. 6d.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.
The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s.
Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d.
Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.
Aitchison’s (J. E. T.) Catalogue of Plants of Punjab. 10s.
Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s.
Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.
Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. ls. ;
Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.
Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s.
Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.
Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.
Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.
Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.
English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.
Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d. :
Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.
Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s.
Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S,
Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.
Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 15s. Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.
Moths. Vol. I. 20s, Vol. II. 20s.
Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 50s.
Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.
Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions, 20s. each.
Hopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8yo. Cloth. 16s,
Ditto. Illustrated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s,
Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.
Lewis's (G.) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 33. 6d.
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. nett.
Manchester Lit. and Phil. Society, Memoirs. Vols.8 and 10, 7s. each.
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.
Merington’s French Primer, 2s, 6d. English Primer, ls.
Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d.
Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 33s. 6d.
Olsen's (O. T.) Piscatorial Atlas, Coloured, 52s. 6d.; uncoloured, 42s.
Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 3s. 6d,
Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals. 4s,
Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera, 4s. 6d.
Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.
Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,
Part IL. 7s. 6d., Part LI. 6s.
Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,
Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. ls.
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s,
Appendices 5, 6, and 7 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Cata-
logue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum, 23. each.
Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.
Smith’s (R. A.) Centenary of Science in Manchester. 10s,
Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.
Thomson's (Sir W.) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srars, ls.
Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1
to 3, 2s. each; Part 4,1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d,
Univ. Coll, Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd.
Walker’s (Rev. R.) Constitution of Sun. 3s.
Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. 15s.
Wiegmann’s Herpetologia Mexicana. Part I. Coloured Plates, 40s.
Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. . 3s. 6d.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 84.—Siath Series.

P
L, Additions to the Cryptozoic Fauna of New Zealand. By
Artaur Denpy, D.Sc., Professor of Biology in the Canterbury
College, University of New Zealandeoni3). U2 avs ee aes sae eas
LI. Dimorphism in the Mikoline and in other Foraminifera. By
Prof:'T; RupeEr Jones, RS. FiG38: oo Sia aes ee Ge ee 4(
LII. On some new Longicorn Coleoptera obtained by Mr. Th.
Greenfield in Somali. By C. J. Ganan, MAL eS...
LIT. On Hortalotarsus skirtopodus, a new Saurischian Fossil from
Barkly East, Cape Colony. By H. G. Srpnzy, F.RS.............

LIV. Descriptions of new Bi, from New Zealand. By
Captain Tuos. Broun

we 9b dr C6 a ere. 650 be eK ene 6 eB bai e.(eue, Sa) oie One ele eS pes RRS oe

LY. New Species of Mistern Lepidoptera. . By Col. C. Swinuop,
BE APSE a og Vode ers path eie ten aly v e agT aeS ote Sars aeie

LVI. On some Fish-remains, of the Genera Portheus and Clado-
cyclus, from the Rolling Downs Formation (Lower Cretaceous) of
Queensland. By A. Surra Woopwarp, F.L.S. (Plate X.)........

LVII. On Two new Species of Tenebrionid Coleoptera from Namoa
island: By.G: C7 OBAMPion, TZ S roe i nes Pea atk Mas

LVIII. A Preliminary Revision of the Bornean Species of the
Genus: Mag 3 By OLDPIEED: LHOMAR@ 2 34:5 Freneik acs a « sm nsee = ale oe oe

LIX. Descriptions of Two new Bats of the Genus Kerivoula. By
CLITRED SE OMAR. 25: sai Ha ache Wary Sead eo Oe we Se ee ee

LX. Descriptions of a new Lizard and a new Fish obtained in
Formosa by Mr.-Holst. By G. A, Boutenesr, F.R.S. 2... 2.2.6...

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Eléments de Paléontologie, par Fétrx Bernarp, D. és Sci. ke,

MISCELLANEOUS.
The Dates of Moore’s ‘ Lepidoptera Indica.’ By C. Davies Suurzory.

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the
Fossil Reptilia—Puart IX. Section 6. Associated Remains of
two small Specimens from Klipfontein, Fraserburg. By H. G.
SLI is ig sas 50 ae Oe Sean NRE Ls eM RN ea’ 46;

Note on the Japanese Species of Cistelide and Melandryide ......

Hy * It isvequested that all Communications for this Work may be addresse 4
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office
Red Lion Cowt, Fleet Street, London. ‘

}

\A\

A
|
ARaAROON
¥
¥

i

om i
my oy

SATA

wh Sa G2 je. ie

< _— ~ c yy ¢ < ud uf “Cie 4 «C c ¢ pa x °
(au os Ss SO OOCE OC Cal we 5. ee EE
<a SEEKS r 3 EEN ECE CCE © et o€
vi . tS ; ca m2 (C2 C © Ce a ye =
LO COE a Qe | *:

Sey a =<

\

Aa art

iN
SAIN)

A
AVA

A

AAA
RA RAARAA > aoe
ARRAN
i.
AAV.
fany
‘an

A
An
ARARA

A
la
A
s
yi
+
ee’,

na
ata
AAA

aalale’yan
AA

AANA af : a

ARAaR
Aes

AAA

IN

AA

i

Ane
A
r
NAAAAAnAARARaA™

nnn
a

a 7 e 3
ARARS AS
MANA

AARC
ya NA
ia

A

A
a

7s
\

ANAM
~ nn eM

No gs URES,

@ = : 7 -
4 AAO AR AR

JAIN OS ay
AN AD
A
a

~
“
~

Wu oS (CUS OMS ESE ae re Yee

esas Kad hase: Sanat sie ue wie Sg tee

.
~

A } DU ep oe ES Whathall A Na wa mete dW ASA cd is & 3 r¢ wv Ji. UF We as
mse NS oo Wg Mey meee oda We ooo

= oS i~yYuw

Muy WANDA Wey) i AV te CK

: hy Re vy V VA hah | iw i Pu Gicie ahead, Ie agit Ve

PENN Dan a isda vay ii SGI 2 ODES °
‘ \Y

AAA Aah as Med AS Si ae ay
Se din wn ASOT iS sa

ho Ue eye PO OOUS > vl, vv he Hes fs 349

2 BY Vy SS UY GOI

es ee Se * «SONY ; re
Ae wee. VV crt ; Ween L eeguce: ¥ Beets) Ne ous )
wwyy Urey MYO AAS Pe ey AS YON OS 2 ON | IG
oe fon gy Vw ee ¥ be tes riled ax Eo aT jw “KS
PEwUStL Tae. wis Winder cd: iv ~yeweevawee joer
SOO oe WWW ving ¥ adi Soule

UWMcrc, 1 MOA EUS UY or BUS SA

i] Vou’ aK, ~ WY YY \7 5ueee a

en ‘ -jN BSUS , ne Na a As iy * SN oS es \ i 4
vy be mace SOY SM x Weuseii coo Reon MC we — led sided

ee ey aia MA, dye ate Been

Uy WO P

Sra

es ONS
yee S ened
LAS Ae

ed

yes

seepptpnsensnapineiteasaenes te

eas
ee Se
ene

:

thy 2 ys a
ASS GRGR

cake
Za ‘

f

i
KY $
:

tes
Sass

ee
=